« back to all changes in this revision
Viewing changes to serverguide/po/sv.po
- browse files at revision 1
- compare with another revision
- download diff
- download tarball
- view history from revision 1
- Committer: Matthew East
- Date: 2011-05-03 07:11:18 UTC
- Revision ID: mdke@ubuntu.com-20110503071118-081aatibsr9k2yqy
Add files from ubuntu-docs natty branch, trim to use only those necessary for serverguide
- files added:
- build
- build/libs
- build/libs/admon
- build/libs/callouts
- build/libs/img
- build/libs/navig
- build/serverguide
- build/serverguide/C
- build/serverguide/sample
- libs
- libs/C
- libs/admon
- libs/authors
- libs/callouts
- libs/img
- libs/navig
- scripts
- serverguide
- serverguide/C
- serverguide/po
- serverguide/sample
added
removed
serverguide/po/sv.po
1
# Swedish translation for ubuntu-docs
2
# Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006
3
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-docs package.
4
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2006.
5
#
6
msgid ""
7
msgstr ""
8
"Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n"
9
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
10
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-08-14 22:34+0100\n"
11
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-14 22:51+0000\n"
12
"Last-Translator: Matthew East <matt@mdke.org>\n"
13
"Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n"
14
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
15
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
16
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
17
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2010-09-18 10:47+0000\n"
18
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build Unknown)\n"
19
"X-Poedit-Language: swedish\n"
20
21
#: serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:6(creator) serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:7(maintainer)
22
msgid "ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com (Ubuntu Documentation Project)"
23
msgstr "ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com (Ubuntus dokumentationsprojekt)"
24
25
#: serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:8(title) serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:11(description) serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:14(title) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:13(title)
26
msgid "Ubuntu Server Guide"
27
msgstr "Ubuntu serverguide"
28
29
#: serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:9(date)
30
msgid "2007-09-30"
31
msgstr "2007-09-30"
32
33
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:13(title)
34
msgid "Windows Networking"
35
msgstr "Windows-nätverk"
36
37
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:15(para)
38
msgid ""
39
"Computer networks are often comprised of diverse systems, and while "
40
"operating a network made up entirely of Ubuntu desktop and server computers "
41
"would certainly be fun, some network environments must consist of both "
42
"Ubuntu and <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark><trademark "
43
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> systems working together in "
44
"harmony. This section of the <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Server Guide introduces "
45
"principles and tools used in configuring your Ubuntu Server for sharing "
46
"network resources with Windows computers."
47
msgstr ""
48
"Datornätverk består ofta av flera olika system, och även om det vore "
49
"trevligt att administrera ett nätverk som endast bestod av skrivbordsdatorer "
50
"och servrar med Ubuntu måste somliga nätverk bestå av både Ubuntusystem och "
51
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark><trademark "
52
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-system som arbetar tillsammans i "
53
"harmoni. Den här sektionen av <phrase>Ubuntus</phrase> serverguide "
54
"introducerar principer och verktyg som används till att konfigurera din "
55
"Ubuntuserver till att dela nätverksresurser med Windowsdatorer."
56
57
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:25(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:402(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:349(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:21(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:20(title) serverguide/C/introduction.xml:13(title)
58
msgid "Introduction"
59
msgstr "Inledning"
60
61
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:27(para)
62
msgid ""
63
"Successfully networking your Ubuntu system with Windows clients involves "
64
"providing and integrating with services common to Windows environments. Such "
65
"services assist the sharing of data and information about the computers and "
66
"users involved in the network, and may be classified under three major "
67
"categories of functionality:"
68
msgstr ""
69
"För att använda Ubuntu-system tillsammans med Windowsklienter måste man "
70
"använda tjänster som är kända i Windowsmiljöer. Sådana tjänster hjälper till "
71
"att dela data samt information om datorer och användare som är anslutna till "
72
"nätverket. Dessa tjänster kan delas in tre huvudsakliga kategorier:"
73
74
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:35(para)
75
msgid ""
76
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">File and Printer Sharing Services</emphasis>. Using "
77
"the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol to facilitate the sharing of files, "
78
"folders, volumes, and the sharing of printers throughout the network."
79
msgstr ""
80
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fil- och skrivardelning</emphasis>. Använder "
81
"protokollet Server Message Block (SMB) för att dela filer, mappar, enheter "
82
"och skrivare i nätverket."
83
84
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:41(para)
85
msgid ""
86
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Directory Services</emphasis>. Sharing vital "
87
"information about the computers and users of the network with such "
88
"technologies as the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) and "
89
"Microsoft <trademark class=\"registered\">Active Directory</trademark>."
90
msgstr ""
91
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Katalogtjänster</emphasis>. Delar viktig information "
92
"om datorer och användare i nätverket med hjälp av teknologier som "
93
"Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) och Microsoft <trademark "
94
"class=\"registered\">Active Directory</trademark>."
95
96
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:48(para)
97
msgid ""
98
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Authentication and Access</emphasis>. Establishing "
99
"the identity of a computer or user of the network and determining the "
100
"information the computer or user is authorized to access using such "
101
"principles and technologies as file permissions, group policies, and the "
102
"Kerberos authentication service."
103
msgstr ""
104
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentisering och åtkomst</emphasis>. Säkerställer "
105
"identiteten hos en dator eller användare i ett nätverk och avgör vilken "
106
"information som dator eller användaren har tillåtelse att nå med hjälp av "
107
"policys och teknologier som filrättigheter, gruppolicys och "
108
"autentiseringstjänsten Kerberos."
109
110
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:56(para)
111
msgid ""
112
"Fortunately, your Ubuntu system may provide all such facilities to Windows "
113
"clients and share network resources among them. One of the principal pieces "
114
"of software your Ubuntu system includes for Windows networking is the Samba "
115
"suite of SMB server applications and tools."
116
msgstr ""
117
"Dessbättre, kan ditt Ubuntu-system tillhandahålla alla sådana system till "
118
"Windows-klienter och dela nätverksresurser bland dem. En av de viktigaste "
119
"programvarorna som ditt Ubuntu-systemet tillhandahåller för Windows-nätverk "
120
"är Samba-paketet som består av SMB-serverprogram och verktyg."
121
122
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:62(para)
123
msgid ""
124
"This section of the <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Server Guide will introduce some "
125
"of the common Samba use cases, and how to install and configure the "
126
"necessary packages. Additional detailed documentation and information on "
127
"Samba can be found on the <ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba "
128
"website</ulink>."
129
msgstr ""
130
"Detta avsnitt av <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> serverguide kommer att introducera "
131
"några vanliga användningsområden för Samba och hur du installerar och "
132
"konfigurerar nödvändiga paket. Ytterligare detaljerad dokumentation och "
133
"information om Samba hittar du på <ulink "
134
"url=\"http://www.samba.org\">webbplatsen för Samba</ulink>."
135
136
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:70(title)
137
msgid "Samba File Server"
138
msgstr "Samba-filserver"
139
140
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:72(para)
141
msgid ""
142
"One of the most common ways to network Ubuntu and Windows computers is to "
143
"configure Samba as a File Server. This section covers setting up a "
144
"<application>Samba</application> server to share files with Windows clients."
145
msgstr ""
146
"Ett av de vanligaste sätten att bygga ett nätverk med Ubuntu och "
147
"Windowsdatorer är att konfigurera Samba till en filserver. Detta avsnitt "
148
"behandlar hur man sätter upp en <application>Samba</application>-server för "
149
"att dela filer med Windowsklienter."
150
151
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:77(para)
152
msgid ""
153
"The server will be configured to share files with any client on the network "
154
"without prompting for a password. If your environment requires stricter "
155
"Access Controls see <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>"
156
msgstr ""
157
"Servern kommer att konfigureras så att klienten skall kunna dela filer över "
158
"nätverket utan att ange ett lösenord. Om din omgivning kräver en mer strikt "
159
"åtkomstkontroll, se <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>"
160
161
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:83(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:288(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1317(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:41(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:675(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:816(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:940(title) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:33(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:62(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:28(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:86(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:405(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:51(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:937(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:52(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1590(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2102(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2493(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:42(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:428(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:40(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:496(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:674(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:823(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1315(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:108(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:287(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:423(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:13(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:957(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:347(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:462(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:23(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:40(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:164(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:37(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:141(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:593(title)
162
msgid "Installation"
163
msgstr "Installation"
164
165
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:85(para)
166
msgid ""
167
"The first step is to install the <application>samba</application> package. "
168
"From a terminal prompt enter:"
169
msgstr ""
170
"Första steget är att installera paketet <application>samba</application>. "
171
"Skriv från en terminalprompt:"
172
173
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:90(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:300(command)
174
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba"
175
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba"
176
177
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:93(para)
178
msgid ""
179
"That's all there is to it; you are now ready to configure Samba to share "
180
"files."
181
msgstr ""
182
"Detta var allt som behövdes; du är nu redo för att konfigurera fildelning i "
183
"Samba."
184
185
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:99(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:305(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:61(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:726(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:827(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:967(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1067(title) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:138(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:39(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:423(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:73(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:387(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:959(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2141(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2514(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:187(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:454(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:505(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:684(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:908(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1344(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:128(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:314(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:453(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:360(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:488(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:39(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:84(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:183(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:47(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:57(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:153(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:616(title)
186
msgid "Configuration"
187
msgstr "Konfiguration"
188
189
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:101(para)
190
msgid ""
191
"The main Samba configuration file is located in "
192
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. The default configuration file has "
193
"a significant amount of comments in order to document various configuration "
194
"directives."
195
msgstr ""
196
"Huvudkonfigurationsfilen för Samba är placerad i "
197
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Standardkonfigurationen har en "
198
"betydande andel kommentarer för att dokumentera olika konfigurationsdirektiv."
199
200
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:106(para)
201
msgid ""
202
"Not all the available options are included in the default configuration "
203
"file. See the <filename>smb.conf</filename><application>man</application> "
204
"page or the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
205
"Collection/\">Samba HOWTO Collection</ulink> for more details."
206
msgstr ""
207
"Inte alla valbara alternativ är inkluderade i standardkonfigurationsfilen. "
208
"Se <filename>smb.conf</filename><application>man</application>-sida eller "
209
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba "
210
"HOWTO Collection</ulink> för fler detaljer."
211
212
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:116(para)
213
msgid ""
214
"First, edit the following key/value pairs in the "
215
"<emphasis>[global]</emphasis> section of "
216
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>:"
217
msgstr ""
218
"Börja med att redigera följande nycklar/värdpar i avsnittet "
219
"<emphasis>[global]</emphasis> i <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>:"
220
221
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:121(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:312(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:780(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1003(programlisting)
222
#, no-wrap
223
msgid ""
224
"\n"
225
" workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
226
" ...\n"
227
" security = user\n"
228
msgstr ""
229
"\n"
230
" workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
231
" ...\n"
232
" security = user\n"
233
234
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:127(para)
235
msgid ""
236
"The <emphasis>security</emphasis> parameter is farther down in the [global] "
237
"section, and is commented by default. Also, change "
238
"<emphasis>EXAMPLE</emphasis> to better match your environment."
239
msgstr ""
240
"Parametern för <emphasis>security</emphasis> är längre ner i avsnittet "
241
"[global] och är kommenterad som standard. Dessutom, ändra "
242
"<emphasis>EXAMPLE</emphasis> och anpassa den efter dina förhållanden."
243
244
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:135(para)
245
msgid ""
246
"Create a new section at the bottom of the file, or uncomment one of the "
247
"examples, for the directory to be shared:"
248
msgstr ""
249
"Skapa ett nytt avsnitt i slutet av filen eller avkommentera något av "
250
"exemplen för katalogen som skall delas ut:"
251
252
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:139(programlisting)
253
#, no-wrap
254
msgid ""
255
"\n"
256
"[share]\n"
257
" comment = Ubuntu File Server Share\n"
258
" path = /srv/samba/share\n"
259
" browsable = yes\n"
260
" guest ok = yes\n"
261
" read only = no\n"
262
" create mask = 0755\n"
263
msgstr ""
264
"\n"
265
"[share]\n"
266
" comment = Ubuntu File Server Share\n"
267
" path = /srv/samba/share\n"
268
" browsable = yes\n"
269
" guest ok = yes\n"
270
" read only = no\n"
271
" create mask = 0755\n"
272
273
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:151(para)
274
msgid ""
275
"<emphasis>comment:</emphasis> a short description of the share. Adjust to "
276
"fit your needs."
277
msgstr ""
278
"<emphasis>comment:</emphasis> en kort beskrivning av delningen. Justera för "
279
"att passa dina behov."
280
281
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:156(para)
282
msgid "<emphasis>path:</emphasis> the path to the directory to share."
283
msgstr "<emphasis>path:</emphasis> Sökvägen till den delade katalogen."
284
285
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:159(para)
286
msgid ""
287
"This example uses <filename>/srv/samba/sharename</filename> because, "
288
"according to the <emphasis>Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS)</emphasis>, "
289
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
290
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> is where site-"
291
"specific data should be served. Technically Samba shares can be placed "
292
"anywhere on the filesystem as long as the permissions are correct, but "
293
"adhering to standards is recommended."
294
msgstr ""
295
"Det här exemplet använder <filename>/srv/samba/sharename</filename> på grund "
296
"av att det enligt <emphasis>Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS)</emphasis>, "
297
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
298
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> så skall plats-"
299
"specifik data delas ut där. Tekniskt sätt kan delningar i Samba placeras "
300
"varsomhelst i filsystemet så länge som rättigheterna är rätt, men att hålla "
301
"sig till standarden är att rekommendera."
302
303
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:168(para)
304
msgid ""
305
"<emphasis>browsable:</emphasis> enables Windows clients to browse the shared "
306
"directory using <application>Windows Explorer</application>."
307
msgstr ""
308
"<emphasis>browsable:</emphasis> möjliggör för Windowsklienter att bläddra i "
309
"den delade katalogen genom att använda <application>Windows "
310
"Explorer</application>."
311
312
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:174(para)
313
msgid ""
314
"<emphasis>guest ok:</emphasis> allows clients to connect to the share "
315
"without supplying a password."
316
msgstr ""
317
"<emphasis>guest ok:</emphasis> tillåter klienter att ansluta till delningen "
318
"utan att ange något lösenord."
319
320
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:179(para)
321
msgid ""
322
"<emphasis>read only:</emphasis> determines if the share is read only or if "
323
"write privileges are granted. Write privileges are allowed only when the "
324
"value is <emphasis>no</emphasis>, as is seen in this example. If the value "
325
"is <emphasis>yes</emphasis>, then access to the share is read only."
326
msgstr ""
327
"<emphasis>read only:</emphasis> bestämmer om utdelningen endast är läsbar "
328
"eller om skrivrättigheter är beviljade. Skrivrättigheter tillåts endast om "
329
"värdet är <emphasis>no</emphasis>, som ses i detta exempel. Om värdet är "
330
"<emphasis>yes</emphasis>, då är åtkomsten till utdelningen endast läsbar."
331
332
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:184(para)
333
msgid ""
334
"<emphasis>create mask:</emphasis> determines the permissions new files will "
335
"have when created."
336
msgstr ""
337
"<emphasis>create mask:</emphasis> fastställer rättigheterna som nya filer "
338
"får när de skapas."
339
340
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:193(para)
341
msgid ""
342
"Now that <application>Samba</application> is configured, the directory needs "
343
"to be created and the permissions changed. From a terminal enter:"
344
msgstr ""
345
"Nu när <application>Samba</application> är konfigurerat, behöver katalogen "
346
"skapas och rättigheterna ändras. skriv från en terminal:"
347
348
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:199(command)
349
msgid "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/share"
350
msgstr "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/share"
351
352
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:200(command)
353
msgid "sudo chown nobody.nogroup /srv/samba/share/"
354
msgstr "sudo chown nobody.nogroup /srv/samba/share/"
355
356
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:204(para)
357
msgid ""
358
"The <emphasis>-p</emphasis> switch tells mkdir to create the entire "
359
"directory tree if it doesn't exist. Change the share name to fit your "
360
"environment."
361
msgstr ""
362
"Flaggan <emphasis>-p</emphasis> talar om för mkdir att skapa hela "
363
"katalogträdet om det saknas. Ändra namnet på delningen för att passa till "
364
"dina förhållanden."
365
366
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:213(para)
367
msgid ""
368
"Finally, restart the <application>samba</application> services to enable the "
369
"new configuration:"
370
msgstr ""
371
"Till sist, starta om tjänsten <application>samba</application> för att "
372
"aktivera din nya konfiguration:"
373
374
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:218(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:332(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:470(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:570(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:949(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1060(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1176(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1869(command)
375
msgid "sudo restart smbd"
376
msgstr "sudo restart smbd"
377
378
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:219(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:333(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:471(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:571(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:950(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1061(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1177(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1870(command)
379
msgid "sudo restart nmbd"
380
msgstr "sudo restart nmbd"
381
382
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:226(para)
383
msgid ""
384
"Once again, the above configuration gives all access to any client on the "
385
"local network. For a more secure configuration see <xref linkend=\"samba-"
386
"fileprint-security\"/>."
387
msgstr ""
388
"Ännu en gång, ovanstående konfiguration ger full åtkomst för alla klienter "
389
"på det lokala nätverket. För en mer säker konfiguration se <xref "
390
"linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>."
391
392
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:232(para)
393
msgid ""
394
"From a Windows client you should now be able to browse to the Ubuntu file "
395
"server and see the shared directory. To check that everything is working try "
396
"creating a directory from Windows."
397
msgstr ""
398
"Från en Windowsklient skall du nu kunna bläddra i den delade katalogen som "
399
"finns på Ubuntu-filservern. För att testa så att allt fungerar, prova att "
400
"skapa en mapp från Windows."
401
402
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:237(para)
403
msgid ""
404
"To create additional shares simply create new <emphasis>[dir]</emphasis> "
405
"sections in <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, and restart "
406
"<emphasis>Samba</emphasis>. Just make sure that the directory you want to "
407
"share actually exists and the permissions are correct."
408
msgstr ""
409
"För att skapa ytterligare delningar, skapar du helt enkelt nya "
410
"<emphasis>[katalog]</emphasis> avsnitt i "
411
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, och startar om "
412
"<emphasis>Samba</emphasis>. Säkerställ bara att katalogen du vill dela ut "
413
"existerar och att den har rätt rättigheter."
414
415
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:244(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:343(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:700(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1080(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1288(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:366(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1168(title) serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:304(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:569(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:824(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1540(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1985(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2589(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3097(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:892(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1173(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:122(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:273(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:855(title)
416
msgid "Resources"
417
msgstr "Resurser"
418
419
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:248(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:347(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:704(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1084(para)
420
msgid ""
421
"For in depth Samba configurations see the <ulink "
422
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
423
"Collection</ulink>"
424
msgstr ""
425
"För detaljerad konfigurering av Samba, se <ulink "
426
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
427
"Collection</ulink>"
428
429
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:254(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:353(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:710(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1090(para)
430
msgid ""
431
"The guide is also available in <ulink "
432
"url=\"http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/tg/detail/-/0131882228\">printed "
433
"format</ulink>."
434
msgstr ""
435
"Den här guiden finns också tillgänglig i ett <ulink "
436
"url=\"http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/tg/detail/-/0131882228\">utskrivet "
437
"format</ulink>."
438
439
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:260(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:359(para)
440
msgid ""
441
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
442
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> is "
443
"another good reference."
444
msgstr ""
445
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
446
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> är "
447
"en annan bra referens."
448
449
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:266(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:370(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:735(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1114(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1301(para)
450
msgid ""
451
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba\">Ubuntu Wiki Samba "
452
"</ulink> page."
453
msgstr ""
454
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba\">Ubuntu Wiki Samba "
455
"</ulink> sidan."
456
457
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:275(title)
458
msgid "Samba Print Server"
459
msgstr "Samba-skrivarserver"
460
461
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:277(para)
462
msgid ""
463
"Another common use of Samba is to configure it to share printers installed, "
464
"either locally or over the network, on an Ubuntu server. Similar to <xref "
465
"linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> this section will configure Samba to allow "
466
"any client on the local network to use the installed printers without "
467
"prompting for a username and password."
468
msgstr ""
469
"Ett annat vanligt användningsområde för Samba på en Ubuntu server är att "
470
"konfigurera den till att dela ut installerade skrivare, endera lokalt eller "
471
"över nätverket. Likadant som för <xref linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> kommer "
472
"konfigurationen för Samba i det här avsnittet att tillåta alla klienter på "
473
"det lokala nätverket att använda installerade skrivare utan att tillfrågas "
474
"efter användarnamn och lösenord."
475
476
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:283(para)
477
msgid ""
478
"For a more secure configuration see <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
479
"security\"/>."
480
msgstr ""
481
"För en mer säker konfiguration, se <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
482
"security\"/>."
483
484
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:290(para)
485
msgid ""
486
"Before installing and configuring Samba it is best to already have a working "
487
"<application>CUPS</application> installation. See <xref linkend=\"cups\"/> "
488
"for details."
489
msgstr ""
490
"Innan installation och konfiguration av Samba är det bäst att ha en "
491
"fungerande <application>CUPS</application>-installation. Se <xref "
492
"linkend=\"cups\"/> för detaljer."
493
494
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:295(para)
495
msgid ""
496
"To install the <application>samba</application> package, from a terminal "
497
"enter:"
498
msgstr ""
499
"För att installera paketet <application>samba</application>, skriv från en "
500
"terminal:"
501
502
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:306(para)
503
msgid ""
504
"After installing samba edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Change "
505
"the <emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> attribute to what is appropriate for your "
506
"network, and change <emphasis>security</emphasis> to <emphasis "
507
"role=\"italic\">share</emphasis>:"
508
msgstr ""
509
"Efter installationen av Samba, redigera "
510
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Ändra attributet "
511
"<emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> till vad som är lämpligt för ditt nätverk, "
512
"och ändra <emphasis>security</emphasis> till <emphasis "
513
"role=\"italic\">share</emphasis>:"
514
515
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:318(para)
516
msgid ""
517
"In the <emphasis>[printers]</emphasis> section change the <emphasis>guest "
518
"ok</emphasis> option to <emphasis role=\"italic\">yes</emphasis>:"
519
msgstr ""
520
"I avsnittet <emphasis>[printers]</emphasis> ändra alternativet "
521
"<emphasis>guest ok</emphasis> till <emphasis role=\"italic\">yes</emphasis>:"
522
523
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:322(programlisting)
524
#, no-wrap
525
msgid ""
526
"\n"
527
" browsable = yes\n"
528
" guest ok = yes\n"
529
msgstr ""
530
"\n"
531
" browsable = yes\n"
532
" guest ok = yes\n"
533
534
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:327(para)
535
msgid "After editing <filename>smb.conf</filename> restart Samba:"
536
msgstr "Efter redigering av <filename>smb.conf</filename> starta om Samba:"
537
538
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:336(para)
539
msgid ""
540
"The default Samba configuration will automatically share any printers "
541
"installed. Simply install the printer locally on your Windows clients."
542
msgstr ""
543
"Standardkonfigurationen för Samba kommer automatiskt att dela ut alla "
544
"skrivare som är installerade. Installera helt enkelt skrivaren lokalt på din "
545
"Windowsklient."
546
547
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:365(para)
548
msgid ""
549
"Also, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.cups.org/\">CUPS Website</ulink> for "
550
"more information on configuring CUPS."
551
msgstr ""
552
"För mer information om att konfigurera av CUPS, se <ulink "
553
"url=\"http://www.cups.org/\">CUPS Webbplats</ulink>."
554
555
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:379(title)
556
msgid "Securing a Samba File and Print Server"
557
msgstr "Säkra en Samba fil- och skrivarserver"
558
559
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:382(title)
560
msgid "Samba Security Modes"
561
msgstr "Samba säkerhetsmetoder"
562
563
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:384(para)
564
msgid ""
565
"There are two security levels available to the Common Internet Filesystem "
566
"(CIFS) network protocol <emphasis>user-level</emphasis> and <emphasis>share-"
567
"level</emphasis>. Samba's <emphasis>security mode</emphasis> implementation "
568
"allows more flexibility, providing four ways of implementing user-level "
569
"security and one way to implement share-level:"
570
msgstr ""
571
"Det finns två säkerhetsnivåer tillgängliga i nätverksprotokollet Common "
572
"Internet Filesystem (CIFS) <emphasis>användarnivå</emphasis> och "
573
"<emphasis>delningsnivå</emphasis>. Sambas implementering av "
574
"<emphasis>säkerhetsmetoder</emphasis> tillåter en högre flexibilitet genom "
575
"att tillhandahålla fyra sätt att implementera säkerhet på användarnivå och "
576
"ett sätt att implementera delningsnivå:"
577
578
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:393(para)
579
msgid ""
580
"<emphasis>security = user:</emphasis> requires clients to supply a username "
581
"and password to connect to shares. Samba user accounts are separate from "
582
"system accounts, but the <application>libpam-smbpass</application> package "
583
"will sync system users and passwords with the Samba user database."
584
msgstr ""
585
"<emphasis>security = user:</emphasis> kräver att klienter anger ett "
586
"användarnamn och lösenord för att ansluta till en delning. Användarkonton i "
587
"Samba är separerade från systemkonton, men paketet <application>libpam-"
588
"smbpass</application> kan synkronisera systemets användare och lösenord med "
589
"användardatabasen i Samba."
590
591
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:400(para)
592
msgid ""
593
"<emphasis>security = domain:</emphasis> this mode allows the Samba server to "
594
"appear to Windows clients as a Primary Domain Controller (PDC), Backup "
595
"Domain Controller (BDC), or a Domain Member Server (DMS). See <xref "
596
"linkend=\"samba-dc\"/> for further information."
597
msgstr ""
598
"<emphasis>security = domain:</emphasis> det här läget tillåter Sambaservern "
599
"att för Windowsklienterna framstå som en Primary Domain Controller (PDC), "
600
"Backup Domain Controller (BDC), eller en Domain Member Server (DMS). Se "
601
"<xref linkend=\"samba-dc\"/> för ytterligare information."
602
603
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:407(para)
604
msgid ""
605
"<emphasis>security = ADS:</emphasis> allows the Samba server to join an "
606
"Active Directory domain as a native member. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ad-"
607
"integration\"/> for details."
608
msgstr ""
609
"<emphasis>security = ADS:</emphasis> tillåter Sambaservern att ansluta till "
610
"en Active Directory domän som en naturlig medlem. Se <xref linkend=\"samba-"
611
"ad-integration\"/> för detaljer."
612
613
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:413(para)
614
msgid ""
615
"<emphasis>security = server:</emphasis> this mode is left over from before "
616
"Samba could become a member server, and due to some security issues should "
617
"not be used. See the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
618
"HOWTO-Collection/ServerType.html#id349531\">Server Security</ulink> section "
619
"of the Samba guide for more details."
620
msgstr ""
621
"<emphasis>security = server:</emphasis> detta läge finns kvar från tiden "
622
"innan Samba kunde vara medlemserver, och skall på grund av en del "
623
"säkerhetsproblem inte användas. Se avsnittet <ulink "
624
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
625
"Collection/ServerType.html#id349531\">Server Security</ulink> i Samba "
626
"dokumentationen för fler detaljer."
627
628
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:421(para)
629
msgid ""
630
"<emphasis>security = share:</emphasis> allows clients to connect to shares "
631
"without supplying a username and password."
632
msgstr ""
633
"<emphasis>security = share:</emphasis> tillåter klienter att ansluta till "
634
"delningar utan att ange användarnamn och lösenord."
635
636
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:428(para)
637
msgid ""
638
"The security mode you choose will depend on your environment and what you "
639
"need the Samba server to accomplish."
640
msgstr ""
641
"Säkerhetsmetoden som du väljer kommer att bero på din omgivning och vad du "
642
"vill att Sambaservern skall utföra."
643
644
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:434(title)
645
msgid "Security = User"
646
msgstr "Security = User"
647
648
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:436(para)
649
msgid ""
650
"This section will reconfigure the Samba file and print server, from <xref "
651
"linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> and <xref linkend=\"samba-printserver\"/>, to "
652
"require authentication."
653
msgstr ""
654
"Detta avsnitt kommer att omkonfigurera Samba fil och skrivarserver, från "
655
"<xref linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> och <xref linkend=\"samba-"
656
"printserver\"/>, till att kräva autentisering."
657
658
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:441(para)
659
msgid ""
660
"First, install the <application>libpam-smbpass</application> package which "
661
"will sync the system users to the Samba user database:"
662
msgstr ""
663
"Börja med att installera paketet <application>libpam-smbpass</application> "
664
"som kommer att synkronisera systemets användare med användardatabasen i "
665
"Samba:"
666
667
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:447(command)
668
msgid "sudo apt-get install libpam-smbpass"
669
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libpam-smbpass"
670
671
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:451(para)
672
msgid ""
673
"If you chose the <emphasis>Samba Server</emphasis> task during installation "
674
"<application>libpam-smbpass</application> is already installed."
675
msgstr ""
676
"Om du har valt <emphasis>Samba server</emphasis> under installationen så är "
677
"<application>libpam-smbpass</application> redan installerat."
678
679
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:457(para)
680
msgid ""
681
"Edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, and in the "
682
"<emphasis>[share]</emphasis> section change:"
683
msgstr ""
684
"Redigera <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, och i avsnittet "
685
"<emphasis>[share]</emphasis> ändra:"
686
687
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:461(programlisting)
688
#, no-wrap
689
msgid ""
690
"\n"
691
" guest ok = no\n"
692
msgstr ""
693
"\n"
694
" guest ok = no\n"
695
696
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:465(para)
697
msgid "Finally, restart Samba for the new settings to take effect:"
698
msgstr ""
699
"Till sist, starta om Samba för att de nya inställningarna skall få effekt:"
700
701
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:474(para)
702
msgid ""
703
"Now when connecting to the shared directories or printers you should be "
704
"prompted for a username and password."
705
msgstr ""
706
"När du nu ansluter till en delad katalog eller skrivare skall du bli "
707
"tillfrågad efter ett användarnamn och lösenord."
708
709
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:479(para)
710
msgid ""
711
"If you choose to map a network drive to the share you can check the "
712
"<quote>Reconnect at Logon</quote> check box, which will require you to only "
713
"enter the username and password once, at least until the password changes."
714
msgstr ""
715
"Om du väljer att ansluta en nätverksdisk till delningen, kan du markera "
716
"kryssrutan <quote>återanslut vid inloggning</quote>, vilket medför att du "
717
"endast anger användarnamn och lösenord en gång, eller tills lösenordet "
718
"ändrats."
719
720
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:487(title)
721
msgid "Share Security"
722
msgstr "Delningsäkerhet"
723
724
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:489(para)
725
msgid ""
726
"There are several options available to increase the security for each "
727
"individual shared directory. Using the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> example, "
728
"this section will cover some common options."
729
msgstr ""
730
"Det finns flera möjliga alternativ till att utöka säkerheten för varje "
731
"enskild delad katalog. Genom att använda modellen "
732
"<emphasis>[share]</emphasis> kommer detta avsnitt att behandla några av de "
733
"vanligaste konfigurationsalternativen."
734
735
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:495(title)
736
msgid "Groups"
737
msgstr "Grupper"
738
739
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:497(para)
740
msgid ""
741
"Groups define a collection of computers or users which have a common level "
742
"of access to particular network resources and offer a level of granularity "
743
"in controlling access to such resources. For example, if a group <emphasis "
744
"role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> is defined and contains the users <emphasis "
745
"role=\"italic\">freda</emphasis>, <emphasis "
746
"role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
747
"role=\"italic\">rob</emphasis> and a second group <emphasis "
748
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> is defined and consists of users "
749
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, <emphasis "
750
"role=\"italic\">jeremy</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
751
"role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis> then certain network resources configured "
752
"to allow access by the <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group will "
753
"subsequently enable access by freda, danika, and rob, but not jeremy or "
754
"vincent. Since the user <emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis> belongs "
755
"to both the <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> and <emphasis "
756
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> groups, she will be able to access "
757
"resources configured for access by both groups, whereas all other users will "
758
"have only access to resources explicitly allowing the group they are part of."
759
msgstr ""
760
"En grupp är en samling av datorer eller användare som har samma "
761
"rättighetsnivåer till vissa nätverksresurser och ger dig lite möjligheten "
762
"att kontrollera tillgång till resurser lite mindre finkornigt. Om till "
763
"exempel en grupp som heter <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> "
764
"definieras och innehåller användarna <emphasis "
765
"role=\"italic\">freda</emphasis>, <emphasis "
766
"role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis> och <emphasis "
767
"role=\"italic\">rob</emphasis> och en annan grupp vid namn <emphasis "
768
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> skapas med användarna <emphasis "
769
"role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, <emphasis "
770
"role=\"italic\">jeremy</emphasis> och <emphasis "
771
"role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis> kommer nätverksresurser som konfigureras "
772
"för att släppa in gruppen <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> "
773
"följaktligen släppa in freda, danika och rob, men inte jeremy eller vincent. "
774
"Eftersom användaren <emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis> tillhör både "
775
"gruppen <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> och <emphasis "
776
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> kommer hon att kunna komma åt "
777
"nätverksresurser som släpper in användare från vilken som av grupperna, "
778
"medans alla andra användare bara kommer att ha tillgång till "
779
"nätverksresurser som just deras grupp har tillgång till."
780
781
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:511(para)
782
msgid ""
783
"By default Samba looks for the local system groups defined in "
784
"<filename>/etc/group</filename> to determine which users belong to which "
785
"groups. For more information on adding and removing users from groups see "
786
"<xref linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/>."
787
msgstr ""
788
"Normalt tittar Samba efter den lokala systemgruppen som är definierad i "
789
"<filename>/etc/group</filename> för att bestämma vilka användare som tillhör "
790
"en viss grupp. För mer information om att lägga till och ta bort användare "
791
"från grupper, se <xref linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/>."
792
793
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:517(para)
794
msgid ""
795
"When defining groups in the Samba configuration file, "
796
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, the recognized syntax is to "
797
"preface the group name with an \"@\" symbol. For example, if you wished to "
798
"define a group named <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> in a "
799
"certain section of the <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, you would "
800
"do so by entering the group name as <emphasis "
801
"role=\"bold\">@sysadmin</emphasis>."
802
msgstr ""
803
"När du definierar grupper i Sambas konfigurationsfil, "
804
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, är den vedertagna syntaxen att "
805
"inleda gruppnamnet med symbolen \"@\". Till exempel, om du vill definiera en "
806
"grupp med namnet <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> i ett givet "
807
"avsnitt av <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, skall du göra det genom "
808
"att ange gruppnamnet som <emphasis role=\"bold\">@sysadmin</emphasis>."
809
810
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:526(title)
811
msgid "File Permissions"
812
msgstr "Filrättigheter"
813
814
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:528(para)
815
msgid ""
816
"File Permissions define the explicit rights a computer or user has to a "
817
"particular directory, file, or set of files. Such permissions may be defined "
818
"by editing the <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file and specifying "
819
"the explicit permissions of a defined file share."
820
msgstr ""
821
"Filrättigheter definierar tydliga rättigheter en dator eller användare har "
822
"till en bestämd fil eller uppsättning filer. Sådana rättigheter kan "
823
"definieras genom att redigera filen <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> "
824
"och specificera tydliga rättigheter av en definierad fildelning."
825
826
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:534(para)
827
msgid ""
828
"For example, if you have defined a Samba share called "
829
"<emphasis>share</emphasis> and wish to give <emphasis role=\"italic\">read-"
830
"only</emphasis> permissions to the group of users known as <emphasis "
831
"role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis>, but wanted to allow writing to the share by "
832
"the group called <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> and the user "
833
"named <emphasis role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis>, then you could edit the "
834
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file, and add the following entries "
835
"under the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> entry:"
836
msgstr ""
837
"Till exempel, om du har definierat en Samba-delning som heter "
838
"<emphasis>share</emphasis> och vill tilldela rättigheten <emphasis "
839
"role=\"italic\">read-only</emphasis> till gruppen av användare kända som "
840
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis>, men vill tillåta skrivning till "
841
"delningen av gruppen som heter <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> "
842
"och användaren med namnet <emphasis role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis>, då "
843
"kan du redigera filen <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> och lägga "
844
"till följande rader under noteringen <emphasis>[share]</emphasis>:"
845
846
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:543(programlisting)
847
#, no-wrap
848
msgid ""
849
"\n"
850
" read list = @qa\n"
851
" write list = @sysadmin, vincent\n"
852
msgstr ""
853
"\n"
854
" read list = @qa\n"
855
" write list = @sysadmin, vincent\n"
856
857
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:548(para)
858
msgid ""
859
"Another possible Samba permission is to declare "
860
"<emphasis>administrative</emphasis> permissions to a particular shared "
861
"resource. Users having administrative permissions may read, write, or modify "
862
"any information contained in the resource the user has been given explicit "
863
"administrative permissions to."
864
msgstr ""
865
"En annan möjlig Samba-rättighet är att deklarera "
866
"<emphasis>administrativa</emphasis> rättigheter till en särskild delad "
867
"resurs. Användare med administrativa rättigheter kan läsa, skriva eller "
868
"ändra information som finns i resursen som användaren har särskilda "
869
"rättigheter till."
870
871
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:554(para)
872
msgid ""
873
"For example, if you wanted to give the user <emphasis "
874
"role=\"italic\">melissa</emphasis> administrative permissions to the "
875
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">share</emphasis> example, you would edit the "
876
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file, and add the following line "
877
"under the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> entry:"
878
msgstr ""
879
"Till exempel, om du vill ge användaren <emphasis "
880
"role=\"italic\">melissa</emphasis> administrativa rättigheter till modellen "
881
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">share</emphasis>, kan du redigera filen "
882
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, och lägga till följande rad under "
883
"noteringen <emphasis>[share]</emphasis>:"
884
885
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:561(programlisting)
886
#, no-wrap
887
msgid ""
888
"\n"
889
" admin users = melissa\n"
890
msgstr ""
891
"\n"
892
" admin users = melissa\n"
893
894
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:565(para)
895
msgid ""
896
"After editing <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, restart Samba for "
897
"the changes to take effect:"
898
msgstr ""
899
"Efter redigering av <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, starta om "
900
"Samba för att ändringarna skall få effekt:"
901
902
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:575(para)
903
msgid ""
904
"For the <emphasis>read list</emphasis> and <emphasis>write list</emphasis> "
905
"to work the Samba security mode must <emphasis>not</emphasis> be set to "
906
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">security = share</emphasis>"
907
msgstr ""
908
"Om <emphasis>read list</emphasis> och <emphasis>write list</emphasis> skall "
909
"fungera skall inte Sambas säkerhetsläge <emphasis>not</emphasis> sättas till "
910
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">security = share</emph"
911
912
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:581(para)
913
msgid ""
914
"Now that Samba has been configured to limit which groups have access to the "
915
"shared directory, the filesystem permissions need to be updated."
916
msgstr ""
917
"Nu när Samba är konfigurerat till att begränsa vilka grupper som har "
918
"rättighet att komma åt delade kataloger, måste filsystemets rättigheter "
919
"uppdateras."
920
921
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:586(para)
922
msgid ""
923
"Traditional Linux file permissions do not map well to Windows NT Access "
924
"Control Lists (ACLs). Fortunately POSIX ACLs are available on Ubuntu servers "
925
"providing more fine grained control. For example, to enable ACLs on "
926
"<filename>/srv</filename> an EXT3 filesystem, edit "
927
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> adding the <emphasis>acl</emphasis> option:"
928
msgstr ""
929
"Traditionella filrättigheter i Linux fördelas inte bra till Windows NT "
930
"åtkomstlistor (ACLs). Lyckligtvis finns POSIX ACLs tillgängligt på Ubuntu-"
931
"server för en mer finkornig kontroll. Till exempel, för att aktivera ACLs på "
932
"<filename>/srv</filename> i ett EXT3-filsystem, redigera "
933
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> och lägg till alternativet "
934
"<emphasis>acl</emphasis>:"
935
936
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:593(programlisting)
937
#, no-wrap
938
msgid ""
939
"\n"
940
"UUID=66bcdd2e-8861-4fb0-b7e4-e61c569fe17d /srv ext3 noatime,relatime,acl "
941
"0 1\n"
942
msgstr ""
943
"\n"
944
"UUID=66bcdd2e-8861-4fb0-b7e4-e61c569fe17d /srv ext3 noatime,relatime,acl "
945
"0 1\n"
946
947
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:597(para)
948
msgid "Then remount the partition:"
949
msgstr "Återmontera därefter partitionen"
950
951
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:602(command)
952
msgid "sudo mount -v -o remount /srv"
953
msgstr "sudo mount -v -o remount /srv"
954
955
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:606(para)
956
msgid ""
957
"The above example assumes <filename>/srv</filename> on a separate partition. "
958
"If <filename>/srv</filename>, or wherever you have configured your share "
959
"path, is part of the <filename>/</filename> partition a reboot may be "
960
"required."
961
msgstr ""
962
"Ovanstående exempel förutsätter att <filename>/srv</filename> är en separat "
963
"partition. Om <filename>/srv</filename>, eller varhelst du har konfigurerat "
964
"din delade sökväg, är en del av partitionen <filename>/</filename> kan en "
965
"omstart vara nödvändig."
966
967
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:613(para)
968
msgid ""
969
"To match the Samba configuration above the <emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> "
970
"group will be given read, write, and execute permissions to "
971
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename>, the <emphasis>qa</emphasis> group "
972
"will be given read and execute permissions, and the files will be owned by "
973
"the username <emphasis>melissa</emphasis>. Enter the following in a terminal:"
974
msgstr ""
975
"För att matcha Samba-konfigurationen ovan, skall gruppen "
976
"<emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> tilldelas läs, skriv och kör-rättigheter till "
977
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename>, gruppen <emphasis>qa</emphasis> "
978
"kommer att tilldelas skriv och körrättigheter och filer kommer att ägas av "
979
"användaren <emphasis>melissa</emphasis>. Skriv följande i en terminal:"
980
981
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:621(command)
982
msgid "sudo chown -R melissa /srv/samba/share/"
983
msgstr "sudo chown -R melissa /srv/samba/share/"
984
985
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:622(command)
986
msgid "sudo chgrp -R sysadmin /srv/samba/share/"
987
msgstr "sudo chgrp -R sysadmin /srv/samba/share/"
988
989
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:623(command)
990
msgid "sudo setfacl -R -m g:qa:rx /srv/samba/share/"
991
msgstr "sudo setfacl -R -m g:qa:rx /srv/samba/share/"
992
993
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:627(para)
994
msgid ""
995
"The <application>setfacl</application> command above gives "
996
"<emphasis>execute</emphasis> permissions to all files in the "
997
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename> directory, which you may or may not "
998
"want."
999
msgstr ""
1000
"Kommandot <application>setfacl</application> ovan ger "
1001
"<emphasis>skriv</emphasis> -rättigheter till alla filer i katalogen "
1002
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename>, vilket du kanske vill eller inte vill."
1003
1004
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:633(para)
1005
msgid ""
1006
"Now from a Windows client you should notice the new file permissions are "
1007
"implemented. See the <application>acl</application> and "
1008
"<application>setfacl</application> man pages for more information on POSIX "
1009
"ACLs."
1010
msgstr ""
1011
"Nu skall du från en Windows-klient upptäcka att de nya filrättigheterna är "
1012
"implementerade. Se manualsidorna <application>acl</application> och "
1013
"<application>setfacl</application> för mer information om PO"
1014
1015
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:641(title)
1016
msgid "Samba AppArmor Profile"
1017
msgstr "Samba AppArmor Profil"
1018
1019
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:643(para)
1020
msgid ""
1021
"Ubuntu comes with the <application>AppArmor</application> security module, "
1022
"which provides mandatory access controls. The default AppArmor profile for "
1023
"Samba will need to be adapted to your configuration. For more details on "
1024
"using AppArmor see <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
1025
msgstr ""
1026
"Ubuntu levereras med säkerhetsmodulen <application>AppArmor</application>, "
1027
"som ger tillgång till obligatoriska åtkomstkontroller. AppArmor "
1028
"standardprofil för Samba behöver anpassas för din konfiguration. För fler "
1029
"detaljer om hur du använder AppArmor se <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
1030
1031
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:649(para)
1032
msgid ""
1033
"There are default AppArmor profiles for <filename>/usr/sbin/smbd</filename> "
1034
"and <filename>/usr/sbin/nmbd</filename>, the Samba daemon binaries, as part "
1035
"of the <application>apparmor-profiles</application> packages. To install the "
1036
"package, from a terminal prompt enter:"
1037
msgstr ""
1038
"AppArmor har standardprofiler för <filename>/usr/sbin/smbd</filename> och "
1039
"<filename>/usr/sbin/nmbd</filename>, Samba demonbinärer som är en del av "
1040
"paketet <application>apparmor-profiles</application>. För att installera "
1041
"paketet, skriv från en terminalprompt:"
1042
1043
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:656(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:920(command)
1044
msgid "sudo apt-get install apparmor-profiles"
1045
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apparmor-profiles"
1046
1047
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:660(para)
1048
msgid "This package contains profiles for several other binaries."
1049
msgstr "Det här paketet innehåller profiler för flera andra binärer."
1050
1051
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:665(para)
1052
msgid ""
1053
"By default the profiles for <application>smbd</application> and "
1054
"<application>nmbd</application> are in <emphasis>complain</emphasis> mode "
1055
"allowing Samba to work without modifying the profile, and only logging "
1056
"errors. To place the <application>smbd</application> profile into "
1057
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> mode, and have Samba work as expected, the "
1058
"profile will need to be modified to reflect any directories that are shared."
1059
msgstr ""
1060
"Som standard är profilerna för <application>smbd</application> och "
1061
"<application>nmbd</application> i läget <emphasis>complain</emphasis> vilket "
1062
"tillåter Samba att fungera utan att modifiera profilen och endast logga "
1063
"felen. För att placera profilen <application>smbd</application> i läget "
1064
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> och få Samba att fungera som förväntat, kommer "
1065
"profilen att behöva ändras för att avspegla alla kataloger som delas."
1066
1067
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:672(para)
1068
msgid ""
1069
"Edit <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd</filename> adding information "
1070
"for <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> from the file server example:"
1071
msgstr ""
1072
"Redigera <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd</filename> och lägg till "
1073
"information för <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> från filserver exemplet:"
1074
1075
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:677(programlisting)
1076
#, no-wrap
1077
msgid ""
1078
"\n"
1079
" /srv/samba/share/ r,\n"
1080
" /srv/samba/share/** rwkix,\n"
1081
msgstr ""
1082
"\n"
1083
" /srv/samba/share/ r,\n"
1084
" /srv/samba/share/** rwkix,\n"
1085
1086
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:682(para)
1087
msgid ""
1088
"Now place the profile into <emphasis>enforce</emphasis> and reload it:"
1089
msgstr "Placera nu profilen i <emphasis>enforce</emphasis> och ladda om den:"
1090
1091
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:687(command)
1092
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /usr/sbin/smbd"
1093
msgstr "sudo aa-enforce /usr/sbin/smbd"
1094
1095
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:688(command)
1096
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
1097
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
1098
1099
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:691(para)
1100
msgid ""
1101
"You should now be able to read, write, and execute files in the shared "
1102
"directory as normal, and the <application>smbd</application> binary will "
1103
"have access to only the configured files and directories. Be sure to add "
1104
"entries for each directory you configure Samba to share. Also, any errors "
1105
"will be logged to <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>."
1106
msgstr ""
1107
"Du skall nu kunna läsa, skriva och köra filer i den delade katalog precis "
1108
"som vanligt, och binären <application>smbd</application> kommer endast ha "
1109
"åtkomst till de konfigurerade filerna och katalogerna. Säkerställ att du har "
1110
"lagt till poster för varje katalog du konfigurerat Samba att dela ut, fel "
1111
"kommer loggas till <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>."
1112
1113
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:716(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1096(para)
1114
msgid ""
1115
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
1116
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> is "
1117
"also a good reference."
1118
msgstr ""
1119
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
1120
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> är "
1121
"en annan bra referens."
1122
1123
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:722(para)
1124
msgid ""
1125
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/securing-"
1126
"samba.html\">Chapter 18</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection is devoted to "
1127
"security."
1128
msgstr ""
1129
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/securing-"
1130
"samba.html\">Kapitel 18</ulink> i samlingen av Samba HOWTO ägnas åt säkerhet."
1131
1132
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:728(para)
1133
msgid ""
1134
"For more information on Samba and ACLs see the <ulink "
1135
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
1136
"Collection/AccessControls.html#id397568\">Samba ACLs page </ulink>."
1137
msgstr ""
1138
"För mer information om Samba och ACLs, se <ulink "
1139
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
1140
"Collection/AccessControls.html#id397568\">Samba ACLs sida </ulink>."
1141
1142
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:744(title)
1143
msgid "Samba as a Domain Controller"
1144
msgstr "Samba som en domänkontrollant"
1145
1146
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:746(para)
1147
msgid ""
1148
"Although it cannot act as an Active Directory Primary Domain Controller "
1149
"(PDC), a Samba server can be configured to appear as a Windows NT4-style "
1150
"domain controller. A major advantage of this configuration is the ability to "
1151
"centralize user and machine credentials. Samba can also use multiple "
1152
"backends to store the user information."
1153
msgstr ""
1154
"Även om den inte kan agera som en Active Directory Primary Domain Controller "
1155
"(PDC), kan en Samba-server konfigureras för att visas som en "
1156
"domänkontrollant i Windows NT4 stil. En betydande fördel med den här "
1157
"konfigurationen är förmågan att centralisera användare och maskinreferenser. "
1158
"Samba kan även använda flera bakändesystem till att lagra "
1159
"användarinformation."
1160
1161
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:753(title)
1162
msgid "Primary Domain Controller"
1163
msgstr "Primär domänkontrollant"
1164
1165
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:755(para)
1166
msgid ""
1167
"This section covers configuring Samba as a Primary Domain Controller (PDC) "
1168
"using the default smbpasswd backend."
1169
msgstr ""
1170
"Detta avsnitt behandlar konfigurationen av Samba som en Primär "
1171
"domänkontrollant (PDC) genom att använda standard-bakändesystemet för "
1172
"smbpasswd."
1173
1174
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:762(para)
1175
msgid ""
1176
"First, install Samba, and <application>libpam-smbpass</application> to sync "
1177
"the user accounts, by entering the following in a terminal prompt:"
1178
msgstr ""
1179
"Börja med att installera Samba och <application>libpam-smbpass</application> "
1180
"till att synkronisera användarkonton, genom att skriva följande i en "
1181
"terminalprompt:"
1182
1183
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:768(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:993(command)
1184
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba libpam-smbpass"
1185
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba libpam-smbpass"
1186
1187
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:774(para)
1188
msgid ""
1189
"Next, configure Samba by editing <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. "
1190
"The <emphasis>security</emphasis> mode should be set to <emphasis "
1191
"role=\"italic\">user</emphasis>, and the <emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> "
1192
"should relate to your organization:"
1193
msgstr ""
1194
"Nästa steg, konfigurera Samba genom att redigera "
1195
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Läget "
1196
"<emphasis>security</emphasis> skall sättas till <emphasis "
1197
"role=\"italic\">user</emphasis>, och <emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> skall "
1198
"relatera till din organisation:"
1199
1200
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:789(para)
1201
msgid ""
1202
"In the commented <quote>Domains</quote> section add or uncomment the "
1203
"following:"
1204
msgstr ""
1205
"I det kommenterade avsnittet <quote>Domains</quote> lägg till eller "
1206
"avkommentera följande:"
1207
1208
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:793(programlisting)
1209
#, no-wrap
1210
msgid ""
1211
"\n"
1212
" domain logons = yes\n"
1213
" logon path = \\\\%N\\%U\\profile\n"
1214
" logon drive = H:\n"
1215
" logon home = \\\\%N\\%U\n"
1216
" logon script = logon.cmd\n"
1217
" add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/useradd -N -g machines -c Machine -d "
1218
"/var/lib/samba -s /bin/false %u\n"
1219
msgstr ""
1220
"\n"
1221
" domain logons = yes\n"
1222
" logon path = \\\\%N\\%U\\profile\n"
1223
" logon drive = H:\n"
1224
" logon home = \\\\%N\\%U\n"
1225
" logon script = logon.cmd\n"
1226
" add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/useradd -N -g machines -c Machine -d "
1227
"/var/lib/samba -s /bin/false %u\n"
1228
1229
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:804(para)
1230
msgid ""
1231
"<emphasis>domain logons:</emphasis> provides the netlogon service causing "
1232
"Samba to act as a domain controller."
1233
msgstr ""
1234
"<emphasis>domain logons:</emphasis> tillhandahåller tjänsten Netlogon som "
1235
"medför att Samba fungerar som en domänkontrollant."
1236
1237
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:809(para)
1238
msgid ""
1239
"<emphasis>logon path:</emphasis> places the user's Windows profile into "
1240
"their home directory. It is also possible to configure a "
1241
"<emphasis>[profiles]</emphasis> share placing all profiles under a single "
1242
"directory."
1243
msgstr ""
1244
"<emphasis>logon path:</emphasis> placerar användarens Windows-profil i deras "
1245
"hemmakatalog. Det är också möjligt att konfigurera en delad "
1246
"<emphasis>[profiles]</emphasis> och placera alla profiler under en enda "
1247
"katalog."
1248
1249
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:815(para)
1250
msgid ""
1251
"<emphasis>logon drive:</emphasis> specifies the home directory local path."
1252
msgstr ""
1253
"<emphasis>logon drive:</emphasis> specificerar hemmakatalogens lokala sökväg."
1254
1255
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:820(para)
1256
msgid ""
1257
"<emphasis>logon home:</emphasis> specifies the home directory location."
1258
msgstr "<emphasis>logon home:</emphasis> specificerar hemmakatalogens plats."
1259
1260
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:825(para)
1261
msgid ""
1262
"<emphasis>logon script:</emphasis> determines the script to be run locally "
1263
"once a user has logged in. The script needs to be placed in the "
1264
"<emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis> share."
1265
msgstr ""
1266
"<emphasis>logon script:</emphasis> fastställer vilket skript som skall köras "
1267
"lokalt när en användare har loggat in. Skriptet måste placeras i delningen "
1268
"<emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis>."
1269
1270
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:831(para)
1271
msgid ""
1272
"<emphasis>add machine script:</emphasis> a script that will automatically "
1273
"create the <emphasis>Machine Trust Account</emphasis> needed for a "
1274
"workstation to join the domain."
1275
msgstr ""
1276
"<emphasis>add machine script:</emphasis> ett skript som automatiskt skapar "
1277
"ett <emphasis>Machine Trust Account</emphasis> som är nödvändigt för att "
1278
"ansluta en arbetsstation till en domän."
1279
1280
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:835(para)
1281
msgid ""
1282
"In this example the <emphasis>machines</emphasis> group will need to be "
1283
"created using the <application>addgroup</application> utility see <xref "
1284
"linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/> for details."
1285
msgstr ""
1286
"I det här exemplet behöver gruppen <emphasis>machines</emphasis> skapas "
1287
"genom att använda verktyget <application>addgroup</application> se <xref "
1288
"linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/> för detaljer."
1289
1290
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:839(para)
1291
msgid ""
1292
"Also, rights need to be explicitly provided to the <emphasis>Domain "
1293
"Admins</emphasis> group to allow the <emphasis>add machine script</emphasis> "
1294
"(and other admin functions) to work. This is achieved by executing:"
1295
msgstr ""
1296
1297
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:844(command)
1298
msgid ""
1299
"net rpc rights grant \"EXAMPLE\\Domain Admins\" SeMachineAccountPrivilege "
1300
"SePrintOperatorPrivilege \\ SeAddUsersPrivilege SeDiskOperatorPrivilege "
1301
"SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege"
1302
msgstr ""
1303
1304
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:851(para)
1305
msgid ""
1306
"If you wish to not use <emphasis>Roaming Profiles</emphasis> leave the "
1307
"<emphasis>logon home</emphasis> and <emphasis>logon path</emphasis> options "
1308
"commented."
1309
msgstr ""
1310
"Om du önskar använda <emphasis>Roaming Profiles</emphasis> lämna "
1311
"alternativet <emphasis>logon home</emphasis> and <emphasis>logon "
1312
"path</emphasis> kommenterat."
1313
1314
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:860(para)
1315
msgid ""
1316
"Uncomment the <emphasis>[homes]</emphasis> share to allow the <emphasis "
1317
"role=\"italic\">logon home</emphasis> to be mapped:"
1318
msgstr ""
1319
"Avkommentera delningen <emphasis>[homes]</emphasis> för att tillåta "
1320
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">logon home</emphasis> att bli ansluten:"
1321
1322
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:865(programlisting)
1323
#, no-wrap
1324
msgid ""
1325
"\n"
1326
"[homes]\n"
1327
" comment = Home Directories\n"
1328
" browseable = no\n"
1329
" read only = no\n"
1330
" create mask = 0700\n"
1331
" directory mask = 0700\n"
1332
" valid users = %S\n"
1333
msgstr ""
1334
"\n"
1335
"[homes]\n"
1336
" comment = Home Directories\n"
1337
" browseable = no\n"
1338
" read only = no\n"
1339
" create mask = 0700\n"
1340
" directory mask = 0700\n"
1341
" valid users = %S\n"
1342
1343
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:878(para)
1344
msgid ""
1345
"When configured as a domain controller a <emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis> "
1346
"share needs to be configured. To enable the share, uncomment:"
1347
msgstr ""
1348
"När den är konfigurerad som en domänkontrollant behöver delningen "
1349
"<emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis> konfigureras. För att aktiver delningen, "
1350
"avkommentera:"
1351
1352
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:883(programlisting)
1353
#, no-wrap
1354
msgid ""
1355
"\n"
1356
"[netlogon]\n"
1357
" comment = Network Logon Service\n"
1358
" path = /srv/samba/netlogon\n"
1359
" guest ok = yes\n"
1360
" read only = yes\n"
1361
" share modes = no\n"
1362
msgstr ""
1363
"\n"
1364
"[netlogon]\n"
1365
" comment = Network Logon Service\n"
1366
" path = /srv/samba/netlogon\n"
1367
" guest ok = yes\n"
1368
" read only = yes\n"
1369
" share modes = no\n"
1370
1371
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:893(para)
1372
msgid ""
1373
"The original <emphasis>netlogon</emphasis> share path is "
1374
"<filename>/home/samba/netlogon</filename>, but according to the Filesystem "
1375
"Hierarchy Standard (FHS), <ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
1376
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> is the correct "
1377
"location for site-specific data provided by the system."
1378
msgstr ""
1379
"Standardsökvägen för delningen <emphasis>netlogon</emphasis> är "
1380
"<filename>/home/samba/netlogon</filename>, men enligt Filesystem Hierarchy "
1381
"Standard (FHS), <ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
1382
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> är den korrekta "
1383
"platsen för plats-specifik data tillhandahållet av systemet."
1384
1385
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:904(para)
1386
msgid ""
1387
"Now create the <filename role=\"directory\">netlogon</filename> directory, "
1388
"and an empty (for now) <filename>logon.cmd</filename> script file:"
1389
msgstr ""
1390
"Skapa nu katalogen <filename role=\"directory\">netlogon</filename>, och en "
1391
"(för tillfället) tom <filename>logon.cmd</filename> skriptfil:"
1392
1393
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:910(command)
1394
msgid "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/netlogon"
1395
msgstr "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/netlogon"
1396
1397
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:911(command)
1398
msgid "sudo touch /srv/samba/netlogon/logon.cmd"
1399
msgstr "sudo touch /srv/samba/netlogon/logon.cmd"
1400
1401
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:914(para)
1402
msgid ""
1403
"You can enter any normal Windows logon script commands in "
1404
"<filename>logon.cmd</filename> to customize the client's environment."
1405
msgstr ""
1406
"Du kan ange några vanliga kommandon för Windows inloggningsskript i "
1407
"<filename>logon.cmd</filename> för att anpassa klientens system."
1408
1409
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:922(para)
1410
msgid ""
1411
"With <emphasis>root</emphasis> being disabled by default, in order to join a "
1412
"workstation to the domain, a system group needs to be mapped to the Windows "
1413
"<emphasis>Domain Admins</emphasis> group. Using the "
1414
"<application>net</application> utility, from a terminal enter:"
1415
msgstr ""
1416
"Med <emphasis>root</emphasis> inaktiverat som standard, för att ansluta en "
1417
"arbetsstation till en domän måste en systemgrupp kopplas till Windowsgruppen "
1418
"<emphasis>Domain Admins</emphasis>. Genom att använda verktyget "
1419
"<application>net</application>, skriv från en terminal:"
1420
1421
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:929(command)
1422
msgid ""
1423
"sudo net groupmap add ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" unixgroup=sysadmin rid=512 "
1424
"type=d"
1425
msgstr ""
1426
"sudo net groupmap add ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" unixgroup=sysadmin rid=512 "
1427
"type=d"
1428
1429
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:933(para)
1430
msgid ""
1431
"Change <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> to whichever group you "
1432
"prefer. Also, the user used to join the domain needs to be a member of the "
1433
"<emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> group, as well as a member of the system "
1434
"<emphasis>admin</emphasis> group. The <emphasis>admin</emphasis> group "
1435
"allows <application>sudo</application> use."
1436
msgstr ""
1437
"Ändra <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> till vilken grupp som "
1438
"helst du föredrar. Dessutom, användaren som används för att ansluta till "
1439
"domänen måste vara medlem i gruppen <emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis>, samt en "
1440
"medlem av systemgruppen <emphasis>admin</emphasis>. Gruppen "
1441
"<emphasis>admin</emphasis> tillåter användning av "
1442
"<application>sudo</application>."
1443
1444
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:944(para)
1445
msgid "Finally, restart Samba to enable the new domain controller:"
1446
msgstr ""
1447
"Slutligen, starta om Samba för att aktivera den nya domänkontrollanten:"
1448
1449
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:956(para)
1450
msgid ""
1451
"You should now be able to join Windows clients to the Domain in the same "
1452
"manner as joining them to an NT4 domain running on a Windows server."
1453
msgstr ""
1454
"Du bör nu kunna ansluta Windows-klienter till domänen på samma sätt som om "
1455
"du ansluter dem till en NT4-domän som körs på en Windows-server."
1456
1457
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:966(title)
1458
msgid "Backup Domain Controller"
1459
msgstr "Reserv-domänkontrollant"
1460
1461
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:968(para)
1462
msgid ""
1463
"With a Primary Domain Controller (PDC) on the network it is best to have a "
1464
"Backup Domain Controller (BDC) as well. This will allow clients to "
1465
"authenticate in case the PDC becomes unavailable."
1466
msgstr ""
1467
"Med en primär domänkontrollant (PDC) i nätverket är det lika bra att också "
1468
"ha en reserv-domänkontrollant (BDC) . Detta möjliggör för klienter att "
1469
"autentisera även om PDCn blir otillgängligt."
1470
1471
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:973(para)
1472
msgid ""
1473
"When configuring Samba as a BDC you need a way to sync account information "
1474
"with the PDC. There are multiple ways of accomplishing this "
1475
"<application>scp</application>, <application>rsync</application>, or by "
1476
"using <application>LDAP</application> as the <emphasis>passdb "
1477
"backend</emphasis>."
1478
msgstr ""
1479
"När Samba konfigurerats som en BDC behöver du ett sätt till att synkronisera "
1480
"kontoinformation med PDCn. Det finns flera sätt för att göra det här "
1481
"<application>scp</application>, <application>rsync</application>, eller "
1482
"genom att använda <application>LDAP</application> som "
1483
"<emphasis>passdb</emphasis>-bakände."
1484
1485
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:979(para)
1486
msgid ""
1487
"Using LDAP is the most robust way to sync account information, because both "
1488
"domain controllers can use the same information in real time. However, "
1489
"setting up a LDAP server may be overly complicated for a small number of "
1490
"user and computer accounts. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/> for details."
1491
msgstr ""
1492
"Att använda LDAP är det mest robusta sättet att synkronisera "
1493
"kontoinformation, eftersom båda domänkontrollanterna kan använda "
1494
"informationen i realtid. I vilket fall, att sätta upp en LDAP-server kan "
1495
"vara alltför komplicerat för ett litet antal användare och datakonton. Se "
1496
"<xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/> för detaljer."
1497
1498
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:988(para)
1499
msgid ""
1500
"First, install <application>samba</application> and <application>libpam-"
1501
"smbpass</application>. From a terminal enter:"
1502
msgstr ""
1503
"Börja med att installera <application>samba</application> och "
1504
"<application>libpam-smbpass</application>. Från en terminal skriv:"
1505
1506
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:999(para)
1507
msgid ""
1508
"Now, edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> and uncomment the "
1509
"following in the <emphasis>[global]</emphasis>:"
1510
msgstr ""
1511
"Redigera nu <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> och avkommentera "
1512
"följande i <emphasis>[global]</emphasis>:"
1513
1514
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1012(para)
1515
msgid "In the commented <emphasis>Domains</emphasis> uncomment or add:"
1516
msgstr ""
1517
"I den kommenterade <emphasis>Domains</emphasis> avkommentera eller lägg till:"
1518
1519
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1016(programlisting)
1520
#, no-wrap
1521
msgid ""
1522
"\n"
1523
" domain logons = yes\n"
1524
" domain master = no\n"
1525
msgstr ""
1526
"\n"
1527
" domain logons = yes\n"
1528
" domain master = no\n"
1529
1530
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1024(para)
1531
msgid ""
1532
"Make sure a user has rights to read the files in "
1533
"<filename>/var/lib/samba</filename>. For example, to allow users in the "
1534
"<emphasis>admin</emphasis> group to <application>scp</application> the "
1535
"files, enter:"
1536
msgstr ""
1537
"Säkerställ att en användare har läsrättigheter till filer i "
1538
"<filename>/var/lib/samba</filename>. till exempel, för att tillåta användare "
1539
"i gruppen <emphasis>admin</emphasis> till <application>scp</application> "
1540
"filerna, skriv:"
1541
1542
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1030(command)
1543
msgid "sudo chgrp -R admin /var/lib/samba"
1544
msgstr "sudo chgrp -R admin /var/lib/samba"
1545
1546
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1036(para)
1547
msgid ""
1548
"Next, sync the user accounts, using <application>scp</application> to copy "
1549
"the <filename>/var/lib/samba</filename> directory from the PDC:"
1550
msgstr ""
1551
"Nästa steg, synkronisera användarkontona, genom att använda "
1552
"<application>scp</application> till att kopiera katalogen "
1553
"<filename>/var/lib/samba</filename> från PDCn:"
1554
1555
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1042(command)
1556
msgid "sudo scp -r username@pdc:/var/lib/samba /var/lib"
1557
msgstr "sudo scp -r username@pdc:/var/lib/samba /var/lib"
1558
1559
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1046(para)
1560
msgid ""
1561
"Replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with a valid username and "
1562
"<emphasis>pdc</emphasis> with the hostname or IP Address of your actual PDC."
1563
msgstr ""
1564
"Ersätt <emphasis>username</emphasis> med ett giltigt användarnamn och "
1565
"<emphasis>pdc</emphasis> med värdnamnet eller IP-adressen till din nuvarande "
1566
"PDC."
1567
1568
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1055(para)
1569
msgid "Finally, restart <application>samba</application>:"
1570
msgstr "Till sist, starta om <application>samba</application>:"
1571
1572
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1067(para)
1573
msgid ""
1574
"You can test that your Backup Domain controller is working by stopping the "
1575
"Samba daemon on the PDC, then trying to login to a Windows client joined to "
1576
"the domain."
1577
msgstr ""
1578
"Du kan testa så att din reserv-domänkontrollant fungerar genom att stoppa "
1579
"Samba demonen på PDCn, försök därefter att ansluta till en Windows-klient "
1580
"som är ansluten till domänen."
1581
1582
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1072(para)
1583
msgid ""
1584
"Another thing to keep in mind is if you have configured the <emphasis>logon "
1585
"home</emphasis> option as a directory on the PDC, and the PDC becomes "
1586
"unavailable, access to the user's <emphasis>Home</emphasis> drive will also "
1587
"be unavailable. For this reason it is best to configure the <emphasis>logon "
1588
"home</emphasis> to reside on a separate file server from the PDC and BDC."
1589
msgstr ""
1590
"En annan sak att ha i minnet är att om du har konfigurerat alternativet "
1591
"<emphasis>logon home</emphasis> som en katalog på PDCn och PDCn blir "
1592
"otillgängligt, kommer åtkomsten till användarens <emphasis>Hemma</emphasis> -"
1593
"enhet också bli otillgänglig. Av denna anledning är det bäst att konfigurera "
1594
"<emphasis>logon home</emphasis> till att vistas på en separat filserver "
1595
"skild från PDCn och BDCn."
1596
1597
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1102(para)
1598
msgid ""
1599
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/samba-"
1600
"pdc.html\">Chapter 4</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection explains setting "
1601
"up a Primary Domain Controller."
1602
msgstr ""
1603
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/samba-"
1604
"pdc.html\">Kapitel 4</ulink> i samlingen av Samba HOWTO förklarar hur du "
1605
"sätter upp en primär domänkontrollant."
1606
1607
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1108(para)
1608
msgid ""
1609
"<ulink url=\"http://us3.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
1610
"Collection/samba-bdc.html\">Chapter 5</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection "
1611
"explains setting up a Backup Domain Controller."
1612
msgstr ""
1613
"<ulink url=\"http://us3.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
1614
"Collection/samba-bdc.html\">Kapitel 5</ulink> i samlingen av Samba HOWTO "
1615
"förklarar hur du sätter upp en reserv-domänkontrollant."
1616
1617
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1123(title)
1618
msgid "Samba Active Directory Integration"
1619
msgstr "Samba-integrering mot Active Directory"
1620
1621
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1126(title)
1622
msgid "Accessing a Samba Share"
1623
msgstr "Få åtkomst till en Samba-delning"
1624
1625
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1128(para)
1626
msgid ""
1627
"Another, use for Samba is to integrate into an existing Windows network. "
1628
"Once part of an Active Directory domain, Samba can provide file and print "
1629
"services to AD users."
1630
msgstr ""
1631
"Ett annat användningsområde för Samba är att integrera det i ett befintligt "
1632
"Windows-nätverk. När det är en del av en active directory domän kan Samba "
1633
"tillhandahålla fil och skrivartjänster till AD-användarna."
1634
1635
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1133(para)
1636
msgid ""
1637
"The simplest way to join an AD domain is to use <application>Likewise-"
1638
"open</application>. For detailed instructions see <xref linkend=\"likewise-"
1639
"open\"/>."
1640
msgstr ""
1641
"Det enklaste sättet att ansluta till en AD-domän är att använda "
1642
"<application>Likewise-open</application>. För detaljerade instruktioner läs "
1643
"<xref linkend=\"likewise-open\"/>."
1644
1645
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1138(para)
1646
msgid ""
1647
"Once part of the domain, enter the following command in the terminal prompt:"
1648
msgstr ""
1649
"Så snart du anslutit till domänen, skriv följande kommando i "
1650
"terminalprompten:"
1651
1652
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1143(command)
1653
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba smbfs smbclient"
1654
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba smbfs smbclient"
1655
1656
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1146(para)
1657
msgid ""
1658
"Since the <application>likewise-open</application> and "
1659
"<application>samba</application> packages use separate "
1660
"<filename>secrets.tdb</filename> files, a symlink will need to be created in "
1661
"<filename role=\"directory\">/var/lib/samba</filename>:"
1662
msgstr ""
1663
"Eftersom paketen <application>likewise-open</application> och "
1664
"<application>samba</application> använder separata "
1665
"<filename>secrets.tdb</filename> filer, behöver en symlink skapas i "
1666
"<filename role=\"directory\">/var/lib/samba</filename>:"
1667
1668
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1152(command)
1669
msgid "sudo mv /var/lib/samba/secrets.tdb /var/lib/samba/secrets.tdb.orig"
1670
msgstr "sudo mv /var/lib/samba/secrets.tdb /var/lib/samba/secrets.tdb.orig"
1671
1672
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1153(command)
1673
msgid "sudo ln -s /etc/samba/secrets.tdb /var/lib/samba"
1674
msgstr "sudo ln -s /etc/samba/secrets.tdb /var/lib/samba"
1675
1676
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1156(para)
1677
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> changing:"
1678
msgstr ""
1679
"Nästa steg, redigera <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> och ändra:"
1680
1681
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1160(programlisting)
1682
#, no-wrap
1683
msgid ""
1684
"\n"
1685
" workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
1686
" ...\n"
1687
" security = ads\n"
1688
" realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
1689
" ...\n"
1690
" idmap backend = lwopen\n"
1691
" idmap uid = 50-9999999999\n"
1692
" idmap gid = 50-9999999999\n"
1693
msgstr ""
1694
"\n"
1695
" workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
1696
" ...\n"
1697
" security = ads\n"
1698
" realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
1699
" ...\n"
1700
" idmap backend = lwopen\n"
1701
" idmap uid = 50-9999999999\n"
1702
" idmap gid = 50-9999999999\n"
1703
1704
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1171(para)
1705
msgid ""
1706
"Restart <application>samba</application> for the new settings to take effect:"
1707
msgstr ""
1708
"Starta om <application>samba</application> för att de nya inställningarna "
1709
"skall få effekt:"
1710
1711
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1180(para)
1712
msgid ""
1713
"You should now be able to access any <application>Samba</application> shares "
1714
"from a Windows client. However, be sure to give the appropriate AD users or "
1715
"groups access to the share directory. See <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
1716
"security\"/> for more details."
1717
msgstr ""
1718
"Du skall nu kunna komma åt <application>Samba</application> -delningarna "
1719
"från en Windows-klient. I vilket fall, var noga med att ge rätt AD-användare "
1720
"åtkomst till den delade katalogen. För fler detaljer, se <xref "
1721
"linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>."
1722
1723
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1188(title)
1724
msgid "Accessing a Windows Share"
1725
msgstr "Få åtkomst till en Windows-utdelning"
1726
1727
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1190(para)
1728
msgid ""
1729
"Now that the Samba server is part of the Active Directory domain you can "
1730
"access any Windows server shares:"
1731
msgstr ""
1732
"Nu när Sambaservern är en del av AD-domänen skall du även få åtkomst till "
1733
"Windows-server utdelningar:"
1734
1735
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1197(para)
1736
msgid ""
1737
"To mount a Windows file share enter the following in a terminal prompt:"
1738
msgstr ""
1739
"För att montera en fildelning från Windows, skriv följande vid en "
1740
"terminalprompt:"
1741
1742
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1201(command)
1743
msgid "mount.cifs //fs01.example.com/share mount_point"
1744
msgstr "mount.cifs //fs01.example.com/share mount_point"
1745
1746
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1204(para)
1747
msgid ""
1748
"It is also possible to access shares on computers not part of an AD domain, "
1749
"but a username and password will need to be provided."
1750
msgstr ""
1751
"Det är också möjligt att ansluta till en delning på datorer som inte är en "
1752
"del av AD-domänen, men du måste tillhandahålla ett användarnamn och lösenord."
1753
1754
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1212(para)
1755
msgid ""
1756
"To mount the share during boot place an entry in "
1757
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, for example:"
1758
msgstr ""
1759
"För att montera delningen under uppstarten skriv in en notering i "
1760
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, som till exempel:"
1761
1762
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1216(programlisting)
1763
#, no-wrap
1764
msgid ""
1765
"\n"
1766
"//192.168.0.5/share /mnt/windows cifs auto,username=steve,password=secret,rw "
1767
"0 0\n"
1768
msgstr ""
1769
"\n"
1770
"//192.168.0.5/share /mnt/windows cifs auto,username=steve,password=secret,rw "
1771
"0 0\n"
1772
1773
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1223(para)
1774
msgid ""
1775
"Another way to copy files from a Windows server is to use the "
1776
"<application>smbclient</application> utility. To list the files in a Windows "
1777
"share:"
1778
msgstr ""
1779
"Ett annat sätt att kopiera filer från en Windows-server är att använda "
1780
"hjälpprogrammet <application>smbclient</application>. För att lista filerna "
1781
"i en Windows-utdelning:"
1782
1783
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1229(command)
1784
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"ls\""
1785
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"ls\""
1786
1787
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1235(para)
1788
msgid "To copy a file from the share, enter:"
1789
msgstr "För att kopiera en fil till utdelningen, skriv:"
1790
1791
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1240(command)
1792
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"get file.txt\""
1793
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"get file.txt\""
1794
1795
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1243(para)
1796
msgid ""
1797
"This will copy the <filename>file.txt</filename> into the current directory."
1798
msgstr ""
1799
"Detta kommer att kopiera <filename>file.txt</filename> till den nuvarande "
1800
"katalogen."
1801
1802
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1250(para)
1803
msgid "And to copy a file to the share:"
1804
msgstr "Och för att kopiera en fil till utdelningen:"
1805
1806
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1255(command)
1807
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"put /etc/hosts hosts\""
1808
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"put /etc/hosts hosts\""
1809
1810
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1258(para)
1811
msgid ""
1812
"This will copy the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> to "
1813
"<filename>//fs01.example.com/share/hosts</filename>."
1814
msgstr ""
1815
"Detta kommer kopiera <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> till "
1816
"<filename>//fs01.example.com/share/hosts</filename>."
1817
1818
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1265(para)
1819
msgid ""
1820
"The <emphasis>-c</emphasis> option used above allows you to execute the "
1821
"<application>smbclient</application> command all at once. This is useful for "
1822
"scripting and minor file operations. To enter the <emphasis>smb: \\"
1823
"></emphasis> prompt, a FTP like prompt where you can execute normal file "
1824
"and directory commands, simply execute:"
1825
msgstr ""
1826
"Alternativet <emphasis>-c</emphasis> som användes ovan tillåter dig att köra "
1827
"alla <application>smbclient</application> kommandona på en gång. Det är "
1828
"användbart i skript och mindre filprocedurer. För att komma till prompten "
1829
"<emphasis>smb: \\></emphasis>, som är en FTP liknande prompt där du kan "
1830
"köra normala fil och katalog kommandon, utför:"
1831
1832
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1272(command)
1833
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k"
1834
msgstr "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k"
1835
1836
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1279(para)
1837
msgid ""
1838
"Replace all instances of <emphasis>fs01.example.com/share</emphasis>, "
1839
"<emphasis>//192.168.0.5/share</emphasis>, "
1840
"<emphasis>username=steve,password=secret</emphasis>, and "
1841
"<emphasis>file.txt</emphasis> with your server's IP, hostname, share name, "
1842
"file name, and an actual username and password with rights to the share."
1843
msgstr ""
1844
"Ersätt alla förekomster av <emphasis>fs01.example.com/share</emphasis>, "
1845
"<emphasis>//192.168.0.5/share</emphasis>, "
1846
"<emphasis>username=steve,password=secret</emphasis>, och "
1847
"<emphasis>file.txt</emphasis> med din servers IP, värdnamn, delningsnamn, "
1848
"filnamn och ett giltigt användarnamn och lösenord som har rättigheter till "
1849
"utdelningen."
1850
1851
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1290(para)
1852
msgid ""
1853
"For more <application>smbclient</application> options see the man page: "
1854
"<command>man smbclient</command>, also available <ulink "
1855
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man1/smbclient.1.html\""
1856
">online</ulink>."
1857
msgstr ""
1858
1859
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1295(para)
1860
msgid ""
1861
"The <application>mount.cifs</application><ulink "
1862
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man8/mount.cifs.8.html"
1863
"\">man page</ulink> is also useful for more detailed information."
1864
msgstr ""
1865
1866
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1308(title)
1867
msgid "Likewise Open"
1868
msgstr "Likewise Open"
1869
1870
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1310(para)
1871
msgid ""
1872
"<application>Likewise Open</application> simplifies the necessary "
1873
"configuration needed to authenticate a Linux machine to an Active Directory "
1874
"domain. Based on <application>winbind</application>, the "
1875
"<application>likewise-open</application> package takes the pain out of "
1876
"integrating Ubuntu authentication into an existing Windows network."
1877
msgstr ""
1878
"<application>Likewise Open</application> förenklar konfigurationen som är "
1879
"nödvändig för att verifiera en Linux dator till en Active Directory domän. "
1880
"Baserad på <application>winbind</application>, tar paketet "
1881
"<application>likewise-open</application> bort svårigheterna i att integrera "
1882
"autentiseringen av Ubuntu i ett existerande Windows-nätverk."
1883
1884
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1319(para)
1885
msgid ""
1886
"There are two ways to use Likewise Open, <application>likewise-"
1887
"open</application> the command line utility and <application>likewise-open-"
1888
"gui</application>. This section focuses on the command line utility."
1889
msgstr ""
1890
"Det finns två sätt att använda Likewise Open, kommandoradsverktyget "
1891
"<application>likewise-open</application> och <application>likewise-open-"
1892
"gui</application>. Detta avsnitt fokuserar på kommandoradsverktyget."
1893
1894
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1324(para)
1895
msgid ""
1896
"To install the <application>likewise-open</application> package, open a "
1897
"terminal prompt and enter:"
1898
msgstr ""
1899
"För att installera paketet <application>likewise-open</application>, öppna "
1900
"en terminalprompt och skriv:"
1901
1902
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1329(command)
1903
msgid "sudo apt-get install likewise-open"
1904
msgstr "sudo apt-get install likewise-open"
1905
1906
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1334(title)
1907
msgid "Joining a Domain"
1908
msgstr "Ansluta till en domän"
1909
1910
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1336(para)
1911
msgid ""
1912
"The main executable file of the <application>likewise-open</application> "
1913
"package is <filename>/usr/bin/domainjoin-cli</filename>, which is used to "
1914
"join your computer to the domain. Before you join a domain you will need to "
1915
"make sure you have:"
1916
msgstr ""
1917
"Huvudprogramfilen för paketet <application>likewise-open</application> är "
1918
"<filename>/usr/bin/domainjoin-cli</filename>, som används för att ansluta "
1919
"din dator till domänen. Innan du ansluter till en domän behöver du "
1920
"säkerställa att du har:"
1921
1922
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1344(para)
1923
msgid ""
1924
"Access to an Active Directory user with appropriate rights to join the "
1925
"domain."
1926
msgstr ""
1927
"Åtkomst till en Active Directory användare som har lämpliga rättigheter för "
1928
"att ansluta till domänen."
1929
1930
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1349(para)
1931
msgid ""
1932
"The <emphasis>Fully Qualified Domain Name</emphasis> (FQDN) of the domain "
1933
"you want to join. If your AD domain does not match a valid domain such as "
1934
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>, it is likely that it has "
1935
"the form of <emphasis>domainname.local</emphasis>."
1936
msgstr ""
1937
"Det <emphasis>kompletta domännamn</emphasis> (FQDN) på domänen som du vill "
1938
"ansluta till. Om din AD-domän inte passar ihop med en giltig domän så som "
1939
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>, är det troligt att det har "
1940
"formen av <emphasis>domännamn.local</emphasis>."
1941
1942
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1356(para)
1943
msgid ""
1944
"DNS for the domain setup properly. In a production AD environment this "
1945
"should be the case. Proper Microsoft DNS is needed so that client "
1946
"workstations can determine the Active Directory domain is available."
1947
msgstr ""
1948
"DNS för korrekt domäninställning. I en produktions AD-miljö skall så vara "
1949
"fallet. Korrekt Microsoft DNS är nödvändig för att klientdatorerna skall "
1950
"kunna avgöra om AD-domänen är tillgänglig."
1951
1952
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1360(para)
1953
msgid ""
1954
"If you don't have a Windows DNS server on your network, see <xref "
1955
"linkend=\"likewise-open-ms-dns\"/> for details."
1956
msgstr ""
1957
"Om du inte har en Windows DNS-server på ditt nätverk, se <xref "
1958
"linkend=\"likewise-open-ms-dns\"/> för detaljer."
1959
1960
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1367(para)
1961
msgid "To join a domain, from a terminal prompt enter:"
1962
msgstr "För att ansluta till en domän, skriv från en terminalprompt:"
1963
1964
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1372(command)
1965
msgid "sudo domainjoin-cli join example.com Administrator"
1966
msgstr "sudo domainjoin-cli join example.com Administrator"
1967
1968
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1376(para)
1969
msgid ""
1970
"Replace <emphasis>example.com</emphasis> with your domain name, and "
1971
"<emphasis>Administrator</emphasis> with the appropriate user name."
1972
msgstr ""
1973
"Ersätt <emphasis>example.com</emphasis> med ditt domännamn, och "
1974
"<emphasis>Administrator</emphasis> med lämpligt användarnamn."
1975
1976
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1382(para)
1977
msgid ""
1978
"You will then be prompted for the user's password. If all goes well a "
1979
"<emphasis>SUCCESS</emphasis> message should be printed to the console."
1980
msgstr ""
1981
"Du kommer därefter tillfrågas om användarens lösenord. Om allt går bra skall "
1982
"meddelandet <emphasis>SUCCESS</emphasis> visas på konsolen."
1983
1984
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1388(para)
1985
msgid ""
1986
"After joining the domain, it is necessary to reboot before attempting to "
1987
"authenticate against the domain."
1988
msgstr ""
1989
"Efter att anslutit till domänen, är det nödvändigt att starta om innan du "
1990
"försöker autentisera mot domänen."
1991
1992
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1394(para)
1993
msgid ""
1994
"After successfully joining an Ubuntu machine to an Active Directory domain "
1995
"you can authenticate using any valid AD user. To login you will need to "
1996
"enter the user name as 'domain\\username'. For example to ssh to a server "
1997
"joined to the domain enter:"
1998
msgstr ""
1999
"Efter en lyckad anslutning med Ubuntu-datorn till en Active Directory domän "
2000
"kan du verifiera genom att använda en giltig AD-användare. För att ansluta "
2001
"behöver du ange användarnamnet som 'domän\\användarnamn'. Till exempel för "
2002
"att ssh till en server som är ansluten till domänen, skriv:"
2003
2004
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1401(command)
2005
msgid "ssh 'example\\steve'@hostname"
2006
msgstr "ssh 'example\\steve'@hostname"
2007
2008
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1405(para)
2009
msgid ""
2010
"If configuring a Desktop the user name will need to be prefixed with "
2011
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">domain\\</emphasis> in the graphical logon as well."
2012
msgstr ""
2013
"Om du konfigurerar en skrivbordsdator måste du lägga till <emphasis "
2014
"role=\"italic\">domän\\</emphasis>-prefixet till användarnamnet i den "
2015
"grafiska inloggningen."
2016
2017
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1411(para)
2018
msgid ""
2019
"To make likewise-open use a default domain, you can add the following "
2020
"statement to <filename>/etc/samba/lwiauthd.conf</filename>:"
2021
msgstr ""
2022
"För att likewise-open skall använda en standarddomän, kan du lägga till "
2023
"följande påstående till <filename>/etc/samba/lwiauthd.conf</filename>:"
2024
2025
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1415(programlisting)
2026
#, no-wrap
2027
msgid ""
2028
"\n"
2029
"winbind use default domain = yes\n"
2030
msgstr ""
2031
"\n"
2032
"winbind use default domain = yes\n"
2033
2034
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1419(para)
2035
msgid "Then restart the <application>likewise-open</application> daemons:"
2036
msgstr "Starta sedan om demonen <application>likewise-open</application>:"
2037
2038
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1424(command)
2039
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/likewise-open restart"
2040
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/likewise-open restart"
2041
2042
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1428(para)
2043
msgid ""
2044
"Once configured for a <emphasis>default domain</emphasis> the <emphasis "
2045
"role=\"italic\">'domain\\'</emphasis> is no longer required, users can login "
2046
"using only their username."
2047
msgstr ""
2048
"När den är konfigurerad för en <emphasis>default domain</emphasis> är "
2049
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">'domain\\'</emphasis> inte längre nödvändigt, "
2050
"användare kan logga in enbart med sina användarnamn."
2051
2052
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1434(para)
2053
msgid ""
2054
"The <application>domainjoin-cli</application> utility can also be used to "
2055
"leave the domain. From a terminal:"
2056
msgstr ""
2057
"Verktyget <application>domainjoin-cli</application> kan också användas för "
2058
"att lämna en domän. Från en terminal:"
2059
2060
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1439(command)
2061
msgid "sudo domainjoin-cli leave"
2062
msgstr "sudo domainjoin-cli leave"
2063
2064
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1444(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1772(title)
2065
msgid "Other Utilities"
2066
msgstr "Andra verktyg"
2067
2068
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1446(para)
2069
msgid ""
2070
"The <application>likewise-open</application> package comes with a few other "
2071
"utilities that may be useful for gathering information about the Active "
2072
"Directory environment. These utilities are used to join the machine to the "
2073
"domain, and are the same as those available in the <application>samba-"
2074
"common</application> and <application>winbind</application> packages:"
2075
msgstr ""
2076
"Paketet <application>likewise-open</application> kommer med några andra "
2077
"verktyg som kan vara användbara för att samla information om Active "
2078
"Directory miljön. Dessa verktyg används för att ansluta datorn till domänen "
2079
"och är samma som är med i paketen <application>samba-common</application> "
2080
"och <application>winbind</application>:"
2081
2082
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1455(para)
2083
msgid ""
2084
"<application>lwinet</application>: Returns information about the network and "
2085
"the domain."
2086
msgstr ""
2087
"<application>lwinet</application>: Returnerar information om nätverket och "
2088
"domänen."
2089
2090
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1460(para)
2091
msgid ""
2092
"<application>lwimsg</application>: Allows interaction with the "
2093
"<application>likewise-winbindd</application> daemon."
2094
msgstr ""
2095
"<application>lwimsg</application>: Tillåter interaktion med demonen "
2096
"<application>likewise-winbindd</application>."
2097
2098
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1465(para)
2099
msgid ""
2100
"<application>lwiinfo</application>: Displays information about various parts "
2101
"of the Domain."
2102
msgstr ""
2103
"<application>lwiinfo</application>: Visar information om olika delar av en "
2104
"domän."
2105
2106
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1471(para)
2107
msgid "Please refer to each utility's man page specific for details."
2108
msgstr ""
2109
"För närmare detaljer hänvisas du till respektive verktygs manualsida."
2110
2111
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1477(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:351(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1631(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:338(title)
2112
msgid "Troubleshooting"
2113
msgstr "Problemlösning"
2114
2115
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1481(para)
2116
msgid ""
2117
"If the client has trouble joining the domain, double check that the "
2118
"Microsoft DNS is listed first in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. For "
2119
"example:"
2120
msgstr ""
2121
"Om klienterna har problem med att ansluta till domänen, dubbelkolla att "
2122
"Microsoft DNS finns först i listan i <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. "
2123
"Till exempel:"
2124
2125
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1486(programlisting)
2126
#, no-wrap
2127
msgid ""
2128
"\n"
2129
"nameserver 192.168.0.1\n"
2130
msgstr ""
2131
"\n"
2132
"nameserver 192.168.0.1\n"
2133
2134
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1491(para)
2135
msgid ""
2136
"For more information when joining a domain, use the <emphasis>--loglevel "
2137
"verbose</emphasis> or <emphasis>--advanced</emphasis> option of the "
2138
"<application>domainjoin-cli</application> utility:"
2139
msgstr ""
2140
"För ytterligare information när du ansluter till en domän, använd <emphasis>-"
2141
"-loglevel verbose</emphasis> eller <emphasis>--advanced</emphasis> "
2142
"alternativen till verktyget <application>domainjoin-cli</application>:"
2143
2144
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1497(command)
2145
msgid "sudo domainjoin-cli --loglevel verbose join example.com Administrator"
2146
msgstr ""
2147
"sudo domainjoin-cli --loglevel verbose join example.com Administrator"
2148
2149
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1501(para)
2150
msgid ""
2151
"If an Active Directory user has trouble logging in, check the "
2152
"<filename>/var/log/auth.log</filename> for details."
2153
msgstr ""
2154
"Om en AD-användare har problem att logga in, kontrollera "
2155
"<filename>/var/log/auth.log</filename> för detaljer."
2156
2157
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1506(para)
2158
msgid ""
2159
"When joining an Ubuntu Desktop workstation to a domain, you may need to edit "
2160
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> if your AD domain uses the <emphasis "
2161
"role=\"italic\">.local</emphasis> syntax. In order to join the domain the "
2162
"<emphasis>\"mdns4\"</emphasis> entry should be removed from the "
2163
"<emphasis>hosts</emphasis> option. For example:"
2164
msgstr ""
2165
"När du ansluter en arbetsstation med Ubuntu till en domän, kan du behöva "
2166
"redigera <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> om din AD domän använder "
2167
"syntaxen <emphasis role=\"italic\">.local</emphasis>. För att kunna ansluta "
2168
"till domänen måste noteringen <emphasis>\"mdns4\"</emphasis> tas bort från "
2169
"alternativet <emphasis>hosts</emphasis>. Till exempel:"
2170
2171
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1512(programlisting)
2172
#, no-wrap
2173
msgid ""
2174
"\n"
2175
"hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"
2176
msgstr ""
2177
"\n"
2178
"hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"
2179
2180
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1516(para)
2181
msgid "Change the above to:"
2182
msgstr "Ändra ovanstående till:"
2183
2184
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1520(programlisting)
2185
#, no-wrap
2186
msgid ""
2187
"\n"
2188
"hosts: files dns [NOTFOUND=return]\n"
2189
msgstr ""
2190
"\n"
2191
"hosts: files dns [NOTFOUND=return]\n"
2192
2193
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1524(para)
2194
msgid "Then restart networking by entering:"
2195
msgstr "Starta därefter om nätverket genom att skriva:"
2196
2197
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1529(command) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:559(command)
2198
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/networking restart"
2199
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/networking restart"
2200
2201
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1532(para)
2202
msgid "You should now be able to join the Active Directory domain."
2203
msgstr "Du skall nu kunna ansluta till AD-domänen."
2204
2205
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1540(title)
2206
msgid "Microsoft DNS"
2207
msgstr "Microsoft DNS"
2208
2209
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1542(para)
2210
msgid ""
2211
"The following are instructions for installing DNS on an Active Directory "
2212
"domain controller running Windows Server 2003, but the instructions should "
2213
"be similar for other versions:"
2214
msgstr ""
2215
"Följande är instruktioner för att installera DNS på en AD-domänkontrollant "
2216
"som kör Windows Server 2003, men instruktionerna bör vara liknande för andra "
2217
"versioner:"
2218
2219
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1551(para)
2220
msgid ""
2221
"Click "
2222
"<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Start</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Administrative Tools"
2223
"</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Manage Your Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. "
2224
"This will open the <application>Server Role Mangement</application> utility."
2225
msgstr ""
2226
"Klicka på "
2227
"<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Start</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Administrative "
2228
"Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Manage Your "
2229
"Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Detta kommer öppna verktyget "
2230
"<application>Server Role Mangement</application>."
2231
2232
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1559(para)
2233
msgid "Click <guilabel>Add or remove a role</guilabel>"
2234
msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Add or remove a role</guilabel>"
2235
2236
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1560(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1562(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1565(para)
2237
msgid "Click Next"
2238
msgstr "Klicka på Next"
2239
2240
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1561(para)
2241
msgid "Select \"DNS Server\""
2242
msgstr "Välj \"DNS Server\""
2243
2244
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1563(para)
2245
msgid "Click Next again to proceed"
2246
msgstr "Klicka en gång till på Next för att fortsätta"
2247
2248
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1564(para)
2249
msgid "Select \"Create a forward lookup zone\" if it is not selected."
2250
msgstr "Välj \"Create a forward lookup zone\" om det inte redan är valt."
2251
2252
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1566(para)
2253
msgid ""
2254
"Make sure \"This server maintains the zone\" is selected and click Next."
2255
msgstr ""
2256
"Säkerställ att \"This server maintains the zone\" är valt och klicka Next."
2257
2258
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1567(para)
2259
msgid "Enter your domain name and click Next"
2260
msgstr "Ange ditt domännamn och klicka Next"
2261
2262
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1568(para)
2263
msgid "Click Next to \"Allow only secure dynamic updates\""
2264
msgstr "Klicka på Next till \"Allow only secure dynamic updates\""
2265
2266
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1570(para)
2267
msgid ""
2268
"Enter the IP for DNS servers to forward queries to, or Select \"No, it "
2269
"should not forward queries\" and click Next."
2270
msgstr ""
2271
"Ange IP för DNS-servrarna att vidarebefordra förfrågningar till eller Välj "
2272
"\"No, it should not forward queries\" och klicka Next."
2273
2274
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1574(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1575(para)
2275
msgid "Click Finish"
2276
msgstr "Klicka på Finish"
2277
2278
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1577(para)
2279
msgid ""
2280
"DNS is now installed and can be further configured using the "
2281
"<application>Microsoft Management Console</application> DNS snap-in."
2282
msgstr ""
2283
"DNS är nu installerat och kan ytterligare konfigureras genom att använda "
2284
"<application>Microsoft Management Console</application> DNS tillägg."
2285
2286
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1585(para)
2287
msgid "Click Start"
2288
msgstr "Klicka på Start"
2289
2290
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1586(para)
2291
msgid "Control Panel"
2292
msgstr "Control Panel"
2293
2294
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1587(para)
2295
msgid "Network Connections"
2296
msgstr "Network Connections"
2297
2298
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1588(para)
2299
msgid "Right Click \"Local Area Connection\""
2300
msgstr "Högerklicka på \"Local Area Connection\""
2301
2302
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1589(para)
2303
msgid "Click Properties"
2304
msgstr "Klicka på Properties"
2305
2306
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1590(para)
2307
msgid "Double click \"Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)\""
2308
msgstr "Dubbelklicka på \"Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)\""
2309
2310
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1591(para)
2311
msgid "Enter the Server's IP Address as the \"Preferred DNS server\""
2312
msgstr "Ange serverns IP-adress som \"Preferred DNS server\""
2313
2314
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1592(para)
2315
msgid "Click Ok"
2316
msgstr "Klicka OK"
2317
2318
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1593(para)
2319
msgid "Click Ok again to save the settings"
2320
msgstr "Klicka OK igen för att spara inställningarna"
2321
2322
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1582(para)
2323
msgid ""
2324
"Next, configure the Server to use itself for DNS queries: <placeholder-1/>"
2325
msgstr ""
2326
"Nästa steg, konfigurera servern till att använda sig själv för DNS-"
2327
"förfrågningar: <placeholder-1/>"
2328
2329
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1600(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:624(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:772(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:922(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1017(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1239(title) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:303(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2154(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:539(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:872(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1206(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1621(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1812(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:202(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:454(title) serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:330(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1006(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1107(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:391(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:527(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:459(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:643(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:795(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1217(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1679(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:259(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:388(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:496(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:284(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:436(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:619(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:572(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:234(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:107(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:221(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:297(title)
2330
msgid "References"
2331
msgstr "Referenser"
2332
2333
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1602(para)
2334
msgid ""
2335
"Please refer to the <ulink "
2336
"url=\"http://www.likewisesoftware.com/\">Likewise</ulink> home page for "
2337
"further information."
2338
msgstr ""
2339
"På webbplatsen för <ulink "
2340
"url=\"http://www.likewisesoftware.com/\">Likewise</ulink> finns ytterligare "
2341
"information."
2342
2343
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1606(para)
2344
msgid ""
2345
"For more <application>domainjoin-cli</application> options see the man page: "
2346
"<command>man domainjoin-cli</command>."
2347
msgstr ""
2348
"För fler alternativ till <application>domainjoin-cli</application> se "
2349
"manualsidan: <command>man domainjoin-cli</command>."
2350
2351
#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1610(para)
2352
msgid ""
2353
"Also, see the <ulink "
2354
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LikewiseOpen\">Ubuntu Wiki "
2355
"LikewiseOpen</ulink> page."
2356
msgstr ""
2357
"Se även, <ulink "
2358
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LikewiseOpen\">Ubuntu Wiki "
2359
"LikewiseOpen</ulink>."
2360
2361
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:13(title)
2362
msgid "Web Servers"
2363
msgstr "Webbservrar"
2364
2365
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:14(para)
2366
msgid ""
2367
"A Web server is a software responsible for accepting HTTP requests from "
2368
"clients, which are known as Web browsers, and serving them HTTP responses "
2369
"along with optional data contents, which usually are Web pages such as HTML "
2370
"documents and linked objects (images, etc.)."
2371
msgstr ""
2372
"En webbserver är en mjukvara som ansvarar för att godkänna HTTP-"
2373
"förfrågningar från klienter, mer kända som webbläsare och förser dem med "
2374
"HTTP-svar tillsammans med ytterligare datainnehåll, vilket normalt är "
2375
"webbsidor såsom HTML-dokument och länkade objekt (bilder, mm.)."
2376
2377
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:19(title)
2378
msgid "HTTPD - Apache2 Web Server"
2379
msgstr "HTTPD - webbservern Apache2"
2380
2381
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:20(para)
2382
msgid ""
2383
"Apache is the most commonly used Web Server on Linux systems. Web Servers "
2384
"are used to serve Web Pages requested by client computers. Clients typically "
2385
"request and view Web Pages using Web Browser applications such as "
2386
"<application>Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application>, or "
2387
"<application>Mozilla</application>."
2388
msgstr ""
2389
"Apache är den vanligast använda webbservern på Linuxsystem. Webbservrar "
2390
"används till att dela ut webbsidor begärda av klientdatorer. Klienter brukar "
2391
"vanligtvis begära och titta på webbsidor genom att använda en webbläsare, "
2392
"såsom <application>Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application>, "
2393
"eller <application>Mozilla</application>."
2394
2395
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:24(para)
2396
msgid ""
2397
"Users enter a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to point to a Web server by "
2398
"means of its Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) and a path to the required "
2399
"resource. For example, to view the home page of the <ulink "
2400
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu Web site</ulink> a user will enter only "
2401
"the FQDN. To request specific information about <ulink "
2402
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support/paid\">paid support</ulink>, a user will "
2403
"enter the FQDN followed by a path."
2404
msgstr ""
2405
"Användaren anger en Uniform Resource Locator (URL) till att peka på en "
2406
"webbserver genom ett komplett domännamn (FQDN) och en sökväg till den "
2407
"begärda resursen. Till exempel, för att visa startsidan för webbplatsen "
2408
"<ulink url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu</ulink> kommer användaren endast "
2409
"att skriva en FQDN. För att begära specifik information om <ulink "
2410
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support/paid\">betald support</ulink>, kommer "
2411
"användaren ange FQDN följt av en sökväg."
2412
2413
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:29(para)
2414
msgid ""
2415
"The most common protocol used to transfer Web pages is the Hyper Text "
2416
"Transfer Protocol (HTTP). Protocols such as Hyper Text Transfer Protocol "
2417
"over Secure Sockets Layer (HTTPS), and File Transfer Protocol (FTP), a "
2418
"protocol for uploading and downloading files, are also supported."
2419
msgstr ""
2420
"Det vanligaste protokollet för att överföra webbsidor är Hyper Text Transfer "
2421
"Protocol (HTTP). Andra protokoll som Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over "
2422
"Secure Sockets Layer (HTTPS) och File Transfer Protocol (FTP), som är ett "
2423
"protokoll för att skicka och hämta filer, stöds också."
2424
2425
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:33(para)
2426
msgid ""
2427
"Apache Web Servers are often used in combination with the "
2428
"<application>MySQL</application> database engine, the HyperText Preprocessor "
2429
"(<application>PHP</application>) scripting language, and other popular "
2430
"scripting languages such as <application>Python</application> and "
2431
"<application>Perl</application>. This configuration is termed LAMP (Linux, "
2432
"Apache, MySQL and Perl/Python/PHP) and forms a powerful and robust platform "
2433
"for the development and deployment of Web-based applications."
2434
msgstr ""
2435
"Apache webbservrar används ofta tillsammans med databasen "
2436
"<application>MySQL</application>, skriptspråket HyperText Preprocessor "
2437
"(<application>PHP</application>) och andra populära skriptspråk som "
2438
"<application>Python</application> och <application>Perl</application>. Den "
2439
"här konfigurationen kallas för LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL och "
2440
"Perl/Python/PHP) och utgör en kraftfull och robust plattform för utveckling "
2441
"och utrullning av webbaserade program."
2442
2443
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:42(para)
2444
msgid ""
2445
"The <application>Apache2</application> web server is available in Ubuntu "
2446
"Linux. To install Apache2:"
2447
msgstr ""
2448
"Webbservern <application>Apache2</application> är tillgänglig i Ubuntu "
2449
"Linux. För att installera Apache2:"
2450
2451
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:48(para)
2452
msgid "At a terminal prompt enter the following command:"
2453
msgstr "Från en terminalprompt ange följande kommando:"
2454
2455
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:53(command)
2456
msgid "sudo apt-get install apache2"
2457
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apache2"
2458
2459
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:63(para)
2460
msgid ""
2461
"Apache2 is configured by placing <emphasis>directives</emphasis> in plain "
2462
"text configuration files. These <emphasis>directives</emphasis> are "
2463
"separated between the following files and directories:"
2464
msgstr ""
2465
"Apache2 konfigureras genom att ange <emphasis>direktiv</emphasis> i "
2466
"konfigurationsfiler av ren text. Dessa <emphasis>direktiv</emphasis> "
2467
"separeras mellan följande filer och kataloger:"
2468
2469
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:71(para)
2470
msgid ""
2471
"<emphasis>apache2.conf:</emphasis> the main Apache2 configuration file. "
2472
"Contains settings that are <emphasis>global</emphasis> to Apache2."
2473
msgstr ""
2474
"<emphasis>apache2.conf:</emphasis> är huvudkonfigurationsfilen för Apache2. "
2475
"Innehåller <emphasis>globala</emphasis> inställningar till Apache2."
2476
2477
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:77(para)
2478
msgid ""
2479
"<emphasis>conf.d:</emphasis> contains configuration files which apply "
2480
"<emphasis>globally</emphasis> to Apache2. Other packages that use Apache2 to "
2481
"serve content may add files, or symlinks, to this directory."
2482
msgstr ""
2483
"<emphasis>conf.d:</emphasis> innehåller konfigurationsfiler som gäller "
2484
"<emphasis>globalt</emphasis> till Apache2. Andra paket som använder Apache2 "
2485
"till att behandla innehåll kan lägga till filer eller länkar i denna katalog."
2486
2487
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:83(para)
2488
msgid ""
2489
"<emphasis>envvars:</emphasis> file where Apache2 "
2490
"<emphasis>environment</emphasis> variables are set."
2491
msgstr ""
2492
"<emphasis>envvars:</emphasis> fil där Apache2 "
2493
"<emphasis>miljövariablar</emphasis> sätts."
2494
2495
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:88(para)
2496
msgid ""
2497
"<emphasis>httpd.conf:</emphasis> historically the main Apache2 configuration "
2498
"file, named after the <application>httpd</application> daemon. The file can "
2499
"be used for <emphasis>user specific</emphasis> configuration options that "
2500
"globally effect Apache2."
2501
msgstr ""
2502
"<emphasis>httpd.conf:</emphasis> Historiskt sätt huvudkonfigurationsfilen "
2503
"för Apache2, döpt efter demonen <application>httpd</application>. Filen kan "
2504
"användas för <emphasis>användarspecifika</emphasis> konfigurationsalternativ "
2505
"som har en global påverkan på Apache2."
2506
2507
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:95(para)
2508
msgid ""
2509
"<emphasis>mods-available:</emphasis> this directory contains configuration "
2510
"files to both load <emphasis>modules</emphasis> and configure them. Not all "
2511
"modules will have specific configuration files, however."
2512
msgstr ""
2513
"<emphasis>mods-available:</emphasis> denna katalog innehåller "
2514
"konfigurationsfiler till att både ladda <emphasis>moduler</emphasis> och "
2515
"konfigurera dem. Däremot har inte alla moduler specifika konfigurationsfiler."
2516
2517
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:101(para)
2518
msgid ""
2519
"<emphasis>mods-enabled:</emphasis> holds <emphasis>symlinks</emphasis> to "
2520
"the files in <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename>. When a module "
2521
"configuration file is symlinked it will be enabled the next time "
2522
"<application>apache2</application> is restarted."
2523
msgstr ""
2524
"<emphasis>mods-enabled:</emphasis> innehåller <emphasis>symboliska "
2525
"länkar</emphasis> till filerna i <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-"
2526
"available</filename>. När en moduls konfigurationsfil ges en symbolisk länk "
2527
"kommer den aktiveras vid nästa tillfälle som "
2528
"<application>apache2</application> startas om."
2529
2530
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:108(para)
2531
msgid ""
2532
"<emphasis>ports.conf:</emphasis> houses the directives that determine which "
2533
"TCP ports Apache2 is listening on."
2534
msgstr ""
2535
"<emphasis>ports.conf:</emphasis> innehåller direktiven som bestämmer vilka "
2536
"TCP-portar Apache2 lyssnar på."
2537
2538
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:113(para)
2539
msgid ""
2540
"<emphasis>sites-available:</emphasis> this directory has configuration files "
2541
"for Apache2 <emphasis>Virtual Hosts</emphasis>. Virtual Hosts allow Apache2 "
2542
"to be configured for multiple sites that have separate configurations."
2543
msgstr ""
2544
"<emphasis>sites-available:</emphasis> denna katalog innehåller "
2545
"konfigurationsfilerna för Apache2 <emphasis>Virtual Hosts</emphasis>. "
2546
"Virtual Hosts möjliggör att Apache2 kan konfigureras för multipla "
2547
"webbplatser som har separata konfigurationer."
2548
2549
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:119(para)
2550
msgid ""
2551
"<emphasis>sites-enabled:</emphasis> like mods-enabled, <filename "
2552
"role=\"directory\">sites-enabled</filename> contains symlinks to the "
2553
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available</filename> directory. Similarly when "
2554
"a configuration file in sites-available is symlinked, the site configured by "
2555
"it will be active once Apache2 is restarted."
2556
msgstr ""
2557
"<emphasis>sites-enabled:</emphasis> liknar mods-enabled, <filename "
2558
"role=\"directory\">sites-enabled</filename> innehåller symboliska länkar "
2559
"till katalogen <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available</filename>. På "
2560
"liknande sätt som när en konfigurationsfil i sites-available länkas, kommer "
2561
"webbplatsen som konfigureras av den att bli aktiv när Apache2 startas om."
2562
2563
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:127(para)
2564
msgid ""
2565
"In addition, other configuration files may be added using the "
2566
"<emphasis>Include</emphasis> directive, and wildcards can be used to include "
2567
"many configuration files. Any directive may be placed in any of these "
2568
"configuration files. Changes to the main configuration files are only "
2569
"recognized by Apache2 when it is started or restarted."
2570
msgstr ""
2571
"Även andra konfigurationsfiler kan läggas till genom att använda direktivet "
2572
"<emphasis>Include</emphasis>, för att omfatta flera konfigurationsfiler kan "
2573
"jokertecken användas. Alla direktiv kan placeras i någon av dessa "
2574
"konfigurationsfiler. Förändringar av de huvudkonfigurationsfilerna upptäcks "
2575
"endast när Apache2 startas eller startas om."
2576
2577
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:136(para)
2578
msgid ""
2579
"The server also reads a file containing mime document types; the filename is "
2580
"set by the <emphasis>TypesConfig</emphasis> directive, and is "
2581
"<filename>/etc/mime.types</filename> by default."
2582
msgstr ""
2583
"Servern läser också en fil som innehåller mime-dokumenttyper; filnamnet "
2584
"sätts av direktivet <emphasis>TypesConfig</emphasis> och som normalt är "
2585
"<filename>/etc/mime.types</filename>."
2586
2587
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:141(title)
2588
msgid "Basic Settings"
2589
msgstr "Grundläggande inställningar"
2590
2591
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:142(para)
2592
msgid ""
2593
"This section explains Apache2 server essential configuration parameters. "
2594
"Refer to the <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/\">Apache2 "
2595
"Documentation</ulink> for more details."
2596
msgstr ""
2597
"Detta avsnitt förklarar nödvändiga konfigurationsparametrar till Apache2-"
2598
"server . För ytterligare detaljer, se <ulink "
2599
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/\">dokumentationen för "
2600
"Apache2</ulink>."
2601
2602
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:150(para)
2603
msgid ""
2604
"Apache2 ships with a virtual-host-friendly default configuration. That is, "
2605
"it is configured with a single default virtual host (using the "
2606
"<emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> directive) which can modified or used as-is "
2607
"if you have a single site, or used as a template for additional virtual "
2608
"hosts if you have multiple sites. If left alone, the default virtual host "
2609
"will serve as your default site, or the site users will see if the URL they "
2610
"enter does not match the <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive of any of "
2611
"your custom sites. To modify the default virtual host, edit the file "
2612
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename>."
2613
msgstr ""
2614
"Apache2 levereras med en virtuell-värd-vänlig standardkonfiguration. Det "
2615
"vill säga, den är konfigurerad med en enskild standardvirtuell värd (genom "
2616
"att använda direktivet <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis>) vilken kan "
2617
"modifieras eller användas som den är om du har en enskild webbplats, eller "
2618
"användas som en mall för ytterligare virtuella värdar om du har flera "
2619
"webbplatser. Om den lämnas ensam, kommer den standardvirtuella värden "
2620
"fungera som din standardwebbplats, eller webbplatsen som de flesta användare "
2621
"kommer att se om den URL de anger inte matchar direktivet "
2622
"<emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> för någon av dina anpassade webbplatser. För "
2623
"att modifiera den standard-virtuella värden, redigera filen "
2624
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename>."
2625
2626
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:163(para)
2627
msgid ""
2628
"The directives set for a virtual host only apply to that particular virtual "
2629
"host. If a directive is set server-wide and not defined within the virtual "
2630
"host settings, the default setting is used. For example, you can define a "
2631
"Webmaster email address and not define individual email addresses for each "
2632
"virtual host."
2633
msgstr ""
2634
"De direktiv som skrivs inuti en virtuell värd gäller bara just den virtuella "
2635
"värden. Om ett direktiv sätts för hela servern men inte i inställningarna "
2636
"för den virtuella värden kommer standardinställningen att användas. Till "
2637
"exempel kan du definiera en e-postadress för webbmastern så att du slipper "
2638
"definiera individuella e-postadresser för varje virtuell värd."
2639
2640
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:171(para)
2641
msgid ""
2642
"If you wish to configure a new virtual host or site, copy that file into the "
2643
"same directory with a name you choose. For example:"
2644
msgstr ""
2645
"Om du vill konfigurera en ny virtuell värd eller webbplats, kopiera den "
2646
"filen till samma katalog med namnet du valt. Till exempel:"
2647
2648
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:177(command)
2649
msgid ""
2650
"sudo cp /etc/apache2/sites-available/default /etc/apache2/sites-"
2651
"available/mynewsite"
2652
msgstr ""
2653
"sudo cp /etc/apache2/sites-available/default /etc/apache2/sites-"
2654
"available/mynewsite"
2655
2656
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:180(para)
2657
msgid ""
2658
"Edit the new file to configure the new site using some of the directives "
2659
"described below."
2660
msgstr ""
2661
"Redigera den nya filen för att konfigurera den nya webbplatsen genom att "
2662
"använda några av de direktiv som beskrivs nedan."
2663
2664
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:187(para)
2665
msgid ""
2666
"The <emphasis>ServerAdmin</emphasis> directive specifies the email address "
2667
"to be advertised for the server's administrator. The default value is "
2668
"webmaster@localhost. This should be changed to an email address that is "
2669
"delivered to you (if you are the server's administrator). If your website "
2670
"has a problem, Apache2 will display an error message containing this email "
2671
"address to report the problem to. Find this directive in your site's "
2672
"configuration file in /etc/apache2/sites-available."
2673
msgstr ""
2674
"Direktivet <emphasis>ServerAdmin</emphasis> specificerar administratörens e-"
2675
"postadress. Standardvärdet är webmaster@localhost. Du bör ändra det till en "
2676
"adress du faktiskt har tillgång till (om du är serveradministratören) Om din "
2677
"webbsida har ett problem kommer Apache2 att visa ett felmeddelande som "
2678
"innehåller den här e-postadressen för att rapportera felet till. Du hittar "
2679
"det här direktivet i din webbplats konfigurationsfil i /etc/apache2/sites-"
2680
"available."
2681
2682
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:198(para)
2683
msgid ""
2684
"The <emphasis>Listen</emphasis> directive specifies the port, and optionally "
2685
"the IP address, Apache2 should listen on. If the IP address is not "
2686
"specified, Apache2 will listen on all IP addresses assigned to the machine "
2687
"it runs on. The default value for the Listen directive is 80. Change this to "
2688
"127.0.0.1:80 to cause Apache2 to listen only on your loopback interface so "
2689
"that it will not be available to the Internet, to (for example) 81 to change "
2690
"the port that it listens on, or leave it as is for normal operation. This "
2691
"directive can be found and changed in its own file, "
2692
"<filename>/etc/apache2/ports.conf</filename>"
2693
msgstr ""
2694
"Direktivet <emphasis>Listen</emphasis> berättar vilken port, och eventuellt "
2695
"också IP-adress, som Apache2 skall lyssna på. Om ingen IP-adress väljs "
2696
"kommer Apache2 att lyssna på alla IP-adresser som tillhör datorn det ligger "
2697
"i. Standardvärdet för Listen är 80. Ändra det här till 127.0.0.1:80 för att "
2698
"få Apache2 att enbart lyssna på loopback-gränssnittet så att det inte är "
2699
"tillgänglig för internet, till (till exempel) 81 för att ändra porten som "
2700
"det lyssnar på, eller lämna det som det är för att det ska bete sig normalt. "
2701
"Det här direktivet hittar du och kan ställa in i en egen fil, "
2702
"<filename>/etc/apache2/ports.conf</filename>"
2703
2704
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:211(para)
2705
msgid ""
2706
"The <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive is optional and specifies what "
2707
"FQDN your site should answer to. The default virtual host has no ServerName "
2708
"directive specified, so it will respond to all requests that do not match a "
2709
"ServerName directive in another virtual host. If you have just acquired the "
2710
"domain name ubunturocks.com and wish to host it on your Ubuntu server, the "
2711
"value of the ServerName directive in your virtual host configuration file "
2712
"should be ubunturocks.com. Add this directive to the new virtual host file "
2713
"you created earlier (<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
2714
"available/mynewsite</filename>)."
2715
msgstr ""
2716
"Direktivet <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> är valfritt och bestämmer vilken "
2717
"FQDN din webbplats skall svara till. Den virtuella värd som medföljer har "
2718
"inget ServerName specificerat, så den kommer att svara på alla förfrågningar "
2719
"som inte matchar någon annan virtuell värds ServerName. Om du just köpte "
2720
"domännamnet ubunturocks.com och vill använda det på din Ubuntu-server "
2721
"skriver du in värdet ubunturocks.com till direktivet ServerName. Lägg det "
2722
"här direktivet till den nya virtuella värdfilen som du skapade "
2723
"tidigare(<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/mynewsite</filename>)."
2724
2725
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:223(para)
2726
msgid ""
2727
"You may also want your site to respond to www.ubunturocks.com, since many "
2728
"users will assume the www prefix is appropriate. Use the "
2729
"<emphasis>ServerAlias</emphasis> directive for this. You may also use "
2730
"wildcards in the ServerAlias directive."
2731
msgstr ""
2732
"Du vill antagligen också att din webbplats skall svara på "
2733
"www.ubunturocks.com, eftersom många användare förutsätter att www är ett "
2734
"lämpligt prefix. Använd direktivet <emphasis>ServerAlias</emphasis> för "
2735
"detta. Du kan också använda jokertecken i direktivet ServerAlias."
2736
2737
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:230(para)
2738
msgid ""
2739
"For example, the following configuration will cause your site to respond to "
2740
"any domain request ending in <emphasis>.ubunturocks.com</emphasis>."
2741
msgstr ""
2742
"Till exempel, följande konfiguration kommer medföra att din webbplats svarar "
2743
"på varje domänförfrågan som slutar med <emphasis>.ubunturocks.com</emphasis>."
2744
2745
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:236(programlisting)
2746
#, no-wrap
2747
msgid ""
2748
"\n"
2749
"ServerAlias *.ubunturocks.com\n"
2750
msgstr ""
2751
"\n"
2752
"ServerAlias *.ubunturocks.com\n"
2753
2754
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:242(para)
2755
msgid ""
2756
"The <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> directive specifies where Apache2 "
2757
"should look for the files that make up the site. The default value is "
2758
"/var/www. No site is configured there, but if you uncomment the "
2759
"<emphasis>RedirectMatch</emphasis> directive in "
2760
"<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> requests will be redirected "
2761
"to /var/www/apache2-default where the default Apache2 site awaits. Change "
2762
"this value in your site's virtual host file, and remember to create that "
2763
"directory if necessary!"
2764
msgstr ""
2765
"Direktivet <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> specificerar var Apache2 skall "
2766
"leta efter filerna som bildar webbplatsen. Standard värdet är /var/www. "
2767
"INgen webbplats är konfigurerad där, men om du avkommenterar direktivet "
2768
"<emphasis>RedirectMatch</emphasis> i "
2769
"<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> kommer förfrågningar att "
2770
"omdirigeras till /var/www/apache2-default där Apache2 standard webbplats "
2771
"finns. Ändra detta värde i din din webbplats virtuella host-fil och kom ihåg "
2772
"att skapa katalogen om den saknas!"
2773
2774
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:254(para)
2775
msgid ""
2776
"The /etc/apache2/sites-available directory is <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
2777
"not</emphasis> parsed by Apache2. Symbolic links in /etc/apache2/sites-"
2778
"enabled point to \"available\" sites."
2779
msgstr ""
2780
"Katalogen /etc/apache2/sites-available tolkas <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
2781
"inte</emphasis> av Apache2. Symboliska länkar i /etc/apache2/sites-enabled "
2782
"pekar på \"tillgängliga\" webbplatser."
2783
2784
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:260(para)
2785
msgid ""
2786
"Enable the new <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> using the "
2787
"<application>a2ensite</application> utility and restart Apache2:"
2788
msgstr ""
2789
"Aktivera den nya <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> genom att använda "
2790
"verktyget <application>a2ensite</application> och starta om Apache2:"
2791
2792
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:266(command)
2793
msgid "sudo a2ensite mynewsite"
2794
msgstr "sudo a2ensite mynewsite"
2795
2796
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:267(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:285(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:538(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:547(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:606(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:932(command) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:228(command)
2797
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 restart"
2798
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 restart"
2799
2800
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:271(para)
2801
msgid ""
2802
"Be sure to replace <emphasis>mynewsite</emphasis> with a more descriptive "
2803
"name for the VirtualHost. One method is to name the file after the "
2804
"<emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive of the VirtualHost."
2805
msgstr ""
2806
"Säkerställ att du ändrar namnet <emphasis>mynewsite</emphasis> till ett mer "
2807
"beskrivande namn för den virtuella värden. En metod är att namnge filen "
2808
"efter direktivet <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> för den virtuella värden."
2809
2810
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:278(para)
2811
msgid ""
2812
"Similarly, use the <application>a2dissite</application> utility to disable "
2813
"sites. This is can be useful when troubleshooting configuration problems "
2814
"with multiple VirtualHosts:"
2815
msgstr ""
2816
"På liknande sätt, använd verktyget <application>a2dissite</application> för "
2817
"att inaktivera webbplatser. Detta kan vara användbart vid felsökning av "
2818
"konfigurationsproblem med flera virtuella värdar:"
2819
2820
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:284(command)
2821
msgid "sudo a2dissite mynewsite"
2822
msgstr "sudo a2dissite mynewsite"
2823
2824
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:290(title)
2825
msgid "Default Settings"
2826
msgstr "Standardinställningar"
2827
2828
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:292(para)
2829
msgid ""
2830
"This section explains configuration of the Apache2 server default settings. "
2831
"For example, if you add a virtual host, the settings you configure for the "
2832
"virtual host take precedence for that virtual host. For a directive not "
2833
"defined within the virtual host settings, the default value is used."
2834
msgstr ""
2835
"Detta avsnitt förklarar konfigurationen av servern Apache2:s "
2836
"standardinställningar. Till exempel, om du lägger till en virtuell värd "
2837
"kommer inställningarna du konfigurerar att prioriteras över "
2838
"standardinställningarna för den virtuella värden. För de direktiv som inte "
2839
"specificeras i inställningarna för den virtuella värden kommer "
2840
"standardvärdet att användas."
2841
2842
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:304(para)
2843
msgid ""
2844
"The <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> is the default page served by the "
2845
"server when a user requests an index of a directory by specifying a forward "
2846
"slash (/) at the end of the directory name."
2847
msgstr ""
2848
"<emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> är standardsidan som servern skickar när "
2849
"en användare ber om ett index för en katalog genom att lägga till ett "
2850
"snedsträck (/) på slutet av katalognamnet."
2851
2852
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:311(para)
2853
msgid ""
2854
"For example, when a user requests the page "
2855
"http://www.example.com/this_directory/, he or she will get either the "
2856
"DirectoryIndex page if it exists, a server-generated directory list if it "
2857
"does not and the Indexes option is specified, or a Permission Denied page if "
2858
"neither is true. The server will try to find one of the files listed in the "
2859
"DirectoryIndex directive and will return the first one it finds. If it does "
2860
"not find any of these files and if <emphasis>Options Indexes</emphasis> is "
2861
"set for that directory, the server will generate and return a list, in HTML "
2862
"format, of the subdirectories and files in the directory. The default value, "
2863
"found in <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available/dir.conf</filename> is "
2864
"\"index.html index.cgi index.pl index.php index.xhtml index.htm\". Thus, if "
2865
"Apache2 finds a file in a requested directory matching any of these names, "
2866
"the first will be displayed."
2867
msgstr ""
2868
"När användaren till exempel frågar om sidan "
2869
"http://www.exempel.com/den_har_katalogen/ kommer han eller hon få "
2870
"DirectoryIndex-sidan om den finns, en servergenererad innehållslista om den "
2871
"inte finns och Indexes-flaggan är specificerad, eller en \"Permission "
2872
"Denied\"-sida om varken eller är sant. Servern kommer att försöka tills den "
2873
"hittar en av de filerna som finns uppradade i DirectoryIndex-direktivet och "
2874
"kommer att returnera den första som hittas. Om den inte hittar någon av "
2875
"dessa filer och om Options Indexes är på för den katalogen kommer servern "
2876
"att returnera en lista i HTML-format över underkatalogerna och filerna i den "
2877
"katalogen. Standardvärdet, som du hittar i filename>/etc/apache2/mods-"
2878
"available/dir.conf</filename> , är \"index.html index.cgi index.pl index.php "
2879
"index.xhtml, index.htm\". Med andra ord kommer Apache2 att visa den första "
2880
"filen som matchar något av dessa namn som finns i den efterfrågade katalogen."
2881
2882
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:332(para)
2883
msgid ""
2884
"The <emphasis>ErrorDocument</emphasis> directive allows you to specify a "
2885
"file for Apache2 to use for specific error events. For example, if a user "
2886
"requests a resource that does not exist, a 404 error will occur, and per "
2887
"Apache2's default configuration, the file "
2888
"<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var </filename> will "
2889
"be displayed. That file is not in the server's DocumentRoot, but there is an "
2890
"Alias directive in <filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> that "
2891
"redirects requests to the /error directory to "
2892
"<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/</filename>."
2893
msgstr ""
2894
"Direktivet <emphasis>ErrorDocument</emphasis> låter dig specificera en fil "
2895
"åt Apache2 för att använda vid vissa felhändelser. Till exempel, om en "
2896
"användare efterfrågar en resurs som inte finns kommer ett 404-fel att "
2897
"uppstå, och enligt Apache2:s standardkonfiguration kommer filen "
2898
"<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var </filename> att "
2899
"visas. Den filen ligger inte i serverns DocumentRoot, men det finns ett "
2900
"Alias-direktiv i <filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> som "
2901
"vidarebefordrar förfrågningar till katalogen /error till "
2902
"<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/</filename>."
2903
2904
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:344(para)
2905
msgid ""
2906
"To see a list of the default ErrorDocument directives, use this command:"
2907
msgstr ""
2908
"För att se listan över standarddirektivets error-dokument, använd detta "
2909
"kommando:"
2910
2911
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:350(command)
2912
msgid "grep ErrorDocument /etc/apache2/apache2.conf"
2913
msgstr "grep ErrorDocument /etc/apache2/apache2.conf"
2914
2915
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:355(para)
2916
msgid ""
2917
"By default, the server writes the transfer log to the file "
2918
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/access.log</filename>. You can change this on a "
2919
"per-site basis in your virtual host configuration files with the "
2920
"<emphasis>CustomLog</emphasis> directive, or omit it to accept the default, "
2921
"specified in <filename> /etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename>. You may also "
2922
"specify the file to which errors are logged, via the "
2923
"<emphasis>ErrorLog</emphasis> directive, whose default is "
2924
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/error.log</filename>. These are kept separate "
2925
"from the transfer logs to aid in troubleshooting problems with your Apache2 "
2926
"server. You may also specify the <emphasis>LogLevel</emphasis> (the default "
2927
"value is \"warn\") and the <emphasis>LogFormat</emphasis> (see <filename> "
2928
"/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> for the default value)."
2929
msgstr ""
2930
"Servern loggar normalt alla överföringar till filen "
2931
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/access.log</filename>. Du kan ändra det här för "
2932
"varje webbplats i dina konfigurationsfiler för virtuella värdar med "
2933
"direktivet <emphasis>CustomLog</emphasis>, eller hoppa över det för att "
2934
"acceptera standardvärdet som bestäms i <filename> "
2935
"/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename>. Du kan också välja vilken fil "
2936
"felmeddelanden skall loggas till med direktivet "
2937
"<emphasis>ErrorLog</emphasis>. Standardplatsen för felmeddelanden är "
2938
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/error.log</filename>. Dessa sparas separat från "
2939
"överföringsloggarna för att underlätta felsökning av din Apache2-server. Du "
2940
"kan också välja <emphasis>LogLevel</emphasis> (standardvärdet är \"warn\") "
2941
"och <emphasis>LogFormat</emphasis> (se <filename> "
2942
"/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> för standardvärdet)."
2943
2944
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:370(para)
2945
msgid ""
2946
"Some options are specified on a per-directory basis rather than per-server. "
2947
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> is one of these directives. A Directory stanza "
2948
"is enclosed in XML-like tags, like so:"
2949
msgstr ""
2950
"Vissa alternativ är specificerade på en per-katalogbas snarare än per-"
2951
"server. <emphasis>Options</emphasis> är en av dessa direktiv. Ett "
2952
"katalogblock omfattas i XML-liknande taggar, liknande:"
2953
2954
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:376(programlisting)
2955
#, no-wrap
2956
msgid ""
2957
"\n"
2958
"<Directory /var/www/mynewsite>\n"
2959
"...\n"
2960
"</Directory>\n"
2961
msgstr ""
2962
"\n"
2963
"<Directory /var/www/mynewsite>\n"
2964
"...\n"
2965
"</Directory>\n"
2966
2967
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:382(para)
2968
msgid ""
2969
"The <emphasis>Options</emphasis> directive within a Directory stanza accepts "
2970
"one or more of the following values (among others), separated by spaces:"
2971
msgstr ""
2972
"Direktivet <emphasis>Options</emphasis> inuti ett katalogblock accepterar en "
2973
"eller flera av följande värden (bland annat), separerade av mellanslag:"
2974
2975
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:394(para)
2976
msgid ""
2977
"Most files should not be executed as CGI scripts. This would be very "
2978
"dangerous. CGI scripts should kept in a directory separate from and outside "
2979
"your DocumentRoot, and only this directory should have the ExecCGI option "
2980
"set. This is the default, and the default location for CGI scripts is "
2981
"<filename>/usr/lib/cgi-bin</filename>."
2982
msgstr ""
2983
"De flesta filer bör inte exekveras som CGI-skript. Detta kan vara mycket "
2984
"farligt. CGI-skript bör hållas i en katalog som är spearerad från och "
2985
"utanför din DocumentRoot, och bara den här katalogen ska ha ExecCGI "
2986
"alternativet satt. Detta är standard och standardplatsen för CGI-skript är "
2987
"<filename>/usr/lib/cgi-bin</filename>."
2988
2989
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:389(para)
2990
msgid ""
2991
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ExecCGI</emphasis> - Allow execution of CGI scripts. "
2992
"CGI scripts are not executed if this option is not chosen. <placeholder-1/>"
2993
msgstr ""
2994
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ExecCGI</emphasis> - Tillåt att CGI-skript körs. CGI-"
2995
"skript körs inte om inte detta alternativ är valt. <placeholder-1/>"
2996
2997
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:405(para)
2998
msgid ""
2999
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Includes</emphasis> - Allow server-side includes. "
3000
"Server-side includes allow an HTML file to <emphasis> include</emphasis> "
3001
"other files. This is not a common option. See <ulink "
3002
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/ssi.html\">the Apache2 SSI "
3003
"HOWTO</ulink> for more information."
3004
msgstr ""
3005
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Includes</emphasis> - tillåter inkluderingar på "
3006
"serversidan. Inkluderingar på serversidan tillåter en HTML-fil att "
3007
"<emphasis> inkludera</emphasis> andra filer. Det här är inget vanligt "
3008
"alternativ. För mer information se <ulink "
3009
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/ssi.html\">the Apache2 SSI "
3010
"HOWTO</ulink>."
3011
3012
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:414(para)
3013
msgid ""
3014
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IncludesNOEXEC</emphasis> - Allow server-side "
3015
"includes, but disable the <emphasis>#exec</emphasis> and "
3016
"<emphasis>#include</emphasis> commands in CGI scripts."
3017
msgstr ""
3018
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IncludesNOEXEC</emphasis> - Tillåter inkluderingar "
3019
"på server-sidan, men inaktiverar kommandona <emphasis>#exec</emphasis> och "
3020
"<emphasis>#include</emphasis> i CGI-skript."
3021
3022
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:426(para)
3023
msgid ""
3024
"For security reasons, this should usually not be set, and certainly should "
3025
"not be set on your DocumentRoot directory. Enable this option carefully on a "
3026
"per-directory basis only if you are certain you want users to see the entire "
3027
"contents of the directory."
3028
msgstr ""
3029
"Av säkerhetsskäl skall vanligtvis inte detta vara aktiverat, och bör "
3030
"framförallt inte vara aktiverat i din DocumentRoot-katalog. Vaf försiktig om "
3031
"du aktivera det här alternativet, och bara för de kataloger där du med "
3032
"säkerhet vet att användarna vill se hela innehållet i katalogen."
3033
3034
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:421(para)
3035
msgid ""
3036
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Indexes</emphasis> - Display a formatted list of the "
3037
"directory's contents, if no <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> (such as "
3038
"index.html) exists in the requested directory. <placeholder-1/>"
3039
msgstr ""
3040
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Indexes</emphasis> - Visar en formaterad lista över "
3041
"kataloginnehållet om ingen <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> (såsom "
3042
"index.html) existerar i den begärda mappen. <placeholder-1/>"
3043
3044
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:436(para)
3045
msgid ""
3046
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiview</emphasis> - Support content-negotiated "
3047
"multiviews; this option is disabled by default for security reasons. See the "
3048
"<ulink "
3049
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_negotiation.html#multiviews\">"
3050
"Apache2 documentation on this option</ulink>."
3051
msgstr ""
3052
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiview</emphasis> - Stöd för \"content-negotiated "
3053
"multiviews\"; Den här möjligheten är normalt avstängd av säkerhetsskäl. Läs "
3054
"<ulink "
3055
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_negotiation.html#multiviews\">"
3056
"Apache2-dokumentationen om det här alternativet</ulink>."
3057
3058
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:444(para)
3059
msgid ""
3060
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">SymLinksIfOwnerMatch</emphasis> - Only follow "
3061
"symbolic links if the target file or directory has the same owner as the "
3062
"link."
3063
msgstr ""
3064
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">SymLinksIfOwnerMatch</emphasis> - Följ bara "
3065
"symboliska länkar om målfilen eller -katalogen har samma ägare som länken."
3066
3067
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:456(title)
3068
msgid "httpd Settings"
3069
msgstr "httpd Inställningar"
3070
3071
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:458(para)
3072
msgid ""
3073
"This section explains some basic <application>httpd</application> daemon "
3074
"configuration settings."
3075
msgstr ""
3076
"Detta avsnitt förklarar några grundläggande konfigurationsinställningar för "
3077
"demonen <application>httpd</application>."
3078
3079
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:462(para)
3080
msgid ""
3081
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LockFile</emphasis> - The LockFile directive sets "
3082
"the path to the lockfile used when the server is compiled with either "
3083
"USE_FCNTL_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT or USE_FLOCK_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT. It must be "
3084
"stored on the local disk. It should be left to the default value unless the "
3085
"logs directory is located on an NFS share. If this is the case, the default "
3086
"value should be changed to a location on the local disk and to a directory "
3087
"that is readable only by root."
3088
msgstr ""
3089
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LockFile</emphasis> - Direktivet LockFile ställer in "
3090
"sökvägen till låsfilen som används om servern är kompilerad med antingen "
3091
"USE_FCNTL_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT eller USE_FLOCK_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT. Det måste "
3092
"vara på en lokal hårddisk. Det bör inte ändras från standardvärdet om inte "
3093
"loggfilerna ligger på en NFS-utdelning. Om så är fallet bör standardvärdet "
3094
"ändras till en plats på den lokala hårddisken och till en katalog som bara "
3095
"root får läsa."
3096
3097
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:471(para)
3098
msgid ""
3099
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">PidFile</emphasis> - The PidFile directive sets the "
3100
"file in which the server records its process ID (pid). This file should only "
3101
"be readable by root. In most cases, it should be left to the default value."
3102
msgstr ""
3103
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">PidFile</emphasis> - Direktivet PidFile ställer in "
3104
"filen som servern sparar sin process-ID (pid) till. Den här filen bör ingen "
3105
"annan än root kunna läsa. I de flesta fallen bör det här inte ändras från "
3106
"standardvärdet."
3107
3108
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:477(para)
3109
msgid ""
3110
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">User</emphasis> - The User directive sets the userid "
3111
"used by the server to answer requests. This setting determines the server's "
3112
"access. Any files inaccessible to this user will also be inaccessible to "
3113
"your website's visitors. The default value for User is www-data."
3114
msgstr ""
3115
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">User</emphasis> - Direktivet User ställer in vilket "
3116
"användar-ID servern använder när den svarar på förfrågningar. Den här "
3117
"inställningen ställer in vilka rättigheter servern har. Alla filer den här "
3118
"användaren inte kommer åt kommer inte webbplatsens besökare komma åt. "
3119
"Standardvärdet för User är www-data."
3120
3121
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:484(para)
3122
msgid ""
3123
"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, do not set the User directive to "
3124
"root. Using root as the User will create large security holes for your Web "
3125
"server."
3126
msgstr ""
3127
"Om du inte vet exakt vad du gör bör du inte sätta direktivet User till root. "
3128
"Att köra webbservern som root kommer att skapa stora säkerhetshål i din "
3129
"webbserver."
3130
3131
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:490(para)
3132
msgid ""
3133
"The Group directive is similar to the User directive. Group sets the group "
3134
"under which the server will answer requests. The default group is also www-"
3135
"data."
3136
msgstr ""
3137
"Direktivet Group är likt User. Group ställer in vilken grupp webbservern "
3138
"körs som. Standardgruppen är också www-data."
3139
3140
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:496(title)
3141
msgid "Apache2 Modules"
3142
msgstr "Apache2 Moduler"
3143
3144
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:498(para)
3145
msgid ""
3146
"Apache2 is a modular server. This implies that only the most basic "
3147
"functionality is included in the core server. Extended features are "
3148
"available through modules which can be loaded into Apache2. By default, a "
3149
"base set of modules is included in the server at compile-time. If the server "
3150
"is compiled to use dynamically loaded modules, then modules can be compiled "
3151
"separately, and added at any time using the LoadModule directive. Otherwise, "
3152
"Apache2 must be recompiled to add or remove modules."
3153
msgstr ""
3154
"Apache2 är en modulär server. Detta innebär att endast de mest grundläggande "
3155
"funktionerna ingår i standardservern. Utökade funktioner är tillgängliga via "
3156
"moduler som kan läsas in i Apache2. Som standard ingår en basuppsättning "
3157
"moduler vid kompileringstillfället. Om servern är kompilerad till att "
3158
"använda dynamiskt inlästa moduler, då kan moduler kompileras separat och "
3159
"läggas till när som helst med hjälp av direktivet LoadModule. I annat fall "
3160
"måste Apache2 kompileras om för att lägga till eller ta bort moduler."
3161
3162
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:510(para)
3163
msgid ""
3164
"Ubuntu compiles Apache2 to allow the dynamic loading of modules. "
3165
"Configuration directives may be conditionally included on the presence of a "
3166
"particular module by enclosing them in an "
3167
"<emphasis><IfModule></emphasis> block."
3168
msgstr ""
3169
"Ubuntu kompilerar Apache2 till att tillåta dynamisk laddning av moduler. "
3170
"Konfigurationsdirektiven kan vara villkorligt inkluderat vid förekomsten av "
3171
"en viss modul genom att bifogade i ett <emphasis><IfModule></emphasis> "
3172
"block."
3173
3174
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:517(para)
3175
msgid ""
3176
"You can install additional Apache2 modules and use them with your Web "
3177
"server. For example, run the following command from a terminal prompt to "
3178
"install the <emphasis>MySQL Authentication</emphasis> module:"
3179
msgstr ""
3180
"Du kan installera ytterligare Apache2 moduler och använda dem med din "
3181
"webbserver. Till exempel, kör följande kommando från en terminalprompt för "
3182
"att installera modulen <emphasis>MySQL Authentication</emphasis>:"
3183
3184
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:524(command)
3185
msgid "sudo apt-get install libapache2-mod-auth-mysql"
3186
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libapache2-mod-auth-mysql"
3187
3188
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:527(para)
3189
msgid ""
3190
"See the <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename> directory, for "
3191
"additional modules."
3192
msgstr ""
3193
"Se katalogen <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename>, för "
3194
"ytterligare moduler."
3195
3196
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:531(para)
3197
msgid ""
3198
"Use the <application>a2enmod</application> utility to enable a module:"
3199
msgstr ""
3200
"Använd verktyget <application>a2enmod</application> för att aktivera en "
3201
"modul:"
3202
3203
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:537(command)
3204
msgid "sudo a2enmod auth_mysql"
3205
msgstr "sudo a2enmod auth_mysql"
3206
3207
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:541(para)
3208
msgid "Similarly, <application>a2dismod</application> will disable a module:"
3209
msgstr ""
3210
"På liknande sätt kommer <application>a2dismod</application> att inaktivera "
3211
"en modul:"
3212
3213
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:546(command)
3214
msgid "sudo a2dismod auth_mysql"
3215
msgstr "sudo a2dismod auth_mysql"
3216
3217
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:553(title)
3218
msgid "HTTPS Configuration"
3219
msgstr "Konfiguration av HTTPS"
3220
3221
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:555(para)
3222
msgid ""
3223
"The <application>mod_ssl</application> module adds an important feature to "
3224
"the Apache2 server - the ability to encrypt communications. Thus, when your "
3225
"browser is communicating using SSL, the https:// prefix is used at the "
3226
"beginning of the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) in the browser navigation "
3227
"bar."
3228
msgstr ""
3229
"Modulen <application>mod_ssl</application> lägger till en viktig funktion "
3230
"till Apache2-servern - möjligheten att kryptera kommunikation. När din "
3231
"webbläsare använder SSL-kryptering används prefixet https:// i början av "
3232
"URL:en i webbläsarens navigationsrad."
3233
3234
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:564(para)
3235
msgid ""
3236
"The <application>mod_ssl</application> module is available in "
3237
"<application>apache2-common</application> package. Execute the following "
3238
"command from a terminal prompt to enable the "
3239
"<application>mod_ssl</application> module:"
3240
msgstr ""
3241
"Modulen <application>mod_ssl</application> finns tillgänglig i paketet "
3242
"<application>apache2-common</application>. Kör följande kommando från en "
3243
"terminalprompt för att aktivera modulen <application>mod_ssl</application>:"
3244
3245
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:571(command)
3246
msgid "sudo a2enmod ssl"
3247
msgstr "sudo a2enmod ssl"
3248
3249
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:574(para)
3250
msgid ""
3251
"There is a default HTTPS configuration file in <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
3252
"available/default-ssl</filename>. In order for "
3253
"<application>Apache2</application> to provide HTTPS, a "
3254
"<emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and <emphasis>key</emphasis> file are also "
3255
"needed. The default HTTPS configuration will use a certificate and key "
3256
"generated by the <application>ssl-cert</application> package. They are good "
3257
"for testing, but the auto-generated certificate and key should be replaced "
3258
"by a certificate specific to the site or server. For information on "
3259
"generating a key and obtaining a certificate see <xref "
3260
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>"
3261
msgstr ""
3262
"Det finns en standard HTTPS konfigurationsfil i <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
3263
"available/default-ssl</filename>. För att <application>Apache2</application> "
3264
"skall tillhandahålla HTTPS, behövs också ett <emphasis>certifikat</emphasis> "
3265
"och <emphasis>nyckelfil</emphasis>. Standardkonfigurationen för HTTPS kommer "
3266
"använda ett certifikat och nyckel som genererats av paketet <application>ssl-"
3267
"cert</application>. De är bra för testning, men det autogenererade "
3268
"certifikatet och nyckeln behöver ersättas av ett särskilt certifikat för "
3269
"webbplatsen eller servern. För ytterligare information om att skapa en "
3270
"nyckel och få ett certifikat, se <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-"
3271
"security\"/>"
3272
3273
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:584(para)
3274
msgid ""
3275
"To configure <application>Apache2</application> for HTTPS, enter the "
3276
"following:"
3277
msgstr ""
3278
"För att konfigurera <application>Apache2</application> för HTTPS, skriv "
3279
"följande:"
3280
3281
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:589(command)
3282
msgid "sudo a2ensite default-ssl"
3283
msgstr "sudo a2ensite default-ssl"
3284
3285
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:593(para)
3286
msgid ""
3287
"The directories <filename>/etc/ssl/certs</filename> and "
3288
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private</filename> are the default locations. If you "
3289
"install the certificate and key in another directory make sure to change "
3290
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateFile</emphasis> and "
3291
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateKeyFile</emphasis> appropriately."
3292
msgstr ""
3293
"Katalogerna <filename>/etc/ssl/certs</filename> och "
3294
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private</filename> är standardplatsen. Om du installerar "
3295
"certifikatet och nyckeln i en annan katalog säkerställ att du ändrar "
3296
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateFile</emphasis> och "
3297
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateKeyFile</emphasis>."
3298
3299
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:600(para)
3300
msgid ""
3301
"With Apache2 now configured for HTTPS, restart the service to enable the new "
3302
"settings:"
3303
msgstr ""
3304
"När nu Apache2 är konfigurerad för HTTPS, starta om tjänsten för att "
3305
"aktivera de nya inställningarna:"
3306
3307
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:611(para)
3308
msgid ""
3309
"Depending on how you obtained your certificate you may need to enter a "
3310
"passphrase when <application>Apache2</application> starts."
3311
msgstr ""
3312
"Beroende på hur du erhållit ditt certifikat kan du behöva ange lösenordet "
3313
"när <application>Apache2</application> startar."
3314
3315
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:617(para)
3316
msgid ""
3317
"You can access the secure server pages by typing https://your_hostname/url/ "
3318
"in your browser address bar."
3319
msgstr ""
3320
"Du får tillgång till dina säkra serversidor genom att skriva "
3321
"https://ditt_värdnamn/url/ i webbläsarens adressfält."
3322
3323
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:628(para)
3324
msgid ""
3325
"<ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/\">Apache2 "
3326
"Documentation</ulink> contains in depth information on Apache2 configuration "
3327
"directives. Also, see the <application>apache2-doc</application> package for "
3328
"the official Apache2 docs."
3329
msgstr ""
3330
"<ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/\">Apache2 "
3331
"Dokumentation</ulink> innehåller detaljerad information om Apache2 "
3332
"konfigurationsdirektiv. Dessutom, se paketet <application>apache2-"
3333
"doc</application> för den officiella Apache2 dokumentationen."
3334
3335
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:635(para)
3336
msgid ""
3337
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.modssl.org/docs/\">Mod SSL "
3338
"Documentation</ulink> site for more SSL related information."
3339
msgstr ""
3340
"Se webbplatsen <ulink url=\"http://www.modssl.org/docs/\">Mod SSL "
3341
"dokumentation</ulink> för mer SSL-relaterad information."
3342
3343
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:641(para)
3344
msgid ""
3345
"O'Reilly's <ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596001919/\">Apache "
3346
"Cookbook</ulink> is a good resource for accomplishing specific Apache2 "
3347
"configurations."
3348
msgstr ""
3349
"O'Reilly's <ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596001919/\">Apache "
3350
"Cookbook</ulink> är en bra resurs för att åstadkomma specifik Apache2 "
3351
"konfigurationer."
3352
3353
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:647(para)
3354
msgid ""
3355
"For Ubuntu specific Apache2 questions, ask in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
3356
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
3357
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode.net</ulink>."
3358
msgstr ""
3359
"För Ubuntu specifika Apache2 frågor, fråga i IRC-kanalen <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
3360
"server</emphasis> på <ulink "
3361
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode.net</ulink>."
3362
3363
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:653(para)
3364
msgid ""
3365
"Usually integrated with PHP and MySQL the <ulink "
3366
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL PHP "
3367
"Ubuntu Wiki </ulink> page is a good resource."
3368
msgstr ""
3369
3370
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:664(title)
3371
msgid "PHP5 - Scripting Language"
3372
msgstr "PHP5 - Skriptspråk"
3373
3374
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:665(para)
3375
msgid ""
3376
"PHP is a general-purpose scripting language suited for Web development. The "
3377
"PHP script can be embedded into HTML. This section explains how to install "
3378
"and configure PHP5 in Ubuntu System with Apache2 and MySQL."
3379
msgstr ""
3380
"PHP är ett skriptspråk med ett generellt syfte att vara anpassat för "
3381
"webbutveckling. PHP-skript kan bäddas in i HTML. Detta avsnitt förklarar "
3382
"installation och konfiguration av PHP5 på ett Ubuntu-system med Apache2 och "
3383
"MySQL."
3384
3385
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:669(para)
3386
msgid ""
3387
"This section assumes you have installed and configured Apache2 Web Server "
3388
"and MySQL Database Server. You can refer to Apache2 section and MySQL "
3389
"sections in this document to install and configure Apache2 and MySQL "
3390
"respectively."
3391
msgstr ""
3392
"Detta avsnitt förutsätter att du har installerat och konfigurerat "
3393
"webbservern Apache2 och databasservern MySQL. Du hänvisas till avsnitten för "
3394
"Apache2 och MySQL i detta dokument för att installera och konfigurera "
3395
"respektive Apache2 och MySQL."
3396
3397
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:676(para)
3398
msgid "The PHP5 is available in Ubuntu Linux."
3399
msgstr "PHP5 finns är tillgänglig i Ubuntu Linux."
3400
3401
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:678(para)
3402
msgid ""
3403
"To install PHP5 you can enter the following command in the terminal prompt: "
3404
"<screen>\n"
3405
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5 libapache2-mod-php5</command>\n"
3406
"</screen>"
3407
msgstr ""
3408
"För att installera PHP5 kan du skriva följande kommando från en "
3409
"terminalprompt: <screen>\n"
3410
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5 libapache2-mod-php5</command>\n"
3411
"</screen>"
3412
3413
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:687(para)
3414
msgid ""
3415
"You can run PHP5 scripts from command line. To run PHP5 scripts from command "
3416
"line you should install <application>php5-cli</application> package. To "
3417
"install <application>php5-cli</application> you can enter the following "
3418
"command in the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
3419
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cli</command>\n"
3420
"</screen>"
3421
msgstr ""
3422
"Du kan köra PHP5-skript från kommandoraden. För att kunna köra PHP5-skript "
3423
"från kommandoraden behöver du installera paketet <application>php5-"
3424
"cli</application>. För att installera <application>php5-cli</application> "
3425
"kan du skriva följande kommando från en terminalprompt: <screen>\n"
3426
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cli</command>\n"
3427
"</screen>"
3428
3429
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:696(para)
3430
msgid ""
3431
"You can also execute PHP5 scripts without installing PHP5 Apache module. To "
3432
"accomplish this, you should install <application>php5-cgi</application> "
3433
"package. You can run the following command in a terminal prompt to install "
3434
"<application>php5-cgi</application> package: <screen>\n"
3435
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cgi</command>\n"
3436
"</screen>"
3437
msgstr ""
3438
"Du kan även köra PHP5-skript utan att installera PHP5-modulen för Apache. "
3439
"För att åstadkomma detta skall du installera paketet <application>php5-"
3440
"cgi</application>. Du kan köra följande kommando från terminalprompten för "
3441
"att installera paketet <application>php5-cgi</application>: <screen>\n"
3442
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cgi</command>\n"
3443
"</screen>"
3444
3445
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:706(para)
3446
msgid ""
3447
"To use <application>MySQL</application> with PHP5 you should install "
3448
"<application>php5-mysql</application> package. To install <application>php5-"
3449
"mysql</application> you can enter the following command in the terminal "
3450
"prompt: <screen>\n"
3451
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-mysql</command>\n"
3452
"</screen>"
3453
msgstr ""
3454
"För att använda <application>MySQL</application> tillsammans med PHP5 skall "
3455
"du installera paketet <application>php5-mysql</application>. För att "
3456
"installera <application>php5-mysql</application> kan du skriva följande "
3457
"kommando i terminalprompten: <screen>\n"
3458
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-mysql</command>\n"
3459
"</screen>"
3460
3461
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:714(para)
3462
msgid ""
3463
"Similarly, to use <application>PostgreSQL</application> with PHP5 you should "
3464
"install <application>php5-pgsql</application> package. To install "
3465
"<application>php5-pgsql</application> you can enter the following command in "
3466
"the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
3467
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-pgsql</command>\n"
3468
"</screen>"
3469
msgstr ""
3470
"På samma sätt, för att använda <application>PostgreSQL</application> "
3471
"tillsammans med PHP5 behöver du installera paketet <application>php5-"
3472
"pgsql</application>. För att installera <application>php5-"
3473
"pgsql</application> kan du skriva följande kommando i terminalprompten: "
3474
"<screen>\n"
3475
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-pgsql</command>\n"
3476
"</screen>"
3477
3478
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:727(para)
3479
msgid ""
3480
"Once you install PHP5, you can run PHP5 scripts from your web browser. If "
3481
"you have installed <application>php5-cli</application> package, you can run "
3482
"PHP5 scripts from your command prompt."
3483
msgstr ""
3484
"När PHP5 är installerat kan du köra PHP5-skript från din webbläsare. Om du "
3485
"har installerat paketet <application>php5-cli</application> kan du köra PHP5-"
3486
"skript från terminalprompten."
3487
3488
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:734(para)
3489
msgid ""
3490
"By default, the Apache 2 Web server is configured to run PHP5 scripts. In "
3491
"other words, the PHP5 module is enabled in Apache2 Web server automatically "
3492
"when you install the module. Please verify if the files "
3493
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.conf</filename> and "
3494
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.load</filename> exist. If they do "
3495
"not exists, you can enable the module using <command>a2enmod</command> "
3496
"command."
3497
msgstr ""
3498
"Som standard är webbservern Apache2 konfigurerad för att köra PHP5-skript. "
3499
"Med andra ord aktiveras PHP5-modulen automatiskt i webbservern Apache2 när "
3500
"du installerar modulen. Kontrollera om filerna <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-"
3501
"enabled/php5.conf</filename> och <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-"
3502
"enabled/php5.load</filename> existerar. Om de inte finns, kan du aktivera "
3503
"modulen genom att använda kommandot <command>a2enmod</command>."
3504
3505
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:745(para)
3506
msgid ""
3507
"Once you install PHP5 related packages and enabled PHP5 Apache 2 module, you "
3508
"should restart Apache2 Web server to run PHP5 scripts. You can run the "
3509
"following command at a terminal prompt to restart your web server: "
3510
"<screen><command>sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 restart</command> </screen>"
3511
msgstr ""
3512
"När du har installerat PHP5-relaterade paket och aktiverat PHP5 Apache2-"
3513
"modulen, måste du starta om webbservern Apache 2 för att kunna köra PHP5-"
3514
"skript. Du kan köra följande kommando in en terminalprompt för att starta om "
3515
"din webbserver: <screen><command>sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 restart</command> "
3516
"</screen>"
3517
3518
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:753(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:320(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1602(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:343(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:184(title)
3519
msgid "Testing"
3520
msgstr "Testa"
3521
3522
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:754(para)
3523
msgid ""
3524
"To verify your installation, you can run following PHP5 phpinfo script:"
3525
msgstr ""
3526
"För att verifiera din installation kan du köra följande PHP5 phpinfo-skript:"
3527
3528
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:757(programlisting)
3529
#, no-wrap
3530
msgid ""
3531
"\n"
3532
"<?php\n"
3533
" phpinfo();\n"
3534
"?>\n"
3535
msgstr ""
3536
"\n"
3537
"<?php\n"
3538
" phpinfo();\n"
3539
"?>\n"
3540
3541
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:762(para)
3542
msgid ""
3543
"You can save the content in a file <filename>phpinfo.php</filename> and "
3544
"place it under <command>DocumentRoot</command> directory of Apache2 Web "
3545
"server. When point your browser to "
3546
"<filename>http://hostname/phpinfo.php</filename>, it would display values of "
3547
"various PHP5 configuration parameters."
3548
msgstr ""
3549
"Du kan spara innehållet i en fil <filename>phpinfo.php</filename> och "
3550
"placera den under katalogen <command>DocumentRoot</command> i webbservern "
3551
"Apache2. Peka din webbläsare till "
3552
"<filename>http://hostname/phpinfo.php</filename>, så visas värden på olika "
3553
"konfigurationsparametrar för PHP5."
3554
3555
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:776(para)
3556
msgid ""
3557
"For more in depth information see <ulink "
3558
"url=\"http://www.php.net/docs.php\">php.net</ulink> documentation."
3559
msgstr ""
3560
"Förmer detaljerad information, se dokumentationen <ulink "
3561
"url=\"http://www.php.net/docs.php\">php.net</ulink>."
3562
3563
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:781(para)
3564
msgid ""
3565
"There are a plethora of books on PHP. Two good books from O'Reilly are "
3566
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596005603/\">Learning PHP "
3567
"5</ulink> and the <ulink "
3568
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9781565926813/\">PHP Cook Book</ulink>."
3569
msgstr ""
3570
"Det finns ett överflöd av böcker om PHP. Två bra böcker från O'Reilly är "
3571
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596005603/\">Learning PHP "
3572
"5</ulink> och <ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9781565926813/\">PHP "
3573
"Cook Book</ulink>."
3574
3575
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:788(para)
3576
msgid ""
3577
"Also, see the <ulink "
3578
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL PHP "
3579
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page for more information."
3580
msgstr ""
3581
3582
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:799(title)
3583
msgid "Squid - Proxy Server"
3584
msgstr "Squid - Proxyserver"
3585
3586
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:800(para)
3587
msgid ""
3588
"Squid is a full-featured web proxy cache server application which provides "
3589
"proxy and cache services for Hyper Text Transport Protocol (HTTP), File "
3590
"Transfer Protocol (FTP), and other popular network protocols. Squid can "
3591
"implement caching and proxying of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) requests and "
3592
"caching of Domain Name Server (DNS) lookups, and perform transparent "
3593
"caching. Squid also supports a wide variety of caching protocols, such as "
3594
"Internet Cache Protocol, (ICP) the Hyper Text Caching Protocol, (HTCP) the "
3595
"Cache Array Routing Protocol (CARP), and the Web Cache Coordination "
3596
"Protocol. (WCCP)"
3597
msgstr ""
3598
"Squid är en webbproxy och cacheserver som tillhandahåller de flesta "
3599
"funktioner man kan önska sig. Squid innehåller proxy och cache-tjänster för "
3600
"Hyper Text Transport Protocol (HTTP), File Transfer Protocol (FTP) och andra "
3601
"populära nätverksprotokoll. Squid kan ge cache och proxyfunktioner av "
3602
"förfrågningar för Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) och cachefunktioner för "
3603
"domännamnsuppslagningar (DNS), och genomföra transparent cachning. Squid "
3604
"stöder också en stor mängd cacheprotokoll som Internet Cache Protocol (ICP), "
3605
"Hyper Text Caching Protocol (HTCP), Cache Array Routing Protocol (CARP) och "
3606
"Web Cache Coordination Protocol (WCCP)."
3607
3608
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:808(para)
3609
msgid ""
3610
"The Squid proxy cache server is an excellent solution to a variety of proxy "
3611
"and caching server needs, and scales from the branch office to enterprise "
3612
"level networks while providing extensive, granular access control mechanisms "
3613
"and monitoring of critical parameters via the Simple Network Management "
3614
"Protocol (SNMP). When selecting a computer system for use as a dedicated "
3615
"Squid proxy, or caching servers, ensure your system is configured with a "
3616
"large amount of physical memory, as Squid maintains an in-memory cache for "
3617
"increased performance."
3618
msgstr ""
3619
"Proxy- och cacheservern Squid är en lysande lösning för en stor mängd proxy- "
3620
"och cachebehov, och går bra att använda i allt från en liten filial till "
3621
"stora företagsnätverk samtidigt som det erbjuder utförlig, övergripande "
3622
"åtkomsthantering och övervakning av kritiska parametrar via Simple Network "
3623
"Management Protocol (SNMP). När du väljer en dator som ska användas som "
3624
"dedikerad Squidserver för proxy eller cache, se till att datorn har mycket "
3625
"fysiskt minne, eftersom Squid håller cachen i minnet för ökad prestanda."
3626
3627
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:817(para)
3628
msgid ""
3629
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install the Squid "
3630
"server:"
3631
msgstr ""
3632
"Från en terminalprompt, skriv följande kommando för att installera Squid-"
3633
"servern:"
3634
3635
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:822(command)
3636
msgid "sudo apt-get install squid"
3637
msgstr "sudo apt-get install squid"
3638
3639
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:828(para)
3640
msgid ""
3641
"Squid is configured by editing the directives contained within the "
3642
"<filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> configuration file. The following "
3643
"examples illustrate some of the directives which may be modified to affect "
3644
"the behavior of the Squid server. For more in-depth configuration of Squid, "
3645
"see the References section."
3646
msgstr ""
3647
"Du konfigurerar Squid genom att ändra på direktiven i konfigurationsfilen "
3648
"<filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename>. Följande exempel visar några av "
3649
"de direktiv som kan modifieras för att påverka beteendet på Squid-servern. "
3650
"För mer djupgående konfiguration av Squid, se referensavsnittet."
3651
3652
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:834(para)
3653
msgid ""
3654
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
3655
"original file and protect it from writing so you will have the original "
3656
"settings as a reference, and to re-use as necessary."
3657
msgstr ""
3658
"Innan du ändrar på konfigurationsfilen bör du göra en kopia på originalfilen "
3659
"och göra den skrivskyddad så att du har kvar originalinställningarna som "
3660
"referens, eller för att återanvända om det skulle behövas."
3661
3662
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:837(para)
3663
msgid ""
3664
"Copy the <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file and protect it from "
3665
"writing with the following commands entered at a terminal prompt:"
3666
msgstr ""
3667
"Kopiera filen <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> och gör den "
3668
"skrivskyddad genom att skriva följande kommandon från en terminalprompt:"
3669
3670
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:842(command)
3671
msgid "sudo cp /etc/squid/squid.conf /etc/squid/squid.conf.original"
3672
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/squid/squid.conf /etc/squid/squid.conf.original"
3673
3674
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:843(command)
3675
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/squid/squid.conf.original"
3676
msgstr "sudo chmod a-w /etc/squid/squid.conf.original"
3677
3678
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:849(para)
3679
msgid ""
3680
"To set your Squid server to listen on TCP port 8888 instead of the default "
3681
"TCP port 3128, change the http_port directive as such:"
3682
msgstr ""
3683
"För att din Squid-server skall lyssna på TCP-porten 8888 istället för "
3684
"standardporten 3128, ändra på direktivet http_port såhär:"
3685
3686
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:853(programlisting)
3687
#, no-wrap
3688
msgid ""
3689
"\n"
3690
"http_port 8888\n"
3691
msgstr ""
3692
"\n"
3693
"http_port 8888\n"
3694
3695
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:858(para)
3696
msgid ""
3697
"Change the visible_hostname directive in order to give the Squid server a "
3698
"specific hostname. This hostname does not necessarily need to be the "
3699
"computer's hostname. In this example it is set to <emphasis>weezie</emphasis>"
3700
msgstr ""
3701
"Ändra på direktivet visible_hostname för att ge Squid-servern ett specifikt "
3702
"värdnamn. Det här värdnamnet behöver inte vara samma som din dators "
3703
"värdnamn. I det här fallet sätter vi det till <emphasis>weezie</emphasis>"
3704
3705
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:862(programlisting)
3706
#, no-wrap
3707
msgid ""
3708
"\n"
3709
"visible_hostname weezie\n"
3710
msgstr ""
3711
"\n"
3712
"visible_hostname weezie\n"
3713
3714
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:867(para)
3715
msgid ""
3716
"Using Squid's access control, you may configure use of Internet services "
3717
"proxied by Squid to be available only users with certain Internet Protocol "
3718
"(IP) addresses. For example, we will illustrate access by users of the "
3719
"192.168.42.0/24 subnetwork only:"
3720
msgstr ""
3721
"Genom att använda Squids åtkomstkontroll, kan du konfigurera användningen av "
3722
"internettjänster genom Squid endast blir tillgängliga för användare med "
3723
"särskilda IP-adresser. Till exempel, vi kommer att illustrera åtkomsten "
3724
"enbart för användare av subnätverket 192.168.42.0/24."
3725
3726
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:872(para) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:892(para)
3727
msgid ""
3728
"Add the following to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">bottom</emphasis> of the "
3729
"ACL section of your <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file:"
3730
msgstr ""
3731
"Lägg till följande längst <emphasis role=\"bold\">ner</emphasis> i ACL-"
3732
"avdelningen i filen <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename>:"
3733
3734
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:875(programlisting)
3735
#, no-wrap
3736
msgid ""
3737
"\n"
3738
"acl fortytwo_network src 192.168.42.0/24\n"
3739
msgstr ""
3740
"\n"
3741
"acl fortytwo_network src 192.168.42.0/24\n"
3742
3743
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:878(para) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:899(para)
3744
msgid ""
3745
"Then, add the following to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">top</emphasis> of the "
3746
"http_access section of your <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file:"
3747
msgstr ""
3748
"Lägg sedan till följande längst <emphasis role=\"bold\">upp</emphasis> i "
3749
"avdelningen http_access i filen <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename>:"
3750
3751
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:882(programlisting)
3752
#, no-wrap
3753
msgid ""
3754
"\n"
3755
"http_access allow fortytwo_network\n"
3756
msgstr ""
3757
"\n"
3758
"http_access allow fortytwo_network\n"
3759
3760
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:887(para)
3761
msgid ""
3762
"Using the excellent access control features of Squid, you may configure use "
3763
"of Internet services proxied by Squid to be available only during normal "
3764
"business hours. For example, we'll illustrate access by employees of a "
3765
"business which is operating between 9:00AM and 5:00PM, Monday through "
3766
"Friday, and which uses the 10.1.42.0/42 subnetwork:"
3767
msgstr ""
3768
"Med hjälp av de lysande tillgänglighetsfunktionerna i Squid kan du "
3769
"konfigurera det så att internettjänster som går genom Squid bara går att "
3770
"komma åt under normala kontorstider. Om vi till exempel har en firma vars "
3771
"anställda jobbar mellan 9.00 och 17.00, måndag till fredag, och som använder "
3772
"subnätverket 10.1.42.0/42:"
3773
3774
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:895(programlisting)
3775
#, no-wrap
3776
msgid ""
3777
"\n"
3778
"acl biz_network src 10.1.42.0/24\n"
3779
"acl biz_hours time M T W T F 9:00-17:00\n"
3780
msgstr ""
3781
"\n"
3782
"acl biz_network src 10.1.42.0/24\n"
3783
"acl biz_hours time M T W T F 9:00-17:00\n"
3784
3785
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:903(programlisting)
3786
#, no-wrap
3787
msgid ""
3788
"\n"
3789
"http_access allow biz_network biz_hours\n"
3790
msgstr ""
3791
"\n"
3792
"http_access allow biz_network biz_hours\n"
3793
3794
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:910(para)
3795
msgid ""
3796
"After making changes to the <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file, "
3797
"save the file and restart the <application>squid</application> server "
3798
"application to effect the changes using the following command entered at a "
3799
"terminal prompt:"
3800
msgstr ""
3801
"När du har gjort ändringarna i filen "
3802
"<filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename>, spara filen och starta om "
3803
"<application>squid</application>-servern för att verkställa ändringarna "
3804
"genom att skriva följande kommando från en terminalprompt:"
3805
3806
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:917(command)
3807
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/squid restart"
3808
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/squid restart"
3809
3810
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:924(ulink)
3811
msgid "Squid Website"
3812
msgstr "Squids webbplats"
3813
3814
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:926(para)
3815
msgid ""
3816
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Squid\">Ubuntu Wiki "
3817
"Squid</ulink> page."
3818
msgstr ""
3819
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Squid\">Ubuntu Wiki "
3820
"Squid</ulink> sidan."
3821
3822
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:933(title)
3823
msgid "Ruby on Rails"
3824
msgstr "Ruby on Rails"
3825
3826
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:934(para)
3827
msgid ""
3828
"Ruby on Rails is an open source web framework for developing database backed "
3829
"web applications. It is optimized for sustainable productivity of the "
3830
"programmer since it lets the programmer to write code by favouring "
3831
"convention over configuration."
3832
msgstr ""
3833
"Ruby on Rails är ett webbramverk i öppen källkod för utveckling av "
3834
"webbprogram med en bakomliggande databas. Det är optimerat för bärkraftig "
3835
"produktivitet för programmeraren eftersom det tillåter programmeraren att "
3836
"skriva kod genom att favorisera konventioner över konfigurationer."
3837
3838
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:941(para)
3839
msgid ""
3840
"Before installing <application>Rails</application> you should install "
3841
"<application>Apache</application> and <application>MySQL</application>. To "
3842
"install the <application>Apache</application> package, please refer to <xref "
3843
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>. For instructions on installing "
3844
"<application>MySQL</application> refer to <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>."
3845
msgstr ""
3846
"Innan installationen av <application>Rails</application> behöver du "
3847
"installera <application>Apache</application> och "
3848
"<application>MySQL</application>. För att installera paketet "
3849
"<application>Apache</application>, läs mer på <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/>. "
3850
"Installationsanvisningar av <application>MySQL</application> läs mer på "
3851
"<xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>."
3852
3853
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:949(para)
3854
msgid ""
3855
"Once you have <application>Apache</application> and "
3856
"<application>MySQL</application> packages installed, you are ready to "
3857
"install <application>Ruby on Rails</application> package."
3858
msgstr ""
3859
"När du har installerat paketen <application>Apache</application> och "
3860
"<application>MySQL</application>, är du redo att installera paketet "
3861
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application>."
3862
3863
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:956(para)
3864
msgid ""
3865
"To install the <application>Ruby</application> base packages and "
3866
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application>, you can enter the following "
3867
"command in the terminal prompt:"
3868
msgstr ""
3869
"För att installera baspaketeten <application>Ruby</application> och "
3870
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application>, kan du skriva följande kommando i "
3871
"terminalen:"
3872
3873
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:962(command)
3874
msgid "sudo apt-get install rails"
3875
msgstr "sudo apt-get install rails"
3876
3877
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:968(para)
3878
msgid ""
3879
"Modify the <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename> "
3880
"configuration file to setup your domains."
3881
msgstr ""
3882
"Modifiera filen <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename> "
3883
"för att konfigurera dina domäner."
3884
3885
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:972(para)
3886
msgid ""
3887
"The first thing to change is the <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> directive:"
3888
msgstr "Börja med att ändra direktivet <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis>:"
3889
3890
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:976(programlisting)
3891
#, no-wrap
3892
msgid ""
3893
"\n"
3894
"DocumentRoot /path/to/rails/application/public\n"
3895
msgstr ""
3896
"\n"
3897
"DocumentRoot /path/to/rails/application/public\n"
3898
3899
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:979(para)
3900
msgid ""
3901
"Next, change the <Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\"> "
3902
"directive:"
3903
msgstr ""
3904
"Nästa steg, ändra direktivet <Directory "
3905
"\"/path/to/rails/application/public\"> :"
3906
3907
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:983(programlisting)
3908
#, no-wrap
3909
msgid ""
3910
"\n"
3911
"<Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\">\n"
3912
" Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews ExecCGI\n"
3913
" AllowOverride All\n"
3914
" Order allow,deny\n"
3915
" allow from all\n"
3916
" AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
3917
"</Directory>\n"
3918
msgstr ""
3919
"\n"
3920
"<Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\">\n"
3921
" Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews ExecCGI\n"
3922
" AllowOverride All\n"
3923
" Order allow,deny\n"
3924
" allow from all\n"
3925
" AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
3926
"</Directory>\n"
3927
3928
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:993(para)
3929
msgid ""
3930
"You should also enable the <application>mod_rewrite</application> module for "
3931
"Apache. To enable <application>mod_rewrite</application> module, please "
3932
"enter the following command in a terminal prompt:"
3933
msgstr ""
3934
"Du behöver också aktivera modulen <application>mod_rewrite</application> för "
3935
"Apache. För att aktivera modulen <application>mod_rewrite</application>, "
3936
"skriv följande kommando i terminalen:"
3937
3938
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:999(command)
3939
msgid "sudo a2enmod rewrite"
3940
msgstr "sudo a2enmod rewrite"
3941
3942
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1002(para)
3943
msgid ""
3944
"Finally you will need to change the ownership of the "
3945
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/public</filename> and "
3946
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/tmp</filename> directories to the user "
3947
"used to run the <application>Apache</application> process:"
3948
msgstr ""
3949
"Slutligen behöver du ändra ägarskapet för katalogerna "
3950
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/public</filename> och "
3951
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/tmp</filename> till användaren som kör "
3952
"processen <application>Apache</application>:"
3953
3954
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1008(command)
3955
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/public"
3956
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/public"
3957
3958
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1009(command)
3959
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/tmp"
3960
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/tmp"
3961
3962
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1012(para)
3963
msgid ""
3964
"That's it! Now you have your Server ready for your <application>Ruby on "
3965
"Rails</application> applications."
3966
msgstr ""
3967
"Det var allt! Nu är din server redo för dina <application>Ruby on "
3968
"Rails</application>-program."
3969
3970
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1021(para)
3971
msgid ""
3972
"See the <ulink url=\"http://rubyonrails.org/\">Ruby on Rails</ulink> website "
3973
"for more information."
3974
msgstr ""
3975
"Se <ulink url=\"http://rubyonrails.org/\">Ruby on Rails</ulink> webbplats "
3976
"för mer information."
3977
3978
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1026(para)
3979
msgid ""
3980
"Also <ulink url=\"http://pragprog.com/titles/rails3/agile-web-development-"
3981
"with-rails-third-edition\">Agile Development with Rails</ulink> is a great "
3982
"resource."
3983
msgstr ""
3984
"Dessutom är <ulink url=\"http://pragprog.com/titles/rails3/agile-web-"
3985
"development-with-rails-third-edition\">Agile Development with Rails</ulink> "
3986
"en bra resurs."
3987
3988
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1032(para)
3989
msgid ""
3990
"Another place for more information is the <ulink "
3991
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RubyOnRails\">Ruby on Rails Ubuntu "
3992
"Wiki</ulink> page."
3993
msgstr ""
3994
"En annan plats för mer information är <ulink "
3995
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RubyOnRails\">Ruby on Rails Ubuntu "
3996
"Wiki</ulink> sidan."
3997
3998
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1043(title)
3999
msgid "Apache Tomcat"
4000
msgstr "Apache Tomcat"
4001
4002
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1044(para)
4003
msgid ""
4004
"Apache Tomcat is a web container that allows you to serve Java Servlets and "
4005
"JSP (Java Server Pages) web applications."
4006
msgstr ""
4007
"Apache Tomcat är en webbaserad container som låter dig dela ut Java Servlets "
4008
"och JSP (Java Server Pages) webbprogram."
4009
4010
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1046(para)
4011
msgid ""
4012
"The <application>Tomcat 6.0</application> packages in Ubuntu support two "
4013
"different ways of running Tomcat. You can install them as a classic unique "
4014
"system-wide instance, that will be started at boot time and will run as the "
4015
"tomcat6 unpriviledged user. But you can also deploy private instances that "
4016
"will run with your own user rights, and that you should start and stop by "
4017
"yourself. This second way is particularly useful in a development server "
4018
"context where multiple users need to test on their own private Tomcat "
4019
"instances."
4020
msgstr ""
4021
"Paketet <application>Tomcat 6.0</application> i Ubuntu stöder två olika sätt "
4022
"att drifta Tomcat. Du kan installera dem som en klassisk unik "
4023
"systemomfattande instans, som startas under systemstart och kommer köras som "
4024
"den oprivilegierade användaren tomcat6. Men du kan också utveckla privata "
4025
"instanser som kommer köras med dina egna användarrättigheter och som du "
4026
"själv startar och stoppar. Det andra sättet är speciellt användbart i en "
4027
"utvecklarserver där flera användare behöver testa sina egna privata Tomcat "
4028
"instanser."
4029
4030
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1056(title)
4031
msgid "System-wide installation"
4032
msgstr "Systemomfattande installation"
4033
4034
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1057(para)
4035
msgid ""
4036
"To install the <application>Tomcat</application> server, you can enter the "
4037
"following command in the terminal prompt:"
4038
msgstr ""
4039
"För att installera servern <application>Tomcat</application>, kan du skriva "
4040
"följande kommando i terminalprompten:"
4041
4042
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1060(command)
4043
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6"
4044
msgstr "sudo apt-get install tomcat6"
4045
4046
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1062(para)
4047
msgid ""
4048
"This will install a Tomcat server with just a default ROOT webapp that "
4049
"displays a minimal \"It works\" page by default."
4050
msgstr ""
4051
"Detta kommer att installera en Tomcat-server med en standard ROOT-"
4052
"webbprogram som visar en minimal \\\"It works\\\" sida som standard."
4053
4054
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1068(para)
4055
msgid ""
4056
"Tomcat configuration files can be found in "
4057
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6</filename>. Only a few common configuration tweaks "
4058
"will be described here, please see <ulink "
4059
"url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/tomcat-6.0-doc/index.html\">Tomcat 6.0 "
4060
"documentation</ulink> for more."
4061
msgstr ""
4062
"Konfigurationsfilerna till Tomcat finns i <filename>/etc/tomcat6</filename>. "
4063
"Endast några vanliga konfigurationer kommer beskrivas här, för fler läs "
4064
"<ulink url=\\\"http://tomcat.apache.org/tomcat-6.0-doc/index.html\\\">Tomcat "
4065
"6.0 dokumentationen</ulink>."
4066
4067
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1074(title)
4068
msgid "Changing default ports"
4069
msgstr "Ändra standardportar"
4070
4071
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1075(para)
4072
msgid ""
4073
"By default Tomcat 6.0 runs a HTTP connector on port 8080 and an AJP "
4074
"connector on port 8009. You might want to change those default ports to "
4075
"avoid conflict with another server on the system. This is done by changing "
4076
"the following lines in <filename>/etc/tomcat6/server.xml</filename>:"
4077
msgstr ""
4078
"Som standard kör Tomcat 6.0 en HTTP-anslutning på port 8080 och en AJP-"
4079
"anslutning på port 8009. Du kanske vill ändra dessa standardportar för att "
4080
"undvika konflikter med andra servrar på systemet. Detta görs genom att ändra "
4081
"följande rader i <filename>/etc/tomcat6/server.xml</filename>:"
4082
4083
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1080(programlisting)
4084
#, no-wrap
4085
msgid ""
4086
"\n"
4087
"<Connector port=\"8080\" protocol=\"HTTP/1.1\" \n"
4088
" connectionTimeout=\"20000\" \n"
4089
" redirectPort=\"8443\" />\n"
4090
"...\n"
4091
"<Connector port=\"8009\" protocol=\"AJP/1.3\" redirectPort=\"8443\" "
4092
"/>\n"
4093
msgstr ""
4094
"\n"
4095
"<Connector port=\"8080\" protocol=\"HTTP/1.1\" \n"
4096
" connectionTimeout=\"20000\" \n"
4097
" redirectPort=\"8443\" />\n"
4098
"...\n"
4099
"<Connector port=\"8009\" protocol=\"AJP/1.3\" redirectPort=\"8443\" "
4100
"/>\n"
4101
4102
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1089(title)
4103
msgid "Changing JVM used"
4104
msgstr "Ändra JVM som används"
4105
4106
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1090(para)
4107
msgid ""
4108
"By default Tomcat will run preferably with OpenJDK-6, then try Sun's JVM, "
4109
"then try some other JVMs. If you have various JVMs installed, you can set "
4110
"which should be used by setting JAVA_HOME in "
4111
"<filename>/etc/default/tomcat6</filename>:"
4112
msgstr ""
4113
"Som standard körs Tomcat helst med OpenJDK-6, testa därefter Sun's JVM, "
4114
"testa sedan några andra JVM:s. Om du har olika JVM:s installerade, kan du "
4115
"bestämma vilken som skall användas genom att sätta JAVA_HOME i "
4116
"<filename>/etc/default/tomcat6</filename>:"
4117
4118
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1094(programlisting)
4119
#, no-wrap
4120
msgid ""
4121
"\n"
4122
"JAVA_HOME=/usr/lib/jvm/java-6-sun\n"
4123
msgstr ""
4124
"\n"
4125
"JAVA_HOME=/usr/lib/jvm/java-6-sun\n"
4126
4127
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1099(title)
4128
msgid "Declaring users and roles"
4129
msgstr "Deklarera användare och roller"
4130
4131
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1100(para)
4132
msgid ""
4133
"Usernames, passwords and roles (groups) can be defined centrally in a "
4134
"Servlet container. In Tomcat 6.0 this is done in the "
4135
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> file:"
4136
msgstr ""
4137
"Användarnamn, lösenord och roller (grupper) kan definieras centralt i en "
4138
"servlet-container. I Tomcat 6.0 utförs detta i filen "
4139
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename>:"
4140
4141
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1103(programlisting)
4142
#, no-wrap
4143
msgid ""
4144
"\n"
4145
"<role rolename=\"admin\"/>\n"
4146
"<user username=\"tomcat\" password=\"s3cret\" roles=\"admin\"/>\n"
4147
msgstr ""
4148
"\n"
4149
"<role rolename=\"admin\"/>\n"
4150
"<user username=\"tomcat\" password=\"s3cret\" roles=\"admin\"/>\n"
4151
4152
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1111(title)
4153
msgid "Using Tomcat standard webapps"
4154
msgstr "Använda Tomcats förvalda webbprogram"
4155
4156
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1112(para)
4157
msgid ""
4158
"Tomcat is shipped with webapps that you can install for documentation, "
4159
"administration or demo purposes."
4160
msgstr ""
4161
"Tomcat levereras med webbprogram som du kan installera för dokumentation, "
4162
"administration och demo ändamål."
4163
4164
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1115(title)
4165
msgid "Tomcat documentation"
4166
msgstr "Tomcat dokumentation"
4167
4168
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1116(para)
4169
msgid ""
4170
"The <application>tomcat6-docs</application> package contains Tomcat 6.0 "
4171
"documentation, packaged as a webapp that you can access by default at "
4172
"http://yourserver:8080/docs. You can install it by entering the following "
4173
"command in the terminal prompt:"
4174
msgstr ""
4175
"Paketet <application>tomcat6-docs</application> innehåller dokumentationen "
4176
"för Tomcat 6.0, paketerat som ett webbprogram och normalt får du åtkomst "
4177
"till den på http://yourserver:8080/docs. Du kan installera den genom att "
4178
"ange följande kommando i terminalprompten:"
4179
4180
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1121(command)
4181
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-docs"
4182
msgstr "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-docs"
4183
4184
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1125(title)
4185
msgid "Tomcat administration webapps"
4186
msgstr "Tomcat administration av webbprogram"
4187
4188
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1126(para)
4189
msgid ""
4190
"The <application>tomcat6-admin</application> package contains two webapps "
4191
"that can be used to administer the Tomcat server using a web interface. You "
4192
"can install them by entering the following command in the terminal prompt:"
4193
msgstr ""
4194
"Paketet <application>tomcat6-admin</application> innehåller två webbprogram "
4195
"som kan användas till att administrera tomcat-servern med ett "
4196
"webbgränssnitt. Du kan installera dem genom att ange följande kommando i en "
4197
"terminalprompt:"
4198
4199
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1131(command)
4200
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-admin"
4201
msgstr "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-admin"
4202
4203
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1133(para)
4204
msgid ""
4205
"The first one is the <emphasis>manager</emphasis> webapp, which you can "
4206
"access by default at http://yourserver:8080/manager/html. It is primarily "
4207
"used to get server status and restart webapps."
4208
msgstr ""
4209
"Det första är webbprogrammet <emphasis>manager</emphasis>, Vilken du normalt "
4210
"kommer åt på http://yourserver:8080/manager/html. Den används i första hand "
4211
"till att få serverstatus och att starta om webbprogram."
4212
4213
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1136(para)
4214
msgid ""
4215
"Access to the <emphasis>manager</emphasis> application is protected by "
4216
"default: you need to define a user with the role \"manager\" in "
4217
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> before you can access it."
4218
msgstr ""
4219
"Åtkomsten till programmet <emphasis>manager</emphasis> är normalt skyddad: "
4220
"Du behöver definiera en användare med rollen \\\"manager\\\" i "
4221
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> innan du får åtkomst till "
4222
"det."
4223
4224
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1140(para)
4225
msgid ""
4226
"The second one is the <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis> webapp, which you "
4227
"can access by default at http://yourserver:8080/host-manager/html. It can be "
4228
"used to create virtual hosts dynamically."
4229
msgstr ""
4230
"Det andra webbprogrammmet är <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis>, Vilken du "
4231
"normalt kommer åt på http://yourserver:8080/host-manager/html. Den kan "
4232
"användas för att dynamiskt skapa virtuella värdar."
4233
4234
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1144(para)
4235
msgid ""
4236
"Access to the <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis> application is also "
4237
"protected by default: you need to define a user with the role \"admin\" in "
4238
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> before you can access it."
4239
msgstr ""
4240
"Åtkomsten till programmet <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis> är också normalt "
4241
"skyddad: Du behöver definiera en användare med rollen \\\"admin\\\" i "
4242
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> innan du får åtkomst till "
4243
"det."
4244
4245
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1149(para)
4246
msgid ""
4247
"For security reasons, the tomcat6 user cannot write to the "
4248
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6</filename> directory by default. Some features in "
4249
"these admin webapps (application deployment, virtual host creation) need "
4250
"write access to that directory. If you want to use these features execute "
4251
"the following, to give users in the tomcat6 group the necessary rights:"
4252
msgstr ""
4253
"Av säkerhetsskäl kan tomcat6 användare normalt inte skriva till katalogen "
4254
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6</filename>. Vissa funktioner i de administrativa "
4255
"webbprogrammen (programutveckling, skapa virtuella värdar) behöver "
4256
"skrivbehörighet till den katalogen. Om du vill använda dessa funktioner, "
4257
"utför följande för att ge användarna i gruppen tomcat6 de nödvändiga "
4258
"rättigheterna:"
4259
4260
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1156(command)
4261
msgid "sudo chgrp -R tomcat6 /etc/tomcat6"
4262
msgstr "sudo chgrp -R tomcat6 /etc/tomcat6"
4263
4264
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1157(command)
4265
msgid "sudo chmod -R g+w /etc/tomcat6"
4266
msgstr "sudo chmod -R g+w /etc/tomcat6"
4267
4268
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1162(title)
4269
msgid "Tomcat examples webapps"
4270
msgstr "Tomcat webbprogram exempel"
4271
4272
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1163(para)
4273
msgid ""
4274
"The <application>tomcat6-examples</application> package contains two webapps "
4275
"that can be used to test or demonstrate Servlets and JSP features, which you "
4276
"can access them by default at http://yourserver:8080/examples. You can "
4277
"install them by entering the following command in the terminal prompt:"
4278
msgstr ""
4279
"Paketet <application>tomcat6-examples</application> innehåller två "
4280
"webbprogram som kan användas till att testa eller demonstrera servlets och "
4281
"JSP-funktioner, du kommer åt dom på http://yourserver:8080/examples. Du kan "
4282
"installera dem genom att ange följande kommando i en terminalprompt:"
4283
4284
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1169(command)
4285
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-examples"
4286
msgstr "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-examples"
4287
4288
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1175(title)
4289
msgid "Using private instances"
4290
msgstr "Använda privata instanser"
4291
4292
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1176(para)
4293
msgid ""
4294
"Tomcat is heavily used in development and testing scenarios where using a "
4295
"single system-wide instance doesn't meet the requirements of multiple users "
4296
"on a single system. The Tomcat 6.0 packages in Ubuntu come with tools to "
4297
"help deploy your own user-oriented instances, allowing every user on a "
4298
"system to run (without root rights) separate private instances while still "
4299
"using the system-installed libraries."
4300
msgstr ""
4301
"Tomcat användas mycket i utveckling och provningsscenarier där man genom att "
4302
"använda en enskild systemomfattande instans inte uppfyller kraven för flera "
4303
"användare på ett enskilt system. Paketet Tomcat 6.0 i Ubuntu kommer med "
4304
"verktyg för att utveckla din egna användarorienterade instans, vilket "
4305
"tillåter att varje användare på ett system får köra (utan root-rättigheter) "
4306
"separata privata instanser och ändå använda på systemet installerade "
4307
"bibliotek."
4308
4309
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1183(para)
4310
msgid ""
4311
"It is possible to run the system-wide instance and the private instances in "
4312
"parallel, as long as they do not use the same TCP ports."
4313
msgstr ""
4314
"Det är möjligt att parallellt köra en systemomfattande instans och en privat "
4315
"instans, så länge dom inte använder samma TCP-portar."
4316
4317
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1187(title)
4318
msgid "Installing private instance support"
4319
msgstr "Installera stöd för privata instanser"
4320
4321
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1188(para)
4322
msgid ""
4323
"You can install everything necessary to run private instances by entering "
4324
"the following command in the terminal prompt:"
4325
msgstr ""
4326
"Du kan installera allt som krävs för att köra privata instanser genom att "
4327
"ange följande kommando i en terminalprompt:"
4328
4329
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1191(command)
4330
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-user"
4331
msgstr "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-user"
4332
4333
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1195(title)
4334
msgid "Creating a private instance"
4335
msgstr "Skapa en privat instans"
4336
4337
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1196(para)
4338
msgid ""
4339
"You can create a private instance directory by entering the following "
4340
"command in the terminal prompt:"
4341
msgstr ""
4342
"Du kan skapa en privat kataloginstans genom att ange följande kommando i en "
4343
"terminalprompt:"
4344
4345
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1199(command)
4346
msgid "tomcat6-instance-create my-instance"
4347
msgstr "tomcat6-instance-create my-instance"
4348
4349
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1201(para)
4350
msgid ""
4351
"This will create a new <filename>my-instance</filename> directory with all "
4352
"the necessary subdirectories and scripts. You can for example install your "
4353
"common libraries in the <filename>lib/</filename> subdirectory and deploy "
4354
"your webapps in the <filename>webapps/</filename> subdirectory. No webapps "
4355
"are deployed by default."
4356
msgstr ""
4357
"Detta kommer skapa en ny <filename>my-instance</filename> katalog med alla "
4358
"nödvändiga underkataloger och skript. Du kan till exempel installera dina "
4359
"vanliga bibliotek i underkatalogen <filename>lib/</filename> och utveckla "
4360
"dina webbprogram i underkatalogen <filename>webapps/</filename>. Normalt "
4361
"distribueras inga webbprogram."
4362
4363
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1209(title)
4364
msgid "Configuring your private instance"
4365
msgstr "Konfigurera din privata instans"
4366
4367
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1210(para)
4368
msgid ""
4369
"You will find the classic Tomcat configuration files for your private "
4370
"instance in the <filename>conf/</filename> subdirectory. You should for "
4371
"example certainly edit the <filename>conf/server.xml</filename> file to "
4372
"change the default ports used by your private Tomcat instance to avoid "
4373
"conflict with other instances that might be running."
4374
msgstr ""
4375
"Du kan hitta en klassisk Tomcat-konfigurationsfil till din privata instans i "
4376
"underkatalogen <filename>conf/</filename>. Du som exempel säkerligen "
4377
"redigera filen <filename>conf/server.xml</filename> för att ändra "
4378
"standardportarna som används av din privata Tomcat instans för att undvika "
4379
"konflikter med andra instanser som eventuellt körs."
4380
4381
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1218(title)
4382
msgid "Starting/stopping your private instance"
4383
msgstr "Starta/stoppa din privata instans"
4384
4385
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1219(para)
4386
msgid ""
4387
"You can start your private instance by entering the following command in the "
4388
"terminal prompt (supposing your instance is located in the <filename>my-"
4389
"instance</filename> directory):"
4390
msgstr ""
4391
"Du kan starta din privata instans genom att ange följandekommando i "
4392
"terminalprompten (förutsatt att din instans är lokaliserad i katalogen "
4393
"<filename>my-instance</filename>):"
4394
4395
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1223(command)
4396
msgid "my-instance/bin/startup.sh"
4397
msgstr "my-instance/bin/startup.sh"
4398
4399
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1225(para)
4400
msgid ""
4401
"You should check the <filename>logs/</filename> subdirectory for any error. "
4402
"If you have a <emphasis>java.net.BindException: Address already in "
4403
"use<null>:8080</emphasis> error, it means that the port you're using "
4404
"is already taken and that you should change it."
4405
msgstr ""
4406
"Du bör kontrollera underkatalogen <filename>logs/</filename> efter något "
4407
"fel. Om du har ett <emphasis>java.net.BindException: Address already in "
4408
"use<null>:8080</emphasis> fel, innebär det att porten du använder "
4409
"redan är upptagen och att du måste ändra den."
4410
4411
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1230(para)
4412
msgid ""
4413
"You can stop your instance by entering the following command in the terminal "
4414
"prompt (supposing your instance is located in the <filename>my-"
4415
"instance</filename> directory):"
4416
msgstr ""
4417
"Du kan stoppa din instans genom att ange följande kommando i "
4418
"terminalprompten (förutsatt att din instans är lokaliserad i katalogen "
4419
"<filename>my-instance</filename>):"
4420
4421
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1234(command)
4422
msgid "my-instance/bin/shutdown.sh"
4423
msgstr "my-instance/bin/shutdown.sh"
4424
4425
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1243(para)
4426
msgid ""
4427
"See the <ulink url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/\">Apache Tomcat</ulink> "
4428
"website for more information."
4429
msgstr ""
4430
"Se <ulink url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/\">Apache Tomcat</ulink> webbplats "
4431
"för mer information."
4432
4433
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1248(para)
4434
msgid ""
4435
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596003180/\">Tomcat: The "
4436
"Definitive Guide</ulink> is a good resource for building web applications "
4437
"with Tomcat."
4438
msgstr ""
4439
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596003180/\">Tomcat: The "
4440
"Definitive Guide</ulink> är en bra resurs för att bygga webbprogram med "
4441
"Tomcat."
4442
4443
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1254(para)
4444
msgid ""
4445
"For additional books see the <ulink "
4446
"url=\"http://wiki.apache.org/tomcat/Tomcat/Books\">Tomcat Books</ulink> list "
4447
"page."
4448
msgstr ""
4449
"För ytterligare böcker se listan på sidan <ulink "
4450
"url=\"http://wiki.apache.org/tomcat/Tomcat/Books\">Tomcat Books</ulink>"
4451
4452
#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1259(para)
4453
msgid ""
4454
"Also, see the<ulink "
4455
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheTomcat5\">Ubuntu Wiki Apache "
4456
"Tomcat</ulink> page."
4457
msgstr ""
4458
"Kolla även, <ulink "
4459
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheTomcat5\">Ubuntu Wiki Apache "
4460
"Tomcat</ulink> sidan."
4461
4462
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:13(title)
4463
msgid "VPN"
4464
msgstr "VPN"
4465
4466
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:15(para)
4467
msgid ""
4468
"A Virtual Private Network, or <emphasis>VPN</emphasis>, is an encrypted "
4469
"network connection between two or more networks. There are several ways to "
4470
"create a VPN using software as well as dedicated hardware appliances. This "
4471
"chapter will cover installing and configuring "
4472
"<application>OpenVPN</application> to create a VPN between two servers."
4473
msgstr ""
4474
"Ett virtuellt privat nätverk eller <emphasis>VPN</emphasis>, är en krypterad "
4475
"nätverksanslutning mellan två eller flera nätverk. Det finns flera sätt att "
4476
"skapa en VPN genom att använda program, samt tillämpa dedikerad hårdvara. "
4477
"Detta avsnitt kommer omfatta installation och konfiguration av "
4478
"<application>OpenVPN</application> för att skapa en VPN mellan två servrar."
4479
4480
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:23(title)
4481
msgid "OpenVPN"
4482
msgstr "OpenVPN"
4483
4484
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:25(para)
4485
msgid ""
4486
"OpenVPN uses Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) to encrypt VPN traffic between "
4487
"nodes. A simple way of setting up a VPN with OpenVPN is to connect the "
4488
"clients through a bridge interface on the VPN server. This guide will assume "
4489
"that one VPN node, the server in this case, has a bridge interface "
4490
"configured. For more information on setting up a bridge see <xref "
4491
"linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
4492
msgstr ""
4493
"OpenVPN använder en publik nyckelinfrastruktur (PKI) för att kryptera VPN-"
4494
"trafik mellan noder. Ett enkelt sätt att sätta upp en VPN med OpenVPN är att "
4495
"ansluta klienterna genom ett brygg-gränssnitt på VPN-servern. Den här guiden "
4496
"förutsättar att en VPN-nod, i det här fallet servern, har ett konfigurerat "
4497
"brygg-gränssnitt. För mer information om att sätta upp en brygga, se <xref "
4498
"linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
4499
4500
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:35(para)
4501
msgid "To install <application>openvpn</application> in a terminal enter:"
4502
msgstr ""
4503
"För att installera <application>openvpn</application> skriv i en terminal::"
4504
4505
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:41(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:257(command)
4506
msgid "sudo apt-get install openvpn"
4507
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openvpn"
4508
4509
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:45(title)
4510
msgid "Server Certificates"
4511
msgstr "Servercertifikat"
4512
4513
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:47(para)
4514
msgid ""
4515
"Now that the <application>openvpn</application> package is installed, the "
4516
"certificates for the VPN server need to be created."
4517
msgstr ""
4518
"Nu när paketet <application>openvpn</application> är installerat, behöver "
4519
"certifikaten för VPN-servern skapas."
4520
4521
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:52(para)
4522
msgid ""
4523
"First, copy the <filename>easy-rsa</filename> directory to "
4524
"<filename>/etc/openvpn</filename>. This will ensure that any changes to the "
4525
"scripts will not be lost when the package is updated. You will also need to "
4526
"adjust permissions in the <filename>easy-rsa</filename> directory to allow "
4527
"the current user permission to create files. From a terminal enter:"
4528
msgstr ""
4529
"Börja med att kopiera katalogen <filename>easy-rsa</filename> till "
4530
"<filename>/etc/openvpn</filename>. Detta för att förhindra att ändringar i "
4531
"skriptet inte försvinner vid en uppdatering. Du behöver även ändra "
4532
"behörigheten för katalogen <filename>easy-rsa</filename> så att användaren "
4533
"kan skapa filer där.\r\n"
4534
"I en terminal skriver du:"
4535
4536
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:59(command)
4537
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
4538
msgstr "sudo mkdir /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
4539
4540
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:60(command)
4541
msgid ""
4542
"sudo cp -r /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/easy-rsa/2.0/* /etc/openvpn/easy-"
4543
"rsa/"
4544
msgstr ""
4545
"sudo cp -r /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/easy-rsa/2.0/* /etc/openvpn/easy-"
4546
"rsa/"
4547
4548
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:61(command)
4549
msgid "sudo chown -R $USER /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
4550
msgstr "sudo chown -R $USER /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
4551
4552
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:64(para)
4553
msgid ""
4554
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/vars</filename> adjusting the "
4555
"following to your environment:"
4556
msgstr ""
4557
"Nästa steg, redigera <filename>/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/vars</filename> justera "
4558
"följande till din miljö:"
4559
4560
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:68(programlisting)
4561
#, no-wrap
4562
msgid ""
4563
"\n"
4564
"export KEY_COUNTRY=\"US\"\n"
4565
"export KEY_PROVINCE=\"NC\"\n"
4566
"export KEY_CITY=\"Winston-Salem\"\n"
4567
"export KEY_ORG=\"Example Company\"\n"
4568
"export KEY_EMAIL=\"steve@example.com\"\n"
4569
msgstr ""
4570
"\n"
4571
"export KEY_COUNTRY=\"US\"\n"
4572
"export KEY_PROVINCE=\"NC\"\n"
4573
"export KEY_CITY=\"Winston-Salem\"\n"
4574
"export KEY_ORG=\"Example Company\"\n"
4575
"export KEY_EMAIL=\"steve@example.com\"\n"
4576
4577
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:76(para)
4578
msgid "Enter the following to create the server certificates:"
4579
msgstr "Ange följande för att skapa servercertifikatet:"
4580
4581
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:81(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:102(command)
4582
msgid "cd /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
4583
msgstr "cd /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
4584
4585
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:82(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:103(command)
4586
msgid "source vars"
4587
msgstr "source vars"
4588
4589
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:83(command)
4590
msgid "./clean-all"
4591
msgstr "./clean-all"
4592
4593
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:84(command)
4594
msgid "./build-dh"
4595
msgstr "./build-dh"
4596
4597
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:85(command)
4598
msgid "./pkitool --initca"
4599
msgstr "./pkitool --initca"
4600
4601
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:86(command)
4602
msgid "./pkitool --server server"
4603
msgstr "./pkitool --server server"
4604
4605
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:87(command)
4606
msgid "cd keys"
4607
msgstr "cd keys"
4608
4609
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:88(command)
4610
msgid "openvpn --genkey --secret ta.key"
4611
msgstr "openvpn --genkey --secret ta.key"
4612
4613
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:89(command)
4614
msgid "sudo cp server.crt server.key ca.crt dh1024.pem ta.key /etc/openvpn/"
4615
msgstr "sudo cp server.crt server.key ca.crt dh1024.pem ta.key /etc/openvpn/"
4616
4617
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:94(title)
4618
msgid "Client Certificates"
4619
msgstr "Klientcertifikat"
4620
4621
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:96(para)
4622
msgid ""
4623
"The VPN client will also need a certificate to authenticate itself to the "
4624
"server. To create the certificate, enter the following in a terminal:"
4625
msgstr ""
4626
"VPN-klienten behöver också ett certifikat till att autentisera sig själv på "
4627
"servern. För att skapa certifikatet, skriv följande i en terminal:"
4628
4629
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:104(command)
4630
msgid "./pkitool hostname"
4631
msgstr "./pkitool hostname"
4632
4633
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:108(para)
4634
msgid ""
4635
"Replace <emphasis>hostname</emphasis> with the actual hostname of the "
4636
"machine connecting to the VPN."
4637
msgstr ""
4638
"Ersätt <emphasis>hostname</emphasis> med det verkliga värdnamnet på maskinen "
4639
"som ansluter till VPN."
4640
4641
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:113(para)
4642
msgid "Copy the following files to the client:"
4643
msgstr "Kopiera följande rader till klienten:"
4644
4645
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:118(para)
4646
msgid "/etc/openvpn/ca.crt"
4647
msgstr "/etc/openvpn/ca.crt"
4648
4649
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:119(para)
4650
msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/hostname.crt"
4651
msgstr "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/hostname.crt"
4652
4653
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:120(para)
4654
msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/hostname.key"
4655
msgstr "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/hostname.key"
4656
4657
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:121(para)
4658
msgid "/etc/openvpn/ta.key"
4659
msgstr "/etc/openvpn/ta.key"
4660
4661
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:125(para)
4662
msgid ""
4663
"Remember to adjust the above file names for your client machine's "
4664
"<emphasis>hostname</emphasis>."
4665
msgstr ""
4666
"Kom ihåg att justera ovanstående filnamn för dina klientmaskiners "
4667
"<emphasis>värdnamn</emphasis>."
4668
4669
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:130(para)
4670
msgid ""
4671
"It is best to use a secure method to copy the certificate and key files. The "
4672
"<application>scp</application> utility is a good choice, but copying the "
4673
"files to removable media then to the client, also works well."
4674
msgstr ""
4675
"Det är bäst att använda en säker metod till att kopiera certifikat och "
4676
"nyckelfiler. Verktyget <application>scp</application> är ett bra val, men "
4677
"att kopiera filerna till en flyttbar enhet och därefter till klienten, "
4678
"fungerar lika bra."
4679
4680
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:141(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:107(title)
4681
msgid "Server Configuration"
4682
msgstr "Serverkonfiguration"
4683
4684
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:143(para)
4685
msgid ""
4686
"Now configure the <application>openvpn</application> server by creating "
4687
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> from the example file. In a "
4688
"terminal enter:"
4689
msgstr ""
4690
"Konfigurera nu <application>openvpn</application> servern genom att skapa "
4691
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> från exempelfilen. Skriv i en "
4692
"terminal:"
4693
4694
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:149(command)
4695
msgid ""
4696
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/server.conf.gz "
4697
"/etc/openvpn/"
4698
msgstr ""
4699
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/server.conf.gz "
4700
"/etc/openvpn/"
4701
4702
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:150(command)
4703
msgid "sudo gzip -d /etc/openvpn/server.conf.gz"
4704
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /etc/openvpn/server.conf.gz"
4705
4706
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:153(para)
4707
msgid ""
4708
"Edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> changing the following "
4709
"options to:"
4710
msgstr ""
4711
"Redigera <filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> och ändra följande "
4712
"inställningar till:"
4713
4714
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:157(programlisting)
4715
#, no-wrap
4716
msgid ""
4717
"\n"
4718
"local 172.18.100.101\n"
4719
"dev tap0\n"
4720
"up \"/etc/openvpn/up.sh br0\"\n"
4721
"down \"/etc/openvpn/down.sh br0\"\n"
4722
";server 10.8.0.0 255.255.255.0\n"
4723
"server-bridge 172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0 172.18.100.105 172.18.100.200\n"
4724
"push \"route 172.18.100.1 255.255.255.0\"\n"
4725
"push \"dhcp-option DNS 172.18.100.20\"\n"
4726
"push \"dhcp-option DOMAIN example.com\"\n"
4727
"tls-auth ta.key 0 # This file is secret\n"
4728
"user nobody\n"
4729
"group nogroup\n"
4730
msgstr ""
4731
"\n"
4732
"local 172.18.100.101\n"
4733
"dev tap0\n"
4734
"up \"/etc/openvpn/up.sh br0\"\n"
4735
"down \"/etc/openvpn/down.sh br0\"\n"
4736
";server 10.8.0.0 255.255.255.0\n"
4737
"server-bridge 172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0 172.18.100.105 172.18.100.200\n"
4738
"push \"route 172.18.100.1 255.255.255.0\"\n"
4739
"push \"dhcp-option DNS 172.18.100.20\"\n"
4740
"push \"dhcp-option DOMAIN example.com\"\n"
4741
"tls-auth ta.key 0 # This file is secret\n"
4742
"user nobody\n"
4743
"group nogroup\n"
4744
4745
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:174(para)
4746
msgid ""
4747
"<emphasis>local</emphasis>: is the IP address of the bridge interface."
4748
msgstr "<emphasis>local</emphasis>: är IP-adressen på brygg-gränssnittet."
4749
4750
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:179(para)
4751
msgid ""
4752
"<emphasis>server-bridge</emphasis>: needed when the configuration uses "
4753
"bridging. The <emphasis>172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0</emphasis> portion is "
4754
"the bridge interface and mask. The IP range <emphasis>172.18.100.105 "
4755
"172.18.100.200</emphasis> is the range of IP addresses that will be assigned "
4756
"to clients."
4757
msgstr ""
4758
"<emphasis>server-bridge</emphasis>: är nödvändigt då konfigurationen "
4759
"använder bryggor. Delen <emphasis>172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0</emphasis> är "
4760
"brygg-gränssnittet och mask. IP-området <emphasis>172.18.100.105 "
4761
"172.18.100.200</emphasis> är området för IP-adresser som kommer tilldelas "
4762
"klienterna."
4763
4764
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:186(para)
4765
msgid ""
4766
"<emphasis>push</emphasis>: are directives to add networking options for "
4767
"clients."
4768
msgstr ""
4769
"<emphasis>push</emphasis>: är direktiv för att lägga till nätverksalternativ "
4770
"för klienter."
4771
4772
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:191(para)
4773
msgid ""
4774
"<emphasis>user and group</emphasis>: configure which user and group the "
4775
"<application>openvpn</application> daemon executes as."
4776
msgstr ""
4777
"<emphasis>user and group</emphasis>: konfigurerar vilken användare och grupp "
4778
"demonen <application>openvpn</application> körs som."
4779
4780
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:198(para)
4781
msgid ""
4782
"Replace all IP addresses and domain names above with those of your network."
4783
msgstr "Ersätt alla IP-adresser och domännamn ovan med de för ditt nätverk."
4784
4785
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:203(para)
4786
msgid ""
4787
"Next, create a couple of helper scripts to add the <emphasis>tap</emphasis> "
4788
"interface to the bridge. Create <filename>/etc/openvpn/up.sh</filename>:"
4789
msgstr ""
4790
"Nästa steg, skapa ett antal hjälpskript för att lägga till "
4791
"<emphasis>tap</emphasis>-gränssnittet till bryggan. Skapa "
4792
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/up.sh</filename>:"
4793
4794
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:207(programlisting)
4795
#, no-wrap
4796
msgid ""
4797
"\n"
4798
"#!/bin/sh\n"
4799
"\n"
4800
"BR=$1\n"
4801
"DEV=$2\n"
4802
"MTU=$3\n"
4803
"/sbin/ifconfig $DEV mtu $MTU promisc up\n"
4804
"/usr/sbin/brctl addif $BR $DEV\n"
4805
msgstr ""
4806
"\n"
4807
"#!/bin/sh\n"
4808
"\n"
4809
"BR=$1\n"
4810
"DEV=$2\n"
4811
"MTU=$3\n"
4812
"/sbin/ifconfig $DEV mtu $MTU promisc up\n"
4813
"/usr/sbin/brctl addif $BR $DEV\n"
4814
4815
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:217(para)
4816
msgid "And <filename>/etc/openvpn/down.sh</filename>:"
4817
msgstr "Och <filename>/etc/openvpn/down.sh</filename>:"
4818
4819
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:221(programlisting)
4820
#, no-wrap
4821
msgid ""
4822
"\n"
4823
"#!/bin/sh\n"
4824
"\n"
4825
"BR=$1\n"
4826
"DEV=$2\n"
4827
"\n"
4828
"/usr/sbin/brctl delif $BR $DEV\n"
4829
"/sbin/ifconfig $DEV down\n"
4830
msgstr ""
4831
"\n"
4832
"#!/bin/sh\n"
4833
"\n"
4834
"BR=$1\n"
4835
"DEV=$2\n"
4836
"\n"
4837
"/usr/sbin/brctl delif $BR $DEV\n"
4838
"/sbin/ifconfig $DEV down\n"
4839
4840
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:231(para)
4841
msgid "Then make them executable:"
4842
msgstr "Därefter gör dem körbara:"
4843
4844
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:236(command)
4845
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/down.sh"
4846
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/down.sh"
4847
4848
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:237(command)
4849
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/up.sh"
4850
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/up.sh"
4851
4852
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:240(para)
4853
msgid ""
4854
"After configuring the server, restart <application>openvpn</application> by "
4855
"entering:"
4856
msgstr ""
4857
"Efter konfigurationen av servern, starta om "
4858
"<application>openvpn</application> genom att ange:"
4859
4860
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:245(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:293(command)
4861
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/openvpn restart"
4862
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/openvpn restart"
4863
4864
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:250(title)
4865
msgid "Client Configuration"
4866
msgstr "Klientkonfiguration"
4867
4868
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:252(para)
4869
msgid "First, install <application>openvpn</application> on the client:"
4870
msgstr ""
4871
"Börja med att installera, <application>openvpn</application> på klienten:"
4872
4873
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:260(para)
4874
msgid ""
4875
"Then with the server configured and the client certificates copied to the "
4876
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/</filename> directory, create a client configuration "
4877
"file by copying the example. In a terminal on the client machine enter:"
4878
msgstr ""
4879
"När servern är konfigurerad och klientcertifikaten kopierade till "
4880
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/</filename>, skapa en klientkonfigurationsfil genom "
4881
"att kopiera exemplet. I ett terminalfönster på klienten skriv:"
4882
4883
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:266(command)
4884
msgid ""
4885
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/client.conf "
4886
"/etc/openvpn"
4887
msgstr ""
4888
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/client.conf "
4889
"/etc/openvpn"
4890
4891
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:269(para)
4892
msgid ""
4893
"Now edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/client.conf</filename> changing the "
4894
"following options:"
4895
msgstr ""
4896
"Redigera nu <filename>/etc/openvpn/client.conf</filename> ändra följande "
4897
"alternativ:"
4898
4899
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:273(programlisting)
4900
#, no-wrap
4901
msgid ""
4902
"\n"
4903
"dev tap\n"
4904
"remote vpn.example.com 1194\n"
4905
"cert hostname.crt\n"
4906
"key hostname.key\n"
4907
"tls-auth ta.key 1\n"
4908
msgstr ""
4909
"\n"
4910
"dev tap\n"
4911
"remote vpn.example.com 1194\n"
4912
"cert hostname.crt\n"
4913
"key hostname.key\n"
4914
"tls-auth ta.key 1\n"
4915
4916
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:282(para)
4917
msgid ""
4918
"Replace <emphasis>vpn.example.com</emphasis> with the hostname of your VPN "
4919
"server, and <emphasis>hostname.*</emphasis> with the actual certificate and "
4920
"key filenames."
4921
msgstr ""
4922
"Ersätt <emphasis>vpn.example.com</emphasis> med värdnamnet på din VPN-server "
4923
"och <emphasis>hostname.*</emphasis> med det verkliga certifikat och nyckel "
4924
"filnamnen."
4925
4926
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:288(para)
4927
msgid "Finally, restart <application>openvpn</application>:"
4928
msgstr "Slutligen, starta om <application>openvpn</application>:"
4929
4930
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:296(para)
4931
msgid "You should now be able to connect to the remote LAN through the VPN."
4932
msgstr "Du skall nu kunna ansluta till ett fjärr-LAN genom VPN."
4933
4934
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:307(para)
4935
msgid ""
4936
"See the <ulink url=\"http://openvpn.net/\">OpenVPN</ulink> website for "
4937
"additional information."
4938
msgstr ""
4939
"Se webbplatsen <ulink url=\"http://openvpn.net/\">OpenVPN</ulink> för "
4940
"ytterligare information."
4941
4942
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:312(para)
4943
msgid ""
4944
"Also, Pakt's <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/openvpn/book\">OpenVPN: "
4945
"Building and Integrating Virtual Private Networks</ulink> is a good resource."
4946
msgstr ""
4947
"Dessutom är Pakt:s <ulink "
4948
"url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/openvpn/book\">OpenVPN: Building and "
4949
"Integrating Virtual Private Networks</ulink> en bra källa."
4950
4951
#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:318(para)
4952
msgid ""
4953
"Another source of further information is the <ulink "
4954
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenVPN\">Ubuntu Wiki "
4955
"OpenVPN</ulink> page."
4956
msgstr ""
4957
"En annan källa för mer information är <ulink "
4958
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenVPN\">Ubuntu Wiki "
4959
"OpenVPN</ulink>."
4960
4961
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:13(title)
4962
msgid "Virtualization"
4963
msgstr "Virtualisering"
4964
4965
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:14(para)
4966
msgid ""
4967
"Virtualization is being adopted in many different environments and "
4968
"situations. If you are a developer, virtualization can provide you with a "
4969
"contained environment where you can safely do almost any sort of development "
4970
"safe from messing up your main working environment. If you are a systems "
4971
"administrator, you can use virtualization to more easily separate your "
4972
"services and move them around based on demand."
4973
msgstr ""
4974
"Virtualisering används i många olika miljöer och situationer. Om du är en "
4975
"utvecklare så kan virtualisering tillhandahålla en begränsad miljö där du på "
4976
"ett säkert sätt utföra nästan alla typer av utveckling utan risk att "
4977
"förstöra din huvudsakliga arbetsmiljö. Om du är en systemadministratör så "
4978
"kan du använda virtualisering för att enklare separera dina tjänster och på "
4979
"förfrågan flytta dem."
4980
4981
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:20(para)
4982
msgid ""
4983
"The default virtualization technology supported in Ubuntu is "
4984
"<application>KVM</application>, a technology that takes advantage of "
4985
"virtualization extensions built into Intel and AMD hardware. For hardware "
4986
"without virtualization extensions <application>Xen</application> and "
4987
"<application>Qemu</application> are popular solutions."
4988
msgstr ""
4989
"Den förvalda virtualiseringsteknologi som stöds i Ubuntu är "
4990
"<application>KVM</application>, en teknologi som drar nytta av "
4991
"virtualiseringstillägg som är inbyggt i hårdvara från Intel och AMD. För "
4992
"hårdvara som saknar virtualiseringstillägg är <application>Xen</application> "
4993
"och <application>Qemu</application> populära lösningar."
4994
4995
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:27(title)
4996
msgid "libvirt"
4997
msgstr "libvirt"
4998
4999
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:28(para)
5000
msgid ""
5001
"The <application>libvirt</application> library is used to interface with "
5002
"different virtualization technologies. Before getting started with "
5003
"<application>libvirt</application> it is best to make sure your hardware "
5004
"supports the necessary virtualization extensions for "
5005
"<application>KVM</application>. Enter the following from a terminal prompt:"
5006
msgstr ""
5007
"Biblioteket <application>libvirt</application> används som gränssnitt till "
5008
"olika virtualiseringsteknologier. Innan du startar med "
5009
"<application>libvirt</application> är det bäst att säkerställa att din "
5010
"hårdvara stöder nödvändiga virtualiseringstillägg för "
5011
"<application>KVM</application>. Skriv från en terminalprompt:"
5012
5013
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:35(command)
5014
msgid "kvm-ok"
5015
msgstr "kvm-ok"
5016
5017
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:37(para)
5018
msgid ""
5019
"A message will be printed informing you if your CPU "
5020
"<emphasis>does</emphasis> or <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support hardware "
5021
"virtualization."
5022
msgstr ""
5023
"Du kommer att få ett meddelande om din CPU <emphasis>stöder</emphasis> eller "
5024
"<emphasis>inte stöder</emphasis> hårdvaruvirtualisering."
5025
5026
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:41(para)
5027
msgid ""
5028
"On most computer whose processor supports virtualization, it is necessary to "
5029
"activate an option in the BIOS to enable it."
5030
msgstr ""
5031
"På de flesta datorer vars processorer stöder virtualisering, så behöver man "
5032
"aktivera det i BIOS först."
5033
5034
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:47(title)
5035
msgid "Virtual Networking"
5036
msgstr "Virtuella nätverk"
5037
5038
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:49(para)
5039
msgid ""
5040
"There are a few different ways to allow a virtual machine access to the "
5041
"external network. The default virtual network configuration is "
5042
"<emphasis>usermode</emphasis> networking, which uses the SLIRP protocol and "
5043
"traffic is NATed through the host interface to the outside network."
5044
msgstr ""
5045
"Det finns några olika sätt för att tillåta en virtualiserad maskin få "
5046
"tillgång till ett externt nätverk. Den förvalda konfigurationen för "
5047
"virtuella nätverk är <emphasis>usermode</emphasis>-nätverk, vilka använder "
5048
"protokollet SLIRP och trafiken är NAT:ad genom värdens gränssnitt mot "
5049
"utsidans nätverk."
5050
5051
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:54(para)
5052
msgid ""
5053
"To enable external hosts to directly access services on virtual machines a "
5054
"<emphasis>bridge</emphasis> needs to be configured. This allows the virtual "
5055
"interfaces to connect to the outside network through the physical interface, "
5056
"making them appear as normal hosts to the rest of the network. For "
5057
"information on setting up a bridge see <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
5058
msgstr ""
5059
"För att aktivera en extern värd att direkt ansluta till tjänster på en "
5060
"virtuell maskin behöver en <emphasis>brygga</emphasis> konfigureras. Detta "
5061
"möjliggör att det virtuella gränssnittet kan ansluta till ett nätverk på "
5062
"utsidan genom det fysiska gränssnittet, vilket får dem att synas som normala "
5063
"värdar på det övriga nätverket. För information om att sätta upp en brygga "
5064
"se <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
5065
5066
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:63(para)
5067
msgid "To install the necessary packages, from a terminal prompt enter:"
5068
msgstr "För att installera nödvändiga paket, skriv från en terminalprompt:"
5069
5070
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:67(command)
5071
msgid "sudo apt-get install kvm libvirt-bin"
5072
msgstr "sudo apt-get install kvm libvirt-bin"
5073
5074
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:69(para)
5075
msgid ""
5076
"After installing <application>libvirt-bin</application>, the user used to "
5077
"manage virtual machines will need to be added to the "
5078
"<emphasis>libvirtd</emphasis> group. Doing so will grant the user access to "
5079
"the advanced networking options."
5080
msgstr ""
5081
"Efter installationen av <application>libvirt-bin</application>, behöver "
5082
"användaren som normalt hanterar virtuella maskiner läggas till i gruppen "
5083
"<emphasis>libvirtd</emphasis>. Genom att göra detta så får användaren "
5084
"tillgång till avancerade nätverksalternativ."
5085
5086
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:73(para)
5087
msgid "In a terminal enter:"
5088
msgstr "Skriv i en terminal:"
5089
5090
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:77(command)
5091
msgid "sudo adduser $USER libvirtd"
5092
msgstr "sudo adduser $USER libvirtd"
5093
5094
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:80(para)
5095
msgid ""
5096
"If the user chosen is the current user, you will need to log out and back in "
5097
"for the new group membership to take effect."
5098
msgstr ""
5099
"Om den valda användaren är den nuvarande användaren, måste du logga ut och "
5100
"in igen för att medlemskapet i den nya gruppen skall få effekt."
5101
5102
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:84(para)
5103
msgid ""
5104
"You are now ready to install a <emphasis>Guest</emphasis> operating system. "
5105
"Installing a virtual machine follows the same process as installing the "
5106
"operating system directly on the hardware. You either need a way to automate "
5107
"the installation, or a keyboard and monitor will need to be attached to the "
5108
"physical machine."
5109
msgstr ""
5110
"Du är nu klar för att installera ett <emphasis>gäst</emphasis>-"
5111
"operativsystem. Att installera en virtuell maskin följer samma process som "
5112
"en installation av et operativsystem direkt på hårdvaran. Du behöver "
5113
"antingen ett sätt för att automatisera installationen, eller ansluta ett "
5114
"tangentbord och skärm till den fysiska maskinen."
5115
5116
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:89(para)
5117
msgid ""
5118
"In the case of virtual machines a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is "
5119
"analogous to using a physical keyboard and mouse. Instead of installing a "
5120
"GUI the <application>virt-viewer</application> application can be used to "
5121
"connect to a virtual machine's console using <application>VNC</application>. "
5122
"See <xref linkend=\"libvirt-virt-viewer\"/> for more information."
5123
msgstr ""
5124
"I fallet virtuella maskiner är ett grafiskt användargränssnitt (GUI) "
5125
"jämförbar med ett fysiskt tangentbord och mus. Istället för att installera "
5126
"ett GUI kan programmet <application>virt-viewer</application> användas för "
5127
"att ansluta till en virtuell maskins konsol genom att använda "
5128
"<application>VNC</application>. Se <xref linkend=\"libvirt-virt-viewer\"/> "
5129
"för mer information."
5130
5131
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:94(para)
5132
msgid ""
5133
"There are several ways to automate the Ubuntu installation process, for "
5134
"example using preseeds, kickstart, etc. Refer to the <ulink "
5135
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
5136
"Installation Guide</ulink> for details."
5137
msgstr ""
5138
5139
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:98(para)
5140
msgid ""
5141
"Yet another way to install an Ubuntu virtual machine is to use "
5142
"<application>ubuntu-vm-builder</application>. <application>ubuntu-vm-"
5143
"builder</application> allows you to setup advanced partitions, execute "
5144
"custom post-install scripts, etc. For details see <xref linkend=\"jeos-and-"
5145
"vmbuilder\"/>"
5146
msgstr ""
5147
"Ett annat sätt att installera en virtuell Ubuntu-maskin är genom att använda "
5148
"<application>ubuntu-vm-builder</application>. <application>ubuntu-vm-"
5149
"builder</application> möjliggör att du kan sätta upp avancerade partitioner, "
5150
"köra skräddarsydda skript efter installationen, osv. För detaljer se <xref "
5151
"linkend=\"jeos-and-vmbuilder\"/>"
5152
5153
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:104(title)
5154
msgid "virt-install"
5155
msgstr "virt-install"
5156
5157
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:105(para)
5158
msgid ""
5159
"<application>virt-install</application> is part of the <application>python-"
5160
"virtinst</application> package. To install it, from a terminal prompt enter:"
5161
msgstr ""
5162
"<application>virt-install</application> är en del av paketet "
5163
"<application>python-virtinst</application>. För att installera det, skriv "
5164
"från en terminalprompt:"
5165
5166
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:109(command)
5167
msgid "sudo apt-get install python-virtinst"
5168
msgstr "sudo apt-get install python-virtinst"
5169
5170
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:111(para)
5171
msgid ""
5172
"There are several options available when using <application>virt-"
5173
"install</application>. For example:"
5174
msgstr ""
5175
"Det finns flera tillgängliga flaggor när du använder <application>virt-"
5176
"install</application>. Till exempel:"
5177
5178
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:115(command)
5179
msgid ""
5180
"sudo virt-install -n web_devel -r 256 -f web_devel.img \\ -s 4 -c jeos.iso --"
5181
"accelerate \\ --connect=qemu:///system --vnc \\ --noautoconsole -v"
5182
msgstr ""
5183
"sudo virt-install -n web_devel -r 256 -f web_devel.img \\ -s 4 -c jeos.iso --"
5184
"accelerate \\ --connect=qemu:///system --vnc \\ --noautoconsole -v"
5185
5186
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:122(para)
5187
msgid ""
5188
"<emphasis>-n web_devel:</emphasis> the name of the new virtual machine will "
5189
"be <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> in this example."
5190
msgstr ""
5191
"<emphasis>-n web_devel:</emphasis> namnet på den nya virtuella maskinen "
5192
"kommer bli <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> i det här exemplet."
5193
5194
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:127(para)
5195
msgid ""
5196
"<emphasis>-r 256:</emphasis> specifies the amount of memory the virtual "
5197
"machine will use."
5198
msgstr ""
5199
"<emphasis>-r 256:</emphasis> specificerar mängden minne den virtuella "
5200
"maskinen kommer använda."
5201
5202
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:132(para)
5203
msgid ""
5204
"<emphasis>-f web_devel.img:</emphasis> indicates the path to the virtual "
5205
"disk which can be a file, partition, or logical volume. In this example a "
5206
"file named <filename>web_devel.img</filename>."
5207
msgstr ""
5208
"<emphasis>-f web_devel.img:</emphasis> indikerar sökvägen till den virtuella "
5209
"disk som kan vara en fil, partition eller logisk volym. I det här exemplet "
5210
"är det en fil med namnet <filename>web_devel.img</filename>."
5211
5212
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:138(para)
5213
msgid "<emphasis>-s 4:</emphasis> the size of the virtual disk."
5214
msgstr "<emphasis>-s 4:</emphasis> storleken på den virtuella disken."
5215
5216
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:143(para)
5217
msgid ""
5218
"<emphasis>-c jeos.iso:</emphasis> file to be used as a virtual CDROM. The "
5219
"file can be either an ISO file or the path to the host's CDROM device."
5220
msgstr ""
5221
"<emphasis>-c jeos.iso:</emphasis> filen som skall användas som virtuell "
5222
"CDROM. Filen kan antingen vara en ISO-fil eller en sökväg till värdens CDROM-"
5223
"enhet."
5224
5225
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:149(para)
5226
msgid ""
5227
"<emphasis>--accelerate:</emphasis> enables the kernel's acceleration "
5228
"technologies."
5229
msgstr ""
5230
"<emphasis>--accelerate:</emphasis> aktiverar kärnans "
5231
"accelerationsteknologier."
5232
5233
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:154(para)
5234
msgid ""
5235
"<emphasis>--vnc:</emphasis> exports the guest's virtual console using VNC."
5236
msgstr ""
5237
"<emphasis>--vnc:</emphasis> exporterar en gästs virtuella konsol genom att "
5238
"använda VNC."
5239
5240
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:159(para)
5241
msgid ""
5242
"<emphasis>--noautoconsole:</emphasis> will not automatically connect to the "
5243
"virtual machine's console."
5244
msgstr ""
5245
"<emphasis>--noautoconsole:</emphasis> kommer inte att automatiskt ansluta "
5246
"till en virtuell maskins konsol."
5247
5248
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:164(para)
5249
msgid "<emphasis>-v:</emphasis> creates a fully virtualized guest."
5250
msgstr "<emphasis>-v:</emphasis> skapar en komplett virtuell gäst."
5251
5252
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:169(para)
5253
msgid ""
5254
"After launching <application>virt-install</application> you can connect to "
5255
"the virtual machine's console either locally using a GUI or with the "
5256
"<application>virt-viewer</application> utility."
5257
msgstr ""
5258
"Efter du startat <application>virt-install</application> kan du ansluta till "
5259
"den virtuella maskinens konsol antingen genom att lokalt använda ett GUI "
5260
"eller med verktyget <application>virt-viewer</application>."
5261
5262
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:175(title)
5263
msgid "virt-clone"
5264
msgstr "virt-clone"
5265
5266
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:176(para)
5267
msgid ""
5268
"The <application>virt-clone</application> application can be used to copy "
5269
"one virtual machine to another. For example:"
5270
msgstr ""
5271
"Programmet <application>virt-clone</application> kan användas till att "
5272
"kopiera en virtuell maskin till en annan. Till exempel:"
5273
5274
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:180(command)
5275
msgid ""
5276
"sudo virt-clone -o web_devel -n database_devel -f "
5277
"/path/to/database_devel.img --connect=qemu:///system"
5278
msgstr ""
5279
"sudo virt-clone -o web_devel -n database_devel -f "
5280
"/path/to/database_devel.img --connect=qemu:///system"
5281
5282
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:184(para)
5283
msgid "<emphasis>-o:</emphasis> original virtual machine."
5284
msgstr "<emphasis>-o:</emphasis> ursprungliga virtuella maskinen."
5285
5286
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:189(para)
5287
msgid "<emphasis>-n:</emphasis> name of the new virtual machine."
5288
msgstr "<emphasis>-n:</emphasis> namnet på den nya virtuella maskinen."
5289
5290
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:194(para)
5291
msgid ""
5292
"<emphasis>-f:</emphasis> path to the file, logical volume, or partition to "
5293
"be used by the new virtual machine."
5294
msgstr ""
5295
"<emphasis>-f:</emphasis> sökvägen till filen, logiska volym eller partition "
5296
"som skall användas av den nya virtuella maskinen."
5297
5298
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:199(para)
5299
msgid ""
5300
"<emphasis>--connect:</emphasis> specifies which hypervisor to connect to."
5301
msgstr ""
5302
"<emphasis>--connect:</emphasis> specificerar vilken hypervisor att ansluta "
5303
"till."
5304
5305
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:204(para)
5306
msgid ""
5307
"Also, use <emphasis>-d</emphasis> or <emphasis>--debug</emphasis> option to "
5308
"help troubleshoot problems with <application>virt-clone</application>."
5309
msgstr ""
5310
"Dessutom, använd flaggorna <emphasis>-d</emphasis> eller <emphasis>--"
5311
"debug</emphasis> för att få hjälp att lösa problem med <application>virt-"
5312
"clone</application>."
5313
5314
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:209(para)
5315
msgid ""
5316
"Replace <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> and "
5317
"<emphasis>database_devel</emphasis> with appropriate virtual machine names."
5318
msgstr ""
5319
"Ersätt <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> och "
5320
"<emphasis>database_devel</emphasis> med lämpliga namn för din virtuella "
5321
"maskin."
5322
5323
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:215(title)
5324
msgid "Virtual Machine Management"
5325
msgstr "Administrera virtuella maskiner"
5326
5327
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:217(title)
5328
msgid "virsh"
5329
msgstr "virsh"
5330
5331
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:218(para)
5332
msgid ""
5333
"There are several utilities available to manage virtual machines and "
5334
"<application>libvirt</application>. The <application>virsh</application> "
5335
"utility can be used from the command line. Some examples:"
5336
msgstr ""
5337
"Det finns flera olika verktyg för att administrera virtuella maskiner och "
5338
"<application>libvirt</application>. Verktyget "
5339
"<application>virsh</application> kan användas från kommandoraden. Några "
5340
"exempel:"
5341
5342
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:224(para)
5343
msgid "To list running virtual machines:"
5344
msgstr "För att lista virtuella maskiner i drift:"
5345
5346
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:228(command)
5347
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system list"
5348
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system list"
5349
5350
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:232(para)
5351
msgid "To start a virtual machine:"
5352
msgstr "För att starta en virtuell maskin:"
5353
5354
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:236(command)
5355
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system start web_devel"
5356
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system start web_devel"
5357
5358
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:240(para)
5359
msgid "Similarly, to start a virtual machine at boot:"
5360
msgstr ""
5361
"På liknande sätt, för att starta en virtuell maskin under uppstarten:"
5362
5363
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:244(command)
5364
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system autostart web_devel"
5365
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system autostart web_devel"
5366
5367
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:248(para)
5368
msgid "Reboot a virtual machine with:"
5369
msgstr "Starta om en virtuell maskin:"
5370
5371
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:252(command)
5372
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system reboot web_devel"
5373
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system reboot web_devel"
5374
5375
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:256(para)
5376
msgid ""
5377
"The <emphasis>state</emphasis> of virtual machines can be saved to a file in "
5378
"order to be restored later. The following will save the virtual machine "
5379
"state into a file named according to the date:"
5380
msgstr ""
5381
"Den virtuella maskinens <emphasis>tillstånd</emphasis> kan sparas till en "
5382
"fil för att vid ett senare tillfälle återställas. Följande kommer spara den "
5383
"virtuella maskinens tillstånd i en fil med aktuellt datum i filnamnet:"
5384
5385
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:261(command)
5386
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system save web_devel web_devel-022708.state"
5387
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system save web_devel web_devel-022708.state"
5388
5389
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:263(para)
5390
msgid "Once saved the virtual machine will no longer be running."
5391
msgstr ""
5392
"När den är sparad kommer den virtuella maskinen inte längre vara i drift."
5393
5394
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:268(para)
5395
msgid "A saved virtual machine can be restored using:"
5396
msgstr "En sparad virtuell maskin kan återställas genom att använda:"
5397
5398
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:272(command)
5399
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system restore web_devel-022708.state"
5400
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system restore web_devel-022708.state"
5401
5402
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:276(para)
5403
msgid "To shutdown a virtual machine do:"
5404
msgstr "För att stänga av en virtuell maskin:"
5405
5406
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:280(command)
5407
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system shutdown web_devel"
5408
msgstr "virsh -c qemu:///system shutdown web_devel"
5409
5410
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:284(para)
5411
msgid "A CDROM device can be mounted in a virtual machine by entering:"
5412
msgstr "En CDROM-enhet kan monteras i en virtuell maskin genom att skriva:"
5413
5414
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:288(command)
5415
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system attach-disk web_devel /dev/cdrom /media/cdrom"
5416
msgstr ""
5417
"virsh -c qemu:///system attach-disk web_devel /dev/cdrom /media/cdrom"
5418
5419
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:293(para)
5420
msgid ""
5421
"In the above examples replace <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> with the "
5422
"appropriate virtual machine name, and <filename>web_devel-"
5423
"022708.state</filename> with a descriptive file name."
5424
msgstr ""
5425
"I ovanstående exempel ersätt <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> med ett verkligt "
5426
"virtuellt maskinnamn och <filename>web_devel-022708.state</filename> med ett "
5427
"beskrivande filnamn."
5428
5429
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:300(title)
5430
msgid "Virtual Machine Manager"
5431
msgstr "Hanterare för virtuella maskiner"
5432
5433
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:301(para)
5434
msgid ""
5435
"The <application>virt-manager</application> package contains a graphical "
5436
"utility to manage local and remote virtual machines. To install virt-manager "
5437
"enter:"
5438
msgstr ""
5439
"Paketet <application>virt-manager</application> innehåller ett grafiskt "
5440
"verktyg för att administrera lokala och fjärranslutna virtuella maskiner. "
5441
"För att installera virt-manager skriv:"
5442
5443
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:306(command)
5444
msgid "sudo apt-get install virt-manager"
5445
msgstr "sudo apt-get install virt-manager"
5446
5447
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:308(para)
5448
msgid ""
5449
"Since <application>virt-manager</application> requires a Graphical User "
5450
"Interface (GUI) environment it is recommended to be installed on a "
5451
"workstation or test machine instead of a production server. To connect to "
5452
"the local <application>libvirt</application> service enter:"
5453
msgstr ""
5454
"Eftersom <application>virt-manager</application> kräver en miljö med ett "
5455
"grafiskt användargränssnitt (GUI) rekommenderas det att installeras på en "
5456
"arbetsstation eller en testmaskin istället för en produktionsserver. För att "
5457
"ansluta till en lokal <application>libvirt</application>-tjänst skriv:"
5458
5459
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:314(command)
5460
msgid "virt-manager -c qemu:///system"
5461
msgstr "virt-manager -c qemu:///system"
5462
5463
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:316(para)
5464
msgid ""
5465
"You can connect to the <application>libvirt</application> service running on "
5466
"another host by entering the following in a terminal prompt:"
5467
msgstr ""
5468
"Om tjänsten <application>libvirt</application> är i drift på en annan värd "
5469
"kan du ansluta till den genom att skriva följande i en terminalprompt:"
5470
5471
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:320(command)
5472
msgid "virt-manager -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system"
5473
msgstr "virt-manager -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system"
5474
5475
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:323(para)
5476
msgid ""
5477
"The above example assumes that <application>SSH</application> connectivity "
5478
"between the management system and virtnode1.mydomain.com has already been "
5479
"configured, and uses SSH keys for authentication. SSH "
5480
"<emphasis>keys</emphasis> are needed because "
5481
"<application>libvirt</application> sends the password prompt to another "
5482
"process. For details on configuring <application>SSH</application> see <xref "
5483
"linkend=\"openssh-server\"/>"
5484
msgstr ""
5485
"Ovanstående exempel förutsätter en <application>SSH</application>-anslutning "
5486
"mellan administratörssystemet och virtnode1.mydomain.com har redan "
5487
"konfigurerats och använder SSH-nycklar för autentisering. SSH-"
5488
"<emphasis>nycklar</emphasis> behövs eftersom "
5489
"<application>libvirt</application> skickar lösenordsinmatningen till en "
5490
"annan process. För detaljer om konfigureringen av "
5491
"<application>SSH</application> se <xref linkend=\"openssh-server\"/>"
5492
5493
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:333(title)
5494
msgid "Virtual Machine Viewer"
5495
msgstr "Virtuell maskin-visare"
5496
5497
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:334(para)
5498
msgid ""
5499
"The <application>virt-viewer</application> application allows you to connect "
5500
"to a virtual machine's console. <application>virt-viewer</application> does "
5501
"require a Graphical User Interface (GUI) to interface with the virtual "
5502
"machine."
5503
msgstr ""
5504
"Programmet <application>virt-viewer</application> tillåter dig att ansluta "
5505
"till konsolen på en virtuell maskin. <application>virt-viewer</application> "
5506
"kräver ett grafiskt användargränssnitt (GUI) för att komma i kontakt med en "
5507
"virtuell maskin."
5508
5509
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:338(para)
5510
msgid ""
5511
"To install <application>virt-viewer</application> from a terminal enter:"
5512
msgstr ""
5513
"För att installera <application>virt-viewer</application> skriv från en "
5514
"terminal:"
5515
5516
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:342(command)
5517
msgid "sudo apt-get install virt-viewer"
5518
msgstr "sudo apt-get install virt-viewer"
5519
5520
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:344(para)
5521
msgid ""
5522
"Once a virtual machine is installed and running you can connect to the "
5523
"virtual machine's console by using:"
5524
msgstr ""
5525
"När den virtuella maskinen är installerad och i drift så kan du ansluta till "
5526
"den virtuella maskinens konsol genom att använda:"
5527
5528
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:348(command)
5529
msgid "virt-viewer -c qemu:///system web_devel"
5530
msgstr "virt-viewer -c qemu:///system web_devel"
5531
5532
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:350(para)
5533
msgid ""
5534
"Similar to <application>virt-manager</application>, <application>virt-"
5535
"viewer</application> can connect to a remote host using "
5536
"<emphasis>SSH</emphasis> with key authentication, as well:"
5537
msgstr ""
5538
"I likhet med <application>virt-manager</application>, kan <application>virt-"
5539
"viewer</application> ansluta till en fjärr-värd genom att använda "
5540
"<emphasis>SSH</emphasis> med nyckel-autentisering:"
5541
5542
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:355(command)
5543
msgid "virt-viewer -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system web_devel"
5544
msgstr "virt-viewer -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system web_devel"
5545
5546
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:357(para)
5547
msgid ""
5548
"Be sure to replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">web_devel</emphasis> with the "
5549
"appropriate virtual machine name."
5550
msgstr ""
5551
"Säkerställ att du ersätter <emphasis role=\"italic\">web_devel</emphasis> "
5552
"med ett verkligt virtuellt maskinnamn."
5553
5554
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:360(para)
5555
msgid ""
5556
"If configured to use a <emphasis>bridged</emphasis> network interface you "
5557
"can also setup <application>SSH</application> access to the virtual machine. "
5558
"See <xref linkend=\"openssh-server\"/> and <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/> for "
5559
"more details."
5560
msgstr ""
5561
"Om du konfigurerat för att använda ett <emphasis>bryggat</emphasis> "
5562
"nätverksgränssnitt så kan du också konfigurera "
5563
"<application>SSH</application>-åtkomst till den virtuella maskinen. Se <xref "
5564
"linkend=\"openssh-server\"/> och <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/> för fler "
5565
"detaljer."
5566
5567
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:369(para)
5568
msgid ""
5569
"See the <ulink url=\"http://kvm.qumranet.com/kvmwiki\">KVM</ulink> home page "
5570
"for more details."
5571
msgstr ""
5572
"Se webbplatsen <ulink url=\"http://kvm.qumranet.com/kvmwiki\">KVM</ulink> "
5573
"för ytterligare detaljer."
5574
5575
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:374(para)
5576
msgid ""
5577
"For more information on <application>libvirt</application> see the <ulink "
5578
"url=\"http://libvirt.org/\">libvirt home page</ulink>"
5579
msgstr ""
5580
"För mer information om <application>libvirt</application>, se <ulink "
5581
"url=\"http://libvirt.org/\">webbsidan för libvirt</ulink>"
5582
5583
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:379(para)
5584
msgid ""
5585
"The <ulink url=\"http://virt-manager.et.redhat.com/\">Virtual Machine "
5586
"Manager</ulink> site has more information on <application>virt-"
5587
"manager</application> development."
5588
msgstr ""
5589
"Webbplatsen <ulink url=\"http://virt-manager.et.redhat.com/\">Virtual "
5590
"Machine Manager</ulink> har mer information om utveckling för "
5591
"<application>virt-manager</application>."
5592
5593
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:385(para)
5594
msgid ""
5595
"Also, stop by the <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
5596
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode</ulink> to discuss virtualization "
5597
"technology in Ubuntu."
5598
msgstr ""
5599
"Dessutom, stanna till vid IRC-kanalen <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> på "
5600
"<ulink url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode</ulink> för att diskutera "
5601
"virtualiseringsteknologier i Ubuntu."
5602
5603
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:391(para)
5604
msgid ""
5605
"Another good resource is the <ulink "
5606
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">Ubuntu Wiki KVM</ulink> page."
5607
msgstr ""
5608
"En annan bra källa är <ulink "
5609
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">Ubuntu Wiki KVM</ulink>."
5610
5611
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:399(title)
5612
msgid "JeOS and vmbuilder"
5613
msgstr "JeOS och vmbuilder"
5614
5615
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:405(title)
5616
msgid "What is JeOS"
5617
msgstr "Vad är JeOS"
5618
5619
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:407(para)
5620
msgid ""
5621
"Ubuntu <emphasis>JeOS</emphasis> (pronounced \"Juice\") is an efficient "
5622
"variant of the Ubuntu Server operating system, configured specifically for "
5623
"virtual appliances. No longer available as a CD-ROM ISO for download, but "
5624
"only as an option either:"
5625
msgstr ""
5626
"Ubuntu <emphasis>JeOS</emphasis> (uttalas \"Juice\") är en effektiv variant "
5627
"av operativsystemet Ubuntu Server, speciellt konfigurerad för att tillämpas "
5628
"virtuellt. Den finns inte längre som en CD-ROM avbild för nedladdning, utan "
5629
"endast som alternativ att antingen:"
5630
5631
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:414(para)
5632
msgid ""
5633
"While installing from the Server Edition ISO (pressing "
5634
"<emphasis>F4</emphasis> on the first screen will allow you to pick \"Minimal "
5635
"installation\", which is the package selection equivalent to JeOS)."
5636
msgstr ""
5637
"Under installationen från Server Edition ISO (genom att trycka på "
5638
"<emphasis>F4</emphasis> i den första skärmbilden, möjliggör att du kan välja "
5639
"\"Minimal installation\", vilket är paketvalet som motsvarar JeOS)."
5640
5641
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:420(para)
5642
msgid "Or to be built using Ubuntu's vmbuilder, which is described here."
5643
msgstr ""
5644
"Eller byggas genom att använda Ubuntu's vmbuilder, vilken beskrivs här."
5645
5646
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:426(para)
5647
msgid ""
5648
"JeOS is a specialized installation of Ubuntu Server Edition with a tuned "
5649
"kernel that only contains the base elements needed to run within a "
5650
"virtualized environment."
5651
msgstr ""
5652
"JeOS är en specialinstallation av Ubuntu Server Edition med en avstämd kärna "
5653
"som endast innehåller de baselement som är nödvändiga för att köras i en "
5654
"virtuell miljö."
5655
5656
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:431(para)
5657
msgid ""
5658
"Ubuntu JeOS has been tuned to take advantage of key performance technologies "
5659
"in the latest virtualization products from VMware. This combination of "
5660
"reduced size and optimized performance ensures that Ubuntu JeOS Edition "
5661
"delivers a highly efficient use of server resources in large virtual "
5662
"deployments."
5663
msgstr ""
5664
"Ubuntu JeOS har optimerats för att dra fördel av de bästa prestanda "
5665
"teknologierna i den senaste virtualiseringsprodukten från VMware. "
5666
"Kombinationen av minskad storlek och optimerad prestanda säkerställer att "
5667
"Ubuntu JeOS Edition levererar en högeffektiv resurs i stora virtuella "
5668
"miljöer."
5669
5670
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:437(para)
5671
msgid ""
5672
"Without unnecessary drivers, and only the minimal required packages, ISVs "
5673
"can configure their supporting OS exactly as they require. They have the "
5674
"peace of mind that updates, whether for security or enhancement reasons, "
5675
"will be limited to the bare minimum of what is required in their specific "
5676
"environment. In turn, users deploying virtual appliances built on top of "
5677
"JeOS will have to go through fewer updates and therefore less maintenance "
5678
"than they would have had to with a standard full installation of a server."
5679
msgstr ""
5680
"Utan onödiga drivrutiner och enbart de mest nödvändiga paketen. ISVs kan "
5681
"konfigurera sina OS precis som de önskar. De kan vara till freds med att "
5682
"oavsett anledning kommer säkerhets eller förbättringsuppdateringar begränsas "
5683
"till ett minimum av vad som krävs i deras specifika miljö. I tur och "
5684
"ordning, användare som utvecklar virtuella tillämpningar ovan på JeOS kommer "
5685
"behöva färre uppdateringar och därför mindre underhåll än om de haft en "
5686
"normal server-installation."
5687
5688
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:446(title)
5689
msgid "What is vmbuilder"
5690
msgstr "Vad är vmbuilder"
5691
5692
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:448(para)
5693
msgid ""
5694
"With vmbuilder, there is no need to download a JeOS ISO anymore. vmbuilder "
5695
"will fetch the various package and build a virtual machine tailored for your "
5696
"needs in about a minute. vmbuilder is a script that automates the process of "
5697
"creating a ready to use Linux based VM. The currently supported hypervisors "
5698
"are KVM and Xen."
5699
msgstr ""
5700
5701
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:454(para)
5702
msgid ""
5703
"You can pass command line options to add extra packages, remove packages, "
5704
"choose which version of Ubuntu, which mirror etc. On recent hardware with "
5705
"plenty of RAM, tmpdir in <filename>/dev/shm</filename> or using a tmpfs, and "
5706
"a local mirror, you can bootstrap a VM in less than a minute."
5707
msgstr ""
5708
"Du kan skicka kommandoradsalternativ för att lägga till extra paket, ta bort "
5709
"paket, välja en Ubuntu-version, vilken spegel, etc. På ny hårdvara med "
5710
"mycket RAM, tmpdir i <filename>/dev/shm</filename> eller använda en tmpfs "
5711
"och en lokal spegel, Du kan starta en VM på mindre än en minut."
5712
5713
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:460(para)
5714
msgid ""
5715
"First introduced as a shell script in Ubuntu 8.04 LTS, <application>ubuntu-"
5716
"vm-builder</application> started with little emphasis as a hack to help "
5717
"developers test their new code in a virtual machine without having to "
5718
"restart from scratch each time. As a few Ubuntu administrators started to "
5719
"notice this script, a few of them went on improving it and adapting it for "
5720
"so many use case that Soren Hansen (the author of the script and Ubuntu "
5721
"virtualization specialist, not the golf player) decided to rewrite it from "
5722
"scratch for Intrepid as a python script with a few new design goals:"
5723
msgstr ""
5724
5725
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:470(para)
5726
msgid "Develop it so that it can be reused by other distributions."
5727
msgstr "Utveckla den så att den kan återanvändas av andra distributioner"
5728
5729
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:475(para)
5730
msgid ""
5731
"Use a plugin mechanisms for all virtualization interactions so that others "
5732
"can easily add logic for other virtualization environments."
5733
msgstr ""
5734
"Använd insticksmekanismer för alla virtualiseringsinteraktioner så att andra "
5735
"enkelt kan lägga till andra virtualiseringsmiljöer."
5736
5737
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:480(para)
5738
msgid ""
5739
"Provide an easy to maintain web interface as an option to the command line "
5740
"interface."
5741
msgstr ""
5742
"Tillhandahåll ett webbgränssnitt som är enkelt att underhålla som ett "
5743
"alternativ till kommandoradgränssnittet."
5744
5745
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:486(para)
5746
msgid "But the general principles and commands remain the same."
5747
msgstr "Men de allmänna principerna och kommandona förblir detsamma."
5748
5749
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:493(title)
5750
msgid "Initial Setup"
5751
msgstr "Initial installation"
5752
5753
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:495(para)
5754
msgid ""
5755
"It is assumed that you have installed and configured "
5756
"<application>libvirt</application> and <application>KVM</application> "
5757
"locally on the machine you are using. For details on how to perform this, "
5758
"please refer to:"
5759
msgstr ""
5760
"Det förutsätts att du har installerat och konfigurerat "
5761
"<application>libvirt</application> och <application>KVM</application> lokalt "
5762
"på maskinen du använder. För detaljer om hur man utför detta, hänvisas du "
5763
"till:"
5764
5765
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:507(para)
5766
msgid ""
5767
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">KVM</ulink> Wiki "
5768
"page."
5769
msgstr ""
5770
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">KVM</ulink> Wiki-sida."
5771
5772
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:513(para)
5773
msgid ""
5774
"We also assume that you know how to use a text based text editor such as "
5775
"nano or vi. If you have not used any of them before, you can get an overview "
5776
"of the various text editors available by reading the <ulink "
5777
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/PowerUsersTextEditors\">PowerUsersTex"
5778
"tEditors</ulink> page. This tutorial has been done on KVM, but the general "
5779
"principle should remain on other virtualization technologies."
5780
msgstr ""
5781
"Vi förutsätter också att du vet hur man använder en textbaserad editor såsom "
5782
"nano eller vi. Om du inte har användt någon av dem tidigare, kan du få en "
5783
"överblick av olika tillgängliga textredigerare genom att läsa sidan <ulink "
5784
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/PowerUsersTextEditors\">PowerUsersTex"
5785
"tEditors</ulink>. Denna handledning har gjorts på KVM, men de allmänna "
5786
"principerna skall vara detsamma för andra virtuella teknologier."
5787
5788
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:521(title)
5789
msgid "Install vmbuilder"
5790
msgstr "Installera vmbuilder"
5791
5792
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:523(para)
5793
msgid ""
5794
"The name of the package that we need to install is <application>python-vm-"
5795
"builder</application>. In a terminal prompt enter:"
5796
msgstr ""
5797
"Namnet på paketet vi behöver installera är <application>python-vm-"
5798
"builder</application>. Ange i en terminalprompt:"
5799
5800
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:528(command)
5801
msgid "sudo apt-get install python-vm-builder"
5802
msgstr "sudo apt-get install python-vm-builder"
5803
5804
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:532(para)
5805
msgid ""
5806
"If you are running Hardy, you can still perform most of this using the older "
5807
"version of the package named <application>ubuntu-vm-builder</application>, "
5808
"there are only a few changes to the syntax of the tool."
5809
msgstr ""
5810
"Om du använder Hardy, så kan du fortfarande utföra det mesta av detta genom "
5811
"att använda en äldre version med paketnamnet <application>ubuntu-vm-"
5812
"builder</application>, det är endast några få ändringar av verktygets syntax."
5813
5814
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:541(title)
5815
msgid "Defining Your Virtual Machine"
5816
msgstr "Definiera din virtuella maskin"
5817
5818
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:543(para)
5819
msgid ""
5820
"Defining a virtual machine with Ubuntu's vmbuilder is quite simple, but here "
5821
"are a few thing to consider:"
5822
msgstr ""
5823
"Definiera en virtuell maskin med ubuntu:s vmbuilder är väldigt enkelt, men "
5824
"det finns ett par saker att ta i beaktande:"
5825
5826
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:549(para)
5827
msgid ""
5828
"If you plan on shipping a virtual appliance, do not assume that the end-user "
5829
"will know how to extend disk size to fit their need, so either plan for a "
5830
"large virtual disk to allow for your appliance to grow, or explain fairly "
5831
"well in your documentation how to allocate more space. It might actually be "
5832
"a good idea to store data on some separate external storage."
5833
msgstr ""
5834
"Om du planerar att leverera en virtuell tillämpning, förutsätt inte att "
5835
"slutanvändaren vet hur man utökar diskstorleken till att passa deras behov. "
5836
"Så antingen planera för en stor virtuell disk som tillåter att din "
5837
"tillämpning växer eller förklara ordentligt i din dokumentation hur man "
5838
"allokerar mer utrymme. Det kan faktiskt vara en bra idé att spara data på "
5839
"separata, externa lagringsenheter."
5840
5841
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:556(para)
5842
msgid ""
5843
"Given that RAM is much easier to allocate in a VM, RAM size should be set to "
5844
"whatever you think is a safe minimum for your appliance."
5845
msgstr ""
5846
"RAM är mycket enklare att allokera i en VM, RAM-storleken skall sättas till "
5847
"det som du tror är ett minimum för din tillämpning."
5848
5849
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:562(para)
5850
msgid ""
5851
"The <application>vmbuilder</application> command has 2 main parameters: the "
5852
"<emphasis>virtualization technology (hypervisor)</emphasis> and the targeted "
5853
"<emphasis>distribution</emphasis>. Optional parameters are quite numerous "
5854
"and can be found using the following command:"
5855
msgstr ""
5856
"Kommandot <application>vmbuilder</application> har 2 huvudparametrar: "
5857
"<emphasis>virtualiseringsteknologi (hypervisor)</emphasis> och den utvalda "
5858
"<emphasis>distributionen</emphasis>. Valfria parametrar finns det många av "
5859
"och de kan hittas genom att använda följande kommando:"
5860
5861
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:568(command)
5862
msgid "vmbuilder --help"
5863
msgstr "vmbuilder --help"
5864
5865
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:572(title)
5866
msgid "Base Parameters"
5867
msgstr "Basparametrar"
5868
5869
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:574(para)
5870
msgid ""
5871
"As this example is based on <application>KVM</application> and Ubuntu 10.10 "
5872
"(Maverick Meerkat), and we are likely to rebuild the same virtual machine "
5873
"multiple time, we'll invoke vmbuilder with the following first parameters:"
5874
msgstr ""
5875
5876
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:580(command)
5877
msgid ""
5878
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite maverick --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o -"
5879
"-libvirt qemu:///system"
5880
msgstr ""
5881
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite maverick --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o -"
5882
"-libvirt qemu:///system"
5883
5884
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:583(para)
5885
msgid ""
5886
"The <emphasis>--suite</emphasis> defines the Ubuntu release, the <emphasis>--"
5887
"flavour</emphasis> specifies that we want to use the virtual kernel (that's "
5888
"the one used to build a JeOS image), the <emphasis>--arch</emphasis> tells "
5889
"that we want to use a 32 bit machine, the <emphasis>-o</emphasis> tells "
5890
"vmbuilder to overwrite the previous version of the VM and the <emphasis>--"
5891
"libvirt</emphasis> tells to inform the local virtualization environment to "
5892
"add the resulting VM to the list of available machines."
5893
msgstr ""
5894
"<emphasis>--suite</emphasis> definierar Ubuntu-versionen, <emphasis>--"
5895
"flavour</emphasis> specificerar att vi vill använda en virtuell kärna (det "
5896
"är den som används för att bygga en JeOS avbild), <emphasis>--"
5897
"arch</emphasis> talar om att vi vill använda en 32bit maskin, <emphasis>-"
5898
"o</emphasis> talar om för vmbuilder att skriva över föregående VM version "
5899
"och <emphasis>--libvirt</emphasis> talar om och informerar den lokala "
5900
"virtualiseringsmiljön att lägga till den resulterande VM till listan över "
5901
"tillgängliga maskiner."
5902
5903
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:591(para)
5904
msgid "Notes:"
5905
msgstr "Kommentarer:"
5906
5907
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:597(para)
5908
msgid ""
5909
"Because of the nature of operations performed by vmbuilder, it needs to have "
5910
"root privilege, hence the use of sudo."
5911
msgstr ""
5912
"På grund av karaktären av processer som utförs av vmbuilder, så behöver den "
5913
"ha root-rättigheter, därför användningen av sudo."
5914
5915
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:602(para)
5916
msgid ""
5917
"If your virtual machine needs to use more than 3Gb of ram, you should build "
5918
"a 64 bit machine (--arch amd64)."
5919
msgstr ""
5920
"Om din virtuella maskin behöver använda mer än 3Gb internminne, skall du "
5921
"bygga en 64 bitars maskin (--arch amd64)."
5922
5923
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:607(para)
5924
msgid ""
5925
"Until Ubuntu 8.10, the virtual kernel was only built for 32 bit "
5926
"architecture, so if you want to define an amd64 machine on Hardy, you should "
5927
"use <emphasis>--flavour</emphasis> server instead."
5928
msgstr ""
5929
"Fram till Ubuntu 8.10 var den virtuella kärnan endast byggd för 32bitars "
5930
"arkitektur, så om du vill definiera en amd64 maskin på Hardy, så skall du "
5931
"använda <emphasis>--flavour</emphasis> server istället."
5932
5933
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:615(title)
5934
msgid "JeOS Installation Parameters"
5935
msgstr "JeOS installationsparametrar"
5936
5937
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:618(title)
5938
msgid "JeOS Networking"
5939
msgstr "JeOS nätverk"
5940
5941
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:621(title)
5942
msgid "Assigning a fixed IP address"
5943
msgstr "Tilldela en fast IP-adress"
5944
5945
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:623(para)
5946
msgid ""
5947
"As a virtual appliance that may be deployed on various very different "
5948
"networks, it is very difficult to know what the actual network will look "
5949
"like. In order to simplify configuration, it is a good idea to take an "
5950
"approach similar to what network hardware vendors usually do, namely "
5951
"assigning an initial fixed IP address to the appliance in a private class "
5952
"network that you will provide in your documentation. An address in the range "
5953
"192.168.0.0/255 is usually a good choice."
5954
msgstr ""
5955
"Eftersom en virtuell tillämpning kan utvecklas på väldigt olika nätverk är "
5956
"det väldigt svårt att förutse hur det verkliga nätverket kommer se ut. För "
5957
"att förenkla konfigurationen, är det en god idé att inta liknande "
5958
"förhållningssätt som tillverkare av nätverkshårdvara normalt gör, nämligen "
5959
"att tilldela en fast IP-adress för tillämpningen i ett privat klassat "
5960
"nätverk som du tillhandahåller i din dokumentation. En adress i intervallet "
5961
"192.168.0.0/255 är normalt ett bra val."
5962
5963
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:630(para)
5964
msgid "To do this we'll use the following parameters:"
5965
msgstr "För att åstadkomma detta använder vi följande parametrar"
5966
5967
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:636(para)
5968
msgid ""
5969
"<emphasis>--ip ADDRESS</emphasis>: IP address in dotted form (defaults to "
5970
"dhcp if not specified)"
5971
msgstr ""
5972
"<emphasis>--ip ADDRESS</emphasis>: IP-adress i punktform (standard dhcp om "
5973
"inget annat specificerats)"
5974
5975
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:641(para)
5976
msgid ""
5977
"<emphasis>--mask VALUE</emphasis>: IP mask in dotted form (default: "
5978
"255.255.255.0)"
5979
msgstr ""
5980
"<emphasis>--mask VALUE</emphasis>: IP-mask i punktform (standard: "
5981
"255.255.255.0)"
5982
5983
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:646(para)
5984
msgid "<emphasis>--net VALUE</emphasis>: IP net address (default: X.X.X.0)"
5985
msgstr "<emphasis>--net VALUE</emphasis>: IP nätadress (standard: X.X.X.0)"
5986
5987
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:651(para)
5988
msgid "<emphasis>--bcast VALUE</emphasis>: IP broadcast (default: X.X.X.255)"
5989
msgstr ""
5990
"<emphasis>--bcast VALUE</emphasis>: IP broadcast (standard: X.X.X.255)"
5991
5992
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:656(para)
5993
msgid "<emphasis>--gw ADDRESS</emphasis>: Gateway address (default: X.X.X.1)"
5994
msgstr ""
5995
"<emphasis>--gw ADDRESS</emphasis>: Gateway-adress (standard: X.X.X.1)"
5996
5997
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:661(para)
5998
msgid ""
5999
"<emphasis>--dns ADDRESS</emphasis>: Name server address (default: X.X.X.1)"
6000
msgstr ""
6001
"<emphasis>--dns ADDRESS</emphasis>: Namnserver-adress (standard: X.X.X.1)"
6002
6003
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:667(para)
6004
msgid ""
6005
"We assume for now that default values are good enough, so the resulting "
6006
"invocation becomes:"
6007
msgstr ""
6008
"Vi förutsätter för tillfället att standardvärdena är tillräckligt bra, så "
6009
"det anropade resultatet blir:"
6010
6011
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:672(command)
6012
msgid ""
6013
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite maverick --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o -"
6014
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100"
6015
msgstr ""
6016
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite maverick --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o -"
6017
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100"
6018
6019
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:677(title)
6020
msgid "Modifying the libvirt Template to use Bridging"
6021
msgstr "Redigera libvirt-mallen till att använda bryggning"
6022
6023
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:679(para)
6024
msgid ""
6025
"Because our appliance will be likely to need to be accessed by remote hosts, "
6026
"we need to configure libvirt so that the appliance uses bridge networking. "
6027
"To do this we use vmbuilder template mechanism to modify the default one."
6028
msgstr ""
6029
"Eftersom vår tillämpning sannolikt behöver nås av en fjärrvärd, behöver vi "
6030
"konfigurera libvirt så att tillämpningen använder en nätverksbrygga. För att "
6031
"göra detta använder vi schemafunktionen i vmbuilder till att modifiera "
6032
"standardschemat."
6033
6034
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:684(para)
6035
msgid ""
6036
"In our working directory we create the template hierarchy and copy the "
6037
"default template:"
6038
msgstr ""
6039
"I vår arbetskatalog skapar vi en mallhierarki och kopierar standardmallen:"
6040
6041
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:689(command)
6042
msgid "mkdir -p VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates"
6043
msgstr "mkdir -p VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates"
6044
6045
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:690(command)
6046
msgid "cp /etc/vmbuilder/libvirt/* VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates/"
6047
msgstr "cp /etc/vmbuilder/libvirt/* VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates/"
6048
6049
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:693(para)
6050
msgid ""
6051
"We can then edit "
6052
"<filename>VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates/libvirtxml.tmpl</filename> to "
6053
"change:"
6054
msgstr ""
6055
"Vi kan sedan redigera "
6056
"<filename>VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates/libvirtxml.tmpl</filename> "
6057
"till att ändra:"
6058
6059
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:697(programlisting)
6060
#, no-wrap
6061
msgid ""
6062
"\n"
6063
" <interface type='network'>\n"
6064
" <source network='default'/>\n"
6065
" </interface>\n"
6066
msgstr ""
6067
"\n"
6068
" <interface type='network'>\n"
6069
" <source network='default'/>\n"
6070
" </interface>\n"
6071
6072
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:703(para)
6073
msgid "To:"
6074
msgstr "Till:"
6075
6076
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:707(programlisting)
6077
#, no-wrap
6078
msgid ""
6079
"\n"
6080
" <interface type='bridge'>\n"
6081
" <source bridge='br0'/>\n"
6082
" </interface>\n"
6083
msgstr ""
6084
"\n"
6085
" <interface type='bridge'>\n"
6086
" <source bridge='br0'/>\n"
6087
" </interface>\n"
6088
6089
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:717(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:459(title)
6090
msgid "Partitioning"
6091
msgstr "Partitionering"
6092
6093
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:719(para)
6094
msgid ""
6095
"Partitioning of the virtual appliance will have to take into consideration "
6096
"what you are planning to do with is. Because most appliances want to have a "
6097
"separate storage for data, having a separate <filename>/var</filename> would "
6098
"make sense."
6099
msgstr ""
6100
"Vid partitioneringen av den virtuella tillämpningen behöver du ta ställning "
6101
"till vad du planerat att använda den till. Eftersom de flesta "
6102
"tillämpningarna vill ha en separat lagring för data, att ha en separat "
6103
"<filename>/var</filename> låter klokt."
6104
6105
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:724(para)
6106
msgid ""
6107
"In order to do this vmbuilder provides us with <emphasis>--part</emphasis>:"
6108
msgstr ""
6109
"För att göra detta tillhandahåller vmbuilder oss med <emphasis>--"
6110
"part</emphasis>:"
6111
6112
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:728(programlisting)
6113
#, no-wrap
6114
msgid ""
6115
"\n"
6116
"--part PATH\n"
6117
" Allows you to specify a partition table in a partition file, located at "
6118
"PATH. Each line of the partition file should specify\n"
6119
" (root first):\n"
6120
" mountpoint size\n"
6121
" where size is in megabytes. You can have up to 4 virtual disks, a new "
6122
"disk starts on a\n"
6123
" line with ’---’. ie :\n"
6124
" root 1000\n"
6125
" /opt 1000\n"
6126
" swap 256\n"
6127
" ---\n"
6128
" /var 2000\n"
6129
" /log 1500\n"
6130
msgstr ""
6131
6132
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:743(para)
6133
msgid ""
6134
"In our case we will define a text file name "
6135
"<filename>vmbuilder.partition</filename> which will contain the following:"
6136
msgstr ""
6137
"I vårt fall kommer vi definiera en textfil med namnet "
6138
"<filename>vmbuilder.partition</filename> som kommer att innehålla följande:"
6139
6140
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:747(programlisting)
6141
#, no-wrap
6142
msgid ""
6143
"\n"
6144
"root 8000\n"
6145
"swap 4000\n"
6146
"---\n"
6147
"/var 20000\n"
6148
msgstr ""
6149
"\n"
6150
"root 8000\n"
6151
"swap 4000\n"
6152
"---\n"
6153
"/var 20000\n"
6154
6155
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:755(para)
6156
msgid ""
6157
"Note that as we are using virtual disk images, the actual sizes that we put "
6158
"here are maximum sizes for these volumes."
6159
msgstr ""
6160
"Notera att vi använder virtuella skivavbilder, de verkliga storlekarna som "
6161
"vi anger här är den maximala storleken för dessa volymer."
6162
6163
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:760(para)
6164
msgid "Our command line now looks like:"
6165
msgstr "Vår kommandorad ser nu ut såhär:"
6166
6167
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:765(command)
6168
msgid ""
6169
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite maverick --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -"
6170
"o --libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition"
6171
msgstr ""
6172
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite maverick --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -"
6173
"o --libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition"
6174
6175
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:770(para)
6176
msgid ""
6177
"Using a \"\\\" in a command will allow long command strings to wrap to the "
6178
"next line."
6179
msgstr ""
6180
"Att använda en \"\\\" i ett kommando gör det möjligt med radbrytningar i "
6181
"långa kommandosträngar."
6182
6183
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:777(title)
6184
msgid "User and Password"
6185
msgstr "Användare och lösenord"
6186
6187
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:779(para)
6188
msgid ""
6189
"Again setting up a virtual appliance, you will need to provide a default "
6190
"user and password that is generic so that you can include it in your "
6191
"documentation. We will see later on in this tutorial how we will provide "
6192
"some security by defining a script that will be run the first time a user "
6193
"actually logs in the appliance, that will, among other things, ask him to "
6194
"change his password. In this example I will use <emphasis>'user'</emphasis> "
6195
"as my user name, and <emphasis>'default'</emphasis> as the password."
6196
msgstr ""
6197
"Återigen sätta upp en virtuell tillämpning kräver att du tillhandahåller i "
6198
"din dokumentation en standardanvändare och lösenord. Vi kommer senare i den "
6199
"här guiden erbjuda säkerhet genom att definiera ett skript som körs när en "
6200
"användare loggar in i tillämpningen första gången. I detta exempel kommer vi "
6201
"använda <emphasis>'user'</emphasis> som användarnamn och "
6202
"<emphasis>'default'</emphasis> som lösenord."
6203
6204
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:787(para)
6205
msgid "To do this we use the following optional parameters:"
6206
msgstr "För att göra detta använder vi följande valfria parametrar:"
6207
6208
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:793(para)
6209
msgid ""
6210
"<emphasis>--user USERNAME:</emphasis> Sets the name of the user to be added. "
6211
"Default: ubuntu."
6212
msgstr ""
6213
"<emphasis>--user USERNAME:</emphasis> Sätter namnet på användaren som skall "
6214
"läggas till. Standard: ubuntu."
6215
6216
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:798(para)
6217
msgid ""
6218
"<emphasis>--name FULLNAME:</emphasis> Sets the full name of the user to be "
6219
"added. Default: Ubuntu."
6220
msgstr ""
6221
"<emphasis>--name FULLNAME:</emphasis> Sätter fullständigt namn på användaren "
6222
"som skall läggas till. Standard: Ubuntu."
6223
6224
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:803(para)
6225
msgid ""
6226
"<emphasis>--pass PASSWORD:</emphasis> Sets the password for the user. "
6227
"Default: ubuntu."
6228
msgstr ""
6229
"<emphasis>--pass PASSWORD:</emphasis> Sätter lösenordet för användaren. "
6230
"Standard: ubuntu."
6231
6232
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:809(para)
6233
msgid "Our resulting command line becomes:"
6234
msgstr "Vår kommandorad resulterar i:"
6235
6236
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:814(command)
6237
msgid ""
6238
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite maverick --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -"
6239
"o --libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition \\ -"
6240
"-user user --name user --pass default"
6241
msgstr ""
6242
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite maverick --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -"
6243
"o --libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition \\ -"
6244
"-user user --name user --pass default"
6245
6246
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:822(title)
6247
msgid "Installing Required Packages"
6248
msgstr "Installera nödvändiga paket"
6249
6250
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:824(para)
6251
msgid ""
6252
"In this example we will be installing a package "
6253
"<application>(Limesurvey)</application> that accesses a "
6254
"<application>MySQL</application> database and has a web interface. We will "
6255
"therefore require our OS to provide us with:"
6256
msgstr ""
6257
"I det här exemplet kommer vi att installera paketet "
6258
"<application>(Limesurvey)</application> som kan ansluta till en "
6259
"<application>MySQL</application>-databas och har ett webbgränssnitt. Vi "
6260
"kommer därför begära från vårt OS att tillhandahålla oss med:"
6261
6262
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:831(para)
6263
msgid "Apache"
6264
msgstr "Apache"
6265
6266
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:832(para)
6267
msgid "PHP"
6268
msgstr "PHP"
6269
6270
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:833(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:19(trademark) serverguide/C/databases.xml:31(title)
6271
msgid "MySQL"
6272
msgstr "MySQL"
6273
6274
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:834(para) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:19(title)
6275
msgid "OpenSSH Server"
6276
msgstr "OpenSSH-server"
6277
6278
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:835(para)
6279
msgid "Limesurvey (as an example application that we have packaged)"
6280
msgstr "Limesurvey (som ett exempelprogram som vi har packeterat)"
6281
6282
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:838(para)
6283
msgid ""
6284
"This is done using vmbuilder by specifying the --addpkg option multiple "
6285
"times:"
6286
msgstr ""
6287
6288
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:842(programlisting)
6289
#, no-wrap
6290
msgid ""
6291
"\n"
6292
"--addpkg PKG\n"
6293
" Install PKG into the guest (can be specfied multiple times)\n"
6294
msgstr ""
6295
"\n"
6296
"--addpkg PKG\n"
6297
" Install PKG into the guest (can be specfied multiple times)\n"
6298
6299
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:847(para)
6300
msgid ""
6301
"However, due to the way vmbuilder operates, packages that have to ask "
6302
"questions to the user during the post install phase are not supported and "
6303
"should instead be installed while interactivity can occur. This is the case "
6304
"of Limesurvey, which we will have to install later, once the user logs in."
6305
msgstr ""
6306
"I vilket fall, på grund av det sätt som vmbuilder fungerar, stöds inte paket "
6307
"som behöver ställa frågor under installationen och bör istället installeras "
6308
"senare när interaktivitet kan uppstå. Detta gäller Limesurvey, som vi "
6309
"behöver installera senare, när användaren loggar in."
6310
6311
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:853(para)
6312
msgid ""
6313
"Other packages that ask simple debconf question, such as <application>mysql-"
6314
"server</application> asking to set a password, the package can be installed "
6315
"immediately, but we will have to reconfigure it the first time the user logs "
6316
"in."
6317
msgstr ""
6318
"Andra paket som ställer enkla debconf frågor, så som att <application>mysql-"
6319
"server</application> frågar efter att ange ett lösenord, ett sådant paket "
6320
"kan installeras direkt men vi måste omkonfigurera det första gången en "
6321
"användare loggar in."
6322
6323
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:859(para)
6324
msgid ""
6325
"If some packages that we need to install are not in main, we need to enable "
6326
"the additional repositories using --comp and --ppa:"
6327
msgstr ""
6328
"Om vissa paket som vi vill installera inte finns i main, behöver vi aktivera "
6329
"ytterligare förråd genom att använda --comp och --ppa:"
6330
6331
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:863(programlisting)
6332
#, no-wrap
6333
msgid ""
6334
"\n"
6335
"--components COMP1,COMP2,...,COMPN\n"
6336
" A comma separated list of distro components to include (e.g. "
6337
"main,universe). This defaults\n"
6338
" to \"main\"\n"
6339
"--ppa=PPA Add ppa belonging to PPA to the vm's sources.list.\n"
6340
msgstr ""
6341
"\n"
6342
"--components COMP1,COMP2,...,COMPN\n"
6343
" A comma separated list of distro components to include (e.g. "
6344
"main,universe). This defaults\n"
6345
" to \"main\"\n"
6346
"--ppa=PPA Add ppa belonging to PPA to the vm's sources.list.\n"
6347
6348
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:870(para)
6349
msgid ""
6350
"Limesurvey not being part of the archive at the moment, we'll specify it's "
6351
"PPA (personal package archive) address so that it is added to the VM "
6352
"<filename>/etc/apt/source.list</filename>, so we add the following options "
6353
"to the command line:"
6354
msgstr ""
6355
"Limesurvey är för tillfället inte en del av arkivet, vi specificerar "
6356
"adressen till dess PPA (personligt paketarkiv) så den kan läggas till i "
6357
"VM:ens <filename>/etc/apt/source.list</filename>, vi lägger till följande "
6358
"alternativ till kommandoraden:"
6359
6360
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:876(command)
6361
msgid ""
6362
"--addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-mpm-prefork --addpkg apache2-utils --"
6363
"addpkg apache2.2-common \\ --addpkg dbconfig-common --addpkg libapache2-mod-"
6364
"php5 --addpkg mysql-client --addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg "
6365
"php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-"
6366
"server --ppa nijaba"
6367
msgstr ""
6368
"--addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-mpm-prefork --addpkg apache2-utils --"
6369
"addpkg apache2.2-common \\ --addpkg dbconfig-common --addpkg libapache2-mod-"
6370
"php5 --addpkg mysql-client --addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg "
6371
"php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-"
6372
"server --ppa nijaba"
6373
6374
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:883(title)
6375
msgid "OpenSSH"
6376
msgstr "OpenSSH"
6377
6378
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:885(para)
6379
msgid ""
6380
"Another convenient tool that we want to have on our appliance is OpenSSH, as "
6381
"it will allow our admins to access the appliance remotely. However, pushing "
6382
"in the wild an appliance with a pre-installed OpenSSH server is a big "
6383
"security risk as all these server will share the same secret key, making it "
6384
"very easy for hackers to target our appliance with all the tools they need "
6385
"to crack it open in a breeze. As for the user password, we will instead rely "
6386
"on a script that will install OpenSSH the first time a user logs in so that "
6387
"the key generated will be different for each appliance. For this we'll use a "
6388
"<emphasis>--firstboot</emphasis> script, as it does not need any user "
6389
"interaction."
6390
msgstr ""
6391
"Ett annat lämpligt verktyg som vi vill ha till vår tillämpning är OpenSSH, "
6392
"då det tillåter fjärråtkomst för våra administratörer. Däremot, att trycka "
6393
"ut en tillämpning i det vilda med en förinstallerad OpenSSH-server är en "
6394
"stor säkerhetsrisk, eftersom alla servrarna kommer att ha samma hemliga "
6395
"säkerhetsnyckel, vilket gör det väldigt enkelt för hackare att rikta in sig "
6396
"mot vår tillämpning med alla verktyg de behöver för att med lätthet bryta "
6397
"sig in. På samma sätt som för användarlösenordet, kommer vi istället förlita "
6398
"oss på ett skript som installerar OpenSSH första gången en användare loggar "
6399
"in, så att nyckeln som skapas blir olika för varje tillämpning. För detta "
6400
"kommer vi använda ett <emphasis>--firstboot</emphasis> skript, eftersom det "
6401
"inte kräver någon användarinteraktion."
6402
6403
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:897(title)
6404
msgid "Speed Considerations"
6405
msgstr "Hastighetsöverväganden"
6406
6407
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:900(title)
6408
msgid "Package Caching"
6409
msgstr "Paket cachning"
6410
6411
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:902(para)
6412
msgid ""
6413
"When vmbuilder creates builds your system, it has to go fetch each one of "
6414
"the packages that composes it over the network to one of the official "
6415
"repositories, which, depending on your internet connection speed and the "
6416
"load of the mirror, can have a big impact on the actual build time. In order "
6417
"to reduce this, it is recommended to either have a local repository (which "
6418
"can be created using <application>apt-mirror</application>) or using a "
6419
"caching proxy such as <application>apt-proxy</application>. The later option "
6420
"being much simpler to implement and requiring less disk space, it is the one "
6421
"we will pick in this tutorial. To install it, simply type:"
6422
msgstr ""
6423
6424
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:912(command)
6425
msgid "sudo apt-get install apt-proxy"
6426
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apt-proxy"
6427
6428
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:915(para)
6429
msgid ""
6430
"Once this is complete, your (empty) proxy is ready for use on "
6431
"http://mirroraddress:9999 and will find ubuntu repository under /ubuntu. For "
6432
"vmbuilder to use it, we'll have to use the <emphasis>--mirror</emphasis> "
6433
"option:"
6434
msgstr ""
6435
"När detta är färdigt, är din (tomma) proxy färdig att användas på "
6436
"http://mirroraddress:9999 och hittar Ubuntu-rörråden under /ubuntu. För att "
6437
"vmbuilder skall använda det måste vi använda flaggan <emphasis>--"
6438
"mirror</emphasis>:"
6439
6440
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:920(programlisting)
6441
#, no-wrap
6442
msgid ""
6443
"\n"
6444
"--mirror=URL Use Ubuntu mirror at URL instead of the default, which\n"
6445
" is http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu for official\n"
6446
" arches and http://ports.ubuntu.com/ubuntu-ports\n"
6447
" otherwise\n"
6448
msgstr ""
6449
"\n"
6450
"--mirror=URL Use Ubuntu mirror at URL instead of the default, which\n"
6451
" is http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu for official\n"
6452
" arches and http://ports.ubuntu.com/ubuntu-ports\n"
6453
" otherwise\n"
6454
6455
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:927(para)
6456
msgid "So we add to the command line:"
6457
msgstr "Så till kommandoraden lägger vi till:"
6458
6459
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:932(command)
6460
msgid "--mirror http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu"
6461
msgstr "--mirror http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu"
6462
6463
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:936(para)
6464
msgid ""
6465
"The mirror address specified here will also be used in the "
6466
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> of the newly created guest, so it "
6467
"is useful to specify here an address that can be resolved by the guest or to "
6468
"plan on reseting this address later on, such as in a <emphasis>--"
6469
"firstboot</emphasis> script."
6470
msgstr ""
6471
6472
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:945(title)
6473
msgid "Install a Local Mirror"
6474
msgstr "Installera en lokal spegel"
6475
6476
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:947(para)
6477
msgid ""
6478
"If we are in a larger environment, it may make sense to setup a local mirror "
6479
"of the Ubuntu repositories. The package apt-mirror provides you with a "
6480
"script that will handle the mirroring for you. You should plan on having "
6481
"about 20 gigabyte of free space per supported release and architecture."
6482
msgstr ""
6483
"Om vi är i en större miljö, så kan det vara bra att sätta upp en lokal "
6484
"spegel av Ubuntu-förråden. Paketet apt-mirror tillhandahåller ett skript som "
6485
"tar hand om speglingen åt dig. Du bör planera med att ha 20 gigabyte fritt "
6486
"utrymme för varje version och arkitektur som stöds."
6487
6488
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:953(para)
6489
msgid ""
6490
"By default, <application>apt-mirror</application> uses the configuration "
6491
"file in <filename>/etc/apt/mirror.list</filename>. As it is set up, it will "
6492
"replicate only the architecture of the local machine. If you would like to "
6493
"support other architectures on your mirror, simply duplicate the lines "
6494
"starting with “deb”, replacing the deb keyword by /deb-{arch} where arch can "
6495
"be i386, amd64, etc... For example, on an amd64 machine, to have the i386 "
6496
"archives as well, you will have:"
6497
msgstr ""
6498
"Som standard använder <application>apt-mirror</application> "
6499
"konfigurationsfilen i <filename>/etc/apt/mirror.list</filename>. Så som den "
6500
"är inställd så kommer den endast att replikera arkitekturen för den lokala "
6501
"maskinen. Om du på din spegel vill stödja en annan arkitektur, duplicera "
6502
"helt enkelt raderna som börjar med “deb”, ersätt nyckelordet deb med /deb-"
6503
"{arch} där arch kan vara i386, amd64, etc... Till exempel, Om du på en amd64-"
6504
"maskin också vill ha arkiv för i386, så kommer du att ha:"
6505
6506
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:960(programlisting)
6507
#, no-wrap
6508
msgid ""
6509
"\n"
6510
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick main restricted universe "
6511
"multiverse \n"
6512
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick main restricted "
6513
"universe multiverse\n"
6514
"\n"
6515
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-updates main restricted "
6516
"universe multiverse \n"
6517
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-updates main restricted "
6518
"universe multiverse \n"
6519
"\n"
6520
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick-backports main restricted "
6521
"universe multiverse \n"
6522
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-backports main "
6523
"restricted universe multiverse \n"
6524
"\n"
6525
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security main restricted "
6526
"universe multiverse \n"
6527
"/deb-i386 http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security main "
6528
"restricted universe multiverse \n"
6529
"\n"
6530
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick main/debian-installer "
6531
"restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
6532
"installer \n"
6533
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick main/debian-installer "
6534
"restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
6535
"installer \n"
6536
msgstr ""
6537
"\n"
6538
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick main restricted universe "
6539
"multiverse \n"
6540
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick main restricted "
6541
"universe multiverse\n"
6542
"\n"
6543
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-updates main restricted "
6544
"universe multiverse \n"
6545
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-updates main restricted "
6546
"universe multiverse \n"
6547
"\n"
6548
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick-backports main restricted "
6549
"universe multiverse \n"
6550
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-backports main "
6551
"restricted universe multiverse \n"
6552
"\n"
6553
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security main restricted "
6554
"universe multiverse \n"
6555
"/deb-i386 http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security main "
6556
"restricted universe multiverse \n"
6557
"\n"
6558
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick main/debian-installer "
6559
"restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
6560
"installer \n"
6561
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick main/debian-installer "
6562
"restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
6563
"installer \n"
6564
6565
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:977(para)
6566
msgid ""
6567
"Notice that the source packages are not mirrored as they are seldom used "
6568
"compared to the binaries and they do take a lot more space, but they can be "
6569
"easily added to the list."
6570
msgstr ""
6571
"Observera att källpaketen inte är speglade eftersom de sällan används "
6572
"jämfört med binärer och de tar mycket mer utrymme, men de kan enkelt läggas "
6573
"till i listan."
6574
6575
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:982(para)
6576
msgid ""
6577
"Once the mirror has finished replicating (and this can be quite long), you "
6578
"need to configure Apache so that your mirror files (in "
6579
"<filename>/var/spool/apt-mirror</filename> if you did not change the "
6580
"default), are published by your Apache server. For more information on "
6581
"Apache see <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
6582
msgstr ""
6583
"Så snart spegeln har avslutat replikeringen (det kan ta lång tid), behöver "
6584
"du konfigurera Apache så att dina speglade filer (i <filename>/var/spool/apt-"
6585
"mirror</filename> om du inte ändrat standardplatsen) publiceras av din "
6586
"Apache-server. För ytterligare information om Apache se <xref "
6587
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
6588
6589
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:991(title)
6590
msgid "Installing in a RAM Disk"
6591
msgstr "Installera i en RAM-disk"
6592
6593
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:993(para)
6594
msgid ""
6595
"As you can easily imagine, writing to RAM is a <emphasis>LOT</emphasis> "
6596
"faster than writing to disk. If you have some free memory, letting vmbuilder "
6597
"perform its operation in a RAMdisk will help a lot and the option <emphasis>-"
6598
"-tmpfs</emphasis> will help you do just that:"
6599
msgstr ""
6600
"Som du enkelt kan föreställa dig, att skriva till RAM är "
6601
"<emphasis>MYCKET</emphasis> snabbare än att skriva till en hårddisk. Om du "
6602
"har ledigt minne och låter vmbuilder uföra sina procedurer i en RAM-disk "
6603
"kommer det att vara till stor hjälp och flaggan <emphasis>--tmpfs</emphasis> "
6604
"kommer hjälpa dig att göra just det:"
6605
6606
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:999(programlisting)
6607
#, no-wrap
6608
msgid ""
6609
"\n"
6610
"--tmpfs OPTS Use a tmpfs as the working directory, specifying its\n"
6611
" size or \"-\" to use tmpfs default (suid,dev,size=1G).\n"
6612
msgstr ""
6613
"\n"
6614
"--tmpfs OPTS Use a tmpfs as the working directory, specifying its\n"
6615
" size or \"-\" to use tmpfs default (suid,dev,size=1G).\n"
6616
6617
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1004(para)
6618
msgid ""
6619
"So adding <command>--tmpfs -</command> sounds like a very good idea if you "
6620
"have 1G of free ram."
6621
msgstr ""
6622
"Så att lägga till <command>--tmpfs -</command> låter som en väldigt bra idé "
6623
"om du har 1G ledigt minne."
6624
6625
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1011(title)
6626
msgid "Package the Application"
6627
msgstr "Paketera programmet"
6628
6629
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1013(para)
6630
msgid "Two option are available to us:"
6631
msgstr "Två alternativ är användbara för oss:"
6632
6633
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1019(para)
6634
msgid ""
6635
"The recommended method to do so is to make a <emphasis>Debian</emphasis> "
6636
"package. Since this is outside of the scope of this tutorial, we will not "
6637
"perform this here and invite the reader to read the documentation on how to "
6638
"do this in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/PackagingGuide\">Ubuntu "
6639
"Packaging Guide</ulink>. In this case it is also a good idea to setup a "
6640
"repository for your package so that updates can be conveniently pulled from "
6641
"it. See the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian-"
6642
"administration.org/articles/286\">Debian Administration</ulink> article for "
6643
"a tutorial on this."
6644
msgstr ""
6645
"Det rekommenderade sättet är att göra ett <emphasis>Debian</emphasis> paket. "
6646
"Eftersom det är utanför den här guidens omfattning, kommer vi inte utföra "
6647
"det här utan uppmanar läsaren att läsa dokumentationen för hur detta utförs "
6648
"på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/PackagingGuide\">Ubuntu Packaging "
6649
"Guide</ulink>. I det här fallet är det också en god idé att konfigurera ett "
6650
"förråd för dina paket så att uppdateringar enkelt kan hämtas. Se artikeln "
6651
"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian-administration.org/articles/286\">Debian "
6652
"Administration</ulink> för en guide om detta."
6653
6654
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1028(para)
6655
msgid ""
6656
"Manually install the application under <filename>/opt</filename> as "
6657
"recommended by the <ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/\">FHS "
6658
"guidelines</ulink>."
6659
msgstr ""
6660
"Installera programmet manuellt under <filename>/opt</filename> vilket "
6661
"rekommenderas av <ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/\">FHS "
6662
"guidelines</ulink>."
6663
6664
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1035(para)
6665
msgid ""
6666
"In our case we'll use <application>Limesurvey</application> as example web "
6667
"application for which we wish to provide a virtual appliance. As noted "
6668
"before, we've made a version of the package available in a PPA (Personal "
6669
"Package Archive)."
6670
msgstr ""
6671
"I vårt fall kommer vi använda <application>Limesurvey</application> som ett "
6672
"exempel på ett webbprogram för vilken vi vill förse en virtuell tillämpning. "
6673
"Som påpekats tidigare, har vi gjort en version av paketet som finns i ett "
6674
"PPA (personligt paketarkiv)."
6675
6676
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1042(title)
6677
msgid "Finishing Install"
6678
msgstr "Avsluta installationen"
6679
6680
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1045(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1942(title)
6681
msgid "First Boot"
6682
msgstr "Första uppstarten"
6683
6684
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1047(para)
6685
msgid ""
6686
"As we mentioned earlier, the first time the machine boots we'll need to "
6687
"install <application>openssh-server</application> so that the key generated "
6688
"for it is unique for each machine. To do this, we'll write a script called "
6689
"<filename>boot.sh</filename> as follows:"
6690
msgstr ""
6691
"Som vi nämnt tidigare, första gången maskinen startar behöver vi installera "
6692
"<application>openssh-server</application> så att nyckeln som skapas för den "
6693
"blir unik för varje maskin. För att göra det, så skriver vi ett skript som "
6694
"kallas för <filename>boot.sh</filename> på följande sätt:"
6695
6696
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1053(programlisting)
6697
#, no-wrap
6698
msgid ""
6699
"\n"
6700
"# This script will run the first time the virtual machine boots\n"
6701
"# It is ran as root.\n"
6702
"\n"
6703
"apt-get update\n"
6704
"apt-get install -qqy --force-yes openssh-server\n"
6705
msgstr ""
6706
"\n"
6707
"# This script will run the first time the virtual machine boots\n"
6708
"# It is ran as root.\n"
6709
"\n"
6710
"apt-get update\n"
6711
"apt-get install -qqy --force-yes openssh-server\n"
6712
6713
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1061(para)
6714
msgid ""
6715
"And we add the <command>--firstboot boot.sh</command> option to our command "
6716
"line."
6717
msgstr ""
6718
"Och vi lägger till alternativet <command>--firstboot boot.sh</command> till "
6719
"vår kommandorad."
6720
6721
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1067(title)
6722
msgid "First Login"
6723
msgstr "Första inloggningen"
6724
6725
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1069(para)
6726
msgid ""
6727
"Mysql and Limesurvey needing some user interaction during their setup, we'll "
6728
"set them up the first time a user logs in using a script named login.sh. "
6729
"We'll also use this script to let the user specify:"
6730
msgstr ""
6731
"Mysql och Limesurvey behöver en del interaktion med användaren under "
6732
"installationen, vi sätter upp dem när användaren loggar in första gången "
6733
"genom att använda ett skript som heter login.sh. Vi kommer även att använda "
6734
"skriptet för att låta användaren ange:"
6735
6736
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1075(para)
6737
msgid "His own password"
6738
msgstr "Hans egna lösenord"
6739
6740
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1076(para)
6741
msgid "Define the keyboard and other locale info he wants to use"
6742
msgstr ""
6743
"Definiera tangentbordet och annan platsinformation som han vill använda"
6744
6745
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1079(para)
6746
msgid "So we'll define <filename>login.sh</filename> as follows:"
6747
msgstr "Så vi definierar <filename>login.sh</filename> på följande sätt:"
6748
6749
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1083(programlisting)
6750
#, no-wrap
6751
msgid ""
6752
"\n"
6753
"# This script is ran the first time a user logs in\n"
6754
"\n"
6755
"echo \"Your appliance is about to be finished to be set up.\"\n"
6756
"echo \"In order to do it, we'll need to ask you a few questions,\"\n"
6757
"echo \"starting by changing your user password.\"\n"
6758
"\n"
6759
"passwd\n"
6760
"\n"
6761
"#give the opportunity to change the keyboard\n"
6762
"sudo dpkg-reconfigure console-setup\n"
6763
"\n"
6764
"#configure the mysql server root password\n"
6765
"sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.0\n"
6766
"\n"
6767
"#install limesurvey\n"
6768
"sudo apt-get install -qqy --force-yes limesurvey\n"
6769
"\n"
6770
"echo \"Your appliance is now configured. To use it point your\"\n"
6771
"echo \"browser to http://serverip/limesurvey/admin\"\n"
6772
msgstr ""
6773
"\n"
6774
"# This script is ran the first time a user logs in\n"
6775
"\n"
6776
"echo \"Your appliance is about to be finished to be set up.\"\n"
6777
"echo \"In order to do it, we'll need to ask you a few questions,\"\n"
6778
"echo \"starting by changing your user password.\"\n"
6779
"\n"
6780
"passwd\n"
6781
"\n"
6782
"#give the opportunity to change the keyboard\n"
6783
"sudo dpkg-reconfigure console-setup\n"
6784
"\n"
6785
"#configure the mysql server root password\n"
6786
"sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.0\n"
6787
"\n"
6788
"#install limesurvey\n"
6789
"sudo apt-get install -qqy --force-yes limesurvey\n"
6790
"\n"
6791
"echo \"Your appliance is now configured. To use it point your\"\n"
6792
"echo \"browser to http://serverip/limesurvey/admin\"\n"
6793
6794
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1105(para)
6795
msgid ""
6796
"And we add the <command>--firstlogin login.sh</command> option to our "
6797
"command line."
6798
msgstr ""
6799
"Och vi lägger till alternativet <command>--firstlogin login.sh</command> "
6800
"till vår kommandorad."
6801
6802
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1112(title)
6803
msgid "Useful Additions"
6804
msgstr "Användbara tillägg"
6805
6806
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1115(title)
6807
msgid "Configuring Automatic Updates"
6808
msgstr "Konfigurera automatiska uppdateringar"
6809
6810
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1117(para)
6811
msgid ""
6812
"To have your system be configured to update itself on a regular basis, we "
6813
"will just install <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, so we add "
6814
"the following option to our command line:"
6815
msgstr ""
6816
"För att konfigurera ditt system till att regelbundet uppdatera sig själv, "
6817
"behöver vi bara installera <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, "
6818
"så vi lägger till följande alternativ till vår kommandorad:"
6819
6820
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1123(command)
6821
msgid "--addpkg unattended-upgrades"
6822
msgstr "--addpkg unattended-upgrades"
6823
6824
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1126(para)
6825
msgid ""
6826
"As we have put our application package in a PPA, the process will update not "
6827
"only the system, but also the application each time we update the version in "
6828
"the PPA."
6829
msgstr ""
6830
"När vi placerat vårt programpaket i ett PPA, kommer processen inte bara "
6831
"uppdatera systemet, utan också programmet varje gång vi uppdaterar versionen "
6832
"i PPA:t."
6833
6834
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1133(title)
6835
msgid "ACPI Event Handling"
6836
msgstr "ACPI händelshantering"
6837
6838
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1135(para)
6839
msgid ""
6840
"For your virtual machine to be able to handle restart and shutdown events it "
6841
"is being sent, it is a good idea to install the acpid package as well. To do "
6842
"this we just add the following option:"
6843
msgstr ""
6844
"För att din virtuella maskin skall kunna hantera skickade händelser som "
6845
"omstart och avsluta, är det en bra idé att också installera paketet acpid. "
6846
"För att göra det lägger vi till följande alternativ:"
6847
6848
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1141(command)
6849
msgid "--addpkg acpid"
6850
msgstr "--addpkg acpid"
6851
6852
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1147(title)
6853
msgid "Final Command"
6854
msgstr "Avslutande kommando"
6855
6856
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1149(para)
6857
msgid "Here is the command with all the options discussed above:"
6858
msgstr "Här är kommandot med alla alternativ som diskuterats ovan:"
6859
6860
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1154(command)
6861
msgid ""
6862
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite maverick --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o "
6863
"\\ --libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition --"
6864
"user user \\ --name user --pass default --addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-"
6865
"mpm-prefork \\ --addpkg apache2-utils --addpkg apache2.2-common --addpkg "
6866
"dbconfig-common \\ --addpkg libapache2-mod-php5 --addpkg mysql-client --"
6867
"addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --"
6868
"addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-server --addpkg unattended-"
6869
"upgrades --addpkg acpid --ppa nijaba \\ --mirror "
6870
"http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu --tmpfs - --firstboot boot.sh \\ --"
6871
"firstlogin login.sh"
6872
msgstr ""
6873
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite maverick --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o "
6874
"\\ --libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition --"
6875
"user user \\ --name user --pass default --addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-"
6876
"mpm-prefork \\ --addpkg apache2-utils --addpkg apache2.2-common --addpkg "
6877
"dbconfig-common \\ --addpkg libapache2-mod-php5 --addpkg mysql-client --"
6878
"addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --"
6879
"addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-server --addpkg unattended-"
6880
"upgrades --addpkg acpid --ppa nijaba \\ --mirror "
6881
"http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu --tmpfs - --firstboot boot.sh \\ --"
6882
"firstlogin login.sh"
6883
6884
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1169(para)
6885
msgid ""
6886
"If you are interested in learning more, have questions or suggestions, "
6887
"please contact the Ubuntu Server Team at:"
6888
msgstr ""
6889
"Om du är intresserad av att lära dig mer, har frågor eller förslag, kontakta "
6890
"Ubuntu:s serverteam på:"
6891
6892
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1174(para)
6893
msgid "IRC: #ubuntu-server on freenode"
6894
msgstr "IRC: #ubuntu-server på freenode"
6895
6896
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1179(para)
6897
msgid ""
6898
"Mailing list: <ulink url=\"https://lists.ubuntu.com/mailman/listinfo/ubuntu-"
6899
"server\">ubuntu-server at lists.ubuntu.com</ulink>"
6900
msgstr ""
6901
"E-post lista: <ulink url=\"https://lists.ubuntu.com/mailman/listinfo/ubuntu-"
6902
"server\">ubuntu-server at lists.ubuntu.com</ulink>"
6903
6904
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1184(para)
6905
msgid ""
6906
"Also, see the <ulink "
6907
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/JeOSVMBuilder\">JeOSVMBuilder Ubuntu "
6908
"Wiki</ulink> page."
6909
msgstr ""
6910
"Se även: <ulink "
6911
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/JeOSVMBuilder\">JeOSVMBuilder Ubuntu "
6912
"Wiki</ulink>."
6913
6914
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1192(title)
6915
msgid "UEC"
6916
msgstr "UEC"
6917
6918
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1195(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2036(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:15(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:17(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:928(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:64(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:17(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:541(title)
6919
msgid "Overview"
6920
msgstr "Översikt"
6921
6922
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1197(para)
6923
msgid ""
6924
"This tutorial covers <application>UEC</application> installation from the "
6925
"Ubuntu 10.10 Server Edition CD, and assumes a basic network topology, with a "
6926
"single system serving as the <emphasis>\"all-in-one controller\"</emphasis>, "
6927
"and one or more nodes attached."
6928
msgstr ""
6929
6930
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1202(para)
6931
msgid ""
6932
"From this Tutorial you will learn how to install, configure, register and "
6933
"perform several operations on a basic <application>UEC</application> setup "
6934
"that results in a cloud with a one controller <emphasis>\"front-"
6935
"end\"</emphasis> and one or several node(s) for running Virtual Machine (VM) "
6936
"instances. You will also use examples to help get you started using your own "
6937
"private compute cloud."
6938
msgstr ""
6939
6940
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1210(title)
6941
msgid "Prerequisites"
6942
msgstr "Förutsättningar"
6943
6944
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1212(para)
6945
msgid ""
6946
"To deploy a minimal cloud infrastructure, you’ll need at least "
6947
"<emphasis>two</emphasis> dedicated systems:"
6948
msgstr ""
6949
6950
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1218(para)
6951
msgid "A front end."
6952
msgstr ""
6953
6954
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1223(para)
6955
msgid "One or more node(s)."
6956
msgstr "En eller flera noder."
6957
6958
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1229(para)
6959
msgid ""
6960
"The following are recommendations, rather than fixed requirements. However, "
6961
"our experience in developing this documentation indicated the following "
6962
"suggestions."
6963
msgstr ""
6964
"Följande är rekommendationer, snarare än krav. Hur som helst, vår erfarenhet "
6965
"i skapandet av denna dokumentation indikerar följande lösningar."
6966
6967
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1234(title)
6968
msgid "Front End Requirements"
6969
msgstr ""
6970
6971
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1236(para)
6972
msgid "Use the following table for a system that will run one or more of:"
6973
msgstr ""
6974
"Använd följande tabell för ett system som kommer köra en eller flera av:"
6975
6976
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1241(para)
6977
msgid "Cloud Controller (CLC)"
6978
msgstr "Cloud Controller (CLC)"
6979
6980
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1242(para)
6981
msgid "Cluster Controller (CC)"
6982
msgstr ""
6983
6984
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1243(para)
6985
msgid "Walrus (the S3-like storage service)"
6986
msgstr ""
6987
6988
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1244(para)
6989
msgid "Storage Controller (SC)"
6990
msgstr ""
6991
6992
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1248(title)
6993
msgid "UEC Front End Requirements"
6994
msgstr ""
6995
6996
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1256(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1318(para)
6997
msgid "Hardware"
6998
msgstr "Hårdvara"
6999
7000
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1257(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1319(para)
7001
msgid "Minimum"
7002
msgstr "Minimum"
7003
7004
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1258(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1320(para)
7005
msgid "Suggested"
7006
msgstr "Föreslagna"
7007
7008
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1259(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1321(para)
7009
msgid "Notes"
7010
msgstr "Anteckningar"
7011
7012
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1264(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1326(para)
7013
msgid "CPU"
7014
msgstr "CPU"
7015
7016
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1265(para)
7017
msgid "1 GHz"
7018
msgstr "1 GHz"
7019
7020
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1266(para)
7021
msgid "2 x 2 GHz"
7022
msgstr "2 x 2 GHz"
7023
7024
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1267(para)
7025
msgid ""
7026
"For an <emphasis>all-in-one</emphasis> front end, it helps to have at least "
7027
"a dual core processor."
7028
msgstr ""
7029
7030
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1270(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1332(para)
7031
msgid "Memory"
7032
msgstr "Minne"
7033
7034
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1271(para)
7035
msgid "2 GB"
7036
msgstr "2 GB"
7037
7038
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1272(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1334(para)
7039
msgid "4 GB"
7040
msgstr "4 GB"
7041
7042
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1273(para)
7043
msgid "The Java web front end benefits from lots of available memory."
7044
msgstr ""
7045
7046
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1276(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1338(para)
7047
msgid "Disk"
7048
msgstr "Disk"
7049
7050
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1277(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1339(para)
7051
msgid "5400 RPM IDE"
7052
msgstr "5400 RPM IDE"
7053
7054
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1278(para)
7055
msgid "7200 RPM SATA"
7056
msgstr "7200 RPM SATA"
7057
7058
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1279(para)
7059
msgid ""
7060
"Slower disks will work, but will yield much longer instance startup times."
7061
msgstr ""
7062
"Långsammare hårddiskar kommer att fungera, men kommer generera längre "
7063
"starttider."
7064
7065
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1282(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1344(para)
7066
msgid "Disk Space"
7067
msgstr "Diskutrymme"
7068
7069
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1283(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1345(para)
7070
msgid "40 GB"
7071
msgstr "40 GB"
7072
7073
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1284(para)
7074
msgid "200 GB"
7075
msgstr "200 GB"
7076
7077
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1285(para)
7078
msgid ""
7079
"40GB is only enough space for only a single image, cache, etc., Eucalyptus "
7080
"does not like to run out of disk space."
7081
msgstr ""
7082
"40GB är endast tillräckligt utrymme för en avbildning, cache, etc., "
7083
"Eucalyptus gillar inte att få slut på utrymme."
7084
7085
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1288(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1350(para) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:13(title)
7086
msgid "Networking"
7087
msgstr "Nätverk"
7088
7089
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1289(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1351(para)
7090
msgid "100 Mbps"
7091
msgstr "100 Mbps"
7092
7093
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1290(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1352(para)
7094
msgid "1000 Mbps"
7095
msgstr "1000 Mbps"
7096
7097
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1291(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1353(para)
7098
msgid ""
7099
"Machine images are hundreds of MB, and need to be copied over the network to "
7100
"nodes."
7101
msgstr ""
7102
7103
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1299(title)
7104
msgid "Node Requirements"
7105
msgstr "Nod krav"
7106
7107
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1301(para)
7108
msgid "The other system(s) are <emphasis>nodes</emphasis>, which will run::"
7109
msgstr "Andra system(en) är <emphasis>noder</emphasis>, vilka kommer köra::"
7110
7111
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1306(para)
7112
msgid "the Node Controller (NC)"
7113
msgstr ""
7114
7115
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1310(title)
7116
msgid "UEC Node Requirements"
7117
msgstr ""
7118
7119
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1327(para)
7120
msgid "VT Extensions"
7121
msgstr ""
7122
7123
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1328(para)
7124
msgid "VT, 64-bit, Multicore"
7125
msgstr ""
7126
7127
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1329(para)
7128
msgid ""
7129
"64-bit can run both i386, and amd64 instances; by default, Eucalyptus will "
7130
"only run 1 VM per CPU core on a Node."
7131
msgstr ""
7132
7133
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1333(para)
7134
msgid "1 GB"
7135
msgstr "1 GB"
7136
7137
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1335(para)
7138
msgid "Additional memory means more, and larger guests."
7139
msgstr "Mer minne inebär fler och större gäster."
7140
7141
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1340(para)
7142
msgid "7200 RPM SATA or SCSI"
7143
msgstr "7200 RPM SATA eller SCSI"
7144
7145
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1341(para)
7146
msgid ""
7147
"Eucalyptus nodes are disk-intensive; I/O wait will likely be the performance "
7148
"bottleneck."
7149
msgstr ""
7150
7151
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1346(para)
7152
msgid "100 GB"
7153
msgstr "100 GB"
7154
7155
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1347(para)
7156
msgid ""
7157
"Images will be cached locally, Eucalyptus does not like to run out of disk "
7158
"space."
7159
msgstr ""
7160
7161
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1363(title)
7162
msgid "Installing the Cloud/Cluster/Storage/Walrus Front End Server"
7163
msgstr ""
7164
7165
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1367(para)
7166
msgid "Download the Ubuntu 10.10 Server ISO file, and burn it to a CD."
7167
msgstr ""
7168
7169
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1372(para)
7170
msgid ""
7171
"When you boot, select <emphasis>“Install Ubuntu Enterprise "
7172
"Cloud”</emphasis>. The installer will detect if any other Eucalyptus "
7173
"components are present."
7174
msgstr ""
7175
7176
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1377(para)
7177
msgid ""
7178
"You can then choose which components to install, based on your chosen <ulink "
7179
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/Topologies\">topology</ulink>."
7180
msgstr ""
7181
7182
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1382(para)
7183
msgid ""
7184
"When asked whether you want a <emphasis>“Cluster”</emphasis> or a "
7185
"<emphasis>“Node”</emphasis> install, select <emphasis>“Cluster”</emphasis>."
7186
msgstr ""
7187
"När du tillfrågas om du vill installera ett <emphasis>“Cluster”</emphasis> "
7188
"eller en <emphasis>“Nod”</emphasis>, välj <emphasis>“Cluster”</emphasis>."
7189
7190
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1388(para)
7191
msgid ""
7192
"It will ask two other cloud-specific questions during the course of the "
7193
"install:"
7194
msgstr ""
7195
7196
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1393(para)
7197
msgid "Name of your cluster."
7198
msgstr "Namnet på ditt kluster."
7199
7200
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1396(para)
7201
msgid "e.g. <emphasis>cluster1</emphasis>."
7202
msgstr "t.ex. <emphasis>kluster1</emphasis>."
7203
7204
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1399(para)
7205
msgid ""
7206
"A range of public IP addresses on the LAN that the cloud can allocate to "
7207
"instances."
7208
msgstr ""
7209
7210
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1402(para)
7211
msgid "e.g. <emphasis>192.168.1.200-192.168.1.249</emphasis>."
7212
msgstr "t.ex. <emphasis>192.168.1.200-192.168.1.249</emphasis>."
7213
7214
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1410(title)
7215
msgid "Installing the Node Controller(s)"
7216
msgstr ""
7217
7218
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1412(para)
7219
msgid ""
7220
"The node controller install is even simpler. Just make sure that you are "
7221
"connected to the network on which the cloud/cluster controller is already "
7222
"running."
7223
msgstr ""
7224
7225
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1418(para)
7226
msgid "Boot from the same ISO on the node(s)."
7227
msgstr "Starta från samma ISO på noden(erna)."
7228
7229
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1423(para)
7230
msgid ""
7231
"When you boot, select <emphasis>“Install Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud”</emphasis>."
7232
msgstr ""
7233
"När du startar upp, välj <emphasis>“Installera Ubuntu Enterprise "
7234
"Cloud”</emphasis>."
7235
7236
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1428(para)
7237
msgid "Select <emphasis>“Install Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud”</emphasis>."
7238
msgstr "Välj <emphasis>“Installera Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud”</emphasis>."
7239
7240
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1433(para)
7241
msgid ""
7242
"It should detect the Cluster and preselect <emphasis>“Node”</emphasis> "
7243
"install for you."
7244
msgstr ""
7245
7246
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1438(para)
7247
msgid "Confirm the partitioning scheme."
7248
msgstr "Bekräfta partioneringstabellen."
7249
7250
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1443(para)
7251
msgid ""
7252
"The rest of the installation should proceed uninterrupted; complete the "
7253
"installation and reboot the node."
7254
msgstr ""
7255
7256
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1451(title)
7257
msgid "Register the Node(s)"
7258
msgstr ""
7259
7260
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1456(para)
7261
msgid ""
7262
"Nodes are the physical systems within <application>UEC</application> that "
7263
"actually run the virtual machine instances of the cloud."
7264
msgstr ""
7265
7266
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1460(para)
7267
msgid "All component registration should be automatic, assuming:"
7268
msgstr ""
7269
7270
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1466(para)
7271
msgid "Public SSH keys have been exchanged properly."
7272
msgstr ""
7273
7274
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1471(para)
7275
msgid "The services are configured properly."
7276
msgstr ""
7277
7278
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1476(para)
7279
msgid ""
7280
"The appropriate <emphasis>uec-component-listener</emphasis> is running."
7281
msgstr ""
7282
7283
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1481(para)
7284
msgid "Verify Registration."
7285
msgstr ""
7286
7287
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1487(para)
7288
msgid ""
7289
"Steps a to e should only be required if you're using the <ulink "
7290
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/PackageInstall\">UEC/PackageInsta"
7291
"ll</ulink> method. Otherwise, if you are following this guide, these steps "
7292
"should already be completed automatically for you, and therefore you can "
7293
"skip <emphasis>\"a\"</emphasis> to <emphasis>\"e\"</emphasis>."
7294
msgstr ""
7295
7296
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1495(para)
7297
msgid "Exchange Public Keys"
7298
msgstr ""
7299
7300
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1497(para)
7301
msgid ""
7302
"The Cloud Controller's <emphasis>eucalyptus</emphasis> user needs to have "
7303
"SSH access to the Walrus Controller, Cluster Controller, and Storage "
7304
"Controller as the eucalyptus user."
7305
msgstr ""
7306
7307
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1502(para)
7308
msgid ""
7309
"Install the Cloud Controller's <emphasis>eucalyptus</emphasis> user's public "
7310
"ssh key by:"
7311
msgstr ""
7312
7313
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1508(para)
7314
msgid ""
7315
"On the target controller, temporarily set a password for the eucalyptus user:"
7316
msgstr ""
7317
7318
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1512(command)
7319
msgid "sudo passwd eucalyptus"
7320
msgstr ""
7321
7322
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1516(para)
7323
msgid "Then, on the Cloud Controller:"
7324
msgstr ""
7325
7326
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1520(command)
7327
msgid ""
7328
"sudo -u eucalyptus ssh-copy-id -i ~eucalyptus/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
7329
"eucalyptus@<IP_OF_NODE>"
7330
msgstr ""
7331
"sudo -u eucalyptus ssh-copy-id -i ~eucalyptus/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
7332
"eucalyptus@<IP_OF_NODE>"
7333
7334
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1524(para)
7335
msgid ""
7336
"You can now remove the password of the eucalyptus account on the target "
7337
"controller, if you wish:"
7338
msgstr ""
7339
7340
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1528(command)
7341
msgid "sudo passwd -d eucalyptus"
7342
msgstr "sudo passwd -d eucalyptus"
7343
7344
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1535(para)
7345
msgid "Configuring the Services"
7346
msgstr ""
7347
7348
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1537(para)
7349
msgid "On the <emphasis>Cloud Controller</emphasis>:"
7350
msgstr ""
7351
7352
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1543(para)
7353
msgid "For the <emphasis>Cluster Controller</emphasis> Registration:"
7354
msgstr ""
7355
7356
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1547(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1575(para)
7357
msgid ""
7358
"Define the shell variable CC_NAME in <filename>/etc/eucalyptus/eucalyptus-"
7359
"cc.conf</filename>"
7360
msgstr ""
7361
7362
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1549(para)
7363
msgid ""
7364
"Define the shell variable CC_IP_ADDR in <filename>/etc/eucalyptus/eucalyptus-"
7365
"ipaddr.conf</filename>, as a space separated list of one or more IP "
7366
"addresses."
7367
msgstr ""
7368
7369
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1556(para)
7370
msgid "For the <emphasis>Walrus Controller</emphasis> Registration:"
7371
msgstr ""
7372
7373
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1560(para)
7374
msgid ""
7375
"Define the shell variable WALRUS_IP_ADDR in "
7376
"<filename>/etc/eucalyptus/eucalyptus-ipaddr.conf</filename>, as a single IP "
7377
"address."
7378
msgstr ""
7379
7380
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1565(para)
7381
msgid "On the <emphasis>Cluster Controller</emphasis>:"
7382
msgstr ""
7383
7384
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1571(para)
7385
msgid "For <emphasis>Storage Controller</emphasis> Registration:"
7386
msgstr ""
7387
7388
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1577(para)
7389
msgid ""
7390
"Define the shell variable SC_IP_ADDR in <filename>/etc/eucalyptus/eucalyptus-"
7391
"ipaddr.conf</filename>, as a space separated list of one or more IP "
7392
"addresses."
7393
msgstr ""
7394
7395
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1587(para)
7396
msgid "Publish"
7397
msgstr "Publicera"
7398
7399
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1589(para)
7400
msgid "Now start the publication services."
7401
msgstr "Starta nu publiceringstjänsten."
7402
7403
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1595(emphasis)
7404
msgid "Walrus Controller:"
7405
msgstr ""
7406
7407
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1597(command)
7408
msgid "sudo start eucalyptus-walrus-publication"
7409
msgstr "sudo start eucalyptus-walrus-publication"
7410
7411
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1601(emphasis)
7412
msgid "Cluster Controller:"
7413
msgstr ""
7414
7415
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1603(command)
7416
msgid "sudo start eucalyptus-cc-publication"
7417
msgstr "sudo start eucalyptus-cc-publication"
7418
7419
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1607(emphasis)
7420
msgid "Storage Controller:"
7421
msgstr ""
7422
7423
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1609(command)
7424
msgid "sudo start eucalyptus-sc-publication"
7425
msgstr "sudo start eucalyptus-sc-publication"
7426
7427
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1613(emphasis)
7428
msgid "Node Controller:"
7429
msgstr ""
7430
7431
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1615(command)
7432
msgid "sudo start eucalyptus-nc-publication"
7433
msgstr "sudo start eucalyptus-nc-publication"
7434
7435
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1622(para)
7436
msgid "Start the Listener"
7437
msgstr ""
7438
7439
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1624(para)
7440
msgid ""
7441
"On the <emphasis>Cloud Controller</emphasis> and the <emphasis>Cluster "
7442
"Controller(s)</emphasis>, run:"
7443
msgstr ""
7444
7445
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1629(command)
7446
msgid "sudo start uec-component-listener"
7447
msgstr "sudo start uec-component-listener"
7448
7449
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1634(para)
7450
msgid "Verify Registration"
7451
msgstr ""
7452
7453
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1637(command)
7454
msgid "cat /var/log/eucalyptus/registration.log"
7455
msgstr "cat /var/log/eucalyptus/registration.log"
7456
7457
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1638(computeroutput)
7458
#, no-wrap
7459
msgid ""
7460
"2010-04-08 15:46:36-05:00 | 24243 -> Calling node cluster1 node "
7461
"10.1.1.75\n"
7462
"2010-04-08 15:46:36-05:00 | 24243 -> euca_conf --register-nodes returned "
7463
"0\n"
7464
"2010-04-08 15:48:47-05:00 | 25858 -> Calling walrus Walrus 10.1.1.71\n"
7465
"2010-04-08 15:48:51-05:00 | 25858 -> euca_conf --register-walrus returned "
7466
"0\n"
7467
"2010-04-08 15:49:04-05:00 | 26237 -> Calling cluster cluster1 10.1.1.71\n"
7468
"2010-04-08 15:49:08-05:00 | 26237 -> euca_conf --register-cluster "
7469
"returned 0\n"
7470
"2010-04-08 15:49:17-05:00 | 26644 -> Calling storage cluster1 storage "
7471
"10.1.1.71\n"
7472
"2010-04-08 15:49:18-05:00 | 26644 -> euca_conf --register-sc returned 0"
7473
msgstr ""
7474
"2010-04-08 15:46:36-05:00 | 24243 -> Calling node cluster1 node "
7475
"10.1.1.75\n"
7476
"2010-04-08 15:46:36-05:00 | 24243 -> euca_conf --register-nodes returned "
7477
"0\n"
7478
"2010-04-08 15:48:47-05:00 | 25858 -> Calling walrus Walrus 10.1.1.71\n"
7479
"2010-04-08 15:48:51-05:00 | 25858 -> euca_conf --register-walrus returned "
7480
"0\n"
7481
"2010-04-08 15:49:04-05:00 | 26237 -> Calling cluster cluster1 10.1.1.71\n"
7482
"2010-04-08 15:49:08-05:00 | 26237 -> euca_conf --register-cluster "
7483
"returned 0\n"
7484
"2010-04-08 15:49:17-05:00 | 26644 -> Calling storage cluster1 storage "
7485
"10.1.1.71\n"
7486
"2010-04-08 15:49:18-05:00 | 26644 -> euca_conf --register-sc returned 0"
7487
7488
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1649(para)
7489
msgid "The output on your machine will vary from the example above."
7490
msgstr ""
7491
7492
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1659(title)
7493
msgid "Obtain Credentials"
7494
msgstr ""
7495
7496
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1661(para)
7497
msgid ""
7498
"After installing and booting the <emphasis>Cloud Controller</emphasis>, "
7499
"users of the cloud will need to retrieve their credentials. This can be done "
7500
"either through a web browser, or at the command line."
7501
msgstr ""
7502
7503
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1667(title)
7504
msgid "From a Web Browser"
7505
msgstr "Från en webbläsare"
7506
7507
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1671(para)
7508
msgid ""
7509
"From your web browser (either remotely or on your Ubuntu server) access the "
7510
"following URL:"
7511
msgstr ""
7512
"Från din webbläsare (antingen via fjärrskrivbord eller på din Ubuntu server) "
7513
"gå in på följande URL:"
7514
7515
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1674(programlisting) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1804(programlisting)
7516
#, no-wrap
7517
msgid ""
7518
"\n"
7519
"https://<cloud-controller-ip-address>:8443/\n"
7520
msgstr ""
7521
"\n"
7522
"https://<cloud-controller-ip-address>:8443/\n"
7523
7524
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1679(para)
7525
msgid ""
7526
"You must use a secure connection, so make sure you use \"https\" not "
7527
"\"http\" in your URL. You will get a security certificate warning. You will "
7528
"have to add an exception to view the page. If you do not accept it you will "
7529
"not be able to view the Eucalyptus configuration page."
7530
msgstr ""
7531
7532
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1687(para)
7533
msgid ""
7534
"Use username <emphasis>'admin'</emphasis> and password "
7535
"<emphasis>'admin'</emphasis> for the first time login (you will be prompted "
7536
"to change your password)."
7537
msgstr ""
7538
7539
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1693(para)
7540
msgid ""
7541
"Then follow the on-screen instructions to update the admin password and "
7542
"email address."
7543
msgstr ""
7544
7545
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1698(para)
7546
msgid ""
7547
"Once the first time configuration process is completed, click the "
7548
"<emphasis>'credentials'</emphasis> tab located in the top-left portion of "
7549
"the screen."
7550
msgstr ""
7551
7552
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1704(para)
7553
msgid ""
7554
"Click the <emphasis>'Download Credentials'</emphasis> button to get your "
7555
"certificates."
7556
msgstr ""
7557
7558
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1709(para)
7559
msgid "Save them to <filename>~/.euca</filename>."
7560
msgstr "Spara dem till <filename>~/.euca</filename>."
7561
7562
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1714(para)
7563
msgid ""
7564
"Unzip the downloaded zip file into a safe location "
7565
"(<filename>~/.euca</filename>)."
7566
msgstr ""
7567
7568
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1718(command)
7569
msgid "unzip -d ~/.euca mycreds.zip"
7570
msgstr "unzip -d ~/.euca mycreds.zip"
7571
7572
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1725(title)
7573
msgid "From a Command Line"
7574
msgstr "Från kommandoraden"
7575
7576
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1729(para)
7577
msgid ""
7578
"Alternatively, if you are on the command line of the <emphasis>Cloud "
7579
"Controller</emphasis>, you can run:"
7580
msgstr ""
7581
7582
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1733(command)
7583
msgid "mkdir -p ~/.euca"
7584
msgstr "mkdir -p ~/.euca"
7585
7586
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1734(command)
7587
msgid "chmod 700 ~/.euca"
7588
msgstr "chmod 700 ~/.euca"
7589
7590
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1735(command)
7591
msgid "cd ~/.euca"
7592
msgstr "cd ~/.euca"
7593
7594
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1736(command)
7595
msgid "sudo euca_conf --get-credentials mycreds.zip"
7596
msgstr "sudo euca_conf --get-credentials mycreds.zip"
7597
7598
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1737(command)
7599
msgid "unzip mycreds.zip"
7600
msgstr "unzip mycreds.zip"
7601
7602
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1738(command)
7603
msgid "ln -s ~/.euca/eucarc ~/.eucarc"
7604
msgstr "ln -s ~/.euca/eucarc ~/.eucarc"
7605
7606
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1739(command)
7607
msgid "cd -"
7608
msgstr "cd -"
7609
7610
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1746(title)
7611
msgid "Extracting and Using Your Credentials"
7612
msgstr ""
7613
7614
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1748(para)
7615
msgid ""
7616
"Now you will need to setup EC2 API and AMI tools on your server using X.509 "
7617
"certificates."
7618
msgstr ""
7619
7620
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1754(para)
7621
msgid "Install the required cloud user tools:"
7622
msgstr ""
7623
7624
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1758(command)
7625
msgid "sudo apt-get install euca2ools"
7626
msgstr "sudo apt-get install euca2ools"
7627
7628
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1762(para)
7629
msgid ""
7630
"To validate that everything is working correctly, get the local cluster "
7631
"availability details:"
7632
msgstr ""
7633
7634
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1766(command)
7635
msgid ". ~/.euca/eucarc"
7636
msgstr ". ~/.euca/eucarc"
7637
7638
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1767(command)
7639
msgid "euca-describe-availability-zones verbose"
7640
msgstr "euca-describe-availability-zones verbose"
7641
7642
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1768(computeroutput)
7643
#, no-wrap
7644
msgid ""
7645
"AVAILABILITYZONE myowncloud 192.168.1.1\n"
7646
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- vm types free / max cpu ram disk\n"
7647
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- m1.small 0004 / 0004 1 128 2\n"
7648
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- c1.medium 0004 / 0004 1 256 5\n"
7649
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- m1.large 0002 / 0002 2 512 10\n"
7650
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- m1.xlarge 0002 / 0002 2 1024 20\n"
7651
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- c1.xlarge 0001 / 0001 4 2048 20"
7652
msgstr ""
7653
"AVAILABILITYZONE myowncloud 192.168.1.1\n"
7654
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- vm types free / max cpu ram disk\n"
7655
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- m1.small 0004 / 0004 1 128 2\n"
7656
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- c1.medium 0004 / 0004 1 256 5\n"
7657
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- m1.large 0002 / 0002 2 512 10\n"
7658
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- m1.xlarge 0002 / 0002 2 1024 20\n"
7659
"AVAILABILITYZONE |- c1.xlarge 0001 / 0001 4 2048 20"
7660
7661
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1778(para)
7662
msgid "Your output from the above command will vary."
7663
msgstr ""
7664
7665
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1788(title)
7666
msgid "Install an Image from the Store"
7667
msgstr ""
7668
7669
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1790(para)
7670
msgid ""
7671
"The following is by far the simplest way to install an image. However, "
7672
"advanced users may be interested in learning how to <ulink "
7673
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/BundlingImages\">Bundle their "
7674
"own image</ulink>."
7675
msgstr ""
7676
7677
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1795(para)
7678
msgid ""
7679
"The simplest way to add an image to <application>UEC</application> is to "
7680
"install it from the Image Store on the UEC web interface."
7681
msgstr ""
7682
7683
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1801(para)
7684
msgid ""
7685
"Access the web interface at the following URL (Make sure you specify https):"
7686
msgstr ""
7687
7688
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1809(para)
7689
msgid ""
7690
"Enter your login and password (if requested, as you may still be logged in "
7691
"from earlier)."
7692
msgstr ""
7693
7694
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1814(para)
7695
msgid "Click on the <emphasis>Store</emphasis> tab."
7696
msgstr ""
7697
7698
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1819(para)
7699
msgid "Browse available images."
7700
msgstr ""
7701
7702
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1824(para)
7703
msgid "Click on <emphasis>install</emphasis> for the image you want."
7704
msgstr ""
7705
7706
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1830(para)
7707
msgid ""
7708
"Once the image has been downloaded and installed, you can click on "
7709
"<emphasis>\"How to run?\"</emphasis> that will be displayed below the image "
7710
"button to view the command to execute to instantiate (start) this image. The "
7711
"image will also appear on the list given on the <emphasis>Image</emphasis> "
7712
"tab."
7713
msgstr ""
7714
7715
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1838(title)
7716
msgid "Run an Image"
7717
msgstr ""
7718
7719
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1840(para)
7720
msgid "There are multiple ways to instantiate an image in UEC:"
7721
msgstr ""
7722
7723
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1845(para)
7724
msgid "Use the command line."
7725
msgstr ""
7726
7727
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1846(para)
7728
msgid ""
7729
"Use one of the UEC compatible management tools such as "
7730
"<emphasis>Landscape</emphasis>."
7731
msgstr ""
7732
7733
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1848(para)
7734
msgid ""
7735
"Use the <ulink "
7736
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/ElasticFox\">ElasticFox</ulink> "
7737
"extension to Firefox."
7738
msgstr ""
7739
"Använd tillägget <ulink "
7740
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/ElasticFox\">ElasticFox</ulink> "
7741
"i Firefox."
7742
7743
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1854(para)
7744
msgid "Here we will describe the process from the command line:"
7745
msgstr "Här kommer vi beskriva processen från kommandoraden:"
7746
7747
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1860(para)
7748
msgid ""
7749
"Before running an instance of your image, you should first create a "
7750
"<emphasis>keypair</emphasis> (ssh key) that you can use to log into your "
7751
"instance as root, once it boots. The key is stored, so you will only have to "
7752
"do this once."
7753
msgstr ""
7754
7755
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1864(para)
7756
msgid "Run the following command:"
7757
msgstr "Kör följande kommando:"
7758
7759
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1867(programlisting)
7760
#, no-wrap
7761
msgid ""
7762
"\n"
7763
"if [ ! -e ~/.euca/mykey.priv ]; then\n"
7764
" mkdir -p -m 700 ~/.euca\n"
7765
" touch ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
7766
" chmod 0600 ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
7767
" euca-add-keypair mykey > ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
7768
"fi\n"
7769
msgstr ""
7770
"\n"
7771
"if [ ! -e ~/.euca/mykey.priv ]; then\n"
7772
" mkdir -p -m 700 ~/.euca\n"
7773
" touch ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
7774
" chmod 0600 ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
7775
" euca-add-keypair mykey > ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
7776
"fi\n"
7777
7778
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1876(para)
7779
msgid ""
7780
"You can call your key whatever you like (in this example, the key is called "
7781
"<emphasis>'mykey'</emphasis>), but remember what it is called. If you "
7782
"forget, you can always run <command>euca-describe-keypairs</command> to get "
7783
"a list of created keys stored in the system."
7784
msgstr ""
7785
7786
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1883(para)
7787
msgid "You must also allow access to port 22 in your instances:"
7788
msgstr ""
7789
7790
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1887(command)
7791
msgid "euca-authorize default -P tcp -p 22 -s 0.0.0.0/0"
7792
msgstr "euca-authorize default -P tcp -p 22 -s 0.0.0.0/0"
7793
7794
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1891(para)
7795
msgid "Next, you can create instances of your registered image:"
7796
msgstr ""
7797
7798
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1895(command)
7799
msgid "euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t m1.small"
7800
msgstr "euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t m1.small"
7801
7802
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1898(para)
7803
msgid ""
7804
"If you receive an error regarding <emphasis>image_id</emphasis>, you may "
7805
"find it by viewing Images page or click <emphasis>\"How to Run\"</emphasis> "
7806
"on the <emphasis>Store</emphasis> page to see the sample command."
7807
msgstr ""
7808
7809
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1905(para)
7810
msgid ""
7811
"The first time you run an instance, the system will be setting up caches for "
7812
"the image from which it will be created. This can often take some time the "
7813
"first time an instance is run given that VM images are usually quite large."
7814
msgstr ""
7815
7816
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1909(para)
7817
msgid "To monitor the state of your instance, run:"
7818
msgstr ""
7819
7820
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1913(command)
7821
msgid "watch -n5 euca-describe-instances"
7822
msgstr "watch -n5 euca-describe-instances"
7823
7824
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1915(para)
7825
msgid ""
7826
"In the output, you should see information about the instance, including its "
7827
"state. While first-time caching is being performed, the instance's state "
7828
"will be <emphasis>'pending'</emphasis>."
7829
msgstr ""
7830
7831
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1921(para)
7832
msgid ""
7833
"When the instance is fully started, the above state will become "
7834
"<emphasis>'running'</emphasis>. Look at the IP address assigned to your "
7835
"instance in the output, then connect to it:"
7836
msgstr ""
7837
7838
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1926(command)
7839
msgid ""
7840
"IPADDR=$(euca-describe-instances | grep $EMI | grep running | tail -n1 | awk "
7841
"'{print $4}')"
7842
msgstr ""
7843
"IPADDR=$(euca-describe-instances | grep $EMI | grep running | tail -n1 | awk "
7844
"'{print $4}')"
7845
7846
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1927(command)
7847
msgid "ssh -i ~/.euca/mykey.priv ubuntu@$IPADDR"
7848
msgstr "ssh -i ~/.euca/mykey.priv ubuntu@$IPADDR"
7849
7850
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1931(para)
7851
msgid ""
7852
"And when you are done with this instance, exit your SSH connection, then "
7853
"terminate your instance:"
7854
msgstr ""
7855
7856
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1935(command)
7857
msgid ""
7858
"INSTANCEID=$(euca-describe-instances | grep $EMI | grep running | tail -n1 | "
7859
"awk '{print $2}')"
7860
msgstr ""
7861
"INSTANCEID=$(euca-describe-instances | grep $EMI | grep running | tail -n1 | "
7862
"awk '{print $2}')"
7863
7864
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1936(command)
7865
msgid "euca-terminate-instances $INSTANCEID"
7866
msgstr "euca-terminate-instances $INSTANCEID"
7867
7868
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1944(para)
7869
msgid ""
7870
"The <application>cloud-init</application> package provides \"first boot\" "
7871
"functionality for the Ubuntu UEC images. It is in charge of taking the "
7872
"generic filesystem image that is booting and customizing it for this "
7873
"particular instance. That includes things like:"
7874
msgstr ""
7875
7876
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1952(para)
7877
msgid "Setting the hostname."
7878
msgstr ""
7879
7880
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1957(para)
7881
msgid ""
7882
"Putting the provided ssh public keys into "
7883
"<filename>~ubuntu/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename>."
7884
msgstr ""
7885
7886
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1962(para)
7887
msgid "Running a user provided script, or otherwise modifying the image."
7888
msgstr ""
7889
7890
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1968(para)
7891
msgid ""
7892
"Setting hostname and configuring a system so the person who launched it can "
7893
"actually log into it are not terribly interesting. The interesting things "
7894
"that can be done with <application>cloud-init</application> are made "
7895
"possible by data provided at launch time called <ulink "
7896
"url=\"http://developer.amazonwebservices.com/connect/entry.jspa?externalID=10"
7897
"85\">user-data</ulink>."
7898
msgstr ""
7899
7900
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1974(para)
7901
msgid "First, install the <application>cloud-init</application> package:"
7902
msgstr ""
7903
7904
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1979(command)
7905
msgid "sudo apt-get install cloud-init"
7906
msgstr "sudo apt-get install cloud-init"
7907
7908
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1982(para)
7909
msgid ""
7910
"If the user-data starts with <emphasis>'#!'</emphasis>, then it will be "
7911
"stored and executed as root late in the boot process of the instance's first "
7912
"boot (similar to a traditional 'rc.local' script). Output from the script is "
7913
"directed to the console."
7914
msgstr ""
7915
7916
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1987(para)
7917
msgid ""
7918
"For example, create a file named <filename>ud.txt</filename> containing:"
7919
msgstr ""
7920
"Till exempel, skapa en fil med namnet <filename>ud.txt</filename> som "
7921
"innehåller:"
7922
7923
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1991(programlisting)
7924
#, no-wrap
7925
msgid ""
7926
"\n"
7927
"#!/bin/sh\n"
7928
"echo ========== Hello World: $(date) ==========\n"
7929
"echo \"I have been up for $(cut -d\\ -f 1 < /proc/uptime) sec\"\n"
7930
msgstr ""
7931
"\n"
7932
"#!/bin/sh\n"
7933
"echo ========== Hello World: $(date) ==========\n"
7934
"echo \"I have been up for $(cut -d\\ -f 1 < /proc/uptime) sec\"\n"
7935
7936
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1997(para)
7937
msgid ""
7938
"Now start an instance with the <emphasis>--user-data-file</emphasis> option:"
7939
msgstr ""
7940
"Starta nu en instans med flaggan <emphasis>--user-data-file</emphasis>:"
7941
7942
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2002(command)
7943
msgid "euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t m1.small --user-data-file=ud.txt"
7944
msgstr "euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t m1.small --user-data-file=ud.txt"
7945
7946
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2005(para)
7947
msgid ""
7948
"Wait now for the system to come up and console to be available. To see the "
7949
"result of the data file commands enter:"
7950
msgstr ""
7951
7952
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2010(command)
7953
msgid "euca-get-console-output $EMI | grep --after-context=1 Hello"
7954
msgstr "euca-get-console-output $EMI | grep --after-context=1 Hello"
7955
7956
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2011(computeroutput)
7957
#, no-wrap
7958
msgid ""
7959
"========== Hello World: Mon Mar 29 18:05:05 UTC 2010 ==========\n"
7960
"I have been up for 28.26 sec"
7961
msgstr ""
7962
"========== Hello World: Mon Mar 29 18:05:05 UTC 2010 ==========\n"
7963
"I have been up for 28.26 sec"
7964
7965
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2016(para)
7966
msgid "Your output may vary."
7967
msgstr ""
7968
7969
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2021(para)
7970
msgid ""
7971
"The simple approach shown above gives a great deal of power. The user-data "
7972
"can contain a script in any language where an interpreter already exists in "
7973
"the image (#!/bin/sh, #!/usr/bin/python, #!/usr/bin/perl, #!/usr/bin/awk ... "
7974
")."
7975
msgstr ""
7976
7977
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2026(para)
7978
msgid ""
7979
"For many cases, the user may not be interested in writing a program. For "
7980
"this case, cloud-init provides <emphasis>\"cloud-config\"</emphasis>, a "
7981
"configuration based approach towards customization. To utilize the cloud-"
7982
"config syntax, the supplied user-data must start with a <emphasis>'#cloud-"
7983
"config'</emphasis>."
7984
msgstr ""
7985
7986
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2031(para)
7987
msgid ""
7988
"For example, create a text file named <filename>clout-config.txt</filename> "
7989
"containing:"
7990
msgstr ""
7991
"Till exempel, skapa en textfil med namnet <filename>clout-"
7992
"config.txt</filename> som innehåller:"
7993
7994
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2035(programlisting)
7995
#, no-wrap
7996
msgid ""
7997
"\n"
7998
"#cloud-config\n"
7999
"apt_upgrade: true\n"
8000
"apt_sources:\n"
8001
"- source: \"ppa:ubuntu-server-edgers/server-edgers-apache \"\n"
8002
"\n"
8003
"packages:\n"
8004
"- build-essential\n"
8005
"- pastebinit\n"
8006
"\n"
8007
"runcmd:\n"
8008
"- echo ======= Hello World =====\n"
8009
"- echo \"I have been up for $(cut -d\\ -f 1 < /proc/uptime) sec\"\n"
8010
msgstr ""
8011
"\n"
8012
"#cloud-config\n"
8013
"apt_upgrade: true\n"
8014
"apt_sources:\n"
8015
"- source: \"ppa:ubuntu-server-edgers/server-edgers-apache \"\n"
8016
"\n"
8017
"packages:\n"
8018
"- build-essential\n"
8019
"- pastebinit\n"
8020
"\n"
8021
"runcmd:\n"
8022
"- echo ======= Hello World =====\n"
8023
"- echo \"I have been up for $(cut -d\\ -f 1 < /proc/uptime) sec\"\n"
8024
8025
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2050(para)
8026
msgid "Create a new instance:"
8027
msgstr "Skapa en ny instans"
8028
8029
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2055(command)
8030
msgid ""
8031
"euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t m1.small --user-data-file=cloud-"
8032
"config.txt"
8033
msgstr ""
8034
"euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t m1.small --user-data-file=cloud-"
8035
"config.txt"
8036
8037
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2058(para)
8038
msgid "Now, when the above system is booted, it will have:"
8039
msgstr "Nu när ovanstående system startats, kommer det att ha:"
8040
8041
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2063(para)
8042
msgid "Added the Apache Edgers PPA."
8043
msgstr ""
8044
8045
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2064(para)
8046
msgid "Run an upgrade to get all updates available"
8047
msgstr "Kör en uppgradering för att få alla tillgängliga uppdateringar"
8048
8049
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2065(para)
8050
msgid "Installed the 'build-essential' and 'pastebinit' packages"
8051
msgstr "Installera paketen 'build-essential' och 'pastebinit'"
8052
8053
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2066(para)
8054
msgid "Printed a similar message to the script above"
8055
msgstr ""
8056
8057
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2070(para)
8058
msgid ""
8059
"The <emphasis>Apache Edgers PPA</emphasis>, in the above example, contains "
8060
"the latest version of Apache from upstream source repositories. Package "
8061
"versions in the PPA are unsupported, and depending on your situation, this "
8062
"may or may not be desirable. See the <ulink "
8063
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/~ubuntu-server-edgers\">Ubuntu Server "
8064
"Edgers</ulink> web page for more details."
8065
msgstr ""
8066
8067
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2077(para)
8068
msgid ""
8069
"The <emphasis>'runcmd'</emphasis> commands are run at the same point in boot "
8070
"that the <emphasis>'#!'</emphasis> script would run in the previous example. "
8071
"It is present to allow you to get the full power of a scripting language if "
8072
"you need it without abandoning <emphasis>cloud-config</emphasis>."
8073
msgstr ""
8074
8075
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2082(para)
8076
msgid ""
8077
"For more information on what kinds of things can be done with "
8078
"<application>cloud-config</application>, see <ulink "
8079
"url=\"http://bazaar.launchpad.net/~cloud-init-dev/cloud-"
8080
"init/trunk/files/head:/doc/examples/\">doc/examples</ulink> in the source."
8081
msgstr ""
8082
8083
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2091(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:619(title)
8084
msgid "More Information"
8085
msgstr "Mer information"
8086
8087
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2093(para)
8088
msgid ""
8089
"How to use the <ulink "
8090
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/StorageController\">Storage "
8091
"Controller</ulink>"
8092
msgstr ""
8093
8094
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2097(para)
8095
msgid "Controlling eucalyptus services:"
8096
msgstr ""
8097
8098
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2102(para)
8099
msgid ""
8100
"sudo service eucalyptus [start|stop|restart] (on the CLC/CC/SC/Walrus side)"
8101
msgstr ""
8102
"sudo service eucalyptus [start|stop|restart] (on the CLC/CC/SC/Walrus side)"
8103
8104
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2103(para)
8105
msgid "sudo service eucalyptus-nc [start|stop|restart] (on the Node side)"
8106
msgstr "sudo service eucalyptus-nc [start|stop|restart] (on the Node side)"
8107
8108
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2106(para)
8109
msgid "Locations of some important files:"
8110
msgstr "Platser för några viktiga filer:"
8111
8112
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2113(emphasis)
8113
msgid "Log files:"
8114
msgstr "Loggfiler:"
8115
8116
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2116(para)
8117
msgid "/var/log/eucalyptus"
8118
msgstr "/var/log/eucalyptus"
8119
8120
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2121(emphasis)
8121
msgid "Configuration files:"
8122
msgstr "Konfigurationsfiler:"
8123
8124
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2124(para)
8125
msgid "/etc/eucalyptus"
8126
msgstr "/etc/eucalyptus"
8127
8128
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2129(emphasis)
8129
msgid "Database:"
8130
msgstr "Databas:"
8131
8132
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2132(para)
8133
msgid "/var/lib/eucalyptus/db"
8134
msgstr "/var/lib/eucalyptus/db"
8135
8136
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2137(emphasis)
8137
msgid "Keys:"
8138
msgstr "Nycklar:"
8139
8140
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2140(para)
8141
msgid "/var/lib/eucalyptus"
8142
msgstr "/var/lib/eucalyptus"
8143
8144
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2141(para)
8145
msgid "/var/lib/eucalyptus/.ssh"
8146
msgstr "/var/lib/eucalyptus/.ssh"
8147
8148
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2147(para)
8149
msgid ""
8150
"Don't forget to source your <filename>~/.euca/eucarc</filename> before "
8151
"running the client tools."
8152
msgstr ""
8153
8154
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2158(para)
8155
msgid ""
8156
"For information on loading instances see the <ulink "
8157
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Eucalyptus\">Eucalyptus Wiki</ulink> "
8158
"page."
8159
msgstr ""
8160
"För information om att ladda instanser se sidan <ulink "
8161
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Eucalyptus\">Eucalyptus Wiki</ulink>."
8162
8163
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2163(para)
8164
msgid ""
8165
"<ulink url=\"http://open.eucalyptus.com/\">Eucalyptus Project Site (forums, "
8166
"documentation, downloads)</ulink>."
8167
msgstr ""
8168
8169
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2168(para)
8170
msgid ""
8171
"<ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/eucalyptus/\">Eucalyptus on Launchpad "
8172
"(bugs, code)</ulink>."
8173
msgstr ""
8174
8175
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2173(para)
8176
msgid ""
8177
"<ulink "
8178
"url=\"http://open.eucalyptus.com/wiki/EucalyptusTroubleshooting_v1.5\">Eucaly"
8179
"ptus Troubleshooting (1.5)</ulink>."
8180
msgstr ""
8181
8182
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2178(para)
8183
msgid ""
8184
"<ulink url=\"http://support.rightscale.com/2._References/02-"
8185
"Cloud_Infrastructures/Eucalyptus/03-"
8186
"Administration_Guide/Register_with_RightScale\"> Register your cloud with "
8187
"RightScale</ulink>."
8188
msgstr ""
8189
8190
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2184(para)
8191
msgid ""
8192
"You can also find help in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis>, "
8193
"<emphasis>#eucalyptus</emphasis>, and <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> "
8194
"IRC channels on <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>."
8195
msgstr ""
8196
"Du kan också finna hjälp i IRC-kanalerna <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis>, "
8197
"<emphasis>#eucalyptus</emphasis> och <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> på "
8198
"<ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>."
8199
8200
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2193(title)
8201
msgid "Glossary"
8202
msgstr "Ordlista"
8203
8204
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2195(para)
8205
msgid ""
8206
"The Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud documentation uses terminology that might be "
8207
"unfamiliar to some readers. This page is intended to provide a glossary of "
8208
"such terms and acronyms."
8209
msgstr ""
8210
8211
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2202(para)
8212
msgid ""
8213
"<emphasis>Cloud</emphasis> - A federated set of physical machines that offer "
8214
"computing resources through virtual machines, provisioned and recollected "
8215
"dynamically."
8216
msgstr ""
8217
8218
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2208(para)
8219
msgid ""
8220
"<emphasis>Cloud Controller (CLC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that "
8221
"provides the web UI (an https server on port 8443), and implements the "
8222
"Amazon EC2 API. There should be only one Cloud Controller in an installation "
8223
"of UEC. This service is provided by the Ubuntu <application>eucalyptus-"
8224
"cloud</application> package."
8225
msgstr ""
8226
8227
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2215(para)
8228
msgid ""
8229
"<emphasis>Cluster</emphasis> - A collection of nodes, associated with a "
8230
"Cluster Controller. There can be more than one Cluster in an installation of "
8231
"UEC. Clusters are sometimes physically separate sets of nodes. (e.g. floor1, "
8232
"floor2, floor2)."
8233
msgstr ""
8234
8235
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2221(para)
8236
msgid ""
8237
"<emphasis>Cluster Controller (CC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that "
8238
"manages collections of node resources. This service is provided by the "
8239
"Ubuntu <application>eucalyptus-cc</application> package."
8240
msgstr ""
8241
8242
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2227(para)
8243
msgid "<emphasis>EBS</emphasis> - Elastic Block Storage."
8244
msgstr ""
8245
8246
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2232(para)
8247
msgid ""
8248
"<emphasis>EC2</emphasis> - Elastic Compute Cloud. Amazon's pay-by-the-hour, "
8249
"pay-by-the-gigabyte public cloud computing offering."
8250
msgstr ""
8251
8252
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2237(para)
8253
msgid "<emphasis>EKI</emphasis> - Eucalyptus Kernel Image."
8254
msgstr ""
8255
8256
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2242(para)
8257
msgid "<emphasis>EMI</emphasis> - Eucalyptus Machine Image."
8258
msgstr ""
8259
8260
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2247(para)
8261
msgid "<emphasis>ERI</emphasis> - Eucalyptus Ramdisk Image."
8262
msgstr ""
8263
8264
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2252(para)
8265
msgid ""
8266
"<emphasis>Eucalyptus</emphasis> - Elastic Utility Computing Architecture for "
8267
"Linking Your Programs To Useful Systems. An open source project originally "
8268
"from the University of California at Santa Barbara, now supported by "
8269
"Eucalyptus Systems, a Canonical Partner."
8270
msgstr ""
8271
8272
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2259(para)
8273
msgid ""
8274
"<emphasis>Front-end</emphasis> - Physical machine hosting one (or more) of "
8275
"the high level Eucalyptus components (cloud, walrus, storage controller, "
8276
"cluster controller)."
8277
msgstr ""
8278
8279
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2265(para)
8280
msgid ""
8281
"<emphasis>Node</emphasis> - A node is a physical machine that's capable of "
8282
"running virtual machines, running a node controller. Within Ubuntu, this "
8283
"generally means that the CPU has VT extensions, and can run the KVM "
8284
"hypervisor."
8285
msgstr ""
8286
8287
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2271(para)
8288
msgid ""
8289
"<emphasis>Node Controller (NC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that runs "
8290
"on nodes which host the virtual machines that comprise the cloud. This "
8291
"service is provided by the Ubuntu package <application>eucalyptus-"
8292
"nc</application>."
8293
msgstr ""
8294
8295
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2277(para)
8296
msgid ""
8297
"<emphasis>S3</emphasis> - Simple Storage Service. Amazon's pay-by-the-"
8298
"gigabyte persistent storage solution for EC2."
8299
msgstr ""
8300
8301
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2282(para)
8302
msgid ""
8303
"<emphasis>Storage Controller (SC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that "
8304
"manages dynamic block storage services (EBS). Each 'cluster' in a Eucalyptus "
8305
"installation can have its own Storage Controller. This component is provided "
8306
"by the <application>eucalyptus-sc</application> package."
8307
msgstr ""
8308
8309
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2289(para)
8310
msgid ""
8311
"<emphasis>UEC</emphasis> - Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud. Ubuntu's cloud computing "
8312
"solution, based on Eucalyptus."
8313
msgstr ""
8314
8315
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2294(para)
8316
msgid "<emphasis>VM</emphasis> - Virtual Machine."
8317
msgstr ""
8318
8319
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2299(para)
8320
msgid ""
8321
"<emphasis>VT</emphasis> - Virtualization Technology. An optional feature of "
8322
"some modern CPUs, allowing for accelerated virtual machine hosting."
8323
msgstr ""
8324
8325
#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2304(para)
8326
msgid ""
8327
"<emphasis>Walrus</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that implements the "
8328
"Amazon S3 API, used for storing VM images and user storage using S3 bucket "
8329
"put/get abstractions."
8330
msgstr ""
8331
8332
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:13(title)
8333
msgid "Version Control System"
8334
msgstr "Versionshanteringssystem"
8335
8336
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:14(para)
8337
msgid ""
8338
"Version control is the art of managing changes to information. It has long "
8339
"been a critical tool for programmers, who typically spend their time making "
8340
"small changes to software and then undoing those changes the next day. But "
8341
"the usefulness of version control software extends far beyond the bounds of "
8342
"the software development world. Anywhere you can find people using computers "
8343
"to manage information that changes often, there is room for version control."
8344
msgstr ""
8345
"Versionshantering är konsten att hantera ändringar i information. Det har "
8346
"länge varit ett viktigt verktyg för programmerare som vanligtvis använder "
8347
"sin tid till att göra små ändringar i program och sedan ångra dessa "
8348
"ändringar dagen efter. Men versionshanteringssystem är användbara långt "
8349
"utanför mjukvaruutvecklingsvärlden. Överallt där människor använder datorer "
8350
"till att hantera information som ändras ofta finns det utrymme för "
8351
"versionshantering."
8352
8353
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:17(title)
8354
msgid "Bazaar"
8355
msgstr "Bazaar"
8356
8357
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:18(para)
8358
msgid ""
8359
"Bazaar is a new version control system sponsored by Canonical, the "
8360
"commercial company behind Ubuntu. Unlike Subversion and CVS that only "
8361
"support a central repository model, Bazaar also supports "
8362
"<emphasis>distributed version control</emphasis>, giving people the ability "
8363
"to collaborate more efficiently. In particular, Bazaar is designed to "
8364
"maximize the level of community participation in open source projects."
8365
msgstr ""
8366
"Bazaar är ett nytt versionshanteringssystem finansierat av Canonical, som är "
8367
"det kommersiella företaget bakom Ubuntu. Olikt Subversion och CVS som enbart "
8368
"stöder en modell med centralt förråd, stöder Bazaar också "
8369
"<emphasis>distribuerad versionskontroll</emphasis>, vilket ger folk "
8370
"möjlighet att samarbeta mer effektivt. Särskilt, Bazaar är designat till att "
8371
"maximera nivån av delaktighet från gemenskapen i öppen källkodsprojekt."
8372
8373
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:29(para)
8374
msgid ""
8375
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
8376
"<application>bzr</application>: <screen>\n"
8377
"<command>sudo apt-get install bzr</command>\n"
8378
"</screen>"
8379
msgstr ""
8380
"Från en terminalprompt, skriv följande kommando för att installera "
8381
"<application>bzr</application>: <screen>\n"
8382
"<command>sudo apt-get install bzr</command>\n"
8383
"</screen>"
8384
8385
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:40(para)
8386
msgid ""
8387
"To introduce yourself to <application>bzr</application>, use the "
8388
"<emphasis>whoami</emphasis> command like this: <screen>\n"
8389
"<command>$ bzr whoami 'Joe Doe <joe.doe@gmail.com>'</command>\n"
8390
"</screen>"
8391
msgstr ""
8392
"För att introducera dig själv till <application>bzr</application>, använd "
8393
"kommandot <emphasis>whoami</emphasis> som detta: <screen>\n"
8394
"<command>$ bzr whoami 'Joe Doe <joe.doe@gmail.com>'</command>\n"
8395
"</screen>"
8396
8397
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:49(title)
8398
msgid "Learning Bazaar"
8399
msgstr "Lära sig Bazaar"
8400
8401
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:50(para)
8402
msgid ""
8403
"Bazaar comes with bundled documentation installed into "
8404
"<application>/usr/share/doc/bzr/html</application> by default. The tutorial "
8405
"is a good place to start. The <application>bzr</application> command also "
8406
"comes with built-in help: <screen>\n"
8407
"<command>$ bzr help</command>\n"
8408
"</screen>"
8409
msgstr ""
8410
"Bazaar kommer bundlad med dokumentation som normalt installeras i "
8411
"<application>/usr/share/doc/bzr/html</application>. Det är bra att börja med "
8412
"handledningen. Kommandot <application>bzr</application> levereras med "
8413
"inbyggd hjälp: <screen>\n"
8414
"<command>$ bzr help</command>\n"
8415
"</screen>"
8416
8417
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:60(para)
8418
msgid ""
8419
"To learn more about the <emphasis>foo</emphasis> command: <screen>\n"
8420
"<command>$ bzr help foo</command>\n"
8421
"</screen>"
8422
msgstr ""
8423
"För att lära sig mer om kommandot <emphasis>foo</emphasis>: <screen>\n"
8424
"<command>$ bzr help foo</command>\n"
8425
"</screen>"
8426
8427
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:68(title)
8428
msgid "Launchpad Integration"
8429
msgstr "Integrering med Launchpad"
8430
8431
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:69(para)
8432
msgid ""
8433
"While highly useful as a stand-alone system, Bazaar has good, optional "
8434
"integration with <ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>, "
8435
"the collaborative development system used by Canonical and the broader open "
8436
"source community to manage and extend Ubuntu itself. For information on how "
8437
"Bazaar can be used with Launchpad to collaborate on open source projects, "
8438
"see <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration/\"> "
8439
"http://bazaar-vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration</ulink>."
8440
msgstr ""
8441
"Medans det är synnerligen användbart som ett fristående system, har Bazaar "
8442
"en god valfri integrering med <ulink "
8443
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>, som är ett "
8444
"samarbetsutvecklingssystem som används av Canonical och den vidare öppen "
8445
"källkodsgemenskapen till att administrera och utöka Ubuntu. För information "
8446
"om hur Bazaar kan användas ihop med Launchpad för att samarbeta i öppen "
8447
"källkodsprojekt, se <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-"
8448
"vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration/\"> http://bazaar-"
8449
"vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration</ulink>."
8450
8451
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:81(title)
8452
msgid "Subversion"
8453
msgstr "Subversion"
8454
8455
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:82(para)
8456
msgid ""
8457
"Subversion is an open source version control system. Using Subversion, you "
8458
"can record the history of source files and documents. It manages files and "
8459
"directories over time. A tree of files is placed into a central repository. "
8460
"The repository is much like an ordinary file server, except that it "
8461
"remembers every change ever made to files and directories."
8462
msgstr ""
8463
"Subversion är ett versionshanteringssystem som är öppen källkod. Med "
8464
"Subversion kan du spara historiken hur källkodsfiler och dokumentation "
8465
"ändras. Det hanterar filer och kataloger över tid. Ett träd av filer "
8466
"placeras i ett centralt förråd. Förrådet fungerar ungefär som en vanlig "
8467
"filserver, med skillnaden att det kommer ihåg alla ändringar som någonsin "
8468
"gjorts i filerna eller katalogerna."
8469
8470
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:87(para)
8471
msgid ""
8472
"To access Subversion repository using the HTTP protocol, you must install "
8473
"and configure a web server. Apache2 is proven to work with Subversion. "
8474
"Please refer to the HTTP subsection in the Apache2 section to install and "
8475
"configure Apache2. To access the Subversion repository using the HTTPS "
8476
"protocol, you must install and configure a digital certificate in your "
8477
"Apache 2 web server. Please refer to the HTTPS subsection in the Apache2 "
8478
"section to install and configure the digital certificate."
8479
msgstr ""
8480
"För att komma åt ett Subversion-förråd över HTTP-protokollet måste du "
8481
"installera och konfigurera en webbserver. Apache2 fungerar väl med "
8482
"Subversion. Läs HTTP-stycket i Apache2-avsnittet för att installera och "
8483
"konfigurera Apache2. För att komma åt Subversion-förrådet med HTTPS-"
8484
"protokollet måste du installera och konfigurera ett digitalt certifikat i "
8485
"din webbserver. Läs HTTPS-stycket i Apache2-avsnittet för att installera och "
8486
"konfigurera det digitala certifikatet."
8487
8488
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:96(para)
8489
msgid ""
8490
"To install Subversion, run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
8491
msgstr ""
8492
"För att installera Subversion, kör följande kommando från en terminalprompt:"
8493
8494
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:101(command)
8495
msgid "sudo apt-get install subversion libapache2-svn"
8496
msgstr "sudo apt-get install subversion libapache2-svn"
8497
8498
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:108(para)
8499
msgid ""
8500
"This step assumes you have installed above mentioned packages on your "
8501
"system. This section explains how to create a Subversion repository and "
8502
"access the project."
8503
msgstr ""
8504
"Det här steget förutsätter att du har installerat ovan nämnda paket på ditt "
8505
"system. Detta avsnitt förklarar hur du skapar ett Subversion-förråd och hur "
8506
"du kommer åt projektet."
8507
8508
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:111(title)
8509
msgid "Create Subversion Repository"
8510
msgstr "Skapa Subversion-förråd"
8511
8512
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:112(para)
8513
msgid ""
8514
"The Subversion repository can be created using the following command from a "
8515
"terminal prompt:"
8516
msgstr ""
8517
"Subversion-förrådet kan du skapa genom att använda följande kommando från "
8518
"terminalprompten:"
8519
8520
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:116(command)
8521
msgid "svnadmin create /path/to/repos/project"
8522
msgstr "svnadmin create /sökväg/till/projektkatalogen"
8523
8524
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:121(title)
8525
msgid "Importing Files"
8526
msgstr "Importera filer"
8527
8528
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:122(para)
8529
msgid ""
8530
"Once you create the repository you can <emphasis>import</emphasis> files "
8531
"into the repository. To import a directory, enter the following from a "
8532
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
8533
"<command>svn import /path/to/import/directory "
8534
"file:///path/to/repos/project</command>\n"
8535
"</screen>"
8536
msgstr ""
8537
"När du har skapat förrådet kan du <emphasis>importera</emphasis> filer till "
8538
"förrådet. För att importera en katalog, skriv följande från "
8539
"terminalprompten: <screen>\n"
8540
"<command>svn import /sökväg/till/import/katalog "
8541
"file:///sökväg/till/förråd/projekt</command>\n"
8542
"</screen>"
8543
8544
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:134(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:139(title)
8545
msgid "Access Methods"
8546
msgstr "Åtkomstmetoder"
8547
8548
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:135(para)
8549
msgid ""
8550
"Subversion repositories can be accessed (checked out) through many different "
8551
"methods --on local disk, or through various network protocols. A repository "
8552
"location, however, is always a URL. The table describes how different URL "
8553
"schemes map to the available access methods."
8554
msgstr ""
8555
"Subversion-förråd går att komma åt (checka ut) på flera olika sätt -- på den "
8556
"lokala disken eller genom olika nätverksprotokoll. En förådsplats är alltid "
8557
"en URL. Tabellen beskriver olika URL-scheman över tillgängliga åtkomstmetoder"
8558
8559
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:146(para)
8560
msgid "Schema"
8561
msgstr "Schema"
8562
8563
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:147(para)
8564
msgid "Access Method"
8565
msgstr "Åtkomstmetod"
8566
8567
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:152(para)
8568
msgid "file://"
8569
msgstr "file://"
8570
8571
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:153(para)
8572
msgid "direct repository access (on local disk)"
8573
msgstr "direkt förrådstillgång (på den lokala hårddisken)"
8574
8575
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:156(para)
8576
msgid "http://"
8577
msgstr "http://"
8578
8579
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:157(para)
8580
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol to Subversion-aware Apache2 web server"
8581
msgstr ""
8582
"Kom åt det via WebDAV-protokollet från en Subversion-medveten Apache2-"
8583
"webbserver"
8584
8585
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:160(para)
8586
msgid "https://"
8587
msgstr "https://"
8588
8589
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:161(para)
8590
msgid "Same as http://, but with SSL encryption"
8591
msgstr "Som http://, men med SSL-kryptering"
8592
8593
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:164(para)
8594
msgid "svn://"
8595
msgstr "svn://"
8596
8597
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:165(para)
8598
msgid "Access via custom protocol to an svnserve server"
8599
msgstr "Kom åt det via ett specialprotokoll från en svnserve-server"
8600
8601
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:168(para)
8602
msgid "svn+ssh://"
8603
msgstr "svn+ssh://"
8604
8605
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:169(para)
8606
msgid "Same as svn://, but through an SSH tunnel"
8607
msgstr "Som svn://, men genom en SSH-tunnel"
8608
8609
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:175(para)
8610
msgid ""
8611
"In this section, we will see how to configure Subversion for all these "
8612
"access methods. Here, we cover the basics. For more advanced usage details, "
8613
"refer to the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\">svn book</ulink>."
8614
msgstr ""
8615
"I detta avsnitt skall vi konfigurera Subversion så att alla dessa "
8616
"åtkomstmetoder fungerar. Här kommer vi bara att gå igenom det grundläggande. "
8617
"För mer avancerad användning, läs <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-"
8618
"bean.com/\">svn-boken</ulink>."
8619
8620
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:182(title)
8621
msgid "Direct repository access (file://)"
8622
msgstr "Direkt förrådsåtkomst (file://)"
8623
8624
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:183(para)
8625
msgid ""
8626
"This is the simplest of all access methods. It does not require any "
8627
"Subversion server process to be running. This access method is used to "
8628
"access Subversion from the same machine. The syntax of the command, entered "
8629
"at a terminal prompt, is as follows:"
8630
msgstr ""
8631
"Det här är det enklaste sättet att komma åt Subversion. Det kräver inte att "
8632
"någon Subversion-server körs. Den här metoden används för att komma åt "
8633
"Subversion från samma dator. Syntaxen på kommandot, som du skriver från "
8634
"terminalprompten, är som följer:"
8635
8636
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:190(command)
8637
msgid "svn co file:///path/to/repos/project"
8638
msgstr "svn co file:///sökväg/till/projektkatalogen"
8639
8640
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:193(para)
8641
msgid "or"
8642
msgstr "eller"
8643
8644
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:196(command)
8645
msgid "svn co file://localhost/path/to/repos/project"
8646
msgstr "svn co file://localhost/sökväg/till/projektkatalogen"
8647
8648
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:200(para)
8649
msgid ""
8650
"If you do not specify the hostname, there are three forward slashes (///) -- "
8651
"two for the protocol (file, in this case) plus the leading slash in the "
8652
"path. If you specify the hostname, you must use two forward slashes (//)."
8653
msgstr ""
8654
"Om du inte skriver något värddatornamn är det tre snedstreck (///) - två för "
8655
"protokollet (file, i det här fallet) och ett för början av sökvägen. Om du "
8656
"skriver ett värddatornamn måste du använda två snedstreck (//)."
8657
8658
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:202(para)
8659
msgid ""
8660
"The repository permissions depend on filesystem permissions. If the user has "
8661
"read/write permission, he can checkout from and commit to the repository."
8662
msgstr ""
8663
"Förrådsrättigheterna beror på filsystemsrättigheterna. Om användaren har läs-"
8664
" och skrivrättigheter kan han komma åt filer från och lägga upp filer till "
8665
"förrådet."
8666
8667
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:205(title)
8668
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol (http://)"
8669
msgstr "Tillgång via WebDAV-protokollet (http://)"
8670
8671
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:206(para)
8672
msgid ""
8673
"To access the Subversion repository via WebDAV protocol, you must configure "
8674
"your Apache 2 web server. Add the following snippet between the "
8675
"<emphasis><VirtualHost></emphasis> and "
8676
"<emphasis></VirtualHost></emphasis> elements in "
8677
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename>, or another "
8678
"VirtualHost file:"
8679
msgstr ""
8680
8681
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:212(programlisting)
8682
#, no-wrap
8683
msgid ""
8684
"\n"
8685
" <Location /svn>\n"
8686
" DAV svn\n"
8687
" SVNPath /home/svn\n"
8688
" AuthType Basic\n"
8689
" AuthName \"Your repository name\"\n"
8690
" AuthUserFile /etc/subversion/passwd\n"
8691
" Require valid-user\n"
8692
" </Location> \n"
8693
msgstr ""
8694
"\n"
8695
" <Location /svn>\n"
8696
" DAV svn\n"
8697
" SVNPath /home/svn\n"
8698
" AuthType Basic\n"
8699
" AuthName \"Ditt förrådsnamn\"\n"
8700
" AuthUserFile /etc/subversion/passwd\n"
8701
" Require valid-user\n"
8702
" </Location> \n"
8703
8704
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:223(para)
8705
msgid ""
8706
"The above configuration snippet assumes that Subversion repositories are "
8707
"created under <filename>/home/svn/</filename> directory using "
8708
"<command>svnadmin</command> command. They can be accessible using "
8709
"<command>http://hostname/svn/repos_name</command> url."
8710
msgstr ""
8711
"Ovanstående konfiguratonsutdrag förutsätter att Subversion-förråden skapas "
8712
"under katalogen <filename>/home/svn/</filename> genom att använda kommandot "
8713
"<command>svnadmin</command>. Åtkomst kan fås genom följande url "
8714
"command>http://hostname/svn/repos_name</command>."
8715
8716
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:229(para)
8717
msgid ""
8718
"To import or commit files to your Subversion repository over HTTP, the "
8719
"repository should be owned by the HTTP user. In Ubuntu systems, normally the "
8720
"HTTP user is <command>www-data</command>. To change the ownership of the "
8721
"repository files enter the following command from terminal prompt:"
8722
msgstr ""
8723
"För att importera eller verkställa filer över HTTP till ditt Subversion-"
8724
"förråd måste förrådet ägas av HTTP-användaren. I Ubuntu-system är oftast "
8725
"HTTP-användaren <command>www-data</command>. För att ändra ägare över "
8726
"förrådsfilerna kan du skriva följande kommando från terminalprompten:"
8727
8728
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:238(command)
8729
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/repos"
8730
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /sökväg/till/förråd"
8731
8732
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:241(para)
8733
msgid ""
8734
"By changing the ownership of repository as <command>www-data</command> you "
8735
"will not be able to import or commit files into the repository by running "
8736
"<command>svn import file:///</command> command as any user other than "
8737
"<command>www-data</command>."
8738
msgstr ""
8739
"Genom att ändra ägarskapet för förrådet till <command>www-data</command> så "
8740
"kommer du inte kunna importera eller verkställa filer till förrådet genom "
8741
"att köra kommandot <command>svn import file:///</command> som någon annan "
8742
"användare än <command>www-data</command>."
8743
8744
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:250(para)
8745
msgid ""
8746
"Next, you must create the <filename>/etc/subversion/passwd</filename> file "
8747
"that will contain user authentication details. To create a file issue the "
8748
"following command at a command prompt (which will create the file and add "
8749
"the first user):"
8750
msgstr ""
8751
"Nästa steg, du måste skapa filen <filename>/etc/subversion/passwd</filename> "
8752
"som kommer innehålla detaljer för användarautentisering. För att skapa "
8753
"fillen skriver du följande kommando vid terminalprompten (vilket kommer "
8754
"skapa filen och lägga till den första användaren):"
8755
8756
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:256(command)
8757
msgid "sudo htpasswd -c /etc/subversion/passwd user_name"
8758
msgstr "sudo htpasswd -c /etc/subversion/passwd användarnamn"
8759
8760
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:259(para)
8761
msgid ""
8762
"To add additional users omit the <emphasis>\"-c\"</emphasis> option as this "
8763
"option replaces the old file. Instead use this form:"
8764
msgstr ""
8765
"För att lägga till ytterligare användare utelämnas flaggan <emphasis>\"-"
8766
"c\"</emphasis> eftersom detta alternativ ersätter den gamla filen. Använd "
8767
"istället denna form:"
8768
8769
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:264(command)
8770
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/subversion/password user_name"
8771
msgstr "sudo htpasswd /etc/subversion/password user_name"
8772
8773
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:268(para)
8774
msgid ""
8775
"This command will prompt you to enter the password. Once you enter the "
8776
"password, the user is added. Now, to access the repository you can run the "
8777
"following command:"
8778
msgstr ""
8779
"Det här kommandot kommer att be dig skriva in ett lösenord. När du skrivit "
8780
"in lösenordet läggs användaren till. För att komma åt förrådet kör du nu "
8781
"följande kommando:"
8782
8783
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:269(command)
8784
msgid "svn co http://servername/svn"
8785
msgstr "svn co http://servernamn/svn"
8786
8787
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:271(para)
8788
msgid ""
8789
"The password is transmitted as plain text. If you are worried about password "
8790
"snooping, you are advised to use SSL encryption. For details, please refer "
8791
"next section."
8792
msgstr ""
8793
"Lösenordet överförs i klartext. Om du är rädd för att någon annan skall få "
8794
"åtkomst till ditt lösenord bör du använda SSL-kryptering. För fler detaljer, "
8795
"läs nästa avdelning."
8796
8797
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:277(title)
8798
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol with SSL encryption (https://)"
8799
msgstr "Tillgång via WebDAV-protokollet via SSL-kryptering (https://)"
8800
8801
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:278(para)
8802
msgid ""
8803
"Accessing Subversion repository via WebDAV protocol with SSL encryption "
8804
"(https://) is similar to http:// except that you must install and configure "
8805
"the digital certificate in your Apache2 web server. To use SSL with "
8806
"Subversion add the above Apache2 configuration to "
8807
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl</filename>. For more "
8808
"information on setting up Apache2 with SSL see <xref linkend=\"https-"
8809
"configuration\"/>."
8810
msgstr ""
8811
"Tillgång till subversion-förrådet via WebDAV-protokollet med SSL-kryptering "
8812
"(https://) liknar http:// förutom att du måste installera och konfigurera "
8813
"digitala certifikat på din Apache2 webbserver. För att använda SSL med "
8814
"subversion lägg till ovanstående Apache2-konfiguration till "
8815
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl</filename>. För "
8816
"ytterligare information om att sätta upp Apache2 med SSL, se <xref "
8817
"linkend=\"https-configuration\"/>."
8818
8819
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:287(para)
8820
msgid ""
8821
"You can install a digital certificate issued by a signing authority. "
8822
"Alternatively, you can install your own self-signed certificate."
8823
msgstr ""
8824
"Du kan installera ett digitalt certifikat som utfärdats av en "
8825
"certifikatutfärdare. Eller, så kan du installera ditt egna självsignerade "
8826
"certifikat."
8827
8828
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:292(para)
8829
msgid ""
8830
"This step assumes you have installed and configured a digital certificate in "
8831
"your Apache 2 web server. Now, to access the Subversion repository, please "
8832
"refer to the above section! The access methods are exactly the same, except "
8833
"the protocol. You must use https:// to access the Subversion repository."
8834
msgstr ""
8835
"Vi förutsätter att du har installerat och konfigurerat ett digitalt "
8836
"certifikat i din Apache2-webbserver. Läs sedan ovanstående avdelning för att "
8837
"komma åt subversion-förrådet! Du gör precis likadant för att komma åt det, "
8838
"men protokollen är olika. Du måste använda https:// för att komma åt "
8839
"subversion-förrådet."
8840
8841
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:302(title)
8842
msgid "Access via custom protocol (svn://)"
8843
msgstr "Tillgång via ett specialprotokoll (svn://)"
8844
8845
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:303(para)
8846
msgid ""
8847
"Once the Subversion repository is created, you can configure the access "
8848
"control. You can edit the <filename> "
8849
"/path/to/repos/project/conf/svnserve.conf</filename> file to configure the "
8850
"access control. For example, to set up authentication, you can uncomment the "
8851
"following lines in the configuration file:"
8852
msgstr ""
8853
"Så fort subversion-förrådet har skapats kan du konfigurera "
8854
"åtkomsträttigheter. Du kan ändra filen <filename> "
8855
"/sökväg/till/förråd/conf/svnserve.conf</filename> för att konfigurera "
8856
"åtkomsträttigheter. Till exempel kan du avkommentera följande rader i "
8857
"konfigurationsfilen för att aktivera autentisering:"
8858
8859
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:310(programlisting)
8860
#, no-wrap
8861
msgid ""
8862
"# [general]\n"
8863
"# password-db = passwd"
8864
msgstr ""
8865
"# [general]\n"
8866
"# password-db = passwd"
8867
8868
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:313(para)
8869
msgid ""
8870
"After uncommenting the above lines, you can maintain the user list in the "
8871
"passwd file. So, edit the file <filename>passwd </filename> in the same "
8872
"directory and add the new user. The syntax is as follows:"
8873
msgstr ""
8874
"När du har avkommenterat ovanstående rader kan du upprätthålla en "
8875
"användarlista i passwd-filen. Med andra ord, redigera filen <filename>passwd "
8876
"</filename> i samma katalog och lägg till en ny användare. Syntaxen är såhär:"
8877
8878
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:319(programlisting)
8879
#, no-wrap
8880
msgid "username = password"
8881
msgstr "användarnamn = lösenord"
8882
8883
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:320(para)
8884
msgid "For more details, please refer to the file."
8885
msgstr "Mer information finns i filen."
8886
8887
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:324(para)
8888
msgid ""
8889
"Now, to access Subversion via the svn:// custom protocol, either from the "
8890
"same machine or a different machine, you can run svnserver using svnserve "
8891
"command. The syntax is as follows:"
8892
msgstr ""
8893
"För att nu komma åt Subversion via specialprotokollet svn://, antingen från "
8894
"samma dator eller från en annan, kan du köra svnserver med kommandot "
8895
"svnserve. Syntaxen är såhär:"
8896
8897
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:329(programlisting)
8898
#, no-wrap
8899
msgid ""
8900
"$ svnserve -d --foreground -r /path/to/repos\n"
8901
"# -d -- daemon mode\n"
8902
"# --foreground -- run in foreground (useful for debugging)\n"
8903
"# -r -- root of directory to serve\n"
8904
"\n"
8905
"For more usage details, please refer to:\n"
8906
"$ svnserve --help"
8907
msgstr ""
8908
"$ svnserve -d --foreground -r /sökväg/till/förråd\n"
8909
"# -d -- demon-läge\n"
8910
"# --foreground -- kör i förgrunden (användbart för felsökning)\n"
8911
"# -r -- serverns rotkatalog\n"
8912
"\n"
8913
"För fler detaljer om användning, läs:\n"
8914
"$ svnserve --help"
8915
8916
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:337(para)
8917
msgid ""
8918
"Once you run this command, Subversion starts listening on default port "
8919
"(3690). To access the project repository, you must run the following command "
8920
"from a terminal prompt:"
8921
msgstr ""
8922
"När du kör det här kommandot börjar Subversion lyssna på standardporten "
8923
"(3690). För att komma åt projektförrådet måste du köra följande kommando "
8924
"från en terminalprompt:"
8925
8926
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:340(command)
8927
msgid "svn co svn://hostname/project project --username user_name"
8928
msgstr "svn co svn://värdnamn/projekt projekt --username användarnamn"
8929
8930
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:343(para)
8931
msgid ""
8932
"Based on server configuration, it prompts for password. Once you are "
8933
"authenticated, it checks out the code from Subversion repository. To "
8934
"synchronize the project repository with the local copy, you can run the "
8935
"<command>update</command> sub-command. The syntax of the command, entered at "
8936
"a terminal prompt, is as follows:"
8937
msgstr ""
8938
"Servern kommer nu att fråga efter ett lösenord enligt serverkonfigurationen. "
8939
"När du har autentiserat dig kommer den att checka ut koden från subversion-"
8940
"förrådet. För att synkronisera projektförrådet med din lokala kopia kan du "
8941
"köra underkommandot <command>update</command>. Syntaxen för kommandot, som "
8942
"du skriver från en terminalprompt, är som följer:"
8943
8944
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:351(command)
8945
msgid "cd project_dir ; svn update"
8946
msgstr "cd projektkatalog ; svn update"
8947
8948
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:354(para)
8949
msgid ""
8950
"For more details about using each Subversion sub-command, you can refer to "
8951
"the manual. For example, to learn more about the co (checkout) command, "
8952
"please run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
8953
msgstr ""
8954
"Fler detaljer kring hur du använder alla subversions underkommandon kan du "
8955
"läsa om i manualen. För att till exempel lära dig mer om kommandot co "
8956
"(checkout) kör du följande kommando från terminalprompten:"
8957
8958
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:358(command)
8959
msgid "svn co help"
8960
msgstr "svn co help"
8961
8962
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:362(title)
8963
msgid "Access via custom protocol with SSL encryption (svn+ssh://)"
8964
msgstr "Åtkomst via specialprotokoll med SSL-kryptering (svn+ssh://)"
8965
8966
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:363(para)
8967
msgid ""
8968
"The configuration and server process is same as in the svn:// method. For "
8969
"details, please refer to the above section. This step assumes you have "
8970
"followed the above step and started the Subversion server using "
8971
"<application>svnserve</application> command."
8972
msgstr ""
8973
"Konfigurationen och serverprocessen är samma som i svn://-metoden. Läs "
8974
"ovanstående avsnitt för fler detaljer. Det här steget förutsätter att du har "
8975
"följt ovanstående steg och startat subversion-servern med kommandot "
8976
"<application>svnserve</application>."
8977
8978
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:369(para)
8979
msgid ""
8980
"It is also assumed that the ssh server is running on that machine and that "
8981
"it is allowing incoming connections. To confirm, please try to login to that "
8982
"machine using ssh. If you can login, everything is perfect. If you cannot "
8983
"login, please address it before continuing further."
8984
msgstr ""
8985
"Det antas också att ssh-servern körs på den datorn och att den tillåter "
8986
"inkommande anslutningar. För att se till att det här stämmer, försök logga "
8987
"in i den datorn med ssh. Om du kan logga in är allt perfekt. Om du inte kan "
8988
"logga in, åtgärda det innan du fortsätter."
8989
8990
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:375(para)
8991
msgid ""
8992
"The svn+ssh:// protocol is used to access the Subversion repository using "
8993
"SSL encryption. The data transfer is encrypted using this method. To access "
8994
"the project repository (for example with a checkout), you must use the "
8995
"following command syntax:"
8996
msgstr ""
8997
"Protokollet svn+ssh:// används för att komma åt subversion-förrådet med SSL-"
8998
"kryptering. Dataöverföringen krypteras med den här metoden. För att komma åt "
8999
"projektförrådet (för att till exempel checka ut) måste du använda följande "
9000
"syntax:"
9001
9002
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:382(command)
9003
msgid "svn co svn+ssh://hostname/var/svn/repos/project"
9004
msgstr "svn co svn+ssh://värdnamn/var/svn/förråd/projekt"
9005
9006
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:386(para)
9007
msgid ""
9008
"You must use the full path (/path/to/repos/project) to access the Subversion "
9009
"repository using this access method."
9010
msgstr ""
9011
"Du måste använda hela sökvägen (/sökväg/till/förråd/projekt) för att komma "
9012
"åt subversion-förrådet med den här åtkomstmetoden."
9013
9014
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:389(para)
9015
msgid ""
9016
"Based on server configuration, it prompts for password. You must enter the "
9017
"password you use to login via ssh. Once you are authenticated, it checks out "
9018
"the code from the Subversion repository."
9019
msgstr ""
9020
"Servern kommer nu, baserat på hur den är konfigurerad, att fråga efter ett "
9021
"lösenord. Du måste skriva in det lösenord du använder för att logga in med "
9022
"ssh. När du är verifierad checkas koden ut från subversion-förrådet."
9023
9024
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:399(title)
9025
msgid "CVS Server"
9026
msgstr "CVS-server"
9027
9028
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:400(para)
9029
msgid ""
9030
"CVS is a version control system. You can use it to record the history of "
9031
"source files."
9032
msgstr ""
9033
"CVS är ett versionshanteringssystem. Du kan använda det för att spara "
9034
"historiken för källkodsfiler."
9035
9036
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:406(para)
9037
msgid ""
9038
"To install <application>CVS</application>, run the following command from a "
9039
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
9040
"<command>sudo apt-get install cvs</command>\n"
9041
"</screen> After you install <application>cvs</application>, you should "
9042
"install <application>xinetd</application> to start/stop the cvs server. At "
9043
"the prompt, enter the following command to install "
9044
"<application>xinetd</application>: <screen>\n"
9045
"<command>sudo apt-get install xinetd</command>\n"
9046
"</screen>"
9047
msgstr ""
9048
"För att installera <application>CVS</application>, kör följande kommando "
9049
"från en terminalprompt: <screen>\n"
9050
"<command>sudo apt-get install cvs</command>\n"
9051
"</screen> Efter att du installerat <application>cvs</application>, skall du "
9052
"installera <application>xinetd</application> till att starta/stoppa cvs-"
9053
"servern. Vid markören, ange följande kommando för att installer "
9054
"<application>xinetd</application>: <screen>\n"
9055
"<command>sudo apt-get install xinetd</command>\n"
9056
"</screen>"
9057
9058
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:439(programlisting)
9059
#, no-wrap
9060
msgid ""
9061
"\n"
9062
"service cvspserver\n"
9063
"{\n"
9064
" port = 2401\n"
9065
" socket_type = stream\n"
9066
" protocol = tcp\n"
9067
" user = root\n"
9068
" wait = no\n"
9069
" type = UNLISTED\n"
9070
" server = /usr/bin/cvs\n"
9071
" server_args = -f --allow-root /var/lib/cvs pserver\n"
9072
" disable = no\n"
9073
"}\n"
9074
msgstr ""
9075
"\n"
9076
"service cvspserver\n"
9077
"{\n"
9078
" port = 2401\n"
9079
" socket_type = stream\n"
9080
" protocol = tcp\n"
9081
" user = root\n"
9082
" wait = no\n"
9083
" type = UNLISTED\n"
9084
" server = /usr/bin/cvs\n"
9085
" server_args = -f --allow-root /var/lib/cvs pserver\n"
9086
" disable = no\n"
9087
"}\n"
9088
9089
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:455(para)
9090
msgid ""
9091
"Be sure to edit the repository if you have changed the default repository "
9092
"(<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>) directory."
9093
msgstr ""
9094
"Se till att ändra sökvägen till förrådet om du har bytt standardkatalog "
9095
"(<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>)."
9096
9097
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:424(para)
9098
msgid ""
9099
"Once you install cvs, the repository will be automatically initialized. By "
9100
"default, the repository resides under the "
9101
"<application>/var/lib/cvs</application> directory. You can change this path "
9102
"by running following command: <screen>\n"
9103
"<command>cvs -d /your/new/cvs/repo init</command>\n"
9104
"</screen> Once the initial repository is set up, you can configure "
9105
"<application>xinetd</application> to start the CVS server. You can copy the "
9106
"following lines to the <filename> /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver</filename> file. "
9107
"<placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/> Once you have configured "
9108
"<application>xinetd</application> you can start the cvs server by running "
9109
"following command: <screen>\n"
9110
"<command>sudo /etc/init.d/xinetd restart</command>\n"
9111
"</screen>"
9112
msgstr ""
9113
"När du installerat cvs, kommer förrådet automatiskt initieras. Som standard, "
9114
"finns förrådet under katalogen <application>/var/lib/cvs</application>. Du "
9115
"kan ändra sökvägen genom att köra följande kommando: <screen>\n"
9116
"<command>cvs -d /your/new/cvs/repo init</command>\n"
9117
"</screen> När det första förrådet är uppsatt, kan du konfigurera "
9118
"<application>xinetd</application> till att starta CVS-servern. Du kan "
9119
"kopiera följande rader till filen <filename> "
9120
"/etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver</filename>. <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/> När du "
9121
"har konfigurerat <application>xinetd</application> kan du starta cvs-servern "
9122
"genom att köra följande kommando: <screen>\n"
9123
"<command>sudo /etc/init.d/xinetd restart</command>\n"
9124
"</screen>"
9125
9126
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:468(para)
9127
msgid ""
9128
"You can confirm that the CVS server is running by issuing the following "
9129
"command:"
9130
msgstr ""
9131
"Du kan bekräfta att CVS-servern är igång genom att köra följande kommando:"
9132
9133
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:475(command)
9134
msgid "sudo netstat -tap | grep cvs"
9135
msgstr "sudo netstat -tap | grep cvs"
9136
9137
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:479(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:65(para)
9138
msgid ""
9139
"When you run this command, you should see the following line or something "
9140
"similar:"
9141
msgstr ""
9142
"När du kör det här kommandot bör du se följande rad, eller någon liknande:"
9143
9144
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:484(programlisting)
9145
#, no-wrap
9146
msgid ""
9147
"\n"
9148
"tcp 0 0 *:cvspserver *:* LISTEN \n"
9149
msgstr ""
9150
"\n"
9151
"tcp 0 0 *:cvspserver *:* LISTEN \n"
9152
9153
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:488(para)
9154
msgid ""
9155
"From here you can continue to add users, add new projects, and manage the "
9156
"CVS server."
9157
msgstr ""
9158
"Nu kan du fortsätta med att lägga till användare, lägga till projekt, och "
9159
"administrera CVS-servern."
9160
9161
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:493(para)
9162
msgid ""
9163
"CVS allows the user to add users independently of the underlying OS "
9164
"installation. Probably the easiest way is to use the Linux Users for CVS, "
9165
"although it has potential security issues. Please refer to the CVS manual "
9166
"for details."
9167
msgstr ""
9168
"CVS tillåter att användaren lägger till användare oberoende av det "
9169
"underliggande operativsystemet. Det enklaste sättet är förmodligen att "
9170
"använda Linux-användare för CVS, men det har potentiella säkerhetsproblem. "
9171
"Läs CVS-manualen för detaljer."
9172
9173
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:503(title)
9174
msgid "Add Projects"
9175
msgstr "Lägga till projekt"
9176
9177
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:515(para)
9178
msgid ""
9179
"You can use the CVSROOT environment variable to store the CVS root "
9180
"directory. Once you export the CVSROOT environment variable, you can avoid "
9181
"using -d option in the above cvs command."
9182
msgstr ""
9183
"Du kan använda miljövariabeln CVSROOT för att lagra CVS-rotkatalogen. När du "
9184
"har exporterat miljövariabeln CVSROOT behöver du inte använda flaggan -d i "
9185
"cvs-kommandot ovan."
9186
9187
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:527(para)
9188
msgid ""
9189
"When you add a new project, the CVS user you use must have write access to "
9190
"the CVS repository (<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>). By default, "
9191
"the <application>src</application> group has write access to the CVS "
9192
"repository. So, you can add the user to this group, and he can then add and "
9193
"manage projects in the CVS repository."
9194
msgstr ""
9195
"När du lägger till ett nytt projekt måste CVS-användaren du använder ha "
9196
"skrivrättigheter till CVS-förrådet "
9197
"(<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>). Normalt har gruppen "
9198
"<application>src</application> skrivrättigheter till CVS-förrådet. Om du "
9199
"lägger till en användare i den här gruppen kommer han med andra ord att "
9200
"kunna hantera projekt i CVS-förrådet."
9201
9202
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:504(para)
9203
msgid ""
9204
"This section explains how to add new project to the CVS repository. Create "
9205
"the directory and add necessary document and source files to the directory. "
9206
"Now, run the following command to add this project to CVS repository: "
9207
"<screen>\n"
9208
"<command>cd your/project</command>\n"
9209
"<command>cvs -d :pserver:username@hostname.com:/var/lib/cvs import -m "
9210
"\"Importing my project to CVS repository\" . new_project start</command>\n"
9211
"</screen><placeholder-1/> The string <emphasis>new_project</emphasis> is a "
9212
"vendor tag, and <emphasis>start</emphasis> is a release tag. They serve no "
9213
"purpose in this context, but since CVS requires them, they must be present. "
9214
"<placeholder-2/>"
9215
msgstr ""
9216
"Detta avsnitt förklarar hur man lägger till ett nytt projekt till CVS-"
9217
"förrådet. Skapa katalogen och lägg till nödvändiga dokument och "
9218
"källkodsfiler i katalogen. Kör nu följande kommando för att lägga till ditt "
9219
"projekt i CVS-förrådet: <screen>\n"
9220
"<command>cd ditt/projekt</command>\n"
9221
"<command>cvs -d :pserver:användarnamn@exempel.se:/var/lib/cvs import -m "
9222
"\"Importerar mitt projekt till CVS-förrådet\" . nytt_projekt "
9223
"start</command>\n"
9224
"</screen><placeholder-1/> Strängen <emphasis>nytt_projekt</emphasis> är en "
9225
"vendor-tagg och <emphasis>start</emphasis> är en release-tagg. De fyller "
9226
"inget syfte i det här sammanhanget, men CVS kräver att de skall vara med. "
9227
"<placeholder-2/>"
9228
9229
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:540(ulink)
9230
msgid "Bazaar Home Page"
9231
msgstr "Webbsidan för Bazaar"
9232
9233
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:541(ulink)
9234
msgid "Launchpad"
9235
msgstr "Launchpad"
9236
9237
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:542(ulink)
9238
msgid "Subversion Home Page"
9239
msgstr "Subversions webbplats"
9240
9241
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:543(ulink)
9242
msgid "Subversion Book"
9243
msgstr "Subversion-bok"
9244
9245
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:545(ulink)
9246
msgid "CVS Manual"
9247
msgstr "CVS-manual"
9248
9249
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:546(ulink)
9250
msgid "Easy Bazaar Ubuntu Wiki page"
9251
msgstr ""
9252
9253
#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:547(ulink)
9254
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki Subversion page"
9255
msgstr ""
9256
9257
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:3(title) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:3(title)
9258
msgid "Credits and License"
9259
msgstr "Erkännanden och licens"
9260
9261
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:4(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:4(para)
9262
msgid ""
9263
"This document is maintained by the Ubuntu documentation team "
9264
"(https://wiki.ubuntu.com/DocumentationTeam). For a list of contributors, see "
9265
"the <ulink url=\"../../libs/C/contributors.xml\">contributors page</ulink>"
9266
msgstr ""
9267
"Detta dokument underhålls av Ubuntu:s dokumentationsteam "
9268
"(https://wiki.ubuntu.com/DocumentationTeam). Se <ulink "
9269
"url=\"../../libs/C/contributors.xml\">bidragsgivarnas sida</ulink> för en "
9270
"lista över bidragsgivare."
9271
9272
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:5(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:5(para)
9273
msgid ""
9274
"This document is made available under the Creative Commons ShareAlike 2.5 "
9275
"License (CC-BY-SA)."
9276
msgstr ""
9277
"Det här dokumentet har gjorts tillgängligt under licensen Creative Commons "
9278
"ShareAlike 2.5 (CC-BY-SA)."
9279
9280
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:6(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:6(para)
9281
msgid ""
9282
"You are free to modify, extend, and improve the Ubuntu documentation source "
9283
"code under the terms of this license. All derivative works must be released "
9284
"under this license."
9285
msgstr ""
9286
"Du får fritt modifiera, utöka och förbättra källkoden till "
9287
"Ubuntudokumentationen under villkoren för den här licensen. Alla verk "
9288
"baserade på detta måste släppas under den här licensen."
9289
9290
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:8(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:8(para)
9291
msgid ""
9292
"This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but "
9293
"WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY "
9294
"or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AS DESCRIBED IN THE DISCLAIMER."
9295
msgstr ""
9296
"Den här dokumentationen distribueras med förhoppningen att den kommer att "
9297
"vara användbar, men UTAN NÅGRA GARANTIER, varken uttryckliga eller "
9298
"implicita, ENLIGT VAD SOM BESKRIVS I FRISKRIVNINGSKLAUSULEN."
9299
9300
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:11(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:11(para)
9301
msgid ""
9302
"A copy of the license is available here: <ulink url=\"/usr/share/ubuntu-"
9303
"docs/libs/C/ccbysa.xml\">Creative Commons ShareAlike License</ulink>."
9304
msgstr ""
9305
"En kopia av licensen finns tillgänglig här: <ulink url=\"/usr/share/ubuntu-"
9306
"docs/libs/C/ccbysa.xml\">Creative Commons ShareAlike License</ulink>."
9307
9308
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:14(year) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:14(year)
9309
msgid "2010"
9310
msgstr "2010"
9311
9312
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:15(ulink) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:15(ulink)
9313
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
9314
msgstr "Dokumentationsprojekt för Ubuntu"
9315
9316
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:15(holder) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:15(holder)
9317
msgid "Canonical Ltd. and members of the <placeholder-1/>"
9318
msgstr "Canonical Ltd. och medlemmar från <placeholder-1/>"
9319
9320
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:18(publishername) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:18(publishername)
9321
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Project"
9322
msgstr "Ubuntus dokumentationsprojekt"
9323
9324
#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:17(para)
9325
msgid ""
9326
"Welcome to the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server Guide</emphasis>! It contains "
9327
"information on how to install and configure various server applications on "
9328
"your Ubuntu system to fit your needs. It is a step-by-step, task-oriented "
9329
"guide for configuring and customizing your system."
9330
msgstr ""
9331
"Välkommen till guiden för <emphasis>Ubuntu server</emphasis>! Den innehåller "
9332
"information om hur man installerar och konfigurerar olika serverprogram på "
9333
"sitt Ubuntu-system och anpassar dem efter sina behov. Detta är en steg-för-"
9334
"steg-guide för att konfigurera och skräddarsy ditt system."
9335
9336
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:13(title)
9337
msgid "Security"
9338
msgstr "Säkerhet"
9339
9340
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:14(para)
9341
msgid ""
9342
"Security should always be considered when installing, deploying, and using "
9343
"any type of computer system. Although a fresh installation of Ubuntu is "
9344
"relatively safe for immediate use on the Internet, it is important to have a "
9345
"balanced understanding of your systems security posture based on how it will "
9346
"be used after deployment."
9347
msgstr ""
9348
"Säkerhet skall alltid övervägas vid installation, utveckling och användning "
9349
"av någon typ av datasystem. Även om en nyinstallation av Ubuntu är relativt "
9350
"säker för omedelbar användning på internet, är det viktigt att ha en "
9351
"balanserad förståelse för sina systems säkerhetstillstånd baserat på hur de "
9352
"kommer att användas efter utplacering."
9353
9354
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:17(para)
9355
msgid ""
9356
"This chapter provides an overview of security related topics as they pertain "
9357
"to Ubuntu 10.10 Server Edition, and outlines simple measures you may use to "
9358
"protect your server and network from any number of potential security "
9359
"threats."
9360
msgstr ""
9361
9362
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:21(title)
9363
msgid "User Management"
9364
msgstr "Användarhantering"
9365
9366
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:22(para)
9367
msgid ""
9368
"User management is a critical part of maintaining a secure system. "
9369
"Ineffective user and privilege management often lead many systems into being "
9370
"compromised. Therefore, it is important that you understand how you can "
9371
"protect your server through simple and effective user account management "
9372
"techniques."
9373
msgstr ""
9374
"Användarhantering är en kritisk del av underhållet i ett säkert system. "
9375
"Ineffektiv användar- och rättighetshantering leder i många fall till ett "
9376
"komprometterat system. Därför, är det viktigt att du förstår hur du kan "
9377
"skydda din server genom enkla men effektiva kontohanteringstekniker."
9378
9379
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:26(title)
9380
msgid "Where is root?"
9381
msgstr "Var är root?"
9382
9383
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:27(para)
9384
msgid ""
9385
"Ubuntu developers made a conscientious decision to disable the "
9386
"administrative root account by default in all Ubuntu installations. This "
9387
"does not mean that the root account has been deleted or that it may not be "
9388
"accessed. It merely has been given a password which matches no possible "
9389
"encrypted value, therefore may not log in directly by itself."
9390
msgstr ""
9391
"Ubuntu-utvecklarna bestämde efter noga övervägande att som standard "
9392
"inaktivera administratörskontot root i alla Ubuntu installationer. Det "
9393
"innebär inte att root kontot tagits bort eller inte går att komma åt. Det "
9394
"betyder endast att det har fått ett lösenord som inte matchar något möjligt "
9395
"krypterat värde, och kan inte ansluta av sig själv."
9396
9397
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:30(para)
9398
msgid ""
9399
"Instead, users are encouraged to make use of a tool by the name of "
9400
"<application>sudo</application> to carry out system administrative duties. "
9401
"<application>Sudo</application> allows an authorized user to temporarily "
9402
"elevate their privileges using their own password instead of having to know "
9403
"the password belonging to the root account. This simple yet effective "
9404
"methodology provides accountability for all user actions, and gives the "
9405
"administrator granular control over which actions a user can perform with "
9406
"said privileges."
9407
msgstr ""
9408
"Istället uppmuntras användarna till att använda ett verktyg med namnet "
9409
"<application>sudo</application> för att genomföra administrativa sysslor. "
9410
"<application>Sudo</application> tillåter en auktoriserad användare att "
9411
"temporärt utöka sina rättigheter genom sitt egna lösenord istället för att "
9412
"behöva veta lösenordet till root-kontot. Den här enkla men effektiva metoden "
9413
"ger alla användare ansvarsskyldighet för sina handlingar och ger "
9414
"administratören synlig kontroll över vilka funktioner en användare kan "
9415
"utföra baserat på sina rättigheter."
9416
9417
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:35(para)
9418
msgid ""
9419
"If for some reason you wish to enable the root account, simply give it a "
9420
"password:"
9421
msgstr ""
9422
"Om du av någon anledning vill aktivera root-kontot, skapa då ett lösenord:"
9423
9424
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:39(command)
9425
msgid "sudo passwd"
9426
msgstr "sudo passwd"
9427
9428
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:41(para)
9429
msgid ""
9430
"Sudo will prompt you for your password, and then ask you to supply a new "
9431
"password for root as shown below:"
9432
msgstr ""
9433
"Som visas nedan, kommer sudo fråga efter ditt lösenord och därefter be dig "
9434
"om ett nytt lösenord för root:"
9435
9436
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:44(userinput)
9437
#, no-wrap
9438
msgid "(enter your own password)"
9439
msgstr "(skriv in ditt egna lösenord)"
9440
9441
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:45(userinput)
9442
#, no-wrap
9443
msgid "(enter a new password for root)"
9444
msgstr "(ange ett nytt lösenord för root)"
9445
9446
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:46(userinput)
9447
#, no-wrap
9448
msgid "(repeat new password for root)"
9449
msgstr "(repetera det nya lösenordet för root)"
9450
9451
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:44(computeroutput)
9452
#, no-wrap
9453
msgid ""
9454
"[sudo] password for username: <placeholder-1/>\n"
9455
"Enter new UNIX password: <placeholder-2/>\n"
9456
"Retype new UNIX password: <placeholder-3/>\n"
9457
"passwd: password updated successfully"
9458
msgstr ""
9459
"[sudo] lösenord för användaren: <placeholder-1/>\n"
9460
"Skriv in nytt UNIX-lösenord: <placeholder-2/>\n"
9461
"Repetera nytt UNIX-lösenord: <placeholder-3/>\n"
9462
"passwd: lösenordet har uppdaterats framgångsrikt"
9463
9464
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:51(para)
9465
msgid "To disable the root account, use the following passwd syntax:"
9466
msgstr "För att inaktivera root-kontot, använd följande lösenord-syntax:"
9467
9468
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:55(command)
9469
msgid "sudo passwd -l root"
9470
msgstr "sudo passwd -l root"
9471
9472
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:59(para)
9473
msgid ""
9474
"You should read more on <application>Sudo</application> by checking out it's "
9475
"man page:"
9476
msgstr ""
9477
"Du kan läsa mer om <application>Sudo</application> genom att öppna "
9478
"manualsidan:"
9479
9480
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:63(command)
9481
msgid "man sudo"
9482
msgstr "man sudo"
9483
9484
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:67(para)
9485
msgid ""
9486
"By default, the initial user created by the Ubuntu installer is a member of "
9487
"the group \"admin\" which is added to the file "
9488
"<filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> as an authorized sudo user. If you wish to "
9489
"give any other account full root access through "
9490
"<application>sudo</application>, simply add them to the admin group."
9491
msgstr ""
9492
"Som standard, är den första användaren som skapas av Ubuntu-installeraren "
9493
"medlem av gruppen \"admin\" som är adderad till filen "
9494
"<filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> som en auktoriserad sudo-användare. Om du "
9495
"önskar ge något annat konto full root behörighet genom "
9496
"<application>sudo</application>, lägg då till det i gruppen admin."
9497
9498
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:73(title)
9499
msgid "Adding and Deleting Users"
9500
msgstr "Lägg till och ta bort användare"
9501
9502
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:74(para)
9503
msgid ""
9504
"The process for managing local users and groups is straight forward and "
9505
"differs very little from most other GNU/Linux operating systems. Ubuntu and "
9506
"other Debian based distributions, encourage the use of the \"adduser\" "
9507
"package for account management."
9508
msgstr ""
9509
"Processen för hanteringen av lokala användare och grupper skiljer sig "
9510
"väldigt lite från de flesta andra GNU/Linux operativsystem. Ubuntu och andra "
9511
"Debian baserade distributioner uppmuntrar användandet av paketet \"adduser\" "
9512
"för kontohantering."
9513
9514
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:79(para)
9515
msgid ""
9516
"To add a user account, use the following syntax, and follow the prompts to "
9517
"give the account a password and identifiable characteristics such as a full "
9518
"name, phone number, etc."
9519
msgstr ""
9520
"För att lägga till en användare använd följande syntax och följ "
9521
"inmatningsmarkören för att ge kontot ett lösenord och identifierbara "
9522
"kännetecken såsom ett komplett namn, telefonnummer, etc."
9523
9524
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:83(command)
9525
msgid "sudo adduser username"
9526
msgstr "sudo adduser användarnamn"
9527
9528
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:87(para)
9529
msgid ""
9530
"To delete a user account and its primary group, use the following syntax:"
9531
msgstr ""
9532
"För att ta bort ett konto och dess primära grupp, använd följande syntax:"
9533
9534
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:91(command)
9535
msgid "sudo deluser username"
9536
msgstr "sudo deluser användarnamn"
9537
9538
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:93(para)
9539
msgid ""
9540
"Deleting an account does not remove their respective home folder. It is up "
9541
"to you whether or not you wish to delete the folder manually or keep it "
9542
"according to your desired retention policies."
9543
msgstr ""
9544
"Att ta bort ett konto tar inte bort respektive hemmakatalog. Det är upp till "
9545
"dig om du vill eller inte vill ta bort mappen manuellt, eller spara den "
9546
"enligt önskade riktlinjer för bevarande av konton."
9547
9548
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:96(para)
9549
msgid ""
9550
"Remember, any user added later on with the same UID/GID as the previous "
9551
"owner will now have access to this folder if you have not taken the "
9552
"necessary precautions."
9553
msgstr ""
9554
"Kom ihåg att en användare som senare blir tillagd med samma UID/GID som den "
9555
"tidigare ägaren, kommer att ha behörighet till mappen om du inte vidtagit "
9556
"nödvändiga försiktighetsåtgärder."
9557
9558
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:99(para)
9559
msgid ""
9560
"You may want to change these UID/GID values to something more appropriate, "
9561
"such as the root account, and perhaps even relocate the folder to avoid "
9562
"future conflicts:"
9563
msgstr ""
9564
"Du vill antagligen ändra UID/GID värdena till något bättre, exempelvis root-"
9565
"kontot och kanske också flytta mappen för att undvika framtida konflikter:"
9566
9567
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:103(command)
9568
msgid "sudo chown -R root:root /home/username/"
9569
msgstr "sudo chown -R root:root /home/användarnamn/"
9570
9571
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:104(command)
9572
msgid "sudo mkdir /home/archived_users/"
9573
msgstr "sudo mkdir /home/archived_users/"
9574
9575
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:105(command)
9576
msgid "sudo mv /home/username /home/archived_users/"
9577
msgstr "sudo mv /home/användarnamn /home/archived_users/"
9578
9579
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:109(para)
9580
msgid ""
9581
"To temporarily lock or unlock a user account, use the following syntax, "
9582
"respectively:"
9583
msgstr ""
9584
"För att tillfälligt låsa eller öppna ett användarkonto, använd följande "
9585
"kommando:"
9586
9587
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:113(command)
9588
msgid "sudo passwd -l username"
9589
msgstr "sudo passwd -l användarnamn"
9590
9591
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:114(command)
9592
msgid "sudo passwd -u username"
9593
msgstr "sudo passwd -u användarnamn"
9594
9595
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:118(para)
9596
msgid ""
9597
"To add or delete a personalized group, use the following syntax, "
9598
"respectively:"
9599
msgstr ""
9600
"För att lägga till eller ta bort en personifierad grupp, använd följande "
9601
"syntax, var för sig:"
9602
9603
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:122(command)
9604
msgid "sudo addgroup groupname"
9605
msgstr "sudo addgroup gruppnamn"
9606
9607
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:123(command)
9608
msgid "sudo delgroup groupname"
9609
msgstr "sudo delgroup gruppnamn"
9610
9611
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:127(para)
9612
msgid "To add a user to a group, use the following syntax:"
9613
msgstr "För att lägga till en användare i en grupp, använd följande syntax:"
9614
9615
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:131(command)
9616
msgid "sudo adduser username groupname"
9617
msgstr "sudo adduser användarnamn gruppnamn"
9618
9619
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:138(title)
9620
msgid "User Profile Security"
9621
msgstr "Användarens säkerhetsprofil"
9622
9623
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:139(para)
9624
msgid ""
9625
"When a new user is created, the adduser utility creates a brand new home "
9626
"directory named <filename class=\"directory\">/home/username</filename>, "
9627
"respectively. The default profile is modeled after the contents found in the "
9628
"directory of <filename class=\"directory\">/etc/skel</filename>, which "
9629
"includes all profile basics."
9630
msgstr ""
9631
"När en ny användare har skapas, så skapar adduser-verktyget en helt ny "
9632
"hemmakatalog med namnet <filename "
9633
"class=\"directory\">/home/användarnamn</filename>. Standardprofilen skapas "
9634
"efter innehållet som finns i mappen <filename "
9635
"class=\"directory\">/etc/skel</filename>, som inkluderar alla basprofiler."
9636
9637
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:142(para)
9638
msgid ""
9639
"If your server will be home to multiple users, you should pay close "
9640
"attention to the user home directory permissions to ensure confidentiality. "
9641
"By default, user home directories in Ubuntu are created with world "
9642
"read/execute permissions. This means that all users can browse and access "
9643
"the contents of other users home directories. This may not be suitable for "
9644
"your environment."
9645
msgstr ""
9646
"Om din server kommer att användas av flera användare, skall du vara "
9647
"uppmärksam på rättigheterna för hemmakatalogerna för att säkerställa "
9648
"sekretess. Normalt är användarens hemmakatalog i Ubuntu skapad med allmänna "
9649
"läs/kör-rättigheter. Med detta menas att alla användare kan söka och komma "
9650
"åt innehållet i andra användares hemmakatalog. Det här kanske inte passar "
9651
"för dina förhållanden."
9652
9653
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:147(para)
9654
msgid ""
9655
"To verify your current users home directory permissions, use the following "
9656
"syntax:"
9657
msgstr ""
9658
"För att verifiera din nuvarande användares mappbehörighet, använd följande "
9659
"syntax:"
9660
9661
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:151(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:183(command)
9662
msgid "ls -ld /home/username"
9663
msgstr "ls -ld /home/användarnamn"
9664
9665
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:153(para)
9666
msgid ""
9667
"The following output shows that the directory <filename "
9668
"class=\"directory\">/home/username</filename> has world readable permissions:"
9669
msgstr ""
9670
"Följande resultat visar att mappen <filename "
9671
"class=\"directory\">/home/användarnamn</filename> har allmänna "
9672
"läsbehörigheter:"
9673
9674
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:156(computeroutput)
9675
#, no-wrap
9676
msgid "drwxr-xr-x 2 username username 4096 2007-10-02 20:03 username"
9677
msgstr ""
9678
"drwxr-xr-x 2 användarnamn användarnamn 4096 2007-10-02 20:03 användarnamn"
9679
9680
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:160(para)
9681
msgid ""
9682
"You can remove the world readable permissions using the following syntax:"
9683
msgstr ""
9684
"Du kan ta bort den allmänna läsbehörigheten genom att använda följande "
9685
"syntax:"
9686
9687
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:164(command)
9688
msgid "sudo chmod 0750 /home/username"
9689
msgstr "sudo chmod 0750 /home/användarnamn"
9690
9691
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:167(para)
9692
msgid ""
9693
"Some people tend to use the recursive option (-R) indiscriminately which "
9694
"modifies all child folders and files, but this is not necessary, and may "
9695
"yield other undesirable results. The parent directory alone is sufficient "
9696
"for preventing unauthorized access to anything below the parent."
9697
msgstr ""
9698
"Vissa användare tenderar att godtyckligt använda den rekursiva flaggan (-R) "
9699
"som modifierar alla undermappar och filer, men detta är inte nödvändigt och "
9700
"kan orsaka andra oönskade resultat. Föräldramappen ensam är ett "
9701
"tillräckligt skydd för att förhindra otillåten åtkomst till allt under "
9702
"föräldramappen."
9703
9704
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:171(para)
9705
msgid ""
9706
"A much more efficient approach to the matter would be to modify the "
9707
"<application>adduser</application> global default permissions when creating "
9708
"user home folders. Simply edit the file "
9709
"<filename>/etc/adduser.conf</filename> and modify the "
9710
"<varname>DIR_MODE</varname> variable to something appropriate, so that all "
9711
"new home directories will receive the correct permissions."
9712
msgstr ""
9713
"Ett mycket mer effektiv sätt att lösa problemet är att i "
9714
"<application>adduser</application> modifiera de globala "
9715
"standardbehörigheterna när en ny användares hemmakatalog skapas. redigera "
9716
"filen <filename>/etc/adduser.conf</filename> och modifiera variabeln "
9717
"<varname>DIR_MODE</varname> till något mer passande, så att alla nya "
9718
"hemmakataloger får rätt behörighet."
9719
9720
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:174(programlisting)
9721
#, no-wrap
9722
msgid ""
9723
"\n"
9724
"DIR_MODE=0750\n"
9725
msgstr ""
9726
"\n"
9727
"DIR_MODE=0750\n"
9728
9729
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:179(para)
9730
msgid ""
9731
"After correcting the directory permissions using any of the previously "
9732
"mentioned techniques, verify the results using the following syntax:"
9733
msgstr ""
9734
"Efter korrigeringen av mappbehörigheterna med någon av tidigare nämnda "
9735
"tekniker, verifiera resultatet genom att använda följande syntax:"
9736
9737
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:185(para)
9738
msgid ""
9739
"The results below show that world readable permissions have been removed:"
9740
msgstr ""
9741
"Resultatet nedan visar att den allmänna läsbehörigheten har tagits bort:"
9742
9743
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:188(computeroutput)
9744
#, no-wrap
9745
msgid "drwxr-x--- 2 username username 4096 2007-10-02 20:03 username"
9746
msgstr ""
9747
"drwxr-x--- 2 användarnamn användarnamn 4096 2007-10-02 20:03 användarnamn"
9748
9749
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:195(title)
9750
msgid "Password Policy"
9751
msgstr "Riktlinjer för lösenord"
9752
9753
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:196(para)
9754
msgid ""
9755
"A strong password policy is one of the most important aspects of your "
9756
"security posture. Many successful security breaches involve simple brute "
9757
"force and dictionary attacks against weak passwords. If you intend to offer "
9758
"any form of remote access involving your local password system, make sure "
9759
"you adequately address minimum password complexity requirements, maximum "
9760
"password lifetimes, and frequent audits of your authentication systems."
9761
msgstr ""
9762
"En kraftfull lösensordspolicy är en av de viktigaste aspekterna för ditt "
9763
"säkerhetstillstånd. Många lyckade säkerhetsbrott involverar enkla lexikon "
9764
"och brute force-attacker mot svaga lösenord. Om du tänker erbjuda någon form "
9765
"av fjärranslutning med inblandning av ditt lokala lösenordsystem, säkerställ "
9766
" att du kravsätter ett tillräckligt komplext lösenord, maximal "
9767
"lösenordslivslängd och frekvent granskning av ditt behörighetssystem."
9768
9769
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:200(title)
9770
msgid "Minimum Password Length"
9771
msgstr "Minimal lösenordslängd"
9772
9773
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:201(para)
9774
msgid ""
9775
"By default, Ubuntu requires a minimum password length of 6 characters, as "
9776
"well as some basic entropy checks. These values are controlled in the file "
9777
"<filename>/etc/pam.d/common-password</filename>, which is outlined below."
9778
msgstr ""
9779
9780
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:204(programlisting)
9781
#, no-wrap
9782
msgid ""
9783
"\n"
9784
"password [success=2 default=ignore] pam_unix.so obscure sha512\n"
9785
msgstr ""
9786
"\n"
9787
"password [success=2 default=ignore] pam_unix.so obscure sha512\n"
9788
9789
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:207(para)
9790
msgid ""
9791
"If you would like to adjust the minimum length to 8 characters, change the "
9792
"appropriate variable to min=8. The modification is outlined below."
9793
msgstr ""
9794
9795
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:210(programlisting)
9796
#, no-wrap
9797
msgid ""
9798
"\n"
9799
"password [success=2 default=ignore] pam_unix.so obscure sha512 "
9800
"min=8\n"
9801
msgstr ""
9802
"\n"
9803
"password [success=2 default=ignore] pam_unix.so obscure sha512 "
9804
"min=8\n"
9805
9806
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:215(title)
9807
msgid "Password Expiration"
9808
msgstr "Lösenordsförfallanden"
9809
9810
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:216(para)
9811
msgid ""
9812
"When creating user accounts, you should make it a policy to have a minimum "
9813
"and maximum password age forcing users to change their passwords when they "
9814
"expire."
9815
msgstr ""
9816
"När du skapar användarkonton bör du ha som policy att lösenorden har en "
9817
"minimi och maximiålder som tvingar användarna att byta sitt lösenord när "
9818
"tiden löpt ut."
9819
9820
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:221(para)
9821
msgid ""
9822
"To easily view the current status of a user account, use the following "
9823
"syntax:"
9824
msgstr ""
9825
"För att enkelt se nuvarande status för ett användarkonto, använd följande "
9826
"syntax:"
9827
9828
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:225(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:258(command)
9829
msgid "sudo chage -l username"
9830
msgstr "sudo chage -l användarnamn"
9831
9832
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:227(para)
9833
msgid ""
9834
"The output below shows interesting facts about the user account, namely that "
9835
"there are no policies applied:"
9836
msgstr ""
9837
"Utdatan nedan visar intressant fakta om användarkontot, nämligen att ingen "
9838
"policy tillämpas:"
9839
9840
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:230(computeroutput)
9841
#, no-wrap
9842
msgid ""
9843
"Last password change : Jan 20, 2008\n"
9844
"Password expires : never\n"
9845
"Password inactive : never\n"
9846
"Account expires : never\n"
9847
"Minimum number of days between password change : 0\n"
9848
"Maximum number of days between password change : 99999\n"
9849
"Number of days of warning before password expires : 7"
9850
msgstr ""
9851
"Last password change : Jan 20, 2008\n"
9852
"Password expires : never\n"
9853
"Password inactive : never\n"
9854
"Account expires : never\n"
9855
"Minimum number of days between password change : 0\n"
9856
"Maximum number of days between password change : 99999\n"
9857
"Number of days of warning before password expires : 7"
9858
9859
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:240(para)
9860
msgid ""
9861
"To set any of these values, simply use the following syntax, and follow the "
9862
"interactive prompts:"
9863
msgstr ""
9864
"För att ange något av dessa värden, använd följande syntax och följ de "
9865
"interaktiva inmatningsställena:"
9866
9867
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:244(command)
9868
msgid "sudo chage username"
9869
msgstr "sudo chage användarnamn"
9870
9871
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:246(para)
9872
msgid ""
9873
"The following is also an example of how you can manually change the explicit "
9874
"expiration date (-E) to 01/31/2008, minimum password age (-m) of 5 days, "
9875
"maximum password age (-M) of 90 days, inactivity period (-I) of 5 days after "
9876
"password expiration, and a warning time period (-W) of 14 days before "
9877
"password expiration."
9878
msgstr ""
9879
"Följande är också ett exempel på hur du manuellt kan ändra förfallodatumet "
9880
"som saknar förbehåll (-E) till 01/31/2008, lösenordets miniålder (-m) på 5 "
9881
"dagar, lösenordets maximiålder (-M) på 90 dagar, inaktiv period (-I) på fem "
9882
"dagar efter lösenordets förfallodag och en varningsperiod (-W) på 14 dagar "
9883
"före lösenordets förfallodag."
9884
9885
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:250(command)
9886
msgid "sudo chage -E 01/31/2011 -m 5 -M 90 -I 30 -W 14 username"
9887
msgstr "sudo chage -E 01/31/2011 -m 5 -M 90 -I 30 -W 14 username"
9888
9889
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:254(para)
9890
msgid "To verify changes, use the same syntax as mentioned previously:"
9891
msgstr ""
9892
"För att verifiera ändringarna, använd samma syntax som angavs tidigare:"
9893
9894
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:260(para)
9895
msgid ""
9896
"The output below shows the new policies that have been established for the "
9897
"account:"
9898
msgstr "Utdatan nedan visar den nya policyn som har upprättats för kontot:"
9899
9900
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:263(computeroutput)
9901
#, no-wrap
9902
msgid ""
9903
"Last password change : Jan 20, 2008\n"
9904
"Password expires : Apr 19, 2008\n"
9905
"Password inactive : May 19, 2008\n"
9906
"Account expires : Jan 31, 2008\n"
9907
"Minimum number of days between password change : 5\n"
9908
"Maximum number of days between password change : 90\n"
9909
"Number of days of warning before password expires : 14"
9910
msgstr ""
9911
"Last password change : Jan 20, 2008\n"
9912
"Password expires : Apr 19, 2008\n"
9913
"Password inactive : May 19, 2008\n"
9914
"Account expires : Jan 31, 2008\n"
9915
"Minimum number of days between password change : 5\n"
9916
"Maximum number of days between password change : 90\n"
9917
"Number of days of warning before password expires : 14"
9918
9919
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:279(title)
9920
msgid "Other Security Considerations"
9921
msgstr "Andra säkerhetsöverväganden"
9922
9923
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:280(para)
9924
msgid ""
9925
"Many applications use alternate authentication mechanisms that can be easily "
9926
"overlooked by even experienced system administrators. Therefore, it is "
9927
"important to understand and control how users authenticate and gain access "
9928
"to services and applications on your server."
9929
msgstr ""
9930
"Många program använder alternativa autentiseringsmetoder som lätt kan "
9931
"glömmas bort, även av erfarna systemadministratörer. Därför är det viktigt "
9932
"att förstå och kontrollera hur användare autentiserar och får behörighet "
9933
"till tjänster och program på din server."
9934
9935
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:285(title)
9936
msgid "SSH Access by Disabled Users"
9937
msgstr "SSH åtkomst av inaktiverade användare"
9938
9939
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:286(para)
9940
msgid ""
9941
"Simply disabling/locking a user account will not prevent a user from logging "
9942
"into your server remotely if they have previously set up RSA public key "
9943
"authentication. They will still be able to gain shell access to the server, "
9944
"without the need for any password. Remember to check the users home "
9945
"directory for files that will allow for this type of authenticated SSH "
9946
"access. e.g. <filename>/home/username/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename>."
9947
msgstr ""
9948
"Att bara inaktivera/låsa ett användarkonto kommer inte att hindra användaren "
9949
"från att fjärransluta till servern om de tidigare använt en publik RSA-"
9950
"nyckel för autentisering. De kommer fortfarande att inneha shell-behörighet "
9951
"till servern, utan att behöva ett lösenord. Kom ihåg att kontrollera "
9952
"användarens hemmakatalog efter filer som tillåter den här typen av "
9953
"autentiserad SSH-anslutning, till exempel "
9954
"<filename>/home/username/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename>."
9955
9956
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:289(para)
9957
msgid ""
9958
"Remove or rename the directory <filename "
9959
"class=\"directory\">.ssh/</filename> in the user's home folder to prevent "
9960
"further SSH authentication capabilities."
9961
msgstr ""
9962
"Ta bort eller döp om katalogen <filename "
9963
"class=\"directory\">.ssh/</filename> i användarens hemmakatalog för att "
9964
"förhindra ytterligare SSH-autentiseringsmöjligheter."
9965
9966
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:292(para)
9967
msgid ""
9968
"Be sure to check for any established SSH connections by the disabled user, "
9969
"as it is possible they may have existing inbound or outbound connections. "
9970
"Kill any that are found."
9971
msgstr ""
9972
"Kontrollera efter någon etablerad SSH-anslutning från den inaktiverade "
9973
"användaren eftersom det är möjligt att de har en bestående ingående eller "
9974
"utgående anslutning. Avsluta de som hittas."
9975
9976
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:295(para)
9977
msgid ""
9978
"Restrict SSH access to only user accounts that should have it. For example, "
9979
"you may create a group called \"sshlogin\" and add the group name as the "
9980
"value associated with the <varname>AllowGroups</varname> variable located in "
9981
"the file <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."
9982
msgstr ""
9983
"Begränsa SSH-anslutningen till enbart användarkonton som måste ha det. Som "
9984
"exempel kan du skapa en grupp med namnet \"sshlogin\" och lägg till "
9985
"gruppnamnet som värdet associerat med variabeln "
9986
"<varname>AllowGroups</varname> som finns i filen "
9987
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."
9988
9989
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:298(programlisting)
9990
#, no-wrap
9991
msgid ""
9992
"\n"
9993
"AllowGroups sshlogin\n"
9994
msgstr ""
9995
"\n"
9996
"AllowGroups sshlogin\n"
9997
9998
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:301(para)
9999
msgid ""
10000
"Then add your permitted SSH users to the group \"sshlogin\", and restart the "
10001
"SSH service."
10002
msgstr ""
10003
"Lägg sedan till din tillåtna SSH-användare till gruppen \"sshlogin\" och "
10004
"starta om SSH-tjänsten."
10005
10006
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:305(command)
10007
msgid "sudo adduser username sshlogin"
10008
msgstr "sudo adduser användarnamn sshlogin"
10009
10010
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:306(command) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:149(command)
10011
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/ssh restart"
10012
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/ssh restart"
10013
10014
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:310(title)
10015
msgid "External User Database Authentication"
10016
msgstr "Extern användardatabasautentisering"
10017
10018
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:311(para)
10019
msgid ""
10020
"Most enterprise networks require centralized authentication and access "
10021
"controls for all system resources. If you have configured your server to "
10022
"authenticate users against external databases, be sure to disable the user "
10023
"accounts both externally and locally, this way you ensure that local "
10024
"fallback authentication is not possible."
10025
msgstr ""
10026
"De flesta företagssystem kräver en centraliserad autentisering och "
10027
"behörighetskontroll för alla systemresurser. Om du har konfigurerat din "
10028
"server till att verifiera användare mot externa databaser, säkerställ att "
10029
"användarkontot är inaktiverat både externt och lokalt, på detta sätt "
10030
"säkerställer du att lokal återautentisering inte är möjligt."
10031
10032
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:320(title)
10033
msgid "Console Security"
10034
msgstr "Konsolsäkerhet"
10035
10036
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:321(para)
10037
msgid ""
10038
"As with any other security barrier you put in place to protect your server, "
10039
"it is pretty tough to defend against untold damage caused by someone with "
10040
"physical access to your environment, for example, theft of hard drives, "
10041
"power or service disruption and so on. Therefore, console security should be "
10042
"addressed merely as one component of your overall physical security "
10043
"strategy. A locked \"screen door\" may deter a casual criminal, or at the "
10044
"very least slow down a determined one, so it is still advisable to perform "
10045
"basic precautions with regard to console security."
10046
msgstr ""
10047
"Som med andra säkerhetsbarriärer du iordningställt för att skydda din server "
10048
"så är det mycket svårt att skydda sig mot oförberedda skador orsakat av "
10049
"någon med fysisk åtkomst till lokalerna, till exempel hårddiskstöld, ström "
10050
"eller serviceskador o.s.v. Därför skall konsolsäkerhet ses som en del av en "
10051
"övergripande fysisk säkerhetsstrategi. En låst \"screen door\" bör avskräcka "
10052
"en tillfällig brottsling eller åtminstone fördröja en som är beslutsam, det "
10053
"är fortfarande lämpligt att uppföra ett grundskydd med avseende på "
10054
"konsolsäkerhet."
10055
10056
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:324(para)
10057
msgid ""
10058
"The following instructions will help defend your server against issues that "
10059
"could otherwise yield very serious consequences."
10060
msgstr ""
10061
"Följande instruktioner hjälper till med att skydda din server mot problem "
10062
"som annars skulle kunna orsaka mycket allvarliga konsekvenser."
10063
10064
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:329(title)
10065
msgid "Disable Ctrl+Alt+Delete"
10066
msgstr "Inaktivera Ctrl+Alt+Delete"
10067
10068
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:330(para)
10069
msgid ""
10070
"First and foremost, anyone that has physical access to the keyboard can "
10071
"simply use the "
10072
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
10073
"eycombo> key combination to reboot the server without having to log on. "
10074
"Sure, someone could simply unplug the power source, but you should still "
10075
"prevent the use of this key combination on a production server. This forces "
10076
"an attacker to take more drastic measures to reboot the server, and will "
10077
"prevent accidental reboots at the same time."
10078
msgstr ""
10079
"Först och främst, vem som helst som har fysisk tillgång till tangentbordet "
10080
"kan enkelt använda tangentbordskombinationen "
10081
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
10082
"eycombo> för att starta om servern utan att behöva logga in. Visserligen kan "
10083
"någon dra ut strömkabeln, men du skall ändå skydda dig mot användandet av "
10084
"den här tangentbordskombinationen på en produktionsserver. Det tvingar en "
10085
"angripare att använda mer kraftfulla metoder för att starta om servern och "
10086
"på samma gång förhindra oavsiktliga omstarter."
10087
10088
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:335(para)
10089
msgid ""
10090
"To disable the reboot action taken by pressing the "
10091
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
10092
"eycombo> key combination, comment out the following line in the file "
10093
"<filename>/etc/init/control-alt-delete.conf</filename>."
10094
msgstr ""
10095
"För att inaktivera möjligheten till omstart genom att trycka kombinationen "
10096
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
10097
"eycombo>, avkommentera följande rader i filen <filename>/etc/init/control-"
10098
"alt-delete.conf</filename>."
10099
10100
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:338(programlisting)
10101
#, no-wrap
10102
msgid ""
10103
"\n"
10104
"#exec shutdown -r now \"Control-Alt-Delete pressed\"\n"
10105
msgstr ""
10106
"\n"
10107
"#exec shutdown -r now \"Control-Alt-Delete nedtryckt\"\n"
10108
10109
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:347(title)
10110
msgid "Firewall"
10111
msgstr "Brandvägg"
10112
10113
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:350(para)
10114
msgid ""
10115
"The Linux kernel includes the <emphasis>Netfilter</emphasis> subsystem, "
10116
"which is used to manipulate or decide the fate of network traffic headed "
10117
"into or through your server. All modern Linux firewall solutions use this "
10118
"system for packet filtering."
10119
msgstr ""
10120
"Linuxkärnan innehåller systemet <emphasis>Netfilter</emphasis> som används "
10121
"för att manipulera eller avgöra ödet för nätverkstrafik som skickas till "
10122
"eller genom din server. Alla moderna brandväggslösningar för Linux använder "
10123
"det här systemet för nätverksfiltrering."
10124
10125
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:355(para)
10126
msgid ""
10127
"The kernel's packet filtering system would be of little use to "
10128
"administrators without a userspace interface to manage it. This is the "
10129
"purpose of iptables. When a packet reaches your server, it will be handed "
10130
"off to the Netfilter subsystem for acceptance, manipulation, or rejection "
10131
"based on the rules supplied to it from userspace via iptables. Thus, "
10132
"iptables is all you need to manage your firewall if you're familiar with it, "
10133
"but many frontends are available to simplify the task."
10134
msgstr ""
10135
"Kärnans paketfiltreringssystem skulle vara ganska värdelöst för "
10136
"administratörer utan ett användargränssnitt för att hantera det. Ett sådant "
10137
"gränssnitt är iptables. När ett paket anländer till din server kommer det "
10138
"att skickas till Netfilter-systemet för att accepteras, manipuleras, eller "
10139
"nekas, beroende på de regler det får från iptables. Därför är iptables allt "
10140
"du behöver för att hantera din brandvägg om du är bekant med den, men det "
10141
"finns många gränssnitt för att förenkla uppgiften."
10142
10143
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:365(title)
10144
msgid "ufw - Uncomplicated Firewall"
10145
msgstr "ufw - Uncomplicated Firewall"
10146
10147
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:366(para)
10148
msgid ""
10149
"The default firewall configuration tool for Ubuntu is "
10150
"<application>ufw</application>. Developed to ease iptables firewall "
10151
"configuration, <application>ufw</application> provides a user friendly way "
10152
"to create an IPv4 or IPv6 host-based firewall."
10153
msgstr ""
10154
"Konfigurationsverktyget för standardbrandväggen i Ubuntu är "
10155
"<application>ufw</application>. Den är utvecklad för att underlätta "
10156
"konfigurationen av brandväggen iptables, <application>ufw</application> "
10157
"tillhandahåller ett användarvänligt sätt att skapa en IPv4 eller IPv6 värd-"
10158
"baserad brandvägg."
10159
10160
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:370(para)
10161
msgid ""
10162
"<application>ufw</application> by default is initially disabled. From the "
10163
"<application>ufw</application> man page:"
10164
msgstr ""
10165
"<application>ufw</application> är normalt inaktiverad. Från "
10166
"<application>ufw</application> manualsidan:"
10167
10168
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:374(quote)
10169
msgid ""
10170
"ufw is not intended to provide complete firewall functionality via its "
10171
"command interface, but instead provides an easy way to add or remove simple "
10172
"rules. It is currently mainly used for host-based firewalls."
10173
msgstr ""
10174
"ufw är inte tänkt att tillhandahålla en komplett brandväggsfunktionalitet "
10175
"genom kommandogränssnittet, utan istället tillhandahålla ett enkelt sätt att "
10176
"lägga till eller ta bort enkla regler. Den används förnärvarande främst till "
10177
"värd-baserade brandväggar."
10178
10179
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:378(para)
10180
msgid ""
10181
"The following are some examples of how to use <application>ufw</application>:"
10182
msgstr ""
10183
"Följande är några exempel på hur <application>ufw</application> kan användas:"
10184
10185
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:383(para)
10186
msgid ""
10187
"First, <application>ufw</application> needs to be enabled. From a terminal "
10188
"prompt enter:"
10189
msgstr ""
10190
"Börja med att aktivera <application>ufw</application>. Från terminalprompten "
10191
"skriv:"
10192
10193
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:387(command)
10194
msgid "sudo ufw enable"
10195
msgstr "sudo ufw enable"
10196
10197
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:391(para)
10198
msgid "To open a port (ssh in this example):"
10199
msgstr "För att öppna en port (ssh i det här exemplet):"
10200
10201
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:395(command)
10202
msgid "sudo ufw allow 22"
10203
msgstr "sudo ufw allow 22"
10204
10205
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:399(para)
10206
msgid "Rules can also be added using a <emphasis>numbered</emphasis> format:"
10207
msgstr ""
10208
"Regler kan också läggas till genom att använda ett "
10209
"<emphasis>nummer</emphasis>-format:"
10210
10211
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:403(command)
10212
msgid "sudo ufw insert 1 allow 80"
10213
msgstr "sudo ufw insert 1 allow 80"
10214
10215
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:407(para)
10216
msgid "Similarly, to close an opened port:"
10217
msgstr "På liknande sätt, för att stänga en öppen port:"
10218
10219
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:411(command)
10220
msgid "sudo ufw deny 22"
10221
msgstr "sudo ufw deny 22"
10222
10223
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:415(para)
10224
msgid "To remove a rule, use delete followed by the rule:"
10225
msgstr "För att ta bort en regel, använd delete följt av regeln:"
10226
10227
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:419(command)
10228
msgid "sudo ufw delete deny 22"
10229
msgstr "sudo ufw delete deny 22"
10230
10231
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:423(para)
10232
msgid ""
10233
"It is also possible to allow access from specific hosts or networks to a "
10234
"port. The following example allows ssh access from host 192.168.0.2 to any "
10235
"ip address on this host:"
10236
msgstr ""
10237
"Det är också möjligt att tillåta åtkomst från en specifik värd eller nätverk "
10238
"till en port. Följande exempel tillåter ssh-anslutning från värden "
10239
"192.168.0.2 till valfri ip-adress på den här värden:"
10240
10241
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:428(command)
10242
msgid "sudo ufw allow proto tcp from 192.168.0.2 to any port 22"
10243
msgstr "sudo ufw allow proto tcp from 192.168.0.2 to any port 22"
10244
10245
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:430(para)
10246
msgid ""
10247
"Replace 192.168.0.2 with 192.168.0.0/24 to allow ssh access from the entire "
10248
"subnet."
10249
msgstr ""
10250
"Ersätt 192.168.0.2 med 192.168.0.0/24 för att tillåta ssh-anslutningar från "
10251
"hela subnätet."
10252
10253
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:436(para)
10254
msgid ""
10255
"Adding the <emphasis>--dry-run</emphasis> option to a "
10256
"<emphasis>ufw</emphasis> command will output the resulting rules, but not "
10257
"apply them. For example, the following is what would be applied if opening "
10258
"the HTTP port:"
10259
msgstr ""
10260
"Att lägga till flaggan <emphasis>--dry-run</emphasis> till ett "
10261
"<emphasis>ufw</emphasis> kommando kommer visa regelresultatet, men inte "
10262
"tillämpa det. Till exempel, följande är vad som skulle ha tillämpats om HTTP-"
10263
"porten öppnats:"
10264
10265
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:442(command)
10266
msgid "sudo ufw --dry-run allow http"
10267
msgstr "sudo ufw --dry-run allow http"
10268
10269
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:446(computeroutput)
10270
#, no-wrap
10271
msgid ""
10272
"*filter\n"
10273
":ufw-user-input - [0:0]\n"
10274
":ufw-user-output - [0:0]\n"
10275
":ufw-user-forward - [0:0]\n"
10276
":ufw-user-limit - [0:0]\n"
10277
":ufw-user-limit-accept - [0:0]\n"
10278
"### RULES ###\n"
10279
"\n"
10280
"### tuple ### allow tcp 80 0.0.0.0/0 any 0.0.0.0/0\n"
10281
"-A ufw-user-input -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT\n"
10282
"\n"
10283
"### END RULES ###\n"
10284
"-A ufw-user-input -j RETURN\n"
10285
"-A ufw-user-output -j RETURN\n"
10286
"-A ufw-user-forward -j RETURN\n"
10287
"-A ufw-user-limit -m limit --limit 3/minute -j LOG --log-prefix \"[UFW "
10288
"LIMIT]: \"\n"
10289
"-A ufw-user-limit -j REJECT\n"
10290
"-A ufw-user-limit-accept -j ACCEPT\n"
10291
"COMMIT\n"
10292
"Rules updated"
10293
msgstr ""
10294
"*filter\n"
10295
":ufw-user-input - [0:0]\n"
10296
":ufw-user-output - [0:0]\n"
10297
":ufw-user-forward - [0:0]\n"
10298
":ufw-user-limit - [0:0]\n"
10299
":ufw-user-limit-accept - [0:0]\n"
10300
"### RULES ###\n"
10301
"\n"
10302
"### tuple ### allow tcp 80 0.0.0.0/0 any 0.0.0.0/0\n"
10303
"-A ufw-user-input -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT\n"
10304
"\n"
10305
"### END RULES ###\n"
10306
"-A ufw-user-input -j RETURN\n"
10307
"-A ufw-user-output -j RETURN\n"
10308
"-A ufw-user-forward -j RETURN\n"
10309
"-A ufw-user-limit -m limit --limit 3/minute -j LOG --log-prefix \"[UFW "
10310
"LIMIT]: \"\n"
10311
"-A ufw-user-limit -j REJECT\n"
10312
"-A ufw-user-limit-accept -j ACCEPT\n"
10313
"COMMIT\n"
10314
"Rules updated"
10315
10316
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:470(para)
10317
msgid "<application>ufw</application> can be disabled by:"
10318
msgstr "<application>ufw</application> kan inaktiveras av:"
10319
10320
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:474(command)
10321
msgid "sudo ufw disable"
10322
msgstr "sudo ufw disable"
10323
10324
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:478(para)
10325
msgid "To see the firewall status, enter:"
10326
msgstr "För att se brandväggens status, skriv:"
10327
10328
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:482(command)
10329
msgid "sudo ufw status"
10330
msgstr "sudo ufw status"
10331
10332
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:486(para)
10333
msgid "And for more verbose status information use:"
10334
msgstr "Och för mer detaljerad statusinformation använd:"
10335
10336
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:490(command)
10337
msgid "sudo ufw status verbose"
10338
msgstr "sudo ufw status verbose"
10339
10340
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:494(para)
10341
msgid "To view the <emphasis>numbered</emphasis> format:"
10342
msgstr "För att visa det <emphasis>numrerade</emphasis> formatet:"
10343
10344
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:498(command)
10345
msgid "sudo ufw status numbered"
10346
msgstr "sudo ufw status numbered"
10347
10348
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:503(para)
10349
msgid ""
10350
"If the port you want to open or close is defined in "
10351
"<filename>/etc/services</filename>, you can use the port name instead of the "
10352
"number. In the above examples, replace <emphasis>22</emphasis> with "
10353
"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis>."
10354
msgstr ""
10355
"Om porten du vill öppna eller stänga är definierad i "
10356
"<filename>/etc/services</filename>, kan du använda portnamnet istället för "
10357
"numret. I ovanstående exempel, ersätt <emphasis>22</emphasis> med "
10358
"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis>."
10359
10360
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:509(para)
10361
msgid ""
10362
"This is a quick introduction to using <application>ufw</application>. Please "
10363
"refer to the <application>ufw</application> man page for more information."
10364
msgstr ""
10365
"Det här är en snabb introduktion till användandet av "
10366
"<application>ufw</application>. För mer information hänvisas du till "
10367
"manualsidorna för <application>ufw</application>."
10368
10369
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:515(title)
10370
msgid "ufw Application Integration"
10371
msgstr "ufw programintegrering"
10372
10373
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:517(para)
10374
msgid ""
10375
"Applications that open ports can include an <application>ufw</application> "
10376
"profile, which details the ports needed for the application to function "
10377
"properly. The profiles are kept in <filename "
10378
"role=\"directory\">/etc/ufw/applications.d</filename>, and can be edited if "
10379
"the default ports have been changed."
10380
msgstr ""
10381
"Program som öppnar en port kan inkludera en <application>ufw</application>-"
10382
"profil, som beskriver vilka portar programmen behöver för att fungera "
10383
"ordentligt. Profilerna sparas i <filename "
10384
"role=\"directory\">/etc/ufw/applications.d</filename>, och kan redigeras om "
10385
"standardporten har ändrats."
10386
10387
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:526(para)
10388
msgid ""
10389
"To view which applications have installed a profile, enter the following in "
10390
"a terminal:"
10391
msgstr ""
10392
"För att se vilka program som installerat en profil, skriv följande i en "
10393
"terminal:"
10394
10395
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:531(command)
10396
msgid "sudo ufw app list"
10397
msgstr "sudo ufw app list"
10398
10399
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:537(para)
10400
msgid ""
10401
"Similar to allowing traffic to a port, using an application profile is "
10402
"accomplished by entering:"
10403
msgstr ""
10404
"På samma sätt för att tillåta trafik till en port, med hjälp av en "
10405
"programprofil utförs detta genom att skriva:"
10406
10407
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:542(command)
10408
msgid "sudo ufw allow Samba"
10409
msgstr "sudo ufw allow Samba"
10410
10411
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:548(para)
10412
msgid "An extended syntax is available as well:"
10413
msgstr "En utökad syntax är också tillgänglig:"
10414
10415
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:553(command)
10416
msgid "ufw allow from 192.168.0.0/24 to any app Samba"
10417
msgstr "ufw allow from 192.168.0.0/24 to any app Samba"
10418
10419
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:556(para)
10420
msgid ""
10421
"Replace <emphasis>Samba</emphasis> and <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> "
10422
"with the application profile you are using and the IP range for your network."
10423
msgstr ""
10424
"Ersätt <emphasis>Samba</emphasis> och <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> "
10425
"med programprofilen du använder och IP-området för ditt nätverk."
10426
10427
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:562(para)
10428
msgid ""
10429
"There is no need to specify the <emphasis>protocol</emphasis> for the "
10430
"application, because that information is detailed in the profile. Also, note "
10431
"that the <emphasis>app</emphasis> name replaces the "
10432
"<emphasis>port</emphasis> number."
10433
msgstr ""
10434
"Det finns ingen anledning att specificera programmets "
10435
"<emphasis>protokoll</emphasis>, eftersom den informationen är beskriven i "
10436
"profilen. Dessutom, notera att <emphasis>app</emphasis>-namnet ersätter "
10437
"<emphasis>port</emphasis>-numret."
10438
10439
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:571(para)
10440
msgid ""
10441
"To view details about which ports, protocols, etc are defined for an "
10442
"application, enter:"
10443
msgstr ""
10444
"För att se detaljer över vilka portar, protokoll, etc, som är definierade "
10445
"för ett program, ange:"
10446
10447
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:576(command)
10448
msgid "sudo ufw app info Samba"
10449
msgstr "sudo ufw app info Samba"
10450
10451
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:582(para)
10452
msgid ""
10453
"Not all applications that require opening a network port come with "
10454
"<application>ufw</application> profiles, but if you have profiled an "
10455
"application and want the file to be included with the package, please file a "
10456
"bug against the package in <ulink "
10457
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>."
10458
msgstr ""
10459
"Inte alla program som kräver att en nätverksport öppnas kommer med en "
10460
"<application>ufw</application> profil, Men om du har skapat en profil för "
10461
"ett program och vill att filen skall inkluderas med paketet, skicka in en "
10462
"felrapport mot paketet i <ulink "
10463
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>."
10464
10465
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:591(title)
10466
msgid "IP Masquerading"
10467
msgstr "IP Masquerading"
10468
10469
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:592(para)
10470
msgid ""
10471
"The purpose of IP Masquerading is to allow machines with private, non-"
10472
"routable IP addresses on your network to access the Internet through the "
10473
"machine doing the masquerading. Traffic from your private network destined "
10474
"for the Internet must be manipulated for replies to be routable back to the "
10475
"machine that made the request. To do this, the kernel must modify the "
10476
"<emphasis>source</emphasis> IP address of each packet so that replies will "
10477
"be routed back to it, rather than to the private IP address that made the "
10478
"request, which is impossible over the Internet. Linux uses "
10479
"<emphasis>Connection Tracking</emphasis> (conntrack) to keep track of which "
10480
"connections belong to which machines and reroute each return packet "
10481
"accordingly. Traffic leaving your private network is thus \"masqueraded\" as "
10482
"having originated from your Ubuntu gateway machine. This process is referred "
10483
"to in Microsoft documentation as Internet Connection Sharing."
10484
msgstr ""
10485
"Syftet med att maskera IP:n är att ge datorer med privata, icke-routebara IP-"
10486
"adresser på ditt nätverk tillgång till internet genom datorn som sköter "
10487
"maskeringen. Trafik från ditt privata nätverk på väg mot internet måste "
10488
"manipuleras så att svaren kan routas tillbaka till datorn som skickade "
10489
"förfrågan. För att göra detta måste kärnan modifiera <emphasis>den "
10490
"ursprungliga</emphasis> IP-adressen för varje paket så att svaren routas "
10491
"tillbaka till datorn, istället för att skickas till den privata IP-adressen "
10492
"som datorn som skickade förfrågan, vilket inte går att göra över internet. "
10493
"Linux använder <emphasis>spårning av anslutningar</emphasis> (conntrack) för "
10494
"att hålla ordning på vilka anslutningar som hör till vilka datorer, och "
10495
"skicka vidare alla paket baserat på det. Trafik som lämnar ditt privata "
10496
"nätverk \"maskeras\" därför så att de ser ut att komma från din gateway-"
10497
"dator. Den här funktionen kallas i Microsofts dokumentation, "
10498
"internetanslutningsdelning."
10499
10500
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:608(title)
10501
msgid "ufw Masquerading"
10502
msgstr "ufw Maskering"
10503
10504
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:609(para)
10505
msgid ""
10506
"IP Masquerading can be achieved using custom <application>ufw</application> "
10507
"rules. This is possible because the current back-end for "
10508
"<application>ufw</application> is <application>iptables-"
10509
"restore</application> with the rules files located in "
10510
"<filename>/etc/ufw/*.rules</filename>. These files are a great place to add "
10511
"legacy iptables rules used without <application>ufw</application>, and rules "
10512
"that are more network gateway or bridge related."
10513
msgstr ""
10514
"IP-maskering kan uppnås genom särskilda <application>ufw</application>-"
10515
"regler. Detta är möjligt då nuvarande bakände "
10516
"för<application>ufw</application> är <application>iptables-"
10517
"restore</application> med regelfilerna placerade i "
10518
"<filename>/etc/ufw/*.rules</filename>. Dessa filer är en bra plats att lägga "
10519
"till ärvda regler från iptables utan <application>ufw</application>, och "
10520
"regler som är mer relaterade till nätverks-gateway eller brygga."
10521
10522
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:615(para)
10523
msgid ""
10524
"The rules are split into two different files, rules that should be executed "
10525
"before <application>ufw</application> command line rules, and rules that are "
10526
"executed after <application>ufw</application> command line rules."
10527
msgstr ""
10528
"Reglerna är splittrade i två olika filer, regler som skall utföras innan "
10529
"<application>ufw</application> kommandoradsregler, och regler som skall "
10530
"utföras efter <application>ufw</application> kommandoradsregler"
10531
10532
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:621(para)
10533
msgid ""
10534
"First, packet forwarding needs to be enabled in "
10535
"<application>ufw</application>. Two configuration files will need to be "
10536
"adjusted, in <filename>/etc/default/ufw</filename> change the "
10537
"<emphasis>DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY</emphasis> to <quote>ACCEPT</quote>:"
10538
msgstr ""
10539
"Till att börja med, \"packet forwarding\" måste vara aktiverat i "
10540
"<application>ufw</application>. Två konfigurationsfiler behöver justeras, i "
10541
"<filename>/etc/default/ufw</filename> ändra "
10542
"<emphasis>DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY</emphasis> till <quote>ACCEPT</quote>:"
10543
10544
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:625(programlisting)
10545
#, no-wrap
10546
msgid ""
10547
"\n"
10548
"DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY=\"ACCEPT\"\n"
10549
msgstr ""
10550
"\n"
10551
"DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY=\"ACCEPT\"\n"
10552
10553
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:628(para)
10554
msgid "Then edit <filename>/etc/ufw/sysctl.conf</filename> and uncomment:"
10555
msgstr ""
10556
"Därefter, redigera <filename>/etc/ufw/sysctl.conf</filename> och "
10557
"avkommentera:"
10558
10559
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:631(programlisting)
10560
#, no-wrap
10561
msgid ""
10562
"\n"
10563
"net/ipv4/ip_forward=1\n"
10564
msgstr ""
10565
"\n"
10566
"net/ipv4/ip_forward=1\n"
10567
10568
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:634(para)
10569
msgid "Similarly, for IPv6 forwarding uncomment:"
10570
msgstr "På liknande sätt, för IPv6 \"forwarding\" avkommentera:"
10571
10572
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:637(programlisting)
10573
#, no-wrap
10574
msgid ""
10575
"\n"
10576
"net/ipv6/conf/default/forwarding=1\n"
10577
msgstr ""
10578
"\n"
10579
"net/ipv6/conf/default/forwarding=1\n"
10580
10581
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:642(para)
10582
msgid ""
10583
"Now we will add rules to the <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename> "
10584
"file. The default rules only configure the <emphasis>filter</emphasis> "
10585
"table, and to enable masquerading the <emphasis>nat</emphasis> table will "
10586
"need to be configured. Add the following to the top of the file just after "
10587
"the header comments:"
10588
msgstr ""
10589
"Nu skall vi lägga till reglerna i filen "
10590
"<filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename>. Standardreglerna konfigurerar "
10591
"endast <emphasis>filter</emphasis>tabellen och för att aktivera maskering "
10592
"behöver <emphasis>nat</emphasis>-tabellen konfigureras. Lägg till följande i "
10593
"början av filen precis efter huvudkommentarerna:"
10594
10595
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:647(programlisting)
10596
#, no-wrap
10597
msgid ""
10598
"\n"
10599
"# nat Table rules\n"
10600
"*nat\n"
10601
":POSTROUTING ACCEPT [0:0]\n"
10602
"\n"
10603
"# Forward traffic from eth1 through eth0.\n"
10604
"-A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/24 -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
10605
"\n"
10606
"# don't delete the 'COMMIT' line or these nat table rules won't be "
10607
"processed\n"
10608
"COMMIT\n"
10609
msgstr ""
10610
"\n"
10611
"# nat Table rules\n"
10612
"*nat\n"
10613
":POSTROUTING ACCEPT [0:0]\n"
10614
"\n"
10615
"# Forward traffic from eth1 through eth0.\n"
10616
"-A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/24 -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
10617
"\n"
10618
"# don't delete the 'COMMIT' line or these nat table rules won't be "
10619
"processed\n"
10620
"COMMIT\n"
10621
10622
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:658(para)
10623
msgid ""
10624
"The comments are not strictly necessary, but it is considered good practice "
10625
"to document your configuration. Also, when modifying any of the "
10626
"<emphasis>rules</emphasis> files in <filename "
10627
"class=\"directory\">/etc/ufw</filename>, make sure these lines are the last "
10628
"line for each table modified:"
10629
msgstr ""
10630
"Kommentarerna är inte nödvändiga, men det anses vara god sed att dokumentera "
10631
"sin konfiguration. Dessutom, vid modifiering av någon av "
10632
"<emphasis>rules</emphasis>-filerna i <filename "
10633
"class=\"directory\">/etc/ufw</filename>, säkerställ att dessa rader är de "
10634
"sista raderna för varje modifierad tabell:"
10635
10636
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:664(programlisting)
10637
#, no-wrap
10638
msgid ""
10639
"\n"
10640
"# don't delete the 'COMMIT' line or these rules won't be processed\n"
10641
"COMMIT\n"
10642
msgstr ""
10643
"\n"
10644
"# don't delete the 'COMMIT' line or these rules won't be processed\n"
10645
"COMMIT\n"
10646
10647
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:669(para)
10648
msgid ""
10649
"For each <emphasis>Table</emphasis> a corresponding "
10650
"<emphasis>COMMIT</emphasis> statement is required. In these examples only "
10651
"the <emphasis>nat</emphasis> and <emphasis>filter</emphasis> tables are "
10652
"shown, but you can also add rules for the <emphasis>raw</emphasis> and "
10653
"<emphasis>mangle</emphasis> tables."
10654
msgstr ""
10655
"För varje <emphasis>tabell</emphasis> krävs en motsvarande "
10656
"<emphasis>COMMIT</emphasis>. I dessa exempel har endast "
10657
"<emphasis>nat</emphasis> och <emphasis>filter</emphasis> tabellerna visats, "
10658
"men du kan också lägga till regler för tabellerna <emphasis>raw</emphasis> "
10659
"och <emphasis>mangle</emphasis>."
10660
10661
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:676(para)
10662
msgid ""
10663
"In the above example replace <emphasis>eth0</emphasis>, "
10664
"<emphasis>eth1</emphasis>, and <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> with the "
10665
"appropriate interfaces and IP range for your network."
10666
msgstr ""
10667
"I ovanstående exempel ersätt <emphasis>eth0</emphasis>, "
10668
"<emphasis>eth1</emphasis>, och <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> med "
10669
"lämpligt gränssnitt och IP-område för ditt nätverk."
10670
10671
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:684(para)
10672
msgid ""
10673
"Finally, disable and re-enable <application>ufw</application> to apply the "
10674
"changes:"
10675
msgstr ""
10676
"Till sist, inaktivera och återaktivera <application>ufw</application> för "
10677
"att aktivera ändringarna:"
10678
10679
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:688(command)
10680
msgid "sudo ufw disable && sudo ufw enable"
10681
msgstr "sudo ufw disable && sudo ufw enable"
10682
10683
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:692(para)
10684
msgid ""
10685
"IP Masquerading should now be enabled. You can also add any additional "
10686
"FORWARD rules to the <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename>. It is "
10687
"recommended that these additional rules be added to the <emphasis>ufw-before-"
10688
"forward</emphasis> chain."
10689
msgstr ""
10690
"IP-maskering skall nu vara aktiverat. Du kan också lägga till någon "
10691
"ytterligare FORWARD regel till <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename>. "
10692
"Det är rekommenderat att dessa extraregler läggs till i kedjan <emphasis>ufw-"
10693
"before-forward</emphasis>."
10694
10695
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:699(title)
10696
msgid "iptables Masquerading"
10697
msgstr "iptables Maskering"
10698
10699
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:700(para)
10700
msgid ""
10701
"<application>iptables</application> can also be used to enable masquerading."
10702
msgstr ""
10703
"<application>iptables</application> kan också användas för att aktivera "
10704
"maskering."
10705
10706
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:705(para)
10707
msgid ""
10708
"Similar to <application>ufw</application>, the first step is to enable IPv4 "
10709
"packet forwarding by editing <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> and "
10710
"uncomment the following line"
10711
msgstr ""
10712
"Liknande <application>ufw</application>, är första steget att aktivera IPv4 "
10713
"\"packet forwarding\" genom att redigera "
10714
"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> och avkommentera följande rader"
10715
10716
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:709(programlisting)
10717
#, no-wrap
10718
msgid ""
10719
"\n"
10720
"net.ipv4.ip_forward=1\n"
10721
msgstr ""
10722
"\n"
10723
"net.ipv4.ip_forward=1\n"
10724
10725
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:712(para)
10726
msgid "If you wish to enable IPv6 forwarding also uncomment:"
10727
msgstr "Om du önskar aktivera IPv6 \"forwarding\" avkommentera också:"
10728
10729
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:715(programlisting)
10730
#, no-wrap
10731
msgid ""
10732
"\n"
10733
"net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding=1\n"
10734
msgstr ""
10735
"\n"
10736
"net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding=1\n"
10737
10738
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:720(para)
10739
msgid ""
10740
"Next, execute the <application>sysctl</application> command to enable the "
10741
"new settings in the configuration file:"
10742
msgstr ""
10743
"Nästa, utför kommandot <application>sysctl</application> för att aktivera de "
10744
"nya inställningarna i konfigurationsfilen:"
10745
10746
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:724(command)
10747
msgid "sudo sysctl -p"
10748
msgstr "sudo sysctl -p"
10749
10750
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:728(para)
10751
msgid ""
10752
"IP Masquerading can now be accomplished with a single iptables rule, which "
10753
"may differ slightly based on your network configuration:"
10754
msgstr ""
10755
"IP-maskering kan nu utföras med en enkel iptables-regel, som kan skilja sig "
10756
"åt något beroende på din nätverkskonfiguration:"
10757
10758
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:731(screen)
10759
#, no-wrap
10760
msgid ""
10761
"\n"
10762
"sudo iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
10763
msgstr ""
10764
"\n"
10765
"sudo iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
10766
10767
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:734(para)
10768
msgid ""
10769
"The above command assumes that your private address space is 192.168.0.0/16 "
10770
"and that your Internet-facing device is ppp0. The syntax is broken down as "
10771
"follows:"
10772
msgstr ""
10773
"Ovanstående kommande förutsätter att ditt privata adressutrymme är "
10774
"192.168.0.0/16 och att din Internetenhet är ppp0. Syntaxens bryts ner enligt "
10775
"följande:"
10776
10777
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:739(para)
10778
msgid "-t nat -- the rule is to go into the nat table"
10779
msgstr "-t nat -- regeln som skall läggas till nat-tabellen"
10780
10781
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:740(para)
10782
msgid ""
10783
"-A POSTROUTING -- the rule is to be appended (-A) to the POSTROUTING chain"
10784
msgstr ""
10785
"-A POSTROUING -- regeln som skall läggas till (-A) till POSTROUTING-kedjan."
10786
10787
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:741(para)
10788
msgid ""
10789
"-s 192.168.0.0/16 -- the rule applies to traffic originating from the "
10790
"specified address space"
10791
msgstr ""
10792
"-s 192.168.0.0/16 -- den här regeln gäller all trafik som kommer från det "
10793
"specificerade adressutrymmet"
10794
10795
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:742(para)
10796
msgid ""
10797
"-o ppp0 -- the rule applies to traffic scheduled to be routed through the "
10798
"specified network device"
10799
msgstr ""
10800
"-o ppp0 -- den här regeln gäller trafik som skall skickas genom den "
10801
"specificerade nätverksenheten"
10802
10803
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:744(para)
10804
msgid ""
10805
"-j MASQUERADE -- traffic matching this rule is to \"jump\" (-j) to the "
10806
"MASQUERADE target to be manipulated as described above"
10807
msgstr ""
10808
"-j MASQUERADE -- trafik som matchar den här regeln skall \"hoppa\" (-j) till "
10809
"MASQUERADE-målet för att bli manipulerad enligt vad som beskrivs ovan"
10810
10811
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:752(para)
10812
msgid ""
10813
"Also, each chain in the filter table (the default table, and where most or "
10814
"all packet filtering occurs) has a default <emphasis>policy</emphasis> of "
10815
"ACCEPT, but if you are creating a firewall in addition to a gateway device, "
10816
"you may have set the policies to DROP or REJECT, in which case your "
10817
"masqueraded traffic needs to be allowed through the FORWARD chain for the "
10818
"above rule to work:"
10819
msgstr ""
10820
"Dessutom, varje kedja i filtertabellen (standardtabellen och där de flesta "
10821
"eller alla paket filtreras) har en standard<emphasis>policy</emphasis> av "
10822
"ACCEPT, men om du skapar en brandvägg utöver en gateway-enhet, kan du ha "
10823
"satt policyn till DROP eller REJECT, i vilket fall behöver din maskerade "
10824
"trafik tillåtas genom FORWARD-kedjan för att ovanstående regel skall fungera:"
10825
10826
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:759(screen)
10827
#, no-wrap
10828
msgid ""
10829
"\n"
10830
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
10831
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -d 192.168.0.0/16 -m state --state "
10832
"ESTABLISHED,RELATED -i ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
10833
msgstr ""
10834
"\n"
10835
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
10836
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -d 192.168.0.0/16 -m state --state "
10837
"ESTABLISHED,RELATED -i ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
10838
10839
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:763(para)
10840
msgid ""
10841
"The above commands will allow all connections from your local network to the "
10842
"Internet and all traffic related to those connections to return to the "
10843
"machine that initiated them."
10844
msgstr ""
10845
"Ovanstående kommandon kommer att tillåta alla anslutningar från ditt lokala "
10846
"nätverk till internet och all trafik som är relaterad till dessa "
10847
"anslutningar att återgå till datorn som initierade dem."
10848
10849
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:770(para)
10850
msgid ""
10851
"If you want masquerading to be enabled on reboot, which you probably do, "
10852
"edit <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename> and add any commands used above. For "
10853
"example add the first command with no filtering:"
10854
msgstr ""
10855
"Om du vill att maskering skall aktiveras vid omstart, vilket du antagligen "
10856
"vill, redigera <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename> och lägg till något av "
10857
"kommandona som användes ovan. Som exempel lägg till första kommandot utan "
10858
"filtrering:"
10859
10860
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:774(screen)
10861
#, no-wrap
10862
msgid ""
10863
"\n"
10864
"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
10865
msgstr ""
10866
"\n"
10867
"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
10868
10869
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:782(title)
10870
msgid "Logs"
10871
msgstr "Loggar"
10872
10873
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:783(para)
10874
msgid ""
10875
"Firewall logs are essential for recognizing attacks, troubleshooting your "
10876
"firewall rules, and noticing unusual activity on your network. You must "
10877
"include logging rules in your firewall for them to be generated, though, and "
10878
"logging rules must come before any applicable terminating rule (a rule with "
10879
"a target that decides the fate of the packet, such as ACCEPT, DROP, or "
10880
"REJECT)."
10881
msgstr ""
10882
"Loggfilen från brandväggen är nödvändig för att upptäcka attacker, felsöka "
10883
"brandväggens regler och notifiering av ovanliga aktiviteter i ditt nätverk. "
10884
"Du måste inkludera loggningsregler i din brandvägg för att de skall skapas, "
10885
"regler för loggning måste komma före någon användbar avslutande regel ( en "
10886
"regel med mål att besluta ödet för ett paket, såsom ACCEPT, DROP, eller "
10887
"REJECT)."
10888
10889
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:790(para)
10890
msgid ""
10891
"If you are using <application>ufw</application>, you can turn on logging by "
10892
"entering the following in a terminal:"
10893
msgstr ""
10894
"Om du använder <application>ufw</application>, kan du aktivera loggning "
10895
"genom att skriva följande i en terminal:"
10896
10897
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:794(command)
10898
msgid "sudo ufw logging on"
10899
msgstr "sudo ufw logging on"
10900
10901
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:796(para)
10902
msgid ""
10903
"To turn logging off in <application>ufw</application>, simply replace "
10904
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">on</emphasis> with <emphasis "
10905
"role=\"italic\">off</emphasis> in the above command."
10906
msgstr ""
10907
"För att stänga av loggning i <application>ufw</application>, ersätt "
10908
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">on</emphasis> med <emphasis "
10909
"role=\"italic\">off</emphasis> i ovanstående kommando."
10910
10911
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:799(para)
10912
msgid ""
10913
"If using <application>iptables</application> instead of "
10914
"<application>ufw</application>, enter:"
10915
msgstr ""
10916
"Om du använder <application>iptables</application> istället för "
10917
"<application>ufw</application>, skriv:"
10918
10919
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:802(screen)
10920
#, no-wrap
10921
msgid ""
10922
"\n"
10923
"sudo iptables -A INPUT -m state --state NEW -p tcp --dport 80 -j LOG --log-"
10924
"prefix \"NEW_HTTP_CONN: \"\n"
10925
msgstr ""
10926
"\n"
10927
"sudo iptables -A INPUT -m state --state NEW -p tcp --dport 80 -j LOG --log-"
10928
"prefix \"NEW_HTTP_CONN: \"\n"
10929
10930
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:805(para)
10931
msgid ""
10932
"A request on port 80 from the local machine, then, would generate a log in "
10933
"dmesg that looks like this:"
10934
msgstr ""
10935
"En förfrågan till port 80 från den lokala maskinen, då kommer en logg skapas "
10936
"i dmesg som ser ut såhär:"
10937
10938
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:810(programlisting)
10939
#, no-wrap
10940
msgid ""
10941
"[4304885.870000] NEW_HTTP_CONN: IN=lo OUT= "
10942
"MAC=00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:08:00 SRC=127.0.0.1 DST=127.0.0.1 "
10943
"LEN=60 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=58288 DF PROTO=TCP SPT=53981 DPT=80 "
10944
"WINDOW=32767 RES=0x00 SYN URGP=0"
10945
msgstr ""
10946
"[4304885.870000] NEW_HTTP_CONN: IN=lo OUT= "
10947
"MAC=00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:08:00 SRC=127.0.0.1 DST=127.0.0.1 "
10948
"LEN=60 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=58288 DF PROTO=TCP SPT=53981 DPT=80 "
10949
"WINDOW=32767 RES=0x00 SYN URGP=0"
10950
10951
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:812(para)
10952
msgid ""
10953
"The above log will also appear in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>, "
10954
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>, and "
10955
"<filename>/var/log/kern.log</filename>. This behavior can be modified by "
10956
"editing <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename> appropriately or by installing "
10957
"and configuring <application>ulogd</application> and using the ULOG target "
10958
"instead of LOG. The <application>ulogd</application> daemon is a userspace "
10959
"server that listens for logging instructions from the kernel specifically "
10960
"for firewalls, and can log to any file you like, or even to a "
10961
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> or <application>MySQL</application> "
10962
"database. Making sense of your firewall logs can be simplified by using a "
10963
"log analyzing tool such as <application>fwanalog</application>, "
10964
"<application> fwlogwatch</application>, or <application>lire</application>."
10965
msgstr ""
10966
"Ovanstående logg hittar du också i <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>, "
10967
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> och "
10968
"<filename>/var/log/kern.log</filename>. Det här beteendet går att ändra på "
10969
"genom att göra lämpliga ändringar i <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename> "
10970
"eller genom att installera och konfigurera <application>ulogd</application> "
10971
"och skriv ULOG istället för LOG i den tidigare regeln. Demonen "
10972
"<application>ulogd</application> är en server som lyssnar efter "
10973
"loggningsinstruktioner från kärnan om brandväggar, och kan logga det till "
10974
"vilken fil du vill, eller till och med till databaserna "
10975
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> eller "
10976
"<application>MySQL</application>. Du kan göra det enklare att förstå "
10977
"loggarna genom att använda ett logganalyseringsverktyg som "
10978
"<application>fwanalog</application>, <application> fwlogwatch</application> "
10979
"eller <application>lire</application>."
10980
10981
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:827(title)
10982
msgid "Other Tools"
10983
msgstr "Andra verktyg"
10984
10985
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:828(para)
10986
msgid ""
10987
"There are many tools available to help you construct a complete firewall "
10988
"without intimate knowledge of iptables. For the GUI-inclined:"
10989
msgstr ""
10990
"Det finns många verktyg tillgängliga för att skapa en komplett brandvägg "
10991
"utan ingående kunskaper i iptables. För den GUI-benägna:"
10992
10993
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:834(para)
10994
msgid ""
10995
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fs-security.com/\">Firestarter</ulink> is quite "
10996
"popular and easy to use."
10997
msgstr ""
10998
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fs-security.com/\">Firestarter</ulink> är populär "
10999
"och enkel att använda."
11000
11001
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:839(para)
11002
msgid ""
11003
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fwbuilder.org/\">fwbuilder</ulink> is very powerful "
11004
"and will look familiar to an administrator who has used a commercial "
11005
"firewall utility such as <application>Checkpoint FireWall-1</application>."
11006
msgstr ""
11007
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fwbuilder.org/\">fwbuilder</ulink> är väldigt "
11008
"kraftfull och kommer att kännas igen av en administratör som använt ett "
11009
"kommersiellt brandväggsverktyg såsom <application>Checkpoint FireWall-"
11010
"1</application>."
11011
11012
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:845(para)
11013
msgid ""
11014
"If you prefer a command-line tool with plain-text configuration files:"
11015
msgstr ""
11016
"Om du föredrar ett kommandoradsverktyg med ren textfilskonfiguration:"
11017
11018
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:850(para)
11019
msgid ""
11020
"<ulink url=\"http://www.shorewall.net/\">Shorewall</ulink> is a very "
11021
"powerful solution to help you configure an advanced firewall for any network."
11022
msgstr ""
11023
"<ulink url=\"http://www.shorewall.net/\">Shorewall</ulink> är en väldigt "
11024
"kraftfull lösning för att hjälpa dig med att konfigurera en avancerad "
11025
"brandvägg för alla nätverk."
11026
11027
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:856(para)
11028
msgid ""
11029
"<ulink url=\"http://www.linuxkungfu.org/\">ipkungfu</ulink> should give you "
11030
"a working firewall \"out of the box\" with zero configuration, and will "
11031
"allow you to easily set up a more advanced firewall by editing simple, well-"
11032
"documented configuration files."
11033
msgstr ""
11034
"<ulink url=\"http://www.linuxkungfu.org/\">ipkungfu</ulink> skall ge dig en "
11035
"fungerande brandvägg \"out of the box\" med noll konfiguration och låter dig "
11036
"enkelt sätta upp en mer avancerad brandvägg genom att redigera enkla "
11037
"väldokumenterade konfigurationsfiler."
11038
11039
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:863(para)
11040
msgid ""
11041
"<ulink url=\"http://fireflier.sourceforge.net/\">fireflier</ulink> is "
11042
"designed to be a desktop firewall application. It is made up of a server "
11043
"(fireflier-server) and your choice of GUI clients (GTK or QT), and behaves "
11044
"like many popular interactive firewall applications for Windows."
11045
msgstr ""
11046
"<ulink url=\"http://fireflier.sourceforge.net/\">fireflier</ulink> är "
11047
"framtagen för att vara en skrivbords-brandvägg. Den är byggd på en server "
11048
"(fireflier-server) och ditt val av GUI-klient (GTK eller QT), och beter sig "
11049
"som många populära interaktiva brandväggsprogram för Windows."
11050
11051
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:875(para)
11052
msgid ""
11053
"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UbuntuFirewall\">Ubuntu "
11054
"Firewall</ulink> wiki page contains information on the development of "
11055
"<application>ufw</application>."
11056
msgstr ""
11057
"På <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UbuntuFirewall\">Ubuntu "
11058
"Firewall</ulink> wiki-sida finns information om utvecklingen av "
11059
"<application>ufw</application>."
11060
11061
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:881(para)
11062
msgid ""
11063
"Also, the <application>ufw</application> manual page contains some very "
11064
"useful information: <command>man ufw</command>."
11065
msgstr ""
11066
"Dessutom, manualsidan för <application>ufw</application> innehåller en del "
11067
"väldigt användbar information: <command>man ufw</command>."
11068
11069
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:886(para)
11070
msgid ""
11071
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/packet-"
11072
"filtering-HOWTO.html\">packet-filtering-HOWTO</ulink> for more information "
11073
"on using <application>iptables</application>."
11074
msgstr ""
11075
"Se <ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/packet-"
11076
"filtering-HOWTO.html\">packet-filtering-HOWTO</ulink> för mer information om "
11077
"att använda <application>iptables</application>."
11078
11079
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:892(para)
11080
msgid ""
11081
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/NAT-"
11082
"HOWTO.html\">nat-HOWTO</ulink> contains further details on masquerading."
11083
msgstr ""
11084
"<ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/NAT-"
11085
"HOWTO.html\">nat-HOWTO</ulink> innehåller ytterligare information om "
11086
"detaljer i maskering."
11087
11088
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:898(para)
11089
msgid ""
11090
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/IptablesHowTo\">IPTables "
11091
"HowTo</ulink> in the Ubuntu wiki is a great resource."
11092
msgstr ""
11093
11094
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:906(title)
11095
msgid "AppArmor"
11096
msgstr "AppArmor"
11097
11098
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:907(para)
11099
msgid ""
11100
"<application>AppArmor</application> is a Linux Security Module "
11101
"implementation of name-based mandatory access controls. AppArmor confines "
11102
"individual programs to a set of listed files and posix 1003.1e draft "
11103
"capabilities."
11104
msgstr ""
11105
"<application>AppArmor</application> är en säkerhetsmodul för Linux som "
11106
"implementerar namnbaserad obligatorisk åtkomstkontroll (MAC). AppArmor "
11107
"begränsar individuella program till en serie listade filer och posix 1003.1e-"
11108
"utkast förmågor."
11109
11110
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:911(para)
11111
msgid ""
11112
"<application>AppArmor</application> is installed and loaded by default. It "
11113
"uses <emphasis>profiles</emphasis> of an application to determine what files "
11114
"and permissions the application requires. Some packages will install their "
11115
"own profiles, and additional profiles can be found in the "
11116
"<application>apparmor-profiles</application> package."
11117
msgstr ""
11118
"<application>AppArmor</application> är installerat och läses in som "
11119
"standard. Det använder <emphasis>profiler</emphasis> för ett program för att "
11120
"fastställa vilka filer och rättigheter programmet kräver. Vissa paket kommer "
11121
"installera sina egna profiler och ytterligare profiler kan hittas i paketet "
11122
"<application>apparmor-profiles</application>."
11123
11124
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:916(para)
11125
msgid ""
11126
"To install the <application>apparmor-profiles</application> package from a "
11127
"terminal prompt:"
11128
msgstr ""
11129
"För att installera paketet <application>apparmor-profiles</application> från "
11130
"en terminalprompt:"
11131
11132
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:922(para)
11133
msgid "AppArmor profiles have two modes of execution:"
11134
msgstr "AppArmor profiler har två metoder för att verkställa:"
11135
11136
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:927(para)
11137
msgid ""
11138
"Complaining/Learning: profile violations are permitted and logged. Useful "
11139
"for testing and developing new profiles."
11140
msgstr ""
11141
"Complaining/Learning: Profilöversträdelse är tillåten och loggad. Användbar "
11142
"vid testning och utveckling av nya profiler."
11143
11144
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:932(para)
11145
msgid ""
11146
"Enforced/Confined: enforces profile policy as well as logging the violation."
11147
msgstr ""
11148
"Enforced/Confined: upprätthållande profilpolicy såväl som loggning av "
11149
"överträdelsen."
11150
11151
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:938(title)
11152
msgid "Using AppArmor"
11153
msgstr "Använda AppArmor"
11154
11155
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:939(para)
11156
msgid ""
11157
"The <application>apparmor-utils</application> package contains command line "
11158
"utilities that you can use to change the <application>AppArmor</application> "
11159
"execution mode, find the status of a profile, create new profiles, etc."
11160
msgstr ""
11161
"Paketet <application>apparmor-utils</application> innehåller "
11162
"kommandoradverktyg som du kan använda till att ändra "
11163
"<application>AppArmor</application> verkställandemetod, hitta en "
11164
"profilstatus, skapa nya profiler, osv."
11165
11166
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:945(para)
11167
msgid ""
11168
"<application>apparmor_status</application> is used to view the current "
11169
"status of AppArmor profiles."
11170
msgstr ""
11171
"<application>apparmor_status</application> används till att visa nuvarande "
11172
"status för AppArmor profiler."
11173
11174
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:949(command)
11175
msgid "sudo apparmor_status"
11176
msgstr "sudo apparmor_status"
11177
11178
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:953(para)
11179
msgid ""
11180
"<application>aa-complain</application> places a profile into "
11181
"<emphasis>complain</emphasis> mode."
11182
msgstr ""
11183
"<application>aa-complain</application> placerar en profil i metoden "
11184
"<emphasis>complain</emphasis>."
11185
11186
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:957(command)
11187
msgid "sudo aa-complain /path/to/bin"
11188
msgstr "sudo aa-complain /path/to/bin"
11189
11190
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:961(para)
11191
msgid ""
11192
"<application>aa-enforce</application> places a profile into "
11193
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> mode."
11194
msgstr ""
11195
"<application>aa-enforce</application> placerar en profil i metoden "
11196
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis>."
11197
11198
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:965(command)
11199
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /path/to/bin"
11200
msgstr "sudo aa-enforce /path/to/bin"
11201
11202
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:969(para)
11203
msgid ""
11204
"The <filename>/etc/apparmor.d</filename> directory is where the AppArmor "
11205
"profiles are located. It can be used to manipulate the "
11206
"<emphasis>mode</emphasis> of all profiles."
11207
msgstr ""
11208
"I katalogen <filename>/etc/apparmor.d</filename> sparas AppArmor-profilerna. "
11209
"Det kan användas till att förändra <emphasis>metoden</emphasis> för alla "
11210
"profiler."
11211
11212
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:973(para)
11213
msgid "Enter the following to place all profiles into complain mode:"
11214
msgstr "Skriv följande för att placera alla profiler i complain-metoden:"
11215
11216
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:977(command)
11217
msgid "sudo aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/*"
11218
msgstr "sudo aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/*"
11219
11220
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:979(para)
11221
msgid "To place all profiles in enforce mode:"
11222
msgstr "För att placera alla profiler i enforce-metoden:"
11223
11224
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:983(command)
11225
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/*"
11226
msgstr "sudo aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/*"
11227
11228
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:987(para)
11229
msgid ""
11230
"<application>apparmor_parser</application> is used to load a profile into "
11231
"the kernel. It can also be used to reload a currently loaded profile using "
11232
"the <emphasis>-r</emphasis> option. To load a profile:"
11233
msgstr ""
11234
"<application>apparmor_parser</application> används för att ladda profiler "
11235
"till kärnan. Den kan också användas till att ladda om en nyligen laddad "
11236
"profil med alternativet <emphasis>-r</emphasis>. För att ladda en profil:"
11237
11238
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:992(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:1024(command)
11239
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -a"
11240
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -a"
11241
11242
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:994(para)
11243
msgid "To reload a profile:"
11244
msgstr "För att ladda om en profil:"
11245
11246
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:998(command)
11247
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
11248
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
11249
11250
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1002(para)
11251
msgid ""
11252
"<filename>/etc/init.d/apparmor</filename> can be used to "
11253
"<emphasis>reload</emphasis> all profiles:"
11254
msgstr ""
11255
"<filename>/etc/init.d/apparmor</filename> kan användas till att "
11256
"<emphasis>återladda</emphasis> alla profiler:"
11257
11258
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1006(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:632(command)
11259
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor reload"
11260
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor reload"
11261
11262
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1010(para)
11263
msgid ""
11264
"The <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable</filename> directory can be used along "
11265
"with the <application>apparmor_parser -R</application> option to "
11266
"<emphasis>disable</emphasis> a profile."
11267
msgstr ""
11268
"Katalogen <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable</filename> kan användas "
11269
"tillsammans med alternativet <application>apparmor_parser -R</application> "
11270
"för att <emphasis>inaktivera</emphasis> en profil."
11271
11272
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1015(command)
11273
msgid "sudo ln -s /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name /etc/apparmor.d/disable/"
11274
msgstr "sudo ln -s /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name /etc/apparmor.d/disable/"
11275
11276
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1016(command)
11277
msgid "sudo apparmor_parser -R /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name"
11278
msgstr "sudo apparmor_parser -R /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name"
11279
11280
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1018(para)
11281
msgid ""
11282
"To <emphasis>re-enable</emphasis> a disabled profile remove the symbolic "
11283
"link to the profile in <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable/</filename>. Then "
11284
"load the profile using the <emphasis>-a</emphasis> option."
11285
msgstr ""
11286
"För att <emphasis>återaktivera</emphasis> en inaktiverad profil, ta bort den "
11287
"symboliska länken till profilen i "
11288
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable/</filename>. Ladda sedan profilen genom "
11289
"att använda alternativet <emphasis>-a</emphasis>."
11290
11291
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1023(command)
11292
msgid "sudo rm /etc/apparmor.d/disable/profile.name"
11293
msgstr "sudo rm /etc/apparmor.d/disable/profile.name"
11294
11295
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1028(para)
11296
msgid ""
11297
"<application>AppArmor</application> can be disabled, and the kernel module "
11298
"unloaded by entering the following:"
11299
msgstr ""
11300
"<application>AppArmor</application> kan inaktiveras och kärnmodulen frigörs "
11301
"genom att skriva följande:"
11302
11303
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1032(command)
11304
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor stop"
11305
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor stop"
11306
11307
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1033(command)
11308
msgid "sudo update-rc.d -f apparmor remove"
11309
msgstr "sudo update-rc.d -f apparmor remove"
11310
11311
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1037(para)
11312
msgid "To re-enable <application>AppArmor</application> enter:"
11313
msgstr "För att återaktivera <application>AppArmor</application> skriv:"
11314
11315
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1041(command)
11316
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor start"
11317
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor start"
11318
11319
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1042(command)
11320
msgid "sudo update-rc.d apparmor defaults"
11321
msgstr "sudo update-rc.d apparmor defaults"
11322
11323
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1047(para)
11324
msgid ""
11325
"Replace <emphasis>profile.name</emphasis> with the name of the profile you "
11326
"want to manipulate. Also, replace <filename>/path/to/bin/</filename> with "
11327
"the actual executable file path. For example for the "
11328
"<application>ping</application> command use <filename>/bin/ping</filename>"
11329
msgstr ""
11330
"Ersätt <emphasis>profile.name</emphasis> med namnet på profilen du vill "
11331
"behandla. Dessutom, ersätt <filename>/path/to/bin/</filename> med den "
11332
"verkliga sökvägen till den körbara filen. Som exempel, för kommandot "
11333
"<application>ping</application> använd <filename>/bin/ping</filename>"
11334
11335
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1055(title)
11336
msgid "Profiles"
11337
msgstr "Profiler"
11338
11339
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1056(para)
11340
msgid ""
11341
"<application>AppArmor</application> profiles are simple text files located "
11342
"in <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/</filename>. The files are named after the full "
11343
"path to the executable they profile replacing the \"/\" with \".\". For "
11344
"example <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename> is the AppArmor "
11345
"profile for the <filename>/bin/ping</filename> command."
11346
msgstr ""
11347
"<application>AppArmor</application>-profiler är enkla textfiler som är "
11348
"placerade i <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/</filename>. Filerna är namngivna "
11349
"efter den kompletta sökvägen till den körbara filen de styr, ersättande "
11350
"\"/\" med \".\". Som exempel <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename> "
11351
"är AppArmor-profilen för kommandot <filename>/bin/ping</filename>."
11352
11353
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1062(para)
11354
msgid "There are two main type of rules used in profiles:"
11355
msgstr "Det är två huvudtyper av regler som används i profiler:"
11356
11357
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1067(para)
11358
msgid ""
11359
"<emphasis>Path entries:</emphasis> which detail which files an application "
11360
"can access in the file system."
11361
msgstr ""
11362
"<emphasis>Path entries:</emphasis> som specificerar vilken fil ett program "
11363
"kan få tillgång till i filsystemet."
11364
11365
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1072(para)
11366
msgid ""
11367
"<emphasis>Capability entries:</emphasis> determine what privileges a "
11368
"confined process is allowed to use."
11369
msgstr ""
11370
"<emphasis>Capability entries:</emphasis> fastställer vilka privilegier en "
11371
"begränsad process har tillåtelse att använda."
11372
11373
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1077(para)
11374
msgid ""
11375
"As an example take a look at <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename>:"
11376
msgstr ""
11377
"Som exempel, titta närmare på <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename>:"
11378
11379
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1080(programlisting)
11380
#, no-wrap
11381
msgid ""
11382
"\n"
11383
"#include <tunables/global>\n"
11384
"/bin/ping flags=(complain) {\n"
11385
" #include <abstractions/base>\n"
11386
" #include <abstractions/consoles>\n"
11387
" #include <abstractions/nameservice>\n"
11388
"\n"
11389
" capability net_raw,\n"
11390
" capability setuid,\n"
11391
" network inet raw,\n"
11392
" \n"
11393
" /bin/ping mixr,\n"
11394
" /etc/modules.conf r,\n"
11395
"}\n"
11396
msgstr ""
11397
"\n"
11398
"#include <tunables/global>\n"
11399
"/bin/ping flags=(complain) {\n"
11400
" #include <abstractions/base>\n"
11401
" #include <abstractions/consoles>\n"
11402
" #include <abstractions/nameservice>\n"
11403
"\n"
11404
" capability net_raw,\n"
11405
" capability setuid,\n"
11406
" network inet raw,\n"
11407
" \n"
11408
" /bin/ping mixr,\n"
11409
" /etc/modules.conf r,\n"
11410
"}\n"
11411
11412
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1097(para)
11413
msgid ""
11414
"<emphasis>#include <tunables/global>:</emphasis> include statements "
11415
"from other files. This allows statements pertaining to multiple applications "
11416
"to be placed in a common file."
11417
msgstr ""
11418
"<emphasis>#include <tunables/global>:</emphasis> innehåller uppgifter "
11419
"från andra filer. Det möjliggör att uppgifter som tillhör flera program kan "
11420
"placeras i en gemensam fil."
11421
11422
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1103(para)
11423
msgid ""
11424
"<emphasis>/bin/ping flags=(complain):</emphasis> path to the profiled "
11425
"program, also setting the mode to <emphasis>complain</emphasis>."
11426
msgstr ""
11427
"<emphasis>/bin/ping flags=(complain):</emphasis> profilens sökväg till "
11428
"programmet, dessutom sätts läget till <emphasis>complain</emphasis>."
11429
11430
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1109(para)
11431
msgid ""
11432
"<emphasis>capability net_raw,:</emphasis> allows the application access to "
11433
"the CAP_NET_RAW Posix.1e capability."
11434
msgstr ""
11435
"<emphasis>capability net_raw,:</emphasis> tillåter att programmet får "
11436
"behörighet till CAP_NET_RAW Posix.1e."
11437
11438
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1114(para)
11439
msgid ""
11440
"<emphasis>/bin/ping mixr,:</emphasis> allows the application read and "
11441
"execute access to the file."
11442
msgstr ""
11443
"<emphasis>/bin/ping mixr,:</emphasis> tillåter programmet att få läs och "
11444
"skriv rättigheter till filen."
11445
11446
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1120(para)
11447
msgid ""
11448
"After editing a profile file the profile must be reloaded. See <xref "
11449
"linkend=\"apparmor-usage\"/> for details."
11450
msgstr ""
11451
"Efter redigeringen av en profil måste profilen laddas om. För detaljer läs "
11452
"<xref linkend=\"apparmor-usage\"/>."
11453
11454
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1125(title)
11455
msgid "Creating a Profile"
11456
msgstr "Skapa en profil"
11457
11458
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1128(para)
11459
msgid ""
11460
"<emphasis>Design a test plan:</emphasis> Try to think about how the "
11461
"application should be exercised. The test plan should be divided into small "
11462
"test cases. Each test case should have a small description and list the "
11463
"steps to follow."
11464
msgstr ""
11465
"<emphasis>Skapa en testplan:</emphasis> Försök att tänka dig vad programmet "
11466
"skall utföra. Testplanen skall delas upp i små principfall. Varje "
11467
"principfall skall ha en kort beskrivning och steg att följa."
11468
11469
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1132(para)
11470
msgid "Some standard test cases are:"
11471
msgstr "Några standardprinciper är:"
11472
11473
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1137(para)
11474
msgid "Starting the program."
11475
msgstr "Starta programmet."
11476
11477
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1142(para)
11478
msgid "Stopping the program."
11479
msgstr "Stoppa programmet."
11480
11481
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1147(para)
11482
msgid "Reloading the program."
11483
msgstr "Ladda om programmet."
11484
11485
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1152(para)
11486
msgid "Testing all the commands supported by the init script."
11487
msgstr "Testa alla kommandon som stöds av init-skriptet."
11488
11489
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1159(para)
11490
msgid ""
11491
"<emphasis>Generate the new profile:</emphasis> Use <application>aa-"
11492
"genprof</application> to generate a new profile. From a terminal:"
11493
msgstr ""
11494
"<emphasis>Skapa en ny profil:</emphasis> Använd <application>aa-"
11495
"genprof</application> för att skapa en ny profil. Från en terminal:"
11496
11497
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1164(command)
11498
msgid "sudo aa-genprof executable"
11499
msgstr "sudo aa-genprof executable"
11500
11501
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1166(para)
11502
msgid "For example:"
11503
msgstr "Till exempel:"
11504
11505
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1170(command)
11506
msgid "sudo aa-genprof slapd"
11507
msgstr "sudo aa-genprof slapd"
11508
11509
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1174(para)
11510
msgid ""
11511
"To get your new profile included in the <application>apparmor-"
11512
"profiles</application> package, file a bug in <emphasis>Launchpad</emphasis> "
11513
"against the <ulink "
11514
"url=\"https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/apparmor/+filebug\">AppArmor<"
11515
"/ulink> package:"
11516
msgstr ""
11517
"För att inkludera din nya profil till paketet <application>apparmor-"
11518
"profiles</application>, rapportera en bugg till "
11519
"<emphasis>Launchpad</emphasis> mot paketet <ulink "
11520
"url=\"https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/apparmor/+filebug\">AppArmor<"
11521
"/ulink>:"
11522
11523
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1181(para)
11524
msgid "Include your test plan and test cases."
11525
msgstr "Inkludera din testplan och testfall."
11526
11527
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1186(para)
11528
msgid "Attach your new profile to the bug."
11529
msgstr "Bifoga din nya profil till bugg-rapporten"
11530
11531
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1195(title)
11532
msgid "Updating Profiles"
11533
msgstr "Uppdatera profiler"
11534
11535
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1196(para)
11536
msgid ""
11537
"When the program is misbehaving, audit messages are sent to the log files. "
11538
"The program <application>aa-logprof</application> can be used to scan log "
11539
"files for <application>AppArmor</application> audit messages, review them "
11540
"and update the profiles. From a terminal:"
11541
msgstr ""
11542
"När programmet uppför sig illa, skickas meddelanden till loggfilerna. "
11543
"Programmet <application>aa-logprof</application> kan användas till att söka "
11544
"igenom loggfiler efter <application>AppArmor</application>-meddelanden, "
11545
"granska dem och uppdatera profilerna. Från en terminal:"
11546
11547
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1201(command)
11548
msgid "sudo aa-logprof"
11549
msgstr "sudo aa-logprof"
11550
11551
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1209(para)
11552
msgid ""
11553
"See the <ulink "
11554
"url=\"http://www.novell.com/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/ind"
11555
"ex.html?page=/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/data/book_apparmo"
11556
"r_admin.html\">AppArmor Administration Guide</ulink> for advanced "
11557
"configuration options."
11558
msgstr ""
11559
"Se <ulink "
11560
"url=\"http://www.novell.com/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/ind"
11561
"ex.html?page=/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/data/book_apparmo"
11562
"r_admin.html\">AppArmor Administration Guide</ulink> för avancerade "
11563
"konfigurationsalternativ."
11564
11565
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1216(para)
11566
msgid ""
11567
"For details using AppArmor with other Ubuntu releases see the <ulink "
11568
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/AppArmor\"> AppArmor Community "
11569
"Wiki</ulink> page."
11570
msgstr ""
11571
"För detaljer om att använda AppArmor med andra Ubuntu-versioner, läs sidan "
11572
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/AppArmor\"> AppArmor "
11573
"Community Wiki</ulink>."
11574
11575
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1224(para)
11576
msgid ""
11577
"The <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/AppArmor\">OpenSUSE AppArmor</ulink> "
11578
"page is another introduction to AppArmor."
11579
msgstr ""
11580
"<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/AppArmor\">OpenSUSE AppArmor</ulink>-"
11581
"sidan är en annan introduktion till AppArmor."
11582
11583
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1231(para)
11584
msgid ""
11585
"A great place to ask for <application>AppArmor</application> assistance, and "
11586
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
11587
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
11588
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
11589
msgstr ""
11590
"En bra plats att fråga efter hjälp med <application>AppArmor</application> "
11591
"och komma i kontakt med Ubuntu Server gemenskapen, är på IRC-kanalen "
11592
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> på <ulink "
11593
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
11594
11595
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1241(title)
11596
msgid "Certificates"
11597
msgstr "Certifikat"
11598
11599
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1242(para)
11600
msgid ""
11601
"One of the most common forms of cryptography today is <emphasis>public-"
11602
"key</emphasis> cryptography. Public-key cryptography utilizes a "
11603
"<emphasis>public key</emphasis> and a <emphasis>private key</emphasis>. The "
11604
"system works by <emphasis>encrypting</emphasis> information using the public "
11605
"key. The information can then only be <emphasis>decrypted</emphasis> using "
11606
"the private key."
11607
msgstr ""
11608
"En av de vanligaste formerna av kryptering idag är kryptering med "
11609
"<emphasis>publik nyckel</emphasis>. Kryptering med en publik nyckel använder "
11610
"en <emphasis>publik nyckel</emphasis> och en <emphasis>privat "
11611
"nyckel</emphasis>. Systemet fungerar genom att <emphasis>kryptera</emphasis> "
11612
"information med en publik nyckel. Informationen kan bara "
11613
"<emphasis>dekrypteras</emphasis> genom en privat nyckel."
11614
11615
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1248(para)
11616
msgid ""
11617
"A common use for public-key cryptography is encrypting application traffic "
11618
"using a Secure Socket Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) "
11619
"connection. For example, configuring Apache to provide "
11620
"<emphasis>HTTPS</emphasis>, the HTTP protocol over SSL. This allows a way to "
11621
"encrypt traffic using a protocol that does not itself provide encryption."
11622
msgstr ""
11623
"Ett vanligt användningsområde för kryptering med en publik nyckel är "
11624
"kryptering av programtrafik genom att använda en Secure Socket Layer (SSL) "
11625
"eller Transport Layer Security (TLS) anslutning. Till exempel, konfigurera "
11626
"Apache till att erbjuda <emphasis>HTTPS</emphasis>, HTTP protokoll över SSL. "
11627
"Det möjliggör ett sätt att kryptera trafik till ett protokoll som i sig "
11628
"självt inte har möjlighet till kryptering."
11629
11630
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1253(para)
11631
msgid ""
11632
"A <emphasis>Certificate</emphasis> is a method used to distribute a "
11633
"<emphasis>public key</emphasis> and other information about a server and the "
11634
"organization who is responsible for it. Certificates can be digitally signed "
11635
"by a <emphasis>Certification Authority</emphasis> or CA. A CA is a trusted "
11636
"third party that has confirmed that the information contained in the "
11637
"certificate is accurate."
11638
msgstr ""
11639
"Ett <emphasis>Certifikat</emphasis> är en metod att sprida en "
11640
"<emphasis>publik nyckel</emphasis> och annan information om en server och "
11641
"organisationen som ansvarar för det. Certifikatet kan vara digitalt signerat "
11642
"av en <emphasis>Certificate Authority</emphasis> eller CA. En CA är en "
11643
"pålitlig tredjepart som har styrkt att informationen i certifikatet är "
11644
"korrekt."
11645
11646
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1260(title)
11647
msgid "Types of Certificates"
11648
msgstr "Typer av certifikat"
11649
11650
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1261(para)
11651
msgid ""
11652
"To set up a secure server using public-key cryptography, in most cases, you "
11653
"send your certificate request (including your public key), proof of your "
11654
"company's identity, and payment to a CA. The CA verifies the certificate "
11655
"request and your identity, and then sends back a certificate for your secure "
11656
"server. Alternatively, you can create your own <emphasis>self-"
11657
"signed</emphasis> certificate."
11658
msgstr ""
11659
"För att etablera en server som använder kryptering med publik nyckel, "
11660
"skickar du i de flesta fall en certifikatförfrågan (inklusive din publika "
11661
"nyckel), bevis på ditt företags identitet och betalning till en CA. CA "
11662
"verifierar din certifikatförfrågan och din identitet och skickar tillbaka "
11663
"ett certifikat till din server. Alternativt, kan du skapa ditt egna "
11664
"<emphasis>självsignerade</emphasis> certifikat."
11665
11666
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1271(para)
11667
msgid ""
11668
"Note, that self-signed certificates should not be used in most production "
11669
"environments."
11670
msgstr ""
11671
"Notera, Ett självsignerat certifikat skall i flesta fall inte användas i "
11672
"produktionsmiljöer."
11673
11674
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1275(para)
11675
msgid ""
11676
"Continuing the HTTPS example, a CA-signed certificate provides two important "
11677
"capabilities that a self-signed certificate does not:"
11678
msgstr ""
11679
"Fortsättning av HTTPS exemplet, ett CA-signerat certifikat tillför två "
11680
"viktiga möjligheter som självsignerade certifikat saknar:"
11681
11682
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1282(para)
11683
msgid ""
11684
"Browsers (usually) automatically recognize the certificate and allow a "
11685
"secure connection to be made without prompting the user."
11686
msgstr ""
11687
"Webbläsare känner (oftast) automatiskt igen certifikatet och tillåter en "
11688
"säker anslutning utan att först fråga användaren."
11689
11690
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1289(para)
11691
msgid ""
11692
"When a CA issues a signed certificate, it is guaranteeing the identity of "
11693
"the organization that is providing the web pages to the browser."
11694
msgstr ""
11695
"När en CA ger ut ett signerat certifikat garanterar den identiteten på "
11696
"organisationen som ger webbsidor till webbläsaren."
11697
11698
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1297(para)
11699
msgid ""
11700
"Most Web browsers, and computers, that support SSL have a list of CAs whose "
11701
"certificates they automatically accept. If a browser encounters a "
11702
"certificate whose authorizing CA is not in the list, the browser asks the "
11703
"user to either accept or decline the connection. Also, other applications "
11704
"may generate an error message when using a self-singed certificate."
11705
msgstr ""
11706
"De flesta webbläsare och datorer som stöder SSL har en lista över CA:s vilka "
11707
"certifikat de automatiskt accepterar. Om en webbläsare stöter på ett "
11708
"certifikat där den godkännande CA:n inte finns med i listan, frågar "
11709
"webbläsaren om användaren vill acceptera eller avböja anslutningen. Dessutom "
11710
"kan andra program generera felmeddelanden vid användande av självsignerade "
11711
"certifikat."
11712
11713
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1305(para)
11714
msgid ""
11715
"The process of getting a certificate from a CA is fairly easy. A quick "
11716
"overview is as follows:"
11717
msgstr ""
11718
"Processen för att få ett certifikat från en CA är enkel. En snabb översikt "
11719
"följer:"
11720
11721
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1312(para)
11722
msgid "Create a private and public encryption key pair."
11723
msgstr ""
11724
"Skapa ett krypteringsnyckelpar bestående av en privat och en publik nyckel."
11725
11726
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1315(para)
11727
msgid ""
11728
"Create a certificate request based on the public key. The certificate "
11729
"request contains information about your server and the company hosting it."
11730
msgstr ""
11731
"Skicka en förfrågan om ett certifikat baserat på den publika nyckeln. "
11732
"Certifikatet innehåller information om din server och företaget som äger den."
11733
11734
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1320(para)
11735
msgid ""
11736
"Send the certificate request, along with documents proving your identity, to "
11737
"a CA. We cannot tell you which certificate authority to choose. Your "
11738
"decision may be based on your past experiences, or on the experiences of "
11739
"your friends or colleagues, or purely on monetary factors."
11740
msgstr ""
11741
"Skicka certifikatförfrågan, tillsammans med dokument som bevisar din "
11742
"identitet, till en CA. Vi kan inte berätta vilken CA du skall välja. Ditt "
11743
"beslut kan vara baserat på tidigare erfarenheter, vad dina vänner eller "
11744
"kollegor har erfarit, eller helt enkelt på monetära faktorer."
11745
11746
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1326(para)
11747
msgid ""
11748
"Once you have decided upon a CA, you need to follow the instructions they "
11749
"provide on how to obtain a certificate from them."
11750
msgstr ""
11751
"När du har bestämt dig för vilken CA du vill använda måste du följa "
11752
"instruktionerna de har för hur du får ett certifikat från dem."
11753
11754
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1331(para)
11755
msgid ""
11756
"When the CA is satisfied that you are indeed who you claim to be, they send "
11757
"you a digital certificate."
11758
msgstr ""
11759
"När din CA anser att du har bevisat att du är den du påstår dig vara skickar "
11760
"de dig ett digitalt certifikat."
11761
11762
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1335(para)
11763
msgid ""
11764
"Install this certificate on your secure server, and configure the "
11765
"appropriate applications to use the certificate."
11766
msgstr ""
11767
"Installera det här certifikatet på din säkra server och konfigurera lämpligt "
11768
"program till att använda certifikatet."
11769
11770
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1344(title)
11771
msgid "Generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)"
11772
msgstr "Skapa ett Certificate Signing Request (CSR)"
11773
11774
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1346(para)
11775
msgid ""
11776
"Whether you are getting a certificate from a CA or generating your own self-"
11777
"signed certificate, the first step is to generate a key."
11778
msgstr ""
11779
"Oavsett om du vill skaffa dig ett certifikat från en CA eller skapa ditt "
11780
"eget självsignerade certifikat är det första steget att skapa en nyckel."
11781
11782
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1351(para)
11783
msgid ""
11784
"If the certificate will be used by service daemons, such as Apache, Postfix, "
11785
"Dovecot, etc, a key without a passphrase is often appropriate. Not having a "
11786
"passphrase allows the services to start without manual intervention, usually "
11787
"the preferred way to start a daemon."
11788
msgstr ""
11789
"Om certifikatet kommer att användas av tjänste-demoner, så som Apache, "
11790
"Postfix, Dovecot, etc, är en nyckel utan lösenordsfras ofta lämpligt. Att "
11791
"inte använda en lösenordsfras tillåter tjänsten att starta utan något "
11792
"manuellt ingripande, som vanligtvis är det bästa sättet att starta en demon."
11793
11794
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1357(para)
11795
msgid ""
11796
"This section will cover generating a key with a passphrase, and one without. "
11797
"The non-passphrase key will then be used to generate a certificate that can "
11798
"be used with various service daemons."
11799
msgstr ""
11800
"Detta avsnitt kommer att omfatta skapandet av en nyckel med en lösenordsfras "
11801
"och en utan. Nyckeln utan lösenordsfras kommer sedan att användas för att "
11802
"skapa ett intyg som kan användas med olika tjänste-demoner."
11803
11804
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1363(para)
11805
msgid ""
11806
"Running your secure service without a passphrase is convenient because you "
11807
"will not need to enter the passphrase every time you start your secure "
11808
"service. But it is insecure and a compromise of the key means a compromise "
11809
"of the server as well."
11810
msgstr ""
11811
"Att köra din säkra tjänst utan en lösenordsfras är praktiskt eftersom du "
11812
"inte behöver ange lösenord varje gång du startar din säkra tjänst. Men det "
11813
"är osäkert och en kompromiss med nyckeln innebär en kompromiss för servern "
11814
"också."
11815
11816
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1370(para)
11817
msgid ""
11818
"To generate the <emphasis>keys</emphasis> for the Certificate Signing "
11819
"Request (CSR) run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
11820
msgstr ""
11821
"För att generera <emphasis>nycklarna</emphasis> för Certificate Signing "
11822
"Request (CSR) kör följande kommando från terminalprompten:"
11823
11824
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1376(command)
11825
msgid "openssl genrsa -des3 -out server.key 1024"
11826
msgstr "openssl genrsa -des3 -out server.key 1024"
11827
11828
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1379(programlisting)
11829
#, no-wrap
11830
msgid ""
11831
"\n"
11832
"Generating RSA private key, 1024 bit long modulus\n"
11833
".....................++++++\n"
11834
".................++++++\n"
11835
"unable to write 'random state'\n"
11836
"e is 65537 (0x10001)\n"
11837
"Enter pass phrase for server.key:\n"
11838
msgstr ""
11839
"\n"
11840
"Generating RSA private key, 1024 bit long modulus\n"
11841
".....................++++++\n"
11842
".................++++++\n"
11843
"unable to write 'random state'\n"
11844
"e is 65537 (0x10001)\n"
11845
"Enter pass phrase for server.key:\n"
11846
11847
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1388(para)
11848
msgid ""
11849
"You can now enter your passphrase. For best security, it should at least "
11850
"contain eight characters. The minimum length when specifying -des3 is four "
11851
"characters. It should include numbers and/or punctuation and not be a word "
11852
"in a dictionary. Also remember that your passphrase is case-sensitive."
11853
msgstr ""
11854
"Du kan nu ange din lösenordsfras. För bästa säkerhet bör det vara minst åtta "
11855
"tecken. Minimilängden när man skriver -des3 är fyra tecken. Det bör "
11856
"innehålla siffror och/eller skiljetecken och inte vara ett ord från en "
11857
"ordbok. Kom också ihåg att lösenordet är skiftlägeskänsligt."
11858
11859
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1396(para)
11860
msgid ""
11861
"Re-type the passphrase to verify. Once you have re-typed it correctly, the "
11862
"server key is generated and stored in the <filename>server.key</filename> "
11863
"file."
11864
msgstr ""
11865
"Skriv om lösenordsfrasen för autentisering. Så snart du skrivit om "
11866
"lösenordet korrekt, genereras server-nyckeln och sparas i filen "
11867
"<filename>server.key</filename>."
11868
11869
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1402(para)
11870
msgid ""
11871
"Now create the insecure key, the one without a passphrase, and shuffle the "
11872
"key names:"
11873
msgstr ""
11874
"Skapa nu din osäkra nyckel, den utan lösenordsfras och blanda nyckelnamnen:"
11875
11876
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1408(command)
11877
msgid "openssl rsa -in server.key -out server.key.insecure"
11878
msgstr "openssl rsa -in server.key -out server.key.insecure"
11879
11880
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1409(command)
11881
msgid "mv server.key server.key.secure"
11882
msgstr "mv server.key server.key.secure"
11883
11884
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1410(command)
11885
msgid "mv server.key.insecure server.key"
11886
msgstr "mv server.key.insecure server.key"
11887
11888
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1413(para)
11889
msgid ""
11890
"The insecure key is now named <filename>server.key</filename>, and you can "
11891
"use this file to generate the CSR without passphrase."
11892
msgstr ""
11893
"Den osäkra nyckeln har nu namnet <filename>server.key</filename>, och du kan "
11894
"använda denna fil till att skapa din CSR utan lösenordsfras."
11895
11896
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1418(para)
11897
msgid "To create the CSR, run the following command at a terminal prompt:"
11898
msgstr ""
11899
"För att skapa ditt CSR, kör följande kommando från en terminalprompt:"
11900
11901
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1423(command)
11902
msgid "openssl req -new -key server.key -out server.csr"
11903
msgstr "openssl req -new -key server.key -out server.csr"
11904
11905
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1426(para)
11906
msgid ""
11907
"It will prompt you enter the passphrase. If you enter the correct "
11908
"passphrase, it will prompt you to enter Company Name, Site Name, Email Id, "
11909
"etc. Once you enter all these details, your CSR will be created and it will "
11910
"be stored in the <filename>server.csr</filename> file."
11911
msgstr ""
11912
11913
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1434(para)
11914
msgid ""
11915
"You can now submit this CSR file to a CA for processing. The CA will use "
11916
"this CSR file and issue the certificate. On the other hand, you can create "
11917
"self-signed certificate using this CSR."
11918
msgstr ""
11919
"Du kan nu sända in din CSR-fil till en CA för behandling. CA kommer använda "
11920
"CSR-filen och skapa ett certifikat. Å andra sidan, kan du skapa en själv-"
11921
"signerat certifikat genom att använda CSR-filen."
11922
11923
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1442(title)
11924
msgid "Creating a Self-Signed Certificate"
11925
msgstr "Skapa ett självsignerat certifikat"
11926
11927
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1443(para)
11928
msgid ""
11929
"To create the self-signed certificate, run the following command at a "
11930
"terminal prompt:"
11931
msgstr ""
11932
"För att skapa ett självsignerat certifikat, kör följande kommando från en "
11933
"terminalprompt:"
11934
11935
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1448(command)
11936
msgid ""
11937
"openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -signkey server.key -out "
11938
"server.crt"
11939
msgstr ""
11940
"openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -signkey server.key -out "
11941
"server.crt"
11942
11943
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1451(para)
11944
msgid ""
11945
"The above command will prompt you to enter the passphrase. Once you enter "
11946
"the correct passphrase, your certificate will be created and it will be "
11947
"stored in the <filename>server.crt</filename> file."
11948
msgstr ""
11949
"Ovanstående kommando kommer att be dig att skriva in lösenordsfrasen. När du "
11950
"har skrivit in rätt lösenordsfras kommer ditt certifikat att skapas och det "
11951
"kommer att lagras i filen <filename>server.crt</filename>."
11952
11953
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1456(para)
11954
msgid ""
11955
"If your secure server is to be used in a production environment, you "
11956
"probably need a CA-signed certificate. It is not recommended to use self-"
11957
"signed certificate."
11958
msgstr ""
11959
"Om din säkra server används i en produktionsmiljö behöver du troligen ett CA-"
11960
"signerat certifikat. Det är inte rekommenderat att använda självsignerade "
11961
"certifikat."
11962
11963
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1464(title)
11964
msgid "Installing the Certificate"
11965
msgstr "Installera certifikatet"
11966
11967
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1466(para)
11968
msgid ""
11969
"You can install the key file <filename>server.key</filename> and certificate "
11970
"file <filename>server.crt</filename>, or the certificate file issued by your "
11971
"CA, by running following commands at a terminal prompt:"
11972
msgstr ""
11973
"Du kan installera nyckelfilen <filename>server.key</filename>och "
11974
"certifikatfilen <filename>server.crt</filename>, eller certifikatfilen som "
11975
"skapats av din CA, genom att köra följande kommandon från terminalprompten:"
11976
11977
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1472(command)
11978
msgid "sudo cp server.crt /etc/ssl/certs"
11979
msgstr "sudo cp server.crt /etc/ssl/certs"
11980
11981
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1473(command)
11982
msgid "sudo cp server.key /etc/ssl/private"
11983
msgstr "sudo cp server.key /etc/ssl/private"
11984
11985
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1475(para)
11986
msgid ""
11987
"Now simply configure any applications, with the ability to use public-key "
11988
"cryptography, to use the <emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and "
11989
"<emphasis>key</emphasis> files. For example, "
11990
"<application>Apache</application> can provide HTTPS, "
11991
"<application>Dovecot</application> can provide IMAPS and POP3S, etc."
11992
msgstr ""
11993
"Nu kan du enkelt konfigurera något program som har möjligheten att använda "
11994
"kryptering med publik nyckel, till att använda "
11995
"<emphasis>certifikatet</emphasis> och <emphasis>nyckel</emphasis>filerna. "
11996
"Till exempel, <application>Apache</application> kan tillhandahålla HTTPS, "
11997
"<application>Dovecot</application> kan tillhandahålla IMAPS and POP3S, o.s.v."
11998
11999
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1482(title)
12000
msgid "Certification Authority"
12001
msgstr "Certifieringsinstans"
12002
12003
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1484(para)
12004
msgid ""
12005
"If the services on your network require more than a few self-signed "
12006
"certificates it may be worth the additional effort to setup your own "
12007
"internal <emphasis>Certification Authority (CA)</emphasis>. Using "
12008
"certificates signed by your own CA, allows the various services using the "
12009
"certificates to easily trust other services using certificates issued from "
12010
"the same CA."
12011
msgstr ""
12012
"Om tjänsterna på ditt nätverk kräver mer än några få självsignerade "
12013
"certifikat så kan det vara värt den extra ansträngningen att sätta upp en "
12014
"egen <emphasis>Certification Authority (CA)</emphasis>. Genom att använda "
12015
"certifikat signerade av din egna CA, möjliggör för olika tjänster som "
12016
"använder certifikatet att lita på andra tjänster som använder certifikat "
12017
"publicerade från samma CA."
12018
12019
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1494(para)
12020
msgid ""
12021
"First, create the directories to hold the CA certificate and related files:"
12022
msgstr ""
12023
"Börja med att skapa katalogerna som skall innehålla CA-certifikatet och "
12024
"relaterade filer:"
12025
12026
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1499(command)
12027
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/CA"
12028
msgstr "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/CA"
12029
12030
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1500(command)
12031
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/newcerts"
12032
msgstr "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/newcerts"
12033
12034
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1506(para)
12035
msgid ""
12036
"The CA needs a few additional files to operate, one to keep track of the "
12037
"last serial number used by the CA, each certificate must have a unique "
12038
"serial number, and another file to record which certificates have been "
12039
"issued:"
12040
msgstr ""
12041
"En CA behöver ytterligare några filer för att fungera, en för att hålla reda "
12042
"på senaste serienumret som används av CA, varje certifikat måste ha ett "
12043
"unikt nummer och en annan fil för att spara vilka certifikat som har "
12044
"utfärdats:"
12045
12046
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1513(command)
12047
msgid "sudo sh -c \"echo '01' > /etc/ssl/CA/serial\""
12048
msgstr "sudo sh -c \"echo '01' > /etc/ssl/CA/serial\""
12049
12050
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1514(command)
12051
msgid "sudo touch /etc/ssl/CA/index.txt"
12052
msgstr "sudo touch /etc/ssl/CA/index.txt"
12053
12054
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1520(para)
12055
msgid ""
12056
"The third file is a CA configuration file. Though not strictly necessary, it "
12057
"is very convenient when issuing multiple certificates. Edit "
12058
"<filename>/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf</filename>, and in the <emphasis>[ CA_default "
12059
"]</emphasis> change:"
12060
msgstr ""
12061
"Den tredje filen är en konfigurationsfil för CA. Även om det inte är absolut "
12062
"nödvändigt, är det ändå lämpligt då man utfärdar flera certifikat. Redigera "
12063
"<filename>/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf</filename> och under <emphasis>[ CA_default "
12064
"]</emphasis> ändra:"
12065
12066
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1526(programlisting)
12067
#, no-wrap
12068
msgid ""
12069
"\n"
12070
"dir = /etc/ssl/ # Where everything is kept\n"
12071
"database = $dir/CA/index.txt # database index file.\n"
12072
"certificate = $dir/certs/cacert.pem # The CA certificate\n"
12073
"serial = $dir/CA/serial # The current serial number\n"
12074
"private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem# The private key\n"
12075
msgstr ""
12076
"\n"
12077
"dir = /etc/ssl/ # Where everything is kept\n"
12078
"database = $dir/CA/index.txt # database index file.\n"
12079
"certificate = $dir/certs/cacert.pem # The CA certificate\n"
12080
"serial = $dir/CA/serial # The current serial number\n"
12081
"private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem# The private key\n"
12082
12083
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1537(para)
12084
msgid "Next, create the self-singed root certificate:"
12085
msgstr "Nästa steg, skapa det självsignerade root-certifikatet:"
12086
12087
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1542(command)
12088
msgid ""
12089
"openssl req -new -x509 -extensions v3_ca -keyout cakey.pem -out cacert.pem -"
12090
"days 3650"
12091
msgstr ""
12092
"openssl req -new -x509 -extensions v3_ca -keyout cakey.pem -out cacert.pem -"
12093
"days 3650"
12094
12095
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1545(para)
12096
msgid "You will then be asked to enter the details about the certificate."
12097
msgstr "Du kommer därefter bli ombedd att ange detaljer om certifikatet."
12098
12099
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1552(para)
12100
msgid "Now install the root certificate and key:"
12101
msgstr "Installera nu root-certifikatet och nyckeln:"
12102
12103
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1557(command)
12104
msgid "sudo mv cakey.pem /etc/ssl/private/"
12105
msgstr "sudo mv cakey.pem /etc/ssl/private/"
12106
12107
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1558(command)
12108
msgid "sudo mv cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs/"
12109
msgstr "sudo mv cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs/"
12110
12111
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1564(para)
12112
msgid ""
12113
"You are now ready to start signing certificates. The first item needed is a "
12114
"Certificate Signing Request (CSR), see <xref linkend=\"generating-a-csr\"/> "
12115
"for details. Once you have a CSR, enter the following to generate a "
12116
"certificate signed by the CA:"
12117
msgstr ""
12118
"Du är nu redo att börja signera certifikat. Första saken som behövs är en "
12119
"Certificate Signing Request (CSR), för detaljer se <xref "
12120
"linkend=\"generating-a-csr\"/>. När du har en CSR, skriv följande för att "
12121
"generera ett certifikat signerat av CA:"
12122
12123
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1571(command)
12124
msgid "sudo openssl ca -in server.csr -config /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf"
12125
msgstr "sudo openssl ca -in server.csr -config /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf"
12126
12127
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1574(para)
12128
msgid ""
12129
"After entering the password for the CA key, you will be prompted to sign the "
12130
"certificate, and again to commit the new certificate. You should then see a "
12131
"somewhat large amount of output related to the certificate creation."
12132
msgstr ""
12133
"Efter att du angett lösenordet för CA-nyckeln, kommer du uppmanas att "
12134
"signera certifikatet och ännu en gång för tt godkänna certifikatet. Du bör "
12135
"sedan se en stor mängd utdata i samband med att certifikatet skapas."
12136
12137
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1583(para)
12138
msgid ""
12139
"There should now be a new file, "
12140
"<filename>/etc/ssl/newcerts/01.pem</filename>, containing the same output. "
12141
"Copy and paste everything beginning with the line: <emphasis>-----BEGIN "
12142
"CERTIFICATE-----</emphasis> and continuing through the line: <emphasis>----"
12143
"END CERTIFICATE-----</emphasis> lines to a file named after the hostname of "
12144
"the server where the certificate will be installed. For example "
12145
"<filename>mail.example.com.crt</filename>, is a nice descriptive name."
12146
msgstr ""
12147
12148
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1591(para)
12149
msgid ""
12150
"Subsequent certificates will be named <filename>02.pem</filename>, "
12151
"<filename>03.pem</filename>, etc."
12152
msgstr ""
12153
"Efterföljande certifikat kommer namnges till <filename>02.pem</filename>, "
12154
"<filename>03.pem</filename>, etc."
12155
12156
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1596(para)
12157
msgid ""
12158
"Replace <emphasis>mail.example.com.crt</emphasis> with your own descriptive "
12159
"name."
12160
msgstr ""
12161
"Ersätt <emphasis>mail.example.com.crt</emphasis> med din egna "
12162
"namnbeskrivning."
12163
12164
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1604(para)
12165
msgid ""
12166
"Finally, copy the new certificate to the host that needs it, and configure "
12167
"the appropriate applications to use it. The default location to install "
12168
"certificates is <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs</filename>. This "
12169
"enables multiple services to use the same certificate without overly "
12170
"complicated file permissions."
12171
msgstr ""
12172
"Till sist, kopiera det nya certifikatet till värden som behöver det och "
12173
"konfigurera lämpligt program till att använda det. Standardplatsen att "
12174
"installera certifikat i är <filename "
12175
"role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs</filename>. Det gör att flera tjänster kan "
12176
"använda samma certifikat utan allt för komplicerade filrättigheter."
12177
12178
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1610(para)
12179
msgid ""
12180
"For applications that can be configured to use a CA certificate, you should "
12181
"also copy the <filename>/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem</filename> file to the "
12182
"<filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs/</filename> directory on each "
12183
"server."
12184
msgstr ""
12185
"För program som kan konfigureras till att använda ett CA certifikat, skall "
12186
"du också kopiera filen <filename>/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem</filename> till "
12187
"katalogen <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs/</filename> på varje "
12188
"server."
12189
12190
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1624(para)
12191
msgid ""
12192
"For more detailed instructions on using cryptography see the <ulink "
12193
"url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/SSL-Certificates-HOWTO/index.html\">SSL "
12194
"Certificates HOWTO</ulink> by tlpd.org"
12195
msgstr ""
12196
"För mer detaljer om användandet av kryptering se <ulink "
12197
"url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/SSL-Certificates-HOWTO/index.html\">SSL "
12198
"Certificates HOWTO</ulink> av tlpd.org"
12199
12200
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1630(para)
12201
msgid ""
12202
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pki-page.org/\">The PKI Page</ulink> contains a list "
12203
"of Certificate Authorities."
12204
msgstr ""
12205
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pki-page.org/\">The PKI Page</ulink> innehåller en "
12206
"lista på Certificate Authorities."
12207
12208
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1635(para)
12209
msgid ""
12210
"The Wikipedia <ulink "
12211
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Https\">HTTPS</ulink> page has more "
12212
"information regarding HTTPS."
12213
msgstr ""
12214
"På Wikipedia <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Https\">HTTPS</ulink> "
12215
"finns mer information om HTTPS."
12216
12217
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1640(para)
12218
msgid ""
12219
"For more information on <emphasis>OpenSSL</emphasis> see the <ulink "
12220
"url=\"http://www.openssl.org/\">OpenSSL Home Page</ulink>."
12221
msgstr ""
12222
"För mer information om <emphasis>OpenSSL</emphasis>, se webbplatsen för "
12223
"<ulink url=\"http://www.openssl.org/\">OpenSSL</ulink>."
12224
12225
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1645(para)
12226
msgid ""
12227
"Also, O'Reilly's <ulink "
12228
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002701/\">Network Security with "
12229
"OpenSSL</ulink> is a good in depth reference."
12230
msgstr ""
12231
"Dessutom, O'Reilly's <ulink "
12232
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002701/\">Network Security with "
12233
"OpenSSL</ulink> är en annan bra referens."
12234
12235
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1654(title)
12236
msgid "eCryptfs"
12237
msgstr "eCryptfs"
12238
12239
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1656(para)
12240
msgid ""
12241
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> is a POSIX-compliant enterprise-class stacked "
12242
"cryptographic filesystem for Linux. Layering on top of the filesystem layer "
12243
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> protects files no matter the underlying "
12244
"filesystem, partition type, etc."
12245
msgstr ""
12246
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> är ett POSIX-kompatibelt företagsklassat "
12247
"kryptografiskt stackande filsystem för Linux. Lägger ett lager ovanpå "
12248
"filsystemets lager, <emphasis> eCryptfs </ vikt> skyddar filer oavsett "
12249
"underliggande filsystemet, partitionstyp etc."
12250
12251
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1662(para)
12252
msgid ""
12253
"During installation there is an option to encrypt the <filename "
12254
"role=\"directory\">/home</filename> partition. This will automatically "
12255
"configure everything needed to encrypt and mount the partition."
12256
msgstr ""
12257
"Under installationen finns ett alternativ för att kryptera partitionen "
12258
"<filename role=\"directory\">/home</filename>. Det kommer automatiskt "
12259
"konfigurera allt som är nödvändigt för att kryptera och montera partitionen."
12260
12261
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1667(para)
12262
msgid ""
12263
"As an example, this section will cover configuring <filename "
12264
"role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> to be encrypted using eCryptfs."
12265
msgstr ""
12266
"Som ett exempel, kommer detta avsnitt att omfatta konfigureringen av "
12267
"<filename role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> till att bli krypterad genom "
12268
"att använda eCryptfs."
12269
12270
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1672(title)
12271
msgid "Using eCryptfs"
12272
msgstr "Använda eCryptfs"
12273
12274
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1674(para)
12275
msgid "First, install the necessary packages. From a terminal prompt enter:"
12276
msgstr "Först, installera nödvändiga paket, skriv från en terminalprompt:"
12277
12278
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1679(command)
12279
msgid "sudo apt-get install ecryptfs-utils"
12280
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ecryptfs-utils"
12281
12282
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1682(para)
12283
msgid "Now mount the partition to be encrypted:"
12284
msgstr "Montera nu partitionen som skall krypteras:"
12285
12286
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1687(command)
12287
msgid "sudo mount -t ecryptfs /srv /srv"
12288
msgstr "sudo mount -t ecryptfs /srv /srv"
12289
12290
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1690(para)
12291
msgid ""
12292
"You will then be prompted for some details on how "
12293
"<application>ecryptfs</application> should encrypt the data."
12294
msgstr ""
12295
"Du kommer tillfrågas efter några detaljer om hur "
12296
"<application>ecryptfs</application> skall kryptera datan."
12297
12298
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1694(para)
12299
msgid ""
12300
"To test that files placed in <filename>/srv</filename> are indeed encrypted "
12301
"copy the <filename>/etc/default</filename> folder to "
12302
"<filename>/srv</filename>:"
12303
msgstr ""
12304
"För att testa så att filerna i <filename>/srv</filename> verkligen är "
12305
"krypterade kopiera katalogen <filename>/etc/default</filename> till "
12306
"<filename>/srv</filename>:"
12307
12308
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1700(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:192(command)
12309
msgid "sudo cp -r /etc/default /srv"
12310
msgstr "sudo cp -r /etc/default /srv"
12311
12312
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1703(para)
12313
msgid "Now unmount <filename>/srv</filename>, and try to view a file:"
12314
msgstr "Avmontera nu <filename>/srv</filename>, och försök att visa en fil:"
12315
12316
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1708(command) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1138(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:200(command)
12317
msgid "sudo umount /srv"
12318
msgstr "sudo umount /srv"
12319
12320
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1709(command)
12321
msgid "cat /srv/default/cron"
12322
msgstr "cat /srv/default/cron"
12323
12324
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1712(para)
12325
msgid ""
12326
"Remounting <filename>/srv</filename> using "
12327
"<application>ecryptfs</application> will make the data viewable once again."
12328
msgstr ""
12329
"Återmontera <filename>/srv</filename> genom att använda "
12330
"<application>ecryptfs</application> kommer gör att datan återigen kan visas."
12331
12332
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1718(title)
12333
msgid "Automatically Mounting Encrypted Partitions"
12334
msgstr "Automatiskt montera krypterade partitioner"
12335
12336
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1720(para)
12337
msgid ""
12338
"There are a couple of ways to automatically mount an "
12339
"<application>ecryptfs</application> encrypted filesystem at boot. This "
12340
"example will use a <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> file containing "
12341
"mount options, along with a passphrase file residing on a USB key."
12342
msgstr ""
12343
"Det finns flera sätt att automatiskt montera en "
12344
"<application>ecryptfs</application>-krypterat filsystem under uppstart. "
12345
"Detta exempel kommer använda en <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> fil "
12346
"som innehåller monterings alternativ, tillsammans med en fil med en "
12347
"lösenordsfras som sparats på ett USB-minne."
12348
12349
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1726(para)
12350
msgid "First, create <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> containing:"
12351
msgstr "Skapa först <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> som innehåller:"
12352
12353
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1730(programlisting)
12354
#, no-wrap
12355
msgid ""
12356
"\n"
12357
"key=passphrase:passphrase_passwd_file=/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt\n"
12358
"ecryptfs_sig=5826dd62cf81c615\n"
12359
"ecryptfs_cipher=aes\n"
12360
"ecryptfs_key_bytes=16\n"
12361
"ecryptfs_passthrough=n\n"
12362
"ecryptfs_enable_filename_crypto=n\n"
12363
msgstr ""
12364
"\n"
12365
"key=passphrase:passphrase_passwd_file=/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt\n"
12366
"ecryptfs_sig=5826dd62cf81c615\n"
12367
"ecryptfs_cipher=aes\n"
12368
"ecryptfs_key_bytes=16\n"
12369
"ecryptfs_passthrough=n\n"
12370
"ecryptfs_enable_filename_crypto=n\n"
12371
12372
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1740(para)
12373
msgid ""
12374
"Adjust the <emphasis>ecryptfs_sig</emphasis> to the signature in "
12375
"<filename>/root/.ecryptfs/sig-cache.txt</filename>."
12376
msgstr ""
12377
"Justera <emphasis>ecryptfs_sig</emphasis> tillsignaturen i "
12378
"<filename>/root/.ecryptfs/sig-cache.txt</filename>."
12379
12380
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1745(para)
12381
msgid ""
12382
"Next, create the <filename>/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt</filename> passphrase "
12383
"file:"
12384
msgstr ""
12385
"Nästa steg, skapa filen <filename>/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt</filename> som "
12386
"innehåller lösenordsfrasen:"
12387
12388
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1749(programlisting)
12389
#, no-wrap
12390
msgid ""
12391
"\n"
12392
"passphrase_passwd=[secrets]\n"
12393
msgstr ""
12394
"\n"
12395
"passphrase_passwd=[secrets]\n"
12396
12397
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1753(para)
12398
msgid "Now add the necessary lines to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
12399
msgstr ""
12400
"Lägg nu till de nödvändiga raderna till <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
12401
12402
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1757(programlisting)
12403
#, no-wrap
12404
msgid ""
12405
"\n"
12406
"/dev/sdb1 /mnt/usb ext3 ro 0 0\n"
12407
"/srv /srv ecryptfs defaults 0 0\n"
12408
msgstr ""
12409
"\n"
12410
"/dev/sdb1 /mnt/usb ext3 ro 0 0\n"
12411
"/srv /srv ecryptfs defaults 0 0\n"
12412
12413
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1762(para)
12414
msgid "Make sure the USB drive is mounted before the encrypted partition."
12415
msgstr ""
12416
"Säkerställ att USB-enheten är monterad före den krypterade partitionen."
12417
12418
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1766(para)
12419
msgid ""
12420
"Finally, reboot and the <filename>/srv</filename> should be mounted using "
12421
"ecryptfs."
12422
msgstr ""
12423
"Slutligen, starta om och <filename>/srv</filename> skall monteras genom att "
12424
"använda ecryptfs."
12425
12426
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1774(para)
12427
msgid ""
12428
"The <application>ecryptfs-utils</application> package includes several other "
12429
"useful utilities:"
12430
msgstr ""
12431
"Paketet <application>ecryptfs-utils</application> inkluderar flera andra "
12432
"användbara verktyg:"
12433
12434
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1780(para)
12435
msgid ""
12436
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-setup-private:</emphasis> creates a "
12437
"<filename>~/Private</filename> directory to contain encrypted information. "
12438
"This utility can be run by unprivileged users to keep data private from "
12439
"other users on the system."
12440
msgstr ""
12441
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-setup-private:</emphasis> skapar en "
12442
"<filename>~/Private</filename>-katalog till att innehålla krypterad "
12443
"information. Detta verktyg kan köras av oprivilegierade användare till att "
12444
"bevara data privat från andra användare på systemet."
12445
12446
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1787(para)
12447
msgid ""
12448
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-mount-private and ecryptfs-umount-private:</emphasis> "
12449
"will mount and unmount respectively, a users <filename>~/Private</filename> "
12450
"directory."
12451
msgstr ""
12452
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-mount-private och ecryptfs-umount-private:</emphasis> "
12453
"kommer respektivt montera och avmontera, en användares "
12454
"<filename>~/Private</filename>-katalog."
12455
12456
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1793(para)
12457
msgid ""
12458
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-add-passphrase:</emphasis> adds a new passphrase to the "
12459
"kernel keyring."
12460
msgstr ""
12461
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-add-passphrase:</emphasis> lägger till en ny "
12462
"lösenordsfras till kärnans nyckelring."
12463
12464
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1798(para)
12465
msgid ""
12466
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-manager:</emphasis> manages "
12467
"<application>eCryptfs</application> objects such as keys."
12468
msgstr ""
12469
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-manager:</emphasis> hanterar "
12470
"<application>eCryptfs</application>-objekt såsom nycklar."
12471
12472
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1803(para)
12473
msgid ""
12474
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-stat:</emphasis> allows you to view the "
12475
"<application>ecryptfs</application> meta information for a file."
12476
msgstr ""
12477
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-stat:</emphasis> tillåter att du kan visa "
12478
"<application>ecryptfs</application>-metainformation för en fil."
12479
12480
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1816(para)
12481
msgid ""
12482
"For more information on eCryptfs see the <ulink "
12483
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/ecryptfs\">Launchpad project page</ulink>."
12484
msgstr ""
12485
12486
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1821(para)
12487
msgid ""
12488
"There is also a <ulink "
12489
"url=\"http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/9400\">Linux Journal</ulink> "
12490
"article covering eCryptfs."
12491
msgstr ""
12492
"Detfinns också en artikel i <ulink "
12493
"url=\"http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/9400\">Linux Journal</ulink> som "
12494
"handlar om eCryptfs."
12495
12496
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1826(para)
12497
msgid ""
12498
"Also, for more <application>ecryptfs</application> options see the <ulink "
12499
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man7/ecryptfs.7.html\">"
12500
"ecryptfs man page</ulink>."
12501
msgstr ""
12502
12503
#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1832(para)
12504
msgid ""
12505
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/eCryptfs\">eCryptfs "
12506
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page also has more details."
12507
msgstr ""
12508
12509
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:13(title)
12510
msgid "Appendix"
12511
msgstr "Appendix"
12512
12513
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:16(title)
12514
msgid "Reporting Bugs in Ubuntu Server Edition"
12515
msgstr "Rapportera fel i Ubuntu server edition"
12516
12517
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:18(para)
12518
msgid ""
12519
"While the Ubuntu Project attempts to release software with as few bugs as "
12520
"possible, they do occur. You can help fix these bugs by reporting ones that "
12521
"you find to the project. The Ubuntu Project uses <ulink "
12522
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink> to track its bug reports. "
12523
"In order to file a bug about Ubuntu Server on Launchpad, you will need to "
12524
"<ulink url=\"https://help.launchpad.net/YourAccount/NewAccount\">create an "
12525
"account</ulink>."
12526
msgstr ""
12527
12528
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:30(title)
12529
msgid "Reporting Bugs With ubuntu-bug"
12530
msgstr "Raportera fel med ubuntu-bug"
12531
12532
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:32(para)
12533
msgid ""
12534
"The preferred way to report a bug is with the <application>ubuntu-"
12535
"bug</application> command. The ubuntu-bug tool gathers information about the "
12536
"system useful to developers in diagnosing the reported problem that will "
12537
"then be included in the bug report filed on Launchpad. Bug reports in Ubuntu "
12538
"need to be filed against a specific software package, thus the name of the "
12539
"package that the bug occurs in needs to be given to ubuntu-bug:"
12540
msgstr ""
12541
12542
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:43(command)
12543
msgid "ubuntu-bug PACKAGENAME"
12544
msgstr "ubuntu-bug PAKETNAMN"
12545
12546
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:46(para)
12547
msgid ""
12548
"For example, to file a bug against the openssh-server package, you would do:"
12549
msgstr ""
12550
12551
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:51(command)
12552
msgid "ubuntu-bug openssh-server"
12553
msgstr "ubuntu-bug openssh-server"
12554
12555
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:54(para)
12556
msgid ""
12557
"You can specify either a binary package or the source package for ubuntu-"
12558
"bug. Again using openssh-server as an example, you could also generate the "
12559
"report against the source package for openssh-server, openssh:"
12560
msgstr ""
12561
12562
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:62(command)
12563
msgid "ubuntu-bug openssh"
12564
msgstr "ubuntu-bug openssh"
12565
12566
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:66(para)
12567
msgid ""
12568
"See <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> for more information about "
12569
"packages in Ubuntu."
12570
msgstr ""
12571
"Se <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> för mer information om paket i "
12572
"Ubuntu."
12573
12574
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:72(para)
12575
msgid ""
12576
"The ubuntu-bug command will gather information about the system in question, "
12577
"possibly including information specific to the specified package, and then "
12578
"ask you what you would like to do with collected information:"
12579
msgstr ""
12580
12581
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:80(command)
12582
msgid "ubuntu-bug postgresql"
12583
msgstr "ubuntu-bug postgresql"
12584
12585
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:79(screen)
12586
#, no-wrap
12587
msgid ""
12588
"\n"
12589
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
12590
"\n"
12591
"*** Collecting problem information\n"
12592
"\n"
12593
"The collected information can be sent to the developers to improve the\n"
12594
"application. This might take a few minutes.\n"
12595
"..........\n"
12596
"\n"
12597
"*** Send problem report to the developers?\n"
12598
"\n"
12599
"After the problem report has been sent, please fill out the form in the\n"
12600
"automatically opened web browser.\n"
12601
"\n"
12602
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
12603
" S: Send report (1.7 KiB)\n"
12604
" V: View report\n"
12605
" K: Keep report file for sending later or copying to somewhere else\n"
12606
" C: Cancel\n"
12607
"Please choose (S/V/K/C):\n"
12608
msgstr ""
12609
"\n"
12610
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
12611
"\n"
12612
"*** Collecting problem information\n"
12613
"\n"
12614
"The collected information can be sent to the developers to improve the\n"
12615
"application. This might take a few minutes.\n"
12616
"..........\n"
12617
"\n"
12618
"*** Send problem report to the developers?\n"
12619
"\n"
12620
"After the problem report has been sent, please fill out the form in the\n"
12621
"automatically opened web browser.\n"
12622
"\n"
12623
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
12624
" S: Send report (1.7 KiB)\n"
12625
" V: View report\n"
12626
" K: Keep report file for sending later or copying to somewhere else\n"
12627
" C: Cancel\n"
12628
"Please choose (S/V/K/C):\n"
12629
12630
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:101(para)
12631
msgid "The options available are:"
12632
msgstr ""
12633
12634
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:108(para)
12635
msgid ""
12636
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Send Report</emphasis> Selecting Send Report submits "
12637
"the collected information to Launchpad as part of the the process of filing "
12638
"a bug report. You will be given the opportunity to describe the situation "
12639
"that led up to the occurrence of the bug."
12640
msgstr ""
12641
12642
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:115(screen)
12643
#, no-wrap
12644
msgid ""
12645
"\n"
12646
"*** Uploading problem information\n"
12647
"\n"
12648
"The collected information is being sent to the bug tracking system.\n"
12649
"This might take a few minutes.\n"
12650
"91%\n"
12651
"\n"
12652
"*** To continue, you must visit the following URL:\n"
12653
"\n"
12654
" https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/postgresql-"
12655
"8.4/+filebug/kc6eSnTLnLxF8u0t3e56EukFeqJ?\n"
12656
"\n"
12657
"You can launch a browser now, or copy this URL into a browser on another\n"
12658
"computer.\n"
12659
"\n"
12660
"Choices:\n"
12661
" 1: Launch a browser now\n"
12662
" C: Cancel\n"
12663
"Please choose (1/C):\n"
12664
msgstr ""
12665
"\n"
12666
"*** Uploading problem information\n"
12667
"\n"
12668
"The collected information is being sent to the bug tracking system.\n"
12669
"This might take a few minutes.\n"
12670
"91%\n"
12671
"\n"
12672
"*** To continue, you must visit the following URL:\n"
12673
"\n"
12674
" https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/postgresql-"
12675
"8.4/+filebug/kc6eSnTLnLxF8u0t3e56EukFeqJ?\n"
12676
"\n"
12677
"You can launch a browser now, or copy this URL into a browser on another\n"
12678
"computer.\n"
12679
"\n"
12680
"Choices:\n"
12681
" 1: Launch a browser now\n"
12682
" C: Cancel\n"
12683
"Please choose (1/C):\n"
12684
12685
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:135(para)
12686
msgid ""
12687
"If you choose to start a browser, by default the text based web browser "
12688
"<application>w3m</application> will be used to finish filing the bug report. "
12689
"Alternately, you can copy the given URL to a currently running web browser."
12690
msgstr ""
12691
12692
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:144(para)
12693
msgid ""
12694
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">View Report</emphasis> Selecting View Report causes "
12695
"the collected information to be displayed to the terminal for review."
12696
msgstr ""
12697
12698
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:150(screen)
12699
#, no-wrap
12700
msgid ""
12701
"\n"
12702
"Package: postgresql 8.4.2-2\n"
12703
"PackageArchitecture: all\n"
12704
"Tags: lucid\n"
12705
"ProblemType: Bug\n"
12706
"ProcEnviron:\n"
12707
" LANG=en_US.UTF-8\n"
12708
" SHELL=/bin/bash\n"
12709
"Uname: Linux 2.6.32-16-server x86_64\n"
12710
"Dependencies:\n"
12711
" adduser 3.112ubuntu1\n"
12712
" base-files 5.0.0ubuntu10\n"
12713
" base-passwd 3.5.22\n"
12714
" coreutils 7.4-2ubuntu2\n"
12715
"...\n"
12716
msgstr ""
12717
"\n"
12718
"Package: postgresql 8.4.2-2\n"
12719
"PackageArchitecture: all\n"
12720
"Tags: lucid\n"
12721
"ProblemType: Bug\n"
12722
"ProcEnviron:\n"
12723
" LANG=en_US.UTF-8\n"
12724
" SHELL=/bin/bash\n"
12725
"Uname: Linux 2.6.32-16-server x86_64\n"
12726
"Dependencies:\n"
12727
" adduser 3.112ubuntu1\n"
12728
" base-files 5.0.0ubuntu10\n"
12729
" base-passwd 3.5.22\n"
12730
" coreutils 7.4-2ubuntu2\n"
12731
"...\n"
12732
12733
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:167(para)
12734
msgid ""
12735
"After viewing the report, you will be brought back to the same menu asking "
12736
"what you would like to do with the report."
12737
msgstr ""
12738
12739
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:174(para)
12740
msgid ""
12741
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Keep Report File</emphasis> Selecting Keep Report "
12742
"File causes the gathered information to be written to a file. This file can "
12743
"then be used to later file a bug report or transferred to a different Ubuntu "
12744
"system for reporting. To submit the report file, simply give it as an "
12745
"argument to the ubuntu-bug command:"
12746
msgstr ""
12747
12748
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:189(userinput)
12749
#, no-wrap
12750
msgid "k"
12751
msgstr "k"
12752
12753
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:192(command)
12754
msgid "ubuntu-bug /tmp/apport.postgresql.v4MQas.apport"
12755
msgstr "ubuntu-bug /tmp/apport.postgresql.v4MQas.apport"
12756
12757
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:183(screen)
12758
#, no-wrap
12759
msgid ""
12760
"\n"
12761
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
12762
" S: Send report (1.7 KiB)\n"
12763
" V: View report\n"
12764
" K: Keep report file for sending later or copying to somewhere else\n"
12765
" C: Cancel\n"
12766
"Please choose (S/V/K/C): <placeholder-1/>\n"
12767
"Problem report file: /tmp/apport.postgresql.v4MQas.apport\n"
12768
"\n"
12769
"<placeholder-2/>\n"
12770
"\n"
12771
"*** Send problem report to the developers?\n"
12772
"...\n"
12773
msgstr ""
12774
12775
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:200(para)
12776
msgid ""
12777
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Cancel</emphasis> Selecting Cancel causes the "
12778
"collected information to be discarded."
12779
msgstr ""
12780
12781
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:210(title)
12782
msgid "Reporting Application Crashes"
12783
msgstr ""
12784
12785
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:212(para)
12786
msgid ""
12787
"The software package that provides the ubuntu-bug utility, "
12788
"<application>apport</application>, can be configured to trigger when "
12789
"applications crash. This is disabled by default, as capturing a crash can be "
12790
"resource intensive depending on how much memory the application that crashed "
12791
"was using as apport captures and processes the core dump."
12792
msgstr ""
12793
12794
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:221(para)
12795
msgid ""
12796
"Configuring apport to capture information about crashing applications "
12797
"requires a couple of steps. First, <application>gdb</application> needs to "
12798
"be installed; it is not installed by default in Ubuntu Server Edition."
12799
msgstr ""
12800
12801
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:229(command)
12802
msgid "sudo apt-get install gdb"
12803
msgstr "sudo apt-get install gdb"
12804
12805
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:232(para)
12806
msgid ""
12807
"See <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> for more information about "
12808
"managing packages in Ubuntu."
12809
msgstr ""
12810
12811
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:237(para)
12812
msgid ""
12813
"Once you have ensured that gdb is installed, open the file "
12814
"<filename>/etc/default/apport</filename> in your text editor, and change the "
12815
"<emphasis>enabled</emphasis> setting to be <emphasis "
12816
"role=\"bold\">1</emphasis> like so:"
12817
msgstr ""
12818
12819
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:244(programlisting)
12820
#, no-wrap
12821
msgid ""
12822
"\n"
12823
"# set this to 0 to disable apport, or to 1 to enable it\n"
12824
"# you can temporarily override this with\n"
12825
"# sudo service apport start force_start=1\n"
12826
"enabled=<userinput>1</userinput>\n"
12827
"\n"
12828
"# set maximum core dump file size (default: 209715200 bytes == 200 MB)\n"
12829
"maxsize=209715200\n"
12830
msgstr ""
12831
12832
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:254(para)
12833
msgid ""
12834
"Once you have completed editing <filename>/etc/default/apport</filename>, "
12835
"start the apport service:"
12836
msgstr ""
12837
12838
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:261(command)
12839
msgid "sudo start apport"
12840
msgstr "sudo start apport"
12841
12842
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:264(para)
12843
msgid ""
12844
"After an application crashes, use the <application>apport-cli</application> "
12845
"command to search for the existing saved crash report information:"
12846
msgstr ""
12847
12848
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:271(command)
12849
msgid "apport-cli"
12850
msgstr "apport-cli"
12851
12852
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:270(screen)
12853
#, no-wrap
12854
msgid ""
12855
"\n"
12856
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
12857
"\n"
12858
"*** dash closed unexpectedly on 2010-03-11 at 21:40:59.\n"
12859
"\n"
12860
"If you were not doing anything confidential (entering passwords or other\n"
12861
"private information), you can help to improve the application by\n"
12862
"reporting\n"
12863
"the problem.\n"
12864
"\n"
12865
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
12866
" R: Report Problem...\n"
12867
" I: Cancel and ignore future crashes of this program version\n"
12868
" C: Cancel\n"
12869
"Please choose (R/I/C):\n"
12870
msgstr ""
12871
12872
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:287(para)
12873
msgid ""
12874
"Selecting <emphasis>Report Problem</emphasis> will walk you through similar "
12875
"steps as when using ubuntu-bug. One important difference is that a crash "
12876
"report will be marked as private when filed on Launchpad, meaning that it "
12877
"will be visible to only a limited set of bug triagers. These triagers will "
12878
"review the gathered data for private information before making the bug "
12879
"report publicly visible."
12880
msgstr ""
12881
12882
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:307(para)
12883
msgid ""
12884
"See the <ulink "
12885
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">Reporting "
12886
"Bugs</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page."
12887
msgstr ""
12888
12889
#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:313(para)
12890
msgid ""
12891
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Apport\">Apport</ulink> page "
12892
"has some useful information. Though some of it pertains to using a GUI."
12893
msgstr ""
12894
12895
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:13(title)
12896
msgid "Remote Administration"
12897
msgstr "Fjärradministration"
12898
12899
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:14(para)
12900
msgid ""
12901
"There are many ways to remotely administer a Linux server. This chapter will "
12902
"cover one of the most popular <application>OpenSSH</application>."
12903
msgstr ""
12904
12905
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:22(para)
12906
msgid ""
12907
"This section of the Ubuntu Server Guide introduces a powerful collection of "
12908
"tools for the remote control of networked computers and transfer of data "
12909
"between networked computers, called <emphasis>OpenSSH</emphasis>. You will "
12910
"also learn about some of the configuration settings possible with the "
12911
"OpenSSH server application and how to change them on your Ubuntu system."
12912
msgstr ""
12913
"Detta avsnitt av Ubuntu serverguide introducerar en samling kraftfulla "
12914
"verktyg för fjärrkontroll av nätverksanslutna datorer och möjligheten att "
12915
"skicka data mellan datorer med <emphasis>OpenSSH</emphasis>. Du kommer också "
12916
"få lära dig några av de konfigurationsinställningar som är möjliga i "
12917
"programmet OpenSSH server och hur du ändrar dem i ditt Ubuntu-system."
12918
12919
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:29(para)
12920
msgid ""
12921
"OpenSSH is a freely available version of the Secure Shell (SSH) protocol "
12922
"family of tools for remotely controlling a computer or transferring files "
12923
"between computers. Traditional tools used to accomplish these functions, "
12924
"such as <application>telnet</application> or <application>rcp</application>, "
12925
"are insecure and transmit the user's password in cleartext when used. "
12926
"OpenSSH provides a server daemon and client tools to facilitate secure, "
12927
"encrypted remote control and file transfer operations, effectively replacing "
12928
"the legacy tools."
12929
msgstr ""
12930
"OpenSSH är en fritt tillgänglig version av Secure Shell (SSH) "
12931
"protokollfamilj med verktyg för att fjärrstyra en dator eller överföra filer "
12932
"mellan datorer. Traditionella verktyg som användes för att utföra sådana här "
12933
"funktioner, som <application>telnet</application> eller "
12934
"<application>rcp</application> är osäkra och överför användarens lösenord i "
12935
"klartext när de används. OpenSSH ger dig en serverdemon och klientverktyg "
12936
"för att genomföra säker, krypterad fjärrstyrning och filöverföringar, och "
12937
"ersätter därmed de klassiska verktygen."
12938
12939
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:38(para)
12940
msgid ""
12941
"The OpenSSH server component, <application>sshd</application>, listens "
12942
"continuously for client connections from any of the client tools. When a "
12943
"connection request occurs, <application>sshd</application> sets up the "
12944
"correct connection depending on the type of client tool connecting. For "
12945
"example, if the remote computer is connecting with the "
12946
"<application>ssh</application> client application, the OpenSSH server sets "
12947
"up a remote control session after authentication. If a remote user connects "
12948
"to an OpenSSH server with <application>scp</application>, the OpenSSH server "
12949
"daemon initiates a secure copy of files between the server and client after "
12950
"authentication. OpenSSH can use many authentication methods, including plain "
12951
"password, public key, and <application>Kerberos</application> tickets."
12952
msgstr ""
12953
"Serverkomponenten i OpenSSH, <application>sshd</application>, lyssnar "
12954
"kontinuerligt efter klientanslutningar från något av klientverktygen. När en "
12955
"anslutningsförfrågan anländer skapar <application>sshd</application> korrekt "
12956
"anslutning beroende på vilket klientverktyg som ansluter. Till exempel, om "
12957
"fjärrdatorn ansluter med klientprogrammet <application>ssh</application> "
12958
"kommer OpenSSH-servern att skapa en fjärrstyrningssession efter att klienten "
12959
"autentiserat sig. Om fjärrdatorn ansluter till OpenSSH-servern med "
12960
"<application>scp</application> skapar OpenSSH-servern istället en anslutning "
12961
"för säker kopiering av filer mellan servern och klienten efter att klienten "
12962
"autentiserat sig. OpenSSH kan använda flera autentiseringsmetoder, inklusive "
12963
"vanliga lösenord, publik nyckel och <application>Kerberos</application>-"
12964
"certifikat."
12965
12966
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:52(para)
12967
msgid ""
12968
"Installation of the OpenSSH client and server applications is simple. To "
12969
"install the OpenSSH client applications on your Ubuntu system, use this "
12970
"command at a terminal prompt:"
12971
msgstr ""
12972
"Installationen av OpenSSH-klienten och -servern är enkel. För att installera "
12973
"OpenSSH-klienten på din Ubuntu-dator, kör det här kommandot från en "
12974
"terminalprompt:"
12975
12976
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:58(command)
12977
msgid "sudo apt-get install openssh-client"
12978
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openssh-client"
12979
12980
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:60(para)
12981
msgid ""
12982
"To install the OpenSSH server application, and related support files, use "
12983
"this command at a terminal prompt:"
12984
msgstr ""
12985
"För att installera OpenSSH-servern, och relaterade stödfiler, använd det här "
12986
"kommandot från en terminalprompt:"
12987
12988
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:65(command)
12989
msgid "sudo apt-get install openssh-server"
12990
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openssh-server"
12991
12992
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:67(para)
12993
msgid ""
12994
"The <application>openssh-server</application> package can also be selected "
12995
"to install during the Server Edition installation process."
12996
msgstr ""
12997
"Paketet <application>openssh-server</application> kan också väljas för "
12998
"installation under installationsprocessen av Server Edition."
12999
13000
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:74(para)
13001
msgid ""
13002
"You may configure the default behavior of the OpenSSH server application, "
13003
"<application>sshd</application>, by editing the file "
13004
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>. For information about the "
13005
"configuration directives used in this file, you may view the appropriate "
13006
"manual page with the following command, issued at a terminal prompt:"
13007
msgstr ""
13008
"Du kan konfigurera standardbeteendet för OpenSSH-servern "
13009
"<application>sshd</application>, genom att ändra i filen "
13010
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>. För information om "
13011
"konfigurationsmöjligheterna som används i den här filen, kan du med följande "
13012
"kommando, som du skriver från terminalprompten, visa anvisad manualsida:"
13013
13014
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:82(command)
13015
msgid "man sshd_config"
13016
msgstr "man sshd_config"
13017
13018
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:84(para)
13019
msgid ""
13020
"There are many directives in the <application>sshd</application> "
13021
"configuration file controlling such things as communication settings and "
13022
"authentication modes. The following are examples of configuration directives "
13023
"that can be changed by editing the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> "
13024
"file."
13025
msgstr ""
13026
"Det finns många inställningar i konfigurationsfilen för "
13027
"<application>sshd</application> som styr saker som "
13028
"kommunikationsinställingar och autentisieringslägen. Följande är exempel på "
13029
"konfigurationsdirektiv som går att ändra genom att redigera filen "
13030
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."
13031
13032
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:91(para)
13033
msgid ""
13034
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
13035
"original file and protect it from writing so you will have the original "
13036
"settings as a reference and to reuse as necessary."
13037
msgstr ""
13038
"Innan du redigerar konfigurationsfilen bör du göra en kopia av originalfilen "
13039
"och skydda den från skrivning så att du har kvar originalinställningarna som "
13040
"en referens och att återanvända om det blir nödvändigt."
13041
13042
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:95(para)
13043
msgid ""
13044
"Copy the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file and protect it from "
13045
"writing with the following commands, issued at a terminal prompt:"
13046
msgstr ""
13047
"Kopiera filen <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> och skrivskydda den "
13048
"med följande kommandon som du skriver från en terminalprompt:"
13049
13050
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:100(command)
13051
msgid "sudo cp /etc/ssh/sshd_config /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"
13052
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/ssh/sshd_config /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"
13053
13054
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:101(command)
13055
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"
13056
msgstr "sudo chmod a-w /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"
13057
13058
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:103(para)
13059
msgid ""
13060
"The following are examples of configuration directives you may change:"
13061
msgstr ""
13062
"Följande är exempel på konfigurationsinställningar du kanske vill ändra på:"
13063
13064
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:108(para)
13065
msgid ""
13066
"To set your OpenSSH to listen on TCP port 2222 instead of the default TCP "
13067
"port 22, change the Port directive as such:"
13068
msgstr ""
13069
"För att få OpenSSH att lyssna på TCP-porten 2222 istället för standardporten "
13070
"22, ändra raden Port så att den ser ut såhär:"
13071
13072
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:112(para)
13073
msgid "Port 2222"
13074
msgstr "Port 2222"
13075
13076
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:117(para)
13077
msgid ""
13078
"To have <application>sshd</application> allow public key-based login "
13079
"credentials, simply add or modify the line:"
13080
msgstr ""
13081
"För att få <application>sshd</application> att tillåta publika, "
13082
"nyckelbaserade inloggningsmetoder, lägg till eller ändra följande rad:"
13083
13084
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:121(para)
13085
msgid "PubkeyAuthentication yes"
13086
msgstr "PubkeyAuthentication yes"
13087
13088
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:124(para)
13089
msgid ""
13090
"In the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, or if already "
13091
"present, ensure the line is not commented out."
13092
msgstr ""
13093
"I filen <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> eller om den redan är "
13094
"gällande, säkerställ att raden inte är avkommenterad."
13095
13096
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:130(para)
13097
msgid ""
13098
"To make your OpenSSH server display the contents of the "
13099
"<filename>/etc/issue.net</filename> file as a pre-login banner, simply add "
13100
"or modify the line:"
13101
msgstr ""
13102
"För att få OpenSSH-servern att visa innehållet i "
13103
"<filename>/etc/issue.net</filename> som en inloggnings-banner, lägg till "
13104
"eller ändra följande rad:"
13105
13106
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:135(para)
13107
msgid "Banner /etc/issue.net"
13108
msgstr "Banner /etc/issue.net"
13109
13110
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:138(para)
13111
msgid "In the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file."
13112
msgstr "I filen <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."
13113
13114
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:143(para)
13115
msgid ""
13116
"After making changes to the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, "
13117
"save the file, and restart the <application>sshd</application> server "
13118
"application to effect the changes using the following command at a terminal "
13119
"prompt:"
13120
msgstr ""
13121
"Efter att du ändrat i filen <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, måste "
13122
"du spara den och starta om serverprogrammet <application>sshd</application> "
13123
"för att verkställa ändringarna. Du gör det genom att skriva följande "
13124
"kommando från terminalprompten:"
13125
13126
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:152(para)
13127
msgid ""
13128
"Many other configuration directives for <application>sshd</application> are "
13129
"available for changing the server application's behavior to fit your needs. "
13130
"Be advised, however, if your only method of access to a server is "
13131
"<application>ssh</application>, and you make a mistake in configuring "
13132
"<application>sshd</application> via the "
13133
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, you may find you are locked "
13134
"out of the server upon restarting it, or that the "
13135
"<application>sshd</application> server refuses to start due to an incorrect "
13136
"configuration directive, so be extra careful when editing this file on a "
13137
"remote server."
13138
msgstr ""
13139
"Många andra konfigurationsinställningar för <application>sshd</application> "
13140
"finns, så att du kan ställa in serverprogrammets beteende till att passa "
13141
"dina behov. Glöm inte bort, dock, att om du bara kommer åt servern med "
13142
"<application>ssh</application>, och du gör ett fel när du konfigurerar "
13143
"<application>sshd</application> via filen "
13144
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> så kommer du kanske att upptäcka "
13145
"att du inte kommer åt servern efter en omstart, eller att "
13146
"<application>sshd</application> vägrar starta på grund av en felaktig "
13147
"konfiguration, så var extra noga när du ändrar i den här filen på en "
13148
"fjärrserver."
13149
13150
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:167(title)
13151
msgid "SSH Keys"
13152
msgstr "SSH-nycklar"
13153
13154
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:168(para)
13155
msgid ""
13156
"SSH <emphasis>keys</emphasis> allow authentication between two hosts without "
13157
"the need of a password. SSH key authentication uses two keys a "
13158
"<emphasis>private</emphasis> key and a <emphasis>public</emphasis> key."
13159
msgstr ""
13160
"SSH-<emphasis>nycklar</emphasis> möjliggör autentisering mellan två värdar "
13161
"utan behov av lösenord. SSH-nyckelautentisering använder två nycklar en "
13162
"<emphasis>privat</emphasis> nyckel och en <emphasis>publik</emphasis> nyckel."
13163
13164
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:172(para)
13165
msgid "To generate the keys, from a terminal prompt enter:"
13166
msgstr "För att skapa nycklarna, skriv från en terminalprompt:"
13167
13168
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:176(command)
13169
msgid "ssh-keygen -t dsa"
13170
msgstr "ssh-keygen -t dsa"
13171
13172
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:178(para)
13173
msgid ""
13174
"This will generate the keys using a <emphasis>DSA</emphasis> authentication "
13175
"identity of the user. During the process you will be prompted for a "
13176
"password. Simply hit <emphasis>Enter</emphasis> when prompted to create the "
13177
"key."
13178
msgstr ""
13179
"Detta kommer skapa nycklarna genom att använda en <emphasis>DSA</emphasis>-"
13180
"autentiseringsidentitet för användaren. Under processen kommer du bli "
13181
"uppmanad att ange ett lösenord. Tryck <emphasis>Enter</emphasis> när du "
13182
"uppmanas att skapa nyckeln."
13183
13184
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:182(para)
13185
msgid ""
13186
"By default the <emphasis>public</emphasis> key is saved in the file "
13187
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</filename>, while "
13188
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa</filename> is the <emphasis>private</emphasis> key. "
13189
"Now copy the <filename>id_dsa.pub</filename> file to the remote host and "
13190
"append it to <filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> by entering:"
13191
msgstr ""
13192
"Som standard sparas den <emphasis>publika</emphasis> nyckeln i filen "
13193
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</filename>, medan "
13194
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa</filename> är den <emphasis>privata</emphasis> "
13195
"nyckeln. Kopiera nu filen <filename>id_dsa.pub</filename> till fjärrvärden "
13196
"och bifoga den till <filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> genom att "
13197
"skriva:"
13198
13199
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:188(command)
13200
msgid "ssh-copy-id username@remotehost"
13201
msgstr "ssh-copy-id username@remotehost"
13202
13203
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:190(para)
13204
msgid ""
13205
"Finally, double check the permissions on the "
13206
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename> file, only the authenticated user "
13207
"should have read and write permissions. If the permissions are not correct "
13208
"change them by:"
13209
msgstr ""
13210
"Avslutningsvis, dubbelkontrollera tillstånden i filen "
13211
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename>, enbart den verifierade användaren "
13212
"skall ha läs och skrivrättigheter. Om rättigheterna är felaktiga ändra dem "
13213
"genom att:"
13214
13215
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:195(command)
13216
msgid "chmod 600 .ssh/authorized_keys"
13217
msgstr "chmod 600 .ssh/authorized_keys"
13218
13219
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:197(para)
13220
msgid ""
13221
"You should now be able to SSH to the host without being prompted for a "
13222
"password."
13223
msgstr ""
13224
"Du skall nu kunna använda SSH till värden utan att behöva ange ett lösenord."
13225
13226
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:206(para)
13227
msgid ""
13228
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SSH\">Ubuntu Wiki SSH</ulink> "
13229
"page."
13230
msgstr ""
13231
13232
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:212(ulink)
13233
msgid "OpenSSH Website"
13234
msgstr "OpenSSH:s webbplats"
13235
13236
#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:217(ulink)
13237
msgid "Advanced OpenSSH Wiki Page"
13238
msgstr "Wikisida för avancerad OpenSSH-användning"
13239
13240
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:13(title)
13241
msgid "Package Management"
13242
msgstr "Pakethantering"
13243
13244
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:14(para)
13245
msgid ""
13246
"Ubuntu features a comprehensive package management system for the "
13247
"installation, upgrade, configuration, and removal of software. In addition "
13248
"to providing access to an organized base of over 24,000 software packages "
13249
"for your Ubuntu computer, the package management facilities also feature "
13250
"dependency resolution capabilities and software update checking."
13251
msgstr ""
13252
"Ubuntu har ett omfattande pakethanteringssystem för installation, "
13253
"uppgradering, konfigurering, och borttagning av programvara. Utöver att ge "
13254
"åtkomst till en organiserad bas på över 24000 programpaket till din Ubuntu-"
13255
"dator, har pakethanteringssystemet också funktioner för att lösa "
13256
"beroendeproblem och programuppdateringskontroll."
13257
13258
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:16(para)
13259
msgid ""
13260
"Several tools are available for interacting with Ubuntu's package management "
13261
"system, from simple command-line utilities which may be easily automated by "
13262
"system administrators, to a simple graphical interface which is easy to use "
13263
"by those new to Ubuntu."
13264
msgstr ""
13265
"Flera verktyg finns tillgängliga för att interagera med Ubuntu:s "
13266
"pakethanteringssystem, från enkla kommandoradsverktyg som enkelt går att "
13267
"automatisera av systemadministratörer, till ett enkelt grafiskt gränssnitt "
13268
"som är enkelt att använda för dem som är nya med Ubuntu."
13269
13270
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:21(para)
13271
msgid ""
13272
"Ubuntu's package management system is derived from the same system used by "
13273
"the Debian GNU/Linux distribution. The package files contain all of the "
13274
"necessary files, meta-data, and instructions to implement a particular "
13275
"functionality or software application on your Ubuntu computer."
13276
msgstr ""
13277
"Ubuntu:s pakethanteringssystem är baserat på samma system som används av "
13278
"distributionen Debian GNU/Linux. Paketfilerna innehåller alla nödvändiga "
13279
"filer, metadata, och instruktioner för att lägga till en speciell funktion "
13280
"eller ett speciellt program till din Ubuntu-dator."
13281
13282
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:24(para)
13283
msgid ""
13284
"Debian package files typically have the extension '.deb', and typically "
13285
"exist in <emphasis role=\"italics\">repositories</emphasis> which are "
13286
"collections of packages found on various media, such as CD-ROM discs, or "
13287
"online. Packages are normally of the pre-compiled binary format; thus "
13288
"installation is quick and requires no compiling of software."
13289
msgstr ""
13290
"Debianpaketfiler har vanligtvis filändelsen \".deb\" och finns oftast i "
13291
"<emphasis role=\"italics\">förråd</emphasis>, som är paketsamlingar som "
13292
"finns i olika medium, som CD-skivor eller online. Paketen finns vanligtvis i "
13293
"ett förkompilerat binärformat. Installationen är därför väldigt snabb och "
13294
"kräver inte att du kompilerar några program själv."
13295
13296
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:27(para)
13297
msgid ""
13298
"Many complex packages use the concept of <emphasis "
13299
"role=\"italics\">dependencies</emphasis>. Dependencies are additional "
13300
"packages required by the principal package in order to function properly. "
13301
"For example, the speech synthesis package "
13302
"<application>Festival</application> depends upon the package "
13303
"<application>libasound2</application>, which is a package supplying the "
13304
"<application>ALSA</application> sound library needed for audio playback. In "
13305
"order for <application>Festival</application> to function, it and all of its "
13306
"dependencies must be installed. The software management tools in Ubuntu will "
13307
"do this automatically."
13308
msgstr ""
13309
"Många komplexa paket använder ett koncept av <emphasis "
13310
"role=\"italics\">beroenden</emphasis>. Beroenden är ytterligare paket som "
13311
"krävs av huvudpaketet för att fungera på ett korrekt sätt. Till exempel, "
13312
"röstsyntespaketet <application>Festival</application> är beroende av paketet "
13313
"<application>libasound2</application>, vilket är ett paket som "
13314
"tillhandahåller ljudbiblioteket <application>ALSA</application> som behövs "
13315
"för ljuduppspelning. För att <application>Festival</application> skall "
13316
"fungera, måste även alla dess beroenden installeras. "
13317
"Programhanterarverktygen i Ubuntu gör detta automatiskt."
13318
13319
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:32(title)
13320
msgid "dpkg"
13321
msgstr "dpkg"
13322
13323
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:34(para)
13324
msgid ""
13325
"<application>dpkg</application> is a package manager for "
13326
"<emphasis>Debian</emphasis> based systems. It can install, remove, and build "
13327
"packages, but unlike other package management system's it can not "
13328
"automatically download and install packages and their dependencies. This "
13329
"section covers using <application>dpkg</application> to manage locally "
13330
"installed packages:"
13331
msgstr ""
13332
"<application>dpkg</application> är en pakethanterare för "
13333
"<emphasis>Debian</emphasis>-baserade system. Den kan installera, ta bort och "
13334
"bygga paket, men till skillnad från andra pakethanteringssystem kan den inte "
13335
"automatiskt hämta och installera paket och deras beroenden. Detta avsnitt "
13336
"behandlar användningen av <application>dpkg</application> för att hantera "
13337
"lokalt installerade paket:"
13338
13339
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:43(para)
13340
msgid ""
13341
"To list all packages installed on the system, from a terminal prompt enter:"
13342
msgstr ""
13343
"För att lista alla paket som är installerade i systemet, skriv från en "
13344
"terminalprompt:"
13345
13346
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:48(command)
13347
msgid "dpkg -l"
13348
msgstr "dpkg -l"
13349
13350
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:54(para)
13351
msgid ""
13352
"Depending on the amount of packages on your system, this can generate a "
13353
"large amount of output. Pipe the output through "
13354
"<application>grep</application> to see if a specific package is installed:"
13355
msgstr ""
13356
"Beroende på mängden paket i ditt system, så kan det generera en stor mängd "
13357
"utdata. Rikta utdatan genom <application>grep</application> för att se om "
13358
"ett specifikt paket är installerat:"
13359
13360
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:60(command)
13361
msgid "dpkg -l | grep apache2"
13362
msgstr "dpkg -l | grep apache2"
13363
13364
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:63(para)
13365
msgid ""
13366
"Replace <emphasis>apache2</emphasis> with any package name, part of a "
13367
"package name, or other regular expression."
13368
msgstr ""
13369
"Ersätt <emphasis>apache2</emphasis> med något paketnamn, del av paketnamn "
13370
"eller annat reguljärt uttryck."
13371
13372
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:70(para)
13373
msgid ""
13374
"To list the files installed by a package, in this case the "
13375
"<application>ufw</application> package, enter:"
13376
msgstr ""
13377
"För att lista filer som installerats av ett paket, i det här fallet paketet "
13378
"<application>ufw</application>, skriv:"
13379
13380
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:75(command)
13381
msgid "dpkg -L ufw"
13382
msgstr "dpkg -L ufw"
13383
13384
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:81(para)
13385
msgid ""
13386
"If you are not sure which package installed a file, <application>dpkg -"
13387
"S</application> may be able to tell you. For example:"
13388
msgstr ""
13389
"Om du är osäker på vilket paket som installerat en fil, då kan kanske "
13390
"<application>dpkg -S</application> ge dig en förklaring. Till exempel:"
13391
13392
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:87(command)
13393
msgid "dpkg -S /etc/host.conf"
13394
msgstr "dpkg -S /etc/host.conf"
13395
13396
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:88(computeroutput)
13397
#, no-wrap
13398
msgid "base-files: /etc/host.conf"
13399
msgstr "base-files: /etc/host.conf"
13400
13401
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:91(para)
13402
msgid ""
13403
"The output shows that the <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> belongs to the "
13404
"<application>base-files</application> package."
13405
msgstr ""
13406
"Resultatet visar att <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> tillhör paketet "
13407
"<application>base-files</application>."
13408
13409
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:96(para)
13410
msgid ""
13411
"Many files are automatically generated during the package install process, "
13412
"and even though they are on the filesystem <command>dpkg -S</command> may "
13413
"not know which package they belong to."
13414
msgstr ""
13415
"Många filer skapas automatiskt under paketets installationsprocess och även "
13416
"om de finns på filsystemet kan det vara svårt för <command>dpkg -S</command> "
13417
"att veta vilket paket de tillhör."
13418
13419
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:105(para)
13420
msgid "You can install a local <emphasis>.deb</emphasis> file by entering:"
13421
msgstr ""
13422
"Du kan installera en lokal <emphasis>.deb</emphasis>-fil genom att skriva:"
13423
13424
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:110(command)
13425
msgid "sudo dpkg -i zip_2.32-1_i386.deb"
13426
msgstr "sudo dpkg -i zip_2.32-1_i386.deb"
13427
13428
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:113(para)
13429
msgid ""
13430
"Change <filename>zip_2.32-1_i386.deb</filename> to the actual file name of "
13431
"the local .deb file."
13432
msgstr ""
13433
"Ändra <filename>zip_2.32-1_i386.deb</filename> till det verkliga filnamnet "
13434
"på den lokala .deb-filen."
13435
13436
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:120(para)
13437
msgid "Uninstalling a package can be accomplished by:"
13438
msgstr "Avinstallera ett paket verkställs genom:"
13439
13440
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:125(command)
13441
msgid "sudo dpkg -r zip"
13442
msgstr "sudo dpkg -r zip"
13443
13444
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:129(para)
13445
msgid ""
13446
"Uninstalling packages using <application>dpkg</application>, in most cases, "
13447
"is <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> recommended. It is better to use a package "
13448
"manager that handles dependencies, to ensure that the system is in a "
13449
"consistent state. For example using <command>dpkg -r</command> you can "
13450
"remove the <application>zip</application> package, but any packages that "
13451
"depend on it will still be installed and may no longer function correctly."
13452
msgstr ""
13453
"Att avinstallera paket med <application>dpkg</application>, är i de flesta "
13454
"fall <emphasis>INTE</emphasis> att rekommendera. Det är bättre att använda "
13455
"en pakethanterare som hanterar beroenden för att säkerställa att systemet är "
13456
"i konsistent läge. Till exempel, genom att använda <command>dpkg -"
13457
"r</command> kan du ta bort paketet <application>zip</application>, men andra "
13458
"paket som är beroende av det kommer fortfarande vara installerade men kanske "
13459
"inte fungerar korrekt."
13460
13461
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:140(para)
13462
msgid ""
13463
"For more <application>dpkg</application> options see the man page: "
13464
"<command>man dpkg</command>."
13465
msgstr ""
13466
"För fler alternativ till <application>dpkg</application> se manualsidan: "
13467
"<command>man dpkg</command>."
13468
13469
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:146(title)
13470
msgid "Apt-Get"
13471
msgstr "Apt-Get"
13472
13473
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:147(para)
13474
msgid ""
13475
"The <application>apt-get</application> command is a powerful command-line "
13476
"tool used to work with Ubuntu's <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> "
13477
"(APT) performing such functions as installation of new software packages, "
13478
"upgrade of existing software packages, updating of the package list index, "
13479
"and even upgrading the entire Ubuntu system."
13480
msgstr ""
13481
"Kommandot <application>apt-get</application> är ett kraftfullt "
13482
"kommandoradsverktyg som används för att arbeta med Ubuntu:s "
13483
"<emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) som utför uppgifter som "
13484
"installation av nya programpaket, uppgradering av existerande programpaket, "
13485
"uppdatering av paketlistorna, och till och med uppgradering av hela Ubuntu-"
13486
"systemet."
13487
13488
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:150(para)
13489
msgid ""
13490
"Being a simple command-line tool, <application>apt-get</application> has "
13491
"numerous advantages over other package management tools available in Ubuntu "
13492
"for server administrators. Some of these advantages include ease of use over "
13493
"simple terminal connections (SSH) and the ability to be used in system "
13494
"administration scripts, which can in turn be automated by the "
13495
"<application>cron</application> scheduling utility."
13496
msgstr ""
13497
"Eftersom det är ett enkelt kommandoradsverktyg har <application>apt-"
13498
"get</application> flera fördelar, jämfört med andra pakethanteringsverktyg "
13499
"som finns tillgängliga i Ubuntu för serveradministratörer. Vissa av de här "
13500
"fördelarna är att det går enkelt att använda över enkla terminalanslutningar "
13501
"(SSH) och möjligheten att användas i systemadministrationsskript, som i sin "
13502
"tur kan automatiseras av schemaläggaren <application>cron</application>."
13503
13504
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:157(para)
13505
msgid ""
13506
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install a Package</emphasis>: Installation of "
13507
"packages using the <application>apt-get</application> tool is quite simple. "
13508
"For example, to install the network scanner <emphasis "
13509
"role=\"italics\">nmap</emphasis>, type the following: <screen>\n"
13510
"<command>sudo apt-get install nmap</command>\n"
13511
"</screen>"
13512
msgstr ""
13513
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Installera ett paket</emphasis>: Installation av "
13514
"paket med verktyget <application>apt-get</application> är ganska enkelt. Om "
13515
"du till exempel vill installera nätverksskannern <emphasis "
13516
"role=\"italics\">nmap</emphasis> skriver du följande: <screen>\n"
13517
"<command>sudo apt-get install nmap</command>\n"
13518
"</screen>"
13519
13520
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:165(para)
13521
msgid ""
13522
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove a Package</emphasis>: Removal of a package or "
13523
"packages is also a straightforward and simple process. To remove the nmap "
13524
"package installed in the previous example, type the following: <screen>\n"
13525
"<command>sudo apt-get remove nmap</command>\n"
13526
"</screen>"
13527
msgstr ""
13528
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ta bort ett paket</emphasis>: Att ta bort ett eller "
13529
"flera paket är också mycket enkelt. För att ta bort paketet nmap vi nyss "
13530
"installerade, skriv följande: <screen>\n"
13531
"<command>sudo apt-get remove nmap</command>\n"
13532
"</screen>"
13533
13534
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:172(para)
13535
msgid ""
13536
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiple Packages</emphasis>: You may specify "
13537
"multiple packages to be installed or removed, separated by spaces."
13538
msgstr ""
13539
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Flera paket</emphasis>: Du kan specificera att flera "
13540
"paket skall installeras eller tas bort genom att separera paketen med "
13541
"mellanslag."
13542
13543
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:175(para)
13544
msgid ""
13545
"Also, adding the <emphasis>--purge</emphasis> options to <command>apt-get "
13546
"remove</command> will remove the package configuration files as well. This "
13547
"may or may not be the desired effect so use with caution."
13548
msgstr ""
13549
"Dessutom, lägga till alternativet <emphasis>--purge</emphasis> till "
13550
"<command>apt-get remove</command> så kommer också paketets "
13551
"konfigurationsfiler tas bort. Det kan vara en önskad effekt eller inte, så "
13552
"använd det med försiktighet."
13553
13554
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:181(para)
13555
msgid ""
13556
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Update the Package Index</emphasis>: The APT package "
13557
"index is essentially a database of available packages from the repositories "
13558
"defined in the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file. To update "
13559
"the local package index with the latest changes made in repositories, type "
13560
"the following: <screen>\n"
13561
"<command>sudo apt-get update</command>\n"
13562
"</screen>"
13563
msgstr ""
13564
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uppdatera paketlistan</emphasis>: APT:s paketlista "
13565
"är i praktiken en databas över tillgängliga paket från förråden som finns "
13566
"inskrivna i filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. För att "
13567
"uppdatera din paketlista med de senaste ändringarna från förråden, skriv "
13568
"följande: <screen>\n"
13569
"<command>sudo apt-get update</command>\n"
13570
"</screen>"
13571
13572
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:189(para)
13573
msgid ""
13574
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade Packages</emphasis>: Over time, updated "
13575
"versions of packages currently installed on your computer may become "
13576
"available from the package repositories (for example security updates). To "
13577
"upgrade your system, first update your package index as outlined above, and "
13578
"then type: <screen>\n"
13579
"<command>sudo apt-get upgrade</command>\n"
13580
"</screen>"
13581
msgstr ""
13582
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uppgradera paket</emphasis>: Med tiden kommer "
13583
"uppdaterade versioner på paketen som är installerade på din dator att bli "
13584
"tillgängliga i paketförråden. För att uppdatera ditt system, börja med att "
13585
"uppdatera ditt paketindex enligt sammanfattningen ovan, skriv sedan: "
13586
"<screen>\n"
13587
"<command>sudo apt-get upgrade</command>\n"
13588
"</screen>"
13589
13590
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:195(para)
13591
msgid ""
13592
"For information on upgrading to a new Ubuntu release see <xref "
13593
"linkend=\"installing-upgrading\"/>."
13594
msgstr ""
13595
"För information om uppgradering till en ny Ubuntu utgåva se <xref "
13596
"linkend=\"installing-upgrading\"/>."
13597
13598
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:153(para)
13599
msgid ""
13600
"Some examples of popular uses for the <application>apt-get</application> "
13601
"utility: <placeholder-1/>"
13602
msgstr ""
13603
"Här följer några vanliga sätt att använda <application>apt-get</application>:"
13604
13605
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:201(para)
13606
msgid ""
13607
"Actions of the <application>apt-get</application> command, such as "
13608
"installation and removal of packages, are logged in the /var/log/dpkg.log "
13609
"log file."
13610
msgstr ""
13611
"Allt kommandot <application>apt-get</application> gör, som installation och "
13612
"borttagning av paket, loggas till loggfilen /var/log/dpkg.log."
13613
13614
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:204(para)
13615
msgid ""
13616
"For further information about the use of <application>APT</application>, "
13617
"read the comprehensive <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-"
13618
"manuals#apt-howto\">Debian APT User Manual</ulink> or type: <screen>apt-get "
13619
"help</screen>"
13620
msgstr ""
13621
"För ytterligare information om användandet av "
13622
"<application>APT</application>, läs den innehållsrika <ulink "
13623
"url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-manuals#apt-howto\">Debian APT User "
13624
"Manual</ulink> eller skriv: <screen>apt-get help</screen>"
13625
13626
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:208(title)
13627
msgid "Aptitude"
13628
msgstr "Aptitude"
13629
13630
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:209(para)
13631
msgid ""
13632
"<application>Aptitude</application> is a menu-driven, text-based front-end "
13633
"to the <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) system. Many of "
13634
"the common package management functions, such as installation, removal, and "
13635
"upgrade, are performed in <application>Aptitude</application> with single-"
13636
"key commands, which are typically lowercase letters."
13637
msgstr ""
13638
"<application>Aptitude</application> är ett menydrivet, textbaserat "
13639
"användargränssnitt till systemet <emphasis>Advanced Packaging "
13640
"Tool</emphasis> (APT). Många av de vanligare pakethanteringsfunktionerna, "
13641
"som installation, borttagning och uppgradering, utförs i "
13642
"<application>Aptitude</application> genom att trycka på en knapp."
13643
13644
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:212(para)
13645
msgid ""
13646
"<application>Aptitude</application> is best suited for use in a non-"
13647
"graphical terminal environment to ensure proper functioning of the command "
13648
"keys. You may start <application>Aptitude</application> as a normal user "
13649
"with the following command at a terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
13650
"<command>sudo aptitude</command>\n"
13651
"</screen>"
13652
msgstr ""
13653
"<application>Aptitude</application> är bäst lämpad att användas i en "
13654
"ickegrafisk terminalmiljö för att säkerställa att skrivna kommandon utför "
13655
"lämpliga funktioner. Du startar <application>Aptitude</application> som "
13656
"vanlig användare genom följande kommando från terminalprompten: <screen>\n"
13657
"<command>sudo aptitude</command>\n"
13658
"</screen>"
13659
13660
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:219(para)
13661
msgid ""
13662
"When <application>Aptitude</application> starts, you will see a menu bar at "
13663
"the top of the screen and two panes below the menu bar. The top pane "
13664
"contains package categories, such as <emphasis role=\"italics\">New "
13665
"Packages</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"italics\">Not Installed "
13666
"Packages</emphasis>. The bottom pane contains information related to the "
13667
"packages and package categories."
13668
msgstr ""
13669
"När <application>Aptitude</application> startar kommer du att se en menyrad "
13670
"högst upp på skärmen och två rutor under menyraden. Den övre rutan "
13671
"innehåller paketkategorier, som <emphasis role=\"italics\">Nya "
13672
"paket</emphasis> och <emphasis role=\"italics\">Inte installerade "
13673
"paket</emphasis>. Den undre rutan innehåller information som har med paketen "
13674
"och paketkategorierna att göra."
13675
13676
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:222(para)
13677
msgid ""
13678
"Using <application>Aptitude</application> for package management is "
13679
"relatively straightforward, and the user interface makes common tasks simple "
13680
"to perform. The following are examples of common package management "
13681
"functions as performed in <application>Aptitude</application>:"
13682
msgstr ""
13683
"Att använda <application>Aptitude</application> för pakethantering är "
13684
"relativt enkelt och användargränssnittet gör vanliga uppgifter enkla att "
13685
"utföra. Följande är exempel på vanliga pakethanteringsfunktioner utförda med "
13686
"<application>Aptitude</application>:"
13687
13688
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:226(para)
13689
msgid ""
13690
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install Packages</emphasis>: To install a package, "
13691
"locate the package via the Not Installed Packages package category, for "
13692
"example, by using the keyboard arrow keys and the <keycap>ENTER</keycap> "
13693
"key, and highlight the package you wish to install. After highlighting the "
13694
"package you wish to install, press the <keycap>+</keycap> key, and the "
13695
"package entry should turn <emphasis role=\"italics\">green</emphasis>, "
13696
"indicating it has been marked for installation. Now press <keycap>g</keycap> "
13697
"to be presented with a summary of package actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> "
13698
"again, and you will be prompted to become root to complete the installation. "
13699
"Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> which will result in a Password: prompt. Enter "
13700
"your user password to become root. Finally, press <keycap>g</keycap> once "
13701
"more and you'll be prompted to download the package. Press "
13702
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> on the <emphasis role=\"italics\">Continue</emphasis> "
13703
"prompt, and downloading and installation of the package will commence."
13704
msgstr ""
13705
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Installera paket</emphasis>: För att installera ett "
13706
"paket, lokalisera det via paketkategorin Inte installerade paket, till "
13707
"exempel, genom att använda tangentbordets piltangenter och tangenten "
13708
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap>, och markera paketet du vill installera. Efter att "
13709
"paketet är markerat, tryck på tangenten <keycap>+</keycap>, och paketposten "
13710
"bör nu bli <emphasis role=\"italics\">grön</emphasis>, vilket innebär att "
13711
"det har valts för installation. Tryck nu på <keycap>g</keycap> för att få se "
13712
"en sammanfattning över ändringar. Tryck <keycap>g</keycap> igen och du "
13713
"kommer att bli frågad om att bli root för att slutföra installationen. Tryck "
13714
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap>, och du möts av en lösenordsprompt. Skriv in din "
13715
"användares lösenord för att bli root. Till slut, tryck på <keycap>g</keycap> "
13716
"en gång till, och du kommer att bli frågad om du vill ladda ner paketet. "
13717
"Välj <emphasis role=\"italics\">Fortsätt</emphasis>, och hämtningen av paket "
13718
"kommer att börja."
13719
13720
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:230(para)
13721
msgid ""
13722
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove Packages</emphasis>: To remove a package, "
13723
"locate the package via the Installed Packages package category, for example, "
13724
"by using the keyboard arrow keys and the <keycap>ENTER</keycap> key, and "
13725
"highlight the package you wish to remove. After highlighting the package you "
13726
"wish to install, press the <keycap>-</keycap> key, and the package entry "
13727
"should turn <emphasis role=\"italics\">pink</emphasis>, indicating it has "
13728
"been marked for removal. Now press <keycap>g</keycap> to be presented with a "
13729
"summary of package actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> again, and you will be "
13730
"prompted to become root to complete the installation. Press "
13731
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> which will result in a Password: prompt. Enter your "
13732
"user password to become root. Finally, press <keycap>g</keycap> once more, "
13733
"and you'll be prompted to download the package. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> "
13734
"on the <emphasis role=\"italics\">Continue</emphasis> prompt, and removal of "
13735
"the package will commence."
13736
msgstr ""
13737
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ta bort paket</emphasis>: För att ta bort ett paket, "
13738
"leta rätt på det via kategorin installerade paket, till exempel, genom att "
13739
"använda tangentbordets piltangenter och tangenten <keycap>ENTER</keycap>, "
13740
"och markera paketet du vill ha. Efter att paketet är markerat, tryck på "
13741
"tangenten <keycap>-</keycap>, och paketposten bör nu bli <emphasis "
13742
"role=\"italics\">rosa</emphasis>, vilket visar på att det har markerats för "
13743
"borttagning. Tryck nu på <keycap>g</keycap> för att få se en sammanfattning "
13744
"över ändringar. Tryck på <keycap>g</keycap> igen och du kommer att bli "
13745
"frågad om att bli root för att slutföra installationen. Tryck "
13746
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap>, och du möts av en lösenordsprompt. Skriv in din "
13747
"användares lösenord för att bli root. Till slut, tryck på <keycap>g</keycap> "
13748
"en gång till, och du kommer att bli frågad om du vill ladda ner paketet. "
13749
"Välj <emphasis role=\"italics\">Fortsätt</emphasis>, och borttagningen av "
13750
"paket kommer att börja."
13751
13752
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:234(para)
13753
msgid ""
13754
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Update Package Index</emphasis>: To update the "
13755
"package index, simply press the <keycap>u</keycap> key and you will be "
13756
"prompted to become root to complete the update. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> "
13757
"which will result in a Password: prompt. Enter your user password to become "
13758
"root. Updating of the package index will commence. Press "
13759
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> on the OK prompt when the download dialog is "
13760
"presented to complete the process."
13761
msgstr ""
13762
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uppdatera paket index</emphasis>: För att uppdatera "
13763
"paket indexet, tryck på <keycap>u</keycap> tangenten och du kommer att bli "
13764
"uppmanad att bli root för att slutföra uppdateringen. tryck på "
13765
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> vilket resulterar i en lösenordsprompt. Skriv in ditt "
13766
"användarlösenord för att bli root. Uppdateringen av paketindexet börjar. "
13767
"Klicka på <keycap>ENTER</keycap> när OK visas i hämtadialogen för att "
13768
"slutföra processen."
13769
13770
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:238(para)
13771
msgid ""
13772
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade Packages</emphasis>: To upgrade packages, "
13773
"perform the update of the package index as detailed above, and then press "
13774
"the <keycap>U</keycap> key to mark all packages with updates. Now press "
13775
"<keycap>g</keycap> whereby you'll be presented with a summary of package "
13776
"actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> again, and you will be prompted to become "
13777
"root to complete the installation. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> which will "
13778
"result in a Password: prompt. Enter your user password to become root. "
13779
"Finally, press <keycap>g</keycap> once more, and you'll be prompted to "
13780
"download the packages. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> on the <emphasis "
13781
"role=\"italics\">Continue</emphasis> prompt, and upgrade of the packages "
13782
"will commence."
13783
msgstr ""
13784
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uppgradera paket</emphasis>: För att uppgradera "
13785
"paket genomför uppdateringen av paket index som beskrivs ovan, tryck "
13786
"därefter på <keycap>U</keycap> tangenten för att markera alla "
13787
"uppdateringsbara paket. Klicka sedan på <keycap>g</keycap> Varigenom du "
13788
"kommer att presenteras en summering av paketåtgärder. Klicka på "
13789
"<keycap>g</keycap> igen och du blir uppmanad att bli root för att slutföra "
13790
"installationen. klicka på <keycap>ENTER</keycap> vilket resulterar i en "
13791
"lösenordsprompt. Skriv in ditt användarlösenord för att bli root. Till sist, "
13792
"klicka på <keycap>g</keycap> ännu en gång och du blir tillfrågad om att "
13793
"hämta paketen. tryck på <keycap>ENTER</keycap> på <emphasis "
13794
"role=\"italics\">Fortsätt</emphasis> uppmaningen och uppgraderingen av "
13795
"paketen börjar."
13796
13797
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:245(para)
13798
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>: Installed package"
13799
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>: Installerat paket"
13800
13801
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:250(para)
13802
msgid ""
13803
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">c</emphasis>: Package not installed, but package "
13804
"configuration remains on system"
13805
msgstr ""
13806
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">c</emphasis>: Paketet är inte installerat, men "
13807
"paketets konfigurationsfiler finns kvar i systemet"
13808
13809
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:254(para)
13810
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">p</emphasis>: Purged from system"
13811
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">p</emphasis>: Totalt borttaget från systemet"
13812
13813
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:258(para)
13814
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">v</emphasis>: Virtual package"
13815
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">v</emphasis>: Virtuellt paket"
13816
13817
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:262(para)
13818
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B</emphasis>: Broken package"
13819
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B</emphasis>: Trasigt paket"
13820
13821
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:266(para)
13822
msgid ""
13823
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">u</emphasis>: Unpacked files, but package not yet "
13824
"configured"
13825
msgstr ""
13826
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">u</emphasis>: Filerna är uppackade, men paketet är "
13827
"ännu inte konfigurerat"
13828
13829
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:270(para)
13830
msgid ""
13831
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">C</emphasis>: Half-configured - Configuration failed "
13832
"and requires fix"
13833
msgstr ""
13834
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">C</emphasis>: Halvkonfigurerad - konfigurationen "
13835
"misslyckades och kräver en åtgärd"
13836
13837
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:274(para)
13838
msgid ""
13839
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">H</emphasis>: Half-installed - Removal failed and "
13840
"requires fix"
13841
msgstr ""
13842
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">H</emphasis>: Halvinstallerad - Borttagningen "
13843
"misslyckades och kräver en åtgärd"
13844
13845
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:242(para)
13846
msgid ""
13847
"The first column of information displayed in the package list in the top "
13848
"pane, when actually viewing packages lists the current state of the package, "
13849
"and uses the following key to describe the state of the package: "
13850
"<placeholder-1/>"
13851
msgstr ""
13852
"Den första kolumnen i den övre rutan i huvudfönstret visar information om "
13853
"vilken status paketet har, och använder följande beteckningar för att "
13854
"beskriva detta: <placeholder-1/>"
13855
13856
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:280(para)
13857
msgid ""
13858
"To exit Aptitude, simply press the <keycap>q</keycap> key and confirm you "
13859
"wish to exit. Many other functions are available from the Aptitude menu by "
13860
"pressing the <keycap>F10</keycap> key."
13861
msgstr ""
13862
"För att avsluta Aptitude, tryck helt enkelt på <keycap>q</keycap> och "
13863
"bekräfta att du vill avsluta. Det finns många fler funktioner tillgängliga "
13864
"från Aptitudes meny, som du når genom att trycka på <keycap>F10</keycap>."
13865
13866
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:285(title)
13867
msgid "Automatic Updates"
13868
msgstr "Automatiska uppdateringar"
13869
13870
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:287(para)
13871
msgid ""
13872
"The <application>unattended-upgrades</application> package can be used to "
13873
"automatically install updated packages, and can be configured to update all "
13874
"packages or just install security updates. First, install the package by "
13875
"entering the following in a terminal:"
13876
msgstr ""
13877
"Paketet <application>unattended-upgrades</application> kan användas till att "
13878
"automatiskt installera uppdaterade paket och kan även konfigureras till att "
13879
"uppdatera alla paket eller endast säkerhetsuppdateringar. Börja med att "
13880
"installera paketet genom att ange följande i en terminal:"
13881
13882
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:293(command)
13883
msgid "sudo apt-get install unattended-upgrades"
13884
msgstr "sudo apt-get install unattended-upgrades"
13885
13886
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:296(para)
13887
msgid ""
13888
"To configure <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, edit "
13889
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> and adjust "
13890
"the following to fit your needs:"
13891
msgstr ""
13892
"För att konfigurera <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, redigera "
13893
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> och justera "
13894
"följande efter dina behov:"
13895
13896
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:301(programlisting)
13897
#, no-wrap
13898
msgid ""
13899
"\n"
13900
"Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {\n"
13901
" \"Ubuntu maverick-security\";\n"
13902
"// \"Ubuntu maverick-updates\";\n"
13903
"};\n"
13904
msgstr ""
13905
"\n"
13906
"Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {\n"
13907
" \"Ubuntu maverick-security\";\n"
13908
"// \"Ubuntu maverick-updates\";\n"
13909
"};\n"
13910
13911
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:308(para)
13912
msgid ""
13913
"Certain packages can also be <emphasis>blacklisted</emphasis> and therefore "
13914
"will not be automatically updated. To blacklist a package, add it to the "
13915
"list:"
13916
msgstr ""
13917
"Vissa paket kan också bli <emphasis>svartlistade</emphasis> och kommer "
13918
"därför inte att uppdateras automatiskt. För att svartlista ett paket, lägg "
13919
"till den i listan:"
13920
13921
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:313(programlisting)
13922
#, no-wrap
13923
msgid ""
13924
"\n"
13925
"Unattended-Upgrade::Package-Blacklist {\n"
13926
"// \"vim\";\n"
13927
"// \"libc6\";\n"
13928
"// \"libc6-dev\";\n"
13929
"// \"libc6-i686\";\n"
13930
"};\n"
13931
msgstr ""
13932
"\n"
13933
"Unattended-Upgrade::Package-Blacklist {\n"
13934
"// \"vim\";\n"
13935
"// \"libc6\";\n"
13936
"// \"libc6-dev\";\n"
13937
"// \"libc6-i686\";\n"
13938
"};\n"
13939
13940
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:323(para)
13941
msgid ""
13942
"The double <emphasis><quote>//</quote></emphasis> serve as comments, so "
13943
"whatever follows \"//\" will not be evaluated."
13944
msgstr ""
13945
"Dubbla <emphasis><quote>//</quote></emphasis> tjänar som kommentarer, så vad "
13946
"som än följer \"//\" kommer inte att utvärderas."
13947
13948
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:328(para)
13949
msgid ""
13950
"To enable automatic updates, edit "
13951
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/10periodic</filename> and set the appropriate "
13952
"<application>apt</application> configuration options:"
13953
msgstr ""
13954
13955
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:332(programlisting)
13956
#, no-wrap
13957
msgid ""
13958
"\n"
13959
"APT::Periodic::Update-Package-Lists \"1\";\n"
13960
"APT::Periodic::Download-Upgradeable-Packages \"1\";\n"
13961
"APT::Periodic::AutocleanInterval \"7\";\n"
13962
"APT::Periodic::Unattended-Upgrade \"1\";\n"
13963
msgstr ""
13964
"\n"
13965
"APT::Periodic::Update-Package-Lists \"1\";\n"
13966
"APT::Periodic::Download-Upgradeable-Packages \"1\";\n"
13967
"APT::Periodic::AutocleanInterval \"7\";\n"
13968
"APT::Periodic::Unattended-Upgrade \"1\";\n"
13969
13970
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:339(para)
13971
msgid ""
13972
"The above configuration updates the package list, downloads, and installs "
13973
"available upgrades every day. The local download archive is cleaned every "
13974
"week."
13975
msgstr ""
13976
13977
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:345(para)
13978
msgid ""
13979
"You can read more about <application>apt</application> Periodic "
13980
"configuration options in the <filename>/etc/cron.daily/apt</filename> script "
13981
"header."
13982
msgstr ""
13983
13984
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:350(para)
13985
msgid ""
13986
"The results of <application>unattended-upgrades</application> will be logged "
13987
"to <filename>/var/log/unattended-upgrades</filename>."
13988
msgstr ""
13989
"Resultatet av <application>unattended-upgrades</application> kommer att "
13990
"loggas till <filename>/var/log/unattended-upgrades</filename>."
13991
13992
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:355(title)
13993
msgid "Notifications"
13994
msgstr "Notifieringar"
13995
13996
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:357(para)
13997
msgid ""
13998
"Configuring <emphasis>Unattended-Upgrade::Mail</emphasis> in "
13999
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> will enable "
14000
"<application>unattended-upgrades</application> to email an administrator "
14001
"detailing any packages that need upgrading or have problems."
14002
msgstr ""
14003
"Genom att konfigurera <emphasis>Unattended-Upgrade::Mail</emphasis> i "
14004
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> gör det "
14005
"möjligt att <application>unattended-upgrades</application> kommer att skicka "
14006
"e-post till en administratör och specificera vilka paket som behöver "
14007
"uppdateras eller som har problem."
14008
14009
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:362(para)
14010
msgid ""
14011
"Another useful package is <application>apticron</application>. "
14012
"<application>apticron</application> will configure a "
14013
"<application>cron</application> job to email an administrator information "
14014
"about any packages on the system that have updates available, as well as a "
14015
"summary of changes in each package."
14016
msgstr ""
14017
"Ett annat användbart paket är <application>apticron</application>. "
14018
"<application>apticron</application> kommer konfigurera ett "
14019
"<application>cron</application>-jobb som skickar e-post till en "
14020
"administratör med information om vilka paket i systemet som behöver "
14021
"uppdateras och dessutom en summering av ändringarna i varje paket."
14022
14023
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:368(para)
14024
msgid ""
14025
"To install the <application>apticron</application> package, in a terminal "
14026
"enter:"
14027
msgstr ""
14028
"För att installera paketet <application>apticron</application>, skriv i en "
14029
"terminal:"
14030
14031
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:373(command)
14032
msgid "sudo apt-get install apticron"
14033
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apticron"
14034
14035
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:376(para)
14036
msgid ""
14037
"Once the package is installed edit "
14038
"<filename>/etc/apticron/apticron.conf</filename>, to set the email address "
14039
"and other options:"
14040
msgstr ""
14041
"När paketet är installerat, redigera "
14042
"<filename>/etc/apticron/apticron.conf</filename>, för att sätta e-"
14043
"postadressen och andra alternativ:"
14044
14045
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:380(programlisting)
14046
#, no-wrap
14047
msgid ""
14048
"\n"
14049
"EMAIL=\"root@example.com\"\n"
14050
msgstr ""
14051
"\n"
14052
"EMAIL=\"root@example.com\"\n"
14053
14054
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:389(para)
14055
msgid ""
14056
"Configuration of the <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) "
14057
"system repositories is stored in the /etc/apt/sources.list configuration "
14058
"file. An example of this file is referenced here, along with information on "
14059
"adding or removing repository references from the file."
14060
msgstr ""
14061
"Konfigurationen av förråden som <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> "
14062
"(APT) använder lagras i konfigurationsfilen /etc/apt/sources.list. Ett "
14063
"exempel på den här filen visas här, tillsammans med information om att lägga "
14064
"till och ta bort förråd från filen."
14065
14066
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:395(para)
14067
msgid ""
14068
"<ulink url=\"../sample/sources.list\">Here</ulink> is a simple example of a "
14069
"typical <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file."
14070
msgstr ""
14071
"<ulink url=\"../sample/sources.list\">Här</ulink> finns ett enkelt exempel "
14072
"på en grundläggande <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>."
14073
14074
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:399(para)
14075
msgid ""
14076
"You may edit the file to enable repositories or disable them. For example, "
14077
"to disable the requirement of inserting the Ubuntu CD-ROM whenever package "
14078
"operations occur, simply comment out the appropriate line for the CD-ROM, "
14079
"which appears at the top of the file:"
14080
msgstr ""
14081
"Du kan redigera filen för att aktivera eller inaktivera förråd. Om du till "
14082
"exempel vill inaktivera Ubuntu CD-skivan, så att du slipper stoppa in den i "
14083
"datorn när ändringar av paketen utförs, kommentera helt enkelt ut raden för "
14084
"CD-skivan, som finns överst i filen:"
14085
14086
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:404(screen)
14087
#, no-wrap
14088
msgid ""
14089
"\n"
14090
"# no more prompting for CD-ROM please\n"
14091
"# deb cdrom:[&distro-apt-cd-name; - Release i386 (20070419.1)]/ maverick "
14092
"main restricted\n"
14093
msgstr ""
14094
"\n"
14095
"# no more prompting for CD-ROM please\n"
14096
"# deb cdrom:[&distro-apt-cd-name; - Release i386 (20070419.1)]/ maverick "
14097
"main restricted\n"
14098
14099
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:410(title)
14100
msgid "Extra Repositories"
14101
msgstr "Extra förråd"
14102
14103
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:411(para)
14104
msgid ""
14105
"In addition to the officially supported package repositories available for "
14106
"Ubuntu, there exist additional community-maintained repositories which add "
14107
"thousands more potential packages for installation. Two of the most popular "
14108
"are the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> and <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> "
14109
"repositories. These repositories are not officially supported by Ubuntu, but "
14110
"because they are maintained by the community they generally provide packages "
14111
"which are safe for use with your Ubuntu computer."
14112
msgstr ""
14113
"Utöver de officiella Ubuntu-paketförråden som stöds, finns det även "
14114
"ytterligare gemensamt underhållna förråd som tillför tusentals möjliga paket "
14115
"att installera. Två av de mest populära förråden är "
14116
"<emphasis>Universe</emphasis> och <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis>. Dessa "
14117
"förråd stöds inte officiellt av Ubuntu, men eftersom de underhålls av "
14118
"gemenskapen, tillhandahåller de ofta paket som är säkra att använda på din "
14119
"Ubuntu-dator."
14120
14121
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:414(para)
14122
msgid ""
14123
"Packages in the <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repository often have "
14124
"licensing issues that prevent them from being distributed with a free "
14125
"operating system, and they may be illegal in your locality."
14126
msgstr ""
14127
"Paket i förrådet <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> har ofta licensproblem som "
14128
"hindrar dem från att distribueras med ett fritt operativsystem och de kan "
14129
"vara olagliga i ditt land."
14130
14131
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:416(para)
14132
msgid ""
14133
"Be advised that neither the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> or "
14134
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repositories contain officially supported "
14135
"packages. In particular, there may not be security updates for these "
14136
"packages."
14137
msgstr ""
14138
"Tänk på att varken <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> eller "
14139
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> innehåller paket med officiellt stöd. Det "
14140
"här innebär att det inte nödvändigtvis kommer att finnas "
14141
"säkerhetsuppdatering för de här paketen."
14142
14143
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:420(para)
14144
msgid ""
14145
"Many other package sources are available, sometimes even offering only one "
14146
"package, as in the case of package sources provided by the developer of a "
14147
"single application. You should always be very careful and cautious when "
14148
"using non-standard package sources, however. Research the source and "
14149
"packages carefully before performing any installation, as some package "
14150
"sources and their packages could render your system unstable or non-"
14151
"functional in some respects."
14152
msgstr ""
14153
"Många andra paketkällor finns tillgängliga som ibland bara erbjuder ett enda "
14154
"paket, vilket ofta är fallet om paketkällan tillhandahålls av utvecklaren av "
14155
"programmet. Du bör dock alltid vara försiktig när du använder andra "
14156
"paketkällor än de som medföljer. Undersök källan och paketen noga innan du "
14157
"genomför en installation, eftersom vissa paketkällor och paketen i dem kan "
14158
"göra att ditt system blir instabilt eller slutar fungera på ett eller annat "
14159
"sätt."
14160
14161
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:423(para)
14162
msgid ""
14163
"By default, the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> and "
14164
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repositories are enabled but if you would "
14165
"like to disable them edit <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and "
14166
"comment the following lines:"
14167
msgstr ""
14168
"Som standard är förråden <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> och "
14169
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> aktiva men om du vill inaktivera dem "
14170
"redigera filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och kommentera "
14171
"följande rader:"
14172
14173
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:430(programlisting)
14174
#, no-wrap
14175
msgid ""
14176
"\n"
14177
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick universe multiverse\n"
14178
"deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick universe multiverse\n"
14179
"\n"
14180
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick universe\n"
14181
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick universe\n"
14182
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick-updates universe\n"
14183
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick-updates universe\n"
14184
"\n"
14185
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick multiverse\n"
14186
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick multiverse\n"
14187
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick-updates multiverse\n"
14188
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick-updates multiverse\n"
14189
"\n"
14190
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security universe\n"
14191
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security universe\n"
14192
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security multiverse\n"
14193
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security multiverse\n"
14194
msgstr ""
14195
"\n"
14196
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick universe multiverse\n"
14197
"deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick universe multiverse\n"
14198
"\n"
14199
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick universe\n"
14200
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick universe\n"
14201
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick-updates universe\n"
14202
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick-updates universe\n"
14203
"\n"
14204
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick multiverse\n"
14205
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick multiverse\n"
14206
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick-updates multiverse\n"
14207
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick-updates multiverse\n"
14208
"\n"
14209
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security universe\n"
14210
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security universe\n"
14211
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security multiverse\n"
14212
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu maverick-security multiverse\n"
14213
14214
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:456(para)
14215
msgid ""
14216
"Most of the material covered in this chapter is available in "
14217
"<application>man</application> pages, many of which are available online."
14218
msgstr ""
14219
"De mesta av materialet som ingår i detta kapitel finns i "
14220
"<application>man</application>-sidorna, många av dessa är tillgängliga på "
14221
"nätet."
14222
14223
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:463(para)
14224
msgid ""
14225
"The <ulink "
14226
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/InstallingSoftware\">InstallingSoftwa"
14227
"re</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page has more information."
14228
msgstr ""
14229
14230
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:468(para)
14231
msgid ""
14232
"For more <application>dpkg</application> details see the <ulink "
14233
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man1/dpkg.1.html\">dpkg"
14234
" man page</ulink>."
14235
msgstr ""
14236
14237
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:474(para)
14238
msgid ""
14239
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/apt-howto/\">APT "
14240
"HOWTO</ulink> and <ulink "
14241
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man8/apt-"
14242
"get.8.html\">apt-get man page</ulink> contain useful information regarding "
14243
"<application>apt-get</application> usage."
14244
msgstr ""
14245
14246
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:481(para)
14247
msgid ""
14248
"See the <ulink "
14249
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/man8/aptitude.8.html\">apt"
14250
"itude man page</ulink> for more <application>aptitude</application> options."
14251
msgstr ""
14252
14253
#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:487(para)
14254
msgid ""
14255
"The <ulink "
14256
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Repositories/Ubuntu\">Adding "
14257
"Repositories HOWTO (Ubuntu Wiki)</ulink> page contains more details on "
14258
"adding repositories."
14259
msgstr ""
14260
"Sidan <ulink "
14261
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Repositories/Ubuntu\">Adding "
14262
"Repositories HOWTO (Ubuntu Wiki)</ulink> innehåller mer detaljer om att "
14263
"lägga till förråd."
14264
14265
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:13(title)
14266
msgid "Other Useful Applications"
14267
msgstr "Ytterligare användbara program"
14268
14269
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:15(para)
14270
msgid ""
14271
"There are many very useful applications developed by the Ubuntu Server Team, "
14272
"and others that are well integrated with Ubuntu Server Edition, that might "
14273
"not be well known. This chapter will showcase some useful applications that "
14274
"can make administering an Ubuntu server, or many Ubuntu servers, that much "
14275
"easier."
14276
msgstr ""
14277
"Det finns många användbara program som utvecklats av Ubuntu server team, och "
14278
"andra som är väl integrerade med Ubuntu server edition, som kanske inte är "
14279
"kända. Detta kapitel kommer att visa några användbara program som kan göra "
14280
"administrationen av en Ubuntu-server, eller flera Ubuntu-servrar, så mycket "
14281
"enklare."
14282
14283
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:23(title)
14284
msgid "pam_motd"
14285
msgstr "pam_motd"
14286
14287
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:25(para)
14288
msgid ""
14289
"When logging into an Ubuntu server you may have noticed the informative "
14290
"Message Of The Day (MOTD). This information is obtained and displayed using "
14291
"a couple of packages:"
14292
msgstr ""
14293
"När du loggat in till en Ubuntu server så har du kanske sätt det informativa "
14294
"Message Of The Day (MOTD). Denna information inhämtas och visas genom att "
14295
"använda några paket:"
14296
14297
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:32(para)
14298
msgid ""
14299
"<emphasis>landscape-common:</emphasis> provides the core libraries of "
14300
"<application>landscape-client</application>, which can be used to manage "
14301
"systems using the web based <emphasis>Landscape</emphasis> application. The "
14302
"package includes the <application>/usr/bin/landscape-sysinfo</application> "
14303
"utility which is used to gather the information displayed in the MOTD."
14304
msgstr ""
14305
"<emphasis>landscape-common:</emphasis> tillhandahåller kärnbiblioteken av "
14306
"<application>landscape-client</application>, som kan användas för att "
14307
"hantera system genom att använda det webb-baserade programmet "
14308
"<emphasis>Landscape</emphasis>. Paketet inkluderar verktyget "
14309
"<application>/usr/bin/landscape-sysinfo</application> som används för att "
14310
"samla ihop information som visas i MOTD."
14311
14312
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:40(para)
14313
msgid ""
14314
"<emphasis>update-notifier-common:</emphasis> is used to automatically update "
14315
"the MOTD via <application>pam_motd</application> module."
14316
msgstr ""
14317
14318
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:46(para)
14319
msgid ""
14320
"<application>pam_motd</application> executes the scripts in "
14321
"<filename>/etc/update-motd.d</filename> in order based on the number "
14322
"prepended to the script. The output of the scripts is written to "
14323
"<filename>/var/run/motd</filename>, keeping the numerical order, then "
14324
"concatenated with <filename>/etc/motd.tail</filename>."
14325
msgstr ""
14326
14327
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:52(para)
14328
msgid ""
14329
"You can add your own dynamic information to the MOTD. For example, to add "
14330
"local weather information:"
14331
msgstr ""
14332
"Du kan lägga till din egna dynamiska information till MOTD. Till exempel, "
14333
"för att lägga till lokal väderinformation:"
14334
14335
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:58(para)
14336
msgid "First, install the <application>weather-util</application> package:"
14337
msgstr "Installera först paketet <application>weather-util</application>:"
14338
14339
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:63(command)
14340
msgid "sudo apt-get install weather-util"
14341
msgstr "sudo apt-get install weather-util"
14342
14343
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:68(para)
14344
msgid ""
14345
"The <application>weather</application> utility uses METAR data from the "
14346
"National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and forecasts from the "
14347
"National Weather Service. In order to find local information you will need "
14348
"the 4-character ICAO location indicator. This can be determined by browsing "
14349
"to the <ulink url=\"http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\">National "
14350
"Weather Service</ulink> site."
14351
msgstr ""
14352
"Verktyget <application>weather</application> använder METAR-data från "
14353
"National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration och prognoser från National "
14354
"Weather Service. För att hitta lokal information behöver du ICAO "
14355
"platsindikator på 4 tecken. Den kan du ta reda på genom att bläddra i "
14356
"webbplatsen <ulink url=\"http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\">National "
14357
"Weather Service</ulink>."
14358
14359
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:75(para)
14360
msgid ""
14361
"Although the National Weather Service is a United States government agency "
14362
"there are weather stations available world wide. However, local weather "
14363
"information for all locations outside the U.S. may not be available."
14364
msgstr ""
14365
"Även om National Weather Service är en amerikansk myndighet finns det "
14366
"väderstationer över hela världen. Men det lokala vädret för alla platser "
14367
"utanför USA kanske inte är tillgängliga."
14368
14369
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:81(para)
14370
msgid ""
14371
"Create <filename>/usr/local/bin/local-weather</filename>, a simple shell "
14372
"script to use <application>weather</application> with your local ICAO "
14373
"indicator:"
14374
msgstr ""
14375
"Skapa <filename>/usr/local/bin/local-weather</filename>, ett enkelt skal-"
14376
"skript till att använda <application>weather</application> med din lokala "
14377
"ICAO-indikator:"
14378
14379
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:86(programlisting)
14380
#, no-wrap
14381
msgid ""
14382
"\n"
14383
"#!/bin/sh\n"
14384
"#\n"
14385
"#\n"
14386
"# Prints the local weather information for the MOTD.\n"
14387
"#\n"
14388
"#\n"
14389
"\n"
14390
"# Replace KINT with your local weather station.\n"
14391
"# Local stations can be found here: http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\n"
14392
"\n"
14393
"echo\n"
14394
"weather -i KINT\n"
14395
"echo\n"
14396
"\n"
14397
msgstr ""
14398
"\n"
14399
"#!/bin/sh\n"
14400
"#\n"
14401
"#\n"
14402
"# Prints the local weather information for the MOTD.\n"
14403
"#\n"
14404
"#\n"
14405
"\n"
14406
"# Replace KINT with your local weather station.\n"
14407
"# Local stations can be found here: http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\n"
14408
"\n"
14409
"echo\n"
14410
"weather -i KINT\n"
14411
"echo\n"
14412
"\n"
14413
14414
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:104(para)
14415
msgid "Make the script executable:"
14416
msgstr "Gör skriptet exekverbart:"
14417
14418
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:109(command)
14419
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /usr/local/bin/local-weather"
14420
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /usr/local/bin/local-weather"
14421
14422
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:113(para)
14423
msgid ""
14424
"Next, create a symlink to <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/98-local-"
14425
"weather</filename>:"
14426
msgstr ""
14427
14428
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:118(command)
14429
msgid ""
14430
"sudo ln -s /usr/local/bin/local-weather /etc/update-motd.d/98-local-weather"
14431
msgstr ""
14432
"sudo ln -s /usr/local/bin/local-weather /etc/update-motd.d/98-local-weather"
14433
14434
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:122(para)
14435
msgid "Finally, exit the server and re-login to view the new MOTD."
14436
msgstr ""
14437
14438
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:128(para)
14439
msgid ""
14440
"You should now be greeted with some useful information, and some information "
14441
"about the local weather that may not be quite so useful. Hopefully the "
14442
"<application>local-weather</application> example demonstrates the "
14443
"flexibility of <application>pam_motd</application>."
14444
msgstr ""
14445
14446
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:136(title)
14447
msgid "etckeeper"
14448
msgstr "etckeeper"
14449
14450
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:138(para)
14451
msgid ""
14452
"<application>etckeeper</application> allows the contents of <filename "
14453
"role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> be easily stored in Version Control "
14454
"System (VCS) repository. It hooks into <application>apt</application> to "
14455
"automatically commit changes to <filename>/etc</filename> when packages are "
14456
"installed or upgraded. Placing <filename>/etc</filename> under version "
14457
"control is considered an industry best practice, and the goal of "
14458
"<application>etckeeper</application> is to make this process as painless as "
14459
"possible."
14460
msgstr ""
14461
"<application>etckeeper</application> tillåter att innehållet i <filename "
14462
"role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> enkelt blir sparat i "
14463
"versionshanteringssystemets (VCS) förråd. Det hakar fast till "
14464
"<application>apt</application> för att automatiskt skicka ändringar till "
14465
"<filename>/etc</filename> när paket är installerade eller uppdaterade. Att "
14466
"placera <filename>/etc</filename> under versionskontroll är att betrakta som "
14467
"bästa praxis, och målet för <application>etckeeper</application> är att göra "
14468
"denna process så enkel som möjligt."
14469
14470
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:146(para)
14471
msgid ""
14472
"Install <application>etckeeper</application> by entering the following in a "
14473
"terminal:"
14474
msgstr ""
14475
"Installera <application>etckeeper</application> genom att ange följande i en "
14476
"terminal:"
14477
14478
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:151(command)
14479
msgid "sudo apt-get install etckeeper"
14480
msgstr "sudo apt-get install etckeeper"
14481
14482
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:154(para)
14483
msgid ""
14484
"The main configuration file, "
14485
"<filename>/etc/etckeeper/etckeeper.conf</filename>, is fairly simple. The "
14486
"main option is which VCS to use. By default "
14487
"<application>etckeeper</application> is configured to use "
14488
"<application>bzr</application> for version control. The repository is "
14489
"automatically initialized (and committed for the first time) during package "
14490
"installation. It is possible to undo this by entering the following command:"
14491
msgstr ""
14492
"Huvudkonfigurationsfilen, "
14493
"<filename>/etc/etckeeper/etckeeper.conf</filename>, är ganska enkel. "
14494
"huvudallternativet är vilken VCS som skall användas. Som standard "
14495
"konfigureras <application>etckeeper</application> till att använda "
14496
"<application>bzr</application> för versionskontroll. förrådet initieras "
14497
"automatiskt (och engageras för första gången) under paketinstallationen. Det "
14498
"är möjligt att ångra detta genom att ange följande kommando:"
14499
14500
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:164(command)
14501
msgid "sudo etckeeper uninit"
14502
msgstr "sudo etckeeper uninit"
14503
14504
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:167(para)
14505
msgid ""
14506
"By default, etckeeper will commit uncommitted changes made to /etc daily. "
14507
"This can be disabled using the AVOID_DAILY_AUTOCOMMITS configuration option. "
14508
"It will also automatically commit changes before and after package "
14509
"installation. For a more precise tracking of changes, it is recommended to "
14510
"commit your changes manually, together with a commit message, using:"
14511
msgstr ""
14512
"Som standard kommer etckeeper överföra outnyttjade ändringar gjorda till "
14513
"/etc daily. Detta kan inaktiveras genom att använda "
14514
"konfigurationsalternativet AVOID_DAILY_AUTOCOMMITS. Den kommer också "
14515
"automatiskt överföra ändringar innan utförda innan och efter "
14516
"paketinstallationen. För att mer exakt spåra ändringar, rekommenderas du att "
14517
"manuellt överföra ändringarna, tillsammans med ett överföringsmeddelande, "
14518
"genom att använda:"
14519
14520
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:176(command)
14521
msgid "sudo etckeeper commit \"..Reason for configuration change..\""
14522
msgstr "sudo etckeeper commit \"..Anledning för konfigurationsändring..\""
14523
14524
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:179(para)
14525
msgid ""
14526
"Using the VCS commands you can view log information about files in "
14527
"<filename>/etc</filename>:"
14528
msgstr ""
14529
"Genom att använda kommandot VCS kan du visa logg-information om filerna i "
14530
"<filename>/etc</filename>:"
14531
14532
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:184(command)
14533
msgid "sudo bzr log /etc/passwd"
14534
msgstr "sudo bzr log /etc/passwd"
14535
14536
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:187(para)
14537
msgid ""
14538
"To demonstrate the integration with the package management system, install "
14539
"<application>postfix</application>:"
14540
msgstr ""
14541
"För att demonstrera integrationen med pakethanteringssystemet, installera "
14542
"<application>postfix</application>:"
14543
14544
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:192(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:45(command)
14545
msgid "sudo apt-get install postfix"
14546
msgstr "sudo apt-get install postfix"
14547
14548
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:195(para)
14549
msgid ""
14550
"When the installation is finished, all the "
14551
"<application>postfix</application> configuration files should be committed "
14552
"to the repository:"
14553
msgstr ""
14554
"När installationen är klar, skall alla konfigurationsfiler för "
14555
"<application>postfix</application> skickats till förrådet:"
14556
14557
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:201(computeroutput)
14558
#, no-wrap
14559
msgid ""
14560
"Committing to: /etc/\n"
14561
"added aliases.db\n"
14562
"modified group\n"
14563
"modified group-\n"
14564
"modified gshadow\n"
14565
"modified gshadow-\n"
14566
"modified passwd\n"
14567
"modified passwd-\n"
14568
"added postfix\n"
14569
"added resolvconf\n"
14570
"added rsyslog.d\n"
14571
"modified shadow\n"
14572
"modified shadow-\n"
14573
"added init.d/postfix\n"
14574
"added network/if-down.d/postfix\n"
14575
"added network/if-up.d/postfix\n"
14576
"added postfix/dynamicmaps.cf\n"
14577
"added postfix/main.cf\n"
14578
"added postfix/master.cf\n"
14579
"added postfix/post-install\n"
14580
"added postfix/postfix-files\n"
14581
"added postfix/postfix-script\n"
14582
"added postfix/sasl\n"
14583
"added ppp/ip-down.d\n"
14584
"added ppp/ip-down.d/postfix\n"
14585
"added ppp/ip-up.d/postfix\n"
14586
"added rc0.d/K20postfix\n"
14587
"added rc1.d/K20postfix\n"
14588
"added rc2.d/S20postfix\n"
14589
"added rc3.d/S20postfix\n"
14590
"added rc4.d/S20postfix\n"
14591
"added rc5.d/S20postfix\n"
14592
"added rc6.d/K20postfix\n"
14593
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d\n"
14594
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d/postfix\n"
14595
"added rsyslog.d/postfix.conf\n"
14596
"added ufw/applications.d/postfix\n"
14597
"Committed revision 2."
14598
msgstr ""
14599
"Committing to: /etc/\n"
14600
"added aliases.db\n"
14601
"modified group\n"
14602
"modified group-\n"
14603
"modified gshadow\n"
14604
"modified gshadow-\n"
14605
"modified passwd\n"
14606
"modified passwd-\n"
14607
"added postfix\n"
14608
"added resolvconf\n"
14609
"added rsyslog.d\n"
14610
"modified shadow\n"
14611
"modified shadow-\n"
14612
"added init.d/postfix\n"
14613
"added network/if-down.d/postfix\n"
14614
"added network/if-up.d/postfix\n"
14615
"added postfix/dynamicmaps.cf\n"
14616
"added postfix/main.cf\n"
14617
"added postfix/master.cf\n"
14618
"added postfix/post-install\n"
14619
"added postfix/postfix-files\n"
14620
"added postfix/postfix-script\n"
14621
"added postfix/sasl\n"
14622
"added ppp/ip-down.d\n"
14623
"added ppp/ip-down.d/postfix\n"
14624
"added ppp/ip-up.d/postfix\n"
14625
"added rc0.d/K20postfix\n"
14626
"added rc1.d/K20postfix\n"
14627
"added rc2.d/S20postfix\n"
14628
"added rc3.d/S20postfix\n"
14629
"added rc4.d/S20postfix\n"
14630
"added rc5.d/S20postfix\n"
14631
"added rc6.d/K20postfix\n"
14632
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d\n"
14633
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d/postfix\n"
14634
"added rsyslog.d/postfix.conf\n"
14635
"added ufw/applications.d/postfix\n"
14636
"Committed revision 2."
14637
14638
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:241(para)
14639
msgid ""
14640
"For an example of how <application>etckeeper</application> tracks manual "
14641
"changes, add new a host to <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Using "
14642
"<application>bzr</application> you can see which files have been modified:"
14643
msgstr ""
14644
"Som ett exempel på hur <application>etckeeper</application> spårar manuella "
14645
"ändringar, lägg till en värd i <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Genom att "
14646
"använda <application>bzr</application> kan du se vilka filer som har ändrats:"
14647
14648
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:247(command)
14649
msgid "sudo bzr status /etc/"
14650
msgstr "sudo bzr status /etc/"
14651
14652
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:248(computeroutput)
14653
#, no-wrap
14654
msgid ""
14655
"modified:\n"
14656
" hosts"
14657
msgstr ""
14658
"modified:\n"
14659
" hosts"
14660
14661
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:252(para)
14662
msgid "Now commit the changes:"
14663
msgstr "Överför nu ändringarna:"
14664
14665
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:257(command)
14666
msgid "sudo etckeeper commit \"new host\""
14667
msgstr "sudo etckeeper commit \"new host\""
14668
14669
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:260(para)
14670
msgid ""
14671
"For more information on <application>bzr</application> see <xref "
14672
"linkend=\"bazaar\"/>."
14673
msgstr ""
14674
"För mer information om <application>bzr</application> se <xref "
14675
"linkend=\"bazaar\"/>."
14676
14677
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:266(title)
14678
msgid "Byobu"
14679
msgstr "Byobu"
14680
14681
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:268(para)
14682
msgid ""
14683
"One of the most useful applications for any system administrator is "
14684
"<application>screen</application>. It allows the execution of multiple "
14685
"shells in one terminal. To make some of the advanced "
14686
"<application>screen</application> features more user friendly, and provide "
14687
"some useful information about the system, the "
14688
"<application>byobu</application> package was created."
14689
msgstr ""
14690
14691
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:275(para)
14692
msgid ""
14693
"When executing <application>byobu</application> pressing the "
14694
"<emphasis>F9</emphasis> key will bring up the "
14695
"<application>Configuration</application> menu. This menu will allow you to:"
14696
msgstr ""
14697
14698
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:281(para)
14699
msgid "View the Help menu"
14700
msgstr "Visa hjälpmenyn"
14701
14702
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:282(para)
14703
msgid "Change Byobu's background color"
14704
msgstr "Ändra Byobus bakgrundsfärg"
14705
14706
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:283(para)
14707
msgid "Change Byobu's foreground color"
14708
msgstr "Ändra Byobus förgrundsfärg"
14709
14710
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:284(para)
14711
msgid "Toggle status notifications"
14712
msgstr "Växla statusnotifieringar"
14713
14714
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:285(para)
14715
msgid "Change the key binding set"
14716
msgstr "Ändra tangentbordsgenvägar"
14717
14718
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:286(para)
14719
msgid "Change the escape sequence"
14720
msgstr "Ändra escape-sekvens"
14721
14722
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:287(para)
14723
msgid "Create new windows"
14724
msgstr "Skapa nya fönster"
14725
14726
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:288(para)
14727
msgid "Manage the default windows"
14728
msgstr "Hantera standardfönstren"
14729
14730
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:289(para)
14731
msgid "Byobu currently does not launch at login (toggle on)"
14732
msgstr "Byobu startas inte vid inloggning (aktivera)"
14733
14734
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:292(para)
14735
msgid ""
14736
"The <emphasis>key bindings</emphasis> determine such things as the escape "
14737
"sequence, new window, change window, etc. There are two key binding sets to "
14738
"choose from <emphasis>f-keys</emphasis> and <emphasis>screen-escape-"
14739
"keys</emphasis>. If you wish to use the original key bindings choose the "
14740
"<emphasis>none</emphasis> set."
14741
msgstr ""
14742
14743
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:298(para)
14744
msgid ""
14745
"<application>byobu</application> provides a menu which displays the Ubuntu "
14746
"release, processor information, memory information, and the time and date. "
14747
"The effect is similar to a desktop menu."
14748
msgstr ""
14749
14750
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:303(para)
14751
msgid ""
14752
"Using the <emphasis>\"Byobu currently does not launch at login (toggle "
14753
"on)\"</emphasis> option will cause <application>byobu</application> to be "
14754
"executed any time a terminal is opened. Changes made to "
14755
"<application>byobu</application> are on a per user basis, and will not "
14756
"affect other users on the system."
14757
msgstr ""
14758
14759
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:309(para)
14760
msgid ""
14761
"One difference when using byobu is the <emphasis>scrollback</emphasis> mode. "
14762
"Press the <emphasis>F7</emphasis> key to enter scrollback mode. Scrollback "
14763
"mode allows you to navigate past output using <emphasis>vi</emphasis> like "
14764
"commands. Here is a quick list of movement commands:"
14765
msgstr ""
14766
14767
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:316(para)
14768
msgid "<emphasis>h</emphasis> - Move the cursor left by one character"
14769
msgstr "<emphasis>h</emphasis> - Flytta markören ett tecken åt vänster"
14770
14771
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:317(para)
14772
msgid "<emphasis>j</emphasis> - Move the cursor down by one line"
14773
msgstr "<emphasis>j</emphasis> - Flytta markören ner en rad"
14774
14775
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:318(para)
14776
msgid "<emphasis>k</emphasis> - Move the cursor up by one line"
14777
msgstr "<emphasis>k</emphasis> - Flytta markören upp en rad"
14778
14779
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:319(para)
14780
msgid "<emphasis>l</emphasis> - Move the cursor right by one character"
14781
msgstr "<emphasis>l</emphasis> - Flytta markören ett tecken åt höger"
14782
14783
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:320(para)
14784
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis> - Move to the beginning of the current line"
14785
msgstr "<emphasis>0</emphasis> - Flytta till början av nuvarande rad"
14786
14787
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:321(para)
14788
msgid "<emphasis>$</emphasis> - Move to the end of the current line"
14789
msgstr "<emphasis>$</emphasis> - Flytta till slutet av nuvarande rad"
14790
14791
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:322(para)
14792
msgid ""
14793
"<emphasis>G</emphasis> - Moves to the specified line (defaults to the end of "
14794
"the buffer)"
14795
msgstr ""
14796
"<emphasis>G</emphasis> - Flytta till den specificerade raden (standard till "
14797
"slutet av bufferten)"
14798
14799
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:323(para)
14800
msgid "<emphasis>/</emphasis> - Search forward"
14801
msgstr "<emphasis>/</emphasis> - Sök framåt"
14802
14803
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:324(para)
14804
msgid "<emphasis>?</emphasis> - Search backward"
14805
msgstr "<emphasis>?</emphasis> - Sök bakåt:"
14806
14807
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:325(para)
14808
msgid ""
14809
"<emphasis>n</emphasis> - Moves to the next match, either forward or backword"
14810
msgstr ""
14811
"<emphasis>n</emphasis> - Flytta till nästa motsvarande, antingen framåt "
14812
"eller bakåt"
14813
14814
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:334(para)
14815
msgid ""
14816
"See the <ulink "
14817
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man1/update-"
14818
"motd.1.html\">update-motd man page</ulink> for more options available to "
14819
"<application>update-motd</application>."
14820
msgstr ""
14821
14822
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:340(para)
14823
msgid ""
14824
"The Debian Package of the Day <ulink "
14825
"url=\"http://debaday.debian.net/2007/10/04/weather-check-weather-conditions-"
14826
"and-forecasts-on-the-command-line/\">weather</ulink> article has more "
14827
"details about using the <application>weather</application>utility."
14828
msgstr ""
14829
"Debian Package of the Day har en <ulink "
14830
"url=\"http://debaday.debian.net/2007/10/04/weather-check-weather-conditions-"
14831
"and-forecasts-on-the-command-line/\">väder</ulink>-artikel som har mer "
14832
"detaljer om att använda verktyget <application>weather</application>."
14833
14834
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:347(para)
14835
msgid ""
14836
"See the <ulink "
14837
"url=\"http://kitenet.net/~joey/code/etckeeper/\">etckeeper</ulink> site for "
14838
"more details on using <application>etckeeper</application>."
14839
msgstr ""
14840
"Se webbplatsen <ulink "
14841
"url=\"http://kitenet.net/~joey/code/etckeeper/\">etckeeper</ulink> för mer "
14842
"detaljer om att använda <application>etckeeper</application>."
14843
14844
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:353(para)
14845
msgid ""
14846
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/etckeeper\">etckeeper "
14847
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page."
14848
msgstr ""
14849
14850
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:358(para)
14851
msgid ""
14852
"For the latest news and information about <application>bzr</application> see "
14853
"the <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/\">bzr</ulink> web site."
14854
msgstr ""
14855
"För de senaste nyheterna och informationen om <application>bzr</application> "
14856
"se webbplatsen för <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/\">bzr</ulink>."
14857
14858
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:363(para)
14859
msgid ""
14860
"For more information on <application>screen</application> see the <ulink "
14861
"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/screen/\">screen web site</ulink>."
14862
msgstr ""
14863
"För mer information om <application>screen</application> se webbplatsen för "
14864
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/screen/\">screen</ulink>."
14865
14866
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:368(para)
14867
msgid ""
14868
"And the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Screen\">Ubuntu Wiki "
14869
"screen</ulink> page."
14870
msgstr ""
14871
14872
#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:373(para)
14873
msgid ""
14874
"Also, see the <application>byobu</application><ulink "
14875
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/byobu\">project page</ulink> for more "
14876
"information."
14877
msgstr ""
14878
14879
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:14(para)
14880
msgid ""
14881
"Networks consist of two or more devices, such as computer systems, printers, "
14882
"and related equipment which are connected by either physical cabling or "
14883
"wireless links for the purpose of sharing and distributing information among "
14884
"the connected devices."
14885
msgstr ""
14886
"Nätverk består av två eller flera enheter, såsom datorsystem, skrivare och "
14887
"liknande utrustning som är ihopkopplade med kabel eller trådlös förbindelse "
14888
"med syftet att dela och fördela information mellan ihopkopplade enheter."
14889
14890
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:20(para)
14891
msgid ""
14892
"This section provides general and specific information pertaining to "
14893
"networking, including an overview of network concepts and detailed "
14894
"discussion of popular network protocols."
14895
msgstr ""
14896
"Detta avsnitt erbjuder allmän och mer specifik information gällande "
14897
"nätverksarbete, inklusive en översikt av nätverkskoncept och en detaljerad "
14898
"diskussion om nätverksprotokoll."
14899
14900
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:27(title)
14901
msgid "Network Configuration"
14902
msgstr "Nätverkskonfiguration"
14903
14904
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:28(para)
14905
msgid ""
14906
"Ubuntu ships with a number of graphical utilities to configure your network "
14907
"devices. This document is geared toward server administrators and will focus "
14908
"on managing your network on the command line."
14909
msgstr ""
14910
"Med Ubuntu följer ett antal grafiska verktyg för att konfigurera dina "
14911
"nätverksenheter. Det här dokumentet riktar sig mot serveradministratörer och "
14912
"fokuserar därför på att hantera nätverket från kommandoraden."
14913
14914
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:35(title)
14915
msgid "Ethernet Interfaces"
14916
msgstr ""
14917
14918
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:36(para)
14919
msgid ""
14920
"Ethernet interfaces are identified by the system using the naming convention "
14921
"of <emphasis role=\"italix\">ethX</emphasis>, where <emphasis "
14922
"role=\"italic\">X</emphasis> represents a numeric value. The first Ethernet "
14923
"interface is typically identified as <emphasis "
14924
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>, the second as <emphasis "
14925
"role=\"italic\">eth1</emphasis>, and all others should move up in numerical "
14926
"order."
14927
msgstr ""
14928
14929
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:46(title)
14930
msgid "Identify Ethernet Interfaces"
14931
msgstr ""
14932
14933
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:47(para)
14934
msgid ""
14935
"To quickly identify all available Ethernet interfaces, you can use the "
14936
"<application>ifconfig</application> command as shown below."
14937
msgstr ""
14938
14939
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:52(userinput)
14940
#, no-wrap
14941
msgid "ifconfig -a | grep eth"
14942
msgstr "ifconfig -a | grep eth"
14943
14944
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:51(screen)
14945
#, no-wrap
14946
msgid ""
14947
"\n"
14948
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
14949
"eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\n"
14950
msgstr ""
14951
"\n"
14952
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
14953
"eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\n"
14954
14955
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:55(para)
14956
msgid ""
14957
"Another application that can help identify all network interfaces available "
14958
"to your system is the <application>lshw</application> command. In the "
14959
"example below, <application>lshw</application> shows a single Ethernet "
14960
"interface with the logical name of <emphasis role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> "
14961
"along with bus information, driver details and all supported capabilities."
14962
msgstr ""
14963
14964
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:62(userinput)
14965
#, no-wrap
14966
msgid "sudo lshw -class network"
14967
msgstr "sudo lshw -class network"
14968
14969
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:61(screen)
14970
#, no-wrap
14971
msgid ""
14972
"\n"
14973
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
14974
" *-network\n"
14975
" description: Ethernet interface\n"
14976
" product: BCM4401-B0 100Base-TX\n"
14977
" vendor: Broadcom Corporation\n"
14978
" physical id: 0\n"
14979
" bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
14980
" logical name: eth0\n"
14981
" version: 02\n"
14982
" serial: 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\n"
14983
" size: 10MB/s\n"
14984
" capacity: 100MB/s\n"
14985
" width: 32 bits\n"
14986
" clock: 33MHz\n"
14987
" capabilities: (snipped for brevity)\n"
14988
" configuration: (snipped for brevity)\n"
14989
" resources: irq:17 memory:ef9fe000-ef9fffff\n"
14990
msgstr ""
14991
"\n"
14992
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
14993
" *-network\n"
14994
" description: Ethernet interface\n"
14995
" product: BCM4401-B0 100Base-TX\n"
14996
" vendor: Broadcom Corporation\n"
14997
" physical id: 0\n"
14998
" bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
14999
" logical name: eth0\n"
15000
" version: 02\n"
15001
" serial: 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\n"
15002
" size: 10MB/s\n"
15003
" capacity: 100MB/s\n"
15004
" width: 32 bits\n"
15005
" clock: 33MHz\n"
15006
" capabilities: (snipped for brevity)\n"
15007
" configuration: (snipped for brevity)\n"
15008
" resources: irq:17 memory:ef9fe000-ef9fffff\n"
15009
15010
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:83(title)
15011
msgid "Ethernet Interface Logical Names"
15012
msgstr ""
15013
15014
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:84(para)
15015
msgid ""
15016
"Interface logical names are configured in the file "
15017
"<filename>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules.</filename> If you would "
15018
"like control which interface receives a particular logical name, find the "
15019
"line matching the interfaces physical MAC address and modify the value of "
15020
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">NAME=ethX</emphasis> to the desired logical name. "
15021
"Reboot the system to commit your changes."
15022
msgstr ""
15023
15024
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:92(programlisting)
15025
#, no-wrap
15026
msgid ""
15027
"\n"
15028
"SUBSYSTEM==\"net\", ACTION==\"add\", DRIVERS==\"?*\", "
15029
"ATTR{address}==\"00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\", ATTR{dev_id}==\"0x0\", "
15030
"ATTR{type}==\"1\", KERNEL==\"eth*\", NAME=\"eth0\"\n"
15031
"SUBSYSTEM==\"net\", ACTION==\"add\", DRIVERS==\"?*\", "
15032
"ATTR{address}==\"00:15:c5:4a:16:5b\", ATTR{dev_id}==\"0x0\", "
15033
"ATTR{type}==\"1\", KERNEL==\"eth*\", NAME=\"eth1\"\n"
15034
msgstr ""
15035
"\n"
15036
"SUBSYSTEM==\"net\", ACTION==\"add\", DRIVERS==\"?*\", "
15037
"ATTR{address}==\"00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\", ATTR{dev_id}==\"0x0\", "
15038
"ATTR{type}==\"1\", KERNEL==\"eth*\", NAME=\"eth0\"\n"
15039
"SUBSYSTEM==\"net\", ACTION==\"add\", DRIVERS==\"?*\", "
15040
"ATTR{address}==\"00:15:c5:4a:16:5b\", ATTR{dev_id}==\"0x0\", "
15041
"ATTR{type}==\"1\", KERNEL==\"eth*\", NAME=\"eth1\"\n"
15042
15043
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:99(title)
15044
msgid "Ethernet Interface Settings"
15045
msgstr ""
15046
15047
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:100(para)
15048
msgid ""
15049
"<application>ethtool</application> is a program that displays and changes "
15050
"Ethernet card settings such as auto-negotiation, port speed, duplex mode, "
15051
"and Wake-on-LAN. It is not installed by default, but is available for "
15052
"installation in the repositories."
15053
msgstr ""
15054
15055
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:106(userinput)
15056
#, no-wrap
15057
msgid "sudo apt-get install ethtool"
15058
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ethtool"
15059
15060
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:108(para)
15061
msgid ""
15062
"The following is an example of how to view supported features and configured "
15063
"settings of an Ethernet interface."
15064
msgstr ""
15065
15066
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:113(userinput)
15067
#, no-wrap
15068
msgid "sudo ethtool eth0"
15069
msgstr "sudo ethtool eth0"
15070
15071
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:112(screen)
15072
#, no-wrap
15073
msgid ""
15074
"\n"
15075
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
15076
"Settings for eth0:\n"
15077
" Supported ports: [ TP ]\n"
15078
" Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full \n"
15079
" 100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full \n"
15080
" 1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full \n"
15081
" Supports auto-negotiation: Yes\n"
15082
" Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full \n"
15083
" 100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full \n"
15084
" 1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full \n"
15085
" Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes\n"
15086
" Speed: 1000Mb/s\n"
15087
" Duplex: Full\n"
15088
" Port: Twisted Pair\n"
15089
" PHYAD: 1\n"
15090
" Transceiver: internal\n"
15091
" Auto-negotiation: on\n"
15092
" Supports Wake-on: g\n"
15093
" Wake-on: d\n"
15094
" Current message level: 0x000000ff (255)\n"
15095
" Link detected: yes\n"
15096
msgstr ""
15097
"\n"
15098
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
15099
"Settings for eth0:\n"
15100
" Supported ports: [ TP ]\n"
15101
" Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full \n"
15102
" 100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full \n"
15103
" 1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full \n"
15104
" Supports auto-negotiation: Yes\n"
15105
" Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full \n"
15106
" 100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full \n"
15107
" 1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full \n"
15108
" Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes\n"
15109
" Speed: 1000Mb/s\n"
15110
" Duplex: Full\n"
15111
" Port: Twisted Pair\n"
15112
" PHYAD: 1\n"
15113
" Transceiver: internal\n"
15114
" Auto-negotiation: on\n"
15115
" Supports Wake-on: g\n"
15116
" Wake-on: d\n"
15117
" Current message level: 0x000000ff (255)\n"
15118
" Link detected: yes\n"
15119
15120
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:135(para)
15121
msgid ""
15122
"Changes made with the <application>ethtool</application> command are "
15123
"temporary and will be lost after a reboot. If you would like to retain "
15124
"settings, simply add the desired <application>ethtool</application> command "
15125
"to a <emphasis role=\"italic\">pre-up</emphasis> statement in the interface "
15126
"configuration file <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
15127
msgstr ""
15128
15129
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:141(para)
15130
msgid ""
15131
"The following is an example of how the interface identified as <emphasis "
15132
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> could be permanently configured with a port "
15133
"speed of 1000Mb/s running in full duplex mode."
15134
msgstr ""
15135
15136
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:145(programlisting)
15137
#, no-wrap
15138
msgid ""
15139
"\n"
15140
"auto eth0\n"
15141
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
15142
"pre-up /usr/sbin/ethtool -s eth0 speed 1000 duplex full\n"
15143
msgstr ""
15144
"\n"
15145
"auto eth0\n"
15146
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
15147
"pre-up /usr/sbin/ethtool -s eth0 speed 1000 duplex full\n"
15148
15149
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:151(para)
15150
msgid ""
15151
"Although the example above shows the interface configured to use the "
15152
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">static</emphasis> method, it actually works with "
15153
"other methods as well, such as DHCP. The example is meant to demonstrate "
15154
"only proper placement of the <emphasis role=\"italic\">pre-up</emphasis> "
15155
"statement in relation to the rest of the interface configuration."
15156
msgstr ""
15157
15158
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:163(title)
15159
msgid "IP Addressing"
15160
msgstr ""
15161
15162
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:164(para)
15163
msgid ""
15164
"The following section describes the process of configuring your systems IP "
15165
"address and default gateway needed for communicating on a local area network "
15166
"and the Internet."
15167
msgstr ""
15168
15169
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:171(title)
15170
msgid "Temporary IP Address Assignment"
15171
msgstr ""
15172
15173
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:172(para)
15174
msgid ""
15175
"For temporary network configurations, you can use standard commands such as "
15176
"<application>ip</application>, <application>ifconfig</application> and "
15177
"<application>route</application>, which are also found on most other "
15178
"GNU/Linux operating systems. These commands allow you to configure settings "
15179
"which take effect immediately, however they are not persistent and will be "
15180
"lost after a reboot."
15181
msgstr ""
15182
15183
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:180(para)
15184
msgid ""
15185
"To temporarily configure an IP address, you can use the "
15186
"<application>ifconfig</application> command in the following manner. Just "
15187
"modify the IP address and subnet mask to match your network requirements."
15188
msgstr ""
15189
15190
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:186(userinput)
15191
#, no-wrap
15192
msgid "sudo ifconfig eth0 10.0.0.100 netmask 255.255.255.0"
15193
msgstr "sudo ifconfig eth0 10.0.0.100 netmask 255.255.255.0"
15194
15195
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:188(para)
15196
msgid ""
15197
"To verify the IP address configuration of <application>eth0</application>, "
15198
"you can use the <application>ifconfig</application> command in the following "
15199
"manner."
15200
msgstr ""
15201
15202
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:193(userinput)
15203
#, no-wrap
15204
msgid "ifconfig eth0"
15205
msgstr "ifconfig eth0"
15206
15207
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:192(screen)
15208
#, no-wrap
15209
msgid ""
15210
"\n"
15211
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
15212
"eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a \n"
15213
" inet addr:10.0.0.100 Bcast:10.0.0.255 Mask:255.255.255.0\n"
15214
" inet6 addr: fe80::215:c5ff:fe4a:165a/64 Scope:Link\n"
15215
" UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1\n"
15216
" RX packets:466475604 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
15217
" TX packets:403172654 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
15218
" collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 \n"
15219
" RX bytes:2574778386 (2.5 GB) TX bytes:1618367329 (1.6 GB)\n"
15220
" Interrupt:16 \n"
15221
msgstr ""
15222
"\n"
15223
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
15224
"eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a \n"
15225
" inet addr:10.0.0.100 Bcast:10.0.0.255 Mask:255.255.255.0\n"
15226
" inet6 addr: fe80::215:c5ff:fe4a:165a/64 Scope:Link\n"
15227
" UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1\n"
15228
" RX packets:466475604 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
15229
" TX packets:403172654 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
15230
" collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 \n"
15231
" RX bytes:2574778386 (2.5 GB) TX bytes:1618367329 (1.6 GB)\n"
15232
" Interrupt:16 \n"
15233
15234
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:204(para)
15235
msgid ""
15236
"To configure a default gateway, you can use the "
15237
"<application>route</application> command in the following manner. Modify the "
15238
"default gateway address to match your network requirements."
15239
msgstr ""
15240
15241
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:210(userinput)
15242
#, no-wrap
15243
msgid "sudo route add default gw 10.0.0.1 eth0"
15244
msgstr "sudo route add default gw 10.0.0.1 eth0"
15245
15246
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:212(para)
15247
msgid ""
15248
"To verify your default gateway configuration, you can use the "
15249
"<application>route</application> command in the following manner."
15250
msgstr ""
15251
15252
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:217(userinput)
15253
#, no-wrap
15254
msgid "route -n"
15255
msgstr "route -n"
15256
15257
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:216(screen)
15258
#, no-wrap
15259
msgid ""
15260
"\n"
15261
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
15262
"Kernel IP routing table\n"
15263
"Destination Gateway Genmask Flags Metric Ref Use "
15264
"Iface\n"
15265
"10.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.0 U 1 0 0 "
15266
"eth0\n"
15267
"0.0.0.0 10.0.0.1 0.0.0.0 UG 0 0 0 "
15268
"eth0\n"
15269
msgstr ""
15270
"\n"
15271
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
15272
"Kernel IP routing table\n"
15273
"Destination Gateway Genmask Flags Metric Ref Use "
15274
"Iface\n"
15275
"10.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.0 U 1 0 0 "
15276
"eth0\n"
15277
"0.0.0.0 10.0.0.1 0.0.0.0 UG 0 0 0 "
15278
"eth0\n"
15279
15280
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:223(para)
15281
msgid ""
15282
"If you require DNS for your temporary network configuration, you can add DNS "
15283
"server IP addresses in the file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. The "
15284
"example below shows how to enter two DNS servers to "
15285
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, which should be changed to servers "
15286
"appropriate for your network. A more lengthy description of DNS client "
15287
"configuration is in a following section."
15288
msgstr ""
15289
15290
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:230(programlisting)
15291
#, no-wrap
15292
msgid ""
15293
"\n"
15294
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
15295
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
15296
msgstr ""
15297
"\n"
15298
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
15299
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
15300
15301
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:234(para)
15302
msgid ""
15303
"If you no longer need this configuration and wish to purge all IP "
15304
"configuration from an interface, you can use the "
15305
"<application>ip</application> command with the flush option as shown below."
15306
msgstr ""
15307
15308
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:240(userinput)
15309
#, no-wrap
15310
msgid "ip addr flush eth0"
15311
msgstr "ip addr flush eth0"
15312
15313
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:243(para)
15314
msgid ""
15315
"Flushing the IP configuration using the <application>ip</application> "
15316
"command does not clear the contents of "
15317
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. You must remove or modify those "
15318
"entries manually."
15319
msgstr ""
15320
15321
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:251(title)
15322
msgid "Dynamic IP Address Assignment (DHCP Client)"
15323
msgstr ""
15324
15325
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:252(para)
15326
msgid ""
15327
"To configure your server to use DHCP for dynamic address assignment, add the "
15328
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">dhcp</emphasis> method to the inet address family "
15329
"statement for the appropriate interface in the file "
15330
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The example below assumes you "
15331
"are configuring your first Ethernet interface identified as <emphasis "
15332
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>."
15333
msgstr ""
15334
15335
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:259(programlisting)
15336
#, no-wrap
15337
msgid ""
15338
"\n"
15339
"auto eth0\n"
15340
"iface eth0 inet dhcp\n"
15341
msgstr ""
15342
"\n"
15343
"auto eth0\n"
15344
"iface eth0 inet dhcp\n"
15345
15346
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:263(para)
15347
msgid ""
15348
"By adding an interface configuration as shown above, you can manually enable "
15349
"the interface through the <application>ifup</application> command which "
15350
"initiates the DHCP process via <application>dhclient</application>."
15351
msgstr ""
15352
15353
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:269(userinput) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:304(userinput)
15354
#, no-wrap
15355
msgid "sudo ifup eth0"
15356
msgstr "sudo ifup eth0"
15357
15358
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:271(para)
15359
msgid ""
15360
"To manually disable the interface, you can use the "
15361
"<application>ifdown</application> command, which in turn will initiate the "
15362
"DHCP release process and shut down the interface."
15363
msgstr ""
15364
15365
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:277(userinput) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:311(userinput)
15366
#, no-wrap
15367
msgid "sudo ifdown eth0"
15368
msgstr "sudo ifdown eth0"
15369
15370
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:282(title)
15371
msgid "Static IP Address Assignment"
15372
msgstr ""
15373
15374
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:283(para)
15375
msgid ""
15376
"To configure your system to use a static IP address assignment, add the "
15377
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">static</emphasis> method to the inet address "
15378
"family statement for the appropriate interface in the file "
15379
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The example below assumes you "
15380
"are configuring your first Ethernet interface identified as <emphasis "
15381
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>. Change the <emphasis "
15382
"role=\"italic\">address</emphasis>, <emphasis "
15383
"role=\"italic\">netmask</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
15384
"role=\"italic\">gateway</emphasis> values to meet the requirements of your "
15385
"network."
15386
msgstr ""
15387
15388
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:292(programlisting)
15389
#, no-wrap
15390
msgid ""
15391
"\n"
15392
"auto eth0\n"
15393
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
15394
"address 10.0.0.100\n"
15395
"netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
15396
"gateway 10.0.0.1\n"
15397
msgstr ""
15398
"\n"
15399
"auto eth0\n"
15400
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
15401
"address 10.0.0.100\n"
15402
"netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
15403
"gateway 10.0.0.1\n"
15404
15405
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:299(para)
15406
msgid ""
15407
"By adding an interface configuration as shown above, you can manually enable "
15408
"the interface through the <application>ifup</application> command."
15409
msgstr ""
15410
15411
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:306(para)
15412
msgid ""
15413
"To manually disable the interface, you can use the "
15414
"<application>ifdown</application> command."
15415
msgstr ""
15416
15417
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:316(title)
15418
msgid "Loopback Interface"
15419
msgstr "Loopback-gränssnitt"
15420
15421
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:317(para)
15422
msgid ""
15423
"The loopback interface is identified by the system as <emphasis "
15424
"role=\"italic\">lo</emphasis> and has a default IP address of 127.0.0.1. It "
15425
"can be viewed using the ifconfig command."
15426
msgstr ""
15427
15428
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:322(userinput)
15429
#, no-wrap
15430
msgid "ifconfig lo"
15431
msgstr "ifconfig lo"
15432
15433
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:321(screen)
15434
#, no-wrap
15435
msgid ""
15436
"\n"
15437
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
15438
"lo Link encap:Local Loopback \n"
15439
" inet addr:127.0.0.1 Mask:255.0.0.0\n"
15440
" inet6 addr: ::1/128 Scope:Host\n"
15441
" UP LOOPBACK RUNNING MTU:16436 Metric:1\n"
15442
" RX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
15443
" TX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
15444
" collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 \n"
15445
" RX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB) TX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB)\n"
15446
msgstr ""
15447
"\n"
15448
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
15449
"lo Link encap:Local Loopback \n"
15450
" inet addr:127.0.0.1 Mask:255.0.0.0\n"
15451
" inet6 addr: ::1/128 Scope:Host\n"
15452
" UP LOOPBACK RUNNING MTU:16436 Metric:1\n"
15453
" RX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
15454
" TX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
15455
" collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 \n"
15456
" RX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB) TX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB)\n"
15457
15458
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:332(para)
15459
msgid ""
15460
"By default, there should be two lines in "
15461
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> responsible for automatically "
15462
"configuring your loopback interface. It is recommended that you keep the "
15463
"default settings unless you have a specific purpose for changing them. An "
15464
"example of the two default lines are shown below."
15465
msgstr ""
15466
15467
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:338(programlisting)
15468
#, no-wrap
15469
msgid ""
15470
"\n"
15471
"auto lo\n"
15472
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
15473
msgstr ""
15474
"\n"
15475
"auto lo\n"
15476
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
15477
15478
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:347(title)
15479
msgid "Name Resolution"
15480
msgstr ""
15481
15482
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:348(para)
15483
msgid ""
15484
"Name resolution as it relates to IP networking is the process of mapping IP "
15485
"addresses to hostnames, making it easier to identify resources on a network. "
15486
"The following section will explain how to properly configure your system for "
15487
"name resolution using DNS and static hostname records."
15488
msgstr ""
15489
15490
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:356(title)
15491
msgid "DNS Client Configuration"
15492
msgstr ""
15493
15494
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:357(para)
15495
msgid ""
15496
"To configure your system to use DNS for name resolution, add the IP "
15497
"addresses of the DNS servers that are appropriate for your network in the "
15498
"file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. You can also add an optional DNS "
15499
"suffix search-lists to match your network domain names."
15500
msgstr ""
15501
15502
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:362(para)
15503
msgid ""
15504
"Below is an example of a typical configuration of "
15505
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> for a server on the domain \"<emphasis "
15506
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>\" and using two public DNS servers."
15507
msgstr ""
15508
15509
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:367(programlisting)
15510
#, no-wrap
15511
msgid ""
15512
"\n"
15513
"search example.com\n"
15514
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
15515
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
15516
msgstr ""
15517
"\n"
15518
"search example.com\n"
15519
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
15520
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
15521
15522
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:372(para)
15523
msgid ""
15524
"The <emphasis role=\"italic\">search</emphasis> option can also be used with "
15525
"multiple domain names so that DNS queries will be appended in the order in "
15526
"which they are entered. For example, your network may have multiple sub-"
15527
"domains to search; a parent domain of <emphasis "
15528
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>, and two sub-domains, <emphasis "
15529
"role=\"italic\">sales.example.com</emphasis> and <emphasis "
15530
"role=\"italic\">dev.example.com</emphasis>."
15531
msgstr ""
15532
15533
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:380(para)
15534
msgid ""
15535
"If you have multiple domains you wish to search, your configuration might "
15536
"look like the following."
15537
msgstr ""
15538
15539
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:383(programlisting)
15540
#, no-wrap
15541
msgid ""
15542
"\n"
15543
"search example.com sales.example.com dev.example.com\n"
15544
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
15545
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
15546
msgstr ""
15547
"\n"
15548
"search example.com sales.example.com dev.example.com\n"
15549
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
15550
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
15551
15552
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:388(para)
15553
msgid ""
15554
"If you try to ping a host with the name of <emphasis "
15555
"role=\"italic\">server1</emphasis>, your system will automatically query DNS "
15556
"for its Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) in the following order:"
15557
msgstr ""
15558
15559
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:394(para)
15560
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.example.com</emphasis>"
15561
msgstr "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.example.com</emphasis>"
15562
15563
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:399(para)
15564
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.sales.example.com</emphasis>"
15565
msgstr "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.sales.example.com</emphasis>"
15566
15567
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:404(para)
15568
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.dev.example.com</emphasis>"
15569
msgstr "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.dev.example.com</emphasis>"
15570
15571
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:409(para)
15572
msgid ""
15573
"If no matches are found, the DNS server will provide a result of <emphasis "
15574
"role=\"italic\">notfound</emphasis> and the DNS query will fail."
15575
msgstr ""
15576
15577
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:416(title)
15578
msgid "Static Hostnames"
15579
msgstr ""
15580
15581
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:417(para)
15582
msgid ""
15583
"Static hostnames are locally defined hostname-to-IP mappings located in the "
15584
"file <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Entries in the "
15585
"<filename>hosts</filename> file will have precedence over DNS by default. "
15586
"This means that if your system tries to resolve a hostname and it matches an "
15587
"entry in /etc/hosts, it will not attempt to look up the record in DNS. In "
15588
"some configurations, especially when Internet access is not required, "
15589
"servers that communicate with a limited number of resources can be "
15590
"conveniently set to use static hostnames instead of DNS."
15591
msgstr ""
15592
15593
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:424(para)
15594
msgid ""
15595
"The following is an example of a <filename>hosts</filename> file where a "
15596
"number of local servers have been identified by simple hostnames, aliases "
15597
"and their equivalent Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDN's)."
15598
msgstr ""
15599
15600
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:428(programlisting)
15601
#, no-wrap
15602
msgid ""
15603
"\n"
15604
"127.0.0.1\tlocalhost\n"
15605
"127.0.1.1\tubuntu-server\n"
15606
"10.0.0.11\tserver1 vpn server1.example.com\n"
15607
"10.0.0.12\tserver2 mail server2.example.com\n"
15608
"10.0.0.13\tserver3 www server3.example.com\n"
15609
"10.0.0.14\tserver4 file server4.example.com\n"
15610
msgstr ""
15611
"\n"
15612
"127.0.0.1\tlocalhost\n"
15613
"127.0.1.1\tubuntu-server\n"
15614
"10.0.0.11\tserver1 vpn server1.example.com\n"
15615
"10.0.0.12\tserver2 mail server2.example.com\n"
15616
"10.0.0.13\tserver3 www server3.example.com\n"
15617
"10.0.0.14\tserver4 file server4.example.com\n"
15618
15619
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:437(para)
15620
msgid ""
15621
"In the above example, notice that each of the servers have been given "
15622
"aliases in addition to their proper names and FQDN's. <emphasis "
15623
"role=\"italic\">Server1</emphasis> has been mapped to the name <emphasis "
15624
"role=\"italic\">vpn</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"italic\">server2</emphasis> "
15625
"is referred to as <emphasis role=\"italic\">mail</emphasis>, <emphasis "
15626
"role=\"italic\">server3</emphasis> as <emphasis "
15627
"role=\"italic\">www</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
15628
"role=\"italic\">server4</emphasis> as <emphasis "
15629
"role=\"italic\">file</emphasis>."
15630
msgstr ""
15631
15632
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:449(title)
15633
msgid "Name Service Switch Configuration"
15634
msgstr ""
15635
15636
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:450(para)
15637
msgid ""
15638
"The order in which your system selects a method of resolving hostnames to IP "
15639
"addresses is controlled by the Name Service Switch (NSS) configuration file "
15640
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>. As mentioned in the previous "
15641
"section, typically static hostnames defined in the systems "
15642
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file have precedence over names resolved "
15643
"from DNS. The following is an example of the line responsible for this order "
15644
"of hostname lookups in the file <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>."
15645
msgstr ""
15646
15647
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:458(programlisting)
15648
#, no-wrap
15649
msgid ""
15650
"\n"
15651
"hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"
15652
msgstr ""
15653
"\n"
15654
"hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"
15655
15656
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:464(para)
15657
msgid ""
15658
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">files</emphasis> first tries to resolve static "
15659
"hostnames located in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>."
15660
msgstr ""
15661
15662
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:470(para)
15663
msgid ""
15664
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mdns4_minimal</emphasis> attempts to resolve the "
15665
"name using Multicast DNS."
15666
msgstr ""
15667
15668
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:475(para)
15669
msgid ""
15670
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">[NOTFOUND=return]</emphasis> means that any response "
15671
"of <emphasis role=\"italic\">notfound</emphasis> by the preceding <emphasis "
15672
"role=\"italic\">mdns4_minimal</emphasis> process should be treated as "
15673
"authoritative and that the system should not try to continue hunting for an "
15674
"answer."
15675
msgstr ""
15676
15677
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:483(para)
15678
msgid ""
15679
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dns</emphasis> represents a legacy unicast DNS query."
15680
msgstr ""
15681
15682
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:488(para)
15683
msgid ""
15684
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mdns4</emphasis> represents a Multicast DNS query."
15685
msgstr ""
15686
15687
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:494(para)
15688
msgid ""
15689
"To modify the order of the above mentioned name resolution methods, you can "
15690
"simply change the <emphasis role=\"italic\">hosts:</emphasis> string to the "
15691
"value of your choosing. For example, if you prefer to use legacy Unicast DNS "
15692
"versus Multicast DNS, you can change the string in "
15693
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> as shown below."
15694
msgstr ""
15695
15696
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:501(programlisting)
15697
#, no-wrap
15698
msgid ""
15699
"\n"
15700
"hosts: files dns [NOTFOUND=return] mdns4_minimal mdns4\n"
15701
msgstr ""
15702
"\n"
15703
"hosts: files dns [NOTFOUND=return] mdns4_minimal mdns4\n"
15704
15705
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:508(title)
15706
msgid "Bridging"
15707
msgstr "Överbrygga"
15708
15709
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:510(para)
15710
msgid ""
15711
"Bridging multiple interfaces is a more advanced configuration, but is very "
15712
"useful in multiple scenarios. One scenario is setting up a bridge with "
15713
"multiple network interfaces, then using a firewall to filter traffic between "
15714
"two network segments. Another scenario is using bridge on a system with one "
15715
"interface to allow virtual machines direct access to the outside network. "
15716
"The following example covers the latter scenario."
15717
msgstr ""
15718
"Överbrygga flera gränssnitt är en mer avancerad konfiguration, men det är "
15719
"mycket användbart i flera scenarier. Ett scenario är att inrätta en brygga "
15720
"med flera nätverksgränssnitt, därefter att med hjälp av en brandvägg "
15721
"filtrera trafiken mellan två nätsegment. Ett annat scenario är att använda "
15722
"en brygga i ett system med ett gränssnitt som tillåter virtuella maskiner "
15723
"att få direkt tillgång till nätet utanför. Följande exempel gäller det "
15724
"senare scenariot."
15725
15726
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:517(para)
15727
msgid ""
15728
"Before configuring a bridge you will need to install the <application>bridge-"
15729
"utils</application> package. To install the package, in a terminal enter:"
15730
msgstr ""
15731
"Innan konfigureringen av bryggan behöver du installera paketet "
15732
"<application>bridge-utils</application>. För att installera paketet, skriv i "
15733
"en terminal:"
15734
15735
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:523(command)
15736
msgid "sudo apt-get install bridge-utils"
15737
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bridge-utils"
15738
15739
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:526(para)
15740
msgid ""
15741
"Next, configure the bridge by editing "
15742
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>:"
15743
msgstr ""
15744
"Nästa steg, konfigurera bryggan genom att redigera "
15745
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>:"
15746
15747
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:530(programlisting)
15748
#, no-wrap
15749
msgid ""
15750
"\n"
15751
"auto lo\n"
15752
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
15753
"\n"
15754
"auto br0\n"
15755
"iface br0 inet static\n"
15756
" address 192.168.0.10\n"
15757
" network 192.168.0.0\n"
15758
" netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
15759
" broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
15760
" gateway 192.168.0.1\n"
15761
" bridge_ports eth0\n"
15762
" bridge_fd 9\n"
15763
" bridge_hello 2\n"
15764
" bridge_maxage 12\n"
15765
" bridge_stp off\n"
15766
msgstr ""
15767
"\n"
15768
"auto lo\n"
15769
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
15770
"\n"
15771
"auto br0\n"
15772
"iface br0 inet static\n"
15773
" address 192.168.0.10\n"
15774
" network 192.168.0.0\n"
15775
" netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
15776
" broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
15777
" gateway 192.168.0.1\n"
15778
" bridge_ports eth0\n"
15779
" bridge_fd 9\n"
15780
" bridge_hello 2\n"
15781
" bridge_maxage 12\n"
15782
" bridge_stp off\n"
15783
15784
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:549(para)
15785
msgid "Enter the appropriate values for your physical interface and network."
15786
msgstr "Ange de riktiga värdena för ditt fysiska gränssnitt och nätverk."
15787
15788
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:554(para)
15789
msgid "Now restart networking to enable the bridge interface:"
15790
msgstr "Starta nu om nätverket för att aktivera bryggans gränssnitt:"
15791
15792
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:561(para)
15793
msgid ""
15794
"The new bridge interface should now be up and running. The "
15795
"<application>brctl</application> provides useful information about the state "
15796
"of the bridge, controls which interfaces are part of the bridge, etc. See "
15797
"<command>man brctl</command> for more information."
15798
msgstr ""
15799
"Det nya gränssnittet för bryggan skall nu vara igång. "
15800
"<application>brctl</application> tillhandahåller värdefull information om "
15801
"bryggans tillstånd, kontrollerar vilka gränssnitt som är en del av bryggan, "
15802
"etc. Se <command>man brctl</command> för mer information."
15803
15804
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:577(para)
15805
msgid ""
15806
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Network\">Ubuntu Wiki "
15807
"Network page</ulink> has links to articles covering more advanced network "
15808
"configuration."
15809
msgstr ""
15810
15811
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:583(para)
15812
msgid ""
15813
"The <ulink "
15814
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man5/interfaces.5.html"
15815
"\">interfaces man page</ulink> has details on more options for "
15816
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
15817
msgstr ""
15818
15819
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:589(para)
15820
msgid ""
15821
"The <ulink "
15822
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man8/dhclient.8.html\">"
15823
"dhclient man page</ulink> has details on more options for configuring DHCP "
15824
"client settings."
15825
msgstr ""
15826
15827
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:595(para)
15828
msgid ""
15829
"For more information on DNS client configuration see the <ulink "
15830
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man5/resolver.5.html\">"
15831
"resolver man page</ulink>. Also, Chapter 6 of O'Reilly's <ulink "
15832
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/linag2/book/ch06.html\">Linux Network "
15833
"Administrator's Guide</ulink> is a good source of resolver and name service "
15834
"configuration information."
15835
msgstr ""
15836
15837
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:603(para)
15838
msgid ""
15839
"For more information on <emphasis>bridging</emphasis> see the <ulink "
15840
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man8/brctl.8.html\">brc"
15841
"tl man page</ulink> and the Linux Foundation's <ulink "
15842
"url=\"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/Net:Bridge\">Net:Bridge</ulink> page."
15843
msgstr ""
15844
15845
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:614(title)
15846
msgid "TCP/IP"
15847
msgstr "TCP/IP"
15848
15849
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:615(para)
15850
msgid ""
15851
"The Transmission Control Protocol and Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) is a "
15852
"standard set of protocols developed in the late 1970s by the Defense "
15853
"Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) as a means of communication "
15854
"between different types of computers and computer networks. TCP/IP is the "
15855
"driving force of the Internet, and thus it is the most popular set of "
15856
"network protocols on Earth."
15857
msgstr ""
15858
"Protokollen Transmission Control Protocol och Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) är "
15859
"en standarduppsättning protokoll som utvecklades i slutet av 1970-talet av "
15860
"Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) som ett sätt för att "
15861
"kommunicera mellan olika datortyper och datornätverk. TCP/IP är det som "
15862
"ligger till grund för Internet, och är därför de vanligaste "
15863
"nätverksprotokollen i världen."
15864
15865
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:623(title)
15866
msgid "TCP/IP Introduction"
15867
msgstr "Introduktion till TCP/IP"
15868
15869
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:624(para)
15870
msgid ""
15871
"The two protocol components of TCP/IP deal with different aspects of "
15872
"computer networking. <emphasis>Internet Protocol</emphasis>, the \"IP\" of "
15873
"TCP/IP is a connectionless protocol which deals only with network packet "
15874
"routing using the <emphasis role=\"italics\">IP Datagram</emphasis> as the "
15875
"basic unit of networking information. The IP Datagram consists of a header "
15876
"followed by a message. The <emphasis> Transmission Control "
15877
"Protocol</emphasis> is the \"TCP\" of TCP/IP and enables network hosts to "
15878
"establish connections which may be used to exchange data streams. TCP also "
15879
"guarantees that the data between connections is delivered and that it "
15880
"arrives at one network host in the same order as sent from another network "
15881
"host."
15882
msgstr ""
15883
"De två delarna i TCP/IP hanterar olika delar av datornätverk. "
15884
"<emphasis>Internet Protocol</emphasis>, \"IP\"-delen av TCP/IP, är ett "
15885
"anslutningslöst protokoll som bara hanterar styrning av nätverkspaket genom "
15886
"att använda <emphasis role=\"italics\">IP-datagram</emphasis> som den "
15887
"grundläggande enheten för nätverksinformation. IP-datagrammet består av ett "
15888
"huvud följt av ett meddelande. <emphasis>Transmission Control "
15889
"Protocol</emphasis> är \"TCP\"-delen av TCP/IP och låter nätverksvärdar "
15890
"upprätta anslutningar som kan användas för att utbyta dataströmmar. TCP "
15891
"garanterar även att datan som skickas mellan anslutningarna levereras och "
15892
"att den kommer fram till den andra datorn i samma ordning som den skickades "
15893
"från den första."
15894
15895
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:637(title)
15896
msgid "TCP/IP Configuration"
15897
msgstr "Konfiguration av TCP/IP"
15898
15899
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:638(para)
15900
msgid ""
15901
"The TCP/IP protocol configuration consists of several elements which must be "
15902
"set by editing the appropriate configuration files, or deploying solutions "
15903
"such as the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server which in turn, "
15904
"can be configured to provide the proper TCP/IP configuration settings to "
15905
"network clients automatically. These configuration values must be set "
15906
"correctly in order to facilitate the proper network operation of your Ubuntu "
15907
"system."
15908
msgstr ""
15909
"Konfigurationen av TCP/IP består av flera delar som måste ställas in genom "
15910
"att ändra på lämpliga konfigurationsfiler, eller genom att använda en "
15911
"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol-server (DHCP) som i sin tur kan "
15912
"konfigureras så att den ger alla nätverksklienter korrekta TCP/IP-"
15913
"inställningar automatiskt. De här konfigurationsvärdena måste ställas in "
15914
"ordentligt för att nätverksanvändning skall fungera på ditt Ubuntu-system."
15915
15916
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:650(para)
15917
msgid ""
15918
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IP address</emphasis> The IP address is a unique "
15919
"identifying string expressed as four decimal numbers ranging from zero (0) "
15920
"to two-hundred and fifty-five (255), separated by periods, with each of the "
15921
"four numbers representing eight (8) bits of the address for a total length "
15922
"of thirty-two (32) bits for the whole address. This format is called "
15923
"<emphasis>dotted quad notation</emphasis>."
15924
msgstr ""
15925
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IP-adress</emphasis> IP-adressen är en unik "
15926
"identifieringssträng uttryckt som fyra decimaltal som sträcker sig från noll "
15927
"(0) till tvåhundrafemtiofem (255), avskilda med punkter. Vart och ett av "
15928
"talen representerar åtta (8) bitar av adressen, vilket gör att den totalt "
15929
"blir trettiotvå (32) bitar. Det här formatet kallas <emphasis>dotted quad "
15930
"notation</emphasis>."
15931
15932
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:660(para)
15933
msgid ""
15934
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Netmask</emphasis> The Subnet Mask (or simply, "
15935
"<emphasis>netmask</emphasis>) is a local bit mask, or set of flags which "
15936
"separate the portions of an IP address significant to the network from the "
15937
"bits significant to the <emphasis>subnetwork</emphasis>. For example, in a "
15938
"Class C network, the standard netmask is 255.255.255.0 which masks the first "
15939
"three bytes of the IP address and allows the last byte of the IP address to "
15940
"remain available for specifying hosts on the subnetwork."
15941
msgstr ""
15942
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nätmask</emphasis> Subnätmasken (eller helt enkelt "
15943
"<emphasis>nätmasken</emphasis> är en lokal bitmask, eller en uppsättning "
15944
"flaggor som avskiljer de delarna av en IP-adress som används i nätverket "
15945
"från dem som används i det lokala <emphasis>subnätverket</emphasis>. Till "
15946
"exempel, i ett klass C-nätverk är standardnätmasken 255.255.255.0, vilket "
15947
"maskerar de första tre bytesen av IP-adressen och låter den sista byten i IP-"
15948
"adressen användas för datorer i subnätverket."
15949
15950
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:671(para)
15951
msgid ""
15952
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Address</emphasis> The Network Address "
15953
"represents the bytes comprising the network portion of an IP address. For "
15954
"example, the host 12.128.1.2 in a Class A network would use 12.0.0.0 as the "
15955
"network address, where twelve (12) represents the first byte of the IP "
15956
"address, (the network part) and zeroes (0) in all of the remaining three "
15957
"bytes to represent the potential host values. A network host using the "
15958
"private IP address 192.168.1.100 would in turn use a Network Address of "
15959
"192.168.1.0, which specifies the first three bytes of the Class C 192.168.1 "
15960
"network and a zero (0) for all the possible hosts on the network."
15961
msgstr ""
15962
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nätverksadress</emphasis> En nätverksadress "
15963
"representerar bytesen inkluderade i nätverksdelen av en IP-adress. Till "
15964
"exempel, värden 12.128.1.2 i ett klass A-nätverk kommer använda 12.0.0.0 som "
15965
"nätverksadress, där tolv (12) representerar den första byten av IP-dressen "
15966
"och de kvarvarande nollorna (0) representerar de tre bytesen som är möjliga "
15967
"för nätverksvärden. En nätverksvärd som använder den privata IP-adressen "
15968
"192.168.1.100 kommer använda nätverksadressen 192.168.1.0, som specificerar "
15969
"det tre första bytesen av ett klass C-nätverk 192.168.1 och nollan (0) för "
15970
"alla möjliga värdar i nätverket."
15971
15972
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:684(para)
15973
msgid ""
15974
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Broadcast Address</emphasis> The Broadcast Address "
15975
"is an IP address which allows network data to be sent simultaneously to all "
15976
"hosts on a given subnetwork rather than specifying a particular host. The "
15977
"standard general broadcast address for IP networks is 255.255.255.255, but "
15978
"this broadcast address cannot be used to send a broadcast message to every "
15979
"host on the Internet because routers block it. A more appropriate broadcast "
15980
"address is set to match a specific subnetwork. For example, on the private "
15981
"Class C IP network, 192.168.1.0, the broadcast address is 192.168.1.255. "
15982
"Broadcast messages are typically produced by network protocols such as the "
15983
"Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) and the Routing Information Protocol (RIP)."
15984
msgstr ""
15985
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Broadcast Adress</emphasis> En broadcast-adress är "
15986
"en IP-adress som tillåter data att skickas samtidigt till alla värdar inom "
15987
"ett givet subnätverk snarare än till en specifik värd. Som allmän standard "
15988
"för broadcast-adresser till IP-nätverk används 255.255.255.255, men den här "
15989
"broadcast-adressen kan inte användas till att skicka broadcast-meddelanden "
15990
"till alla värdar på internet därför att routrarna blockerar det. En mer "
15991
"lämplig broadcast-adress är att använda en som passar ihop med ett specifikt "
15992
"subnätverk. Till exempel, på ett privat klass C-nätverk, 192.168.1.0, är "
15993
"broadcast-adressen 192.168.1.255. Broadcast-meddelanden är normalt "
15994
"producerade av nätverksprotokoll, såsom Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) "
15995
"och Routing Information Protocol (RIP)."
15996
15997
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:697(para)
15998
msgid ""
15999
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gateway Address</emphasis> A Gateway Address is the "
16000
"IP address through which a particular network, or host on a network, may be "
16001
"reached. If one network host wishes to communicate with another network "
16002
"host, and that host is not located on the same network, then a "
16003
"<emphasis>gateway</emphasis> must be used. In many cases, the Gateway "
16004
"Address will be that of a router on the same network, which will in turn "
16005
"pass traffic on to other networks or hosts, such as Internet hosts. The "
16006
"value of the Gateway Address setting must be correct, or your system will "
16007
"not be able to reach any hosts beyond those on the same network."
16008
msgstr ""
16009
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gateway-adress</emphasis> En gateway-adress är IP-"
16010
"adressen som ett speciellt nätverk, eller en värd på ett nätverk, kan nås "
16011
"genom. Om en nätverksvärd vill kommunicera med en annan nätverksvärd, och "
16012
"den andra värden inte finns på samma nätverk som den första, måste en "
16013
"<emphasis>gateway</emphasis> användas. I många fall är Gateway-adressen "
16014
"samma som routerns adress på nätverket, som i sin tur skickar trafiken "
16015
"vidare till andra nätverk eller värdar, till exempel internetservrar. Värdet "
16016
"på gateway-adressen måste vara riktig för att ditt system skall kunna nå "
16017
"några datorer bortom ditt lokala nätverk."
16018
16019
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:708(para)
16020
msgid ""
16021
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nameserver Address</emphasis> Nameserver Addresses "
16022
"represent the IP addresses of Domain Name Service (DNS) systems, which "
16023
"resolve network hostnames into IP addresses. There are three levels of "
16024
"Nameserver Addresses, which may be specified in order of precedence: The "
16025
"<emphasis>Primary</emphasis> Nameserver, the <emphasis>Secondary</emphasis> "
16026
"Nameserver, and the <emphasis>Tertiary</emphasis> Nameserver. In order for "
16027
"your system to be able to resolve network hostnames into their corresponding "
16028
"IP addresses, you must specify valid Nameserver Addresses which you are "
16029
"authorized to use in your system's TCP/IP configuration. In many cases these "
16030
"addresses can and will be provided by your network service provider, but "
16031
"many free and publicly accessible nameservers are available for use, such as "
16032
"the Level3 (Verizon) servers with IP addresses from 4.2.2.1 to 4.2.2.6."
16033
msgstr ""
16034
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">DNS-serveradress</emphasis> DNS-serveradresser är de "
16035
"IP-adresser som Domain Name Service-system (DNS) har. De kan i sin tur "
16036
"omvandla nätverksvärdnamn till IP-adresser. Det finns tre nivåer av DNS-"
16037
"serveradresser, som du kan skriva i den ordningen de skall väljas: Den "
16038
"<emphasis>primära</emphasis> DNS-servern, den <emphasis>sekundära</emphasis> "
16039
"DNS-servern och den <emphasis>tertiära</emphasis> DNS-servern. För att ditt "
16040
"system ska kunna omvandla nätverksvärdnamn till deras IP-adresser måste du "
16041
"specificera giltiga DNS-serveradresser som du får använda i din dators "
16042
"TCP/IP-konfiguration. I många fall ger dig din internetleverantör dessa, men "
16043
"det finns även många fritt och offentligt tillgängliga DNS-servar du kan "
16044
"använda, som Level3-servrarna (Verizon) med IP-adresser från 4.2.2.1 till "
16045
"4.2.2.6."
16046
16047
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:722(para)
16048
msgid ""
16049
"The IP address, Netmask, Network Address, Broadcast Address, and Gateway "
16050
"Address are typically specified via the appropriate directives in the file "
16051
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The Nameserver Addresses are "
16052
"typically specified via <emphasis>nameserver</emphasis> directives in the "
16053
"file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. For more information, view the "
16054
"system manual page for <filename>interfaces</filename> or "
16055
"<filename>resolv.conf</filename> respectively, with the following commands "
16056
"typed at a terminal prompt:"
16057
msgstr ""
16058
"IP-adressen, nätmasken, nätverksadressen, broadcast-adressen och gateway-"
16059
"adressen skrivs vanligtvis på lämplig plats i filen "
16060
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. DNS-serveradresser skrivs "
16061
"oftast via <emphasis>nameserver</emphasis>-posterna i filen "
16062
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. För mer information, läs systemets "
16063
"manualsida för <filename>interfaces</filename> respektive "
16064
"<filename>resolv.conf</filename>, genom att skriva följande kommandon från "
16065
"en terminalprompt:"
16066
16067
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:729(para)
16068
msgid ""
16069
"Access the system manual page for <filename>interfaces</filename> with the "
16070
"following command:"
16071
msgstr ""
16072
"Kom åt systemets manualsida för <filename>interfaces</filename> med följande "
16073
"kommando:"
16074
16075
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:734(command)
16076
msgid "man interfaces"
16077
msgstr "man interfaces"
16078
16079
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:737(para)
16080
msgid ""
16081
"Access the system manual page for <filename>resolv.conf</filename> with the "
16082
"following command:"
16083
msgstr ""
16084
"Kom åt systemets manualsida för <filename>resolv.conf</filename> med "
16085
"följande kommando:"
16086
16087
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:741(command)
16088
msgid "man resolv.conf"
16089
msgstr "man resolv.conf"
16090
16091
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:646(para)
16092
msgid ""
16093
"The common configuration elements of TCP/IP and their purposes are as "
16094
"follows: <placeholder-1/>"
16095
msgstr ""
16096
"De vanligaste delarna i konfigurationen av TCP/IP och deras syften följer "
16097
"här:<placeholder-1/>"
16098
16099
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:748(title)
16100
msgid "IP Routing"
16101
msgstr "IP-routning"
16102
16103
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:749(para)
16104
msgid ""
16105
"IP routing is a means of specifying and discovering paths in a TCP/IP "
16106
"network along which network data may be sent. Routing uses a set of "
16107
"<emphasis>routing tables</emphasis> to direct the forwarding of network data "
16108
"packets from their source to the destination, often via many intermediary "
16109
"network nodes known as <emphasis>routers</emphasis>. There are two primary "
16110
"forms of IP routing: <emphasis>Static Routing</emphasis> and "
16111
"<emphasis>Dynamic Routing.</emphasis>"
16112
msgstr ""
16113
"Med IP-routing menas att specificera och undersöka vägar i ett TCP/IP-"
16114
"nätverk där nätverksdata kan skickas. Routing använder en uppsättning av "
16115
"<emphasis>routingtabeller</emphasis> för att styra nätverksdata från källan "
16116
"till målet, ofta via flera mellanliggande nätverksnoder kända som "
16117
"<emphasis>routers</emphasis>. Det finns två primära former av IP-routing: "
16118
"<emphasis>statisk routing</emphasis> och <emphasis>dynamisk "
16119
"routing.</emphasis>"
16120
16121
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:758(para)
16122
msgid ""
16123
"Static routing involves manually adding IP routes to the system's routing "
16124
"table, and this is usually done by manipulating the routing table with the "
16125
"<application>route</application> command. Static routing enjoys many "
16126
"advantages over dynamic routing, such as simplicity of implementation on "
16127
"smaller networks, predictability (the routing table is always computed in "
16128
"advance, and thus the route is precisely the same each time it is used), and "
16129
"low overhead on other routers and network links due to the lack of a dynamic "
16130
"routing protocol. However, static routing does present some disadvantages as "
16131
"well. For example, static routing is limited to small networks and does not "
16132
"scale well. Static routing also fails completely to adapt to network outages "
16133
"and failures along the route due to the fixed nature of the route."
16134
msgstr ""
16135
"Statisk routning medför att manuellt lägga till IP-vägar systemets "
16136
"routningtabell och det utförs normalt genom att redigera routningtabellen "
16137
"med kommandot <application>route</application>. Statisk routning har många "
16138
"fördelar över dynamisk routning, såsom enkelheten i implementeringen på små "
16139
"nätverk, förutsägbarhet (routningtabellen är alltid beräknad i förhand och "
16140
"routen är exakt densamma varje gång) och låg overhead på andra routrar och "
16141
"nätverkslänkar beroende på bristen av ett dynamiskt routningsprotokoll. "
16142
"Däremot har statisk routning vissa nackdelar. Till exempel, statisk routning "
16143
"är begränsad till små nätverk och kan inte skala bra. Statisk routning "
16144
"misslyckas fullständigt att ställa om vid ett nätverksavbrott eller fel i "
16145
"routningen beroende på den naturligt fasta routningen."
16146
16147
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:768(para)
16148
msgid ""
16149
"Dynamic routing depends on large networks with multiple possible IP routes "
16150
"from a source to a destination and makes use of special routing protocols, "
16151
"such as the Router Information Protocol (RIP), which handle the automatic "
16152
"adjustments in routing tables that make dynamic routing possible. Dynamic "
16153
"routing has several advantages over static routing, such as superior "
16154
"scalability and the ability to adapt to failures and outages along network "
16155
"routes. Additionally, there is less manual configuration of the routing "
16156
"tables, since routers learn from one another about their existence and "
16157
"available routes. This trait also eliminates the possibility of introducing "
16158
"mistakes in the routing tables via human error. Dynamic routing is not "
16159
"perfect, however, and presents disadvantages such as heightened complexity "
16160
"and additional network overhead from router communications, which does not "
16161
"immediately benefit the end users, but still consumes network bandwidth."
16162
msgstr ""
16163
"Dynamisk routning fungerar bra i stora nätverk med flera möjliga IP-vägar "
16164
"från sändaren till mottagaren och använder speciella routningsprotokoll som "
16165
"Router Information Protocol (RIP), som hanterar automatiska förändringar i "
16166
"routningstabellerna så att dynamisk routning blir möjligt. Dynamisk routning "
16167
"har flera fördelar jämfört med statisk routning, som överlägsen skalbarhet "
16168
"och möjligheten att anpassa sig till nätverkskrasher längs nätverksvägarna. "
16169
"Det blir dessutom mindre manuell konfiguration av routningstabellerna, "
16170
"eftersom routrarna lär sig av varandra om deras existens och om tillgängliga "
16171
"vägar. Den här funktionen eliminerar även risken att den mänskliga faktorn "
16172
"infinner sig och orsakar fel. Dynamisk routning är dock inte perfekt, och "
16173
"har nackdelar som ökad komplexitet och extra nätverkstrafik för "
16174
"routerkommunikationer. Det senare ger inte några direkta fördelar för "
16175
"slutanvändaren, men ändå använder nätverkets bandbredd."
16176
16177
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:782(title)
16178
msgid "TCP and UDP"
16179
msgstr "TCP och UDP"
16180
16181
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:783(para)
16182
msgid ""
16183
"TCP is a connection-based protocol, offering error correction and guaranteed "
16184
"delivery of data via what is known as <emphasis>flow control</emphasis>. "
16185
"Flow control determines when the flow of a data stream needs to be stopped, "
16186
"and previously sent data packets should to be re-sent due to problems such "
16187
"as <emphasis>collisions</emphasis>, for example, thus ensuring complete and "
16188
"accurate delivery of the data. TCP is typically used in the exchange of "
16189
"important information such as database transactions."
16190
msgstr ""
16191
"TCP är ett anslutningsbaserat protokoll, som erbjuder felkorrigering och "
16192
"garanterad leverans av data över det som är känt som "
16193
"<emphasis>flödeskontroll</emphasis>. Flödeskontrollen avgör när strömmen av "
16194
"nätverksdata behöver stoppas, och tidigare skickade datapaket skickas då "
16195
"igen på grund av bland annat problem som <emphasis>kollisioner</emphasis>, "
16196
"och garanterar därmed komplett och korrekt leverans av data. TCP används "
16197
"vanligtvis för att skicka viktig information som databasöverföringar."
16198
16199
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:791(para)
16200
msgid ""
16201
"The User Datagram Protocol (UDP), on the other hand, is a "
16202
"<emphasis>connectionless</emphasis> protocol which seldom deals with the "
16203
"transmission of important data because it lacks flow control or any other "
16204
"method to ensure reliable delivery of the data. UDP is commonly used in such "
16205
"applications as audio and video streaming, where it is considerably faster "
16206
"than TCP due to the lack of error correction and flow control, and where the "
16207
"loss of a few packets is not generally catastrophic."
16208
msgstr ""
16209
"UDP (User Datagram Protocol) är å andra sidan ett "
16210
"<emphasis>anslutningslöst</emphasis> protokoll som sällan hanterar viktig "
16211
"data eftersom det varken finns flödeskontroll eller någon annan metod för "
16212
"att garantera att allt data levereras. UDP används vanligtvis i platser som "
16213
"ljud- och videoströmmar, eftersom det är betydligt snabbare än TCP, eftersom "
16214
"det saknar felkorrigering och flödeskontroll, och i de fallen är en förlust "
16215
"av några paket vanligtvis inte katastrofalt."
16216
16217
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:801(title)
16218
msgid "ICMP"
16219
msgstr "ICMP"
16220
16221
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:802(para)
16222
msgid ""
16223
"The Internet Control Messaging Protocol (ICMP) is an extension to the "
16224
"Internet Protocol (IP) as defined in the Request For Comments (RFC) #792 and "
16225
"supports network packets containing control, error, and informational "
16226
"messages. ICMP is used by such network applications as the "
16227
"<application>ping</application> utility, which can determine the "
16228
"availability of a network host or device. Examples of some error messages "
16229
"returned by ICMP which are useful to both network hosts and devices such as "
16230
"routers, include <emphasis>Destination Unreachable</emphasis> and "
16231
"<emphasis>Time Exceeded</emphasis>."
16232
msgstr ""
16233
"Internet Control Messaging Protocol (ICMP) är ett tillägg till Internet "
16234
"Protocol (IP), som finns beskrivet i RFC (Request For Comments) #792 och "
16235
"stöder att nätverkspaket innehåller kontroll-, fel- och "
16236
"informationsmeddelanden. ICMP används av nätverksprogram som "
16237
"<application>ping</application>, som används för att avgöra om en "
16238
"nätverksvärd eller -enhet finns tillgänglig. Några felmeddelanden ICMP kan "
16239
"returnera som är användbara för både nätverksvärdar och enheter som routrar "
16240
"är bland annat <emphasis>Destination Unreachable</emphasis> och "
16241
"<emphasis>Time Exceeded</emphasis>."
16242
16243
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:812(title)
16244
msgid "Daemons"
16245
msgstr "Demoner"
16246
16247
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:813(para)
16248
msgid ""
16249
"Daemons are special system applications which typically execute continuously "
16250
"in the background and await requests for the functions they provide from "
16251
"other applications. Many daemons are network-centric; that is, a large "
16252
"number of daemons executing in the background on an Ubuntu system may "
16253
"provide network-related functionality. Some examples of such network daemons "
16254
"include the <emphasis>Hyper Text Transport Protocol Daemon</emphasis> "
16255
"(httpd), which provides web server functionality; the <emphasis>Secure SHell "
16256
"Daemon</emphasis> (sshd), which provides secure remote login shell and file "
16257
"transfer capabilities; and the <emphasis>Internet Message Access Protocol "
16258
"Daemon</emphasis> (imapd), which provides E-Mail services."
16259
msgstr ""
16260
"Demoner är speciella systemprogram som vanligtvis körs hela tiden i "
16261
"bakgrunden och väntar på förfrågningar efter de funktioner de erbjuder från "
16262
"andra program. Många demoner är nätverkscentrerade. Med andra ord har en "
16263
"stor del av de demoner som körs i bakgrunden på ett Ubuntu-system "
16264
"nätverksrelaterade funktioner. Några exempel på sådana demoner är "
16265
"<emphasis>Hyper Text Transport Protocol Daemon</emphasis> (httpd), som "
16266
"erbjuder webbserverfunktionalitet; <emphasis>Secure SHell Daemon</emphasis> "
16267
"(sshd), som erbjuder säker fjärrinloggning och filöverföringsmöjligheter; "
16268
"och <emphasis>Internet Message Access Protocol Daemon</emphasis> (imapd) som "
16269
"erbjuder e-posttjänster."
16270
16271
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:828(para)
16272
msgid ""
16273
"There are man pages for <ulink "
16274
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man7/tcp.7.html\">TCP</"
16275
"ulink> and <ulink "
16276
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/man7/ip.7.html\">IP</ulink"
16277
"> that contain more useful information."
16278
msgstr ""
16279
16280
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:834(para)
16281
msgid ""
16282
"Also, see the <ulink "
16283
"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/gg243376.html\">TCP/IP Tutorial "
16284
"and Technical Overview</ulink> IBM Redbook."
16285
msgstr ""
16286
"Dessutom, se <ulink "
16287
"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/gg243376.html\">TCP/IP-"
16288
"handledningen och den tekniska översikten</ulink> IBM Redbook."
16289
16290
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:840(para)
16291
msgid ""
16292
"Another resource is O'Reilly's <ulink "
16293
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002978/\">TCP/IP Network "
16294
"Administration</ulink>."
16295
msgstr ""
16296
"En annan källa är O'Reilly's <ulink "
16297
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002978/\">TCP/IP "
16298
"nätverksadministration</ulink>."
16299
16300
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:849(title)
16301
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
16302
msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
16303
16304
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:850(para)
16305
msgid ""
16306
"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a network service that "
16307
"enables host computers to be automatically assigned settings from a server "
16308
"as opposed to manually configuring each network host. Computers configured "
16309
"to be DHCP clients have no control over the settings they receive from the "
16310
"DHCP server, and the configuration is transparent to the computer's user."
16311
msgstr ""
16312
"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) är en nätverkstjänst som ger "
16313
"datorer möjligheten att bli automatiskt tilldelade inställningar från en "
16314
"server så att administratörer slipper att manuellt konfigurera varje "
16315
"nätverksdator. Datorer som är konfigurerade för att bli DHCP-klienter har "
16316
"ingen kontroll över inställningarna de får från DHCP-servern, och "
16317
"konfigurationen är helt transparent för datorns användare."
16318
16319
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:857(para)
16320
msgid ""
16321
"The most common settings provided by a DHCP server to DHCP clients include:"
16322
msgstr ""
16323
"Några av de vanligaste inställningarna som DHCP-servern ger till DHCP-"
16324
"klienter är:"
16325
16326
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:862(para)
16327
msgid "IP-Address and Netmask"
16328
msgstr "IP-adress och nätmask"
16329
16330
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:865(para)
16331
msgid "DNS"
16332
msgstr "DNS"
16333
16334
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:868(para)
16335
msgid "WINS"
16336
msgstr "WINS"
16337
16338
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:871(para)
16339
msgid ""
16340
"However, a DHCP server can also supply configuration properties such as:"
16341
msgstr ""
16342
"Du kan även använda en DHCP-server för att skicka annan "
16343
"konfigurationsinformation som:"
16344
16345
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:876(para)
16346
msgid "Host Name"
16347
msgstr "Värdnamn"
16348
16349
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:879(para)
16350
msgid "Domain Name"
16351
msgstr "Domännamn"
16352
16353
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:882(para)
16354
msgid "Default Gateway"
16355
msgstr "Standardgateway"
16356
16357
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:885(para)
16358
msgid "Time Server"
16359
msgstr "Tidserver"
16360
16361
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:888(para)
16362
msgid "Print Server"
16363
msgstr "Skrivarserver"
16364
16365
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:891(para)
16366
msgid ""
16367
"The advantage of using DHCP is that changes to the network, for example a "
16368
"change in the address of the DNS server, need only be changed at the DHCP "
16369
"server, and all network hosts will be reconfigured the next time their DHCP "
16370
"clients poll the DHCP server. As an added advantage, it is also easier to "
16371
"integrate new computers into the network, as there is no need to check for "
16372
"the availability of an IP address. Conflicts in IP address allocation are "
16373
"also reduced."
16374
msgstr ""
16375
"Fördelen med att använda DHCP är att ändringar i nätverket, till exempel en "
16376
"ändring av adressen till DNS-servern, bara behöver ändras i DHCP-servern, "
16377
"och alla nätverksklienter kommer automatiskt att omkonfigureras nästa gång "
16378
"deras DHCP-klienter hämtar information från DHCP-servern. En extra fördel är "
16379
"att det också är enklare att integrera nya datorer i nätverket, eftersom man "
16380
"inte behöver leta rätt på en ledig IP-adress. Även konflikter i tilldelning "
16381
"av IP-adresser minskar."
16382
16383
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:899(para)
16384
msgid "A DHCP server can provide configuration settings using two methods:"
16385
msgstr ""
16386
"Det finns två sätt på vilka en DHCP-server kan skicka ut "
16387
"konfigurationsinställningar:"
16388
16389
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:904(term)
16390
msgid "MAC Address"
16391
msgstr "MAC-adress"
16392
16393
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:906(para)
16394
msgid ""
16395
"This method entails using DHCP to identify the unique hardware address of "
16396
"each network card connected to the network and then continually supplying a "
16397
"constant configuration each time the DHCP client makes a request to the DHCP "
16398
"server using that network device."
16399
msgstr ""
16400
"Den här metoden låter DHCP använda den unika hårdvaruadressen för varje "
16401
"nätverkskort som är anslutet till nätverket, och sedan skicka samma "
16402
"konfiguration till DHCP-klienten varje gång den gör en förfrågan till DHCP-"
16403
"servern med det nätverkgränssnittet."
16404
16405
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:915(term)
16406
msgid "Address Pool"
16407
msgstr "Adresspool"
16408
16409
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:917(para)
16410
msgid ""
16411
"This method entails defining a pool (sometimes also called a range or scope) "
16412
"of IP addresses from which DHCP clients are supplied their configuration "
16413
"properties dynamically and on a \"first come, first served\" basis. When a "
16414
"DHCP client is no longer on the network for a specified period, the "
16415
"configuration is expired and released back to the address pool for use by "
16416
"other DHCP Clients."
16417
msgstr ""
16418
"Den här metoden skapar en pool (kallas ibland för en range eller scope) av "
16419
"IP-adresser från vilken DHCP-klienterna får sina anslutningsegenskaper "
16420
"dynamiskt baserat på turordning. När en DHCP-klient inte längre finns på "
16421
"nätverket under en fördefinierad tidsrymd går konfigurationen ut, och lämnas "
16422
"då tillbaka till adresspoolen för att användas av andra DHCP-klienter."
16423
16424
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:928(para)
16425
msgid ""
16426
"Ubuntu is shipped with both DHCP server and client. The server is "
16427
"<application>dhcpd</application> (dynamic host configuration protocol "
16428
"daemon). The client provided with Ubuntu is "
16429
"<application>dhclient</application> and should be installed on all computers "
16430
"required to be automatically configured. Both programs are easy to install "
16431
"and configure and will be automatically started at system boot."
16432
msgstr ""
16433
"Med Ubuntu följer både en DHCP-server och en DHCP-klient. Servern heter "
16434
"<application>dhcpd</application> (dynamic host configuration protocol "
16435
"daemon). Klienten som följer med Ubuntu heter "
16436
"<application>dhclient</application> och bör installeras på alla datorer som "
16437
"behöver det för att konfigureras automatiskt. Båda programmen är enkla att "
16438
"installera och konfigurera, och startar automatiskt när datorn startar."
16439
16440
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:938(para)
16441
msgid ""
16442
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
16443
"<application>dhcpd</application>:"
16444
msgstr ""
16445
"Från en terminalprompt, skriv följande kommando för att installera "
16446
"<application>dhcpd</application>:"
16447
16448
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:943(command)
16449
msgid "sudo apt-get install dhcp3-server"
16450
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dhcp3-server"
16451
16452
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:945(para)
16453
msgid ""
16454
"You will probably need to change the default configuration by editing "
16455
"/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf to suit your needs and particular configuration."
16456
msgstr ""
16457
"Du kommer antagligen att behöva ändra standardkonfigurationen genom att "
16458
"redigera /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf så att den passar dina behov och särskilda "
16459
"konfiguration."
16460
16461
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:949(para)
16462
msgid ""
16463
"You also need to edit /etc/default/dhcp3-server to specify the interfaces "
16464
"dhcpd should listen to. By default it listens to eth0."
16465
msgstr ""
16466
"Du behöver också redigera /etc/default/dhcp3-server för att ange "
16467
"gränssnittet som dhcpd skall lyssna på. Som standard är det eth0."
16468
16469
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:953(para)
16470
msgid ""
16471
"NOTE: dhcpd's messages are being sent to syslog. Look there for diagnostics "
16472
"messages."
16473
msgstr ""
16474
"NOTERA: dhcpd-meddelanden skickas till syslog. Leta där efter "
16475
"diagnosmeddelanden"
16476
16477
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:960(para)
16478
msgid ""
16479
"The error message the installation ends with might be a little confusing, "
16480
"but the following steps will help you configure the service:"
16481
msgstr ""
16482
"Felmeddelandet som installationen avslutas med kan vara lite förvirrande, "
16483
"men följande steg hjälper dig att konfigurera tjänsten:"
16484
16485
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:964(para)
16486
msgid ""
16487
"Most commonly, what you want to do is assign an IP address randomly. This "
16488
"can be done with settings as follows:"
16489
msgstr ""
16490
"Det vanligaste är att du vill dela ut IP-adresser slumpvis. Det här går att "
16491
"göra med följande inställningar:"
16492
16493
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:968(programlisting)
16494
#, no-wrap
16495
msgid ""
16496
"\n"
16497
"# Sample /etc/dhcpd.conf\n"
16498
"# (add your comments here) \n"
16499
"default-lease-time 600;\n"
16500
"max-lease-time 7200;\n"
16501
"option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n"
16502
"option broadcast-address 192.168.1.255;\n"
16503
"option routers 192.168.1.254;\n"
16504
"option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2;\n"
16505
"option domain-name \"mydomain.example\";\n"
16506
"\n"
16507
"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
16508
"range 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.100;\n"
16509
"range 192.168.1.150 192.168.1.200;\n"
16510
"} \n"
16511
msgstr ""
16512
"\n"
16513
"# Sample /etc/dhcpd.conf\n"
16514
"# (add your comments here) \n"
16515
"default-lease-time 600;\n"
16516
"max-lease-time 7200;\n"
16517
"option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n"
16518
"option broadcast-address 192.168.1.255;\n"
16519
"option routers 192.168.1.254;\n"
16520
"option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2;\n"
16521
"option domain-name \"mydomain.example\";\n"
16522
"\n"
16523
"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
16524
"range 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.100;\n"
16525
"range 192.168.1.150 192.168.1.200;\n"
16526
"} \n"
16527
16528
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:984(para)
16529
msgid ""
16530
"This will result in the DHCP server giving a client an IP address from the "
16531
"range 192.168.1.10-192.168.1.100 or 192.168.1.150-192.168.1.200. It will "
16532
"lease an IP address for 600 seconds if the client doesn't ask for a specific "
16533
"time frame. Otherwise the maximum (allowed) lease will be 7200 seconds. The "
16534
"server will also \"advise\" the client that it should use 255.255.255.0 as "
16535
"its subnet mask, 192.168.1.255 as its broadcast address, 192.168.1.254 as "
16536
"the router/gateway and 192.168.1.1 and 192.168.1.2 as its DNS servers."
16537
msgstr ""
16538
"Det här kommer att resultera i att DHCP-servern delar ut IP-adresser i "
16539
"områdena 192.168.1.10-192.168.1.100 och 192.168.1.150-192.168.1.200. Den "
16540
"kommer att dela ut en IP-adress i 600 sekunder om klienten inte ber om en "
16541
"speciell tid. I annat fall kommer den maximala (tillåtna) lånetiden att vara "
16542
"7200 sekunder. Servern kommer också att \"råda\" klienten att använda "
16543
"255.255.255.0 som sin subnätmask, 192.168.1.255 som sin broadcast-adress, "
16544
"192.168.1.254 som router/gateway och 192.168.1.1 och 192.168.1.2 som sina "
16545
"DNS-servrar."
16546
16547
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:993(para)
16548
msgid ""
16549
"If you need to specify a WINS server for your Windows clients, you will need "
16550
"to include the netbios-name-servers option, e.g."
16551
msgstr ""
16552
"Om du behöver specificera en WINS-server för dina Windowsklienter behöver du "
16553
"inkludera alternativet netbios-name-servers, till exempel"
16554
16555
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:997(programlisting)
16556
#, no-wrap
16557
msgid ""
16558
"\n"
16559
"option netbios-name-servers 192.168.1.1; \n"
16560
msgstr ""
16561
"\n"
16562
"option netbios-name-servers 192.168.1.1; \n"
16563
16564
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1000(para)
16565
msgid ""
16566
"Dhcpd configuration settings are taken from the DHCP mini-HOWTO, which can "
16567
"be found <ulink "
16568
"url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DHCP/index.html\">here</ulink>."
16569
msgstr ""
16570
"Dhcpd-konfigurationen är kopierad från DHCP mini-HOWTO:n som du hittar "
16571
"<ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DHCP/index.html\">här</ulink>."
16572
16573
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1010(para)
16574
msgid ""
16575
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/dhcp3-server\">dhcp3-"
16576
"server Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more information."
16577
msgstr ""
16578
16579
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1015(para)
16580
msgid ""
16581
"For more <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
16582
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man5/dhcpd.conf.5.html"
16583
"\">dhcpd.conf man page</ulink>."
16584
msgstr ""
16585
16586
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1021(para)
16587
msgid ""
16588
"Also see the <ulink url=\"http://www.dhcp-handbook.com/dhcp_faq.html\">DHCP "
16589
"FAQ</ulink>"
16590
msgstr ""
16591
"Se också <ulink url=\"http://www.dhcp-handbook.com/dhcp_faq.html\">DHCP "
16592
"FAQ</ulink>"
16593
16594
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1031(title)
16595
msgid "Time Synchronisation with NTP"
16596
msgstr "Tidssynkronisering med NTP"
16597
16598
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1032(para)
16599
msgid ""
16600
"This page describes methods for keeping your computer's time accurate. This "
16601
"is useful for servers, but is not necessary (or desirable) for desktop "
16602
"machines."
16603
msgstr ""
16604
"Den här sidan beskriver metoder för att hålla tiden riktig i din dator. Det "
16605
"här är användbart för servrar, men är inte nödvändigt (eller önskvärt) för "
16606
"desktopdatorer."
16607
16608
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1035(para)
16609
msgid ""
16610
"NTP is a TCP/IP protocol for synchronising time over a network. Basically a "
16611
"client requests the current time from a server, and uses it to set its own "
16612
"clock."
16613
msgstr ""
16614
"NTP är ett TCP/IP protokoll för synkronisering av tid över ett nätverk. I "
16615
"grund och botten är det en klient som frågar en server efter nuvarande tid "
16616
"och använder det för att ställa in sin egen klocka."
16617
16618
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1038(para)
16619
msgid ""
16620
"Behind this simple description, there is a lot of complexity - there are "
16621
"tiers of NTP servers, with the tier one NTP servers connected to atomic "
16622
"clocks (often via GPS), and tier two and three servers spreading the load of "
16623
"actually handling requests across the Internet. Also the client software is "
16624
"a lot more complex than you might think - it has to factor out communication "
16625
"delays, and adjust the time in a way that does not upset all the other "
16626
"processes that run on the server. But luckily all that complexity is hidden "
16627
"from you!"
16628
msgstr ""
16629
"Bakom den enkla beskrivningen finns det en stor komplexitet - Den består av "
16630
"flera lager med servrar, med lager ett NTP-servrar som är anslutna till "
16631
"atomur (oftast via GPS), lager två och tre servrarna som delar på lasten i "
16632
"hanteringen av verkliga förfrågningar över internet. Dessutom är "
16633
"klientprogrammet mycket mer komplext än vad du kanske tror - Den behöver "
16634
"kompensera för kommunikationsförseningar och justera tiden på ett sådant "
16635
"sätt att det inte stör andra aktiva processer på servern. Som tur är så är "
16636
"all komplexitet dold för dig!"
16637
16638
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1041(para)
16639
msgid ""
16640
"Ubuntu has two ways of automatically setting your time: ntpdate and ntpd."
16641
msgstr ""
16642
"Ubuntu har två sätt att automatiskt ställa in tiden: ntpdate and ntpd."
16643
16644
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1046(title)
16645
msgid "ntpdate"
16646
msgstr "ntpdate"
16647
16648
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1047(para)
16649
msgid ""
16650
"Ubuntu comes with ntpdate as standard, and will run it once at boot time to "
16651
"set up your time according to Ubuntu's NTP server. However, a server's clock "
16652
"is likely to drift considerably between reboots, so it makes sense to "
16653
"correct the time occasionally. The easiest way to do this is to get cron to "
16654
"run ntpdate every day. With your favorite editor, as root, create a file "
16655
"<code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> containing:"
16656
msgstr ""
16657
"Ubuntu levereras med ntpdate som standard och kommer köra den en gång under "
16658
"första uppstarten för att konfigurera din klocka enligt Ubuntus NTP-server. "
16659
"Däremot, kommer en serverklocka troligtvis att konstant driva mellan "
16660
"omstarterna, så det är rimligt att emellanåt korrigera tiden. Det enklaste "
16661
"sättet är att få cron till att köra ntpdate varje dag. Med din "
16662
"favoritredigerare, som administratör skapa en fil "
16663
"<code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> som innehåller:"
16664
16665
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1052(screen)
16666
#, no-wrap
16667
msgid "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
16668
msgstr "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
16669
16670
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1054(para)
16671
msgid ""
16672
"The file <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> must also be executable."
16673
msgstr "Filen <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> måste också vara körbar."
16674
16675
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1057(screen)
16676
#, no-wrap
16677
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /etc/cron.daily/ntpdate\n"
16678
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /etc/cron.daily/ntpdate\n"
16679
16680
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1061(title)
16681
msgid "ntpd"
16682
msgstr "ntpd"
16683
16684
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1062(para)
16685
msgid ""
16686
"ntpdate is a bit of a blunt instrument - it can only adjust the time once a "
16687
"day, in one big correction. The ntp daemon ntpd is far more subtle. It "
16688
"calculates the drift of your system clock and continuously adjusts it, so "
16689
"there are no large corrections that could lead to inconsistent logs for "
16690
"instance. The cost is a little processing power and memory, but for a modern "
16691
"server this is negligible."
16692
msgstr ""
16693
"ntpdate är ett trubbigt instrument - Den kan endast justera tiden en gång "
16694
"per dag som en stor justering. Då är ntp-demonen ntpd betydligt mer "
16695
"raffinerad. Den beräknar driften i systemklockan och justerar tiden "
16696
"kontinuerligt, därför är det inga stora korrigeringar som kan leda till "
16697
"inkonsekventa loggar. Kostnaden är lite processkraft och minne, men för en "
16698
"modern server är det försumbart."
16699
16700
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1065(para)
16701
msgid "To set up ntpd:"
16702
msgstr "Konfigurera ntpd:"
16703
16704
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1066(screen)
16705
#, no-wrap
16706
msgid "sudo apt-get install ntp\n"
16707
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ntp\n"
16708
16709
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1071(title)
16710
msgid "Changing Time Servers"
16711
msgstr "Ändra tidserver"
16712
16713
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1072(para)
16714
msgid ""
16715
"In both cases above, your system will use Ubuntu's NTP server at "
16716
"<code>ntp.ubuntu.com</code> by default. This is OK, but you might want to "
16717
"use several servers to increase accuracy and resilience, and you may want to "
16718
"use time servers that are geographically closer to you. to do this for "
16719
"ntpdate, change the contents of <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> to:"
16720
msgstr ""
16721
"I båda fallen kommer ditt system som standard att använda Ubuntu:s NTP-"
16722
"server på <code>ntp.ubuntu.com</code>. Det är OK, men du vill antagligen "
16723
"använda flera servrar för att öka noggrannheten och du vill antagligen "
16724
"använda servrar som är geografiskt nära dig. För att göra detta i ntpdate, "
16725
"ändra innehållet i <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> till:"
16726
16727
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1079(screen)
16728
#, no-wrap
16729
msgid "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com pool.ntp.org \n"
16730
msgstr "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com pool.ntp.org \n"
16731
16732
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1081(para)
16733
msgid ""
16734
"And for ntpd edit <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> to include additional server "
16735
"lines:"
16736
msgstr ""
16737
"För ntpd redigera <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> och lägg till ytterligare "
16738
"serverrader:"
16739
16740
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1086(screen)
16741
#, no-wrap
16742
msgid ""
16743
"server ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
16744
"server pool.ntp.org\n"
16745
msgstr ""
16746
"server ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
16747
"server pool.ntp.org\n"
16748
16749
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1089(para)
16750
msgid ""
16751
"You may notice <code>pool.ntp.org</code> in the examples above. This is a "
16752
"really good idea which uses round-robin DNS to return an NTP server from a "
16753
"pool, spreading the load between several different servers. Even better, "
16754
"they have pools for different regions - for instance, if you are in New "
16755
"Zealand, so you could use <code>nz.pool.ntp.org</code> instead of "
16756
"<code>pool.ntp.org</code> . Look at <ulink "
16757
"url=\"http://www.pool.ntp.org/\">http://www.pool.ntp.org/</ulink> for more "
16758
"details."
16759
msgstr ""
16760
"Du har säkert upptäckt <code>pool.ntp.org</code> i exemplet ovan. Det är en "
16761
"bra idé som använder sig av en round-robin DNS för att från en pol returnera "
16762
"en NTP-server, dela på lasten mellan flera olika servrar. Ännu bättre är att "
16763
"de har poler för olika regioner - till exempel, om du är i Nya Zealand, då "
16764
"kan du använda <code>nz.pool.ntp.org</code> istället för "
16765
"<code>pool.ntp.org</code>. läs mer på <ulink "
16766
"url=\"http://www.pool.ntp.org/\">http://www.pool.ntp.org/</ulink> för mer "
16767
"information."
16768
16769
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1100(para)
16770
msgid ""
16771
"You can also Google for NTP servers in your region, and add these to your "
16772
"configuration. To test that a server works, just type <code>sudo ntpdate "
16773
"ntp.server.name</code> and see what happens."
16774
msgstr ""
16775
"Du kan också Googla efter NTP-servrar i ditt område och lägga till dessa i "
16776
"din konfiguration. För att prova så de fungerar, skriver du <code>sudo "
16777
"ntpdate ntp.server.name</code> och ser vad som händer."
16778
16779
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1111(para)
16780
msgid ""
16781
"See the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UbuntuTime\">Ubuntu "
16782
"Time</ulink> wiki page for more information."
16783
msgstr ""
16784
16785
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1117(ulink)
16786
msgid "NTP Support"
16787
msgstr "NTP Hjälp"
16788
16789
#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1122(ulink)
16790
msgid "The NTP FAQ and HOWTO"
16791
msgstr "NTP FAQ och HOWTO"
16792
16793
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:13(title)
16794
msgid "Network Authentication"
16795
msgstr "Nätverksautentisering"
16796
16797
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:15(para)
16798
msgid "This section explains various Network Authentication protocols."
16799
msgstr "Detta avsnitt beskriver olika protokoll för nätverksautentisering."
16800
16801
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:19(title)
16802
msgid "OpenLDAP Server"
16803
msgstr "OpenLDAP-server"
16804
16805
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:20(para)
16806
msgid ""
16807
"LDAP is an acronym for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, it is a "
16808
"simplified version of the X.500 protocol. The directory setup in this "
16809
"section will be used for authentication. Nevertheless, LDAP can be used in "
16810
"numerous ways: authentication, shared directory (for mail clients), address "
16811
"book, etc."
16812
msgstr ""
16813
"LDAP betyder Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, det är en förenklad "
16814
"version av X.500-protokollet. Katalogupplägget i detta avsnitt kommer att "
16815
"användas för autentisering. I vilket fall, kan en LDAP-katalog användas på "
16816
"flera sätt: autentisering, delad katalog (för e-postklienter), adressböcker, "
16817
"etc."
16818
16819
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:28(para)
16820
msgid ""
16821
"To describe LDAP quickly, all information is stored in a tree structure. "
16822
"With <application>OpenLDAP</application> you have freedom to determine the "
16823
"directory arborescence (the Directory Information Tree: the DIT) yourself. "
16824
"We will begin with a basic tree containing two nodes below the root:"
16825
msgstr ""
16826
"För att snabbt beskriva LDAP, så sparas all information i en trädstruktur. "
16827
"Med <application>OpenLDAP</application> har du friheten att själv avgöra "
16828
"katalogens trädstruktur (Directory Information Tree= DIT). Vi börjar med ett "
16829
"grundläggande träd med två noder under root :"
16830
16831
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:37(para)
16832
msgid "\"People\" node where your users will be stored"
16833
msgstr "\"People\" nod där dina användare kommer sparas"
16834
16835
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:40(para)
16836
msgid "\"Groups\" node where your groups will be stored"
16837
msgstr "\"Groups\" nod där dina grupper kommer sparas"
16838
16839
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:44(para)
16840
msgid ""
16841
"Before beginning, you should determine what the root of your LDAP directory "
16842
"will be. By default, your tree will be determined by your Fully Qualified "
16843
"Domain Name (FQDN). If your domain is example.com (which we will use in this "
16844
"example), your root node will be dc=example,dc=com."
16845
msgstr ""
16846
"Innan du börjar, behöver du fastställa var din LDAP-root skall finnas. Som "
16847
"standard kommer ditt träd bestämmas av ditt kompletta domännamn (FQDN). Om "
16848
"din domän är example.com (som vi kommer att använda i det här exemplet), "
16849
"kommer din root-nod att bli dc=example,dc=com."
16850
16851
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:54(para)
16852
msgid ""
16853
"First, install the <application>OpenLDAP</application> server daemon "
16854
"<application>slapd</application> and <application>ldap-utils</application>, "
16855
"a package containing LDAP management utilities:"
16856
msgstr ""
16857
"Börja med att installera <application>OpenLDAP</application>-serverdemonen "
16858
"<application>slapd</application> och <application>ldap-utils</application>, "
16859
"ett paket som innehåller verktyg för att administrera LDAP:"
16860
16861
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:60(command)
16862
msgid "sudo apt-get install slapd ldap-utils"
16863
msgstr "sudo apt-get install slapd ldap-utils"
16864
16865
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:63(para)
16866
msgid ""
16867
"By default <application>slapd</application> is configured with minimal "
16868
"options needed to run the <application>slapd</application> daemon."
16869
msgstr ""
16870
"Som standard är <application>slapd</application> konfigurerad med minimalt "
16871
"antal flaggor för att köra demonen <application>slapd</application> ."
16872
16873
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:68(para)
16874
msgid ""
16875
"The configuration example in the following sections will match the domain "
16876
"name of the server. For example, if the machine's Fully Qualified Domain "
16877
"Name (FQDN) is ldap.example.com, the default suffix will be "
16878
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>."
16879
msgstr ""
16880
"Konfigurationsexemplet i följande avsnitt kommer motsvara domännamnet på "
16881
"servern. Till exempel, om maskinens fullständiga domännamn (FQDN) är "
16882
"ldap.example.com, kommer det förvalda suffixet att vara "
16883
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>."
16884
16885
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:76(title)
16886
msgid "Populating LDAP"
16887
msgstr "Befolka LDAP"
16888
16889
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:78(para)
16890
msgid ""
16891
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> uses a separate directory which contains "
16892
"the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> Directory Information Tree (DIT). The "
16893
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> DIT is used to dynamically configure the "
16894
"<application>slapd</application> daemon, allowing the modification of schema "
16895
"definitions, indexes, ACLs, etc without stopping the service."
16896
msgstr ""
16897
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> använder en separat katalog som "
16898
"innehåller <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> Directory Information Tree (DIT). "
16899
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> DIT används till att dynamiskt konfigurera "
16900
"demonen <application>slapd</application>, tillåta modifiering av "
16901
"schemadefinitioner, index, ACLs, etc utan att stoppa tjänsten."
16902
16903
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:86(para)
16904
msgid ""
16905
"The backend <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> directory has only a minimal "
16906
"configuration and will need additional configuration options in order to "
16907
"populate the frontend directory. The frontend will be populated with a "
16908
"\"classical\" scheme that will be compatible with address book applications "
16909
"and with Unix Posix accounts. Posix accounts will allow authentication to "
16910
"various applications, such as web applications, email Mail Transfer Agent "
16911
"(MTA) applications, etc."
16912
msgstr ""
16913
16914
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:95(para)
16915
msgid ""
16916
"For external applications to authenticate using LDAP they will each need to "
16917
"be specifically configured to do so. Refer to the individual application "
16918
"documentation for details."
16919
msgstr ""
16920
"För att externa program skall kunna autentisera genom att använda LDAP, så "
16921
"måste var och en särskilt konfigureras för detta. Du hänvisas till "
16922
"dokumentationen för respektive program för fler detaljer."
16923
16924
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:103(para)
16925
msgid ""
16926
"Remember to change <emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> in the following "
16927
"examples to match your LDAP configuration."
16928
msgstr ""
16929
"Kom ihåg att ändra <emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> i följande exempel "
16930
"för att matcha din LDAP-konfiguration."
16931
16932
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:108(para)
16933
msgid ""
16934
"First, some additional schema files need to be loaded. In a terminal enter:"
16935
msgstr ""
16936
"Till att börja med behöver några ytterligare schemafiler laddas. Skriv i en "
16937
"terminal:"
16938
16939
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:113(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:702(command)
16940
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.ldif"
16941
msgstr ""
16942
"sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.ldif"
16943
16944
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:114(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:703(command)
16945
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/nis.ldif"
16946
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/nis.ldif"
16947
16948
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:115(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:704(command)
16949
msgid ""
16950
"sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.ldif"
16951
msgstr ""
16952
"sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.ldif"
16953
16954
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:118(para)
16955
msgid ""
16956
"Next, copy the following example LDIF file, naming it "
16957
"<filename>backend.example.com.ldif</filename>, somewhere on your system:"
16958
msgstr ""
16959
"Nästa steg, kopiera följande LDIF exempel fil, ge den namnat "
16960
"<filename>backend.example.com.ldif</filename>, någonstans på ditt system:"
16961
16962
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:123(programlisting)
16963
#, no-wrap
16964
msgid ""
16965
"\n"
16966
"# Load dynamic backend modules\n"
16967
"dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
16968
"objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
16969
"cn: module\n"
16970
"olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
16971
"olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
16972
"\n"
16973
"# Database settings\n"
16974
"dn: olcDatabase=hdb,cn=config\n"
16975
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
16976
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
16977
"olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
16978
"olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
16979
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
16980
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
16981
"olcRootPW: secret\n"
16982
"olcDbConfig: set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
16983
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
16984
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
16985
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
16986
"olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
16987
"olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
16988
"olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
16989
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write "
16990
"by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
16991
"olcAccess: to attrs=shadowLastChange by self write by * read\n"
16992
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
16993
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
16994
"\n"
16995
msgstr ""
16996
"\n"
16997
"# Load dynamic backend modules\n"
16998
"dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
16999
"objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
17000
"cn: module\n"
17001
"olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
17002
"olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
17003
"\n"
17004
"# Database settings\n"
17005
"dn: olcDatabase=hdb,cn=config\n"
17006
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
17007
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
17008
"olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
17009
"olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
17010
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
17011
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17012
"olcRootPW: secret\n"
17013
"olcDbConfig: set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
17014
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
17015
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
17016
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
17017
"olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
17018
"olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
17019
"olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
17020
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write "
17021
"by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
17022
"olcAccess: to attrs=shadowLastChange by self write by * read\n"
17023
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
17024
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
17025
"\n"
17026
17027
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:155(para)
17028
msgid ""
17029
"Change <emphasis>olcRootPW: secret</emphasis> to a password of your choosing."
17030
msgstr ""
17031
"Ändra <emphasis>olcRootPW: secret</emphasis> till ett lösenord du vill ha."
17032
17033
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:160(para)
17034
msgid "Now add the LDIF to the directory:"
17035
msgstr "Lägg nu till LDIF till katalogen:"
17036
17037
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:165(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:746(command)
17038
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f backend.example.com.ldif"
17039
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f backend.example.com.ldif"
17040
17041
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:168(para)
17042
msgid ""
17043
"The frontend directory is now ready to be populated. Create a "
17044
"<filename>frontend.example.com.ldif</filename> with the following contents:"
17045
msgstr ""
17046
"Frontsystemets katalog är nu redo att befolkas. Skapa en "
17047
"<filename>frontend.example.com.ldif</filename> med följande innehåll:"
17048
17049
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:173(programlisting)
17050
#, no-wrap
17051
msgid ""
17052
"\n"
17053
"# Create top-level object in domain\n"
17054
"dn: dc=example,dc=com\n"
17055
"objectClass: top\n"
17056
"objectClass: dcObject\n"
17057
"objectclass: organization\n"
17058
"o: Example Organization\n"
17059
"dc: Example\n"
17060
"description: LDAP Example \n"
17061
"\n"
17062
"# Admin user.\n"
17063
"dn: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17064
"objectClass: simpleSecurityObject\n"
17065
"objectClass: organizationalRole\n"
17066
"cn: admin\n"
17067
"description: LDAP administrator\n"
17068
"userPassword: secret\n"
17069
"\n"
17070
"dn: ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17071
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
17072
"ou: people\n"
17073
"\n"
17074
"dn: ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17075
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
17076
"ou: groups\n"
17077
"\n"
17078
"dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17079
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
17080
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
17081
"objectClass: shadowAccount\n"
17082
"uid: john\n"
17083
"sn: Doe\n"
17084
"givenName: John\n"
17085
"cn: John Doe\n"
17086
"displayName: John Doe\n"
17087
"uidNumber: 1000\n"
17088
"gidNumber: 10000\n"
17089
"userPassword: password\n"
17090
"gecos: John Doe\n"
17091
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
17092
"homeDirectory: /home/john\n"
17093
"shadowExpire: -1\n"
17094
"shadowFlag: 0\n"
17095
"shadowWarning: 7\n"
17096
"shadowMin: 8\n"
17097
"shadowMax: 999999\n"
17098
"shadowLastChange: 10877\n"
17099
"mail: john.doe@example.com\n"
17100
"postalCode: 31000\n"
17101
"l: Toulouse\n"
17102
"o: Example\n"
17103
"mobile: +33 (0)6 xx xx xx xx\n"
17104
"homePhone: +33 (0)5 xx xx xx xx\n"
17105
"title: System Administrator\n"
17106
"postalAddress: \n"
17107
"initials: JD\n"
17108
"\n"
17109
"dn: cn=example,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17110
"objectClass: posixGroup\n"
17111
"cn: example\n"
17112
"gidNumber: 10000\n"
17113
msgstr ""
17114
"\n"
17115
"# Create top-level object in domain\n"
17116
"dn: dc=example,dc=com\n"
17117
"objectClass: top\n"
17118
"objectClass: dcObject\n"
17119
"objectclass: organization\n"
17120
"o: Example Organization\n"
17121
"dc: Example\n"
17122
"description: LDAP Example \n"
17123
"\n"
17124
"# Admin user.\n"
17125
"dn: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17126
"objectClass: simpleSecurityObject\n"
17127
"objectClass: organizationalRole\n"
17128
"cn: admin\n"
17129
"description: LDAP administrator\n"
17130
"userPassword: secret\n"
17131
"\n"
17132
"dn: ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17133
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
17134
"ou: people\n"
17135
"\n"
17136
"dn: ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17137
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
17138
"ou: groups\n"
17139
"\n"
17140
"dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17141
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
17142
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
17143
"objectClass: shadowAccount\n"
17144
"uid: john\n"
17145
"sn: Doe\n"
17146
"givenName: John\n"
17147
"cn: John Doe\n"
17148
"displayName: John Doe\n"
17149
"uidNumber: 1000\n"
17150
"gidNumber: 10000\n"
17151
"userPassword: password\n"
17152
"gecos: John Doe\n"
17153
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
17154
"homeDirectory: /home/john\n"
17155
"shadowExpire: -1\n"
17156
"shadowFlag: 0\n"
17157
"shadowWarning: 7\n"
17158
"shadowMin: 8\n"
17159
"shadowMax: 999999\n"
17160
"shadowLastChange: 10877\n"
17161
"mail: john.doe@example.com\n"
17162
"postalCode: 31000\n"
17163
"l: Toulouse\n"
17164
"o: Example\n"
17165
"mobile: +33 (0)6 xx xx xx xx\n"
17166
"homePhone: +33 (0)5 xx xx xx xx\n"
17167
"title: System Administrator\n"
17168
"postalAddress: \n"
17169
"initials: JD\n"
17170
"\n"
17171
"dn: cn=example,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17172
"objectClass: posixGroup\n"
17173
"cn: example\n"
17174
"gidNumber: 10000\n"
17175
17176
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:236(para)
17177
msgid ""
17178
"In this example the directory structure, a user, and a group have been "
17179
"setup. In other examples you might see the <emphasis>objectClass: "
17180
"top</emphasis> added in every entry, but that is the default behaviour so "
17181
"you do not have to add it explicitly."
17182
msgstr ""
17183
"I detta exempel har katalogstrukturen för en användare och en grupp "
17184
"konfigurerats. I andra exempel kan du se att <emphasis>objectClass: "
17185
"top</emphasis> är tillagt i varje post, men detta är ett standardbeteende så "
17186
"du behöver inte lägga till det."
17187
17188
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:243(para)
17189
msgid "Add the entries to the LDAP directory:"
17190
msgstr "Lägg till dessa poster i LDAP-katalogen"
17191
17192
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:249(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:757(command)
17193
msgid ""
17194
"sudo ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com -W -f frontend.example.com.ldif"
17195
msgstr ""
17196
"sudo ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com -W -f frontend.example.com.ldif"
17197
17198
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:252(para)
17199
msgid ""
17200
"We can check that the content has been correctly added with the "
17201
"<application>ldapsearch</application> utility. Execute a search of the LDAP "
17202
"directory:"
17203
msgstr ""
17204
"Vi kan kontrollera att innehållet har blivit korrekt tillagt med verktyg "
17205
"från paketet <application>ldapsearch</application>. För att genomföra en "
17206
"sökning i LDAP-katalogen:"
17207
17208
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:258(command)
17209
msgid "ldapsearch -xLLL -b \"dc=example,dc=com\" uid=john sn givenName cn"
17210
msgstr "ldapsearch -xLLL -b \"dc=example,dc=com\" uid=john sn givenName cn"
17211
17212
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:259(computeroutput)
17213
#, no-wrap
17214
msgid ""
17215
"\n"
17216
"dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17217
"cn: John Doe\n"
17218
"sn: Doe\n"
17219
"givenName: John\n"
17220
msgstr ""
17221
"\n"
17222
"dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17223
"cn: John Doe\n"
17224
"sn: Doe\n"
17225
"givenName: John\n"
17226
17227
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:267(para)
17228
msgid "Just a quick explanation:"
17229
msgstr "En snabb förklaring:"
17230
17231
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:273(para)
17232
msgid ""
17233
"<emphasis>-x:</emphasis> will not use SASL authentication method, which is "
17234
"the default."
17235
msgstr ""
17236
"<emphasis>-x:</emphasis> kommer inte använda autentiseringsmetoden SASL som "
17237
"är standard."
17238
17239
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:279(para)
17240
msgid "<emphasis>-LLL:</emphasis> disable printing LDIF schema information."
17241
msgstr ""
17242
"<emphasis>-LLL:</emphasis> inaktivera utskrift av LDIF-schemainformation."
17243
17244
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:287(title)
17245
msgid "Further Configuration"
17246
msgstr "Ytterligare konfiguration"
17247
17248
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:290(para)
17249
msgid ""
17250
"The <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree can be manipulated using the "
17251
"utilities in the <application>ldap-utils</application> package. For example:"
17252
msgstr ""
17253
"Trädet <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> kan manipuleras med hjälp av verktyg "
17254
"från paketet <application>ldap-utils</application>. Till exempel:"
17255
17256
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:298(para)
17257
msgid ""
17258
"Use <application>ldapsearch</application> to view the tree, entering the "
17259
"admin password set during installation or reconfiguration:"
17260
msgstr ""
17261
"Använd <application>ldapsearch</application> för att visa trädet, ange admin-"
17262
"lösenordet som bestämdes under installationen eller omkonfigurering:"
17263
17264
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:304(command)
17265
msgid "sudo ldapsearch -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b cn=config dn"
17266
msgstr "sudo ldapsearch -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b cn=config dn"
17267
17268
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:308(computeroutput)
17269
#, no-wrap
17270
msgid ""
17271
"\n"
17272
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
17273
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
17274
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
17275
"dn: cn=config\n"
17276
"\n"
17277
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
17278
"\n"
17279
"dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17280
"\n"
17281
"dn: cn={0}core,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17282
"\n"
17283
"dn: cn={1}cosine,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17284
"\n"
17285
"dn: cn={2}nis,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17286
"\n"
17287
"dn: cn={3}inetorgperson,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17288
"\n"
17289
"dn: olcDatabase={-1}frontend,cn=config\n"
17290
"\n"
17291
"dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
17292
"\n"
17293
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17294
msgstr ""
17295
"\n"
17296
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
17297
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
17298
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
17299
"dn: cn=config\n"
17300
"\n"
17301
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
17302
"\n"
17303
"dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17304
"\n"
17305
"dn: cn={0}core,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17306
"\n"
17307
"dn: cn={1}cosine,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17308
"\n"
17309
"dn: cn={2}nis,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17310
"\n"
17311
"dn: cn={3}inetorgperson,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17312
"\n"
17313
"dn: olcDatabase={-1}frontend,cn=config\n"
17314
"\n"
17315
"dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
17316
"\n"
17317
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17318
17319
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:334(para)
17320
msgid ""
17321
"The output above is the current configuration options for the "
17322
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> backend database. Your output may be vary."
17323
msgstr ""
17324
"Utdatan ovan är det nuvarande konfigurationsalternativet för det "
17325
"bakomliggande systemets databas <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. Din utdata "
17326
"kan skilja sig från detta."
17327
17328
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:342(para)
17329
msgid ""
17330
"As an example of modifying the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree, add "
17331
"another attribute to the index list using "
17332
"<application>ldapmodify</application>:"
17333
msgstr ""
17334
"Som ett exempel av att modifiera trädet <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>, lägg "
17335
"till ett annat attribut till indexeringslistan genom att använda "
17336
"<application>ldapmodify</application>:"
17337
17338
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:348(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:993(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1164(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1200(command)
17339
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:///"
17340
msgstr "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:///"
17341
17342
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:356(userinput)
17343
#, no-wrap
17344
msgid ""
17345
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17346
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
17347
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq"
17348
msgstr ""
17349
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17350
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
17351
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq"
17352
17353
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:352(computeroutput)
17354
#, no-wrap
17355
msgid ""
17356
"\n"
17357
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
17358
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
17359
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
17360
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
17361
"\n"
17362
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
17363
msgstr ""
17364
"\n"
17365
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
17366
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
17367
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
17368
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
17369
"\n"
17370
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
17371
17372
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:364(para)
17373
msgid ""
17374
"Once the modification has completed, press <emphasis>Ctrl+D</emphasis> to "
17375
"exit the utility."
17376
msgstr ""
17377
"När modifieringen är klar, tryck <emphasis>Ctrl+D</emphasis> för att avsluta "
17378
"verktyget."
17379
17380
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:371(para)
17381
msgid ""
17382
"<application>ldapmodify</application> can also read the changes from a file. "
17383
"Copy and paste the following into a file named "
17384
"<filename>uid_index.ldif</filename>:"
17385
msgstr ""
17386
"<application>ldapmodify</application> kan också läsa ändringar från en fil. "
17387
"Kopiera och klistra in följande i en fil med namnet "
17388
"<filename>uid_index.ldif</filename>:"
17389
17390
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:376(programlisting)
17391
#, no-wrap
17392
msgid ""
17393
"\n"
17394
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17395
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
17396
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
17397
msgstr ""
17398
"\n"
17399
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17400
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
17401
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
17402
17403
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:382(para)
17404
msgid "Then execute <application>ldapmodify</application>:"
17405
msgstr "Verkställ sedan <application>ldapmodify</application>:"
17406
17407
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:387(command)
17408
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f uid_index.ldif"
17409
msgstr "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f uid_index.ldif"
17410
17411
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:391(computeroutput)
17412
#, no-wrap
17413
msgid ""
17414
"\n"
17415
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
17416
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
17417
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
17418
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
17419
msgstr ""
17420
"\n"
17421
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
17422
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
17423
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
17424
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
17425
17426
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:399(para)
17427
msgid "The file method is very useful for large changes."
17428
msgstr "Filmetoden är väldigt användbar för stora ändringar"
17429
17430
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:406(para)
17431
msgid ""
17432
"Adding additional <emphasis>schemas</emphasis> to "
17433
"<application>slapd</application> requires the schema to be converted to LDIF "
17434
"format. The <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ldap/schema</filename> "
17435
"directory contains some schema files already converted to LDIF format as "
17436
"demonstrated in the previous section. Fortunately, the "
17437
"<application>slapd</application> program can be used to automate the "
17438
"conversion. The following example will add the "
17439
"<emphasis>dyngroup.schema</emphasis>:"
17440
msgstr ""
17441
17442
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:416(para)
17443
msgid ""
17444
"First, create a conversion <filename>schema_convert.conf</filename> file "
17445
"containing the following lines:"
17446
msgstr ""
17447
"Börja med att skapa konverteringsfilen "
17448
"<filename>schema_convert.conf</filename> som innehåller följande rader:"
17449
17450
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:421(programlisting)
17451
#, no-wrap
17452
msgid ""
17453
"\n"
17454
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
17455
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
17456
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
17457
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
17458
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
17459
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
17460
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
17461
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
17462
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
17463
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
17464
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
17465
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
17466
msgstr ""
17467
"\n"
17468
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
17469
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
17470
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
17471
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
17472
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
17473
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
17474
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
17475
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
17476
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
17477
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
17478
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
17479
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
17480
17481
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:439(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1664(para)
17482
msgid "Next, create a temporary directory to hold the output:"
17483
msgstr "Nästa steg, skapa en temporär katalog som skall innehålla utdatan:"
17484
17485
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:444(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1669(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2705(command)
17486
msgid "mkdir /tmp/ldif_output"
17487
msgstr "mkdir /tmp/ldif_output"
17488
17489
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:450(para)
17490
msgid ""
17491
"Now using <application>slapcat</application> convert the schema files to "
17492
"LDIF:"
17493
msgstr ""
17494
"Genom att nu använda <application>slapcat</application>, konvertera "
17495
"schemafilerna till LDIF:"
17496
17497
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:455(command)
17498
msgid ""
17499
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
17500
"\"cn={5}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\" > /tmp/cn=dyngroup.ldif"
17501
msgstr ""
17502
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
17503
"\"cn={5}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\" > /tmp/cn=dyngroup.ldif"
17504
17505
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:458(para)
17506
msgid ""
17507
"Adjust the configuration file name and temporary directory names if yours "
17508
"are different. Also, it may be worthwhile to keep the "
17509
"<filename>ldif_output</filename> directory around in case you want to add "
17510
"additional schemas in the future."
17511
msgstr ""
17512
"Justera konfigurationsfilens namn och temporära katalognamnen om dina namn "
17513
"är annorlunda. Dessutom kan det vara värt att behålla katalogen "
17514
"<filename>ldif_output</filename> ifall du vill lägga till ytterligare "
17515
"scheman i framtiden."
17516
17517
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:467(para)
17518
msgid ""
17519
"Edit the <filename>/tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif</filename> file, changing the "
17520
"following attributes:"
17521
msgstr ""
17522
"Redigera filen <filename>/tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif</filename>, ändra följande "
17523
"attribut:"
17524
17525
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:471(programlisting)
17526
#, no-wrap
17527
msgid ""
17528
"\n"
17529
"dn: cn=dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17530
"...\n"
17531
"cn: dyngroup\n"
17532
msgstr ""
17533
"\n"
17534
"dn: cn=dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
17535
"...\n"
17536
"cn: dyngroup\n"
17537
17538
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:477(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1700(para)
17539
msgid "And remove the following lines from the bottom of the file:"
17540
msgstr "Och ta bort följande rader i slutet av filen:"
17541
17542
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:481(programlisting)
17543
#, no-wrap
17544
msgid ""
17545
"\n"
17546
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
17547
"entryUUID: 10dae0ea-0760-102d-80d3-f9366b7f7757\n"
17548
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
17549
"createTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"
17550
"entryCSN: 20080826021140.791425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
17551
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
17552
"modifyTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"
17553
msgstr ""
17554
"\n"
17555
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
17556
"entryUUID: 10dae0ea-0760-102d-80d3-f9366b7f7757\n"
17557
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
17558
"createTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"
17559
"entryCSN: 20080826021140.791425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
17560
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
17561
"modifyTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"
17562
17563
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:492(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1715(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2751(para)
17564
msgid ""
17565
"The attribute values will vary, just be sure the attributes are removed."
17566
msgstr ""
17567
"Attributvärdena kommer skifta, säkerställ bara att attributen är borttagna."
17568
17569
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:500(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1723(para)
17570
msgid ""
17571
"Finally, using the <application>ldapadd</application> utility, add the new "
17572
"schema to the directory:"
17573
msgstr ""
17574
"Till sist, använd verktyget <application>ldapadd</application>, för att "
17575
"lägga till det nya schemat i katalogen:"
17576
17577
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:506(command)
17578
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif"
17579
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif"
17580
17581
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:512(para)
17582
msgid ""
17583
"There should now be a <emphasis>dn: "
17584
"cn={4}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis> entry in the cn=config tree."
17585
msgstr ""
17586
"Det skall nu finnas en <emphasis>dn: "
17587
"cn={4}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis> notering i cn=config trädet."
17588
17589
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:522(title)
17590
msgid "LDAP Replication"
17591
msgstr ""
17592
17593
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:524(para)
17594
msgid ""
17595
"LDAP often quickly becomes a highly critical service to the network. "
17596
"Multiple systems will come to depend on LDAP for authentication, "
17597
"authorization, configuration, etc. It is a good idea to setup a redundant "
17598
"system through replication."
17599
msgstr ""
17600
"LDAP blir ofta på kort tid en mycket kritisk tjänst i nätverket. Flera "
17601
"system kommer att bli beroende av LDAP för autentisering, auktorisering, "
17602
"konfiguration, etc. Det är en bra idé att sätta upp ett redundant system "
17603
"genom replikering."
17604
17605
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:530(para)
17606
msgid ""
17607
"Replication is achieved using the <emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> engine. "
17608
"Syncrepl allows the changes to be synced using a "
17609
"<emphasis>consumer</emphasis>, <emphasis>provider</emphasis> model. A "
17610
"provider sends directory changes to consumers."
17611
msgstr ""
17612
17613
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:537(title)
17614
msgid "Provider Configuration"
17615
msgstr ""
17616
17617
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:539(para)
17618
msgid ""
17619
"The following is an example of a <emphasis>Single-Master</emphasis> "
17620
"configuration. In this configuration one OpenLDAP server is configured as a "
17621
"<emphasis>provider</emphasis> and another as a <emphasis>consumer</emphasis>."
17622
msgstr ""
17623
17624
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:547(para)
17625
msgid ""
17626
"First, configure the provider server. Copy the following to a file named "
17627
"<filename>provider_sync.ldif</filename>:"
17628
msgstr ""
17629
17630
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:552(programlisting)
17631
#, no-wrap
17632
msgid ""
17633
"\n"
17634
"# Add indexes to the frontend db.\n"
17635
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17636
"changetype: modify\n"
17637
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
17638
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN eq\n"
17639
"-\n"
17640
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
17641
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
17642
"\n"
17643
"#Load the syncprov and accesslog modules.\n"
17644
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
17645
"changetype: modify\n"
17646
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
17647
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
17648
"-\n"
17649
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
17650
"olcModuleLoad: accesslog\n"
17651
"\n"
17652
"# Accesslog database definitions\n"
17653
"dn: olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
17654
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
17655
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
17656
"olcDatabase: {2}hdb\n"
17657
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap/accesslog\n"
17658
"olcSuffix: cn=accesslog\n"
17659
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17660
"olcDbIndex: default eq\n"
17661
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN,objectClass,reqEnd,reqResult,reqStart\n"
17662
"\n"
17663
"# Accesslog db syncprov.\n"
17664
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
17665
"changetype: add\n"
17666
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
17667
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
17668
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
17669
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
17670
"olcSpReloadHint: TRUE\n"
17671
"\n"
17672
"# syncrepl Provider for primary db\n"
17673
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17674
"changetype: add\n"
17675
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
17676
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
17677
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
17678
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
17679
"\n"
17680
"# accesslog overlay definitions for primary db\n"
17681
"dn: olcOverlay=accesslog,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17682
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
17683
"objectClass: olcAccessLogConfig\n"
17684
"olcOverlay: accesslog\n"
17685
"olcAccessLogDB: cn=accesslog\n"
17686
"olcAccessLogOps: writes\n"
17687
"olcAccessLogSuccess: TRUE\n"
17688
"# scan the accesslog DB every day, and purge entries older than 7 days\n"
17689
"olcAccessLogPurge: 07+00:00 01+00:00\n"
17690
msgstr ""
17691
"\n"
17692
"# Add indexes to the frontend db.\n"
17693
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17694
"changetype: modify\n"
17695
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
17696
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN eq\n"
17697
"-\n"
17698
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
17699
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
17700
"\n"
17701
"#Load the syncprov and accesslog modules.\n"
17702
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
17703
"changetype: modify\n"
17704
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
17705
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
17706
"-\n"
17707
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
17708
"olcModuleLoad: accesslog\n"
17709
"\n"
17710
"# Accesslog database definitions\n"
17711
"dn: olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
17712
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
17713
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
17714
"olcDatabase: {2}hdb\n"
17715
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap/accesslog\n"
17716
"olcSuffix: cn=accesslog\n"
17717
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17718
"olcDbIndex: default eq\n"
17719
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN,objectClass,reqEnd,reqResult,reqStart\n"
17720
"\n"
17721
"# Accesslog db syncprov.\n"
17722
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
17723
"changetype: add\n"
17724
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
17725
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
17726
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
17727
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
17728
"olcSpReloadHint: TRUE\n"
17729
"\n"
17730
"# syncrepl Provider for primary db\n"
17731
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17732
"changetype: add\n"
17733
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
17734
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
17735
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
17736
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
17737
"\n"
17738
"# accesslog overlay definitions for primary db\n"
17739
"dn: olcOverlay=accesslog,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17740
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
17741
"objectClass: olcAccessLogConfig\n"
17742
"olcOverlay: accesslog\n"
17743
"olcAccessLogDB: cn=accesslog\n"
17744
"olcAccessLogOps: writes\n"
17745
"olcAccessLogSuccess: TRUE\n"
17746
"# scan the accesslog DB every day, and purge entries older than 7 days\n"
17747
"olcAccessLogPurge: 07+00:00 01+00:00\n"
17748
17749
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:614(para)
17750
msgid ""
17751
"The <application>AppArmor</application> profile for "
17752
"<application>slapd</application> will need to be adjusted for the accesslog "
17753
"database location. Edit <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.slapd</filename> "
17754
"adding:"
17755
msgstr ""
17756
17757
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:619(programlisting)
17758
#, no-wrap
17759
msgid ""
17760
"\n"
17761
" /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/ r,\n"
17762
" /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/** rwk,\n"
17763
msgstr ""
17764
"\n"
17765
" /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/ r,\n"
17766
" /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/** rwk,\n"
17767
17768
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:624(para)
17769
msgid ""
17770
"Then create the directory, reload the <application>apparmor</application> "
17771
"profile, and copy the <filename>DB_CONFIG</filename> file:"
17772
msgstr ""
17773
17774
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:630(command)
17775
msgid "sudo -u openldap mkdir /var/lib/ldap/accesslog"
17776
msgstr "sudo -u openldap mkdir /var/lib/ldap/accesslog"
17777
17778
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:631(command)
17779
msgid "sudo -u openldap cp /var/lib/ldap/DB_CONFIG /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/"
17780
msgstr "sudo -u openldap cp /var/lib/ldap/DB_CONFIG /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/"
17781
17782
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:636(para)
17783
msgid ""
17784
"Using the <emphasis>-u openldap</emphasis> option with the "
17785
"<application>sudo</application> commands above removes the need to adjust "
17786
"permissions for the new directory later."
17787
msgstr ""
17788
17789
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:645(para)
17790
msgid ""
17791
"Edit the file and change the <emphasis>olcRootDN</emphasis> to match your "
17792
"directory:"
17793
msgstr ""
17794
17795
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:649(programlisting)
17796
#, no-wrap
17797
msgid ""
17798
"\n"
17799
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17800
msgstr ""
17801
"\n"
17802
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17803
17804
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:657(para)
17805
msgid ""
17806
"Next, add the LDIF file using the <application>ldapadd</application> utility:"
17807
msgstr ""
17808
17809
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:662(command)
17810
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f provider_sync.ldif"
17811
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f provider_sync.ldif"
17812
17813
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:669(para)
17814
msgid "Restart <application>slapd</application>:"
17815
msgstr ""
17816
17817
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:674(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1049(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1236(command)
17818
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/slapd restart"
17819
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/slapd restart"
17820
17821
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:680(para)
17822
msgid ""
17823
"The <emphasis>Provider</emphasis> server is now configured, and it is time "
17824
"to configure a <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server."
17825
msgstr ""
17826
17827
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:687(title)
17828
msgid "Consumer Configuration"
17829
msgstr ""
17830
17831
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:692(para)
17832
msgid ""
17833
"On the <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server configure it the same as the "
17834
"<emphasis>Provider</emphasis> except for the <emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> "
17835
"configuration steps."
17836
msgstr ""
17837
17838
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:697(para)
17839
msgid "Add the additional schema files:"
17840
msgstr ""
17841
17842
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:707(para)
17843
msgid ""
17844
"Also, create, or copy from the provider server, the "
17845
"<filename>backend.example.com.ldif</filename>"
17846
msgstr ""
17847
17848
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:711(programlisting)
17849
#, no-wrap
17850
msgid ""
17851
"\n"
17852
"# Load dynamic backend modules\n"
17853
"dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
17854
"objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
17855
"cn: module\n"
17856
"olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
17857
"olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
17858
"\n"
17859
"# Database settings\n"
17860
"dn: olcDatabase=hdb,cn=config\n"
17861
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
17862
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
17863
"olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
17864
"olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
17865
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
17866
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17867
"olcRootPW: secret\n"
17868
"olcDbConfig: set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
17869
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
17870
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
17871
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
17872
"olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
17873
"olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
17874
"olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
17875
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write "
17876
"by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
17877
"olcAccess: to attrs=shadowLastChange by self write by * read\n"
17878
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
17879
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
17880
msgstr ""
17881
"\n"
17882
"# Load dynamic backend modules\n"
17883
"dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
17884
"objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
17885
"cn: module\n"
17886
"olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
17887
"olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
17888
"\n"
17889
"# Database settings\n"
17890
"dn: olcDatabase=hdb,cn=config\n"
17891
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
17892
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
17893
"olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
17894
"olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
17895
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
17896
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
17897
"olcRootPW: secret\n"
17898
"olcDbConfig: set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
17899
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
17900
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
17901
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
17902
"olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
17903
"olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
17904
"olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
17905
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write "
17906
"by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
17907
"olcAccess: to attrs=shadowLastChange by self write by * read\n"
17908
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
17909
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
17910
17911
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:741(para)
17912
msgid "And add the LDIF by entering:"
17913
msgstr "Och lägg till LDIF genom att ange:"
17914
17915
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:752(para)
17916
msgid ""
17917
"Do the same with the <filename>frontend.example.com.ldif</filename> file "
17918
"listed above, and add it:"
17919
msgstr ""
17920
17921
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:760(para)
17922
msgid ""
17923
"The two severs should now have the same configuration except for the "
17924
"<emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> options."
17925
msgstr ""
17926
17927
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:768(para)
17928
msgid ""
17929
"Now create a file named <filename>consumer_sync.ldif</filename> containing:"
17930
msgstr ""
17931
17932
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:772(programlisting)
17933
#, no-wrap
17934
msgid ""
17935
"\n"
17936
"#Load the syncprov module.\n"
17937
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
17938
"changetype: modify\n"
17939
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
17940
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
17941
"\n"
17942
"# syncrepl specific indices\n"
17943
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17944
"changetype: modify\n"
17945
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
17946
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
17947
"-\n"
17948
"add: olcSyncRepl\n"
17949
"olcSyncRepl: rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com bindmethod=simple "
17950
"binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
17951
" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
17952
"logbase=\"cn=accesslog\" \n"
17953
" logfilter=\"(&(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" "
17954
"schemachecking=on \n"
17955
" type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog\n"
17956
"-\n"
17957
"add: olcUpdateRef\n"
17958
"olcUpdateRef: ldap://ldap01.example.com\n"
17959
msgstr ""
17960
"\n"
17961
"#Load the syncprov module.\n"
17962
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
17963
"changetype: modify\n"
17964
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
17965
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
17966
"\n"
17967
"# syncrepl specific indices\n"
17968
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
17969
"changetype: modify\n"
17970
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
17971
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
17972
"-\n"
17973
"add: olcSyncRepl\n"
17974
"olcSyncRepl: rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com bindmethod=simple "
17975
"binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
17976
" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
17977
"logbase=\"cn=accesslog\" \n"
17978
" logfilter=\"(&(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" "
17979
"schemachecking=on \n"
17980
" type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog\n"
17981
"-\n"
17982
"add: olcUpdateRef\n"
17983
"olcUpdateRef: ldap://ldap01.example.com\n"
17984
17985
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:795(para)
17986
msgid "You will probably want to change the following attributes:"
17987
msgstr ""
17988
17989
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:800(para)
17990
msgid "<emphasis>ldap01.example.com</emphasis> to your server's hostname."
17991
msgstr ""
17992
17993
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:801(emphasis)
17994
msgid "binddn"
17995
msgstr "binddn"
17996
17997
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:802(emphasis)
17998
msgid "credentials"
17999
msgstr ""
18000
18001
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:803(emphasis)
18002
msgid "searchbase"
18003
msgstr ""
18004
18005
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:804(emphasis)
18006
msgid "olcUpdateRef:"
18007
msgstr "olcUpdateRef:"
18008
18009
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:810(para)
18010
msgid "Add the LDIF file to the configuration tree:"
18011
msgstr ""
18012
18013
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:815(command)
18014
msgid "sudo ldapadd -c -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f consumer_sync.ldif"
18015
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -c -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f consumer_sync.ldif"
18016
18017
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:821(para)
18018
msgid ""
18019
"The frontend database should now sync between servers. You can add "
18020
"additional servers using the steps above as the need arises."
18021
msgstr ""
18022
18023
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:831(programlisting)
18024
#, no-wrap
18025
msgid "127.0.0.1\tldap01.example.com ldap01"
18026
msgstr "127.0.0.1\tldap01.example.com ldap01"
18027
18028
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:827(para)
18029
msgid ""
18030
"The <application>slapd</application> daemon will send log information to "
18031
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> by default. So if all does "
18032
"<emphasis>not</emphasis> go well check there for errors and other "
18033
"troubleshooting information. Also, be sure that each server knows it's Fully "
18034
"Qualified Domain Name (FQDN). This is configured in "
18035
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with a line similar to: <placeholder-1/>."
18036
msgstr ""
18037
"Demonen <application>slapd</application> kommer normalt skicka "
18038
"logginformation till <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Så om något går "
18039
"<emphasis>fel</emphasis> kontrollera där efter fel och annan "
18040
"felsökningsinformation. Dessutom, säkerställ att varje server vet sitt "
18041
"kompletta domännamn (FQDN). Detta är konfigurerat i "
18042
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> med en liknande rad som: <placeholder-1/>."
18043
18044
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:839(title)
18045
msgid "Setting up ACL"
18046
msgstr "Ställa in ACL"
18047
18048
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:841(para)
18049
msgid ""
18050
"Authentication requires access to the password field, that should be not "
18051
"accessible by default. Also, in order for users to change their own "
18052
"password, using <command>passwd</command> or other utilities, "
18053
"<emphasis>shadowLastChange</emphasis> needs to be accessible once a user has "
18054
"authenticated."
18055
msgstr ""
18056
"Autentisering kräver tillgång till lösenordfältet, som inte bör vara "
18057
"tillgängligt som standard. Dessutom, för att användarna skall kunna ändra "
18058
"sin egna lösenord genom att använda <command>passwd</command> eller andra "
18059
"verktyg, behöver <emphasis>shadowLastChange</emphasis> vara tillgänglig så "
18060
"snart en användare har verifierats."
18061
18062
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:848(para)
18063
msgid ""
18064
"To view the Access Control List (ACL) for the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> "
18065
"tree, use the <application>ldapsearch</application> utility:"
18066
msgstr ""
18067
18068
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:854(command)
18069
msgid ""
18070
"sudo ldapsearch -c -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -LLL -b cn=config "
18071
"olcDatabase=config olcAccess"
18072
msgstr ""
18073
18074
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:858(computeroutput)
18075
#, no-wrap
18076
msgid ""
18077
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
18078
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
18079
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
18080
"dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
18081
"olcAccess: {0}to * by "
18082
"dn.exact=gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external\n"
18083
" ,cn=auth manage by * break\n"
18084
msgstr ""
18085
18086
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:867(para)
18087
msgid "To see the ACL for the frontend tree enter:"
18088
msgstr ""
18089
18090
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:872(command)
18091
msgid ""
18092
"sudo ldapsearch -c -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -LLL -b cn=config "
18093
"olcDatabase={1}hdb olcAccess"
18094
msgstr ""
18095
18096
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:878(title)
18097
msgid "TLS and SSL"
18098
msgstr "TLS och SSL"
18099
18100
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:880(para)
18101
msgid ""
18102
"When authenticating to an OpenLDAP server it is best to do so using an "
18103
"encrypted session. This can be accomplished using Transport Layer Security "
18104
"(TLS) and/or Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)."
18105
msgstr ""
18106
"När du autentiserar en OpenLDAP-server är det bäst att göra det genom att "
18107
"använda en krypterad session. Detta kan åstadkommas med Transport Layer "
18108
"Security (TLS) och/eller Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)."
18109
18110
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:885(para)
18111
msgid ""
18112
"The first step in the process is to obtain or create a "
18113
"<emphasis>certificate</emphasis>. Because <application>slapd</application> "
18114
"is compiled using the <application>gnutls</application> library, the "
18115
"<application>certtool</application> utility will be used to create "
18116
"certificates."
18117
msgstr ""
18118
18119
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:894(para)
18120
msgid ""
18121
"First, install <application>gnutls-bin</application> by entering the "
18122
"following in a terminal:"
18123
msgstr ""
18124
18125
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:899(command)
18126
msgid "sudo apt-get install gnutls-bin"
18127
msgstr "sudo apt-get install gnutls-bin"
18128
18129
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:905(para)
18130
msgid ""
18131
"Next, create a private key for the <emphasis>Certificate "
18132
"Authority</emphasis> (CA):"
18133
msgstr ""
18134
18135
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:910(command)
18136
msgid ""
18137
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey > /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem\""
18138
msgstr ""
18139
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey > /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem\""
18140
18141
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:916(para)
18142
msgid ""
18143
"Create a <filename>/etc/ssl/ca.info</filename> details file to self-sign the "
18144
"CA certificate containing:"
18145
msgstr ""
18146
18147
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:920(programlisting)
18148
#, no-wrap
18149
msgid ""
18150
"\n"
18151
"cn = Example Company\n"
18152
"ca\n"
18153
"cert_signing_key\n"
18154
msgstr ""
18155
"\n"
18156
"cn = Example Company\n"
18157
"ca\n"
18158
"cert_signing_key\n"
18159
18160
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:929(para)
18161
msgid "Now create the self-signed CA certificate:"
18162
msgstr ""
18163
18164
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:934(command)
18165
msgid ""
18166
"sudo certtool --generate-self-signed --load-privkey "
18167
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/ca.info --outfile "
18168
"/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem"
18169
msgstr ""
18170
"sudo certtool --generate-self-signed --load-privkey "
18171
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/ca.info --outfile "
18172
"/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem"
18173
18174
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:941(para)
18175
msgid "Make a private key for the server:"
18176
msgstr ""
18177
18178
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:946(command)
18179
msgid ""
18180
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey > "
18181
"/etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem\""
18182
msgstr ""
18183
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey > "
18184
"/etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem\""
18185
18186
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:950(para)
18187
msgid ""
18188
"Replace <emphasis>ldap01</emphasis> in the filename with your server's "
18189
"hostname. Naming the certificate and key for the host and service that will "
18190
"be using them will help keep filenames and paths straight."
18191
msgstr ""
18192
18193
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:959(para)
18194
msgid ""
18195
"To sign the server's certificate with the CA, create the "
18196
"<filename>/etc/ssl/ldap01.info</filename> info file containing:"
18197
msgstr ""
18198
18199
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:963(programlisting)
18200
#, no-wrap
18201
msgid ""
18202
"\n"
18203
"organization = Example Company\n"
18204
"cn = ldap01.example.com\n"
18205
"tls_www_server\n"
18206
"encryption_key\n"
18207
"signing_key\n"
18208
msgstr ""
18209
"\n"
18210
"organization = Example Company\n"
18211
"cn = ldap01.example.com\n"
18212
"tls_www_server\n"
18213
"encryption_key\n"
18214
"signing_key\n"
18215
18216
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:974(para)
18217
msgid "Create the server's certificate:"
18218
msgstr ""
18219
18220
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:979(command)
18221
msgid ""
18222
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate --load-privkey /etc/ssl/private/x01-"
18223
"test_slapd_key.pem \\ --load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem --load-"
18224
"ca-privkey /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/x01-test.info --"
18225
"outfile /etc/ssl/certs/x01-test_slapd_cert.pem"
18226
msgstr ""
18227
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate --load-privkey /etc/ssl/private/x01-"
18228
"test_slapd_key.pem \\ --load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem --load-"
18229
"ca-privkey /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/x01-test.info --"
18230
"outfile /etc/ssl/certs/x01-test_slapd_cert.pem"
18231
18232
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:987(para)
18233
msgid ""
18234
"Once you have a certificate, key, and CA cert installed, use "
18235
"<application>ldapmodify</application> to add the new configuration options:"
18236
msgstr ""
18237
"När du har installerat ett certifikat, nyckel och CA-certifikat, använd "
18238
"<application>ldapmodify</application> för att lägga till det nya "
18239
"konfigurationsalternativet:"
18240
18241
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:998(userinput)
18242
#, no-wrap
18243
msgid ""
18244
"dn: cn=config\n"
18245
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
18246
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
18247
"-\n"
18248
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
18249
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap01_slapd_cert.pem\n"
18250
"-\n"
18251
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
18252
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
18253
msgstr ""
18254
"dn: cn=config\n"
18255
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
18256
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
18257
"-\n"
18258
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
18259
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap01_slapd_cert.pem\n"
18260
"-\n"
18261
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
18262
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
18263
18264
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:997(computeroutput) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1168(computeroutput)
18265
#, no-wrap
18266
msgid ""
18267
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
18268
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
18269
"\n"
18270
"modifying entry \"cn=config\"\n"
18271
msgstr ""
18272
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
18273
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
18274
"\n"
18275
"modifying entry \"cn=config\"\n"
18276
18277
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1013(para)
18278
msgid ""
18279
"Adjust the <filename>ldap01_slapd_cert.pem</filename>, "
18280
"<filename>ldap01_slapd_key.pem</filename>, and "
18281
"<filename>cacert.pem</filename> names if yours are different."
18282
msgstr ""
18283
18284
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1019(para)
18285
msgid ""
18286
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> uncomment the "
18287
"<emphasis>SLAPD_SERVICES</emphasis> option:"
18288
msgstr ""
18289
"Nästa steg, redigera <filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> och "
18290
"avkommentera alternativet <emphasis>SLAPD_SERVICES</emphasis>:"
18291
18292
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1023(programlisting)
18293
#, no-wrap
18294
msgid ""
18295
"\n"
18296
"SLAPD_SERVICES=\"ldap:/// ldapi:/// ldaps:///\"\n"
18297
msgstr ""
18298
"\n"
18299
"SLAPD_SERVICES=\"ldap:/// ldapi:/// ldaps:///\"\n"
18300
18301
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1027(para)
18302
msgid ""
18303
"Now the <emphasis>openldap</emphasis> user needs access to the certificate:"
18304
msgstr ""
18305
"Nu behöver användaren <emphasis>openldap</emphasis> åtkomst till "
18306
"certifikatet:"
18307
18308
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1032(command)
18309
msgid "sudo adduser openldap ssl-cert"
18310
msgstr "sudo adduser openldap ssl-cert"
18311
18312
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1033(command)
18313
msgid "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
18314
msgstr "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
18315
18316
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1034(command)
18317
msgid "sudo chmod g+r /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
18318
msgstr "sudo chmod g+r /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
18319
18320
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1038(para)
18321
msgid ""
18322
"If the <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/private</filename> and "
18323
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private/server.key</filename> have different permissions, "
18324
"adjust the commands appropriately."
18325
msgstr ""
18326
"Om <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/private</filename> och "
18327
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private/server.key</filename> har olika rättigheter, "
18328
"justera kommandona på lämpligt sätt."
18329
18330
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1044(para)
18331
msgid "Finally, restart <application>slapd</application>:"
18332
msgstr "Slutligen, starta om <application>slapd</application>:"
18333
18334
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1052(para)
18335
msgid ""
18336
"The <application>slapd</application> daemon should now be listening for "
18337
"LDAPS connections and be able to use STARTTLS during authentication."
18338
msgstr ""
18339
"Demonen <application>slapd</application> skall nu lyssna efter LDAPS-"
18340
"anslutningar och kunna använda STARTTLS under verifiering."
18341
18342
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1058(para)
18343
msgid ""
18344
"If you run into troubles with the server not starting, check the "
18345
"/var/log/syslog. If you see errors like main: TLS init def ctx failed: -1, "
18346
"it is likely there is a configuration problem. Check that the certificate is "
18347
"signed by the authority from in the files configured, and that the ssl-cert "
18348
"group has read permissions on the private key."
18349
msgstr ""
18350
"Om du får problem med att servern inte startar, kontrollera /var/log/syslog. "
18351
" Om de främsta felen liknar: TLS init def ctx failed: -1, är det troligen "
18352
"ett konfigurationsproblem. Kontrollera så att certifikatet är signerat av "
18353
"utfärdaren av konfigurationsfilerna och att gruppen ssl-cert har "
18354
"läsrättigheter till den privata nyckeln."
18355
18356
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1070(title)
18357
msgid "TLS Replication"
18358
msgstr "TLS replikering"
18359
18360
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1072(para)
18361
msgid ""
18362
"If you have setup <application>Syncrepl</application> between servers, it is "
18363
"prudent to encrypt the replication traffic using <emphasis>Transport Layer "
18364
"Security (TLS)</emphasis>. For details on setting up replication see <xref "
18365
"linkend=\"openldap-server-replication\"/>."
18366
msgstr ""
18367
"Om du har satt upp en <application>Syncrepl</application> mellan servrar, är "
18368
"det klokt att kryptera replikeringstrafiken genom att använda "
18369
"<emphasis>Transport Layer Security (TLS)</emphasis>. För detaljer om att "
18370
"etablera replikering, se <xref linkend=\"openldap-server-replication\"/>."
18371
18372
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1078(para)
18373
msgid ""
18374
"Assuming you have followed the above instructions and created a CA "
18375
"certificate and server certificate on the <emphasis>Provider</emphasis> "
18376
"server. Follow the following instructions to create a certificate and key "
18377
"for the <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server."
18378
msgstr ""
18379
18380
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1087(para)
18381
msgid "Create a new key for the Consumer server:"
18382
msgstr ""
18383
18384
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1092(command)
18385
msgid "mkdir ldap02-ssl"
18386
msgstr "mkdir ldap02-ssl"
18387
18388
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1093(command)
18389
msgid "cd ldap02-ssl"
18390
msgstr "cd ldap02-ssl"
18391
18392
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1094(command)
18393
msgid "certtool --generate-privkey > ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
18394
msgstr "certtool --generate-privkey > ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
18395
18396
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1098(para)
18397
msgid ""
18398
"Creating a new directory is not strictly necessary, but it will help keep "
18399
"things organized and make it easier to copy the files to the Consumer server."
18400
msgstr ""
18401
18402
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1107(para)
18403
msgid ""
18404
"Next, create an info file, <filename>ldap02.info</filename> for the Consumer "
18405
"server, changing the attributes to match your locality and server:"
18406
msgstr ""
18407
18408
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1112(programlisting)
18409
#, no-wrap
18410
msgid ""
18411
"\n"
18412
"country = US\n"
18413
"state = North Carolina\n"
18414
"locality = Winston-Salem\n"
18415
"organization = Example Company\n"
18416
"cn = ldap02.salem.edu\n"
18417
"tls_www_client\n"
18418
"encryption_key\n"
18419
"signing_key\n"
18420
msgstr ""
18421
"\n"
18422
"country = US\n"
18423
"state = North Carolina\n"
18424
"locality = Winston-Salem\n"
18425
"organization = Example Company\n"
18426
"cn = ldap02.salem.edu\n"
18427
"tls_www_client\n"
18428
"encryption_key\n"
18429
"signing_key\n"
18430
18431
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1126(para)
18432
msgid "Create the certificate:"
18433
msgstr ""
18434
18435
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1131(command)
18436
msgid ""
18437
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate --load-privkey ldap02_slapd_key.pem \\ -"
18438
"-load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem --load-ca-privkey "
18439
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template ldap02.info --outfile "
18440
"ldap02_slapd_cert.pem"
18441
msgstr ""
18442
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate --load-privkey ldap02_slapd_key.pem \\ -"
18443
"-load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem --load-ca-privkey "
18444
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template ldap02.info --outfile "
18445
"ldap02_slapd_cert.pem"
18446
18447
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1139(para)
18448
msgid "Copy the <filename>cacert.pem</filename> to the directory:"
18449
msgstr ""
18450
18451
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1144(command)
18452
msgid "cp /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."
18453
msgstr "cp /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."
18454
18455
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1150(para)
18456
msgid ""
18457
"The only thing left is to copy the <filename>ldap02-ssl</filename> directory "
18458
"to the Consumer server, then copy <filename>ldap02_slapd_cert.pem</filename> "
18459
"and <filename>cacert.pem</filename> to <filename>/etc/ssl/certs</filename>, "
18460
"and copy <filename>ldap02_slapd_key.pem</filename> to "
18461
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private</filename>."
18462
msgstr ""
18463
18464
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1159(para)
18465
msgid ""
18466
"Once the files are in place adjust the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree "
18467
"by entering:"
18468
msgstr ""
18469
18470
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1169(userinput)
18471
#, no-wrap
18472
msgid ""
18473
"dn: cn=config\n"
18474
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
18475
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
18476
"-\n"
18477
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
18478
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
18479
"-\n"
18480
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
18481
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
18482
msgstr ""
18483
"dn: cn=config\n"
18484
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
18485
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
18486
"-\n"
18487
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
18488
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
18489
"-\n"
18490
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
18491
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
18492
18493
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1186(para)
18494
msgid ""
18495
"As with the Provider you can now edit "
18496
"<filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> and add the "
18497
"<emphasis>ldaps:///</emphasis> parameter to the "
18498
"<emphasis>SLAPD_SERVICES</emphasis> option."
18499
msgstr ""
18500
18501
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1194(para)
18502
msgid ""
18503
"Now that <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> has been setup on each server, once again "
18504
"modify the <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server's "
18505
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree by entering the following in a terminal:"
18506
msgstr ""
18507
18508
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1207(userinput)
18509
#, no-wrap
18510
msgid ""
18511
"\n"
18512
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
18513
"replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
18514
"olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com bindmethod=simple "
18515
"binddn=\"cn=ad\n"
18516
" min,dc=example,dc=com\" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
18517
"logbas\n"
18518
" e=\"cn=accesslog\" "
18519
"logfilter=\"(&(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" s\n"
18520
" chemachecking=on type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog "
18521
"starttls=yes"
18522
msgstr ""
18523
"\n"
18524
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
18525
"replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
18526
"olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com bindmethod=simple "
18527
"binddn=\"cn=ad\n"
18528
" min,dc=example,dc=com\" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
18529
"logbas\n"
18530
" e=\"cn=accesslog\" "
18531
"logfilter=\"(&(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" s\n"
18532
" chemachecking=on type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog "
18533
"starttls=yes"
18534
18535
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1204(computeroutput)
18536
#, no-wrap
18537
msgid ""
18538
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
18539
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
18540
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
18541
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
18542
"\n"
18543
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
18544
msgstr ""
18545
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
18546
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
18547
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
18548
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
18549
"\n"
18550
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
18551
18552
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1219(para)
18553
msgid ""
18554
"If the LDAP server hostname does not match the Fully Qualified Domain Name "
18555
"(FQDN) in the certificate, you may have to edit "
18556
"<filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> and add the following TLS options:"
18557
msgstr ""
18558
"Om värdnamnet för LDAP-servern inte matchar ditt kompletta domännamn (FQDN) "
18559
"i certifikatet, så kan du behöva redigera "
18560
"<filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> och lägga till följande TLS "
18561
"alternativ:"
18562
18563
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1224(programlisting)
18564
#, no-wrap
18565
msgid ""
18566
"\n"
18567
"TLS_CERT /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
18568
"TLS_KEY /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem\n"
18569
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
18570
msgstr ""
18571
"\n"
18572
"TLS_CERT /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
18573
"TLS_KEY /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem\n"
18574
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
18575
18576
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1231(para)
18577
msgid ""
18578
"Finally, restart <application>slapd</application> on each of the servers:"
18579
msgstr ""
18580
"Slutligen, starta om <application>slapd</application> på var och en av "
18581
"servrarna:"
18582
18583
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1244(title)
18584
msgid "LDAP Authentication"
18585
msgstr "LDAP-autentisering"
18586
18587
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1246(para)
18588
msgid ""
18589
"Once you have a working LDAP server, the <application>auth-client-"
18590
"config</application> and <application>libnss-ldap</application> packages "
18591
"take the pain out of configuring an Ubuntu client to authenticate using "
18592
"LDAP. To install the packages from, a terminal prompt enter:"
18593
msgstr ""
18594
"Så snart du har en fungerande LDAP-server, underlättar paketen "
18595
"<application>auth-client-config</application> och <application>libnss-"
18596
"ldap</application> konfigureringen av en Ubuntu-klient till att autentisera "
18597
"med hjälp av LDAP. För att installera paketen, skriv från en terminalprompt:"
18598
18599
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1253(command)
18600
msgid "sudo apt-get install libnss-ldap"
18601
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libnss-ldap"
18602
18603
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1256(para)
18604
msgid ""
18605
"During the install a menu dialog will ask you connection details about your "
18606
"LDAP server."
18607
msgstr ""
18608
"Under installationen kommer en dialogruta att fråga efter "
18609
"anslutningsinformation för din LDAP-server."
18610
18611
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1260(para)
18612
msgid ""
18613
"If you make a mistake when entering your information you can execute the "
18614
"dialog again using:"
18615
msgstr ""
18616
"Om du gör ett misstag när du anger dina uppgifter kan du köra dialogrutan "
18617
"igen med:"
18618
18619
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1265(command)
18620
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure ldap-auth-config"
18621
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure ldap-auth-config"
18622
18623
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1268(para)
18624
msgid ""
18625
"The results of the dialog can be seen in "
18626
"<filename>/etc/ldap.conf</filename>. If your server requires options not "
18627
"covered in the menu edit this file accordingly."
18628
msgstr ""
18629
"Resultatet från dialogrutan kan ses i <filename>/etc/ldap.conf</filename>. "
18630
"Om din server kräver information som inte täcks av menyn redigera då den här "
18631
"filen i enlighet med detta."
18632
18633
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1273(para)
18634
msgid ""
18635
"Now that <application>libnss-ldap</application> is configured enable the "
18636
"<application>auth-client-config</application> LDAP profile by entering:"
18637
msgstr ""
18638
"Nu när <application>libnss-ldap</application> är konfigurerad, aktivera LDAP-"
18639
"profilen <application>auth-client-config</application> genom att skriva:"
18640
18641
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1279(command)
18642
msgid "sudo auth-client-config -t nss -p lac_ldap"
18643
msgstr "sudo auth-client-config -t nss -p lac_ldap"
18644
18645
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1284(para)
18646
msgid ""
18647
"<emphasis>-t:</emphasis> only modifies "
18648
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>."
18649
msgstr ""
18650
"<emphasis>-t:</emphasis> modifierar endast "
18651
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>."
18652
18653
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1289(para)
18654
msgid "<emphasis>-p:</emphasis> name of the profile to enable, disable, etc."
18655
msgstr ""
18656
"<emphasis>-p:</emphasis> namnet på profilen som skall aktiveras, "
18657
"inaktiveras, etc."
18658
18659
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1294(para)
18660
msgid ""
18661
"<emphasis>lac_ldap:</emphasis> the <application>auth-client-"
18662
"config</application> profile that is part of the <application>ldap-auth-"
18663
"config</application> package."
18664
msgstr ""
18665
"<emphasis>lac_ldap:</emphasis> profilen <application>auth-client-"
18666
"config</application> som är en del av paketet <application>ldap-auth-"
18667
"config</application>."
18668
18669
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1301(para)
18670
msgid ""
18671
"Using the <application>pam-auth-update</application> utility, configure the "
18672
"system to use LDAP for authentication:"
18673
msgstr ""
18674
"Genom att använda verktyget <application>pam-auth-update</application>, "
18675
"konfigureras systemet till att använda LDAP för autentisering:"
18676
18677
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1306(command)
18678
msgid "sudo pam-auth-update"
18679
msgstr "sudo pam-auth-update"
18680
18681
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1309(para)
18682
msgid ""
18683
"From the <application>pam-auth-update</application> menu, choose LDAP and "
18684
"any other authentication mechanisms you need."
18685
msgstr ""
18686
"Från menyn i <application>pam-auth-update</application>, välj LDAP och "
18687
"vilken annan autentiseringsmekanism som du behöver."
18688
18689
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1313(para)
18690
msgid ""
18691
"You should now be able to login using user credentials stored in the LDAP "
18692
"directory."
18693
msgstr ""
18694
"Du skall nu kunna logga in genom att använda den användaridentitet som är "
18695
"sparad i LDAP-katalogen."
18696
18697
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1318(para)
18698
msgid ""
18699
"If you are going to use LDAP to store Samba users you will need to configure "
18700
"the server to authenticate using LDAP. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/> "
18701
"for details."
18702
msgstr ""
18703
"Om du skall använda LDAP till att spara Samba-användare behöver du "
18704
"konfigurera servern till att autentisera genom att använda LDAP. Se <xref "
18705
"linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/> för detaljer."
18706
18707
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1326(title)
18708
msgid "User and Group Management"
18709
msgstr "Användare och grupphantering"
18710
18711
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1328(para)
18712
msgid ""
18713
"The <application>ldap-utils</application> package comes with multiple "
18714
"utilities to manage the directory, but the long string of options needed, "
18715
"can make them a burden to use. The <application>ldapscripts</application> "
18716
"package contains configurable scripts to easily manage LDAP users and groups."
18717
msgstr ""
18718
"Paketet <application>ldap-utils</application> innehåller flera verktyg för "
18719
"att hantera katalogen, men på grund av den långa raden av alternativ som "
18720
"behövs, kan de vara svåra att använda. Paketet "
18721
"<application>ldapscripts</application> innehåller konfigurationsbara skript "
18722
"för att enkelt kunna hantera användare och grupper i LDAP."
18723
18724
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1334(para)
18725
msgid "To install the package, from a terminal enter:"
18726
msgstr "För att installera paketet, skriv från en terminal:"
18727
18728
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1339(command)
18729
msgid "sudo apt-get install ldapscripts"
18730
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ldapscripts"
18731
18732
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1342(para)
18733
msgid ""
18734
"Next, edit the config file "
18735
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> uncommenting and "
18736
"changing the following to match your environment:"
18737
msgstr ""
18738
"Nästa steg, redigera konfigurationsfilen "
18739
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> avkommentera och "
18740
"ändra följande så att det passar din miljö:"
18741
18742
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1347(programlisting)
18743
#, no-wrap
18744
msgid ""
18745
"\n"
18746
"SERVER=localhost\n"
18747
"BINDDN='cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com'\n"
18748
"BINDPWDFILE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\"\n"
18749
"SUFFIX='dc=example,dc=com'\n"
18750
"GSUFFIX='ou=Groups'\n"
18751
"USUFFIX='ou=People'\n"
18752
"MSUFFIX='ou=Computers'\n"
18753
"GIDSTART=10000\n"
18754
"UIDSTART=10000\n"
18755
"MIDSTART=10000\n"
18756
msgstr ""
18757
"\n"
18758
"SERVER=localhost\n"
18759
"BINDDN='cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com'\n"
18760
"BINDPWDFILE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\"\n"
18761
"SUFFIX='dc=example,dc=com'\n"
18762
"GSUFFIX='ou=Groups'\n"
18763
"USUFFIX='ou=People'\n"
18764
"MSUFFIX='ou=Computers'\n"
18765
"GIDSTART=10000\n"
18766
"UIDSTART=10000\n"
18767
"MIDSTART=10000\n"
18768
18769
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1360(para)
18770
msgid ""
18771
"Now, create the <filename>ldapscripts.passwd</filename> file to allow "
18772
"authenticated access to the directory:"
18773
msgstr ""
18774
"Skapa nu filen <filename>ldapscripts.passwd</filename> för att tillåta "
18775
"autentiserad åtkomst till katalogen:"
18776
18777
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1365(command)
18778
msgid ""
18779
"sudo sh -c \"echo -n 'secret' > /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\""
18780
msgstr ""
18781
"sudo sh -c \"echo -n 'secret' > /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\""
18782
18783
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1366(command)
18784
msgid "sudo chmod 400 /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd"
18785
msgstr "sudo chmod 400 /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd"
18786
18787
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1370(para)
18788
msgid ""
18789
"Replace <quote>secret</quote> with the actual password for your LDAP admin "
18790
"user."
18791
msgstr ""
18792
"Ersätt <quote>secret</quote> med det faktiska lösenordet för din LDAP-"
18793
"administratör."
18794
18795
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1375(para)
18796
msgid ""
18797
"The <application>ldapscripts</application> are now ready to help manage your "
18798
"directory. The following are some examples of how to use the scripts:"
18799
msgstr ""
18800
"<application>ldapscripts</application> är nu redo att hjälpa till med att "
18801
"hantera din katalog. Följande är några exempel på hur man kan använda skript:"
18802
18803
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1382(para)
18804
msgid "Create a new user:"
18805
msgstr "Skapa en ny användare:"
18806
18807
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1386(command)
18808
msgid "sudo ldapadduser george example"
18809
msgstr "sudo ldapadduser george example"
18810
18811
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1388(para)
18812
msgid ""
18813
"This will create a user with uid <emphasis role=\"italic\">george</emphasis> "
18814
"and set the user's primary group (gid) to <emphasis "
18815
"role=\"italic\">example</emphasis>"
18816
msgstr ""
18817
"Detta skapar en användare med uid <emphasis "
18818
"role=\"italic\">george</emphasis> och sätter användarens primära grupp (gid) "
18819
"till <emphasis role=\"italic\">example</emphasis>"
18820
18821
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1394(para)
18822
msgid "Change a user's password:"
18823
msgstr "Ändra en användares lösenord:"
18824
18825
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1398(command)
18826
msgid "sudo ldapsetpasswd george"
18827
msgstr "sudo ldapsetpasswd george"
18828
18829
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1399(computeroutput)
18830
#, no-wrap
18831
msgid "Changing password for user uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"
18832
msgstr "Ändra lösenord för användare uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"
18833
18834
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1400(userinput)
18835
#, no-wrap
18836
msgid "New Password: "
18837
msgstr "Nytt lösenord: "
18838
18839
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1401(userinput)
18840
#, no-wrap
18841
msgid "New Password (verify): "
18842
msgstr "Nytt lösenord (verifiera): "
18843
18844
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1405(para)
18845
msgid "Delete a user:"
18846
msgstr "Ta bort en användare:"
18847
18848
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1409(command)
18849
msgid "sudo ldapdeleteuser george"
18850
msgstr "sudo ldapdeleteuser george"
18851
18852
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1414(para)
18853
msgid "Add a group:"
18854
msgstr "Lägg till en grupp:"
18855
18856
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1418(command)
18857
msgid "sudo ldapaddgroup qa"
18858
msgstr "sudo ldapaddgroup qa"
18859
18860
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1422(para)
18861
msgid "Delete a group:"
18862
msgstr "Ta bort en grupp:"
18863
18864
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1426(command)
18865
msgid "sudo ldapdeletegroup qa"
18866
msgstr "sudo ldapdeletegroup qa"
18867
18868
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1430(para)
18869
msgid "Add a user to a group:"
18870
msgstr "Lägg till en användare i en grupp:"
18871
18872
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1434(command)
18873
msgid "sudo ldapaddusertogroup george qa"
18874
msgstr "sudo ldapaddusertogroup george qa"
18875
18876
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1436(para)
18877
msgid ""
18878
"You should now see a <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute for the "
18879
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group with a value of <emphasis "
18880
"role=\"italic\">george</emphasis>."
18881
msgstr ""
18882
"Du skall nu kunna se attributet <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> för gruppen "
18883
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> med värdet av <emphasis "
18884
"role=\"italic\">george</emphasis>."
18885
18886
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1442(para)
18887
msgid "Remove a user from a group:"
18888
msgstr "Ta bort en användare från en grupp:"
18889
18890
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1446(command)
18891
msgid "sudo ldapdeleteuserfromgroup george qa"
18892
msgstr "sudo ldapdeleteuserfromgroup george qa"
18893
18894
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1448(para)
18895
msgid ""
18896
"The <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute should now be removed from the "
18897
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group."
18898
msgstr ""
18899
"Attributet <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> skall nu tas bort från gruppen "
18900
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis>."
18901
18902
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1454(para)
18903
msgid ""
18904
"The <application>ldapmodifyuser</application> script allows you to add, "
18905
"remove, or replace a user's attributes. The script uses the same syntax as "
18906
"the <application>ldapmodify</application> utility. For example:"
18907
msgstr ""
18908
"Skriptet <application>ldapmodifyuser</application> tillåter dig att lägga "
18909
"till, ta bort eller ersätta användarattribut. Skriptet använder samma syntax "
18910
"som verktyget <application>ldapmodify</application>. Till exempel:"
18911
18912
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1459(command)
18913
msgid "sudo ldapmodifyuser george"
18914
msgstr "sudo ldapmodifyuser george"
18915
18916
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1460(computeroutput)
18917
#, no-wrap
18918
msgid ""
18919
"# About to modify the following entry :\n"
18920
"dn: uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\n"
18921
"objectClass: account\n"
18922
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
18923
"cn: george\n"
18924
"uid: george\n"
18925
"uidNumber: 1001\n"
18926
"gidNumber: 1001\n"
18927
"homeDirectory: /home/george\n"
18928
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
18929
"gecos: george\n"
18930
"description: User account\n"
18931
"userPassword:: e1NTSEF9eXFsTFcyWlhwWkF1eGUybVdFWHZKRzJVMjFTSG9vcHk=\n"
18932
"\n"
18933
"# Enter your modifications here, end with CTRL-D.\n"
18934
"dn: uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"
18935
msgstr ""
18936
"# About to modify the following entry :\n"
18937
"dn: uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\n"
18938
"objectClass: account\n"
18939
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
18940
"cn: george\n"
18941
"uid: george\n"
18942
"uidNumber: 1001\n"
18943
"gidNumber: 1001\n"
18944
"homeDirectory: /home/george\n"
18945
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
18946
"gecos: george\n"
18947
"description: User account\n"
18948
"userPassword:: e1NTSEF9eXFsTFcyWlhwWkF1eGUybVdFWHZKRzJVMjFTSG9vcHk=\n"
18949
"\n"
18950
"# Enter your modifications here, end with CTRL-D.\n"
18951
"dn: uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"
18952
18953
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1476(userinput)
18954
#, no-wrap
18955
msgid ""
18956
"replace: gecos\n"
18957
"gecos: George Carlin"
18958
msgstr ""
18959
"replace: gecos\n"
18960
"gecos: George Carlin"
18961
18962
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1479(para)
18963
msgid ""
18964
"The user's <emphasis>gecos</emphasis> should now be <quote>George "
18965
"Carlin</quote>."
18966
msgstr ""
18967
"Användaren <emphasis>gecos</emphasis> skall nu vara <quote>George "
18968
"Carlin</quote>."
18969
18970
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1484(para)
18971
msgid ""
18972
"Another great feature of <application>ldapscripts</application>, is the "
18973
"template system. Templates allow you to customize the attributes of user, "
18974
"group, and machine objectes. For example, to enable the "
18975
"<emphasis>user</emphasis> template edit "
18976
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> changing:"
18977
msgstr ""
18978
"En annan viktig egenskap i <application>ldapscripts</application>, är "
18979
"mallsystemet. Med mallar kan du anpassa attributen för användare, grupper "
18980
"och maskinobjekt. Till exempel, för att aktivera mallen "
18981
"<emphasis>user</emphasis> redigera "
18982
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> och ändra:"
18983
18984
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1491(programlisting)
18985
#, no-wrap
18986
msgid ""
18987
"\n"
18988
"UTEMPLATE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template\"\n"
18989
msgstr ""
18990
"\n"
18991
"UTEMPLATE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template\"\n"
18992
18993
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1495(para)
18994
msgid ""
18995
"There are <emphasis role=\"italic\">sample</emphasis> templates in the "
18996
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts</filename> directory. Copy or rename the "
18997
"<filename>ldapadduser.template.sample</filename> file to "
18998
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template</filename>:"
18999
msgstr ""
19000
"Det finns <emphasis role=\"italic\">provmallar</emphasis> i katalogen "
19001
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts</filename>. Kopiera och döp om filen "
19002
"<filename>ldapadduser.template.sample</filename> till "
19003
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template</filename>:"
19004
19005
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1502(command)
19006
msgid ""
19007
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/ldapscripts/examples/ldapadduser.template.sample "
19008
"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template"
19009
msgstr ""
19010
19011
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1505(para)
19012
msgid ""
19013
"Edit the new template to add the desired attributes. The following will "
19014
"create new user's as with an <emphasis>objectClass</emphasis> of "
19015
"<emphasis>inetOrgPerson</emphasis>:"
19016
msgstr ""
19017
"Redigera den nya mallen och lägg till önskade attribut. Följande kommer "
19018
"skapa nya användare med en <emphasis>objectClass</emphasis> av "
19019
"<emphasis>inetOrgPerson</emphasis>:"
19020
19021
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1510(programlisting)
19022
#, no-wrap
19023
msgid ""
19024
"\n"
19025
"dn: uid=<user>,<usuffix>,<suffix>\n"
19026
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
19027
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
19028
"cn: <user>\n"
19029
"sn: <ask>\n"
19030
"uid: <user>\n"
19031
"uidNumber: <uid>\n"
19032
"gidNumber: <gid>\n"
19033
"homeDirectory: <home>\n"
19034
"loginShell: <shell>\n"
19035
"gecos: <user>\n"
19036
"description: User account\n"
19037
"title: Employee\n"
19038
msgstr ""
19039
"\n"
19040
"dn: uid=<user>,<usuffix>,<suffix>\n"
19041
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
19042
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
19043
"cn: <user>\n"
19044
"sn: <ask>\n"
19045
"uid: <user>\n"
19046
"uidNumber: <uid>\n"
19047
"gidNumber: <gid>\n"
19048
"homeDirectory: <home>\n"
19049
"loginShell: <shell>\n"
19050
"gecos: <user>\n"
19051
"description: User account\n"
19052
"title: Employee\n"
19053
19054
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1526(para)
19055
msgid ""
19056
"Notice the <emphasis><ask></emphasis> option used for the "
19057
"<emphasis>ssn</emphasis> value. Using <ask> will configure "
19058
"<application>ldapadduser</application> to prompt you for the attribute value "
19059
"during user creation."
19060
msgstr ""
19061
19062
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1534(para)
19063
msgid ""
19064
"There are more useful scripts in the package, to see a full list enter: "
19065
"<command>dpkg -L ldapscripts | grep bin</command>"
19066
msgstr ""
19067
"Paketet innehåller fler användbara skript, skriv följande för att se en "
19068
"komplett lista: <command>dpkg -L ldapscripts | grep bin</command>"
19069
19070
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1543(para)
19071
msgid ""
19072
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenLDAPServer\">OpenLDAP "
19073
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
19074
msgstr ""
19075
19076
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1548(para)
19077
msgid ""
19078
"For more information see <ulink url=\"http://www.openldap.org/\">OpenLDAP "
19079
"Home Page</ulink>"
19080
msgstr ""
19081
"För mer information, se webbplatsen för <ulink "
19082
"url=\"http://www.openldap.org/\">OpenLDAP</ulink>"
19083
19084
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1553(para)
19085
msgid ""
19086
"Though starting to show it's age, a great source for in depth LDAP "
19087
"information is O'Reilly's <ulink "
19088
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/ldapsa/\">LDAP System "
19089
"Administration</ulink>"
19090
msgstr ""
19091
"Även om den börjar bli gammal så är O'Reilly's bok <ulink "
19092
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/ldapsa/\">LDAP System "
19093
"Administration</ulink> en bra källa för detaljerad LDAP-information."
19094
19095
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1559(para)
19096
msgid ""
19097
"Packt's <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/OpenLDAP-Developers-Server-Open-"
19098
"Source-Linux/book\">Mastering OpenLDAP</ulink> is a great reference covering "
19099
"newer versions of OpenLDAP."
19100
msgstr ""
19101
"Packt's <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/OpenLDAP-Developers-Server-Open-"
19102
"Source-Linux/book\">Mastering OpenLDAP</ulink> är en utmärkt referens för "
19103
"nyare versioner av OpenLDAP."
19104
19105
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1565(para)
19106
msgid ""
19107
"For more information on <application>auth-client-config</application> see "
19108
"the man page: <command>man auth-client-config</command>."
19109
msgstr ""
19110
"För mer information om <application>auth-client-config</application> se "
19111
"manualsidan: <command>man auth-client-config</command>."
19112
19113
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1570(para)
19114
msgid ""
19115
"For more details regarding the <application>ldapscripts</application> "
19116
"package see the man pages: <command>man ldapscripts</command>, <command>man "
19117
"ldapadduser</command>, <command>man ldapaddgroup</command>, etc."
19118
msgstr ""
19119
"För fler detaljer angående paketet <application>ldapscripts</application> se "
19120
"manualsidorna: <command>man ldapscripts</command>, <command>man "
19121
"ldapadduser</command>, <command>man ldapaddgroup</command>, etc."
19122
19123
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1580(title)
19124
msgid "Samba and LDAP"
19125
msgstr "Samba och LDAP"
19126
19127
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1582(para)
19128
msgid ""
19129
"This section covers configuring Samba to use LDAP for user, group, and "
19130
"machine account information and authentication. The assumption is, you "
19131
"already have a working OpenLDAP directory installed and the server is "
19132
"configured to use it for authentication. See <xref linkend=\"openldap-"
19133
"server\"/> and <xref linkend=\"openldap-auth-config\"/> for details on "
19134
"setting up OpenLDAP. For more information on installing and configuring "
19135
"Samba see <xref linkend=\"windows-networking\"/>."
19136
msgstr ""
19137
"Detta avsnitt behandlar konfigurationen av Samba till att använda LDAP för "
19138
"användare, grupper och information om maskinkonton och autentisering. Det "
19139
"förutsätts att du redan har en fungerande OpenLDAP-katalog installerad och "
19140
"att servern är konfigurerad till att använda autentisering. Se <xref "
19141
"linkend=\"openldap-server\"/> och <xref linkend=\"openldap-auth-config\"/> "
19142
"för detaljer om hur man konfigurerar OpenLDAP. För mer information om "
19143
"installation och konfiguration av Samba, se <xref linkend=\"windows-"
19144
"networking\"/>."
19145
19146
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1592(para)
19147
msgid ""
19148
"There are three packages needed when integrating Samba with LDAP. "
19149
"<application>samba</application>, <application>samba-doc</application>, and "
19150
"<application>smbldap-tools</application> packages . To install the packages, "
19151
"from a terminal enter:"
19152
msgstr ""
19153
"Det är tre paket som behövs för att integrera Samba med LDAP, "
19154
"<application>samba</application>, <application>samba-doc</application> och "
19155
"<application>smbldap-tools</application>. För att installera paketen, skriv "
19156
"från en terminal:"
19157
19158
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1598(command)
19159
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba samba-doc smbldap-tools"
19160
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba samba-doc smbldap-tools"
19161
19162
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1601(para)
19163
msgid ""
19164
"Strictly speaking the <application>smbldap-tools</application> package isn't "
19165
"needed, but unless you have another package or custom scripts, a method of "
19166
"managing users, groups, and computer accounts is needed."
19167
msgstr ""
19168
"Paketet <application>smbldap-tools</application> behövs egentligen inte, men "
19169
"om du inte har ett annat paket eller anpassat skript, behövs en metod för "
19170
"att hantera användare, grupper och maskinkonton."
19171
19172
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1608(title)
19173
msgid "OpenLDAP Configuration"
19174
msgstr "OpenLDAP konfigurering"
19175
19176
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1610(para)
19177
msgid ""
19178
"In order for Samba to use OpenLDAP as a <emphasis>passdb backend</emphasis>, "
19179
"the user objects in the directory will need additional attributes. This "
19180
"section assumes you want Samba to be configured as a Windows NT domain "
19181
"controller, and will add the necessary LDAP objects and attributes."
19182
msgstr ""
19183
"För att Samba skall använda OpenLDAP som en <emphasis>passdb-"
19184
"bakände</emphasis>, behöver användarobjekten i katalogen ytterligare "
19185
"attribut. Detta avsnitt förutsätter att du vill att Samba skall konfigureras "
19186
"som en Windows NT domänkontrollant och att nödvändiga LDAP-objekt och "
19187
"attribut läggs till."
19188
19189
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1618(para)
19190
msgid ""
19191
"The Samba attributes are defined in the <filename>samba.schema</filename> "
19192
"file which is part of the <application>samba-doc</application> package. The "
19193
"schema file needs to be unzipped and copied to "
19194
"<filename>/etc/ldap/schema</filename>. From a terminal prompt enter:"
19195
msgstr ""
19196
"Samba-attributen är definierade i filen <filename>samba.schema</filename> "
19197
"som är en del av paketet <application>samba-doc</application>. Schemafilen "
19198
"behöver packas upp och kopieras till <filename>/etc/ldap/schema</filename>. "
19199
"Skriv från en terminal:"
19200
19201
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1625(command)
19202
msgid ""
19203
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/samba-doc/examples/LDAP/samba.schema.gz "
19204
"/etc/ldap/schema/"
19205
msgstr ""
19206
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/samba-doc/examples/LDAP/samba.schema.gz "
19207
"/etc/ldap/schema/"
19208
19209
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1626(command)
19210
msgid "sudo gzip -d /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema.gz"
19211
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema.gz"
19212
19213
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1632(para)
19214
msgid ""
19215
"The <emphasis>samba</emphasis> schema needs to be added to the "
19216
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree. The procedure to add a new schema to "
19217
"<application>slapd</application> is also detailed in <xref "
19218
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."
19219
msgstr ""
19220
"Schemat <emphasis>samba</emphasis> behöver läggas till i trädet "
19221
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. Proceduren för att lägga till ett nytt "
19222
"schema till <application>slapd</application> finns också beskrivet i <xref "
19223
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."
19224
19225
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1640(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2676(para)
19226
msgid ""
19227
"First, create a configuration file named "
19228
"<filename>schema_convert.conf</filename>, or a similar descriptive name, "
19229
"containing the following lines:"
19230
msgstr ""
19231
"Börja med att skapa en konfigurationsfil med namnet "
19232
"<filename>schema_convert.conf</filename>, eller ett liknande beskrivande "
19233
"namn som innehåller följande rader:"
19234
19235
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1645(programlisting)
19236
#, no-wrap
19237
msgid ""
19238
"\n"
19239
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
19240
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
19241
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
19242
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
19243
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
19244
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
19245
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
19246
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
19247
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
19248
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
19249
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
19250
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
19251
"include /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema\n"
19252
msgstr ""
19253
"\n"
19254
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
19255
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
19256
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
19257
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
19258
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
19259
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
19260
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
19261
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
19262
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
19263
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
19264
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
19265
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
19266
"include /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema\n"
19267
19268
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1675(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2711(para)
19269
msgid ""
19270
"Now use <application>slapcat</application> to convert the schema files:"
19271
msgstr ""
19272
"Genom att nu använda <application>slapcat</application>, konvertera "
19273
"schemafilerna:"
19274
19275
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1680(command)
19276
msgid ""
19277
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
19278
"\"cn={12}samba,cn=schema,cn=config\" > /tmp/cn=samba.ldif"
19279
msgstr ""
19280
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
19281
"\"cn={12}samba,cn=schema,cn=config\" > /tmp/cn=samba.ldif"
19282
19283
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1683(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2719(para)
19284
msgid ""
19285
"Change the above file and path names to match your own if they are different."
19286
msgstr ""
19287
"Ändra ovanstående fil och sökvägar till att matcha dina egna om de är olika."
19288
19289
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1690(para)
19290
msgid ""
19291
"Edit the generated <filename>/tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif</filename> file, changing "
19292
"the following attributes:"
19293
msgstr ""
19294
"Redigera den nyss skapade filen <filename>/tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif</filename>, "
19295
"ändra följande attribut:"
19296
19297
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1694(programlisting)
19298
#, no-wrap
19299
msgid ""
19300
"\n"
19301
"dn: cn=samba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
19302
"...\n"
19303
"cn: samba\n"
19304
msgstr ""
19305
"\n"
19306
"dn: cn=samba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
19307
"...\n"
19308
"cn: samba\n"
19309
19310
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1704(programlisting)
19311
#, no-wrap
19312
msgid ""
19313
"\n"
19314
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
19315
"entryUUID: b53b75ca-083f-102d-9fff-2f64fd123c95\n"
19316
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
19317
"createTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
19318
"entryCSN: 20080827045234.341425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
19319
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
19320
"modifyTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
19321
msgstr ""
19322
"\n"
19323
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
19324
"entryUUID: b53b75ca-083f-102d-9fff-2f64fd123c95\n"
19325
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
19326
"createTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
19327
"entryCSN: 20080827045234.341425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
19328
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
19329
"modifyTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
19330
19331
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1729(command)
19332
msgid "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif"
19333
msgstr "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif"
19334
19335
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1735(para)
19336
msgid ""
19337
"There should now be a <emphasis>dn: "
19338
"cn={X}misc,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>, where \"X\" is the next "
19339
"sequential schema, entry in the cn=config tree."
19340
msgstr ""
19341
"Där skall nu finnas en <emphasis>dn: "
19342
"cn={X}misc,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>, där \"X\" är nästa sekventiella "
19343
"schemauppgift i trädet cn=config."
19344
19345
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1743(para)
19346
msgid ""
19347
"Copy and paste the following into a file named "
19348
"<filename>samba_indexes.ldif</filename>:"
19349
msgstr ""
19350
"Kopiera och klistra in följande i en fil med namnet "
19351
"<filename>samba_indexes.ldif</filename>:"
19352
19353
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1747(programlisting)
19354
#, no-wrap
19355
msgid ""
19356
"\n"
19357
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
19358
"changetype: modify\n"
19359
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
19360
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq\n"
19361
"olcDbIndex: gidNumber eq\n"
19362
"olcDbIndex: loginShell eq\n"
19363
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
19364
"olcDbIndex: memberUid eq,pres,sub\n"
19365
"olcDbIndex: uniqueMember eq,pres\n"
19366
"olcDbIndex: sambaSID eq\n"
19367
"olcDbIndex: sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq\n"
19368
"olcDbIndex: sambaGroupType eq\n"
19369
"olcDbIndex: sambaSIDList eq\n"
19370
"olcDbIndex: sambaDomainName eq\n"
19371
"olcDbIndex: default sub\n"
19372
msgstr ""
19373
"\n"
19374
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
19375
"changetype: modify\n"
19376
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
19377
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq\n"
19378
"olcDbIndex: gidNumber eq\n"
19379
"olcDbIndex: loginShell eq\n"
19380
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
19381
"olcDbIndex: memberUid eq,pres,sub\n"
19382
"olcDbIndex: uniqueMember eq,pres\n"
19383
"olcDbIndex: sambaSID eq\n"
19384
"olcDbIndex: sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq\n"
19385
"olcDbIndex: sambaGroupType eq\n"
19386
"olcDbIndex: sambaSIDList eq\n"
19387
"olcDbIndex: sambaDomainName eq\n"
19388
"olcDbIndex: default sub\n"
19389
19390
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1765(para)
19391
msgid ""
19392
"Using the <application>ldapmodify</application> utility load the new indexes:"
19393
msgstr ""
19394
"Genom att använda verktyget <application>ldapmodify</application> laddas det "
19395
"nya indexet:"
19396
19397
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1770(command)
19398
msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f samba_indexes.ldif"
19399
msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f samba_indexes.ldif"
19400
19401
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1772(para)
19402
msgid ""
19403
"If all went well you should see the new indexes using "
19404
"<application>ldapsearch</application>:"
19405
msgstr ""
19406
"Om allt gick bra skall du kunna se det nya indexet genom att använda "
19407
"<application>ldapsearch</application>:"
19408
19409
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1777(command)
19410
msgid ""
19411
"ldapsearch -xLLL -D cn=admin,cn=config -x -b cn=config -W olcDatabase={1}hdb"
19412
msgstr ""
19413
"ldapsearch -xLLL -D cn=admin,cn=config -x -b cn=config -W olcDatabase={1}hdb"
19414
19415
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1783(para)
19416
msgid ""
19417
"Next, configure the <application>smbldap-tools</application> package to "
19418
"match your environment. The package comes with a configuration script that "
19419
"will ask questions about the needed options. To run the script enter:"
19420
msgstr ""
19421
"Nästa steg, konfigurera paketet <application>smbldap-tools</application> så "
19422
"att det matchar din miljö. Paketet levereras med ett konfigurationsskript "
19423
"som kommer ställa frågor om nödvändiga alternativ. För att köra skriptet, "
19424
"skriv:"
19425
19426
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1789(command)
19427
msgid "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl.gz"
19428
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl.gz"
19429
19430
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1790(command)
19431
msgid "sudo perl /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl"
19432
msgstr "sudo perl /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl"
19433
19434
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1793(para)
19435
msgid ""
19436
"Once you have answered the questions, there should be <filename>/etc/smbldap-"
19437
"tools/smbldap.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/smbldap-"
19438
"tools/smbldap_bind.conf</filename> files. These files are generated by the "
19439
"configure script, so if you made any mistakes while executing the script it "
19440
"may be simpler to edit the file appropriately."
19441
msgstr ""
19442
"När du har svarat på frågorna, kommer dessa filer att finnas "
19443
"<filename>/etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap.conf</filename> och "
19444
"<filename>/etc/smbldap-tools/smbldap_bind.conf</filename>. Dessa filer är "
19445
"skapade av konfigurationsskriptet, så om du gjort några misstag när du körde "
19446
"skriptet kan det vara enklare att på lämpligt sätt redigera filen."
19447
19448
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1803(para)
19449
msgid ""
19450
"The <application>smbldap-populate</application> script will add the "
19451
"necessary users, groups, and LDAP objects required for Samba. It is a good "
19452
"idea to make a backup LDAP Data Interchange Format (LDIF) file with "
19453
"<application>slapcat</application> before executing the command:"
19454
msgstr ""
19455
"Skriptet <application>smbldap-populate</application> kommer lägga till "
19456
"nödvändiga användare, grupper och LDAP-objekt som krävs för Samba. Innan du "
19457
"verkställer kommandot är det en bra idé att göra en säkerhetskopia på filen "
19458
"LDAP Data Interchange Format (LDIF) genom att använda "
19459
"<application>slapcat</application>:"
19460
19461
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1810(command)
19462
msgid "sudo slapcat -l backup.ldif"
19463
msgstr "sudo slapcat -l backup.ldif"
19464
19465
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1816(para)
19466
msgid ""
19467
"Once you have a current backup execute <application>smbldap-"
19468
"populate</application> by entering:"
19469
msgstr ""
19470
"När du har en aktuell säkerhetskopia, verkställ <application>smbldap-"
19471
"populate</application> genom att skriva:"
19472
19473
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1821(command)
19474
msgid "sudo smbldap-populate"
19475
msgstr "sudo smbldap-populate"
19476
19477
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1825(para)
19478
msgid ""
19479
"You can create an LDIF file containing the new Samba objects by executing "
19480
"<command>sudo smbldap-populate -e samba.ldif</command>. This allows you to "
19481
"look over the changes making sure everything is correct."
19482
msgstr ""
19483
"Du kan skapa en ny LDIF-fil som innehåller det nya Samba-objektet genom att "
19484
"köra <command>sudo smbldap-populate -e samba.ldif</command>. Detta medför "
19485
"att du kan granska ändringarna och säkerställa att allt är rätt."
19486
19487
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1833(para)
19488
msgid ""
19489
"Your LDAP directory now has the necessary domain information to authenticate "
19490
"Samba users."
19491
msgstr ""
19492
"Din LDAP-katalog har nu den nödvändiga domäninformationen för att kunna "
19493
"autentisera Samba-användare."
19494
19495
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1839(title)
19496
msgid "Samba Configuration"
19497
msgstr "Samba konfigurering"
19498
19499
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1841(para)
19500
msgid ""
19501
"There a multiple ways to configure Samba for details on some common "
19502
"configurations see <xref linkend=\"windows-networking\"/>. To configure "
19503
"Samba to use LDAP, edit the main Samba configuration file "
19504
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> commenting the <emphasis>passdb "
19505
"backend</emphasis> option and adding the following:"
19506
msgstr ""
19507
"Det finns flera sätt att konfigurera Samba, för information om några vanliga "
19508
"konfigurationer se <xref linkend=\"windows-networking\"/>. För att "
19509
"konfigurera Samba till att använda LDAP, redigera Samba:s "
19510
"huvudkonfigurationsfil <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> kommentera "
19511
"alternativet <emphasis>passdb backend</emphasis> och lägg till följande:"
19512
19513
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1847(programlisting)
19514
#, no-wrap
19515
msgid ""
19516
"\n"
19517
"# passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
19518
"\n"
19519
"# LDAP Settings\n"
19520
" passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://hostname\n"
19521
" ldap suffix = dc=example,dc=com\n"
19522
" ldap user suffix = ou=People\n"
19523
" ldap group suffix = ou=Groups\n"
19524
" ldap machine suffix = ou=Computers\n"
19525
" ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap\n"
19526
" ldap admin dn = cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
19527
" ldap ssl = start tls\n"
19528
" ldap passwd sync = yes\n"
19529
"...\n"
19530
" add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w \"%u\"\n"
19531
msgstr ""
19532
"\n"
19533
"# passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
19534
"\n"
19535
"# LDAP Settings\n"
19536
" passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://hostname\n"
19537
" ldap suffix = dc=example,dc=com\n"
19538
" ldap user suffix = ou=People\n"
19539
" ldap group suffix = ou=Groups\n"
19540
" ldap machine suffix = ou=Computers\n"
19541
" ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap\n"
19542
" ldap admin dn = cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
19543
" ldap ssl = start tls\n"
19544
" ldap passwd sync = yes\n"
19545
"...\n"
19546
" add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w \"%u\"\n"
19547
19548
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1864(para)
19549
msgid "Restart <application>samba</application> to enable the new settings:"
19550
msgstr ""
19551
"Starta om <application>samba</application> för att aktivera de nya "
19552
"inställningarna:"
19553
19554
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1873(para)
19555
msgid ""
19556
"Now Samba needs to know the LDAP admin password. From a terminal prompt "
19557
"enter:"
19558
msgstr ""
19559
"Nu behöver Samba veta LDAP-administratörens lösenord. Skriv från en "
19560
"terminalprompt:"
19561
19562
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1878(command)
19563
msgid "sudo smbpasswd -w secret"
19564
msgstr "sudo smbpasswd -w secret"
19565
19566
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1882(para)
19567
msgid ""
19568
"Replacing <emphasis role=\"italic\">secret</emphasis> with your LDAP admin "
19569
"password."
19570
msgstr ""
19571
"Ersätt <emphasis role=\"italic\">secret</emphasis> med din LDAP-"
19572
"administratörs lösenord."
19573
19574
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1887(para)
19575
msgid ""
19576
"If you currently have users in LDAP, and you want them to authenticate using "
19577
"Samba, they will need some Samba attributes defined in the "
19578
"<filename>samba.schema</filename> file. Add the Samba attributes to existing "
19579
"users using the <application>smbpasswd</application> utility, replacing "
19580
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">username</emphasis> with an actual user:"
19581
msgstr ""
19582
"Om du för närvarande har användare i LDAP och vill att de skall autentisiera "
19583
"genom att använda Samba, då kommer de behöva några Samba-attribut "
19584
"definierade i filen <filename>samba.schema</filename>. Lägg till Samba-"
19585
"attributen för existerande användare genom att använda verktyget "
19586
"<application>smbpasswd</application>, ersätt <emphasis "
19587
"role=\"italic\">username</emphasis> med en verklig användare:"
19588
19589
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1895(command)
19590
msgid "sudo smbpasswd -a username"
19591
msgstr "sudo smbpasswd -a användarnamn"
19592
19593
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1898(para)
19594
msgid "You will then be asked to enter the user's password."
19595
msgstr "Du kommer därefter tillfrågas om att ange användarens lösenord."
19596
19597
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1902(para)
19598
msgid ""
19599
"To add new user, group, and machine accounts use the utilities from the "
19600
"<application>smbldap-tools</application> package. Here are some examples:"
19601
msgstr ""
19602
"För att lägga till nya användare, grupper och maskinkonton använd verktygen "
19603
"från paketet <application>smbldap-tools</application>. Här följer ett par "
19604
"exempel:"
19605
19606
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1909(para)
19607
msgid ""
19608
"To add a new user to LDAP with Samba attributes enter the following, "
19609
"replacing username with an actual username:"
19610
msgstr ""
19611
"För att lägga till en ny användare till LDAP med Samba-attribut, ange "
19612
"följande, ersätt username med ett verkligt användarnamn:"
19613
19614
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1913(command)
19615
msgid "sudo smbldap-useradd -a -P username"
19616
msgstr "sudo smbldap-useradd -a -P användarnamn"
19617
19618
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1915(para)
19619
msgid ""
19620
"The <emphasis>-a</emphasis> option adds the Samba attributes, and the "
19621
"<emphasis>-P</emphasis> options calls the <application>smbldap-"
19622
"passwd</application> utility after the user is created allowing you to enter "
19623
"a password for the user."
19624
msgstr ""
19625
"Flaggan <emphasis>-a</emphasis> lägger till Samba-attributen och flaggan "
19626
"<emphasis>-P</emphasis> anropar verktyget <application>smbldap-"
19627
"passwd</application> efter det att användaren skapats för att tillåta dig "
19628
"att ange ett lösenord för användaren."
19629
19630
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1921(para)
19631
msgid "To remove a user from the directory enter:"
19632
msgstr "För att ta bort en användare från katalogen, skriv:"
19633
19634
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1925(command)
19635
msgid "sudo smbldap-userdel username"
19636
msgstr "sudo smbldap-userdel användarnamn"
19637
19638
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1927(para)
19639
msgid ""
19640
"The <application>smbldap-userdel</application> utility also has a <emphasis>-"
19641
"r</emphasis> option to remove the user's home directory."
19642
msgstr ""
19643
"Verktyget <application>smbldap-userdel</application> har också en <emphasis>-"
19644
"r</emphasis> flagga för att ta bort användarnas hemmakatalog."
19645
19646
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1932(para)
19647
msgid ""
19648
"Use <application>smbldap-groupadd</application> to add a group, replacing "
19649
"groupname with an appropriate group:"
19650
msgstr ""
19651
"Använd <application>smbldap-groupadd</application> för att lägga till en "
19652
"grupp, ersätt gruppnamn med en riktig grupp:"
19653
19654
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1936(command)
19655
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupadd -a groupname"
19656
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupadd -a gruppnamn"
19657
19658
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1938(para)
19659
msgid ""
19660
"Similar to <application>smbldap-useradd</application>, the <emphasis>-"
19661
"a</emphasis> adds the Samba attributes."
19662
msgstr ""
19663
"På samma sätt för <application>smbldap-useradd</application>, lägger "
19664
"<emphasis>-a</emphasis> till Samba-attributen."
19665
19666
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1943(para)
19667
msgid ""
19668
"To add a user to a group use <application>smbldap-groupmod</application>:"
19669
msgstr ""
19670
"För att lägga till en användare i en grupp använd <application>smbldap-"
19671
"groupmod</application>:"
19672
19673
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1947(command)
19674
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupmod -m username groupname"
19675
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupmod -m användarnamn gruppnamn"
19676
19677
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1949(para)
19678
msgid ""
19679
"Be sure to replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with a real user. Also, the "
19680
"<emphasis>-m</emphasis> option can add more than one user at a time by "
19681
"listing them in <emphasis>comma separated</emphasis> format."
19682
msgstr ""
19683
"Säkerställ att du ersätter <emphasis>username</emphasis> med en verklig "
19684
"användare. Dessutom kan flaggan <emphasis>-m</emphasis> lägga till mer än en "
19685
"användare åt gången genom att lista dem i ett "
19686
"<emphasis>kommaseparerat</emphasis> format."
19687
19688
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1955(para)
19689
msgid ""
19690
"<application>smbldap-groupmod</application> can also be used to remove a "
19691
"user from a group:"
19692
msgstr ""
19693
"<application>smbldap-groupmod</application> kan också användas för att ta "
19694
"bort en användare från en grupp:"
19695
19696
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1959(command)
19697
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupmod -x username groupname"
19698
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupmod -x användarnamn gruppnamn"
19699
19700
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1963(para)
19701
msgid ""
19702
"Additionally, the <application>smbldap-useradd</application> utility can add "
19703
"Samba machine accounts:"
19704
msgstr ""
19705
"Dessutom kan verktyget <application>smbldap-useradd</application> lägga till "
19706
"Samba maskinkonton:"
19707
19708
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1967(command)
19709
msgid "sudo smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w username"
19710
msgstr "sudo smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w användarnamn"
19711
19712
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1969(para)
19713
msgid ""
19714
"Replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with the name of the workstation. The "
19715
"<emphasis>-t 0</emphasis> option creates the machine account without a "
19716
"delay, while the <emphasis>-w</emphasis> option specifies the user as a "
19717
"machine account. Also, note the <emphasis>add machine script</emphasis> "
19718
"option in <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> was changed to use "
19719
"<application>smbldap-useradd</application>."
19720
msgstr ""
19721
"Ersätt <emphasis>username</emphasis> med namnet på arbetsstationen. Flaggan "
19722
"<emphasis>-t 0</emphasis> skapar maskinkontot utan fördröjning, medans "
19723
"flaggan <emphasis>-w</emphasis> specificerar användaren som ett maskinkonto. "
19724
"Dessutom, notera att alternativet <emphasis>add machine script</emphasis> i "
19725
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> har ändrats till att använda "
19726
"<application>smbldap-useradd</application>."
19727
19728
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1978(para)
19729
msgid ""
19730
"There are more useful utilities and options in the <application>smbldap-"
19731
"tools</application> package. The man page for each utility provides more "
19732
"details."
19733
msgstr ""
19734
"Det finns fler användbara funktioner och alternativ i paketet "
19735
"<application>smbldap-tools</application>. Man-sidan för respektive verktyg "
19736
"innehåller fler detaljer."
19737
19738
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1989(para)
19739
msgid ""
19740
"There are multiple places where LDAP and Samba is documented in the <ulink "
19741
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
19742
"Collection</ulink>."
19743
msgstr ""
19744
"Det finns flera platser som LDAP och Samba är dokumenterade i <ulink "
19745
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
19746
"Collection</ulink>."
19747
19748
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1995(para)
19749
msgid ""
19750
"Specifically see the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
19751
"HOWTO-Collection/passdb.html\">passdb section</ulink>."
19752
msgstr ""
19753
"Se särskilt avsnittet <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
19754
"HOWTO-Collection/passdb.html\">passdb</ulink>."
19755
19756
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2001(para)
19757
msgid ""
19758
"Another good site is <ulink url=\"http://download.gna.org/smbldap-"
19759
"tools/docs/samba-ldap-howto/\">Samba OpenLDAP HOWTO</ulink>."
19760
msgstr ""
19761
19762
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2007(para)
19763
msgid ""
19764
"Again, for more information on <application>smbldap-tools</application> see "
19765
"the man pages: <command>man smbldap-useradd</command>, <command>man smbldap-"
19766
"groupadd</command>, <command>man smbldap-populate</command>, etc."
19767
msgstr ""
19768
"Återigen, för mer information om <application>smbldap-tools</application> se "
19769
"manualsidorna: <command>man smbldap-useradd</command>, <command>man smbldap-"
19770
"groupadd</command>, <command>man smbldap-populate</command>, etc."
19771
19772
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2014(para)
19773
msgid ""
19774
"Also, there is a list of <ulink "
19775
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba#samba-ldap\">Ubuntu "
19776
"wiki</ulink> articles with more information."
19777
msgstr ""
19778
19779
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2023(title)
19780
msgid "Kerberos"
19781
msgstr "Kerberos"
19782
19783
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2025(para)
19784
msgid ""
19785
"<application>Kerberos</application> is a network authentication system based "
19786
"on the principal of a trusted third party. The other two parties being the "
19787
"user and the service the user wishes to authenticate to. Not all services "
19788
"and applications can use Kerberos, but for those that can, it brings the "
19789
"network environment one step closer to being Single Sign On (SSO)."
19790
msgstr ""
19791
"<application>Kerberos</application> är ett nätverkautentiseringsystem som "
19792
"bygger på principen om en betrodd tredje part. De två andra parterna är "
19793
"användaren och tjänsten som användaren vill autentisiera till. Inte alla "
19794
"tjänster och tillämpningar kan använda Kerberos, men för de som kan, medför "
19795
"det att nätverksmiljön kommer ett steg närmare till att bli, Single Sign On "
19796
"(SSO)."
19797
19798
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2031(para)
19799
msgid ""
19800
"This section covers installation and configuration of a Kerberos server, and "
19801
"some example client configurations."
19802
msgstr ""
19803
"Detta avsnitt omfattar installation och konfigurering av en Kerberos-server "
19804
"och några exempel på klientkonfigurationer."
19805
19806
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2038(para)
19807
msgid ""
19808
"If you are new to Kerberos there are a few terms that are good to understand "
19809
"before setting up a Kerberos server. Most of the terms will relate to things "
19810
"you may be familiar with in other environments:"
19811
msgstr ""
19812
"Om du är ny inom Kerberos så finns det några uttryck som är bra att förstå "
19813
"innan man sätter upp en Kerberos-server. De flesta av uttrycken kommer att "
19814
"beröra saker som du kanske känner igen från andra miljöer:"
19815
19816
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2045(para)
19817
msgid ""
19818
"<emphasis>Principal:</emphasis> any users, computers, and services provided "
19819
"by servers need to be defined as Kerberos Principals."
19820
msgstr ""
19821
"<emphasis>Principal:</emphasis> användare, datorer och tjänster som "
19822
"tillhandahålls av servrar behöver definieras som principaler i Kerberos."
19823
19824
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2050(para)
19825
msgid ""
19826
"<emphasis>Instances:</emphasis> are used for service principals and special "
19827
"administrative principals."
19828
msgstr ""
19829
"<emphasis>Instances:</emphasis> används för tjänste-principaler och "
19830
"speciella administrativa principaler."
19831
19832
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2055(para)
19833
msgid ""
19834
"<emphasis>Realms:</emphasis> the unique realm of control provided by the "
19835
"Kerberos installation. Usually the DNS domain converted to uppercase "
19836
"(EXAMPLE.COM)."
19837
msgstr ""
19838
"<emphasis>Realms:</emphasis> är en unik realm-kontroll som tillhandahålls av "
19839
"kerberos installationen. Normalt är det DNS-domänen konverterad till "
19840
"versaler (EXAMPLE.COM)."
19841
19842
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2061(para)
19843
msgid ""
19844
"<emphasis>Key Distribution Center:</emphasis> (KDC) consist of three parts, "
19845
"a database of all principals, the authentication server, and the ticket "
19846
"granting server. For each realm there must be at least one KDC."
19847
msgstr ""
19848
"<emphasis>Key Distribution Center:</emphasis> (KDC) består av tre delar, en "
19849
"databas över alla principaler, autentiseringsserver och server för "
19850
"certifikatgodkännande (TGS). För varje realm måste det finnas minst en KDC."
19851
19852
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2067(para)
19853
msgid ""
19854
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Ticket:</emphasis> issued by the Authentication "
19855
"Server (AS), the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT) is encrypted in the user's "
19856
"password which is known only to the user and the KDC."
19857
msgstr ""
19858
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Ticket:</emphasis> utfärdas av "
19859
"autentiseringsservern (AS), Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT) är krypterad inuti "
19860
"användarens lösenord som endast är känt av användaren och KDC:n."
19861
19862
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2073(para)
19863
msgid ""
19864
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Server:</emphasis> (TGS) issues service tickets to "
19865
"clients upon request."
19866
msgstr ""
19867
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Server:</emphasis> (TGS) utfärdar vid begäran "
19868
"tjänstcertifikat till användarna."
19869
19870
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2078(para)
19871
msgid ""
19872
"<emphasis>Tickets:</emphasis> confirm the identity of the two principals. "
19873
"One principal being a user and the other a service requested by the user. "
19874
"Tickets establish an encryption key used for secure communication during the "
19875
"authenticated session."
19876
msgstr ""
19877
"<emphasis>Tickets:</emphasis> bekräftar identiteten av de två principalerna. "
19878
"En principal är användaren och den andra är en tjänst som begärts av "
19879
"användaren. Certifikatet (Tickets) skapar en krypteringsnyckel som används "
19880
"för en säker kommunikation under den autentiserade sessionen."
19881
19882
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2084(para)
19883
msgid ""
19884
"<emphasis>Keytab Files:</emphasis> are files extracted from the KDC "
19885
"principal database and contain the encryption key for a service or host."
19886
msgstr ""
19887
"<emphasis>Keytab-filer:</emphasis> är filer som extraherats från KDC "
19888
"principal-databasen och som innehåller krypteringsnyckeln för en tjänst "
19889
"eller värd."
19890
19891
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2091(para)
19892
msgid ""
19893
"To put the pieces together, a Realm has at least one KDC, preferably two for "
19894
"redundancy, which contains a database of Principals. When a user principal "
19895
"logs into a workstation, configured for Kerberos authentication, the KDC "
19896
"issues a Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT). If the user supplied credentials "
19897
"match, the user is authenticated and can then request tickets for Kerberized "
19898
"services from the Ticket Granting Server (TGS). The service tickets allow "
19899
"the user to authenticate to the service without entering another username "
19900
"and password."
19901
msgstr ""
19902
"För att sammanfatta det hela, en realm har minst en KDC, helst två för "
19903
"redundans, vilka innehåller principal-databasen. När en användar-principal "
19904
"loggar in på en arbetsstation som är konfigurerad för Kerberos-"
19905
"autentisering, skapar KDC:n en Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT). Om användarens "
19906
"tillhandahållna identitet matchar är användaren autentisierad och kan "
19907
"därefter begära ett certifikat från Ticket Granting Server (TGS) för "
19908
"kerberos-tjänster. Tjänstens certifikat tillåter användaren att autentisera "
19909
"till tjänsten utan att ange något annat användarnamn och lösenord."
19910
19911
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2100(title)
19912
msgid "Kerberos Server"
19913
msgstr "Kerberos server"
19914
19915
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2104(para)
19916
msgid ""
19917
"Before installing the Kerberos server a properly configured DNS server is "
19918
"needed for your domain. Since the Kerberos Realm by convention matches the "
19919
"domain name, this section uses the <emphasis>example.com</emphasis> domain "
19920
"configured in <xref linkend=\"dns-primarymaster-configuration\"/>."
19921
msgstr ""
19922
"Före installationen av kerberos-servern behövs en rätt konfigurerad DNS-"
19923
"server för din domän. Eftersom en kerberos realm enligt konventionen är "
19924
"samma som domännamnet använder detta avsnitt domänen "
19925
"<emphasis>example.com</emphasis> som konfigurerades i <xref linkend=\"dns-"
19926
"primarymaster-configuration\"/>."
19927
19928
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2110(para)
19929
msgid ""
19930
"Also, Kerberos is a time sensitive protocol. So if the local system time "
19931
"between a client machine and the server differs by more than five minutes "
19932
"(by default), the workstation will not be able to authenticate. To correct "
19933
"the problem all hosts should have their time synchronized using the "
19934
"<emphasis>Network Time Protocol (NTP)</emphasis>. For details on setting up "
19935
"NTP see <xref linkend=\"NTP\"/>."
19936
msgstr ""
19937
"Dessutom, kerberos är ett tidskänsligt protokoll. Så om den lokala "
19938
"systemtiden mellan en klientmaskin och server skiljer mer än fem minuter "
19939
"(standardvärde), kommer arbetsstationen inte att kunna autentisiera. För att "
19940
"komma tillrätta med problemet, bör alla värdar synkronisera tiden genom att "
19941
"använda <emphasis>Network Time Protocol (NTP)</emphasis>. För detaljer om "
19942
"att installera NTP se <xref linkend=\"NTP\"/>."
19943
19944
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2117(para)
19945
msgid ""
19946
"The first step in installing a Kerberos Realm is to install the "
19947
"<application>krb5-kdc</application> and <application>krb5-admin-"
19948
"server</application> packages. From a terminal enter:"
19949
msgstr ""
19950
"Första steget för att installera en Kerberos realm är att installera paketen "
19951
"<application>krb5-kdc</application> och <application>krb5-admin-"
19952
"server</application>. skriv från en terminal:"
19953
19954
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2123(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2298(command)
19955
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server"
19956
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server"
19957
19958
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2126(para)
19959
msgid ""
19960
"You will be asked at the end of the install to supply a name for the "
19961
"Kerberos and Admin servers, which may or may not be the same server, for the "
19962
"realm."
19963
msgstr ""
19964
"Du kommer i slutet av installationen att tillfrågas efter ange ett namn för "
19965
"kerberos och admin-servrarna, vilka kan men behöver inte vara samma servrar "
19966
"för din realm."
19967
19968
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2131(para)
19969
msgid ""
19970
"Next, create the new realm with the <application>kdb5_newrealm</application> "
19971
"utility:"
19972
msgstr ""
19973
"Nästa steg, skapa en ny realm med verktyget "
19974
"<application>kdb5_newrealm</application>:"
19975
19976
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2136(command)
19977
msgid "sudo krb5_newrealm"
19978
msgstr "sudo krb5_newrealm"
19979
19980
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2143(para)
19981
msgid ""
19982
"The questions asked during installation are used to configure the "
19983
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> file. If you need to adjust the Key "
19984
"Distribution Center (KDC) settings simply edit the file and restart the "
19985
"<application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon."
19986
msgstr ""
19987
"Frågorna som ställs under installationen används till att konfigurera filen "
19988
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. Om du behöver justera inställningarna "
19989
"för Key Distribution Center (KDC) redigera filen och starta om demonen "
19990
"<application>krb5-kdc</application>."
19991
19992
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2151(para)
19993
msgid ""
19994
"Now that the KDC running an admin user is needed. It is recommended to use a "
19995
"different username from your everyday username. Using the "
19996
"<application>kadmin.local</application> utility in a terminal prompt enter:"
19997
msgstr ""
19998
"Nu när KDC:n är i drift behövs en administratör. Det rekommenderas att "
19999
"använda ett annat användarnamn än ditt vardagliga användarnamn. Skriv "
20000
"följande i en terminalprompt genom att använda verktyget "
20001
"<application>kadmin.local</application>."
20002
20003
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2157(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2953(command)
20004
msgid "sudo kadmin.local"
20005
msgstr "sudo kadmin.local"
20006
20007
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2158(computeroutput)
20008
#, no-wrap
20009
msgid ""
20010
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
20011
"kadmin.local:"
20012
msgstr ""
20013
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
20014
"kadmin.local:"
20015
20016
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2159(userinput)
20017
#, no-wrap
20018
msgid " addprinc steve/admin"
20019
msgstr " addprinc steve/admin"
20020
20021
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2160(computeroutput)
20022
#, no-wrap
20023
msgid ""
20024
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no "
20025
"policy\n"
20026
"Enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
20027
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
20028
"Principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\" created.\n"
20029
"kadmin.local:"
20030
msgstr ""
20031
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no "
20032
"policy\n"
20033
"Enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
20034
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
20035
"Principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\" created.\n"
20036
"kadmin.local:"
20037
20038
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2164(userinput)
20039
#, no-wrap
20040
msgid " quit"
20041
msgstr " quit"
20042
20043
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2167(para)
20044
msgid ""
20045
"In the above example <emphasis role=\"italic\">steve</emphasis> is the "
20046
"<emphasis>Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"italic\">/admin</emphasis> "
20047
"is an <emphasis>Instance</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
20048
"role=\"italic\">@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> signifies the realm. The <emphasis "
20049
"role=\"italic\">\"every day\"</emphasis> Principal would be "
20050
"<emphasis>steve@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, and should have only normal user "
20051
"rights."
20052
msgstr ""
20053
"I ovanstående exempel är <emphasis role=\"italic\">steve</emphasis> en "
20054
"<emphasis>Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"italic\">/admin</emphasis> "
20055
"är en <emphasis>Instance</emphasis> och <emphasis "
20056
"role=\"italic\">@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> innebär realm. Den <emphasis "
20057
"role=\"italic\">\"vardagliga\"</emphasis> Principal skulle bli "
20058
"<emphasis>steve@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> och skall endast ha normala "
20059
"användarrättigheter."
20060
20061
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2175(para)
20062
msgid ""
20063
"Replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> and <emphasis>steve</emphasis> with "
20064
"your Realm and admin username."
20065
msgstr ""
20066
"Ersätt <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> och <emphasis>steve</emphasis> med "
20067
"namnet för din realm och administratörens användarnamn."
20068
20069
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2183(para)
20070
msgid ""
20071
"Next, the new admin user needs to have the appropriate Access Control List "
20072
"(ACL) permissions. The permissions are configured in the "
20073
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kadm5.acl</filename> file:"
20074
msgstr ""
20075
"Nästa steg, den nya användaren med administratörsrättigheter måste ha "
20076
"korrekta rättigheter i åtkomstlistorna (ACL). Rättigheterna konfigureras i "
20077
"filen <filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kadm5.acl</filename>:"
20078
20079
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2188(programlisting)
20080
#, no-wrap
20081
msgid ""
20082
"\n"
20083
"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM *\n"
20084
msgstr ""
20085
"\n"
20086
"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM *\n"
20087
20088
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2192(para)
20089
msgid ""
20090
"This entry grants <emphasis>steve/admin</emphasis> the ability to perform "
20091
"any operation on all principals in the realm."
20092
msgstr ""
20093
"Den här posten godkänner att <emphasis>steve/admin</emphasis> har "
20094
"möjligheten att utföra vilka som helst moment för alla principal:s inom en "
20095
"realm."
20096
20097
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2199(para)
20098
msgid ""
20099
"Now restart the <application>krb5-admin-server</application> for the new ACL "
20100
"to take affect:"
20101
msgstr ""
20102
"Starta nu om <application>krb5-admin-server</application> för att din nya "
20103
"ACL skall påverkas:"
20104
20105
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2204(command)
20106
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-admin-server restart"
20107
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-admin-server restart"
20108
20109
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2210(para)
20110
msgid ""
20111
"The new user principal can be tested using the <application>kinit "
20112
"utility</application>:"
20113
msgstr ""
20114
"Den nya användaren tillika principal kan testas genom att använda verktyget "
20115
"<application>kinit</application>:"
20116
20117
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2215(command)
20118
msgid "kinit steve/admin"
20119
msgstr "kinit steve/admin"
20120
20121
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2216(computeroutput)
20122
#, no-wrap
20123
msgid "steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM's Password:"
20124
msgstr "steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM's Password:"
20125
20126
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2219(para)
20127
msgid ""
20128
"After entering the password, use the <application>klist</application> "
20129
"utility to view information about the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT):"
20130
msgstr ""
20131
"Efter att du angett lösenordet, använd verktyget "
20132
"<application>klist</application> för att se information om Ticket Granting "
20133
"Ticket (TGT):"
20134
20135
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2225(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2560(command)
20136
msgid "klist"
20137
msgstr "klist"
20138
20139
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2226(computeroutput)
20140
#, no-wrap
20141
msgid ""
20142
"Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
20143
" Principal: steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20144
"\n"
20145
" Issued Expires Principal\n"
20146
"Jul 13 17:53:34 Jul 14 03:53:34 krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM"
20147
msgstr ""
20148
"Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
20149
" Principal: steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20150
"\n"
20151
" Issued Expires Principal\n"
20152
"Jul 13 17:53:34 Jul 14 03:53:34 krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM"
20153
20154
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2233(para)
20155
msgid ""
20156
"You may need to add an entry into the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> for "
20157
"the KDC. For example:"
20158
msgstr ""
20159
"Du kanske måste lägga till en post i <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> för "
20160
"KDC. Till exempel:"
20161
20162
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2237(programlisting)
20163
#, no-wrap
20164
msgid ""
20165
"\n"
20166
"192.168.0.1 kdc01.example.com kdc01\n"
20167
msgstr ""
20168
"\n"
20169
"192.168.0.1 kdc01.example.com kdc01\n"
20170
20171
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2241(para)
20172
msgid ""
20173
"Replacing <emphasis>192.168.0.1</emphasis> with the IP address of your KDC."
20174
msgstr ""
20175
"Ersätt <emphasis>192.168.0.1</emphasis> med IP-adressen till din KDC."
20176
20177
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2248(para)
20178
msgid ""
20179
"In order for clients to determine the KDC for the Realm some DNS SRV records "
20180
"are needed. Add the following to "
20181
"<filename>/etc/named/db.example.com</filename>:"
20182
msgstr ""
20183
"För att klienter skall kunna bestämma KDC:n för realm:en så behövs det "
20184
"några DNS SRV poster. Lägg till följande i "
20185
"<filename>/etc/named/db.example.com</filename>:"
20186
20187
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2253(programlisting)
20188
#, no-wrap
20189
msgid ""
20190
"\n"
20191
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1 0 88 kdc01.example.com.\n"
20192
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1 0 88 kdc01.example.com.\n"
20193
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 10 0 88 kdc02.example.com. \n"
20194
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 10 0 88 kdc02.example.com. \n"
20195
"_kerberos-adm._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1 0 749 kdc01.example.com.\n"
20196
"_kpasswd._udp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1 0 464 kdc01.example.com.\n"
20197
msgstr ""
20198
"\n"
20199
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1 0 88 kdc01.example.com.\n"
20200
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1 0 88 kdc01.example.com.\n"
20201
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 10 0 88 kdc02.example.com. \n"
20202
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 10 0 88 kdc02.example.com. \n"
20203
"_kerberos-adm._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1 0 749 kdc01.example.com.\n"
20204
"_kpasswd._udp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1 0 464 kdc01.example.com.\n"
20205
20206
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2263(para)
20207
msgid ""
20208
"Replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, <emphasis>kdc01</emphasis>, and "
20209
"<emphasis>kdc02</emphasis> with your domain name, primary KDC, and secondary "
20210
"KDC."
20211
msgstr ""
20212
"Ersätt <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, <emphasis>kdc01</emphasis> och "
20213
"<emphasis>kdc02</emphasis> med ditt domännamn, primära KDC, och sekundära "
20214
"KDC."
20215
20216
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2269(para)
20217
msgid ""
20218
"See <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> for detailed instructions on setting up DNS."
20219
msgstr ""
20220
"Se <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> för detaljerade instruktioner om att sätta upp "
20221
"DNS."
20222
20223
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2276(para)
20224
msgid "Your new Kerberos Realm is now ready to authenticate clients."
20225
msgstr "Din nya Kerberos Realm är nu redo att autentisiera klienter."
20226
20227
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2283(title)
20228
msgid "Secondary KDC"
20229
msgstr "Sekundär KDC"
20230
20231
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2285(para)
20232
msgid ""
20233
"Once you have one Key Distribution Center (KDC) on your network, it is good "
20234
"practice to have a Secondary KDC in case the primary becomes unavailable."
20235
msgstr ""
20236
"När du på ditt nätverk har en Key Distribution Center (KDC), är det en bra "
20237
"vana att ha en sekundär KDC ifall den primära blir otillgänglig."
20238
20239
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2293(para)
20240
msgid ""
20241
"First, install the packages, and when asked for the Kerberos and Admin "
20242
"server names enter the name of the Primary KDC:"
20243
msgstr ""
20244
"Börja med att installera paketen och när du tillfrågas efter namnen på "
20245
"kerberos och admin-servern, ange namnen från den primära KDC:"
20246
20247
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2304(para)
20248
msgid ""
20249
"Once you have the packages installed, create the Secondary KDC's host "
20250
"principal. From a terminal prompt, enter:"
20251
msgstr ""
20252
"När paketen är installerade, skapa den sekundära KDC:ns värd-principal. Från "
20253
"en terminalprompt, ange:"
20254
20255
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2309(command)
20256
msgid "kadmin -q \"addprinc -randkey host/kdc02.example.com\""
20257
msgstr "kadmin -q \"addprinc -randkey host/kdc02.example.com\""
20258
20259
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2313(para)
20260
msgid ""
20261
"After, issuing any <application>kadmin</application> commands you will be "
20262
"prompted for your <emphasis>username/admin@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> principal "
20263
"password."
20264
msgstr ""
20265
"Efter att du utfärdat ett <application>kadmin</application>-kommando kommer "
20266
"du att tillfrågas efter huvudlösenordet för "
20267
"<emphasis>användarnamn/admin@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>."
20268
20269
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2322(para)
20270
msgid "Extract the <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> file:"
20271
msgstr "Extrahera <emphasis>keytab</emphasis>-filen:"
20272
20273
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2327(command)
20274
msgid "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc02 host/kdc02.example.com\""
20275
msgstr "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc02 host/kdc02.example.com\""
20276
20277
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2333(para)
20278
msgid ""
20279
"There should now be a <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> in the current "
20280
"directory, move the file to <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"
20281
msgstr ""
20282
"I den nuvarande katalogen skall det nu finnas en "
20283
"<filename>keytab.kdc02</filename>, flytta filen till "
20284
"<filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"
20285
20286
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2339(command)
20287
msgid "sudo mv keytab.kdc02 /etc/krb5.keytab"
20288
msgstr "sudo mv keytab.kdc02 /etc/krb5.keytab"
20289
20290
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2343(para)
20291
msgid ""
20292
"If the path to the <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> file is different "
20293
"adjust accordingly."
20294
msgstr ""
20295
"Justera sökvägen till filen <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> om det är en "
20296
"annan."
20297
20298
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2348(para)
20299
msgid ""
20300
"Also, you can list the principals in a Keytab file, which can be useful when "
20301
"troubleshooting, using the <application>klist</application> utility:"
20302
msgstr ""
20303
"Dessutom kan du lista alla principaler i en keytab-fil genom att använda "
20304
"verktyget <application>klist</application>, vilket kan vara användbart vid "
20305
"felsökning:"
20306
20307
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2354(command)
20308
msgid "sudo klist -k /etc/krb5.keytab"
20309
msgstr "sudo klist -k /etc/krb5.keytab"
20310
20311
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2360(para)
20312
msgid ""
20313
"Next, there needs to be a <filename>kpropd.acl</filename> file on each KDC "
20314
"that lists all KDCs for the Realm. For example, on both primary and "
20315
"secondary KDC, create <filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kpropd.acl</filename>:"
20316
msgstr ""
20317
"Nästa steg, filen <filename>kpropd.acl</filename> måste finnas på varje KDC "
20318
"som skall lista alla KDC:er för realm:en. Till exempel, skapa "
20319
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kpropd.acl</filename> på både den primära och "
20320
"sekundära KDC:n:"
20321
20322
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2365(programlisting)
20323
#, no-wrap
20324
msgid ""
20325
"\n"
20326
"host/kdc01.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20327
"host/kdc02.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20328
msgstr ""
20329
"\n"
20330
"host/kdc01.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20331
"host/kdc02.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20332
20333
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2373(para)
20334
msgid "Create an empty database on the <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis>:"
20335
msgstr "Skapa en tom databas på den <emphasis>sekundära KDC:n</emphasis>:"
20336
20337
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2378(command)
20338
msgid "sudo kdb5_util -s create"
20339
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util -s create"
20340
20341
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2384(para)
20342
msgid ""
20343
"Now start the <application>kpropd</application> daemon, which listens for "
20344
"connections from the <application>kprop</application> utility. "
20345
"<application>kprop</application> is used to transfer dump files:"
20346
msgstr ""
20347
"Starta nu demonen <application>kpropd</application>, som lyssnar efter "
20348
"anslutningar från verktyget <application>kprop</application>. "
20349
"<application>kprop</application> används till att skicka dump-filer:"
20350
20351
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2391(command)
20352
msgid "sudo kpropd -S"
20353
msgstr "sudo kpropd -S"
20354
20355
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2397(para)
20356
msgid ""
20357
"From a terminal on the <emphasis>Primary KDC</emphasis>, create a dump file "
20358
"of the principal database:"
20359
msgstr ""
20360
"Från en terminal på den <emphasis>Primära KDC:n</emphasis>, skapa en dump-"
20361
"fil av principal-databasen:"
20362
20363
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2402(command)
20364
msgid "sudo kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump"
20365
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump"
20366
20367
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2408(para)
20368
msgid ""
20369
"Extract the Primary KDC's <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> file and copy it to "
20370
"<filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"
20371
msgstr ""
20372
"Extrahera <emphasis>keytab</emphasis>-filen på den Primära KDC:n och kopiera "
20373
"filen till <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"
20374
20375
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2413(command)
20376
msgid "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc01 host/kdc01.example.com\""
20377
msgstr "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc01 host/kdc01.example.com\""
20378
20379
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2414(command)
20380
msgid "sudo mv keytab.kdc01 /etc/krb5.keytab"
20381
msgstr ""
20382
20383
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2418(para)
20384
msgid ""
20385
"Make sure there is a <emphasis>host</emphasis> for "
20386
"<emphasis>kdc01.example.com</emphasis> before extracting the Keytab."
20387
msgstr ""
20388
"Säkerställ att det finns en <emphasis>värd</emphasis> för "
20389
"<emphasis>kdc01.example.com</emphasis> innan du extraherar Keytab."
20390
20391
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2426(para)
20392
msgid ""
20393
"Using the <application>kprop</application> utility push the database to the "
20394
"Secondary KDC:"
20395
msgstr ""
20396
"Genom att använda verktyget <application>kprop</application> skickas "
20397
"databasen till den sekundära KDCn:"
20398
20399
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2431(command)
20400
msgid "sudo kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com"
20401
msgstr "sudo kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com"
20402
20403
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2435(para)
20404
msgid ""
20405
"There should be a <emphasis>SUCCEEDED</emphasis> message if the propagation "
20406
"worked. If there is an error message check "
20407
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> on the secondary KDC for more "
20408
"information."
20409
msgstr ""
20410
"Meddelandet <emphasis>SUCCEEDED</emphasis> skall nu synas om spridningen "
20411
"lyckades. Om det är några felmeddelanden kontrollera då "
20412
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> på den sekundära KDC:n för mer "
20413
"information."
20414
20415
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2441(para)
20416
msgid ""
20417
"You may also want to create a <application>cron</application> job to "
20418
"periodically update the database on the Secondary KDC. For example, the "
20419
"following will push the database every hour:"
20420
msgstr ""
20421
"Du kanske också vill skapa ett <application>cron</application>-jobb för att "
20422
"periodiskt uppdatera databasen på den sekundära KDC:n. Till exempel, "
20423
"följande kommer skicka databasen varje timma:"
20424
20425
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2446(programlisting)
20426
#, no-wrap
20427
msgid ""
20428
"\n"
20429
"# m h dom mon dow command\n"
20430
"0 * * * * /usr/sbin/kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump && "
20431
"/usr/sbin/kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com\n"
20432
msgstr ""
20433
"\n"
20434
"# m h dom mon dow command\n"
20435
"0 * * * * /usr/sbin/kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump && "
20436
"/usr/sbin/kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com\n"
20437
20438
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2454(para)
20439
msgid ""
20440
"Back on the <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis>, create a "
20441
"<emphasis>stash</emphasis> file to hold the Kerberos master key:"
20442
msgstr ""
20443
"Tillbaka på den <emphasis>sekundära KDC:n</emphasis>, skapa "
20444
"en<emphasis>stash</emphasis>-fil som kommer innehålla Kerberos huvudnyckel:"
20445
20446
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2460(command)
20447
msgid "sudo kdb5_util stash"
20448
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util stash"
20449
20450
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2466(para)
20451
msgid ""
20452
"Finally, start the <application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon on the "
20453
"Secondary KDC:"
20454
msgstr ""
20455
"Slutligen, starta demonen <application>krb5-kdc</application> på den "
20456
"sekundära KDC:n:"
20457
20458
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2471(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3083(command)
20459
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-kdc start"
20460
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-kdc start"
20461
20462
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2477(para)
20463
msgid ""
20464
"The <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis> should now be able to issue tickets "
20465
"for the Realm. You can test this by stopping the <application>krb5-"
20466
"kdc</application> daemon on the Primary KDC, then use "
20467
"<application>kinit</application> to request a ticket. If all goes well you "
20468
"should receive a ticket from the Secondary KDC."
20469
msgstr ""
20470
"Nu skall den <emphasis>sekundära KDC:n</emphasis> kunna utfärda certifikat "
20471
"för realm:en. Du kan testa detta genom att stoppa demonen <application>krb5-"
20472
"kdc</application> på den primära KDCn och därefter använda "
20473
"<application>kinit</application> till att begära ett certifikat. Om allt går "
20474
"bra kommer du ta emot ett certifikat från den sekundära KDC:n."
20475
20476
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2485(title)
20477
msgid "Kerberos Linux Client"
20478
msgstr "Kerberos Linux klient"
20479
20480
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2487(para)
20481
msgid ""
20482
"This section covers configuring a Linux system as a "
20483
"<application>Kerberos</application> client. This will allow access to any "
20484
"kerberized services once a user has successfully logged into the system."
20485
msgstr ""
20486
"Detta avsnitt omfattar konfigureringen av ett Linux-system som en "
20487
"<application>Kerberos</application>-klient. Detta kommer att ge tillgång "
20488
"till alla kerberosierade tjänster så snart en användare framgångsrikt loggat "
20489
"in i systemet."
20490
20491
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2495(para)
20492
msgid ""
20493
"In order to authenticate to a Kerberos Realm, the <application>krb5-"
20494
"user</application> and <application>libpam-krb5</application> packages are "
20495
"needed, along with a few others that are not strictly necessary but make "
20496
"life easier. To install the packages enter the following in a terminal "
20497
"prompt:"
20498
msgstr ""
20499
"För att autentisiera till en kerberos-sfär så behövs paketen "
20500
"<application>krb5-user</application> och <application>libpam-"
20501
"krb5</application>, tillsammans med en del andra paket som inte är absolut "
20502
"nödvändiga, men som kan göra livet lite lättare. För att installera paketen "
20503
"ange följande i en terminalprompt:"
20504
20505
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2502(command)
20506
msgid ""
20507
"sudo apt-get install krb5-user libpam-krb5 libpam-ccreds auth-client-config"
20508
msgstr ""
20509
"sudo apt-get install krb5-user libpam-krb5 libpam-ccreds auth-client-config"
20510
20511
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2505(para)
20512
msgid ""
20513
"The <application>auth-client-config</application> package allows simple "
20514
"configuration of PAM for authentication from multiple sources, and the "
20515
"<application>libpam-ccreds</application> will cache authentication "
20516
"credentials allowing you to login in case the Key Distribution Center (KDC) "
20517
"is unavailable. This package is also useful for laptops that may "
20518
"authenticate using Kerberos while on the corporate network, but will need to "
20519
"be accessed off the network as well."
20520
msgstr ""
20521
"Paketet <application>auth-client-config</application> tillåter en enkel "
20522
"konfiguration av PAM för autentisering från flera källor och "
20523
"<application>libpam-ccreds</application> cachar autentiseringsreferenser "
20524
"vilket medför att du kan logga in även om Key Distribution Center (KDC) är "
20525
"otillgänglig. Detta paket är också användbart för bärbara datorer som "
20526
"autentisierar med hjälp av Kerberos på företagets nätverk, men som också "
20527
"behöver nås utanför nätverket."
20528
20529
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2516(para)
20530
msgid "To configure the client in a terminal enter:"
20531
msgstr "För att konfigurera klienten, skriv i en terminal:"
20532
20533
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2521(command)
20534
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure krb5-config"
20535
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure krb5-config"
20536
20537
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2524(para)
20538
msgid ""
20539
"You will then be prompted to enter the name of the Kerberos Realm. Also, if "
20540
"you don't have DNS configured with Kerberos <emphasis>SRV</emphasis> "
20541
"records, the menu will prompt you for the hostname of the Key Distribution "
20542
"Center (KDC) and Realm Administration server."
20543
msgstr ""
20544
"Du kommer bli uppmanad att ange namnet på kerberos-realm:en. Dessutom, om du "
20545
"inte har konfigurerat DNS med Kerberos <emphasis>SRV</emphasis>-poster, "
20546
"kommer menyn fråga efter värdnamnet på Key Distribution Center (KDC) och "
20547
"realm:ens administartionsserver."
20548
20549
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2530(para)
20550
msgid ""
20551
"The <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> adds entries to the "
20552
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> file for your Realm. You should have "
20553
"entries similar to the following:"
20554
msgstr ""
20555
"<application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> lägger till poster i filen "
20556
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> för din realm. Du skall ha poster som "
20557
"liknar följande:"
20558
20559
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2535(programlisting)
20560
#, no-wrap
20561
msgid ""
20562
"\n"
20563
"[libdefaults]\n"
20564
" default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20565
"...\n"
20566
"[realms]\n"
20567
" EXAMPLE.COM = } \n"
20568
" kdc = 192.168.0.1 \n"
20569
" admin_server = 192.168.0.1\n"
20570
" }\n"
20571
msgstr ""
20572
"\n"
20573
"[libdefaults]\n"
20574
" default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20575
"...\n"
20576
"[realms]\n"
20577
" EXAMPLE.COM = } \n"
20578
" kdc = 192.168.0.1 \n"
20579
" admin_server = 192.168.0.1\n"
20580
" }\n"
20581
20582
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2546(para)
20583
msgid ""
20584
"You can test the configuration by requesting a ticket using the "
20585
"<application>kinit</application> utility. For example:"
20586
msgstr ""
20587
"Du kan testa konfigurationen genom att begära ett certifikat med hjälp av "
20588
"verktyget <application>kinit</application>. Till exempel:"
20589
20590
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2551(command)
20591
msgid "kinit steve@EXAMPLE.COM"
20592
msgstr "kinit steve@EXAMPLE.COM"
20593
20594
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2552(computeroutput)
20595
#, no-wrap
20596
msgid "Password for steve@EXAMPLE.COM:"
20597
msgstr "Password for steve@EXAMPLE.COM:"
20598
20599
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2555(para)
20600
msgid ""
20601
"When a ticket has been granted, the details can be viewed using "
20602
"<application>klist</application>:"
20603
msgstr ""
20604
"När ett certifikat är godkänt kan detaljerna visas med hjälp av "
20605
"<application>klist</application>:"
20606
20607
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2561(computeroutput)
20608
#, no-wrap
20609
msgid ""
20610
"Ticket cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
20611
"Default principal: steve@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20612
"\n"
20613
"Valid starting Expires Service principal\n"
20614
"07/24/08 05:18:56 07/24/08 15:18:56 krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20615
" renew until 07/25/08 05:18:57\n"
20616
"\n"
20617
"\n"
20618
"Kerberos 4 ticket cache: /tmp/tkt1000\n"
20619
"klist: You have no tickets cached"
20620
msgstr ""
20621
"Ticket cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
20622
"Default principal: steve@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20623
"\n"
20624
"Valid starting Expires Service principal\n"
20625
"07/24/08 05:18:56 07/24/08 15:18:56 krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20626
" renew until 07/25/08 05:18:57\n"
20627
"\n"
20628
"\n"
20629
"Kerberos 4 ticket cache: /tmp/tkt1000\n"
20630
"klist: You have no tickets cached"
20631
20632
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2573(para)
20633
msgid ""
20634
"Next, use the <application>auth-client-config</application> to configure the "
20635
"<application>libpam-krb5</application> module to request a ticket during "
20636
"login:"
20637
msgstr ""
20638
"Nästa steg, använd <application>auth-client-config</application> för att "
20639
"konfigurera modulen <application>libpam-krb5</application> till att begära "
20640
"ett certifikat under inloggning:"
20641
20642
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2579(command)
20643
msgid "sudo auth-client-config -a -p kerberos_example"
20644
msgstr "sudo auth-client-config -a -p kerberos_example"
20645
20646
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2582(para)
20647
msgid ""
20648
"You will should now receive a ticket upon successful login authentication."
20649
msgstr "Du skall nu kunna få ett certifikat vid en lyckad inloggning."
20650
20651
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2593(para)
20652
msgid ""
20653
"For more information on Kerberos see the <ulink "
20654
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/\">MIT Kerberos</ulink> site."
20655
msgstr ""
20656
"För mer information om Kerberos, se <ulink "
20657
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/\">MIT Kerberos</ulink>."
20658
20659
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2598(para)
20660
msgid ""
20661
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Kerberos\">Ubuntu Wiki "
20662
"Kerberos</ulink> page has more details."
20663
msgstr ""
20664
20665
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2603(para)
20666
msgid ""
20667
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
20668
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596004033/\">Kerberos: The Definitive "
20669
"Guide</ulink> is a great reference when setting up Kerberos."
20670
msgstr ""
20671
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
20672
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596004033/\">Kerberos: The Definitive "
20673
"Guide</ulink> är en annan bra referens för sätta upp Kerberos."
20674
20675
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2609(para)
20676
msgid ""
20677
"Also, feel free to stop by the <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> IRC "
20678
"channel on <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net/\">Freenode</ulink> if you have "
20679
"Kerberos questions."
20680
msgstr ""
20681
"Dessutom, stanna till vid IRC-kanalen <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> på "
20682
"<ulink url=\"http://freenode.net/\">Freenode</ulink> om du har frågor om "
20683
"Kerberos."
20684
20685
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2619(title)
20686
msgid "Kerberos and LDAP"
20687
msgstr "Kerberos och LDAP"
20688
20689
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2621(para)
20690
msgid ""
20691
"Replicating a Kerberos principal database between two servers can be "
20692
"complicated, and adds an additional user database to your network. "
20693
"Fortunately, MIT Kerberos can be configured to use an "
20694
"<application>LDAP</application> directory as a principal database. This "
20695
"section covers configuring a primary and secondary kerberos server to use "
20696
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> for the principal database."
20697
msgstr ""
20698
"Replikera en Kerberos principal-databas mellan två servrar kan vara "
20699
"komplicerat och adderar ytterligare en databas till ditt nätverk. "
20700
"lyckligtvis, kan MIT Kerberos konfigureras till att använda en "
20701
"<application>LDAP</application>-katalog som en principal-databas. Detta "
20702
"avsnitt omfattar konfigurationen av en primär och sekundär Kerberos-server "
20703
"till att använda <application>OpenLDAP</application> som principal-databas."
20704
20705
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2629(title)
20706
msgid "Configuring OpenLDAP"
20707
msgstr "Konfigurera OpenLDAP"
20708
20709
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2631(para)
20710
msgid ""
20711
"First, the necessary <emphasis>schema</emphasis> needs to be loaded on an "
20712
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> server that has network connectivity to "
20713
"the Primary and Secondary KDCs. The rest of this section assumes that you "
20714
"also have LDAP replication configured between at least two servers. For "
20715
"information on setting up OpenLDAP see <xref linkend=\"openldap-server\"/>."
20716
msgstr ""
20717
"Först, det nödvändiga <emphasis>schemat</emphasis> måste laddas på en "
20718
"<application>OpenLDAP</application>-server som har en nätverkskoppling till "
20719
"den primära och sekundära KDC:n. Resten av detta avsnitt förutsätter att du "
20720
"också har en LDAP-replikering konfigurerad mellan minst två servrar. För "
20721
"information om att konfigurera OpenLDAP, se <xref linkend=\"openldap-"
20722
"server\"/>."
20723
20724
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2638(para)
20725
msgid ""
20726
"It is also required to configure OpenLDAP for TLS and SSL connections, so "
20727
"that traffic between the KDC and LDAP server is encrypted. See <xref "
20728
"linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/> for details."
20729
msgstr ""
20730
"Det är också nödvändigt att konfigurera OpenLDAP för TLS- och SSL-"
20731
"anslutningar, så att alla trafik mellan KDC:en och LDAP-servern sker "
20732
"krypterat."
20733
20734
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2645(para)
20735
msgid ""
20736
"To load the schema into LDAP, on the LDAP server install the "
20737
"<application>krb5-kdc-ldap</application> package. From a terminal enter:"
20738
msgstr ""
20739
"För att ladda schemat till LDAP, på LDAP-servern installera paketet "
20740
"<application>krb5-kdc-ldap</application>. Skriv från en terminal:"
20741
20742
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2651(command)
20743
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc-ldap"
20744
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc-ldap"
20745
20746
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2656(para)
20747
msgid "Next, extract the <filename>kerberos.schema.gz</filename> file:"
20748
msgstr "Nästa steg, extahera filen <filename>kerberos.schema.gz</filename>:"
20749
20750
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2661(command)
20751
msgid "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema.gz"
20752
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema.gz"
20753
20754
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2662(command)
20755
msgid ""
20756
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema /etc/ldap/schema/"
20757
msgstr ""
20758
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema /etc/ldap/schema/"
20759
20760
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2668(para)
20761
msgid ""
20762
"The <emphasis>kerberos</emphasis> schema needs to be added to the "
20763
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree. The procedure to add a new schema to "
20764
"<application>slapd</application> is also detailed in <xref "
20765
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."
20766
msgstr ""
20767
"<emphasis>Kerberos</emphasis>-schemat behöver läggas till i trädet "
20768
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. Proceduren för att lägga till ett nytt "
20769
"schema till <application>slapd</application> är också beskrivet i <xref "
20770
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."
20771
20772
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2681(programlisting)
20773
#, no-wrap
20774
msgid ""
20775
"\n"
20776
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
20777
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
20778
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
20779
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
20780
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
20781
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
20782
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
20783
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
20784
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
20785
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
20786
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
20787
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
20788
"include /etc/ldap/schema/kerberos.schema\n"
20789
msgstr ""
20790
"\n"
20791
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
20792
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
20793
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
20794
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
20795
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
20796
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
20797
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
20798
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
20799
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
20800
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
20801
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
20802
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
20803
"include /etc/ldap/schema/kerberos.schema\n"
20804
20805
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2701(para)
20806
msgid "Create a temporary directory to hold the LDIF files:"
20807
msgstr "Skapa en temporär katalog som skall innehålla LDIF-filerna:"
20808
20809
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2716(command)
20810
msgid ""
20811
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
20812
"\"cn={12}kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\" > /tmp/cn=kerberos.ldif"
20813
msgstr ""
20814
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
20815
"\"cn={12}kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\" > /tmp/cn=kerberos.ldif"
20816
20817
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2726(para)
20818
msgid ""
20819
"Edit the generated <filename>/tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif</filename> file, "
20820
"changing the following attributes:"
20821
msgstr ""
20822
"Redigera den nyss skapade filen <filename>/tmp/cn\\"
20823
"=kerberos.ldif</filename>, ändra följande attribut:"
20824
20825
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2730(programlisting)
20826
#, no-wrap
20827
msgid ""
20828
"\n"
20829
"dn: cn=kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
20830
"...\n"
20831
"cn: kerberos\n"
20832
msgstr ""
20833
"\n"
20834
"dn: cn=kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
20835
"...\n"
20836
"cn: kerberos\n"
20837
20838
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2736(para)
20839
msgid "And remove the following lines from the end of the file:"
20840
msgstr "Och ta bort följande rader i slutet av filen:"
20841
20842
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2740(programlisting)
20843
#, no-wrap
20844
msgid ""
20845
"\n"
20846
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
20847
"entryUUID: 18ccd010-746b-102d-9fbe-3760cca765dc\n"
20848
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
20849
"createTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
20850
"entryCSN: 20090111203515.326445Z#000000#000#000000\n"
20851
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
20852
"modifyTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
20853
msgstr ""
20854
"\n"
20855
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
20856
"entryUUID: 18ccd010-746b-102d-9fbe-3760cca765dc\n"
20857
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
20858
"createTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
20859
"entryCSN: 20090111203515.326445Z#000000#000#000000\n"
20860
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
20861
"modifyTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
20862
20863
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2759(para)
20864
msgid "Load the new schema with <application>ldapadd</application>:"
20865
msgstr "Ladda det nya schemat med <application>ldapadd</application>:"
20866
20867
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2764(command)
20868
msgid "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif"
20869
msgstr "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif"
20870
20871
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2770(para)
20872
msgid ""
20873
"Add an index for the <emphasis>krb5principalname</emphasis> attribute:"
20874
msgstr ""
20875
"Lägg till ett index för attributet <emphasis>krb5principalname</emphasis>."
20876
20877
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2775(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2792(command)
20878
msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W"
20879
msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W"
20880
20881
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2777(userinput)
20882
#, no-wrap
20883
msgid ""
20884
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
20885
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
20886
"olcDbIndex: krbPrincipalName eq,pres,sub"
20887
msgstr ""
20888
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
20889
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
20890
"olcDbIndex: krbPrincipalName eq,pres,sub"
20891
20892
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2776(computeroutput)
20893
#, no-wrap
20894
msgid ""
20895
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
20896
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
20897
"\n"
20898
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\""
20899
msgstr ""
20900
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
20901
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
20902
"\n"
20903
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\""
20904
20905
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2787(para)
20906
msgid "Finally, update the Access Control Lists (ACL):"
20907
msgstr "Slutligen, uppdatera åtkomstlistorna (ACL):"
20908
20909
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2794(userinput)
20910
#, no-wrap
20911
msgid ""
20912
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
20913
"replace: olcAccess\n"
20914
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange,krbPrincipalKey by "
20915
"dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
20916
" e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
20917
"-\n"
20918
"add: olcAccess\n"
20919
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
20920
"-\n"
20921
"add: olcAccess\n"
20922
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read"
20923
msgstr ""
20924
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
20925
"replace: olcAccess\n"
20926
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange,krbPrincipalKey by "
20927
"dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
20928
" e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
20929
"-\n"
20930
"add: olcAccess\n"
20931
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
20932
"-\n"
20933
"add: olcAccess\n"
20934
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read"
20935
20936
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2793(computeroutput)
20937
#, no-wrap
20938
msgid ""
20939
"Enter LDAP Password: \n"
20940
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
20941
"\n"
20942
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
20943
msgstr ""
20944
"Enter LDAP Password: \n"
20945
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
20946
"\n"
20947
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
20948
20949
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2814(para)
20950
msgid ""
20951
"That's it, your LDAP directory is now ready to serve as a Kerberos principal "
20952
"database."
20953
msgstr ""
20954
"Det var allt, din LDAP-katalog är nu redo att tjäna som en Kerberos "
20955
"principal-databas."
20956
20957
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2820(title)
20958
msgid "Primary KDC Configuration"
20959
msgstr "Konfiguration av primär KDC"
20960
20961
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2822(para)
20962
msgid ""
20963
"With <application>OpenLDAP</application> configured it is time to configure "
20964
"the KDC."
20965
msgstr ""
20966
"Med <application>OpenLDAP</application> konfigurerad är det dags att "
20967
"konfigurera KDC:n."
20968
20969
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2828(para)
20970
msgid "First, install the necessary packages, from a terminal enter:"
20971
msgstr "Först, installera nödvändiga paket, skriv från en terminalprompt:"
20972
20973
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2833(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2990(command)
20974
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server krb5-kdc-ldap"
20975
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server krb5-kdc-ldap"
20976
20977
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2839(para)
20978
msgid ""
20979
"Now edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> adding the following options to "
20980
"under the appropriate sections:"
20981
msgstr ""
20982
"Redigera nu <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> lägg till följande "
20983
"alternativ under passande avsnitt:"
20984
20985
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2843(programlisting)
20986
#, no-wrap
20987
msgid ""
20988
"\n"
20989
"[libdefaults]\n"
20990
" default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
20991
"\n"
20992
"...\n"
20993
"\n"
20994
"[realms]\n"
20995
" EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
20996
" kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
20997
" kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
20998
" admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
20999
" admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
21000
" default_domain = example.com\n"
21001
" database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
21002
" }\n"
21003
"\n"
21004
"...\n"
21005
"\n"
21006
"[domain_realm]\n"
21007
" .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
21008
"\n"
21009
"\n"
21010
"...\n"
21011
"\n"
21012
"[dbdefaults]\n"
21013
" ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
21014
"\n"
21015
"[dbmodules]\n"
21016
" openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
21017
" db_library = kldap\n"
21018
" ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
21019
"\n"
21020
" # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
21021
" # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
21022
"trees\n"
21023
" ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
21024
"\n"
21025
" # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
21026
" # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
21027
"trees\n"
21028
" ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
21029
" ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
21030
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
21031
" ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
21032
" }\n"
21033
msgstr ""
21034
"\n"
21035
"[libdefaults]\n"
21036
" default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
21037
"\n"
21038
"...\n"
21039
"\n"
21040
"[realms]\n"
21041
" EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
21042
" kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
21043
" kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
21044
" admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
21045
" admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
21046
" default_domain = example.com\n"
21047
" database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
21048
" }\n"
21049
"\n"
21050
"...\n"
21051
"\n"
21052
"[domain_realm]\n"
21053
" .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
21054
"\n"
21055
"\n"
21056
"...\n"
21057
"\n"
21058
"[dbdefaults]\n"
21059
" ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
21060
"\n"
21061
"[dbmodules]\n"
21062
" openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
21063
" db_library = kldap\n"
21064
" ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
21065
"\n"
21066
" # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
21067
" # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
21068
"trees\n"
21069
" ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
21070
"\n"
21071
" # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
21072
" # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
21073
"trees\n"
21074
" ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
21075
" ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
21076
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
21077
" ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
21078
" }\n"
21079
21080
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2888(para)
21081
msgid ""
21082
"Change <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>, "
21083
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, "
21084
"<emphasis>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, and "
21085
"<emphasis>ldap01.example.com</emphasis> to the appropriate domain, LDAP "
21086
"object, and LDAP server for your network."
21087
msgstr ""
21088
"Ändra <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>, "
21089
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, "
21090
"<emphasis>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, och "
21091
"<emphasis>ldap01.example.com</emphasis> till en passande domän, LDAP-objekt "
21092
"och LDAP-serverför ditt nätverk."
21093
21094
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2897(para)
21095
msgid ""
21096
"Next, use the <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> utility to create "
21097
"the realm:"
21098
msgstr ""
21099
"Nästa steg, använd verktyget <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> för "
21100
"att skapa realm:en:"
21101
21102
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2902(command)
21103
msgid ""
21104
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com create -subtrees "
21105
"dc=example,dc=com -r EXAMPLE.COM -s -H ldap://ldap01.example.com"
21106
msgstr ""
21107
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com create -subtrees "
21108
"dc=example,dc=com -r EXAMPLE.COM -s -H ldap://ldap01.example.com"
21109
21110
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2908(para)
21111
msgid ""
21112
"Create a stash of the password used to bind to the LDAP server. This "
21113
"password is used by the <emphasis>ldap_kdc_dn</emphasis> and "
21114
"<emphasis>ldap_kadmin_dn</emphasis> options in "
21115
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>:"
21116
msgstr ""
21117
"Skapa en stash för lösenordet som används för att ansluta till LDAP-servern. "
21118
"Detta lösenord används av <emphasis>ldap_kdc_dn</emphasis> och "
21119
"<emphasis>ldap_kadmin_dn</emphasis> alternativen i "
21120
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>:"
21121
21122
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2914(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3052(command)
21123
msgid ""
21124
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com stashsrvpw -f "
21125
"/etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com"
21126
msgstr ""
21127
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com stashsrvpw -f "
21128
"/etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com"
21129
21130
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2920(para)
21131
msgid "Copy the CA certificate from the LDAP server:"
21132
msgstr "Kopiera CA-certifikatet från LDAP-servern:"
21133
21134
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2925(command)
21135
msgid "scp ldap01:/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."
21136
msgstr "scp ldap01:/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."
21137
21138
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2926(command)
21139
msgid "sudo cp cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs"
21140
msgstr "sudo cp cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs"
21141
21142
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2929(para)
21143
msgid ""
21144
"And edit <filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> to use the certificate:"
21145
msgstr ""
21146
"och redigera <filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> till att använda "
21147
"certifikatet:"
21148
21149
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2933(programlisting)
21150
#, no-wrap
21151
msgid ""
21152
"\n"
21153
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
21154
msgstr ""
21155
"\n"
21156
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
21157
21158
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2938(para)
21159
msgid ""
21160
"The certificate will also need to be copied to the Secondary KDC, to allow "
21161
"the connection to the LDAP servers using LDAPS."
21162
msgstr ""
21163
"Certifikatet kommer även behöva kopieras till den sekundära KDC:n, för att "
21164
"tillåta att anslutningarna till LDAP-servrarna använder LDAPS."
21165
21166
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2947(para)
21167
msgid ""
21168
"You can now add Kerberos principals to the LDAP database, and they will be "
21169
"copied to any other LDAP servers configured for replication. To add a "
21170
"principal using the <application>kadmin.local</application> utility enter:"
21171
msgstr ""
21172
"Du kan nu lägga till Kerberos principal till LDAP-databasen och de kommer "
21173
"kopieras till vilken annan LDAP-server som är konfigurerad för replikering. "
21174
"För att lägga till en principal genom att använda verktyget "
21175
"<application>kadmin.local</application> skriv:"
21176
21177
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2955(userinput)
21178
#, no-wrap
21179
msgid "addprinc -x dn=\"uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\" steve"
21180
msgstr "addprinc -x dn=\"uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\" steve"
21181
21182
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2954(computeroutput)
21183
#, no-wrap
21184
msgid ""
21185
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
21186
"kadmin.local: <placeholder-1/>\n"
21187
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no policy\n"
21188
"Enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
21189
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
21190
"Principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\" created."
21191
msgstr ""
21192
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
21193
"kadmin.local: <placeholder-1/>\n"
21194
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no policy\n"
21195
"Enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
21196
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
21197
"Principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\" created."
21198
21199
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2962(para)
21200
msgid ""
21201
"There should now be krbPrincipalName, krbPrincipalKey, krbLastPwdChange, and "
21202
"krbExtraData attributes added to the "
21203
"<emphasis>uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> user object. Use "
21204
"the <application>kinit</application> and <application>klist</application> "
21205
"utilities to test that the user is indeed issued a ticket."
21206
msgstr ""
21207
"Det skall nu finnas krbPrincipalName, krbPrincipalKey, krbLastPwdChange, och "
21208
"krbExtraData attributer adderade till användarobjekten "
21209
"<emphasis>uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>. Använd verktygen "
21210
"<application>kinit</application> och <application>klist</application> för "
21211
"att testa så att användaren verkligen tilldelas ett certifikat."
21212
21213
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2969(para)
21214
msgid ""
21215
"If the user object is already created the <emphasis>-x dn=\"...\"</emphasis> "
21216
"option is needed to add the Kerberos attributes. Otherwise a new "
21217
"<emphasis>principal</emphasis> object will be created in the realm subtree."
21218
msgstr ""
21219
"Om användarobjektet redan har skapats är flaggan <emphasis>-x "
21220
"dn=\"...\"</emphasis> nödvändig för att lägga till Kerberos-attribut. I "
21221
"annat fall kommer ett nytt <emphasis>principal</emphasis>-objekt att skapas "
21222
"i realm:ens sidoträd."
21223
21224
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2977(title)
21225
msgid "Secondary KDC Configuration"
21226
msgstr "Konfiguration av sekundär KDC"
21227
21228
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2979(para)
21229
msgid ""
21230
"Configuring a Secondary KDC using the LDAP backend is similar to configuring "
21231
"one using the normal Kerberos database."
21232
msgstr ""
21233
"konfigurera en sekundär KDC som använder LDAP-bakänden är snarlikt som att "
21234
"konfigurera den till att använda en normal Kerberos-databas."
21235
21236
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2985(para)
21237
msgid "First, install the necessary packages. In a terminal enter:"
21238
msgstr "Först, installera nödvändiga paket, skriv från en terminalprompt:"
21239
21240
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2996(para)
21241
msgid ""
21242
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> to use the LDAP backend:"
21243
msgstr ""
21244
"Nästa steg, redigera <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> till att använda "
21245
"LDAP-bakände:"
21246
21247
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3000(programlisting)
21248
#, no-wrap
21249
msgid ""
21250
"\n"
21251
"[libdefaults]\n"
21252
" default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
21253
"\n"
21254
"...\n"
21255
"\n"
21256
"[realms]\n"
21257
" EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
21258
" kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
21259
" kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
21260
" admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
21261
" admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
21262
" default_domain = example.com\n"
21263
" database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
21264
" }\n"
21265
"\n"
21266
"...\n"
21267
"\n"
21268
"[domain_realm]\n"
21269
" .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
21270
"\n"
21271
"...\n"
21272
"\n"
21273
"[dbdefaults]\n"
21274
" ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
21275
"\n"
21276
"[dbmodules]\n"
21277
" openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
21278
" db_library = kldap\n"
21279
" ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
21280
"\n"
21281
" # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
21282
" # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
21283
"trees\n"
21284
" ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
21285
"\n"
21286
" # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
21287
" # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
21288
"trees\n"
21289
" ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
21290
" ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
21291
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
21292
" ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
21293
" }\n"
21294
msgstr ""
21295
"\n"
21296
"[libdefaults]\n"
21297
" default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
21298
"\n"
21299
"...\n"
21300
"\n"
21301
"[realms]\n"
21302
" EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
21303
" kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
21304
" kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
21305
" admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
21306
" admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
21307
" default_domain = example.com\n"
21308
" database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
21309
" }\n"
21310
"\n"
21311
"...\n"
21312
"\n"
21313
"[domain_realm]\n"
21314
" .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
21315
"\n"
21316
"...\n"
21317
"\n"
21318
"[dbdefaults]\n"
21319
" ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
21320
"\n"
21321
"[dbmodules]\n"
21322
" openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
21323
" db_library = kldap\n"
21324
" ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
21325
"\n"
21326
" # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
21327
" # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
21328
"trees\n"
21329
" ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
21330
"\n"
21331
" # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
21332
" # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
21333
"trees\n"
21334
" ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
21335
" ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
21336
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
21337
" ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
21338
" }\n"
21339
21340
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3047(para)
21341
msgid "Create the stash for the LDAP bind password:"
21342
msgstr "Skapa stash:en för det LDAP-anslutna lösenordet:"
21343
21344
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3058(para)
21345
msgid ""
21346
"Now, on the <emphasis>Primary KDC</emphasis> copy the "
21347
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM</filename><emphasis>Master "
21348
"Key</emphasis> stash to the Secondary KDC. Be sure to copy the file over an "
21349
"encrypted connection such as <application>scp</application>, or on physical "
21350
"media."
21351
msgstr ""
21352
"På den <emphasis>primära KDC:n</emphasis> kopiera "
21353
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM</filename><emphasis>huvudnyckel</empha"
21354
"sis>-stash:en till den sekundära KDC:n. Säkerställ att du kopierar nyckeln "
21355
"över en krypterad anslutning såsom <application>scp</application>, eller på "
21356
"fysisk media."
21357
21358
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3065(command)
21359
msgid "sudo scp /etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM steve@kdc02.example.com:~"
21360
msgstr "sudo scp /etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM steve@kdc02.example.com:~"
21361
21362
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3066(command)
21363
msgid "sudo mv .k5.EXAMPLE.COM /etc/krb5kdc/"
21364
msgstr "sudo mv .k5.EXAMPLE.COM /etc/krb5kdc/"
21365
21366
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3070(para)
21367
msgid ""
21368
"Again, replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> with your actual realm."
21369
msgstr ""
21370
"Åter igen, ersätt <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> med din verkliga realm."
21371
21372
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3078(para)
21373
msgid "Finally, start the <application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon:"
21374
msgstr "Slutligen, starta demonen <application>krb5-kdc</application>:"
21375
21376
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3089(para)
21377
msgid ""
21378
"You now have redundant KDCs on your network, and with redundant LDAP servers "
21379
"you should be able to continue to authenticate users if one LDAP server, one "
21380
"Kerberos server, or one LDAP and one Kerberos server become unavailable."
21381
msgstr ""
21382
"Du har nu redundanta KDC:er på ditt nätverk och med redundanta LDAP-servrar "
21383
"skall du nu kunna autentisera användare om en LDAP-server, en Kerberos-"
21384
"server eller om både en LDAP och Kerberos-server blir otillgänglig."
21385
21386
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3101(para)
21387
msgid ""
21388
"The <ulink url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
21389
"admin.html#Configuring-Kerberos-with-OpenLDAP-back_002dend\"> Kerberos Admin "
21390
"Guide</ulink> has some additional details."
21391
msgstr ""
21392
"<ulink url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
21393
"admin.html#Configuring-Kerberos-with-OpenLDAP-back_002dend\"> Kerberos Admin "
21394
"Guide</ulink> har ytterligare detaljer."
21395
21396
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3107(para)
21397
msgid ""
21398
"For more information on <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> see <ulink "
21399
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
21400
"admin.html#Global-Operations-on-the-Kerberos-LDAP-Database\"> Section "
21401
"5.6</ulink> and the <ulink "
21402
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man8/kdb5_ldap_util.8.h"
21403
"tml\">kdb5_ldap_util man page</ulink>."
21404
msgstr ""
21405
21406
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3115(para)
21407
msgid ""
21408
"Another useful link is the <ulink "
21409
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man5/krb5.conf.5.html\""
21410
">krb5.conf man page</ulink>."
21411
msgstr ""
21412
21413
#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3120(para)
21414
msgid ""
21415
"Also, see the <ulink "
21416
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Kerberos#kerberos-ldap\">Kerberos "
21417
"and LDAP</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page."
21418
msgstr ""
21419
21420
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:13(title)
21421
msgid "Monitoring"
21422
msgstr "Övervakning"
21423
21424
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:17(para)
21425
msgid ""
21426
"The monitoring of essential servers and services is an important part of "
21427
"system administration. Most network services are monitored for performance, "
21428
"availability, or both. This section will cover installation and "
21429
"configuration of <application>Nagios</application> for availability "
21430
"monitoring, and <application>Munin</application> for performance monitoring."
21431
msgstr ""
21432
"Övervakning av viktiga servrar och tjänster är en betydande del av "
21433
"systemadministrationen. De flesta nätverkstjänster övervakas med avseende på "
21434
"prestanda, tillgänglighet eller båda. Detta avsnitt kommer att omfatta "
21435
"installation och konfiguration av <application>Nagios</application> för "
21436
"övervakning av tillgänglighet och <application>Munin</application> för "
21437
"övervakning av prestanda."
21438
21439
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:24(para)
21440
msgid ""
21441
"The examples in this section will use two servers with hostnames "
21442
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis> and <emphasis>server02</emphasis>. "
21443
"<emphasis>Server01</emphasis> will be configured with "
21444
"<application>Nagios</application> to monitor services on itself and "
21445
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Server01 will also be setup with the "
21446
"<application>munin</application> package to gather information from the "
21447
"network. Using the <application>munin-node</application> package, "
21448
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis> will be configured to send information to "
21449
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis>."
21450
msgstr ""
21451
"Exemplet i det här avsnittet kommer använda två servrar med värdnamnen "
21452
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis> och <emphasis>server02</emphasis>. "
21453
"<emphasis>Server01</emphasis> kommer konfigureras med "
21454
"<application>Nagios</application> för att övervaka tjänster på sig själv och "
21455
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Server01 kommer också konfigureras med "
21456
"paketet <application>munin</application> för att samla information från "
21457
"nätverket. Genom att använda paketet <application>munin-node</application> "
21458
"kommer <emphasis>server02</emphasis> konfigureras till att skicka "
21459
"information till <emphasis>server01</emphasis>."
21460
21461
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:33(para)
21462
msgid ""
21463
"Hopefully these simple examples will allow you to monitor additional servers "
21464
"and services on your network."
21465
msgstr ""
21466
"Förhoppningsvis kommer dessa enkla exempel medföra att du kan övervaka "
21467
"ytterligare servrar och tjänster på ditt nätverk."
21468
21469
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:39(title)
21470
msgid "Nagios"
21471
msgstr "Nagios"
21472
21473
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:44(para)
21474
msgid ""
21475
"First, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> install the "
21476
"<application>nagios</application> package. In a terminal enter:"
21477
msgstr ""
21478
"Börja med att på <emphasis>server01</emphasis> installera paketet "
21479
"<application>nagios</application>. Skriv i en terminal:"
21480
21481
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:50(command)
21482
msgid "sudo apt-get install nagios3 nagios-nrpe-plugin"
21483
msgstr "sudo apt-get install nagios3 nagios-nrpe-plugin"
21484
21485
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:53(para)
21486
msgid ""
21487
"You will be asked to enter a password for the "
21488
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> user. The user's credentials are stored in "
21489
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users</filename>. To change the "
21490
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> password, or add additional users to the "
21491
"Nagios CGI scripts, use the <application>htpasswd</application> that is part "
21492
"of the <application>apache2-utils</application> package."
21493
msgstr ""
21494
"Du kommer tillfrågas efter användarlösenordet för "
21495
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis>. Användarreferenserna lagras i "
21496
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users</filename>. För att ändra lösenordet "
21497
"för <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> eller lägga till fler användare till "
21498
"Nagios CGI-skript, använd <application>htpasswd</application>, som är en del "
21499
"av paketet <application>apache2-utils</application>."
21500
21501
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:60(para)
21502
msgid ""
21503
"For example, to change the password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> "
21504
"user enter:"
21505
msgstr ""
21506
"Till exempel, för att ändra lösenordet för användaren "
21507
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> skriv:"
21508
21509
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:65(command)
21510
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin"
21511
msgstr "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin"
21512
21513
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:68(para)
21514
msgid "To add a user:"
21515
msgstr "För att lägga till en användare:"
21516
21517
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:73(command)
21518
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users steve"
21519
msgstr "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users steve"
21520
21521
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:76(para)
21522
msgid ""
21523
"Next, on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> install the <application>nagios-nrpe-"
21524
"server</application> package. From a terminal on server02 enter:"
21525
msgstr ""
21526
"Nästa steg, på <emphasis>server02</emphasis> installera paketet "
21527
"<application>nagios-nrpe-server</application>. Från en terminal på server02, "
21528
"skriv:"
21529
21530
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:82(command)
21531
msgid "sudo apt-get install nagios-nrpe-server"
21532
msgstr "sudo apt-get install nagios-nrpe-server"
21533
21534
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:86(para)
21535
msgid ""
21536
"<application>NRPE</application> allows you to execute local checks on remote "
21537
"hosts. There are other ways of accomplishing this through other Nagios "
21538
"plugins as well as other checks."
21539
msgstr ""
21540
"<application>NRPE</application> gör att du kan utföra lokala övervakningar "
21541
"på fjärrvärdar. Det finna andra sätt att utföra detta genom andra "
21542
"insticksmoduler till Nagios så väl som andra övervakningar."
21543
21544
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:94(title)
21545
msgid "Configuration Overview"
21546
msgstr "Konfigurationsöversikt"
21547
21548
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:96(para)
21549
msgid ""
21550
"There are a couple of directories containing "
21551
"<application>Nagios</application> configuration and check files."
21552
msgstr ""
21553
"Det finns några kataloger som innehåller <application>Nagios</application> "
21554
"konfigurations och övervakningsfiler."
21555
21556
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:102(para)
21557
msgid ""
21558
"<filename>/etc/nagios3</filename>: contains configuration files for the "
21559
"operation of the <application>nagios</application> daemon, CGI files, hosts, "
21560
"etc."
21561
msgstr ""
21562
"<filename>/etc/nagios3</filename>: innehåller konfigurationsfiler för "
21563
"funktionen av <application>nagios</application> demon, CGI-filer, värdar, "
21564
"etc."
21565
21566
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:108(para)
21567
msgid ""
21568
"<filename>/etc/nagios-plugins</filename>: houses configuration files for the "
21569
"service checks."
21570
msgstr ""
21571
"<filename>/etc/nagios-plugins</filename>: huserar konfigurationsfiler för "
21572
"tjänstövervakning."
21573
21574
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:113(para)
21575
msgid ""
21576
"<filename>/etc/nagios</filename>: on the remote host contains the "
21577
"<application>nagios-nrpe-server</application> configuration files."
21578
msgstr ""
21579
"<filename>/etc/nagios</filename>: på fjärrvärden innehåller "
21580
"<application>nagios-nrpe-server</application> konfigurationsfiler."
21581
21582
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:118(para)
21583
msgid ""
21584
"<filename>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/</filename>: where the check binaries are "
21585
"stored. To see the options of a check use the <emphasis>-h</emphasis> option."
21586
msgstr ""
21587
"<filename>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/</filename>: där övervakningsbinärerna "
21588
"sparas. För att se alternativen för en övervakning, använd flaggan "
21589
"<emphasis>-h</emphasis>."
21590
21591
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:123(para)
21592
msgid "For example: <command>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_dhcp -h</command>"
21593
msgstr ""
21594
"Till exempel: <command>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_dhcp -h</command>"
21595
21596
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:129(para)
21597
msgid ""
21598
"There are a plethora of checks <application>Nagios</application> can be "
21599
"configured to execute for any given host. For this example Nagios will be "
21600
"configured to check disk space, DNS, and a MySQL hostgroup. The DNS check "
21601
"will be on <emphasis>server02</emphasis>, and the MySQL hostgroup will "
21602
"include both <emphasis>server01</emphasis> and <emphasis>server02</emphasis>."
21603
msgstr ""
21604
"Det finns ett överflöd av övervakningar som "
21605
"<application>Nagios</application> kan konfigureras till att köras för en "
21606
"viss värd. Till detta exempel kommer Nagios att konfigureras till att "
21607
"övervaka diskutrymme, DNS och en MySQL värdgrupp. DNS övervakningen kommer "
21608
"utföras på <emphasis>server02</emphasis> och MySQL värdgruppen kommer "
21609
"inkludera både <emphasis>server01</emphasis> och "
21610
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>."
21611
21612
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:136(para)
21613
msgid ""
21614
"See <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/> for details on setting up Apache, <xref "
21615
"linkend=\"dns\"/> for DNS, and <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> for MySQL."
21616
msgstr ""
21617
"Se <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/> för detaljer om att konfigurera Apache, <xref "
21618
"linkend=\"dns\"/> för DNS och <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> för MySQL."
21619
21620
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:141(para)
21621
msgid ""
21622
"Additionally, there are some terms that once explained will hopefully make "
21623
"understanding Nagios configuration easier:"
21624
msgstr ""
21625
"Dessutom finns det vissa begrepp som förhoppningsvis när de har förklarats, "
21626
"kommer göra det enklare att förstå konfigurationen av Nagios:"
21627
21628
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:147(para)
21629
msgid ""
21630
"<emphasis>Host</emphasis>: a server, workstation, network device, etc that "
21631
"is being monitored."
21632
msgstr ""
21633
"<emphasis>Host</emphasis>: en server, arbetsstation, nätverksenhet, etc som "
21634
"övervakas."
21635
21636
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:152(para)
21637
msgid ""
21638
"<emphasis>Host Group</emphasis>: a group of similar hosts. For example, you "
21639
"could group all web servers, file server, etc."
21640
msgstr ""
21641
"<emphasis>Host Group</emphasis>: en grupp av liknande värdar. till exempel, "
21642
"du kan gruppera alla webbservrar, filservrar, etc."
21643
21644
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:157(para)
21645
msgid ""
21646
"<emphasis>Service</emphasis>: the service being monitored on the host. Such "
21647
"as HTTP, DNS, NFS, etc."
21648
msgstr ""
21649
"<emphasis>Service</emphasis>: tjänsten som övervakas på värden. Såsom HTTP, "
21650
"DNS, NFS, etc."
21651
21652
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:162(para)
21653
msgid ""
21654
"<emphasis>Service Group</emphasis>: allows you to group multiple services "
21655
"together. This is useful for grouping multiple HTTP for example."
21656
msgstr ""
21657
"<emphasis>Service Group</emphasis>: tillåter att du grupperar flera tjänster "
21658
"tillsammans. Till exempel är detta användbart för att gruppera många HTTP."
21659
21660
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:168(para)
21661
msgid ""
21662
"<emphasis>Contact</emphasis>: person to be notified when an event takes "
21663
"place. Nagios can be configured to send emails, SMS messages, etc."
21664
msgstr ""
21665
"<emphasis>Contact</emphasis>: person som skall notifieras när en händelse "
21666
"äger rum. Nagios kan konfigureras till att skicka e-post, SMS-meddelanden, "
21667
"etc."
21668
21669
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:174(para)
21670
msgid ""
21671
"By default Nagios is configured to check HTTP, disk space, SSH, current "
21672
"users, processes, and load on the <emphasis>localhost</emphasis>. Nagios "
21673
"will also <application>ping</application> check the "
21674
"<emphasis>gateway</emphasis>."
21675
msgstr ""
21676
"Den förvalda konfigurationen av Nagios är att övervaka HTTP, diskutrymme, "
21677
"SSH, nuvarande användare, processer och lasten på "
21678
"<emphasis>localhost</emphasis>. Nagios kommer också "
21679
"<application>ping</application>-kontrollera <emphasis>gateway</emphasis>."
21680
21681
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:179(para)
21682
msgid ""
21683
"Large Nagios installations can be quite complex to configure. It is usually "
21684
"best to start small, one or two hosts, get things configured the way you "
21685
"like then expand."
21686
msgstr ""
21687
"Stora Nagios installationer kan bli ganska komplexa att konfigurera. Det är "
21688
"vanligtvis bäst att börja litet, en eller två värdar, få saker konfigurerade "
21689
"som du vill och därefter expandera."
21690
21691
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:194(para)
21692
msgid ""
21693
"First, create a <emphasis>host</emphasis> configuration file for "
21694
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. In a terminal enter:"
21695
msgstr ""
21696
"Börja med att skapa en <emphasis>host</emphasis>-konfigurationsfil för "
21697
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Skriv i en terminal:"
21698
21699
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:199(command)
21700
msgid ""
21701
"sudo cp /etc/nagios3/conf.d/localhost_nagios2.cfg "
21702
"/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg"
21703
msgstr ""
21704
"sudo cp /etc/nagios3/conf.d/localhost_nagios2.cfg "
21705
"/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg"
21706
21707
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:203(para)
21708
msgid ""
21709
"In the above and following command examples, replace "
21710
"<emphasis>\"server01\"</emphasis>, "
21711
"<emphasis>\"server02\"</emphasis><emphasis>172.18.100.100</emphasis>, and "
21712
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> with the host names and IP addresses of "
21713
"your servers."
21714
msgstr ""
21715
"I det ovanstående och följande exempelkommandon, ersätt "
21716
"<emphasis>\"server01\"</emphasis>, "
21717
"<emphasis>\"server02\"</emphasis><emphasis>172.18.100.100</emphasis>, och "
21718
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> med värdnamn och IP-adresser för dina "
21719
"servrar."
21720
21721
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:212(para)
21722
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>:"
21723
msgstr ""
21724
"Nästa steg, redigera <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>:"
21725
21726
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:216(programlisting)
21727
#, no-wrap
21728
msgid ""
21729
"\n"
21730
"define host{\n"
21731
" use generic-host ; Name of host "
21732
"template to use\n"
21733
" host_name server02\n"
21734
" alias Server 02\n"
21735
" address 172.18.100.101\n"
21736
"}\n"
21737
"\n"
21738
"# check DNS service.\n"
21739
"define service {\n"
21740
" use generic-service\n"
21741
" host_name server02\n"
21742
" service_description DNS\n"
21743
" check_command check_dns!172.18.100.101\n"
21744
"}\n"
21745
msgstr ""
21746
"\n"
21747
"define host{\n"
21748
" use generic-host ; Name of host "
21749
"template to use\n"
21750
" host_name server02\n"
21751
" alias Server 02\n"
21752
" address 172.18.100.101\n"
21753
"}\n"
21754
"\n"
21755
"# check DNS service.\n"
21756
"define service {\n"
21757
" use generic-service\n"
21758
" host_name server02\n"
21759
" service_description DNS\n"
21760
" check_command check_dns!172.18.100.101\n"
21761
"}\n"
21762
21763
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:236(para)
21764
msgid ""
21765
"Restart the <application>nagios</application> daemon to enable the new "
21766
"configuration:"
21767
msgstr ""
21768
"Starta om demonen <application>nagios</application> för att aktivera den nya "
21769
"konfigurationen:"
21770
21771
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:241(command) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:308(command) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:375(command)
21772
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/nagios3 restart"
21773
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/nagios3 restart"
21774
21775
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:251(para)
21776
msgid ""
21777
"Now add a service definition for the MySQL check by adding the following to "
21778
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/services_nagios2.cfg</filename>:"
21779
msgstr ""
21780
"Lägg nu till en tjänstdefinition för övervakningen av MySQL genom att lägga "
21781
"till följande till "
21782
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/services_nagios2.cfg</filename>:"
21783
21784
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:255(programlisting)
21785
#, no-wrap
21786
msgid ""
21787
"\n"
21788
"# check MySQL servers.\n"
21789
"define service {\n"
21790
" hostgroup_name mysql-servers\n"
21791
" service_description MySQL\n"
21792
" check_command "
21793
"check_mysql_cmdlinecred!nagios!secret!$HOSTADDRESS\n"
21794
" use generic-service\n"
21795
" notification_interval 0 ; set > 0 if you want to be "
21796
"renotified\n"
21797
"}\n"
21798
msgstr ""
21799
"\n"
21800
"# check MySQL servers.\n"
21801
"define service {\n"
21802
" hostgroup_name mysql-servers\n"
21803
" service_description MySQL\n"
21804
" check_command "
21805
"check_mysql_cmdlinecred!nagios!secret!$HOSTADDRESS\n"
21806
" use generic-service\n"
21807
" notification_interval 0 ; set > 0 if you want to be "
21808
"renotified\n"
21809
"}\n"
21810
21811
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:269(para)
21812
msgid ""
21813
"A <emphasis>mysql-servers</emphasis> hostgroup now needs to be defined. Edit "
21814
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/hostgroups_nagios2.cfg</filename> adding:"
21815
msgstr ""
21816
21817
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:274(programlisting)
21818
#, no-wrap
21819
msgid ""
21820
"\n"
21821
"# MySQL hostgroup.\n"
21822
"define hostgroup {\n"
21823
" hostgroup_name mysql-servers\n"
21824
" alias MySQL servers\n"
21825
" members localhost, server02\n"
21826
" }\n"
21827
msgstr ""
21828
"\n"
21829
"# MySQL hostgroup.\n"
21830
"define hostgroup {\n"
21831
" hostgroup_name mysql-servers\n"
21832
" alias MySQL servers\n"
21833
" members localhost, server02\n"
21834
" }\n"
21835
21836
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:286(para)
21837
msgid ""
21838
"The Nagios check needs to authenticate to MySQL. To add a "
21839
"<emphasis>nagios</emphasis> user to MySQL enter:"
21840
msgstr ""
21841
"Nagios övervakning måste autentisera till MySQL. För att lägga till "
21842
"användaren <emphasis>nagios</emphasis> till MySQL, skriv:"
21843
21844
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:291(command)
21845
msgid "mysql -u root -p -e \"create user nagios identified by 'secret';\""
21846
msgstr "mysql -u root -p -e \"create user nagios identified by 'secret';\""
21847
21848
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:295(para)
21849
msgid ""
21850
"The <emphasis>nagios</emphasis> user will need to be added all hosts in the "
21851
"<emphasis>mysql-servers</emphasis> hostgroup."
21852
msgstr ""
21853
"Användaren <emphasis>nagios</emphasis>måste läggas till på alla värdar i "
21854
"värdgruppen <emphasis>mysql-servers</emphasis>."
21855
21856
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:303(para)
21857
msgid ""
21858
"Restart <application>nagios</application> to start checking the MySQL "
21859
"servers."
21860
msgstr ""
21861
"Starta om <application>nagios</application> för att påbörja övervakningen av "
21862
"MySQL-servrarna."
21863
21864
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:318(para)
21865
msgid ""
21866
"Lastly configure NRPE to check the disk space on "
21867
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>."
21868
msgstr ""
21869
"Slutligen konfigurera NRPE till att övervaka diskutrymmet på "
21870
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>."
21871
21872
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:322(para)
21873
msgid ""
21874
"On <emphasis>server01</emphasis> add the service check to "
21875
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>:"
21876
msgstr ""
21877
"På <emphasis>server01</emphasis> lägg till följande tjänstövervakning till "
21878
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>:"
21879
21880
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:327(programlisting)
21881
#, no-wrap
21882
msgid ""
21883
"\n"
21884
"# NRPE disk check.\n"
21885
"define service {\n"
21886
" use generic-service\n"
21887
" host_name server02\n"
21888
" service_description nrpe-disk\n"
21889
" check_command "
21890
"check_nrpe_1arg!check_all_disks!172.18.100.101\n"
21891
"}\n"
21892
msgstr ""
21893
"\n"
21894
"# NRPE disk check.\n"
21895
"define service {\n"
21896
" use generic-service\n"
21897
" host_name server02\n"
21898
" service_description nrpe-disk\n"
21899
" check_command "
21900
"check_nrpe_1arg!check_all_disks!172.18.100.101\n"
21901
"}\n"
21902
21903
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:340(para)
21904
msgid ""
21905
"Now on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> edit "
21906
"<filename>/etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg</filename> changing:"
21907
msgstr ""
21908
"Nu på <emphasis>server02</emphasis> redigera "
21909
"<filename>/etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg</filename> genom att ändra:"
21910
21911
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:344(programlisting)
21912
#, no-wrap
21913
msgid ""
21914
"\n"
21915
"allowed_hosts=172.18.100.100\n"
21916
msgstr ""
21917
"\n"
21918
"allowed_hosts=172.18.100.100\n"
21919
21920
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:348(para)
21921
msgid "And below in the command definition area add:"
21922
msgstr "Och nedanför området för kommandodefinitioner, lägg till:"
21923
21924
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:352(programlisting)
21925
#, no-wrap
21926
msgid ""
21927
"\n"
21928
"command[check_all_disks]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w 20% -c 10% -"
21929
"e\n"
21930
msgstr ""
21931
"\n"
21932
"command[check_all_disks]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w 20% -c 10% -"
21933
"e\n"
21934
21935
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:359(para)
21936
msgid "Finally, restart <application>nagios-nrpe-server</application>:"
21937
msgstr "Slutligen, starta om <application>nagios-nrpe-server</application>:"
21938
21939
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:364(command)
21940
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/nagios-nrpe-server restart"
21941
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/nagios-nrpe-server restart"
21942
21943
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:370(para)
21944
msgid ""
21945
"Also, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> restart "
21946
"<application>nagios</application>:"
21947
msgstr ""
21948
"Dessutom, starta om <application>nagios</application> på "
21949
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis>:"
21950
21951
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:383(para)
21952
msgid ""
21953
"You should now be able to see the host and service checks in the Nagios CGI "
21954
"files. To access them point a browser to http://server01/nagios3. You will "
21955
"then be prompted for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> username and "
21956
"password."
21957
msgstr ""
21958
"Du skall nu kunna se värden och tjänstövervakningarna i Nagios CGI-filer. "
21959
"För att komma åt dem, rikta en webbläsare mot http://server01/nagios3. "
21960
"Därefter kommer du bli uppmanad att ange användarnamn och lösenord för "
21961
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis>."
21962
21963
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:393(para)
21964
msgid ""
21965
"This section has just scratched the surface of Nagios' features. The "
21966
"<application>nagios-plugins-extra</application> and <application>nagios-snmp-"
21967
"plugins</application> contain many more service checks."
21968
msgstr ""
21969
"Det här avsnittet har endast skrapat lite på ytan av funktioner för Nagios. "
21970
"<application>nagios-plugins-extra</application> och <application>nagios-snmp-"
21971
"plugins</application> innehåller många fler tjänstövervakningar."
21972
21973
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:400(para)
21974
msgid ""
21975
"For more information see <ulink "
21976
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">Nagios</ulink> website."
21977
msgstr ""
21978
"För ytterligare information, se webbplatsen för <ulink "
21979
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">Nagios</ulink>."
21980
21981
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:405(para)
21982
msgid ""
21983
"Specifically the <ulink "
21984
"url=\"http://nagios.sourceforge.net/docs/3_0/\">Online Documentation</ulink> "
21985
"site."
21986
msgstr ""
21987
"Speciellt webbplatsen för <ulink "
21988
"url=\"http://nagios.sourceforge.net/docs/3_0/\">Direktdokumentationen</ulink>"
21989
"."
21990
21991
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:410(para)
21992
msgid ""
21993
"There is also a list of <ulink "
21994
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/propaganda/books/\">books</ulink> related to "
21995
"Nagios and network monitoring:"
21996
msgstr ""
21997
"Det finns också en lista över <ulink "
21998
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/propaganda/books/\">böcker</ulink> som är "
21999
"relaterade med Nagios och nätverksövervakning:"
22000
22001
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:416(para)
22002
msgid ""
22003
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Nagios\">Nagios Ubuntu "
22004
"Wiki</ulink> page also has more details."
22005
msgstr ""
22006
22007
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:425(title)
22008
msgid "Munin"
22009
msgstr "Munin"
22010
22011
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:430(para)
22012
msgid ""
22013
"Before installing <application>Munin</application> on "
22014
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis><application>apache2</application> will need to "
22015
"be installed. The default configuration is fine for running a "
22016
"<application>munin</application> server. For more information see <xref "
22017
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
22018
msgstr ""
22019
"Innan du installerar <application>Munin</application> på "
22020
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis> behöver <application>apache2</application> "
22021
"installeras. Den förvalda konfigurationen går bra för att köra en "
22022
"<application>munin</application>-server. Se <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/> för "
22023
"mer information."
22024
22025
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:436(para)
22026
msgid ""
22027
"First, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> install "
22028
"<application>munin</application>. In a terminal enter:"
22029
msgstr ""
22030
"Börja med att på <emphasis>server01</emphasis> installera "
22031
"<application>munin</application>. Skriv i en terminal:"
22032
22033
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:441(command)
22034
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin"
22035
msgstr "sudo apt-get install munin"
22036
22037
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:444(para)
22038
msgid ""
22039
"Now on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> install the <application>munin-"
22040
"node</application> package:"
22041
msgstr ""
22042
"Nu på <emphasis>server02</emphasis> installera paketet <application>munin-"
22043
"node</application>:"
22044
22045
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:449(command)
22046
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin-node"
22047
msgstr "sudo apt-get install munin-node"
22048
22049
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:456(para)
22050
msgid ""
22051
"On <emphasis>server01</emphasis> edit the "
22052
"<filename>/etc/munin/munin.conf</filename> adding the IP address for "
22053
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>:"
22054
msgstr ""
22055
"På <emphasis>server01</emphasis> redigera "
22056
"<filename>/etc/munin/munin.conf</filename> och lägg till IP-adressen för "
22057
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>:"
22058
22059
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:461(programlisting)
22060
#, no-wrap
22061
msgid ""
22062
"\n"
22063
"## First our \"normal\" host.\n"
22064
"[server02]\n"
22065
" address 172.18.100.101\n"
22066
msgstr ""
22067
"\n"
22068
"## First our \"normal\" host.\n"
22069
"[server02]\n"
22070
" address 172.18.100.101\n"
22071
22072
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:468(para)
22073
msgid ""
22074
"Replace <emphasis>server02</emphasis> and "
22075
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> with the actual hostname and IP address "
22076
"for your server."
22077
msgstr ""
22078
"Ersätt <emphasis>server02</emphasis> och <emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> "
22079
"med det verkliga värdnamnet och IP-adressen för din server."
22080
22081
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:474(para)
22082
msgid ""
22083
"Next, configure <application>munin-node</application> on "
22084
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Edit <filename>/etc/munin/munin-"
22085
"node.conf</filename> to allow access by <emphasis>server01</emphasis>:"
22086
msgstr ""
22087
"Nästa steg, konfigurera <application>munin-node</application> på "
22088
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Redigera <filename>/etc/munin/munin-"
22089
"node.conf</filename> till att tillåta åtkomst av "
22090
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis>:"
22091
22092
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:479(programlisting)
22093
#, no-wrap
22094
msgid ""
22095
"\n"
22096
"allow ^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$\n"
22097
msgstr ""
22098
"\n"
22099
"allow ^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$\n"
22100
22101
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:484(para)
22102
msgid ""
22103
"Replace <emphasis>^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$</emphasis> with IP address for your "
22104
"<application>munin</application> server."
22105
msgstr ""
22106
"Ersätt <emphasis>^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$</emphasis> med IP-adressen för din "
22107
"<application>munin</application>-server."
22108
22109
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:489(para)
22110
msgid ""
22111
"Now restart <application>munin-node</application> on "
22112
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis> for the changes to take effect:"
22113
msgstr ""
22114
"Starta nu om <application>munin-node</application> på "
22115
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis> för att ändringarna skall verkställas:"
22116
22117
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:494(command)
22118
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/munin-node restart"
22119
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/munin-node restart"
22120
22121
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:497(para)
22122
msgid ""
22123
"Finally, in a browser go to <emphasis>http://server01/munin</emphasis>, and "
22124
"you should see links to nice graphs displaying information from the standard "
22125
"<emphasis>munin-plugins</emphasis> for disk, network, processes, and system."
22126
msgstr ""
22127
"Slutligen, i en webbläsare gå till "
22128
"<emphasis>http://server01/munin</emphasis> och du bör se länkar till snygga "
22129
"diagram som visar standardinformation från <emphasis>munin-"
22130
"plugins</emphasis> för diskenheter, nätverk, processer och system."
22131
22132
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:503(para)
22133
msgid ""
22134
"Since this is a new install it may take some time for the graphs to display "
22135
"anything useful."
22136
msgstr ""
22137
"Eftersom det är en nyinstallation så kan det ta ett tag innan diagrammen "
22138
"visar något användbart."
22139
22140
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:510(title)
22141
msgid "Additional Plugins"
22142
msgstr "Ytterligare insticksmoduler"
22143
22144
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:512(para)
22145
msgid ""
22146
"The <application>munin-plugins-extra</application> package contains "
22147
"performance checks additional services such as DNS, DHCP, Samba, etc. To "
22148
"install the package, from a terminal enter:"
22149
msgstr ""
22150
"Paketet <application>munin-plugins-extra</application> innehåller "
22151
"prestandaövervakning, extra tjänster såsom DNS, DHCP, Samba, etc. För att "
22152
"installera paketet, skriv från en terminal:"
22153
22154
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:518(command)
22155
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin-plugins-extra"
22156
msgstr "sudo apt-get install munin-plugins-extra"
22157
22158
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:521(para)
22159
msgid "Be sure to install the package on both the server and node machines."
22160
msgstr ""
22161
"Säkerställ att paketet installeras på både servern och nod-maskinerna."
22162
22163
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:531(para)
22164
msgid ""
22165
"See the <ulink url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">Munin</ulink> "
22166
"website for more details."
22167
msgstr ""
22168
"För mer detaljer, se webbplatsen för <ulink "
22169
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">Munin</ulink>."
22170
22171
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:536(para)
22172
msgid ""
22173
"Specifically the <ulink "
22174
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/wiki/Documentation\">Munin "
22175
"Documentation</ulink> page includes information on additional plugins, "
22176
"writing plugins, etc."
22177
msgstr ""
22178
"Speciellt sidan för <ulink "
22179
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/wiki/Documentation\">Munin:s "
22180
"dokumentation</ulink> innehåller information om ytterligare insticksmoduler, "
22181
"skapa insticksmoduler, etc."
22182
22183
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:542(para)
22184
msgid ""
22185
"Also, there is a book in German by Open Source Press: <ulink "
22186
"url=\"https://www.opensourcepress.de/index.php?26&backPID=178&tt_prod"
22187
"ucts=152\">Munin Graphisches Netzwerk- und System-Monitoring</ulink>."
22188
msgstr ""
22189
"Dessutom, det finns en bok på tyska av Open Source Press: <ulink "
22190
"url=\"https://www.opensourcepress.de/index.php?26&backPID=178&tt_prod"
22191
"ucts=152\">Munin Graphisches Netzwerk- und System-Monitoring</ulink>."
22192
22193
#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:548(para)
22194
msgid ""
22195
"Another resource is the <ulink "
22196
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Munin\">Munin Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> "
22197
"page."
22198
msgstr ""
22199
22200
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:13(title)
22201
msgid "Email Services"
22202
msgstr "E-posttjänster"
22203
22204
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:14(para)
22205
msgid ""
22206
"The process of getting an email from one person to another over a network or "
22207
"the Internet involves many systems working together. Each of these systems "
22208
"must be correctly configured for the process to work. The sender uses a "
22209
"<emphasis>Mail User Agent</emphasis> (MUA), or email client, to send the "
22210
"message through one or more <emphasis>Mail Transfer Agents</emphasis> (MTA), "
22211
"the last of which will hand it off to a <emphasis>Mail Delivery "
22212
"Agent</emphasis> (MDA) for delivery to the recipient's mailbox, from which "
22213
"it will be retrieved by the recipient's email client, usually via a POP3 or "
22214
"IMAP server."
22215
msgstr ""
22216
"För att ett e-postmeddelande skall skickas från en person till en annan över "
22217
"ett nätverk eller internet krävs det att många system arbetar tillsammans. "
22218
"Vart och ett av dessa system måste vara korrekt konfigurerat för att "
22219
"processen ska fungera. Avsändaren använder en <emphasis>Mail User "
22220
"Agent</emphasis> (MUA), eller en e-postklient, för att skicka meddelanden "
22221
"genom en eller flera <emphasis>Mail Transfer Agents</emphasis> (MTA), som "
22222
"skickar det vidare till en <emphasis>Mail Delivery Agent</emphasis> (MDA) "
22223
"för leverans till mottagarens inkorg, varifrån det kommer att hämtas av "
22224
"mottagarens e-postklient, vanligtvis via en POP3 eller en IMAP-server."
22225
22226
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:24(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:832(application) serverguide/C/mail.xml:866(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:944(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1510(title)
22227
msgid "Postfix"
22228
msgstr "Postfix"
22229
22230
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:25(para)
22231
msgid ""
22232
"<application>Postfix</application> is the default Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) "
22233
"in Ubuntu. It attempts to be fast and easy to administer and secure. It is "
22234
"compatible with the MTA <application>sendmail</application>. This section "
22235
"explains how to install and configure <application>postfix</application>. It "
22236
"also explains how to set it up as an SMTP server using a secure connection "
22237
"(for sending emails securely)."
22238
msgstr ""
22239
"<application>Postfix</application> är den Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) som är "
22240
"standard i Ubuntu. Den gör en ansats till att vara snabb, enkel att "
22241
"administrera och säker. Den är kompatibel med MTA:n "
22242
"<application>sendmail</application>. Detta avsnitt förklarar hur du "
22243
"installerar och konfigurerar <application>postfix</application>. Den "
22244
"förklarar också hur du sätter upp en SMTP-server som använder en säker "
22245
"anslutning (för att skicka e-post säkert)."
22246
22247
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:34(para)
22248
msgid ""
22249
"This guide does not cover setting up Postfix <emphasis>Virtual "
22250
"Domains</emphasis>, for information on Virtual Domains and other advanced "
22251
"configurations see <xref linkend=\"postfix-references\"/>."
22252
msgstr ""
22253
"Denna guide täcker inte konfigurationen av Postfix <emphasis>virtuella "
22254
"domäner</emphasis>, för information om virtuella domäner och annan avancerad "
22255
"konfiguration, se <xref linkend=\"postfix-references\"/>."
22256
22257
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:41(para)
22258
msgid ""
22259
"To install <application>postfix</application> run the following command:"
22260
msgstr ""
22261
"För att installera <application>postfix</application> kör följande kommando:"
22262
22263
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:47(para)
22264
msgid ""
22265
"Simply press return when the installation process asks questions, the "
22266
"configuration will be done in greater detail in the next stage."
22267
msgstr ""
22268
"Tryck på \"return\" när installationsprocessen ställer frågor, "
22269
"konfigurationen kommer utföras i detalj i nästa steg."
22270
22271
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:52(title)
22272
msgid "Basic Configuration"
22273
msgstr "Grundläggande konfiguration"
22274
22275
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:53(para)
22276
msgid ""
22277
"To configure <application>postfix</application>, run the following command:"
22278
msgstr ""
22279
"För att konfigurera <application>postfix</application>, kör följande "
22280
"kommando:"
22281
22282
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:57(command)
22283
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure postfix"
22284
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure postfix"
22285
22286
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:63(para)
22287
msgid "Internet Site"
22288
msgstr "Internetplats"
22289
22290
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:64(para)
22291
msgid "mail.example.com"
22292
msgstr "mail.exempel.com"
22293
22294
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:65(para)
22295
msgid "steve"
22296
msgstr "steve"
22297
22298
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:66(para)
22299
msgid "mail.example.com, localhost.localdomain, localhost"
22300
msgstr "mail.exempel.com, localhost.localdomain, localhost"
22301
22302
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:67(para)
22303
msgid "No"
22304
msgstr "Nej"
22305
22306
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:68(para)
22307
msgid "127.0.0.0/8 [::ffff:127.0.0.0]/104 [::1]/128 192.168.0.0/24"
22308
msgstr "127.0.0.0/8 [::ffff:127.0.0.0]/104 [::1]/128 192.168.0.0/24"
22309
22310
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:69(para)
22311
msgid "0"
22312
msgstr "0"
22313
22314
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:70(para)
22315
msgid "+"
22316
msgstr "+"
22317
22318
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:71(para)
22319
msgid "all"
22320
msgstr "alla"
22321
22322
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:59(para)
22323
msgid ""
22324
"The user interface will be displayed. On each screen, select the following "
22325
"values: <placeholder-1/>"
22326
msgstr ""
22327
"Användargränssnittet kommer visas. På varje skärmbild, välj följande värden: "
22328
"<placeholder-1/>"
22329
22330
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:75(para)
22331
msgid ""
22332
"Replace mail.example.com with the domain for which you'll accept email, "
22333
"192.168.0.0/24 with the actual network and class range of your mail server, "
22334
"and steve with the appropriate username."
22335
msgstr ""
22336
"Ersätt mail.example.com med domänen för vilken du accepterar e-post, "
22337
"192.168.0.0/24 med nätverkets verkliga adress och klassomfång för din e-post "
22338
"server och steve med lämpligt användarnamn."
22339
22340
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:81(para)
22341
msgid ""
22342
"Now is a good time to decide which mailbox format you want to use. By "
22343
"default Postfix will use <emphasis role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis> for the "
22344
"mailbox format. Rather than editing the configuration file directly, you can "
22345
"use the <command>postconf</command> command to configure all "
22346
"<application>postfix</application> parameters. The configuration parameters "
22347
"will be stored in <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> file. Later if "
22348
"you wish to re-configure a particular parameter, you can either run the "
22349
"command or change it manually in the file."
22350
msgstr ""
22351
"nu är det hög tid att bestämma vilket e-post format du vill använda. Som "
22352
"standard använder Postfix <emphasis role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis> som e-"
22353
"post format. Istället för att redigera direkt i konfigurationsfilen, kan du "
22354
"använda kommandot <command>postconf</command> till att konfigurera alla "
22355
"parametrar i <application>postfix</application>. konfigurationsparametrarna "
22356
"kommer sparas i filen <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>. Om du vid "
22357
"ett senare tillfälle önskar redigera en särskild parameter, kan du antingen "
22358
"köra kommandot eller ändra manuellt i filen."
22359
22360
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:92(para)
22361
msgid ""
22362
"To configure the mailbox format for <emphasis "
22363
"role=\"strong\">Maildir:</emphasis>"
22364
msgstr ""
22365
"Konfigurera postlådeformatet för <emphasis "
22366
"role=\"strong\">Maildir:</emphasis>"
22367
22368
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:97(command)
22369
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'home_mailbox = Maildir/'"
22370
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'home_mailbox = Maildir/'"
22371
22372
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:100(para)
22373
msgid ""
22374
"This will place new mail in /home/<emphasis "
22375
"role=\"italic\">username</emphasis>/Maildir so you will need to configure "
22376
"your Mail Delivery Agent (MDA) to use the same path."
22377
msgstr ""
22378
"Det kommer placera ny e-post i /home/<emphasis "
22379
"role=\"italic\">användarnamn</emphasis>/Maildir så du behöver konfigurera "
22380
"din Mail Delivery Agent (MDA) att använda samma sökväg."
22381
22382
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:108(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:556(title)
22383
msgid "SMTP Authentication"
22384
msgstr "SMTP-autentisering"
22385
22386
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:110(para)
22387
msgid ""
22388
"SMTP-AUTH allows a client to identify itself through an authentication "
22389
"mechanism (SASL). Transport Layer Security (TLS) should be used to encrypt "
22390
"the authentication process. Once authenticated the SMTP server will allow "
22391
"the client to relay mail."
22392
msgstr ""
22393
"SMTP-AUTH tillåter en klient att identifiera sig själv genom en "
22394
"autentiseringsmekanism (SASL). Transport Layer Security (TLS) skall användas "
22395
"för att kryptera autentiseringsprocessen. När autentiseringen är klar kommer "
22396
"SMTP-serven tillåta klienten att vidarebefordra e-post."
22397
22398
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:117(para)
22399
msgid "Configure Postfix for SMTP-AUTH using SASL (Dovecot SASL):"
22400
msgstr ""
22401
"Konfigurera Postfix för SMTP-AUTH genom att använda SASL (Dovecot SASL):"
22402
22403
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:120(screen)
22404
#, no-wrap
22405
msgid ""
22406
"\n"
22407
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_type = dovecot'\n"
22408
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_path = private/auth-client'\n"
22409
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_local_domain ='\n"
22410
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_security_options = noanonymous'\n"
22411
"sudo postconf -e 'broken_sasl_auth_clients = yes'\n"
22412
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_auth_enable = yes'\n"
22413
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_recipient_restrictions = "
22414
"permit_sasl_authenticated,permit_mynetworks,reject_unauth_destination'\n"
22415
"sudo postconf -e 'inet_interfaces = all'\n"
22416
msgstr ""
22417
"\n"
22418
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_type = dovecot'\n"
22419
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_path = private/auth-client'\n"
22420
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_local_domain ='\n"
22421
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_security_options = noanonymous'\n"
22422
"sudo postconf -e 'broken_sasl_auth_clients = yes'\n"
22423
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_auth_enable = yes'\n"
22424
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_recipient_restrictions = "
22425
"permit_sasl_authenticated,permit_mynetworks,reject_unauth_destination'\n"
22426
"sudo postconf -e 'inet_interfaces = all'\n"
22427
22428
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:131(para)
22429
msgid ""
22430
"The <emphasis>smtpd_sasl_path</emphasis> configuration is a path relative to "
22431
"the Postfix queue directory."
22432
msgstr ""
22433
"<emphasis>smtpd_sasl_path</emphasis> konfigurationen är en sökväg relativt "
22434
"Postfix kökatalog."
22435
22436
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:137(para)
22437
msgid ""
22438
"Next, obtain a digital certificate for TLS. See <xref linkend=\"certificates-"
22439
"and-security\"/> for details. This example also uses a Certificate Authority "
22440
"(CA). For information on generating a CA certificate see <xref "
22441
"linkend=\"certificate-authority\"/>."
22442
msgstr ""
22443
"Nästa steg, införskaffa ett digitalt certifikat för. Se <xref "
22444
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/> för detaljer. Detta exempel använder "
22445
"också en Certificate Authority (CA). Se <xref linkend=\"certificate-"
22446
"authority\"/> för mer information om att skapa ett CA-certifikat."
22447
22448
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:143(para)
22449
msgid ""
22450
"You can get the digital certificate from a certificate authority. But unlike "
22451
"web clients, SMTP clients rarely complain about \"self-signed "
22452
"certificates\", so alternatively, you can create the certificate yourself. "
22453
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-a-self-signed-certificate\"/> for more "
22454
"details."
22455
msgstr ""
22456
"Du kan tilldelas digitala certifikat från en certifikatutfärdare. men till "
22457
"skillnad från webbklienter klagar sällan SMTP-klienter på \"självsignerade "
22458
"certifikat\" så alternativt kan du själv skapa ett certifikat. För "
22459
"ytterligare detaljer, läs <xref linkend=\"creating-a-self-signed-"
22460
"certificate\"/>."
22461
22462
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:155(para)
22463
msgid ""
22464
"Once you have a certificate, configure Postfix to provide TLS encryption for "
22465
"both incoming and outgoing mail:"
22466
msgstr ""
22467
"När du har ett certifikat, konfigurera Postfix till att tillhandahålla TLS-"
22468
"kryptering för både inkommande och utgående e-post:"
22469
22470
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:158(screen)
22471
#, no-wrap
22472
msgid ""
22473
"\n"
22474
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_auth_only = no'\n"
22475
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_use_tls = yes'\n"
22476
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_use_tls = yes'\n"
22477
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_tls_note_starttls_offer = yes'\n"
22478
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/server.key'\n"
22479
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt'\n"
22480
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1'\n"
22481
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_received_header = yes'\n"
22482
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_session_cache_timeout = 3600s'\n"
22483
"sudo postconf -e 'tls_random_source = dev:/dev/urandom'\n"
22484
"sudo postconf -e 'myhostname = mail.example.com'\n"
22485
msgstr ""
22486
"\n"
22487
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_auth_only = no'\n"
22488
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_use_tls = yes'\n"
22489
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_use_tls = yes'\n"
22490
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_tls_note_starttls_offer = yes'\n"
22491
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/server.key'\n"
22492
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt'\n"
22493
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1'\n"
22494
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_received_header = yes'\n"
22495
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_session_cache_timeout = 3600s'\n"
22496
"sudo postconf -e 'tls_random_source = dev:/dev/urandom'\n"
22497
"sudo postconf -e 'myhostname = mail.example.com'\n"
22498
22499
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:173(para)
22500
msgid ""
22501
"If you are using your own <emphasis>Certificate Authority</emphasis> to sign "
22502
"the certificate enter:"
22503
msgstr ""
22504
22505
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:177(command)
22506
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem'"
22507
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem'"
22508
22509
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:180(para)
22510
msgid ""
22511
"Again, for more details about certificates see <xref linkend=\"certificates-"
22512
"and-security\"/>."
22513
msgstr ""
22514
22515
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:186(para)
22516
msgid ""
22517
"After running all the commands, <application>Postfix</application> is "
22518
"configured for SMTP-AUTH and a self-signed certificate has been created for "
22519
"TLS encryption."
22520
msgstr ""
22521
"Efter att alla kommandon är utförda, är <application>Postfix</application> "
22522
"konfigurerad för SMTP-AUTH och ett själv-signerat certifikat har skapats för "
22523
"TLS-kryptering."
22524
22525
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:191(para)
22526
msgid ""
22527
"Now, the file <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> should look like "
22528
"<ulink url=\"../sample/postfix_configuration\">this</ulink>."
22529
msgstr ""
22530
"Nu bör filen <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> se ut <ulink "
22531
"url=\"../sample/postfix_configuration\">så här</ulink>."
22532
22533
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:195(para)
22534
msgid ""
22535
"The postfix initial configuration is complete. Run the following command to "
22536
"restart the postfix daemon:"
22537
msgstr ""
22538
"Postfix inledande konfigurationen är klar. Kör följande kommando för att "
22539
"starta om postfix demonen:"
22540
22541
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:201(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:315(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:378(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:984(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1561(command)
22542
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/postfix restart"
22543
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/postfix restart"
22544
22545
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:204(para)
22546
msgid ""
22547
"<application>Postfix</application> supports SMTP-AUTH as defined in <ulink "
22548
"url=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2554.txt\">RFC2554</ulink>. It is based "
22549
"on <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2222.txt\">SASL</ulink>. "
22550
"However it is still necessary to set up SASL authentication before you can "
22551
"use SMTP-AUTH."
22552
msgstr ""
22553
"<application>Postfix</application> stöder SMTP-AUTH som beskrivs i <ulink "
22554
"url=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2554.txt\">RFC2554</ulink>. Den baseras "
22555
"på <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2222.txt\">SASL</ulink>. I "
22556
"vilket fall så är det nödvändigt att sätta upp en SASL-verifiering innan du "
22557
"kan använda SMTP-AUTH."
22558
22559
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:214(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:609(title)
22560
msgid "Configuring SASL"
22561
msgstr "Konfigurera SASL"
22562
22563
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:215(para)
22564
msgid ""
22565
"Postfix supports two SASL implementations Cyrus SASL and Dovecot SASL. To "
22566
"enable Dovecot SASL the <application>dovecot-common</application> package "
22567
"will need to be installed. From a terminal prompt enter the following:"
22568
msgstr ""
22569
"Postfix stöder två implementeringar av SASL, Cyrus SASL och Dovecot SASL. "
22570
"För att aktivera Dovecot SASL behöver paketet <application>dovecot-"
22571
"common</application> installeras. Skriv följande från en terminalprompt:"
22572
22573
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:221(command)
22574
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-common"
22575
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dovecot-common"
22576
22577
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:223(para)
22578
msgid ""
22579
"Next you will need to edit <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. "
22580
"In the <emphasis>auth default</emphasis> section uncomment the "
22581
"<emphasis>socket listen</emphasis> option and change the following:"
22582
msgstr ""
22583
"Nästa steg är att redigera <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. "
22584
"under sektionen <emphasis>auth default</emphasis> och avkommentera "
22585
"alternativet <emphasis>socket listen</emphasis> och ändra följande:"
22586
22587
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:227(programlisting)
22588
#, no-wrap
22589
msgid ""
22590
"\n"
22591
" socket listen {\n"
22592
" #master {\n"
22593
" # Master socket provides access to userdb information. It's typically\n"
22594
" # used to give Dovecot's local delivery agent access to userdb so it\n"
22595
" # can find mailbox locations.\n"
22596
" #path = /var/run/dovecot/auth-master\n"
22597
" #mode = 0600\n"
22598
" # Default user/group is the one who started dovecot-auth (root)\n"
22599
" #user = \n"
22600
" #group = \n"
22601
" #}\n"
22602
" client {\n"
22603
" # The client socket is generally safe to export to everyone. Typical "
22604
"use\n"
22605
" # is to export it to your SMTP server so it can do SMTP AUTH lookups\n"
22606
" # using it.\n"
22607
" path = /var/spool/postfix/private/auth-client\n"
22608
" mode = 0660\n"
22609
" user = postfix\n"
22610
" group = postfix\n"
22611
" }\n"
22612
" }\n"
22613
msgstr ""
22614
"\n"
22615
" socket listen {\n"
22616
" #master {\n"
22617
" # Master socket provides access to userdb information. It's typically\n"
22618
" # used to give Dovecot's local delivery agent access to userdb so it\n"
22619
" # can find mailbox locations.\n"
22620
" #path = /var/run/dovecot/auth-master\n"
22621
" #mode = 0600\n"
22622
" # Default user/group is the one who started dovecot-auth (root)\n"
22623
" #user = \n"
22624
" #group = \n"
22625
" #}\n"
22626
" client {\n"
22627
" # The client socket is generally safe to export to everyone. Typical "
22628
"use\n"
22629
" # is to export it to your SMTP server so it can do SMTP AUTH lookups\n"
22630
" # using it.\n"
22631
" path = /var/spool/postfix/private/auth-client\n"
22632
" mode = 0660\n"
22633
" user = postfix\n"
22634
" group = postfix\n"
22635
" }\n"
22636
" }\n"
22637
22638
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:251(para)
22639
msgid ""
22640
"In order to let <application>Outlook</application> clients use SMTPAUTH, in "
22641
"the <emphasis>auth default</emphasis> section of /etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf "
22642
"add <emphasis>\"login\"</emphasis>:"
22643
msgstr ""
22644
"För att låta <application>Outlook</application>-klienter använda SMTPAUTH, "
22645
"under avsnittet <emphasis>auth default</emphasis> i "
22646
"/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf lägg till <emphasis>\"login\"</emphasis>:"
22647
22648
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:256(programlisting)
22649
#, no-wrap
22650
msgid ""
22651
"\n"
22652
" mechanisms = plain login\n"
22653
msgstr ""
22654
"\n"
22655
" mechanisms = plain login\n"
22656
22657
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:260(para)
22658
msgid ""
22659
"Once you have <application>Dovecot</application> configured restart it with:"
22660
msgstr ""
22661
"Så snart du har konfigurerat <application>Dovecot</application> starta om "
22662
"den med:"
22663
22664
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:264(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:735(command)
22665
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/dovecot restart"
22666
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/dovecot restart"
22667
22668
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:269(title)
22669
msgid "Postfix-Dovecot"
22670
msgstr "Postfix-Dovecot"
22671
22672
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:271(para)
22673
msgid ""
22674
"Another option for configuring <application>Postfix</application> for SMTP-"
22675
"AUTH is using the <application>dovecot-postfix</application> package. This "
22676
"package will install <application>Dovecot</application> and configure "
22677
"<application>Postfix</application> to use it for both SASL authentication "
22678
"and as a Mail Delivery Agent (MDA). The package also configures "
22679
"<application>Dovecot</application> for IMAP, IMAPS, POP3, and POP3S."
22680
msgstr ""
22681
"Ett annat alternativ för att konfigurera <application>Postfix</application> "
22682
"för SMTP-AUTH är genom att använda paketet <application>dovecot-"
22683
"postfix</application>. Detta paket kommer installera "
22684
"<application>Dovecot</application> och konfigurera "
22685
"<application>Postfix</application> till att använda det för både SASL-"
22686
"autentisering och som en Mail Delivery Agent (MDA). Detta paket konfigurerar "
22687
"också <application>Dovecot</application> för IMAP, IMAPS, POP3 och POP3S."
22688
22689
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:280(para)
22690
msgid ""
22691
"You may or may not want to run IMAP, IMAPS, POP3, or POP3S on your mail "
22692
"server. For example, if you are configuring your server to be a mail "
22693
"gateway, spam/virus filter, etc. If this is the case it may be easier to use "
22694
"the above commands to configure Postfix for SMTPAUTH."
22695
msgstr ""
22696
"Du kanske eller kanske inte vill köra IMAP, IMAPS, POP3 eller POP3S på din e-"
22697
"post server. Till exempel, om du konfigurerar din server till att vara en e-"
22698
"post gateway, spam/virus filter, etc. Om detta är fallet kan det vara "
22699
"lättare att använda kommandot ovan till att konfigurera Postfix för SMTPAUTH."
22700
22701
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:287(para)
22702
msgid "To install the package, from a terminal prompt enter:"
22703
msgstr "För att installera paketet, skriv från en terminal:"
22704
22705
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:292(command)
22706
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-postfix"
22707
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dovecot-postfix"
22708
22709
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:295(para)
22710
msgid ""
22711
"You should now have a working mail server, but there are a few options that "
22712
"you may wish to further customize. For example, the package uses the "
22713
"certificate and key from the <application>ssl-cert</application> package, "
22714
"and in a production environment you should use a certificate and key "
22715
"generated for the host. See <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/> "
22716
"for more details."
22717
msgstr ""
22718
"Du skall nu ha en fungerande e-postserver, men det finns några fler "
22719
"alternativ som du kanske vill konfigurera ytterligare. Till exempel, paketet "
22720
"använder ett certifikat och nyckel från paketet <application>ssl-"
22721
"cert</application>, och i en produktionsmiljö bör du använda ett certifikat "
22722
"och nyckel som skapats för värden. Se <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-"
22723
"security\"/> för mer detaljer."
22724
22725
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:301(para)
22726
msgid ""
22727
"Once you have a customized certificate and key for the host, change the "
22728
"following options in <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"
22729
msgstr ""
22730
"När du har ett anpassat certifikat och nyckel för värden, ändra följande "
22731
"alternativ i <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"
22732
22733
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:305(programlisting)
22734
#, no-wrap
22735
msgid ""
22736
"\n"
22737
"smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-mail.pem\n"
22738
"smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-mail.key\n"
22739
msgstr ""
22740
"\n"
22741
"smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-mail.pem\n"
22742
"smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-mail.key\n"
22743
22744
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:310(para)
22745
msgid "Then restart Postfix:"
22746
msgstr "Starta därefter om Postfix:"
22747
22748
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:321(para)
22749
msgid ""
22750
"SMTP-AUTH configuration is complete. Now it is time to test the setup."
22751
msgstr ""
22752
"SMTP-AUTH konfigureringen är klar. nu är det dags att testa installationen."
22753
22754
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:324(para)
22755
msgid "To see if SMTP-AUTH and TLS work properly, run the following command:"
22756
msgstr ""
22757
"För att se om SMTP-AUTH och TLS fungerar som det skall, kör följande "
22758
"kommando:"
22759
22760
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:329(command)
22761
msgid "telnet mail.example.com 25"
22762
msgstr "telnet mail.example.com 25"
22763
22764
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:331(para)
22765
msgid ""
22766
"After you have established the connection to the postfix mail server, type:"
22767
msgstr "Efter att du har etablerat kontakt med postfix e-postserver, skriv:"
22768
22769
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:335(screen)
22770
#, no-wrap
22771
msgid ""
22772
"\n"
22773
"ehlo mail.example.com\n"
22774
msgstr ""
22775
"\n"
22776
"ehlo mail.example.com\n"
22777
22778
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:338(para)
22779
msgid ""
22780
"If you see the following lines among others, then everything is working "
22781
"perfectly. Type <command>quit</command> to exit."
22782
msgstr ""
22783
"Om du bland annat ser följande rader , då fungerar allt perfekt. Skriv "
22784
"<command>quit</command> för att avsluta."
22785
22786
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:342(programlisting)
22787
#, no-wrap
22788
msgid ""
22789
"\n"
22790
"250-STARTTLS\n"
22791
"250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n"
22792
"250-AUTH=LOGIN PLAIN\n"
22793
"250 8BITMIME\n"
22794
msgstr ""
22795
"\n"
22796
"250-STARTTLS\n"
22797
"250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n"
22798
"250-AUTH=LOGIN PLAIN\n"
22799
"250 8BITMIME\n"
22800
22801
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:352(para)
22802
msgid ""
22803
"This section introduces some common ways to determine the cause if problems "
22804
"arise."
22805
msgstr ""
22806
"Detta avsnitt introducerar några vanliga sätt att bestämma orsaken om ett "
22807
"problem uppstår."
22808
22809
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:356(title)
22810
msgid "Escaping chroot"
22811
msgstr "Undkomma chroot"
22812
22813
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:357(para)
22814
msgid ""
22815
"The Ubuntu <application>postfix</application> package will by default "
22816
"install into a <emphasis>chroot</emphasis> environment for security reasons. "
22817
"This can add greater complexity when troubleshooting problems."
22818
msgstr ""
22819
"Av säkerhetsskäl installeras Ubuntu-paketet "
22820
"<application>postfix</application> till en <emphasis>chroot</emphasis> "
22821
"miljö. Det kan medföra en större komplexitet vid felsökning."
22822
22823
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:361(para)
22824
msgid ""
22825
"To turn off the chroot operation locate for the following line in the "
22826
"<filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> configuration file:"
22827
msgstr ""
22828
"För att stänga av chroot funktionen leta upp följande rad i "
22829
"konfigurationsfilen <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename>:"
22830
22831
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:365(screen)
22832
#, no-wrap
22833
msgid ""
22834
"\n"
22835
"smtp inet n - - - - smtpd\n"
22836
msgstr ""
22837
"\n"
22838
"smtp inet n - - - - smtpd\n"
22839
22840
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:368(para)
22841
msgid "and modify it as follows:"
22842
msgstr "och ändra det till:"
22843
22844
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:371(screen)
22845
#, no-wrap
22846
msgid ""
22847
"\n"
22848
"smtp inet n - n - - smtpd\n"
22849
msgstr ""
22850
"\n"
22851
"smtp inet n - n - - smtpd\n"
22852
22853
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:374(para)
22854
msgid ""
22855
"You will then need to restart Postfix to use the new configuration. From a "
22856
"terminal prompt enter:"
22857
msgstr ""
22858
"Du behöver därefter starta om Postfix för att använda den nya "
22859
"konfigurationen. Skriv från en terminal:"
22860
22861
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:382(title)
22862
msgid "Log Files"
22863
msgstr "Loggfiler"
22864
22865
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:383(para)
22866
msgid ""
22867
"<application>Postfix</application> sends all log messages to "
22868
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. However error and warning messages "
22869
"can sometimes get lost in the normal log output so they are also logged to "
22870
"<filename>/var/log/mail.err</filename> and "
22871
"<filename>/var/log/mail.warn</filename> respectively."
22872
msgstr ""
22873
"<application>Postfix</application> skickar alla loggmeddelanden till "
22874
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. Däremot kan fel och "
22875
"varningsmeddelanden ibland försvinna i den vanliga loggproduktionen, därför "
22876
"loggas dem också var för sig i <filename>/var/log/mail.err</filename> och "
22877
"<filename>/var/log/mail.warn</filename>."
22878
22879
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:388(para)
22880
msgid ""
22881
"To see messages entered into the logs in real time you can use the "
22882
"<application>tail -f</application> command:"
22883
msgstr ""
22884
"För att se meddelanden i loggen i realtid kan du använda kommandot "
22885
"<application>tail -f</application>:"
22886
22887
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:393(command)
22888
msgid "tail -f /var/log/mail.err"
22889
msgstr "tail -f /var/log/mail.err"
22890
22891
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:395(para)
22892
msgid ""
22893
"The amount of detail that is recorded in the logs can be increased. Below "
22894
"are some configuration options for increasing the log level for some of the "
22895
"areas covered above."
22896
msgstr ""
22897
"Mängden av detaljer som sparas i loggen kan öka. Nedan är några "
22898
"konfigurationsalternativ för att öka detaljnivån för några av områdena "
22899
"beskrivna ovan."
22900
22901
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:401(para)
22902
msgid ""
22903
"To increase <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> activity logging set the "
22904
"<emphasis>smtpd_tls_loglevel</emphasis> option to a value from 1 to 4."
22905
msgstr ""
22906
"För att öka aktivitetsloggen för <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> ange "
22907
"<emphasis>smtpd_tls_loglevel</emphasis> alternativet ett värde från 1 till 4."
22908
22909
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:405(command)
22910
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 4'"
22911
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 4'"
22912
22913
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:409(para)
22914
msgid ""
22915
"If you are having trouble sending or receiving mail from a specific domain "
22916
"you can add the domain to the <emphasis>debug_peer_list</emphasis> parameter."
22917
msgstr ""
22918
"Om du har problem att skicka eller ta emot e-post från en specifik domän kan "
22919
"du addera domänen till parametern <emphasis>debug_peer_list</emphasis>."
22920
22921
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:414(command)
22922
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'debug_peer_list = problem.domain'"
22923
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'debug_peer_list = problem.domain'"
22924
22925
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:418(para)
22926
msgid ""
22927
"You can increase the verbosity of any <application>Postfix</application> "
22928
"daemon process by editing the <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> "
22929
"and adding a <emphasis>-v</emphasis> after the entry. For example edit the "
22930
"<emphasis>smtp</emphasis> entry:"
22931
msgstr ""
22932
"Du kan öka mångordigheten för varje <application>Postfix</application> "
22933
"demonprocess genom att redigera <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> "
22934
"och lägga till ett <emphasis>-v</emphasis> efter noteringen. Som exempel "
22935
"redigera <emphasis>smtp</emphasis> noteringen:"
22936
22937
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:422(programlisting)
22938
#, no-wrap
22939
msgid ""
22940
"\n"
22941
"smtp unix - - - - - smtp -v\n"
22942
msgstr ""
22943
"\n"
22944
"smtp unix - - - - - smtp -v\n"
22945
22946
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:428(para)
22947
msgid ""
22948
"It is important to note that after making one of the logging changes above "
22949
"the <application>Postfix</application> process will need to be reloaded in "
22950
"order to recognize the new configuration: <command>sudo /etc/init.d/postfix "
22951
"reload</command>"
22952
msgstr ""
22953
"Det är viktigt att notera att efter utförandet av logg ändringen ovan "
22954
"behöver <application>Postfix</application> processen startas om för att "
22955
"upptäcka den nya konfigurationen: <command>sudo /etc/init.d/postfix "
22956
"reload</command>"
22957
22958
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:435(para)
22959
msgid ""
22960
"To increase the amount of information logged when troubleshooting "
22961
"<emphasis>SASL</emphasis> issues you can set the following options in "
22962
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>"
22963
msgstr ""
22964
"För att öka mängden information som loggas vid felsökning "
22965
"<emphasis>SASL</emphasis> problem kan du aktivera följande alternativ i "
22966
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>"
22967
22968
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:439(programlisting)
22969
#, no-wrap
22970
msgid ""
22971
"\n"
22972
"auth_debug=yes\n"
22973
"auth_debug_passwords=yes\n"
22974
msgstr ""
22975
"\n"
22976
"auth_debug=yes\n"
22977
"auth_debug_passwords=yes\n"
22978
22979
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:446(para)
22980
msgid ""
22981
"Just like <application>Postfix</application> if you change a "
22982
"<application>Dovecot</application> configuration the process will need to be "
22983
"reloaded: <command>sudo /etc/init.d/dovecot reload</command>."
22984
msgstr ""
22985
"På samma sätt som för <application>Postfix</application> om du ändrar "
22986
"konfigurationen för <application>Dovecot</application> behöver processen "
22987
"startas om: <command>sudo /etc/init.d/dovecot reload</command>."
22988
22989
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:452(para)
22990
msgid ""
22991
"Some of the options above can drastically increase the amount of information "
22992
"sent to the log files. Remember to return the log level back to normal after "
22993
"you have corrected the problem. Then reload the appropriate daemon for the "
22994
"new configuration to take affect."
22995
msgstr ""
22996
"Vissa av alternativen kommer drastiskt öka mängden information som skickas "
22997
"till loggfilerna. Kom ihåg att ändra tillbaka logg-nivån till normal efter "
22998
"att du korrigerat problemet. Starta därefter om lämplig demon för att den "
22999
"nya konfigurationen skall få effekt."
23000
23001
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:460(para)
23002
msgid ""
23003
"Administering a <application>Postfix</application> server can be a very "
23004
"complicated task. At some point you may need to turn to the Ubuntu community "
23005
"for more experienced help."
23006
msgstr ""
23007
"Administrera en <application>Postfix</application>-server kan vara väldigt "
23008
"komplicerat, I vissa fall kan du behöva vända dig till Ubuntu gemenskapen "
23009
"för mer erfaren hjälp."
23010
23011
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:464(para)
23012
msgid ""
23013
"A great place to ask for <application>Postfix</application> assistance, and "
23014
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
23015
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
23016
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>. You can also post a message to "
23017
"one of the <ulink "
23018
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support/community/webforums\">Web Forums</ulink>."
23019
msgstr ""
23020
"En bra plats att fråga efter <application>Postfix</application> hjälp och "
23021
"bli involverad i Ubuntu server gemenskapen, är på IRC-kanalen "
23022
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> på <ulink "
23023
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>. Du kan också posta ett "
23024
"meddelande på något av <ulink "
23025
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support/community/webforums\">Webbforumen</ulink>"
23026
"."
23027
23028
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:469(para)
23029
msgid ""
23030
"For in depth <application>Postfix</application> information Ubuntu "
23031
"developers highly recommend: <ulink url=\"http://www.postfix-book.com/\">The "
23032
"Book of Postfix</ulink>."
23033
msgstr ""
23034
"För mer detaljerade information om <application>Postfix</application> "
23035
"rekommenderar Ubuntu utvecklarna: <ulink url=\"http://www.postfix-"
23036
"book.com/\">The Book of Postfix</ulink>."
23037
23038
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:473(para)
23039
msgid ""
23040
"Finally, the <ulink "
23041
"url=\"http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html\">Postfix</ulink> website "
23042
"also has great documentation on all the different configuration options "
23043
"available."
23044
msgstr ""
23045
"Till sist har webbplatsen <ulink "
23046
"url=\"http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html\">Postfix</ulink> också bra "
23047
"dokumentation över alla konfigurationsalternativ som finns tillgängliga."
23048
23049
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:477(para)
23050
msgid ""
23051
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Postfix\">Ubuntu "
23052
"Wiki Postifx</ulink> page has more information."
23053
msgstr ""
23054
23055
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:485(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:872(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:988(title)
23056
msgid "Exim4"
23057
msgstr "Exim4"
23058
23059
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:486(para)
23060
msgid ""
23061
"<application>Exim4</application> is another Message Transfer Agent (MTA) "
23062
"developed at the University of Cambridge for use on Unix systems connected "
23063
"to the Internet. Exim can be installed in place of "
23064
"<application>sendmail</application>, although the configuration of "
23065
"<application>exim</application> is quite different to that of "
23066
"<application>sendmail</application>."
23067
msgstr ""
23068
"<application>Exim4</application> är en annan Message Transfer Agent (MTA) "
23069
"utvecklad på University of Cambridge för att användas på Unix-system "
23070
"anslutna till internet. Exim kan installeras istället för "
23071
"<application>sendmail</application>, trots att konfigurationen av "
23072
"<application>exim</application> är ganska olik den i "
23073
"<application>sendmail</application>."
23074
23075
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:497(para)
23076
msgid ""
23077
"To install <application>exim4</application>, run the following command: "
23078
"<screen>\n"
23079
"<command>sudo apt-get install exim4</command>\n"
23080
"</screen>"
23081
msgstr ""
23082
"För att installera <application>exim4</application>, kör följande kommando: "
23083
"<screen>\n"
23084
"<command>sudo apt-get install exim4</command>\n"
23085
"</screen>"
23086
23087
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:506(para)
23088
msgid ""
23089
"To configure <application>Exim4</application>, run the following command:"
23090
msgstr ""
23091
"För att konfigurera <application>Exim4</application>, kör följande kommando:"
23092
23093
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:510(command)
23094
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config"
23095
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config"
23096
23097
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:512(para)
23098
msgid ""
23099
"The user interface will be displayed. The user interface lets you configure "
23100
"many parameters. For example, In <application>Exim4</application> the "
23101
"configuration files are split among multiple files. If you wish to have them "
23102
"in one file you can configure accordingly in this user interface."
23103
msgstr ""
23104
"Användargränssnittet kommer att visas. Användargränssnittet låter dig "
23105
"konfigurera flera parametrar. Till exempel, konfigurationsfilerna i "
23106
"<application>Exim4</application> är delade mellan flera filer. Om du vill ha "
23107
"dem i en fil så kan du i användargränsnittet omkonfigurera detta."
23108
23109
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:520(para)
23110
msgid ""
23111
"All the parameters you configure in the user interface are stored in "
23112
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf.conf</filename> file. If you wish to "
23113
"re-configure, either you re-run the configuration wizard or manually edit "
23114
"this file using your favorite editor. Once you configure, you can run the "
23115
"following command to generate the master configuration file:"
23116
msgstr ""
23117
"Alla parametrar du konfigurerar genom användargränssnittet sparas i filen "
23118
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf.conf</filename>. Om du vill "
23119
"omkonfigurera, endera kör du om konfigurationsguiden eller manuellt redigera "
23120
"filen i valfri textredigerare. När konfigurationen är klar, kan du köra "
23121
"följande kommando för att skapa huvudkonfigurationsfilen:"
23122
23123
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:531(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:604(command)
23124
msgid "sudo update-exim4.conf"
23125
msgstr "sudo update-exim4.conf"
23126
23127
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:533(para)
23128
msgid ""
23129
"The master configuration file, is generated and it is stored in "
23130
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename>."
23131
msgstr ""
23132
"Huvudkonfigurationsfilen skapas och sparas i "
23133
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename>."
23134
23135
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:539(para)
23136
msgid ""
23137
"At any time, you should not edit the master configuration file, "
23138
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename> manually. It is "
23139
"updated automatically every time you run <command>update-exim4.conf</command>"
23140
msgstr ""
23141
"Du bör aldrig själv ändra i huvudkonfigurationsfilen "
23142
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename>. Den uppdateras "
23143
"automatiskt varje gång du kör <command>update-exim4.conf</command>"
23144
23145
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:547(para)
23146
msgid ""
23147
"You can run the following command to start <application>Exim4</application> "
23148
"daemon."
23149
msgstr ""
23150
"Du kan köra följande kommando för att starta demonen "
23151
"<application>Exim4</application>."
23152
23153
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:552(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:994(command)
23154
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/exim4 start"
23155
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/exim4 start"
23156
23157
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:557(para)
23158
msgid ""
23159
"This section covers configuring Exim4 to use SMTP-AUTH with TLS and SASL."
23160
msgstr ""
23161
"Detta avsnitt behandlar konfigurationen av Exim4 till att använda SMTP-AUTH "
23162
"med TLS och SASL."
23163
23164
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:560(para)
23165
msgid ""
23166
"The first step is to create a certificate for use with TLS. Enter the "
23167
"following into a terminal prompt:"
23168
msgstr ""
23169
"Första steget är att skapa ett certifikat att använda med TLS. Skriv "
23170
"följande kommando från terminalprompten:"
23171
23172
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:564(command)
23173
msgid "sudo /usr/share/doc/exim4-base/examples/exim-gencert"
23174
msgstr "sudo /usr/share/doc/exim4-base/examples/exim-gencert"
23175
23176
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:566(para)
23177
msgid ""
23178
"Now Exim4 needs to be configured for TLS by editing "
23179
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/03_exim4-config_tlsoptions</filename> add "
23180
"the following:"
23181
msgstr ""
23182
"Nu behöver Exim4 konfigureras för TLS genom att redigera "
23183
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/03_exim4-config_tlsoptions</filename>, lägg "
23184
"till följande:"
23185
23186
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:570(programlisting)
23187
#, no-wrap
23188
msgid ""
23189
"\n"
23190
"MAIN_TLS_ENABLE = yes\n"
23191
msgstr ""
23192
"\n"
23193
"MAIN_TLS_ENABLE = yes\n"
23194
23195
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:573(para)
23196
msgid ""
23197
"Next you need to configure <application>Exim4</application> to use the "
23198
"<application>saslauthd</application> for authentication. Edit "
23199
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/auth/30_exim4-config_examples</filename> and "
23200
"uncomment the <emphasis>plain_saslauthd_server</emphasis> and "
23201
"<emphasis>login_saslauthd_server</emphasis> sections:"
23202
msgstr ""
23203
"Nästa steg är att konfigurera <application>Exim4</application> till att "
23204
"använda <application>saslauthd</application> för autentisering. Redigera "
23205
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/auth/30_exim4-config_examples</filename> och "
23206
"avkommentera sektionerna <emphasis>plain_saslauthd_server</emphasis> och "
23207
"<emphasis>login_saslauthd_server</emphasis>:"
23208
23209
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:578(programlisting)
23210
#, no-wrap
23211
msgid ""
23212
"\n"
23213
" plain_saslauthd_server:\n"
23214
" driver = plaintext\n"
23215
" public_name = PLAIN\n"
23216
" server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth2}{$auth3}}{1}{0}}\n"
23217
" server_set_id = $auth2\n"
23218
" server_prompts = :\n"
23219
" .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
23220
" server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
23221
" .endif\n"
23222
"#\n"
23223
" login_saslauthd_server:\n"
23224
" driver = plaintext\n"
23225
" public_name = LOGIN\n"
23226
" server_prompts = \"Username:: : Password::\"\n"
23227
" # don't send system passwords over unencrypted connections\n"
23228
" server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth1}{$auth2}}{1}{0}}\n"
23229
" server_set_id = $auth1\n"
23230
" .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
23231
" server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
23232
" .endif\n"
23233
msgstr ""
23234
"\n"
23235
" plain_saslauthd_server:\n"
23236
" driver = plaintext\n"
23237
" public_name = PLAIN\n"
23238
" server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth2}{$auth3}}{1}{0}}\n"
23239
" server_set_id = $auth2\n"
23240
" server_prompts = :\n"
23241
" .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
23242
" server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
23243
" .endif\n"
23244
"#\n"
23245
" login_saslauthd_server:\n"
23246
" driver = plaintext\n"
23247
" public_name = LOGIN\n"
23248
" server_prompts = \"Username:: : Password::\"\n"
23249
" # don't send system passwords over unencrypted connections\n"
23250
" server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth1}{$auth2}}{1}{0}}\n"
23251
" server_set_id = $auth1\n"
23252
" .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
23253
" server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
23254
" .endif\n"
23255
23256
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:600(para)
23257
msgid "Finally, update the Exim4 configuration and restart the service:"
23258
msgstr "Till sist, uppdatera Exim4-konfigurationen och starta om tjänsten:"
23259
23260
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:605(command)
23261
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/exim4 restart"
23262
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/exim4 restart"
23263
23264
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:610(para)
23265
msgid ""
23266
"This section provides details on configuring the saslauthd to provide "
23267
"authentication for <application>Exim4</application>."
23268
msgstr ""
23269
"Detta avsnitt innehåller detaljer över konfigurationen av saslauthd till att "
23270
"tillhandahålla autentisering åt <application>Exim4</application>."
23271
23272
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:613(para)
23273
msgid ""
23274
"The first step is to install the sasl2-bin package. From a terminal prompt "
23275
"enter the following:"
23276
msgstr ""
23277
"Första steget är att installera paketet sasl2-bin. Från en terminalprompt "
23278
"skriv följande:"
23279
23280
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:617(command)
23281
msgid "sudo apt-get install sasl2-bin"
23282
msgstr "sudo apt-get install sasl2-bin"
23283
23284
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:619(para)
23285
msgid ""
23286
"To configure saslauthd edit the /etc/default/saslauthd configuration file "
23287
"and set START=no to:"
23288
msgstr ""
23289
"För att konfigurera saslauthd redigera konfigurationsfilen "
23290
"/etc/default/saslauthd och ange START=no to:"
23291
23292
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:622(programlisting)
23293
#, no-wrap
23294
msgid ""
23295
"\n"
23296
"START=yes\n"
23297
msgstr ""
23298
"\n"
23299
"START=yes\n"
23300
23301
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:625(para)
23302
msgid ""
23303
"Next the <emphasis>Debian-exim</emphasis> user needs to be part of the "
23304
"<emphasis>sasl</emphasis> group in order for Exim4 to use the saslauthd "
23305
"service:"
23306
msgstr ""
23307
"Nästa steg, användaren <emphasis>Debian-exim</emphasis> behöver bli en del "
23308
"av gruppen <emphasis>sasl</emphasis> för att Exim4 skall använda tjänsten "
23309
"saslauthd:"
23310
23311
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:630(command)
23312
msgid "sudo adduser Debian-exim sasl"
23313
msgstr "sudo adduser Debian-exim sasl"
23314
23315
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:632(para)
23316
msgid "Now start the <application>saslauthd</application> service:"
23317
msgstr "Starta tjänsten <application>saslauthd</application>:"
23318
23319
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:636(command)
23320
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/saslauthd start"
23321
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/saslauthd start"
23322
23323
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:638(para)
23324
msgid ""
23325
"<application>Exim4</application> is now configured with SMTP-AUTH using TLS "
23326
"and SASL authentication."
23327
msgstr ""
23328
"<application>Exim4</application> är nu konfigurerad med SMTP-AUTH som "
23329
"använder TLS och SASL autentisering."
23330
23331
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:647(para)
23332
msgid ""
23333
"See <ulink url=\"http://www.exim.org/\">exim.org</ulink> for more "
23334
"information."
23335
msgstr ""
23336
"För mer information, se <ulink url=\"http://www.exim.org/\">exim.org</ulink>."
23337
23338
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:652(para)
23339
msgid ""
23340
"There is also an <ulink url=\"http://www.uit.co.uk/content/exim-smtp-mail-"
23341
"server\">Exim4 Book</ulink> available."
23342
msgstr ""
23343
"Det finns också en fri <ulink url=\"http://www.uit.co.uk/content/exim-smtp-"
23344
"mail-server\">Exim4 Bok</ulink>."
23345
23346
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:657(para)
23347
msgid ""
23348
"Another resource is the <ulink "
23349
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Exim4\">Exim4 Ubuntu Wiki </ulink> "
23350
"page."
23351
msgstr ""
23352
23353
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:666(title)
23354
msgid "Dovecot Server"
23355
msgstr "Dovecot-server"
23356
23357
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:667(para)
23358
msgid ""
23359
"<application>Dovecot</application> is a Mail Delivery Agent, written with "
23360
"security primarily in mind. It supports the major mailbox formats: mbox or "
23361
"Maildir. This section explain how to set it up as an imap or pop3 server."
23362
msgstr ""
23363
"<application>Dovecot</application> är en Mail Delivery Agent som är skriven "
23364
"med största fokus på säkerhet. Den stöder de vanligaste postlådeformaten: "
23365
"mbox och maildir. Detta avsnitt förklarar hur du sätter upp den för att bli "
23366
"en imap- eller pop3-server."
23367
23368
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:675(para)
23369
msgid ""
23370
"To install <application>dovecot</application>, run the following command in "
23371
"the command prompt:"
23372
msgstr ""
23373
"För att installera <application>dovecot</application>, kör följande kommando "
23374
"från terminalprompten:"
23375
23376
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:680(command)
23377
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d"
23378
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d"
23379
23380
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:685(para)
23381
msgid ""
23382
"To configure <application>dovecot</application>, you can edit the file "
23383
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. You can choose the protocol "
23384
"you use. It could be pop3, pop3s (pop3 secure), imap and imaps (imap "
23385
"secure). A description of these protocols is beyond the scope of this guide. "
23386
"For further information, refer to the Wikipedia articles on <ulink "
23387
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/POP3\">POP3</ulink> and <ulink "
23388
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Message_Access_Protocol\">IMAP</u"
23389
"link>."
23390
msgstr ""
23391
"För att konfigurera <application>dovecot</application>, kan du redigera "
23392
"filen <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. Du kan välja det "
23393
"protokoll du använder. Det kan vara pop3, pop3s (säker pop3), imap och imaps "
23394
"(säker imap). En beskrivning av dessa protokoll ligger utanför den här "
23395
"guidens omfång. För ytterligare information, hänvisas du till wikipedia "
23396
"artiklar på <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/POP3\">POP3</ulink> "
23397
"och <ulink "
23398
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Message_Access_Protocol\">IMAP</u"
23399
"link>."
23400
23401
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:695(para)
23402
msgid ""
23403
"IMAPS and POP3S are more secure that the simple IMAP and POP3 because they "
23404
"use SSL encryption to connect. Once you have chosen the protocol, amend the "
23405
"following line in the file <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>:"
23406
msgstr ""
23407
"IMAPS och POP3S är mer säkra än enkla IMAP och POP3 eftersom de använder SSL-"
23408
"kryptering vid anslutning. När du valt protokoll, lägg till följande rad i "
23409
"filen <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>:"
23410
23411
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:701(programlisting)
23412
#, no-wrap
23413
msgid ""
23414
"\n"
23415
"protocols = pop3 pop3s imap imaps\n"
23416
msgstr ""
23417
"\n"
23418
"protocols = pop3 pop3s imap imaps\n"
23419
23420
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:704(para)
23421
msgid ""
23422
"Next, choose the mailbox you would like to use. "
23423
"<application>Dovecot</application> supports <emphasis "
23424
"role=\"strong\">maildir</emphasis> and <emphasis "
23425
"role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis> formats. These are the most commonly used "
23426
"mailbox formats. They both have their own benefits and are discussed on "
23427
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.dovecot.org/MailboxFormat\">the Dovecot web "
23428
"site</ulink>."
23429
msgstr ""
23430
"Nästa steg, välj vilken postlåda du vill använda. "
23431
"<application>Dovecot</application> stöder formaten <emphasis "
23432
"role=\"strong\">maildir</emphasis> och <emphasis "
23433
"role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis>. Dessa är de vanligaste postlådeformaten. "
23434
"Båda har sina fördelar och som diskuteras på <ulink "
23435
"url=\"http://wiki.dovecot.org/MailboxFormat\">webbplatsen för "
23436
"Dovecot</ulink>."
23437
23438
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:712(para)
23439
msgid ""
23440
"Once you have chosen your mailbox type, edit the file "
23441
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> and change the following line:"
23442
msgstr ""
23443
"När du valt din postlåd-typ, redigera filen "
23444
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> och ändra följande rader:"
23445
23446
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:717(programlisting)
23447
#, no-wrap
23448
msgid ""
23449
"\n"
23450
"mail_location = maildir:~/Maildir # (for maildir)\n"
23451
"or\n"
23452
"mail_location = mbox:~/mail:INBOX=/var/spool/mail/%u # (for mbox)\n"
23453
msgstr ""
23454
"\n"
23455
"mail_location = maildir:~/Maildir # (för maildir)\n"
23456
"eller\n"
23457
"mail_location = mbox:~/mail:INBOX=/var/spool/mail/%u # (för mbox)\n"
23458
23459
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:723(para)
23460
msgid ""
23461
"You should configure your Mail Transport Agent (MTA) to transfer the "
23462
"incoming mail to this type of mailbox if it is different from the one you "
23463
"have configured."
23464
msgstr ""
23465
"Du bör konfigurera din Mail Transport Agent (MTA) att sända inkommande e-"
23466
"post till den här typen av postlåda om det skiljer sig från den du har "
23467
"konfigurerat."
23468
23469
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:729(para)
23470
msgid ""
23471
"Once you have configured dovecot, restart the "
23472
"<application>dovecot</application> daemon in order to test your setup:"
23473
msgstr ""
23474
"Så snart du har konfigurerat dovecot, starta om "
23475
"<application>dovecot</application>-demonen för att testa din konfiguration:"
23476
23477
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:738(para)
23478
msgid ""
23479
"If you have enabled imap, or pop3, you can also try to log in with the "
23480
"commands <command>telnet localhost pop3</command> or <command>telnet "
23481
"localhost imap2</command>. If you see something like the following, the "
23482
"installation has been successful:"
23483
msgstr ""
23484
"Om du har aktiverat imap eller pop3, kan du också prova att ansluta med "
23485
"kommandot <command>telnet localhost pop3</command> eller <command>telnet "
23486
"localhost imap2</command>. Om du ser något som liknar följande, har "
23487
"installationen lyckats:"
23488
23489
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:745(programlisting)
23490
#, no-wrap
23491
msgid ""
23492
"\n"
23493
"bhuvan@rainbow:~$ telnet localhost pop3\n"
23494
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
23495
"Connected to localhost.localdomain.\n"
23496
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
23497
"+OK Dovecot ready.\n"
23498
msgstr ""
23499
"\n"
23500
"bhuvan@rainbow:~$ telnet localhost pop3\n"
23501
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
23502
"Connected to localhost.localdomain.\n"
23503
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
23504
"+OK Dovecot ready.\n"
23505
23506
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:754(title)
23507
msgid "Dovecot SSL Configuration"
23508
msgstr "SSL-konfiguration av Dovecot"
23509
23510
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:755(para)
23511
msgid ""
23512
"To configure <application>dovecot</application> to use SSL, you can edit the "
23513
"file <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> and amend following "
23514
"lines:"
23515
msgstr ""
23516
"För att konfigurera <application>dovecot</application> till att använda SSL, "
23517
"kan du redigera filen <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> och "
23518
"lägga till följande rader:"
23519
23520
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:760(programlisting)
23521
#, no-wrap
23522
msgid ""
23523
"\n"
23524
"ssl_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
23525
"ssl_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"
23526
"ssl_disable = no\n"
23527
"disable_plaintext_auth = no\n"
23528
msgstr ""
23529
"\n"
23530
"ssl_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
23531
"ssl_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"
23532
"ssl_disable = no\n"
23533
"disable_plaintext_auth = no\n"
23534
23535
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:766(para)
23536
msgid ""
23537
"You can get the SSL certificate from a Certificate Issuing Authority or you "
23538
"can create self signed SSL certificate. The latter is a good option for "
23539
"email, because SMTP clients rarely complain about \"self-signed "
23540
"certificates\". Please refer to <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-"
23541
"security\"/> for details about how to create self signed SSL certificate. "
23542
"Once you create the certificate, you will have a key file and a certificate "
23543
"file. Please copy them to the location pointed in the "
23544
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> configuration file."
23545
msgstr ""
23546
"Du kan få SSL-certifikatet från en certifikatutfärdare eller så kan du skapa "
23547
"ett självsignerat SSL-certifikat. Det senare är ett bra alternativ för e-"
23548
"post, eftersom SMTP-klienter sällan klagar över \"självsignerade "
23549
"certifikat\". Se även <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/> för "
23550
"detaljer hur du skapar självsignerade SSL-certifikat. När du har skapat ditt "
23551
"certifikat, har du en nyckelfil och en certifikatfil. Kopiera dem till "
23552
"platsen som pekas på i konfigurationsfilen "
23553
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>."
23554
23555
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:781(title)
23556
msgid "Firewall Configuration for an Email Server"
23557
msgstr "Brandväggskonfiguration för en e-postserver"
23558
23559
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:787(para)
23560
msgid "IMAP - 143"
23561
msgstr "IMAP - 143"
23562
23563
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:788(para)
23564
msgid "IMAPS - 993"
23565
msgstr "IMAPS - 993"
23566
23567
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:789(para)
23568
msgid "POP3 - 110"
23569
msgstr "POP3 - 110"
23570
23571
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:790(para)
23572
msgid "POP3S - 995"
23573
msgstr "POP3S - 995"
23574
23575
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:782(para)
23576
msgid ""
23577
"To access your mail server from another computer, you must configure your "
23578
"firewall to allow connections to the server on the necessary ports. "
23579
"<placeholder-1/>"
23580
msgstr ""
23581
"För att komma åt din e-postserver från en annan dator måste du konfigurera "
23582
"din brandvägg så att den tillåter anslutningar till servern på de portar som "
23583
"krävs. <placeholder-1/>"
23584
23585
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:799(para)
23586
msgid ""
23587
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.dovecot.org/\">Dovecot website</ulink> for "
23588
"more information."
23589
msgstr ""
23590
"För mer information, se <ulink url=\"http://www.dovecot.org/\">Dovecot "
23591
"website</ulink>."
23592
23593
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:804(para)
23594
msgid ""
23595
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Dovecot\">Dovecot "
23596
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
23597
msgstr ""
23598
23599
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:813(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:890(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1113(title)
23600
msgid "Mailman"
23601
msgstr "Mailman"
23602
23603
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:814(para)
23604
msgid ""
23605
"Mailman is an open source program for managing electronic mail discussions "
23606
"and e-newsletter lists. Many open source mailing lists (including all the "
23607
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu mailing lists</ulink>) use "
23608
"Mailman as their mailing list software. It is powerful and easy to install "
23609
"and maintain."
23610
msgstr ""
23611
"Mailman är ett öppen källkodsprogram för att hantera elektroniska e-"
23612
"postdiskussioner och e-nyhetsbrev. Många av de svarslistor "
23613
"öppenkällkodsvärlden har (inklusive alla <ulink "
23614
"url=\"http://lists.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu:s svarslistor</ulink>) använder "
23615
"Mailman som svarslistmjukvara. Det är kraftfullt och enkelt att installera "
23616
"och underhålla."
23617
23618
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:824(para)
23619
msgid ""
23620
"Mailman provides a web interface for the administrators and users, using an "
23621
"external mail server to send and receive emails. It works perfectly with the "
23622
"following mail servers:"
23623
msgstr ""
23624
"Mailman tillhandahåller ett webbgränssnitt för administratörer och "
23625
"användare, genom att använda en extern e-postserver för att skicka och ta "
23626
"emot e-post. Den fungerar perfekt med följande e-postservrar:"
23627
23628
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:835(application)
23629
msgid "Exim"
23630
msgstr "Exim"
23631
23632
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:838(application)
23633
msgid "Sendmail"
23634
msgstr "Sendmail"
23635
23636
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:841(application)
23637
msgid "Qmail"
23638
msgstr "Qmail"
23639
23640
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:846(para)
23641
msgid ""
23642
"We will see how to install and configure Mailman with, the Apache web "
23643
"server, and either the Postfix or Exim mail server. If you wish to install "
23644
"Mailman with a different mail server, please refer to the references section."
23645
msgstr ""
23646
"Vi går igenom installationen och konfigurationen av Mailman med webbservern "
23647
"Apache och någon av Postfix eller Exim e-postserver. Om du önskar installera "
23648
"Mailman med en annan e-postserver hänvisas du till referens sektionen."
23649
23650
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:853(para)
23651
msgid ""
23652
"You only need to install one mail server and "
23653
"<application>Postfix</application> is the default Ubuntu Mail Transfer Agent."
23654
msgstr ""
23655
"Du behöver bara installera en e-postserver och som standard för Ubuntu Mail "
23656
"Transfer Agent är <application>Postfix</application>."
23657
23658
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:858(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:917(title)
23659
msgid "Apache2"
23660
msgstr "Apache2"
23661
23662
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:859(para)
23663
msgid ""
23664
"To install apache2 you refer to <ulink url=\"./web-servers.xml#http-"
23665
"installation\">HTTPD Installation</ulink> section for details."
23666
msgstr ""
23667
"För att installera apache2 hänvisas du till avsnittet <ulink url=\"./web-"
23668
"servers.xml#http-installation\">HTTPD Installation</ulink> för fler detaljer."
23669
23670
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:867(para)
23671
msgid ""
23672
"For instructions on installing and configuring Postfix refer to <xref "
23673
"linkend=\"postfix\"/>"
23674
msgstr ""
23675
"För instruktioner över installation och konfigurering av Postfix, se <xref "
23676
"linkend=\"postfix\"/>"
23677
23678
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:873(para)
23679
msgid "To install Exim4 refer to <xref linkend=\"exim4\"/>."
23680
msgstr "Installation av Exim4, se <xref linkend=\"exim4\"/>."
23681
23682
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:884(application)
23683
msgid "dc_use_split_config='true'"
23684
msgstr "dc_use_split_config='true'"
23685
23686
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:876(para)
23687
msgid ""
23688
"Once exim4 is installed, the configuration files are stored in the "
23689
"<filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory. In Ubuntu, by default, the exim4 "
23690
"configuration files are split across different files. You can change this "
23691
"behavior by changing the following variable in the "
23692
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf</filename> file: <placeholder-1/>"
23693
msgstr ""
23694
"När exim4 är installerat, är konfigurationsfilerna sparade i katalogen "
23695
"<filename>/etc/exim4</filename>. Som standard i Ubuntu är "
23696
"konfigurationsfilerna för exim4 uppdelade i olika filer. Du kan ändra detta "
23697
"beteende genom att ändra följande variabel i filen "
23698
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
23699
23700
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:891(para)
23701
msgid ""
23702
"To install <application>Mailman</application>, run following command at a "
23703
"terminal prompt:"
23704
msgstr ""
23705
"För att installera <application>Mailman</application>, kör följande kommando "
23706
"från terminalprompten:"
23707
23708
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:895(command)
23709
msgid "sudo apt-get install mailman"
23710
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mailman"
23711
23712
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:897(para)
23713
msgid ""
23714
"It copies the installation files in "
23715
"<application>/var/lib/mailman</application> directory. It installs the CGI "
23716
"scripts in <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application> directory. It "
23717
"creates <emphasis>list</emphasis> linux user. It creates the "
23718
"<emphasis>list</emphasis> linux group. The mailman process will be owned by "
23719
"this user."
23720
msgstr ""
23721
"Det kopierar installationsfilerna i katalogen "
23722
"<application>/var/lib/mailman</application>. Den installerar CGI-skript i "
23723
"katalogen <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application>. Den skapar "
23724
"linux-användaren <emphasis>list</emphasis>. Den skapar linux-gruppen "
23725
"<emphasis>list</emphasis>. Mailman-processen kommer ägas av denna användare."
23726
23727
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:909(para)
23728
msgid ""
23729
"This section assumes you have successfully installed "
23730
"<application>mailman</application>, <application>apache2</application>, and "
23731
"<application>postfix</application> or <application>exim4</application>. Now "
23732
"you just need to configure them."
23733
msgstr ""
23734
"Detta avsnitt förutsätter att du har en fungerande installation av "
23735
"<application>mailman</application>, <application>apache2</application> och "
23736
"<application>postfix</application> eller <application>exim4</application>. "
23737
"Nu återstår bara att du konfigurerar dem."
23738
23739
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:918(para)
23740
msgid ""
23741
"An example Apache configuration file comes with "
23742
"<application>Mailman</application> and is placed in "
23743
"<filename>/etc/mailman/apache.conf</filename>. In order for Apache to use "
23744
"the config file it needs to be copied to <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
23745
"available</filename>:"
23746
msgstr ""
23747
"En exempelkonfigurationsfil för Apache kommer med "
23748
"<application>Mailman</application> och finns i "
23749
"<filename>/etc/mailman/apache.conf</filename>. För att Apache skall använda "
23750
"konfigurationsfilen behöver den kopieras till <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
23751
"available</filename>:"
23752
23753
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:924(command)
23754
msgid ""
23755
"sudo cp /etc/mailman/apache.conf /etc/apache2/sites-available/mailman.conf"
23756
msgstr ""
23757
"sudo cp /etc/mailman/apache.conf /etc/apache2/sites-available/mailman.conf"
23758
23759
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:926(para)
23760
msgid ""
23761
"This will setup a new Apache <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> for the "
23762
"Mailman administration site. Now enable the new configuration and restart "
23763
"Apache:"
23764
msgstr ""
23765
"Detta kommer sätta upp en ny Apache <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> för "
23766
"Mailman administrationsplats. Aktivera nu den nya konfigurationsfilen och "
23767
"starta om Apache:"
23768
23769
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:931(command)
23770
msgid "sudo a2ensite mailman.conf"
23771
msgstr "sudo a2ensite mailman.conf"
23772
23773
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:934(para)
23774
msgid ""
23775
"Mailman uses apache2 to render its CGI scripts. The mailman CGI scripts are "
23776
"installed in the <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application> "
23777
"directory. So, the mailman url will be http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/. You "
23778
"can make changes to the <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
23779
"available/mailman.conf</filename> file if you wish to change this behavior."
23780
msgstr ""
23781
"Mailman använder apache2 till att rendera CGI-skript. CGI-skripten för "
23782
"mailman är installerade i katalogen <application>/usr/lib/cgi-"
23783
"bin/mailman</application>. Mailman url kommer bli http://hostname/cgi-"
23784
"bin/mailman/. Du kan göra ändringar i filen <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
23785
"available/mailman.conf</filename> om du vill ändra detta beteende."
23786
23787
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:945(para)
23788
msgid ""
23789
"For <application>Postfix</application> integration, we will associate the "
23790
"domain lists.example.com with the mailing lists. Please replace "
23791
"<emphasis>lists.example.com</emphasis> with the domain of your choosing."
23792
msgstr ""
23793
"För integreringen av <application>Postfix</application>, kommer vi associera "
23794
"domänen lists.example.com med sändlistan. Ersätt "
23795
"<emphasis>lists.example.com</emphasis> med domänen du har valt."
23796
23797
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:949(para)
23798
msgid ""
23799
"You can use the postconf command to add the necessary configuration to "
23800
"<filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"
23801
msgstr ""
23802
"Du kan använda kommandot postconf för att lägga till nödvändig konfiguration "
23803
"till <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"
23804
23805
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:953(command)
23806
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'relay_domains = lists.example.com'"
23807
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'relay_domains = lists.example.com'"
23808
23809
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:954(command)
23810
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport'"
23811
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport'"
23812
23813
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:955(command)
23814
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'mailman_destination_recipient_limit = 1'"
23815
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'mailman_destination_recipient_limit = 1'"
23816
23817
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:957(para)
23818
msgid ""
23819
"In <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> double check that you have "
23820
"the following transport:"
23821
msgstr ""
23822
"Dubbelkontrollera att du har följande transport i "
23823
"<filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename>:"
23824
23825
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:960(programlisting)
23826
#, no-wrap
23827
msgid ""
23828
"\n"
23829
"mailman unix - n n - - pipe\n"
23830
" flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py\n"
23831
" ${nexthop} ${user}\n"
23832
msgstr ""
23833
"\n"
23834
"mailman unix - n n - - pipe\n"
23835
" flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py\n"
23836
" ${nexthop} ${user}\n"
23837
23838
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:965(para)
23839
msgid ""
23840
"It calls the <emphasis>postfix-to-mailman.py</emphasis> script when a mail "
23841
"is delivered to a list."
23842
msgstr ""
23843
"Den anropar skriptet <emphasis>postfix-to-mailman.py</emphasis> när e-post "
23844
"levereras till en lista."
23845
23846
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:968(para)
23847
msgid ""
23848
"Associate the domain lists.example.com to the Mailman transport with the "
23849
"transport map. Edit the file <filename>/etc/postfix/transport</filename>:"
23850
msgstr ""
23851
"Associera domänens lists.example.com till Mailman transport med transport "
23852
"map. Redigera filen <filename>/etc/postfix/transport</filename>:"
23853
23854
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:971(programlisting)
23855
#, no-wrap
23856
msgid ""
23857
"\n"
23858
"lists.example.com mailman:\n"
23859
msgstr ""
23860
"\n"
23861
"lists.example.com mailman:\n"
23862
23863
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:974(para)
23864
msgid ""
23865
"Now have <application>Postfix</application> build the transport map by "
23866
"entering the following from a terminal prompt:"
23867
msgstr ""
23868
"Låt nu <application>Postfix</application> skapa en transport map genom att "
23869
"ange följande från en terminalprompt:"
23870
23871
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:978(command)
23872
msgid "sudo postmap -v /etc/postfix/transport"
23873
msgstr "sudo postmap -v /etc/postfix/transport"
23874
23875
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:980(para)
23876
msgid "Then restart Postfix to enable the new configurations:"
23877
msgstr "Starta sedan om Postfix för att aktivera den nya konfigurationen:"
23878
23879
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:989(para)
23880
msgid ""
23881
"Once Exim4 is installed, you can start the Exim server using the following "
23882
"command from a terminal prompt:"
23883
msgstr ""
23884
"När installationen av Exim4 är klar kan du starta Exim-servern genom att "
23885
"använda följande kommando från en terminalprompt:"
23886
23887
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1005(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1020(title)
23888
msgid "Main"
23889
msgstr "Main"
23890
23891
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1008(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1060(title)
23892
msgid "Transport"
23893
msgstr "Transport"
23894
23895
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1011(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1083(title)
23896
msgid "Router"
23897
msgstr "Router"
23898
23899
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:996(para)
23900
msgid ""
23901
"In order to make mailman work with Exim4, you need to configure Exim4. As "
23902
"mentioned earlier, by default, Exim4 uses multiple configuration files of "
23903
"different types. For details, please refer to the <ulink "
23904
"url=\"http://www.exim.org\">Exim</ulink> web site. To run mailman, we should "
23905
"add new a configuration file to the following configuration types: "
23906
"<placeholder-1/> Exim creates a master configuration file by sorting all "
23907
"these mini configuration files. So, the order of these configuration files "
23908
"is very important."
23909
msgstr ""
23910
"För att göra så att mailman fungerar med Exim4, behöver du konfigurera "
23911
"Exim4. Som nämnts tidigare, som standard använder Exim4 flera "
23912
"konfigurationsfiler och olika typer av konfigurationsfiler. För detaljer, "
23913
"hänvisas du till webbplatsen <ulink "
23914
"url=\"http://www.exim.org\">Exim</ulink>. För att köra mailman, skall vi "
23915
"lägga till en ny konfigurationsfil till följande konfigurationstyperna: "
23916
"<placeholder-1/> Exim skapar en huvudkonfigurationsfil genom att sortera "
23917
"alla dessa mini-konfigurationsfiler. Därför är ordningen på dessa "
23918
"konfigurationsfiler väldigt viktig."
23919
23920
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1027(programlisting)
23921
#, no-wrap
23922
msgid ""
23923
"\n"
23924
"# start\n"
23925
"# Home dir for your Mailman installation -- aka Mailman's prefix\n"
23926
"# directory.\n"
23927
"# On Ubuntu this should be \"/var/lib/mailman\"\n"
23928
"# This is normally the same as ~mailman\n"
23929
"MM_HOME=/var/lib/mailman\n"
23930
"#\n"
23931
"# User and group for Mailman, should match your --with-mail-gid\n"
23932
"# switch to Mailman's configure script. Value is normally \"mailman\"\n"
23933
"MM_UID=list\n"
23934
"MM_GID=list\n"
23935
"#\n"
23936
"# Domains that your lists are in - colon separated list\n"
23937
"# you may wish to add these into local_domains as well\n"
23938
"domainlist mm_domains=hostname.com\n"
23939
"#\n"
23940
"# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=\n"
23941
"#\n"
23942
"# These values are derived from the ones above and should not need\n"
23943
"# editing unless you have munged your mailman installation\n"
23944
"#\n"
23945
"# The path of the Mailman mail wrapper script\n"
23946
"MM_WRAP=MM_HOME/mail/mailman\n"
23947
"#\n"
23948
"# The path of the list config file (used as a required file when\n"
23949
"# verifying list addresses)\n"
23950
"MM_LISTCHK=MM_HOME/lists/${lc::$local_part}/config.pck\n"
23951
"# end\n"
23952
msgstr ""
23953
"\n"
23954
"# start\n"
23955
"# Hemkatalog för din Mailman-installation - dvs Mailmans prefixkatalog.\n"
23956
"# I Ubuntu bör det här vara \"/var/lib/mailman\"\n"
23957
"# Det här är vanligtvis samma som ~mailman\n"
23958
"MM_HOME=/var/lib/mailman\n"
23959
"#\n"
23960
"# Användare och grupp för Mailman, bör vara samma som switchen --with-mail-"
23961
"gid\n"
23962
"# till Mailmans konfigurationsskript. Är vanligen \"mailman\"\n"
23963
"MM_UID=list\n"
23964
"MM_GID=list\n"
23965
"#\n"
23966
"# Domäner dina listor tillhör - en kolonseparerad lista.\n"
23967
"# Du kanske vill lägga till dessa till local_domains också.\n"
23968
"domainlist mm_domains=värdnamn.com\n"
23969
"#\n"
23970
"# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=\n"
23971
"#\n"
23972
"# Dessa värden kommer från de ovan och du bör inte behöva ändra dessa\n"
23973
"# om du inte har sabbat din mailmaninstallation\n"
23974
"#\n"
23975
"# Sökvägen till Mailmans mailskript\n"
23976
"MM_WRAP=MM_HOME/mail/mailman\n"
23977
"#\n"
23978
"# Sökvägen till listans konfigurationsfil (används när e-postadresser "
23979
"valideras)\n"
23980
"MM_LISTCHK=MM_HOME/lists/${lc::$local_part}/config.pck\n"
23981
"# slut\n"
23982
23983
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1021(para)
23984
msgid ""
23985
"All the configuration files belonging to the main type are stored in the "
23986
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/</filename> directory. You can add the "
23987
"following content to a new file, named <filename>04_exim4-"
23988
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
23989
msgstr ""
23990
"Alla konfigurationsfiler som hör till typen main lagras i katalogen "
23991
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/</filename>. Du kan lägga till följande "
23992
"innehåll i en ny fil, som du kallar för <filename>04_exim4-"
23993
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
23994
23995
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1067(programlisting)
23996
#, no-wrap
23997
msgid ""
23998
"\n"
23999
" mailman_transport:\n"
24000
" driver = pipe\n"
24001
" command = MM_WRAP \\\n"
24002
" '${if def:local_part_suffix \\\n"
24003
" {${sg{$local_part_suffix}{-(\\\\w+)(\\\\+.*)?}{\\$1}}} "
24004
"\\\n"
24005
" {post}}' \\\n"
24006
" $local_part\n"
24007
" current_directory = MM_HOME\n"
24008
" home_directory = MM_HOME\n"
24009
" user = MM_UID\n"
24010
" group = MM_GID\n"
24011
msgstr ""
24012
"\n"
24013
" mailman_transport:\n"
24014
" driver = pipe\n"
24015
" command = MM_WRAP \\\n"
24016
" '${if def:local_part_suffix \\\n"
24017
" {${sg{$local_part_suffix}{-(\\\\w+)(\\\\+.*)?}{\\$1}}} "
24018
"\\\n"
24019
" {post}}' \\\n"
24020
" $local_part\n"
24021
" current_directory = MM_HOME\n"
24022
" home_directory = MM_HOME\n"
24023
" user = MM_UID\n"
24024
" group = MM_GID\n"
24025
24026
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1061(para)
24027
msgid ""
24028
"All the configuration files belonging to transport type are stored in the "
24029
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/transport/</filename> directory. You can add the "
24030
"following content to a new file named <filename> 40_exim4-"
24031
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
24032
msgstr ""
24033
"Alla konfigurationsfiler som hör till typen transport lagras i katalogen "
24034
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/transport/</filename>. Du kan lägga till "
24035
"följande innehåll i en ny fil, som du kallar för <filename> 40_exim4-"
24036
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
24037
24038
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1088(programlisting)
24039
#, no-wrap
24040
msgid ""
24041
"\n"
24042
" mailman_router:\n"
24043
" driver = accept\n"
24044
" require_files = MM_HOME/lists/$local_part/config.pck\n"
24045
" local_part_suffix_optional\n"
24046
" local_part_suffix = -bounces : -bounces+* : \\\n"
24047
" -confirm+* : -join : -leave : \\\n"
24048
" -owner : -request : -admin\n"
24049
" transport = mailman_transport\n"
24050
msgstr ""
24051
"\n"
24052
" mailman_router:\n"
24053
" driver = accept\n"
24054
" require_files = MM_HOME/lists/$local_part/config.pck\n"
24055
" local_part_suffix_optional\n"
24056
" local_part_suffix = -bounces : -bounces+* : \\\n"
24057
" -confirm+* : -join : -leave : \\\n"
24058
" -owner : -request : -admin\n"
24059
" transport = mailman_transport\n"
24060
24061
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1084(para)
24062
msgid ""
24063
"All the configuration files belonging to router type are stored in the "
24064
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/router/</filename> directory. You can add the "
24065
"following content in to a new file named <filename>101_exim4-"
24066
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
24067
msgstr ""
24068
"Alla konfigurationsfiler som hör till typen router lagras i katalogen "
24069
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/router/</filename>. Du kan lägga till följande "
24070
"innehåll i en ny fil, som du kallar för <filename>101_exim4-"
24071
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
24072
24073
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1101(para)
24074
msgid ""
24075
"The order of main and transport configuration files can be in any order. "
24076
"But, the order of router configuration files must be the same. This "
24077
"particular file must appear before the <application>200_exim4-"
24078
"config_primary</application> file. These two configuration files contain "
24079
"same type of information. The first file takes the precedence. For more "
24080
"details, please refer to the references section."
24081
msgstr ""
24082
"Ordningen på konfigurationsfilerna för main och transport kan vara vilken "
24083
"som. Ordningen på router, däremot, spelar roll. Just den här filen måste "
24084
"vara före filen <application>200_exim4-config_primary</application>. De här "
24085
"två konfigurationsfilerna innehåller samma typ av konfiguration. Den första "
24086
"filen får bestämma. För fler detaljer kan du läsa i avdelningen referenser."
24087
24088
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1114(para)
24089
msgid ""
24090
"Once mailman is installed, you can run it using the following command:"
24091
msgstr ""
24092
"När mailman är installerat, kan du köra det genom att använda följande "
24093
"kommando:"
24094
24095
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1118(command)
24096
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/mailman start"
24097
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/mailman start"
24098
24099
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1120(para)
24100
msgid ""
24101
"Once mailman is installed, you should create the default mailing list. Run "
24102
"the following command to create the mailing list:"
24103
msgstr ""
24104
"När mailman är installerat skall du skapa en standard-sändlista. Kör "
24105
"följande kommando för att skapa sändlistan:"
24106
24107
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1126(command)
24108
msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/newlist mailman"
24109
msgstr "sudo /usr/sbin/newlist mailman"
24110
24111
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1129(programlisting)
24112
#, no-wrap
24113
msgid ""
24114
"\n"
24115
" Enter the email address of the person running the list: bhuvan at "
24116
"ubuntu.com\n"
24117
" Initial mailman password:\n"
24118
" To finish creating your mailing list, you must edit your "
24119
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename> (or\n"
24120
" equivalent) file by adding the following lines, and possibly running the\n"
24121
" `newaliases' program:\n"
24122
"\n"
24123
" ## mailman mailing list\n"
24124
" mailman: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman post mailman\"\n"
24125
" mailman-admin: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman admin mailman\"\n"
24126
" mailman-bounces: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman bounces mailman\"\n"
24127
" mailman-confirm: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman confirm mailman\"\n"
24128
" mailman-join: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman join mailman\"\n"
24129
" mailman-leave: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman leave mailman\"\n"
24130
" mailman-owner: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman owner mailman\"\n"
24131
" mailman-request: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman request mailman\"\n"
24132
" mailman-subscribe: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman subscribe "
24133
"mailman\"\n"
24134
" mailman-unsubscribe: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman unsubscribe "
24135
"mailman\"\n"
24136
"\n"
24137
" Hit enter to notify mailman owner...\n"
24138
"\n"
24139
" # \n"
24140
msgstr ""
24141
"\n"
24142
" Uppge e-postadressen till den person som ansvarar för listan: bhuvan at "
24143
"ubuntu.com\n"
24144
" Det första lösenordet för \"mailman\" är:\n"
24145
" För att slutföra skapandet av din sändlista, måste du redigera din "
24146
"/etc/aliases (eller\n"
24147
" motsvarande) fil genom att lägga till följande rader och troligen också "
24148
"köra\n"
24149
" programmet `newaliases':\n"
24150
"\n"
24151
" ## mailman mailing list\n"
24152
" mailman: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman post mailman\"\n"
24153
" mailman-admin: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman admin mailman\"\n"
24154
" mailman-bounces: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman bounces mailman\"\n"
24155
" mailman-confirm: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman confirm mailman\"\n"
24156
" mailman-join: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman join mailman\"\n"
24157
" mailman-leave: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman leave mailman\"\n"
24158
" mailman-owner: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman owner mailman\"\n"
24159
" mailman-request: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman request mailman\"\n"
24160
" mailman-subscribe: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman subscribe "
24161
"mailman\"\n"
24162
" mailman-unsubscribe: \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman unsubscribe "
24163
"mailman\"\n"
24164
"\n"
24165
" Tryck [Enter] för att skicka meddelande till ägaren av listan mailman...\n"
24166
"\n"
24167
" # \n"
24168
24169
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1152(para)
24170
msgid ""
24171
"We have configured either Postfix or Exim4 to recognize all emails from "
24172
"mailman. So, it is not mandatory to make any new entries in "
24173
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename>. If you have made any changes to the "
24174
"configuration files, please ensure that you restart those services before "
24175
"continuing to next section."
24176
msgstr ""
24177
"Vi har konfigurerat antingen Postfix eller Exim4 att känna igen e-post från "
24178
"mailman. Därför är det inte obligatoriskt att skapa några nya uppgifter i "
24179
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename>. Om du har utfört några ändringar i "
24180
"konfigurationsfilerna, säkerställ att du startar om dessa tjänster innan du "
24181
"fortsätter till nästa avsnitt."
24182
24183
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1160(para)
24184
msgid ""
24185
"The Exim4 does not use the above aliases to forward mails to Mailman, as it "
24186
"uses a <emphasis>discover</emphasis> approach. To suppress the aliases while "
24187
"creating the list, you can add <emphasis>MTA=None</emphasis> line in Mailman "
24188
"configuration file, <filename>/etc/mailman/mm_cfg.py</filename>."
24189
msgstr ""
24190
"Exim4 använder inte ovanstående alias till att vidarebefodra e-post till "
24191
"Mailman, eftersom det använder en <emphasis>detekterings</emphasis> sätt. "
24192
"För att upphäva alias:en under tiden listan skapas, kan du lägga till raden "
24193
"<emphasis>MTA=None</emphasis> i Mailman:s konfigurationsfil, "
24194
"<filename>/etc/mailman/mm_cfg.py</filename>."
24195
24196
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1171(title)
24197
msgid "Administration"
24198
msgstr "Administration"
24199
24200
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1172(para)
24201
msgid ""
24202
"We assume you have a default installation. The mailman cgi scripts are still "
24203
"in the <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman/</application> directory. "
24204
"Mailman provides a web based administration facility. To access this page, "
24205
"point your browser to the following url:"
24206
msgstr ""
24207
"Vi förutsätter att du har en standard installation. mailman cgi-skripiten är "
24208
"fortfarande i mappen <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman/</application>. "
24209
"Mailman tillhandahåller ett webbaserat administrationsplats. Åtkomst till "
24210
"sidan får du genom att peka din webbläsare till följande url:"
24211
24212
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1180(para)
24213
msgid "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/admin"
24214
msgstr "http://värdnamn/cgi-bin/mailman/admin"
24215
24216
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1184(para)
24217
msgid ""
24218
"The default mailing list, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, will appear in this "
24219
"screen. If you click the mailing list name, it will ask for your "
24220
"authentication password. If you enter the correct password, you will be able "
24221
"to change administrative settings of this mailing list. You can create a new "
24222
"mailing list using the command line utility "
24223
"(<command>/usr/sbin/newlist</command>). Alternatively, you can create a new "
24224
"mailing list using the web interface."
24225
msgstr ""
24226
"Standard-sändlistan <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, framträder på skärmen. Om "
24227
"du klickar på sändlistans namn, blir du tillfrågad efter ett "
24228
"autentiseringslösenord. Om du skriver in korrekt lösenord, kommer du kunna "
24229
"att ändra administratörsinställningarna för din sändlista. Du kan skapa en "
24230
"nya sändlista genom att använda kommandoraden "
24231
"(<command>/usr/sbin/newlist</command>). Alternativt kan du skapa din nya "
24232
"sändlista genom att använda webbgränsnittet."
24233
24234
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1197(title)
24235
msgid "Users"
24236
msgstr "Användare"
24237
24238
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1198(para)
24239
msgid ""
24240
"Mailman provides a web based interface for users. To access this page, point "
24241
"your browser to the following url:"
24242
msgstr ""
24243
"Mailman erbjuder ett webbaserat gränssnitt för användare. För att komma åt "
24244
"den här sidan besöker du följande adress med din webbläsare:"
24245
24246
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1203(para)
24247
msgid "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo"
24248
msgstr "http://värdnamn/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo"
24249
24250
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1207(para)
24251
msgid ""
24252
"The default mailing list, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, will appear in this "
24253
"screen. If you click the mailing list name, it will display the subscription "
24254
"form. You can enter your email address, name (optional), and password to "
24255
"subscribe. An email invitation will be sent to you. You can follow the "
24256
"instructions in the email to subscribe."
24257
msgstr ""
24258
"Nu kommer standardsändlistan, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, att visas på "
24259
"skärmen. Om du klickar på sändlistans namn kommer du att få se ett "
24260
"registreringsformulär. Du kan skriva in din e-postadress, ditt namn "
24261
"(valfritt), och ett lösenord för att registrera dig. En e-postinbjudan "
24262
"kommer att skickas till dig. Du kan följa instruktionerna i e-"
24263
"postmeddelandet för att registrera dig."
24264
24265
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1219(ulink)
24266
msgid "GNU Mailman - Installation Manual"
24267
msgstr "GNU Mailman - installationsmanual"
24268
24269
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1223(ulink)
24270
msgid "HOWTO - Using Exim 4 and Mailman 2.1 together"
24271
msgstr "HOWTO - Använd Exim 4 och Mailman 2.1 tillsammans"
24272
24273
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1226(para)
24274
msgid ""
24275
"Also, see the <ulink "
24276
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Mailman\">Mailman Ubuntu "
24277
"Wiki</ulink> page."
24278
msgstr ""
24279
24280
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1232(title)
24281
msgid "Mail Filtering"
24282
msgstr "Filtrering av e-post"
24283
24284
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1233(para)
24285
msgid ""
24286
"One of the largest issues with email today is the problem of Unsolicited "
24287
"Bulk Email (UBE). Also known as SPAM, such messages may also carry viruses "
24288
"and other forms of malware. According to some reports these messages make up "
24289
"the bulk of all email traffic on the Internet."
24290
msgstr ""
24291
"Ett av de största problemen med e-post idag är problemen med Unsolicited "
24292
"Bulk Email (UBE), också känt som SPAM, sådana meddelanden kan också "
24293
"innehålla virus och andra former av skadlig kod. Enligt vissa rapporter "
24294
"består den största andelen av all e-posttrafik på internet av dessa "
24295
"meddelanden."
24296
24297
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1238(para)
24298
msgid ""
24299
"This section will cover integrating <application>Amavisd-new</application>, "
24300
"<application>Spamassassin</application>, and "
24301
"<application>ClamAV</application> with the "
24302
"<application>Postfix</application> Mail Transport Agent (MTA). "
24303
"<application>Postfix</application> can also check email validity by passing "
24304
"it through external content filters. These filters can sometimes determine "
24305
"if a message is spam without needing to process it with more resource "
24306
"intensive applications. Two common filters are "
24307
"<application>opendkim</application> and <application>python-policyd-"
24308
"spf</application>."
24309
msgstr ""
24310
24311
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1248(para)
24312
msgid ""
24313
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> is a wrapper program that can call "
24314
"any number of content filtering programs for spam detection, antivirus, etc."
24315
msgstr ""
24316
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> är ett skyddsprogram som kan anropa "
24317
"olika typer av program för innehållsfiltrering för att upptäcka spam, "
24318
"antivirus, o.s.v."
24319
24320
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1254(para)
24321
msgid ""
24322
"<application>Spamassassin</application> uses a variety of mechanisms to "
24323
"filter email based on the message content."
24324
msgstr ""
24325
"<application>Spamassassin</application> använder olika mekanismer för att "
24326
"filtrera e-post baserat på dess innehåll."
24327
24328
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1259(para)
24329
msgid ""
24330
"<application>ClamAV</application> is an open source antivirus application."
24331
msgstr ""
24332
"<application>ClamAV</application> är ett antivirusprogram baserat på öppen "
24333
"källkod."
24334
24335
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1264(para)
24336
msgid ""
24337
"<application>opendkim</application> implements a Sendmail Mail Filter "
24338
"(Milter) for the DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) standard."
24339
msgstr ""
24340
24341
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1270(para)
24342
msgid ""
24343
"<application>python-policyd-spf</application> enables Sender Policy "
24344
"Framework (SPF) checking with <application>Postfix</application>."
24345
msgstr ""
24346
"<application>python-policyd-spf</application> aktiverar Sender Policy "
24347
"Framework (SPF) kontroller med <application>Postfix</application>."
24348
24349
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1275(para)
24350
msgid "This is how the pieces fit together:"
24351
msgstr "Det är såhär bitarna passar ihop:"
24352
24353
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1280(para)
24354
msgid "An email message is accepted by <application>Postfix</application>."
24355
msgstr ""
24356
"Ett e-postmeddelande accepteras av <application>Postfix</application>."
24357
24358
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1285(para)
24359
msgid ""
24360
"The message is passed through any external filters "
24361
"<application>opendkim</application> and <application>python-policyd-"
24362
"spf</application> in this case."
24363
msgstr ""
24364
24365
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1291(para)
24366
msgid "<application>Amavisd-new</application> then processes the message."
24367
msgstr "<application>Amavisd-new</application> behandlar sedan meddelandet."
24368
24369
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1296(para)
24370
msgid ""
24371
"<application>ClamAV</application> is used to scan the message. If the "
24372
"message contains a virus <application>Postfix</application> will reject the "
24373
"message."
24374
msgstr ""
24375
"<application>ClamAV</application> används sedan till att skanna meddelandet. "
24376
"Om meddelandet innehåller ett virus kommer "
24377
"<application>Postfix</application> avvisa meddelandet."
24378
24379
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1302(para)
24380
msgid ""
24381
"Clean messages will then be analyzed by "
24382
"<application>Spamassassin</application> to find out if the message is spam. "
24383
"<application>Spamassassin</application> will then add X-Header lines "
24384
"allowing <application>Amavisd-new</application> to further manipulate the "
24385
"message."
24386
msgstr ""
24387
"Rena meddelanden kommer sedan att analyseras av "
24388
"<application>Spamassassin</application> för att ta reda på om meddelandet är "
24389
"spam. <application>Spamassassin</application> kommer därefter lägga till X-"
24390
"Header rader vilket tillåter <application>Amavisd-new</application> att "
24391
"forsätta att behandla meddelandet."
24392
24393
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1309(para)
24394
msgid ""
24395
"For example, if a message has a Spam score of over fifty the message could "
24396
"be automatically dropped from the queue without the recipient ever having to "
24397
"be bothered. Another, way to handle flagged messages is to deliver them to "
24398
"the Mail User Agent (MUA) allowing the user to deal with the message as they "
24399
"see fit."
24400
msgstr ""
24401
"Som exempel, om ett meddelande har mer än femtio spam poäng kan meddelandet "
24402
"automatiskt droppas från kön utan att mottagaren behöver veta något. Ett "
24403
"annat sätt att hantera flaggade meddelanden är att leverera dem till Mail "
24404
"User Agent (MUA) och tillåta att användaren hanterar meddelandet på ett "
24405
"passand sätt."
24406
24407
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1316(para)
24408
msgid ""
24409
"See <xref linkend=\"postfix\"/> for instructions on installing and "
24410
"configuring Postfix."
24411
msgstr ""
24412
"För instruktioner över installation och konfiguration av Postfix, se "
24413
"<linkend=\"postfix\"/>."
24414
24415
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1319(para)
24416
msgid ""
24417
"To install the rest of the applications enter the following from a terminal "
24418
"prompt:"
24419
msgstr ""
24420
"För att installera resterande program skriv följande från en terminalprompt:"
24421
24422
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1323(command)
24423
msgid "sudo apt-get install amavisd-new spamassassin clamav-daemon"
24424
msgstr "sudo apt-get install amavisd-new spamassassin clamav-daemon"
24425
24426
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1324(command)
24427
msgid "sudo apt-get install opendkim python-policyd-spf"
24428
msgstr ""
24429
24430
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1326(para)
24431
msgid ""
24432
"There are some optional packages that integrate with "
24433
"<application>Spamassassin</application> for better spam detection:"
24434
msgstr ""
24435
"Det finns några valfria paket för bättre spam-detektering som integrerar med "
24436
"<application>Spamassassin</application>:"
24437
24438
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1330(command)
24439
msgid "sudo apt-get install pyzor razor"
24440
msgstr "sudo apt-get install pyzor razor"
24441
24442
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1332(para)
24443
msgid ""
24444
"Along with the main filtering applications compression utilities are needed "
24445
"to process some email attachments:"
24446
msgstr ""
24447
"Tillsammans med det huvudsakliga programmet för filtrering är "
24448
"komprimeringsverktyg nödvändiga för att processa e-post med bilagor:"
24449
24450
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1336(command)
24451
msgid ""
24452
"sudo apt-get install arj cabextract cpio lha nomarch pax rar unrar unzip zip"
24453
msgstr ""
24454
"sudo apt-get install arj cabextract cpio lha nomarch pax rar unrar unzip zip"
24455
24456
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1339(para)
24457
msgid ""
24458
"If some packages are not found, check that the "
24459
"<emphasis>multiverse</emphasis> repository is enabled in "
24460
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>"
24461
msgstr ""
24462
24463
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1340(para)
24464
msgid ""
24465
"If you make changes to the file, be sure to run <command>sudo apt-get "
24466
"update</command> before trying to install again."
24467
msgstr ""
24468
24469
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1345(para)
24470
msgid "Now configure everything to work together and filter email."
24471
msgstr ""
24472
"Konfigurera nu allt till att fungera tillsammans och filtrera e-posten."
24473
24474
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1349(title)
24475
msgid "ClamAV"
24476
msgstr "ClamAV"
24477
24478
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1350(para)
24479
msgid ""
24480
"The default behaviour of <application>ClamAV</application> will fit our "
24481
"needs. For more ClamAV configuration options, check the configuration files "
24482
"in <filename>/etc/clamav</filename>."
24483
msgstr ""
24484
"Standardbeteendet av <application>ClamAV</application> kommer att passa våra "
24485
"behov. För fler konfigurationsalternativ till ClamAV, se efter i "
24486
"konfigurationsfilerna i <filename>/etc/clamav</filename>."
24487
24488
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1355(para)
24489
msgid ""
24490
"Add the <emphasis>clamav</emphasis> user to the <emphasis>amavis</emphasis> "
24491
"group in order for <application>Amavisd-new</application> to have the "
24492
"appropriate access to scan files:"
24493
msgstr ""
24494
"Lägg till användaren <emphasis>clamav</emphasis> till gruppen "
24495
"<emphasis>amavis</emphasis> för att <application>Amavisd-new</application> "
24496
"skall få korrekt behörighet till att skanna filer:"
24497
24498
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1360(command)
24499
msgid "sudo adduser clamav amavis"
24500
msgstr "sudo adduser clamav amavis"
24501
24502
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1364(title)
24503
msgid "Spamassassin"
24504
msgstr "Spamassassin"
24505
24506
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1365(para)
24507
msgid ""
24508
"Spamassassin automatically detects optional components and will use them if "
24509
"they are present. This means that there is no need to configure "
24510
"<application>pyzor</application> and <application>razor</application>."
24511
msgstr ""
24512
"Spamassassin upptäcker automatiskt valfria komponenter och använder dem om "
24513
"de är tillgängliga. Det innebär att det inte finns något behov av att "
24514
"konfigurera <application>pyzor</application> och "
24515
"<application>razor</application>."
24516
24517
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1369(para)
24518
msgid ""
24519
"Edit <filename>/etc/default/spamassassin</filename> to activate the "
24520
"<application>Spamassassin</application> daemon. Change "
24521
"<emphasis>ENABLED=0</emphasis> to:"
24522
msgstr ""
24523
"Redigera <filename>/etc/default/spamassassin</filename> för att aktivera "
24524
"demonen <application>Spamassassin</application>. Ändra "
24525
"<emphasis>ENABLED=0</emphasis> till:"
24526
24527
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1373(programlisting)
24528
#, no-wrap
24529
msgid ""
24530
"\n"
24531
"ENABLED=1\n"
24532
msgstr ""
24533
"\n"
24534
"ENABLED=1\n"
24535
24536
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1376(para)
24537
msgid "Now start the daemon:"
24538
msgstr "Starta nu demonen:"
24539
24540
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1380(command)
24541
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/spamassassin start"
24542
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/spamassassin star"
24543
24544
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1384(title)
24545
msgid "Amavisd-new"
24546
msgstr "Amavisd-new"
24547
24548
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1385(para)
24549
msgid ""
24550
"First activate spam and antivirus detection in <application>Amavisd-"
24551
"new</application> by editing <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/15-"
24552
"content_filter_mode</filename>:"
24553
msgstr ""
24554
"Till att börja med aktivera spam och antivirus detektering i "
24555
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> genom att redigera "
24556
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/15-content_filter_mode</filename>:"
24557
24558
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1389(programlisting)
24559
#, no-wrap
24560
msgid ""
24561
"\n"
24562
"use strict;\n"
24563
"\n"
24564
"# You can modify this file to re-enable SPAM checking through spamassassin\n"
24565
"# and to re-enable antivirus checking.\n"
24566
"\n"
24567
"#\n"
24568
"# Default antivirus checking mode\n"
24569
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
24570
"#\n"
24571
"\n"
24572
"@bypass_virus_checks_maps = (\n"
24573
" \\%bypass_virus_checks, \\@bypass_virus_checks_acl, \\"
24574
"$bypass_virus_checks_re);\n"
24575
"\n"
24576
"\n"
24577
"#\n"
24578
"# Default SPAM checking mode\n"
24579
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
24580
"#\n"
24581
"\n"
24582
"@bypass_spam_checks_maps = (\n"
24583
" \\%bypass_spam_checks, \\@bypass_spam_checks_acl, \\"
24584
"$bypass_spam_checks_re);\n"
24585
"\n"
24586
"1; # insure a defined return\n"
24587
msgstr ""
24588
"\n"
24589
"use strict;\n"
24590
"\n"
24591
"# You can modify this file to re-enable SPAM checking through spamassassin\n"
24592
"# and to re-enable antivirus checking.\n"
24593
"\n"
24594
"#\n"
24595
"# Default antivirus checking mode\n"
24596
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
24597
"#\n"
24598
"\n"
24599
"@bypass_virus_checks_maps = (\n"
24600
" \\%bypass_virus_checks, \\@bypass_virus_checks_acl, \\"
24601
"$bypass_virus_checks_re);\n"
24602
"\n"
24603
"\n"
24604
"#\n"
24605
"# Default SPAM checking mode\n"
24606
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
24607
"#\n"
24608
"\n"
24609
"@bypass_spam_checks_maps = (\n"
24610
" \\%bypass_spam_checks, \\@bypass_spam_checks_acl, \\"
24611
"$bypass_spam_checks_re);\n"
24612
"\n"
24613
"1; # insure a defined return\n"
24614
24615
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1414(para)
24616
msgid ""
24617
"Bouncing spam can be a bad idea as the return address is often faked. "
24618
"Consider editing <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/20-debian_defaults</filename> "
24619
"to set <emphasis>$final_spam_destiny</emphasis> to D_DISCARD rather than "
24620
"D_BOUNCE, as follows:"
24621
msgstr ""
24622
"Bouncing spam kan vara en dålig idé eftersom returadressen ofta är en bluff. "
24623
"Överväg att redigera <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/20-"
24624
"debian_defaults</filename> till att ange "
24625
"<emphasis>$final_spam_destiny</emphasis> till D_DISCARD istället för "
24626
"D_BOUNCE, enligt följande:"
24627
24628
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1420(programlisting)
24629
#, no-wrap
24630
msgid ""
24631
"\n"
24632
"$final_spam_destiny = D_DISCARD;\n"
24633
msgstr ""
24634
"\n"
24635
"$final_spam_destiny = D_DISCARD;\n"
24636
24637
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1424(para)
24638
msgid ""
24639
"Additionally, you may want to adjust the following options to flag more "
24640
"messages as spam:"
24641
msgstr ""
24642
"Dessutom, kan du ändra följande alternativ för att flagga fler meddelanden "
24643
"som skräppost:"
24644
24645
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1428(programlisting)
24646
#, no-wrap
24647
msgid ""
24648
"\n"
24649
"$sa_tag_level_deflt = -999; # add spam info headers if at, or above that "
24650
"level\n"
24651
"$sa_tag2_level_deflt = 6.0; # add 'spam detected' headers at that level\n"
24652
"$sa_kill_level_deflt = 21.0; # triggers spam evasive actions\n"
24653
"$sa_dsn_cutoff_level = 4; # spam level beyond which a DSN is not sent\n"
24654
msgstr ""
24655
"\n"
24656
"$sa_tag_level_deflt = -999; # lägg till spam info-headers på eller över "
24657
"denna nivå\n"
24658
"$sa_tag2_level_deflt = 6.0; # lägg till 'spam detected' headers på denna "
24659
"nivå\n"
24660
"$sa_kill_level_deflt = 21.0; # spam-trigger för undvikande åtgärder\n"
24661
"$sa_dsn_cutoff_level = 4; # spam-nivå utöver vilken en DSN inte skickas\n"
24662
24663
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1435(para)
24664
msgid ""
24665
"If the server's <emphasis>hostname</emphasis> is different from the domain's "
24666
"MX record you may need to manually set the <emphasis>$myhostname</emphasis> "
24667
"option. Also, if the server receives mail for multiple domains the "
24668
"<emphasis>@local_domains_acl</emphasis> option will need to be customized. "
24669
"Edit the <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename> file:"
24670
msgstr ""
24671
"Om serverns <emphasis>värdnamn</emphasis> skiljer sig från domänens MX-post "
24672
"kan du behöva sätta alternativet <emphasis>$myhostname</emphasis> manuellt. "
24673
"Dessutom, om servern tar emot e-post från flera domäner behöver alternativet "
24674
"<emphasis>@local_domains_acl</emphasis> också anpassas. Redigera filen "
24675
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename>:"
24676
24677
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1442(programlisting)
24678
#, no-wrap
24679
msgid ""
24680
"\n"
24681
"$myhostname = 'mail.example.com';\n"
24682
"@local_domains_acl = ( \"example.com\", \"example.org\" );\n"
24683
msgstr ""
24684
"\n"
24685
"$myhostname = 'mail.example.com';\n"
24686
"@local_domains_acl = ( \"example.com\", \"example.org\" );\n"
24687
24688
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1447(para)
24689
msgid ""
24690
"After configuration <application>Amavisd-new</application> needs to be "
24691
"restarted:"
24692
msgstr ""
24693
"Efter konfigurering behöver <application>Amavisd-new</application> startas "
24694
"om:"
24695
24696
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1451(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1497(command)
24697
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/amavis restart"
24698
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/amavis restart"
24699
24700
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1454(title)
24701
msgid "DKIM Whitelist"
24702
msgstr "DKIM vitlista"
24703
24704
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1456(para)
24705
msgid ""
24706
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> can be configured to automatically "
24707
"<emphasis>Whitelist</emphasis> addresses from domains with valid Domain "
24708
"Keys. There are some pre-configured domains in the "
24709
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/40-policy_banks</filename>."
24710
msgstr ""
24711
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> kan konfigureras till att automatiskt "
24712
"<emphasis>vitlista</emphasis> adresser från domäner med giltig domännyckel. "
24713
"Det finns ett par förkonfigurerade domäner i <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/40-"
24714
"policy_banks</filename>."
24715
24716
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1462(para)
24717
msgid "There are multiple ways to configure the Whitelist for a domain:"
24718
msgstr "Det finns flera sätt att konfigurera vitlistan för en domän:"
24719
24720
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1468(para)
24721
msgid ""
24722
"<emphasis>'example.com' => 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will whitelist any "
24723
"address from the \"example.com\" domain."
24724
msgstr ""
24725
"<emphasis>'example.com' => 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: kommer vitlista alla "
24726
"adresser från domänen \"example.com\" ."
24727
24728
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1473(para)
24729
msgid ""
24730
"<emphasis>'.example.com' => 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will whitelist any "
24731
"address from any <emphasis>subdomains</emphasis> of \"example.com\" that "
24732
"have a valid signature."
24733
msgstr ""
24734
"<emphasis>'.example.com' => 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: kommer vitlista alla "
24735
"adresser från alla <emphasis>subdomäner</emphasis> av \"example.com\" som "
24736
"har en giltig signatur."
24737
24738
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1479(para)
24739
msgid ""
24740
"<emphasis>'.example.com/@example.com' => 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will "
24741
"whitelist subdomains of \"example.com\" that use the signature of <emphasis "
24742
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> the parent domain."
24743
msgstr ""
24744
"<emphasis>'.example.com/@example.com' => 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: kommer "
24745
"vitlista subdomäner av \"example.com\" som använder signaturen från "
24746
"förälderdomänen <emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>."
24747
24748
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1485(para)
24749
msgid ""
24750
"<emphasis>'./@example.com' => 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: adds addresses "
24751
"that have a valid signature from \"example.com\". This is usually used for "
24752
"discussion groups that sign their messages."
24753
msgstr ""
24754
24755
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1492(para)
24756
msgid ""
24757
"A domain can also have multiple Whitelist configurations. After, editing the "
24758
"file restart <application>amaisd-new</application>:"
24759
msgstr ""
24760
"En domän kan också ha flera vitlistkonfigurationer. Starta om "
24761
"<application>amaisd-new</application> efter redigering av filen:"
24762
24763
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1501(para)
24764
msgid ""
24765
"In this context, once a domain has been added to the Whitelist the message "
24766
"will not receive any anti-virus or spam filtering. This may or may not be "
24767
"the intended behavior you wish for a domain."
24768
msgstr ""
24769
"I detta sammanhang, när en domän har lagts till i vitlistan kommer "
24770
"meddelandet inte att anti-virus eller spam filtreras. Det kan vara eller "
24771
"inte vara det avsedda beteendet för din domän ."
24772
24773
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1511(para)
24774
msgid ""
24775
"For <application>Postfix</application> integration, enter the following from "
24776
"a terminal prompt:"
24777
msgstr ""
24778
"För <application>Postfix</application> integrering, skriv följande från en "
24779
"terminalprompt:"
24780
24781
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1515(command)
24782
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'content_filter = smtp-amavis:[127.0.0.1]:10024'"
24783
msgstr "sudo postconf -e 'content_filter = smtp-amavis:[127.0.0.1]:10024'"
24784
24785
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1517(para)
24786
msgid ""
24787
"Next edit <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> and add the following "
24788
"to the end of the file:"
24789
msgstr ""
24790
"Nästa steg, redigera <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> och lägg "
24791
"till följande i slutet av filen:"
24792
24793
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1520(programlisting)
24794
#, no-wrap
24795
msgid ""
24796
"\n"
24797
"smtp-amavis unix - - - - 2 smtp\n"
24798
" -o smtp_data_done_timeout=1200\n"
24799
" -o smtp_send_xforward_command=yes\n"
24800
" -o disable_dns_lookups=yes\n"
24801
" -o max_use=20\n"
24802
"\n"
24803
"127.0.0.1:10025 inet n - - - - smtpd\n"
24804
" -o content_filter=\n"
24805
" -o local_recipient_maps=\n"
24806
" -o relay_recipient_maps=\n"
24807
" -o smtpd_restriction_classes=\n"
24808
" -o smtpd_delay_reject=no\n"
24809
" -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
24810
" -o smtpd_helo_restrictions=\n"
24811
" -o smtpd_sender_restrictions=\n"
24812
" -o smtpd_recipient_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
24813
" -o smtpd_data_restrictions=reject_unauth_pipelining\n"
24814
" -o smtpd_end_of_data_restrictions=\n"
24815
" -o mynetworks=127.0.0.0/8\n"
24816
" -o smtpd_error_sleep_time=0\n"
24817
" -o smtpd_soft_error_limit=1001\n"
24818
" -o smtpd_hard_error_limit=1000\n"
24819
" -o smtpd_client_connection_count_limit=0\n"
24820
" -o smtpd_client_connection_rate_limit=0\n"
24821
" -o "
24822
"receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks,no_unknown_recipient_checks\n"
24823
msgstr ""
24824
"\n"
24825
"smtp-amavis unix - - - - 2 smtp\n"
24826
" -o smtp_data_done_timeout=1200\n"
24827
" -o smtp_send_xforward_command=yes\n"
24828
" -o disable_dns_lookups=yes\n"
24829
" -o max_use=20\n"
24830
"\n"
24831
"127.0.0.1:10025 inet n - - - - smtpd\n"
24832
" -o content_filter=\n"
24833
" -o local_recipient_maps=\n"
24834
" -o relay_recipient_maps=\n"
24835
" -o smtpd_restriction_classes=\n"
24836
" -o smtpd_delay_reject=no\n"
24837
" -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
24838
" -o smtpd_helo_restrictions=\n"
24839
" -o smtpd_sender_restrictions=\n"
24840
" -o smtpd_recipient_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
24841
" -o smtpd_data_restrictions=reject_unauth_pipelining\n"
24842
" -o smtpd_end_of_data_restrictions=\n"
24843
" -o mynetworks=127.0.0.0/8\n"
24844
" -o smtpd_error_sleep_time=0\n"
24845
" -o smtpd_soft_error_limit=1001\n"
24846
" -o smtpd_hard_error_limit=1000\n"
24847
" -o smtpd_client_connection_count_limit=0\n"
24848
" -o smtpd_client_connection_rate_limit=0\n"
24849
" -o "
24850
"receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks,no_unknown_recipient_checks\n"
24851
24852
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1547(para)
24853
msgid ""
24854
"Also add the following two lines immediately below the "
24855
"<emphasis>\"pickup\"</emphasis> transport service:"
24856
msgstr ""
24857
"Lägg också till följande två rader direkt nedanför "
24858
"<emphasis>\"pickup\"</emphasis> transport-tjänst:"
24859
24860
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1550(programlisting)
24861
#, no-wrap
24862
msgid ""
24863
"\n"
24864
" -o content_filter=\n"
24865
" -o receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks\n"
24866
msgstr ""
24867
"\n"
24868
" -o content_filter=\n"
24869
" -o receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks\n"
24870
24871
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1554(para)
24872
msgid ""
24873
"This will prevent messages that are generated to report on spam from being "
24874
"classified as spam."
24875
msgstr ""
24876
"Detta kommer förhindra meddelanden som skapats för att rapportera spam från "
24877
"att klassas som spam."
24878
24879
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1557(para)
24880
msgid "Now restart <application>Postfix</application>:"
24881
msgstr "Starta nu om <application>Postfix</application>:"
24882
24883
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1563(para)
24884
msgid "Content filtering with spam and virus detection is now enabled."
24885
msgstr "Innehållsfiltrering med spam och virus detektering är nu aktiverat."
24886
24887
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1569(title)
24888
msgid "Amavisd-new and Spamassassin"
24889
msgstr ""
24890
24891
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1571(para)
24892
msgid ""
24893
"When integrating <application>Amavisd-new</application> with "
24894
"<application>Spamassassin</application>, if you choose to disable the bayes "
24895
"filtering by editing <filename>/etc/spamassassin/local.cf</filename> and use "
24896
"<application>cron</application> to update the nightly rules, the result can "
24897
"cause a situation where a large amount of error messages are sent to the "
24898
"<emphasis>amavis</emphasis> user via the amavisd-new "
24899
"<application>cron</application> job."
24900
msgstr ""
24901
24902
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1578(para)
24903
msgid "There are several ways to handle this situation:"
24904
msgstr ""
24905
24906
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1584(para)
24907
msgid "Configure your MDA to filter messages you do not wish to see."
24908
msgstr ""
24909
24910
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1589(para)
24911
msgid ""
24912
"Change <filename>/usr/sbin/amavisd-new-cronjob</filename> to check for "
24913
"<emphasis>use_bayes 0</emphasis>. For example, edit "
24914
"<filename>/usr/sbin/amavisd-new-cronjob</filename> and add the following to "
24915
"the top before the <emphasis>test</emphasis> statements:"
24916
msgstr ""
24917
24918
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1593(programlisting)
24919
#, no-wrap
24920
msgid ""
24921
"\n"
24922
"egrep -q \"^[ \\t]*use_bayes[ \\t]*0\" /etc/spamassassin/local.cf && "
24923
"exit 0\n"
24924
msgstr ""
24925
24926
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1603(para)
24927
msgid ""
24928
"First, test that the <application>Amavisd-new</application> SMTP is "
24929
"listening:"
24930
msgstr ""
24931
"Börja med att testa att <application>Amavisd-new</application> SMTP lyssnar:"
24932
24933
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1606(programlisting)
24934
#, no-wrap
24935
msgid ""
24936
"\n"
24937
"telnet localhost 10024\n"
24938
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
24939
"Connected to localhost.\n"
24940
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
24941
"220 [127.0.0.1] ESMTP amavisd-new service ready\n"
24942
"^]\n"
24943
msgstr ""
24944
"\n"
24945
"telnet localhost 10024\n"
24946
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
24947
"Connected to localhost.\n"
24948
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
24949
"220 [127.0.0.1] ESMTP amavisd-new service ready\n"
24950
"^]\n"
24951
24952
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1614(para)
24953
msgid ""
24954
"In the Header of messages that go through the content filter you should see:"
24955
msgstr ""
24956
"I huvudet på meddelanden som går genom innehållsfiltreringen skall du se:"
24957
24958
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1617(programlisting)
24959
#, no-wrap
24960
msgid ""
24961
"\n"
24962
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
24963
"X-Virus-Scanned: Debian amavisd-new at example.com\n"
24964
"X-Spam-Status: No, hits=-2.3 tagged_above=-1000.0 required=5.0 tests=AWL, "
24965
"BAYES_00\n"
24966
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
24967
msgstr ""
24968
"\n"
24969
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
24970
"X-Virus-Scanned: Debian amavisd-new at example.com\n"
24971
"X-Spam-Status: No, hits=-2.3 tagged_above=-1000.0 required=5.0 tests=AWL, "
24972
"BAYES_00\n"
24973
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
24974
24975
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1624(para)
24976
msgid ""
24977
"Your output will vary, but the important thing is that there are <emphasis>X-"
24978
"Virus-Scanned</emphasis> and <emphasis>X-Spam-Status</emphasis> entries."
24979
msgstr ""
24980
"Din utdata kommer variera, men det viktiga är att det finns noteringar om "
24981
"<emphasis>X-Virus-Scanned</emphasis> och <emphasis>X-Spam-Status</emphasis>."
24982
24983
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1632(para)
24984
msgid ""
24985
"The best way to figure out why something is going wrong is to check the log "
24986
"files."
24987
msgstr ""
24988
"Bästa sättet att ta reda på varför något har gått fel är att kontrollera "
24989
"loggfilerna."
24990
24991
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1637(para)
24992
msgid ""
24993
"For instructions on <application>Postfix</application> logging see the <xref "
24994
"linkend=\"postfix-troubleshooting\"/> section."
24995
msgstr ""
24996
"För instruktioner över loggning i <application>Postfix</application> se "
24997
"avsnittet <xref linkend=\"postfix-troubleshooting\"/>."
24998
24999
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1643(para)
25000
msgid ""
25001
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> uses "
25002
"<application>Syslog</application> to send messages to "
25003
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. The amount of detail can be "
25004
"increased by adding the <emphasis>$log_level</emphasis> option to "
25005
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename>, and setting the value from "
25006
"1 to 5."
25007
msgstr ""
25008
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> använder "
25009
"<application>Syslog</application> för att skicka meddelanden till "
25010
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. Mängden detaljer kan ökas genom att "
25011
"lägga till alternativet <emphasis>$log_level</emphasis> till "
25012
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename>, och sätta värdet från 1 "
25013
"till 5."
25014
25015
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1648(programlisting)
25016
#, no-wrap
25017
msgid ""
25018
"\n"
25019
"$log_level = 2;\n"
25020
msgstr ""
25021
"\n"
25022
"$log_level = 2;\n"
25023
25024
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1652(para)
25025
msgid ""
25026
"When the <application>Amavisd-new</application> log output is increased "
25027
"<application>Spamassassin</application> log output is also increased."
25028
msgstr ""
25029
"När logg produktionen ökar för <application>Amavisd-new</application> så "
25030
"ökar också logg produktionen för <application>Spamassassin</application>."
25031
25032
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1659(para)
25033
msgid ""
25034
"The <application>ClamAV</application> log level can be increased by editing "
25035
"<filename>/etc/clamav/clamd.conf</filename> and setting the following option:"
25036
msgstr ""
25037
"Logg nivån i <application>ClamAV</application> kan ökas genom att redigera "
25038
"<filename>/etc/clamav/clamd.conf</filename> och aktivera följande alternativ:"
25039
25040
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1663(programlisting)
25041
#, no-wrap
25042
msgid ""
25043
"\n"
25044
"LogVerbose true\n"
25045
msgstr ""
25046
"\n"
25047
"LogVerbose true\n"
25048
25049
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1666(para)
25050
msgid ""
25051
"By default <application>ClamAV</application> will send log messages to "
25052
"<filename>/var/log/clamav/clamav.log</filename>."
25053
msgstr ""
25054
"Som standard skickar <application>ClamAV</application> logg meddelanden till "
25055
"<filename>/var/log/clamav/clamav.log</filename>."
25056
25057
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1672(para)
25058
msgid ""
25059
"After changing an applications log settings remember to restart the service "
25060
"for the new settings to take affect. Also, once the issue you are "
25061
"troubleshooting is resolved it is a good idea to change the log settings "
25062
"back to normal."
25063
msgstr ""
25064
"Efter att logg-inställningarna för ett program har ändrats, kom ihåg att "
25065
"starta om tjänsten för att de nya inställningarna skall träda i kraft. När "
25066
"problemet du felsöker är löst är det en bra idé att ändra tillbaka logg-"
25067
"inställningarna till ursprunglig nivå."
25068
25069
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1680(para)
25070
msgid "For more information on filtering mail see the following links:"
25071
msgstr "För mer information om filtrera e-post, se följande länkar:"
25072
25073
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1686(ulink)
25074
msgid "Amavisd-new Documentation"
25075
msgstr "Amavisd-new Dokumentation"
25076
25077
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1690(para)
25078
msgid ""
25079
"<ulink url=\"http://www.clamav.org/doc/latest/html/\">ClamAV "
25080
"Documentation</ulink> and <ulink "
25081
"url=\"http://wiki.clamav.net/Main/WebHome\">ClamAV Wiki</ulink>"
25082
msgstr ""
25083
"<ulink url=\"http://www.clamav.org/doc/latest/html/\"> ClamAV "
25084
"Dokumentation</ulink> och <ulink "
25085
"url=\"http://wiki.clamav.net/Main/WebHome\">ClamAV Wiki</ulink>"
25086
25087
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1697(ulink)
25088
msgid "Spamassassin Wiki"
25089
msgstr "Spamassassin Wiki"
25090
25091
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1702(ulink)
25092
msgid "Pyzor Homepage"
25093
msgstr "Pyzor hemsida"
25094
25095
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1707(ulink)
25096
msgid "Razor Homepage"
25097
msgstr "Razor hemsida"
25098
25099
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1712(ulink)
25100
msgid "DKIM.org"
25101
msgstr "DKIM.org"
25102
25103
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1717(ulink)
25104
msgid "Postfix Amavis New"
25105
msgstr ""
25106
25107
#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1721(para)
25108
msgid ""
25109
"Also, feel free to ask questions in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> "
25110
"IRC channel on <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
25111
msgstr ""
25112
"Det är också fritt fram att ställa frågor på IRC-kanalen <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
25113
"server</emphasis> på <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
25114
25115
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:13(title)
25116
msgid "LAMP Applications"
25117
msgstr "LAMP-program"
25118
25119
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:19(para)
25120
msgid ""
25121
"LAMP installations (Linux + Apache + MySQL + PHP) are a popular setup for "
25122
"Ubuntu servers. There is a plethora of Open Source applications written "
25123
"using the LAMP application stack. Some popular LAMP applications are Wiki's, "
25124
"Content Management Systems, and Management Software such as phpMyAdmin."
25125
msgstr ""
25126
"LAMP installationer (Linux + Apache + MySQL + PHP) är populära att sätta upp "
25127
"på Ubuntu-serverar. Det finns mängder av program baserade på öppen källkod "
25128
"som är skrivna genom att använda LAMP:s programstack. Några populära LAMP-"
25129
"program är Wiki's, innehållshanteringssystem och hanteringsprogram såsom "
25130
"phpMyAdmin."
25131
25132
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:26(para)
25133
msgid ""
25134
"One advantage of LAMP is the substantial flexibility for different database, "
25135
"web server, and scripting languages. Popular substitutes for MySQL include "
25136
"Posgresql and SQLite. Python, Perl, and Ruby are also frequently used "
25137
"instead of PHP."
25138
msgstr ""
25139
"En fördel med LAMP är den stora flexibiliteten för olika databaser, "
25140
"webbservrar och skriptspråk. Populära substitut för MySQL omfattar Posgresql "
25141
"och SQLite. Python, Perl och Ruby används också ofta i stället för PHP."
25142
25143
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:32(para)
25144
msgid ""
25145
"The traditional way to install most <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> applications "
25146
"is:"
25147
msgstr ""
25148
"Det traditionella sättet för att installera de flesta "
25149
"<emphasis>LAMP</emphasis>-programmen är:"
25150
25151
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:38(para)
25152
msgid "Download an archive containing the application source files."
25153
msgstr "Ladda ner ett arkiv som innehåller programmets källkodsfiler."
25154
25155
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:43(para)
25156
msgid ""
25157
"Unpack the archive, usually in a directory accessible to a web server."
25158
msgstr ""
25159
"Packa upp arkivet, vanligt vis i en katalog med åtkomst från en webbserver."
25160
25161
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:48(para)
25162
msgid ""
25163
"Depending on where the source was extracted, configure a web server to serve "
25164
"the files."
25165
msgstr ""
25166
25167
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:53(para)
25168
msgid "Configure the application to connect to the database."
25169
msgstr "Konfigurera programmet till att ansluta till databasen."
25170
25171
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:58(para)
25172
msgid ""
25173
"Run a script, or browse to a page of the application, to install the "
25174
"database needed by the application."
25175
msgstr ""
25176
"Kör ett skript eller bläddra till en programsida, för att installera den för "
25177
"programmet nödvändiga databasen."
25178
25179
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:63(para)
25180
msgid ""
25181
"Once the steps above, or similar steps, are completed you are ready to begin "
25182
"using the application."
25183
msgstr ""
25184
"När stegen ovan eller liknande steg, är avslutade är du redo att börja "
25185
"använda programmet."
25186
25187
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:69(para)
25188
msgid ""
25189
"A disadvantage of using this approach is that the application files are not "
25190
"placed in the file system in a standard way, which can cause confusion as to "
25191
"where the application is installed. Another larger disadvantage is updating "
25192
"the application. When a new version is released, the same process used to "
25193
"install the application is needed to apply updates."
25194
msgstr ""
25195
"En nackdel med att använda denna metod är att programfiler inte sparas i "
25196
"filsystemet på ett standardiserat sätt, vilket kan orsaka förvirring om var "
25197
"programmet har installerats. En annan större nackdel är att uppdatera "
25198
"programmet. När en ny version släpps, måste samma process som vid "
25199
"installationen av programmet användas när det skall uppdateras."
25200
25201
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:76(para)
25202
msgid ""
25203
"Fortunately, a number of <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> applications are already "
25204
"packaged for Ubuntu, and are available for installation in the same way as "
25205
"non-LAMP applications. Depending on the application some extra configuration "
25206
"and setup steps may be needed, however."
25207
msgstr ""
25208
"Lyckligtvis är ett antal <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis>-tillämpningar redan "
25209
"paketerade för Ubuntu, och är tillgängliga för installation på samma sätt "
25210
"som icke-LAMP-program. Beroende på tillämpning kan lite extra konfiguration "
25211
"och inställningssteg behövas."
25212
25213
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:82(para)
25214
msgid ""
25215
"This section covers howto install and configure the Wiki applications "
25216
"<application>MoinMoin</application>, <application>MediaWiki</application>, "
25217
"and the MySQL management application <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
25218
msgstr ""
25219
"Detta avsnitt omfattar hur man installerar och konfigurerar Wiki-programmen "
25220
"<application>MoinMoin</application>, <application>MediaWiki</application>, "
25221
"och MySQL:s administrationsprogram <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
25222
25223
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:88(para)
25224
msgid ""
25225
"A Wiki is a website that allows the visitors to easily add, remove and "
25226
"modify available content easily. The ease of interaction and operation makes "
25227
"Wiki an effective tool for mass collaborative authoring. The term Wiki is "
25228
"also referred to the collaborative software."
25229
msgstr ""
25230
"En Wiki är en webbplats som tillåter användare att på ett enkelt sätt lägga "
25231
"till, ta bort och ändra befintligt innehåll. Det enkla förfarandet och "
25232
"samordningen gör Wiki till ett effektivt samarbetsverktyg för författande. "
25233
"Termen Wiki syftar på samarbetsmjukvara."
25234
25235
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:100(title)
25236
msgid "Moin Moin"
25237
msgstr "Moin Moin"
25238
25239
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:102(para)
25240
msgid ""
25241
"MoinMoin is a Wiki engine implemented in Python, based on the PikiPiki Wiki "
25242
"engine, and licensed under the GNU GPL."
25243
msgstr ""
25244
"MoinMoin är en Wiki-motor implementerad i Python, baserad på PikiPiki Wiki-"
25245
"motorn och licenserad under GNU GPL."
25246
25247
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:110(para)
25248
msgid ""
25249
"To install <application>MoinMoin</application>, run the following command in "
25250
"the command prompt:"
25251
msgstr ""
25252
"För att installera <application>MoinMoin</application>, kör följande "
25253
"kommando från terminalprompten:"
25254
25255
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:116(command)
25256
msgid "sudo apt-get install python-moinmoin"
25257
msgstr "sudo apt-get install python-moinmoin"
25258
25259
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:119(para)
25260
msgid ""
25261
"You should also install <application>apache2</application> web server. For "
25262
"installing <application>apache2</application> web server, please refer to "
25263
"<xref linkend=\"http-installation\"/> sub-section in <xref "
25264
"linkend=\"httpd\"/> section."
25265
msgstr ""
25266
"Du bör även installera webbservern <application>apache2</application>. "
25267
"Referera till <xref linkend=\"http-installation\"/> underavsnittet i <xref "
25268
"linkend=\"httpd\"/> för att installera webbservern "
25269
"<application>apache2</application>,"
25270
25271
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:130(para)
25272
msgid ""
25273
"For configuring your first Wiki application, please run the following set of "
25274
"commands. Let us assume that you are creating a Wiki named "
25275
"<emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>:"
25276
msgstr ""
25277
"För att konfigurera ditt första Wiki-program, skriv följande serie av "
25278
"kommandon. Låt oss förutsätta att du skapar en Wiki med namnet "
25279
"<emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>:"
25280
25281
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:137(command)
25282
msgid "cd /usr/share/moin"
25283
msgstr "cd /usr/share/moin"
25284
25285
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:138(command)
25286
msgid "sudo mkdir mywiki"
25287
msgstr "sudo mkdir mywiki"
25288
25289
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:139(command)
25290
msgid "sudo cp -R data mywiki"
25291
msgstr "sudo cp -R data mywiki"
25292
25293
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:140(command)
25294
msgid "sudo cp -R underlay mywiki"
25295
msgstr "sudo cp -R underlay mywiki"
25296
25297
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:141(command)
25298
msgid "sudo cp server/moin.cgi mywiki"
25299
msgstr "sudo cp server/moin.cgi mywiki"
25300
25301
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:142(command)
25302
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data.www-data mywiki"
25303
msgstr "sudo chown -R www-data.www-data mywiki"
25304
25305
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:143(command)
25306
msgid "sudo chmod -R ug+rwX mywiki"
25307
msgstr "sudo chmod -R ug+rwX mywiki"
25308
25309
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:144(command)
25310
msgid "sudo chmod -R o-rwx mywiki"
25311
msgstr "sudo chmod -R o-rwx mywiki"
25312
25313
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:147(para)
25314
msgid ""
25315
"Now you should configure <application>MoinMoin</application> to find your "
25316
"new Wiki <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>. To configure "
25317
"<application>MoinMoin</application>, open "
25318
"<filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file and change the following line:"
25319
msgstr ""
25320
"Nu behöver du konfigurera <application>MoinMoin</application> till att hitta "
25321
"din nya Wiki <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>. För att konfigurera "
25322
"<application>MoinMoin</application>, öppna filen "
25323
"<filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> och ändra följande rad:"
25324
25325
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:155(programlisting)
25326
#, no-wrap
25327
msgid "data_dir = '/org/mywiki/data'"
25328
msgstr "data_dir = '/org/mywiki/data'"
25329
25330
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:157(para)
25331
msgid "to"
25332
msgstr "till"
25333
25334
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:161(programlisting)
25335
#, no-wrap
25336
msgid "data_dir = '/usr/share/moin/mywiki/data'"
25337
msgstr "data_dir = '/usr/share/moin/mywiki/data'"
25338
25339
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:163(para)
25340
msgid ""
25341
"Also, below the <emphasis>data_dir</emphasis> option add the "
25342
"<emphasis>data_underlay_dir</emphasis>:"
25343
msgstr ""
25344
"Dessutom, nedanför alternativet <emphasis>data_dir</emphasis> lägg till "
25345
"<emphasis>data_underlay_dir</emphasis>:"
25346
25347
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:167(programlisting)
25348
#, no-wrap
25349
msgid ""
25350
"\n"
25351
"data_underlay_dir='/usr/share/moin/mywiki/underlay'\n"
25352
msgstr ""
25353
"\n"
25354
"data_underlay_dir='/usr/share/moin/mywiki/underlay'\n"
25355
25356
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:172(para)
25357
msgid ""
25358
"If the <filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file does not exists, you "
25359
"should copy <filename>/etc/moin/moinmaster.py</filename> file to "
25360
"<filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file and do the above mentioned "
25361
"change."
25362
msgstr ""
25363
"Om filen <filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> inte finns, skall du "
25364
"kopiera filen <filename>/etc/moin/moinmaster.py</filename> till "
25365
"<filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> Och utföra ändringen i filen som "
25366
"tidigare angetts ."
25367
25368
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:181(para)
25369
msgid ""
25370
"If you have named your Wiki as <emphasis>my_wiki_name</emphasis> you should "
25371
"insert a line <quote>(\"my_wiki_name\", r\".*\")</quote> in "
25372
"<filename>/etc/moin/farmconfig.py</filename> file after the line "
25373
"<quote>(\"mywiki\", r\".*\")</quote>."
25374
msgstr ""
25375
"Om du gav din Wiki namnet <emphasis>my_wiki_name</emphasis> Skall du infoga "
25376
"en rad <quote>(\"my_wiki_name\", r\".*\")</quote> i filen "
25377
"<filename>/etc/moin/farmconfig.py</filename> efter raden <quote>(\"mywiki\", "
25378
"r\".*\")</quote>."
25379
25380
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:189(para)
25381
msgid ""
25382
"Once you have configured <application>MoinMoin</application> to find your "
25383
"first Wiki application <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>, you should configure "
25384
"<application>apache2</application> and make it ready for your Wiki "
25385
"application."
25386
msgstr ""
25387
"När du har konfigurerat <application>MoinMoin</application> till att hitta "
25388
"ditt första Wiki-program <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>, så skall du "
25389
"konfigurera <application>apache2</application> och göra den redo för ditt "
25390
"Wiki-program."
25391
25392
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:196(para)
25393
msgid ""
25394
"You should add the following lines in <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
25395
"available/default</filename> file inside the <quote><VirtualHost "
25396
"*></quote> tag:"
25397
msgstr ""
25398
"Du behöver lägga till följande rader i filen <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
25399
"available/default</filename> innanför <quote><VirtualHost *></quote> "
25400
"taggen:"
25401
25402
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:202(programlisting)
25403
#, no-wrap
25404
msgid ""
25405
"\n"
25406
"### moin\n"
25407
" ScriptAlias /mywiki \"/usr/share/moin/mywiki/moin.cgi\"\n"
25408
" alias /moin_static184 \"/usr/share/moin/htdocs\"\n"
25409
" <Directory /usr/share/moin/htdocs>\n"
25410
" Order allow,deny\n"
25411
" allow from all\n"
25412
" </Directory>\n"
25413
"### end moin\n"
25414
msgstr ""
25415
"\n"
25416
"### moin\n"
25417
" ScriptAlias /mywiki \"/usr/share/moin/mywiki/moin.cgi\"\n"
25418
" alias /moin_static184 \"/usr/share/moin/htdocs\"\n"
25419
" <Directory /usr/share/moin/htdocs>\n"
25420
" Order allow,deny\n"
25421
" allow from all\n"
25422
" </Directory>\n"
25423
"### end moin\n"
25424
25425
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:214(para)
25426
msgid ""
25427
"Adjust the <emphasis>\"moin_static184\"</emphasis> in the "
25428
"<emphasis>alias</emphasis> line above, to the "
25429
"<application>moinmoin</application> version installed."
25430
msgstr ""
25431
"Justera <emphasis>\"moin_static184\"</emphasis> i raden "
25432
"<emphasis>alias</emphasis> ovanför, till <application>moinmoin</application>-"
25433
"versionen som är installerad."
25434
25435
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:220(para)
25436
msgid ""
25437
"Once you configure the <application>apache2</application> web server and "
25438
"make it ready for your Wiki application, you should restart it. You can run "
25439
"the following command to restart the <application>apache2</application> web "
25440
"server:"
25441
msgstr ""
25442
"När du har konfigurerat <application>apache2</application> och den är klar "
25443
"för ditt Wiki-program, behöver den startas om. Du kan skriva följande "
25444
"kommando för att starta om webbservern <application>apache2</application>:"
25445
25446
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:233(title)
25447
msgid "Verification"
25448
msgstr "Bekräftelse"
25449
25450
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:235(para)
25451
msgid ""
25452
"You can verify the Wiki application and see if it works by pointing your web "
25453
"browser to the following URL:"
25454
msgstr ""
25455
"Du kan verifiera ditt Wiki-program och se om den fungerar genom att skriva "
25456
"in följande URL i din webbläsare:"
25457
25458
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:239(programlisting)
25459
#, no-wrap
25460
msgid ""
25461
"\n"
25462
"http://localhost/mywiki\n"
25463
msgstr ""
25464
"\n"
25465
"http://localhost/mywiki\n"
25466
25467
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:243(para)
25468
msgid ""
25469
"You can also run the test command by pointing your web browser to the "
25470
"following URL:"
25471
msgstr ""
25472
"Du kan också skriva ett testkommando genom att skriva in följande URL i din "
25473
"webbläsare:"
25474
25475
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:248(programlisting)
25476
#, no-wrap
25477
msgid ""
25478
"\n"
25479
"http://localhost/mywiki?action=test\n"
25480
msgstr ""
25481
"\n"
25482
"http://localhost/mywiki?action=test\n"
25483
25484
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:252(para)
25485
msgid ""
25486
"For more details, please refer to the <ulink "
25487
"url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">MoinMoin</ulink> web site."
25488
msgstr ""
25489
"För ytterligare detaljer, hänvisas du till webbplatsen för <ulink "
25490
"url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">MoinMoin</ulink>."
25491
25492
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:263(para)
25493
msgid ""
25494
"For more information see the <ulink url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">moinmoin "
25495
"Wiki</ulink>."
25496
msgstr ""
25497
"För mer information se Wiki:n för <ulink "
25498
"url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">moinmoin</ulink>."
25499
25500
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:268(para)
25501
msgid ""
25502
"Also, see the <ulink "
25503
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MoinMoin\">Ubuntu Wiki "
25504
"MoinMoin</ulink> page."
25505
msgstr ""
25506
25507
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:277(title)
25508
msgid "MediaWiki"
25509
msgstr "MediaWiki"
25510
25511
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:279(para)
25512
msgid ""
25513
"MediaWiki is an web based Wiki software written in the PHP language. It can "
25514
"either use <application>MySQL</application> or "
25515
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> Database Management System."
25516
msgstr ""
25517
"MediaWiki är en webbaserad wiki-programvara skrivet i språket PHP. Det kan "
25518
"antingen använda databashanteringssystemet <application>MySQL</application> "
25519
"eller <application>PostgreSQL</application>."
25520
25521
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:289(para)
25522
msgid ""
25523
"Before installing <application>MediaWiki</application> you should also "
25524
"install <application>Apache2</application>, the "
25525
"<application>PHP5</application> scripting language and Database a Management "
25526
"System. <application>MySQL</application> or "
25527
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> are the most common, choose one "
25528
"depending on your need. Please refer to those sections in this manual for "
25529
"installation instructions."
25530
msgstr ""
25531
"Innan installationen av <application>MediaWiki</application> måste du också "
25532
"installera <application>Apache2</application>, skriptspråket "
25533
"<application>PHP5</application> och ett databashanteringssystem. "
25534
"<application>MySQL</application> eller <application>PostgreSQL</application> "
25535
"de vanligaste, välj en baserat på dina behov. Se dess avsnitt i den här "
25536
"manualen för installationsinstruktioner."
25537
25538
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:297(para)
25539
msgid ""
25540
"To install <application>MediaWiki</application>, run the following command "
25541
"in the command prompt:"
25542
msgstr ""
25543
"För att installera <application>MediaWiki</application>, kör följande "
25544
"kommando från terminalprompten:"
25545
25546
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:303(command)
25547
msgid "sudo apt-get install mediawiki php5-gd"
25548
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mediawiki php5-gd"
25549
25550
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:306(para)
25551
msgid ""
25552
"For additional <application>MediaWiki</application> functionality see the "
25553
"<application>mediawiki-extensions</application> package."
25554
msgstr ""
25555
"För ytterligare <application>MediaWiki</application> funktioner se paketet "
25556
"<application>mediawiki-extensions</application>."
25557
25558
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:316(para)
25559
msgid ""
25560
"The Apache configuration file <filename>mediawiki.conf</filename> for "
25561
"MediaWiki is installed in <filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/</filename> "
25562
"directory. You should uncomment the following line in this file to access "
25563
"MediaWiki application."
25564
msgstr ""
25565
"Apache:s konfigurationsfil <filename>mediawiki.conf</filename> för MediaWiki "
25566
"är installerad i katalogen <filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/</filename>. Du "
25567
"skall avkommentera följande rad i den här filen för att få åtkomst till "
25568
"programmet MediaWiki."
25569
25570
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:324(screen)
25571
#, no-wrap
25572
msgid ""
25573
"\n"
25574
"# Alias /mediawiki /var/lib/mediawiki\n"
25575
msgstr ""
25576
"\n"
25577
"# Alias /mediawiki /var/lib/mediawiki\n"
25578
25579
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:328(para)
25580
msgid ""
25581
"After you uncomment the above line, restart Apache server and access "
25582
"MediaWiki using the following url:"
25583
msgstr ""
25584
"Efter att du avkommenterat ovanstående rad, starta om Apache servern och få "
25585
"tillgång till MediaWiki genom följande url:"
25586
25587
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:333(programlisting)
25588
#, no-wrap
25589
msgid ""
25590
"\n"
25591
"http://localhost/mediawiki/config/index.php\n"
25592
msgstr ""
25593
"\n"
25594
"http://localhost/mediawiki/config/index.php\n"
25595
25596
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:338(para)
25597
msgid ""
25598
"Please read the <quote>Checking environment...</quote> section in this page. "
25599
"You should be able to fix many issues by carefully reading this section."
25600
msgstr ""
25601
"Läs avsnittet <quote>Checking environment...</quote> på den sidan. Du skall "
25602
"kunna lösa många problem genom att noggrant läsa avsnittet."
25603
25604
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:345(para)
25605
msgid ""
25606
"Once the configuration is complete, you should copy the "
25607
"<filename>LocalSettings.php</filename> file to "
25608
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki</filename> directory:"
25609
msgstr ""
25610
25611
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:352(command)
25612
msgid "sudo mv /var/lib/mediawiki/config/LocalSettings.php /etc/mediawiki/"
25613
msgstr "sudo mv /var/lib/mediawiki/config/LocalSettings.php /etc/mediawiki/"
25614
25615
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:355(para)
25616
msgid ""
25617
"You may also want to edit "
25618
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki/LocalSettings.php</filename> adjusting:"
25619
msgstr ""
25620
25621
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:360(programlisting)
25622
#, no-wrap
25623
msgid ""
25624
"\n"
25625
"ini_set( 'memory_limit', '64M' );\n"
25626
msgstr ""
25627
"\n"
25628
"ini_set( 'memory_limit', '64M' );\n"
25629
25630
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:367(title)
25631
msgid "Extensions"
25632
msgstr "Utökningar"
25633
25634
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:368(para)
25635
msgid ""
25636
"The extensions add new features and enhancements for the MediaWiki "
25637
"application. The extensions give wiki administrators and end users the "
25638
"ability to customize MediaWiki to their requirements."
25639
msgstr ""
25640
"Tilläggsprogrammen lägger till nya funktioner och förbättringar för "
25641
"programmet MediaWiki. Tilläggsprogrammen ger wiki-administratörerna och "
25642
"slutanvändarna möjligheten att skräddarsy MediaWiki efter sina önskemål."
25643
25644
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:374(para)
25645
msgid ""
25646
"You can download MediaWiki extensions as an archive file or checkout from "
25647
"the Subversion repository. You should copy it to "
25648
"<filename>/var/lib/mediawiki/extensions</filename> directory. You should "
25649
"also add the following line at the end of file: "
25650
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki/LocalSettings.php</filename>."
25651
msgstr ""
25652
"Du kan hämta ner tilläggsprogrammen för MediaWiki som en arkivfil eller "
25653
"hämta ut dem från Subversion förrådet. Du skall kopiera det till katalogen "
25654
"<filename>/var/lib/mediawiki/extensions</filename>. Du skall också lägga "
25655
"tillföljande rad i slutet av filen: "
25656
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki/LocalSettings.php</filename>."
25657
25658
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:382(programlisting)
25659
#, no-wrap
25660
msgid ""
25661
"\n"
25662
"require_once \"$IP/extensions/ExtentionName/ExtentionName.php\";\n"
25663
msgstr ""
25664
"\n"
25665
"require_once \"$IP/extensions/ExtentionName/ExtentionName.php\";\n"
25666
25667
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:392(para)
25668
msgid ""
25669
"For more details, please refer to the <ulink "
25670
"url=\"http://www.mediawiki.org\">MediaWiki</ulink> web site."
25671
msgstr ""
25672
"För mer information, gå till <ulink "
25673
"url=\"http://www.mediawiki.org\">MediaWiki</ulink> webbplatsen."
25674
25675
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:398(para)
25676
msgid ""
25677
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/Mediawiki/book\">MediaWiki "
25678
"Administrators’ Tutorial Guide</ulink> contains a wealth of information for "
25679
"new MediaWiki administrators."
25680
msgstr ""
25681
"<ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/Mediawiki/book\">MediaWiki "
25682
"Administrators’ Tutorial Guide</ulink> innehåller en mängd information för "
25683
"nya MediaWiki administratörer."
25684
25685
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:404(para)
25686
msgid ""
25687
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MediaWiki\">Ubuntu "
25688
"Wiki MediaWiki</ulink> page is a good resource."
25689
msgstr ""
25690
25691
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:414(title)
25692
msgid "phpMyAdmin"
25693
msgstr "phpMyAdmin"
25694
25695
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:416(para)
25696
msgid ""
25697
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> is a LAMP application specifically "
25698
"written for administering <application>MySQL</application> servers. Written "
25699
"in <application>PHP</application>, and accessed through a web browser, "
25700
"phpMyAdmin provides a graphical interface for database administration tasks."
25701
msgstr ""
25702
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> är ett LAMP-program speciellt skriven "
25703
"för att administrera <application>MySQL</application>-servrar. Skriven i "
25704
"<application>PHP</application>, och nås från webbläsaren, phpMyAdmin "
25705
"tillhandahåller att grafiskt gränssnitt för databas administration."
25706
25707
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:425(para)
25708
msgid ""
25709
"Before installing <application>phpMyAdmin</application> you will need access "
25710
"to a <application>MySQL</application> database either on the same host as "
25711
"that phpMyAdmin is installed on, or on a host accessible over the network. "
25712
"For more information see <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>. From a terminal prompt "
25713
"enter:"
25714
msgstr ""
25715
"Innan du installerar <application>phpMyAdmin</application> behöver du ha "
25716
"åtkomst till en <application>MySQL</application>-databas antingen på samma "
25717
"värd som phpMyAdmin är installerad på eller på en värd som du kommer åt över "
25718
"nätverket. För mer information se <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>. Från en "
25719
"terminalprompt skriv:"
25720
25721
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:432(command)
25722
msgid "sudo apt-get install phpmyadmin"
25723
msgstr "sudo apt-get install phpmyadmin"
25724
25725
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:435(para)
25726
msgid ""
25727
"At the prompt choose which web server to be configured for "
25728
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>. The rest of this section will use "
25729
"<application>Apache2</application> for the web server."
25730
msgstr ""
25731
"Vid markören välj vilken webbserver som "
25732
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> skall konfigureras för. I "
25733
"fortsättningen kommer detta avsnitt använda "
25734
"<application>Apache2</application> som webbserver."
25735
25736
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:440(para)
25737
msgid ""
25738
"In a browser go to <emphasis>http://servername/phpmyadmin</emphasis>, "
25739
"replacing <emphasis role=\"italic\">serveranme</emphasis> with the server's "
25740
"actual hostname. At the login, page enter <emphasis>root</emphasis> for the "
25741
"<emphasis>username</emphasis>, or another <application>MySQL</application> "
25742
"user if you any setup, and enter the <application>MySQL</application> user's "
25743
"password."
25744
msgstr ""
25745
"I en webbläsare gå till <emphasis>http://servername/phpmyadmin</emphasis>, "
25746
"ersätt <emphasis role=\"italic\">serveranme</emphasis> med serverns verkliga "
25747
"värdnamn. Vid inloggningssidan skriv <emphasis>root</emphasis> som "
25748
"<emphasis>användarnamn</emphasis>, eller en annan "
25749
"<application>MySQL</application>-användare om du har satt upp någon och "
25750
"skriv <application>MySQL</application>-användarens lösenord."
25751
25752
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:447(para)
25753
msgid ""
25754
"Once logged in you can reset the <emphasis>root</emphasis> password if "
25755
"needed, create users, create/destroy databases and tables, etc."
25756
msgstr ""
25757
"När du loggat in kan du återställa <emphasis>root</emphasis>-lösenordet om "
25758
"det behövs, skapa användare, skapa/ta bort databaser och tabeller, etc."
25759
25760
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:455(para)
25761
msgid ""
25762
"The configuration files for <application>phpMyAdmin</application> are "
25763
"located in <filename>/etc/phpmyadmin</filename>. The main configuration file "
25764
"is <filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>. This file contains "
25765
"configuration options that apply globally to "
25766
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
25767
msgstr ""
25768
"Konfigurationsfilerna för <application>phpMyAdmin</application> finns i "
25769
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin</filename>. huvudkonfigurationsfilen är "
25770
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>. Denna fil innehåller "
25771
"konfigurationsalternativ som gäller globalt för "
25772
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
25773
25774
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:461(para)
25775
msgid ""
25776
"To use <application>phpMyAdmin</application> to administer a MySQL database "
25777
"hosted on another server, adjust the following in "
25778
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>:"
25779
msgstr ""
25780
"För att använda <application>phpMyAdmin</application> till att administrera "
25781
"en MySQL-databas lokaliserad på en annan server, justera följande i "
25782
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>:"
25783
25784
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:466(programlisting)
25785
#, no-wrap
25786
msgid ""
25787
"\n"
25788
"$cfg['Servers'][$i]['host'] = 'db_server';\n"
25789
msgstr ""
25790
"\n"
25791
"$cfg['Servers'][$i]['host'] = 'db_server';\n"
25792
25793
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:471(para)
25794
msgid ""
25795
"Replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">db_server</emphasis> with the actual "
25796
"remote database server name or IP address. Also, be sure that the "
25797
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> host has permissions to access the "
25798
"remote database."
25799
msgstr ""
25800
"Ersätt <emphasis role=\"italic\">db_server</emphasis> med den verkliga "
25801
"fjärrdatabasens servernamn eller IP-adress. Dessutom, säkerställ att värden "
25802
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> har rättigheter att få tillträde till "
25803
"fjärrdatabasen."
25804
25805
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:477(para)
25806
msgid ""
25807
"Once configured, log out of <application>phpMyAdmin</application> and back "
25808
"in, and you should be accessing the new server."
25809
msgstr ""
25810
"När konfigurationen är klar, logga ut från "
25811
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> och tillbaka in igen, och du skall "
25812
"kunna få tillträde till den nya servern."
25813
25814
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:481(para)
25815
msgid ""
25816
"The <filename>config.header.inc.php</filename> and "
25817
"<filename>config.footer.inc.php</filename> files are used to add a HTML "
25818
"header and footer to <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
25819
msgstr ""
25820
"Filerna <filename>config.header.inc.php</filename> och "
25821
"<filename>config.footer.inc.php</filename> används för att addera en html-"
25822
"sidhuvud och -sidfot till <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
25823
25824
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:486(para)
25825
msgid ""
25826
"Another important configuration file is "
25827
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/apache.conf</filename>, this file is symlinked to "
25828
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/phpmyadmin.conf</filename>, and is used to "
25829
"configure <application>Apache2</application> to serve the "
25830
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> site. The file contains directives for "
25831
"loading <application>PHP</application>, directory permissions, etc. For more "
25832
"information on configuring <application>Apache2</application> see <xref "
25833
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
25834
msgstr ""
25835
"En anna viktig konfigurationsfil är "
25836
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/apache.conf</filename>, den här filen är "
25837
"symboliskt länkad till "
25838
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/phpmyadmin.conf</filename>, och används till "
25839
"att konfigurera <application>Apache2</application> till att försörja "
25840
"webbplatsen <application>phpMyAdmin</application>. Filen innehåller direktiv "
25841
"för att ladda <application>PHP</application>, katalogrättigheter, etc. För "
25842
"mer <application>Apache2</application> konfigurationsinformation, se <xref "
25843
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
25844
25845
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:500(para)
25846
msgid ""
25847
"The <application>phpMyAdmin</application> documentation comes installed with "
25848
"the package and can be accessed from the <emphasis>phpMyAdmin "
25849
"Documentation</emphasis> link (a question mark with a box around it) under "
25850
"the phpMyAdmin logo. The official docs can also be access on the <ulink "
25851
"url=\"http://www.phpmyadmin.net/home_page/docs.php\">phpMyAdmin</ulink> site."
25852
msgstr ""
25853
"Dokumentationen för <application>phpMyAdmin</application> installeras "
25854
"tillsammans med paketet and kan nås från länken <emphasis>phpMyAdmin "
25855
"Documentation</emphasis> (ett frågetecken med en box runt sig) under "
25856
"phpMyAdmin logotypen. Den officiella dokumentationen kan också nås på "
25857
"webbplatsen för <ulink "
25858
"url=\"http://www.phpmyadmin.net/home_page/docs.php\">phpMyAdmin</ulink>."
25859
25860
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:507(para)
25861
msgid ""
25862
"Also, <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/phpmyadmin-3rd-"
25863
"edition/book\">Mastering phpMyAdmin</ulink> is a great resource."
25864
msgstr ""
25865
"Dessutom, <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/phpmyadmin-3rd-"
25866
"edition/book\">Mastering phpMyAdmin</ulink> är en bra resurs."
25867
25868
#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:512(para)
25869
msgid ""
25870
"A third resource is the <ulink "
25871
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/phpMyAdmin\">phpMyAdmin Ubuntu "
25872
"Wiki</ulink> page."
25873
msgstr ""
25874
25875
#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:14(para)
25876
msgid "Welcome to the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server Guide</emphasis>!"
25877
msgstr "Välkommen till <emphasis>Ubuntu serverguide</emphasis>!"
25878
25879
#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:15(para)
25880
msgid ""
25881
"Here you can find information on how to install and configure various server "
25882
"applications. It is a step-by-step, task-oriented guide for configuring and "
25883
"customizing your system."
25884
msgstr ""
25885
"Här kan du hitta information om installation och konfigurering av olika "
25886
"serverprogram. Det är en steg-för-steg-guide för att konfigurera och "
25887
"skräddarsy ditt system."
25888
25889
#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:19(para)
25890
msgid ""
25891
"This guide assumes you have a basic understanding of your Ubuntu system. "
25892
"Some installation details are covered in <xref linkend=\"installation\"/>, "
25893
"but if you need detailed instructions installing Ubuntu please refer to the "
25894
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
25895
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
25896
msgstr ""
25897
25898
#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:25(para)
25899
msgid ""
25900
"A HTML version of the manual is available online at <ulink "
25901
"url=\"http://help.ubuntu.com\">the Ubuntu Documentation website</ulink>. The "
25902
"HTML files are also available in the <application>ubuntu-"
25903
"serverguide</application> package. See <xref linkend=\"package-"
25904
"management\"/> for details on installing packages."
25905
msgstr ""
25906
"En HTML-version av manualen finns online på <ulink "
25907
"url=\"http://help.ubuntu.com\">Webbplatsen för Ubuntu-dokumentation</ulink>. "
25908
"HTML-filerna är också tillgängliga i paketet <application>ubuntu-"
25909
"serverguide</application>. Se <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> för "
25910
"detaljer om paketinstallation."
25911
25912
#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:32(para)
25913
msgid ""
25914
"If you choose to install the <application>ubuntu-serverguide</application> "
25915
"you can view this document from a console by:"
25916
msgstr ""
25917
"Om du valt att installera <application>ubuntu-serverguide</application> kan "
25918
"du visa det här dokumentet från en konsol genom:"
25919
25920
#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:36(command)
25921
msgid "w3m /usr/share/ubuntu-serverguide/html/C/index.html"
25922
msgstr "w3m /usr/share/ubuntu-serverguide/html/C/index.html"
25923
25924
#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:39(para)
25925
msgid ""
25926
"If you are using a localized version of Ubuntu, replace "
25927
"<emphasis>C</emphasis> with your language localization (e.g. "
25928
"<emphasis>en_GB</emphasis>)."
25929
msgstr ""
25930
25931
#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:53(title)
25932
msgid "Support"
25933
msgstr "Support"
25934
25935
#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:55(para)
25936
msgid ""
25937
"There are a couple of different ways that Ubuntu Server Edition is "
25938
"supported, commercial support and community support. The main commercial "
25939
"support (and development funding) is available from Canonical Ltd. They "
25940
"supply reasonably priced support contracts on a per desktop or per server "
25941
"basis. For more information see the <ulink "
25942
"url=\"http://www.canonical.com/services/support\">Canonical Services</ulink> "
25943
"page."
25944
msgstr ""
25945
25946
#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:62(para)
25947
msgid ""
25948
"Community support is also provided by dedicated individuals, and companies, "
25949
"that wish to make Ubuntu the best distribution possible. Support is provided "
25950
"through multiple mailing lists, IRC channels, forums, blogs, wikis, etc. The "
25951
"large amount of information available can be overwhelming, but a good search "
25952
"engine query can usually provide an answer to your questions. See the <ulink "
25953
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support\">Ubuntu Support</ulink> page for more "
25954
"information."
25955
msgstr ""
25956
"Support från gemenskapen tillhandahålls också av engagerade användare och "
25957
"företag, som vill göra Ubuntu till den bästa distributionen. Support "
25958
"tillhandahålls också genom flera e-postlistor, IRC-kanaler, forum, bloggar, "
25959
"wikis, mm. Den stora mängd information som finns kan vara överväldigande, "
25960
"men en bra ställd fråga i en sökmotor kan oftast ge svar på dina frågor. Se "
25961
"sidan <ulink url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support\">Ubuntu Support</ulink> "
25962
"för mer information."
25963
25964
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:14(para)
25965
msgid ""
25966
"This chapter provides a quick overview of installing Ubuntu 10.10 Server "
25967
"Edition. For more detailed instructions, please refer to the <ulink "
25968
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
25969
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
25970
msgstr ""
25971
25972
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:19(title)
25973
msgid "Preparing to Install"
25974
msgstr "Förbered installationen"
25975
25976
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:20(para)
25977
msgid ""
25978
"This section explains various aspects to consider before starting the "
25979
"installation."
25980
msgstr ""
25981
"Detta avsnitt förklarar olika aspekter att ta hänsyn till innan du påbörjar "
25982
"installationen."
25983
25984
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:24(title)
25985
msgid "System Requirements"
25986
msgstr "Systemkrav"
25987
25988
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:25(para)
25989
msgid ""
25990
"Ubuntu 10.10 Server Edition supports two (2) major architectures: Intel x86 "
25991
"and AMD64. The table below lists recommended hardware specifications. "
25992
"Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than this. However, most "
25993
"users risk being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions."
25994
msgstr ""
25995
25996
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:27(title)
25997
msgid "Recommended Minimum Requirements"
25998
msgstr "Rekommenderade minimikrav"
25999
26000
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:35(para)
26001
msgid "Install Type"
26002
msgstr "Installationstyp"
26003
26004
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:36(para)
26005
msgid "RAM"
26006
msgstr "RAM"
26007
26008
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:37(para)
26009
msgid "Hard Drive Space"
26010
msgstr "Hårddiskutrymme"
26011
26012
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:40(para)
26013
msgid "Base System"
26014
msgstr "Bassystem"
26015
26016
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:41(para)
26017
msgid "All Tasks Installed"
26018
msgstr "Alla uppgifter installerade"
26019
26020
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:46(para)
26021
msgid "Server"
26022
msgstr "Server"
26023
26024
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:47(para)
26025
msgid "128 megabytes"
26026
msgstr "128 megabytes"
26027
26028
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:48(para)
26029
msgid "500 megabytes"
26030
msgstr "500 megabyte"
26031
26032
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:49(para)
26033
msgid "1 gigabyte"
26034
msgstr "1 gigabyte"
26035
26036
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:54(para)
26037
msgid ""
26038
"The Server Edition provides a common base for all sorts of server "
26039
"applications. It is a minimalist design providing a platform for the desired "
26040
"services, such as file/print services, web hosting, email hosting, etc."
26041
msgstr ""
26042
"Server Edition tillhandahåller en allmän bas av alla typer av serverprogram. "
26043
"Det är en minimalistisk modell som tillhandahåller en plattform för önskade "
26044
"tjänster, såsom fil/skriv tjänster, webbvärd, e-postvärd, o.s.v."
26045
26046
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:60(para)
26047
msgid ""
26048
"The requirements for UEC are slightly different for Front End requirements "
26049
"see <xref linkend=\"uec-frontend-requirements\"/> and for UEC Node "
26050
"requirements see <xref linkend=\"uec-node-requirements\"/>."
26051
msgstr ""
26052
26053
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:68(title)
26054
msgid "Server and Desktop Differences"
26055
msgstr "Server och desktop skillnader"
26056
26057
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:69(para)
26058
msgid ""
26059
"There are a few differences between the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server "
26060
"Edition</emphasis> and the <emphasis>Ubuntu Desktop Edition</emphasis>. It "
26061
"should be noted that both editions use the same "
26062
"<application>apt</application> repositories. Making it just as easy to "
26063
"install a <emphasis role=\"italic\">server</emphasis> application on the "
26064
"Desktop Edition as it is on the Server Edition."
26065
msgstr ""
26066
"Det är ett par skillnader mellan <emphasis>Ubuntu Server Edition</emphasis> "
26067
"och <emphasis>Ubuntu Desktop Edition</emphasis>. Noteras skall att båda "
26068
"versionerna använder samma <application>apt</application>-förråd. Det är "
26069
"lika enkelt att installera ett <emphasis role=\"italic\">server</emphasis>-"
26070
"program på Desktop Edition som på Server Edition."
26071
26072
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:75(para)
26073
msgid ""
26074
"The differences between the two editions are the lack of an X window "
26075
"environment in the Server Edition, the installation process, and different "
26076
"Kernel options."
26077
msgstr ""
26078
"Skillnaden mellan de två versionerna är att det saknas en fönsterhanterare i "
26079
"Server Edition, installationsprocessen och olika val i kärnan."
26080
26081
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:82(title)
26082
msgid "Kernel Differences:"
26083
msgstr "Skillnader i kärnan:"
26084
26085
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:85(para)
26086
msgid ""
26087
"The Server Edition uses the <emphasis>Deadline</emphasis> I/O scheduler "
26088
"instead of the <emphasis>CFQ</emphasis> scheduler used by the Desktop "
26089
"Edition."
26090
msgstr ""
26091
"Server Edition använder <emphasis>Deadline</emphasis> I/O schemaläggare "
26092
"istället för <emphasis>CFQ</emphasis> schemaläggaren som används av Desktop "
26093
"Edition."
26094
26095
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:91(para)
26096
msgid "<emphasis>Preemption</emphasis> is turned off in the Server Edition."
26097
msgstr "<emphasis>Preemption</emphasis> är avstängd i Server Edition."
26098
26099
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:96(para)
26100
msgid ""
26101
"The timer interrupt is 100 Hz in the Server Edition and 250 Hz in the "
26102
"Desktop Edition."
26103
msgstr "Tidstegen är 100 Hz i Server Edition och 250 Hz i Desktop Edition."
26104
26105
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:102(para)
26106
msgid ""
26107
"When running a 64-bit version of Ubuntu on 64-bit processors you are not "
26108
"limited by memory addressing space."
26109
msgstr ""
26110
"Vid användning av Ubuntu 64-bitars version på 64-bit processorer är du inte "
26111
"begränsad av minnets adresseringsutrymme."
26112
26113
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:107(para)
26114
msgid ""
26115
"To see all kernel configuration options you can look through "
26116
"<filename>/boot/config-&linux-kernel-version;-server</filename>. Also, "
26117
"<ulink url=\"http://www.kroah.com/lkn/\">Linux Kernel in a Nutshell</ulink> "
26118
"is a great resource on the options available."
26119
msgstr ""
26120
26121
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:116(title)
26122
msgid "Backing Up"
26123
msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera"
26124
26125
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:119(para)
26126
msgid ""
26127
"Before installing <application>Ubuntu Server Edition</application> you "
26128
"should make sure all data on the system is backed up. See <xref "
26129
"linkend=\"backups\"/> for backup options."
26130
msgstr ""
26131
"Innan du installerar <application>Ubuntu Server Edition</application> skall "
26132
"du säkerställa att all data på systemet är säkerhetskopierat. För "
26133
"säkerhetskopieringsalternativ, se <xref linkend=\"backups\"/>."
26134
26135
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:123(para)
26136
msgid ""
26137
"If this is not the first time an operating system has been installed on your "
26138
"computer, it is likely you will need to re-partition your disk to make room "
26139
"for Ubuntu."
26140
msgstr ""
26141
"Om det inte är första gången ett operativsystem har installerats på din "
26142
"dator, vill du antagligen ompartitionera din hårddisk för att skapa utrymme "
26143
"för Ubuntu."
26144
26145
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:127(para)
26146
msgid ""
26147
"Any time you partition your disk, you should be prepared to lose everything "
26148
"on the disk should you make a mistake or something goes wrong during "
26149
"partitioning. The programs used in installation are quite reliable, most "
26150
"have seen years of use, but they also perform destructive actions."
26151
msgstr ""
26152
"Oavsett när du partitionerar din disk, måste du vara beredd på att förlora "
26153
"allt på disken om du gör ett misstag eller om något går fel under "
26154
"partitioneringen. Programmen som används under installationen är ganska "
26155
"tillförlitliga, de flesta har använts i flera år, men de utför också "
26156
"förstörande handlingar."
26157
26158
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:139(title)
26159
msgid "Installing from CD"
26160
msgstr "Installera från CD"
26161
26162
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:140(para)
26163
msgid ""
26164
"The basic steps to install Ubuntu Server Edition from CD are the same for "
26165
"installing any operating system from CD. Unlike the <emphasis>Desktop "
26166
"Edition</emphasis> the <emphasis>Server Edition</emphasis> does not include "
26167
"a graphical installation program. Instead the Server Edition uses a console "
26168
"menu based process."
26169
msgstr ""
26170
"Grundstegen för att installera Ubuntu Server Edition från CD är samma som "
26171
"att installera andra operativsystem från CD. Till skillnad från "
26172
"<emphasis>Desktop Edition</emphasis> innehåller inte <emphasis>Server "
26173
"Edition</emphasis> något grafiskt installationsprogram. Istället använder "
26174
"Server Edition en konsolbaserad process."
26175
26176
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:147(para)
26177
msgid ""
26178
"First, download and burn the appropriate ISO file from the <ulink "
26179
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/getubuntu/download\"> Ubuntu web site</ulink>."
26180
msgstr ""
26181
"Börja med att hämta och bränn en lämplig ISO-fil från <ulink "
26182
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/getubuntu/download\">webbplasten för "
26183
"Ubuntu</ulink>."
26184
26185
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:153(para)
26186
msgid "Boot the system from the CD-ROM drive."
26187
msgstr "Starta systemet från CDROM-enheten."
26188
26189
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:158(para)
26190
msgid ""
26191
"At the boot prompt you will be asked to select the language. Afterwards the "
26192
"installation process begins by asking for your keyboard layout."
26193
msgstr ""
26194
"Vid uppstartsprompten blir du tillfrågad om att välja språk. Därefter "
26195
"fortsätter installationsprocessen genom att fråga efter din "
26196
"tangentbordslayout."
26197
26198
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:164(para)
26199
msgid ""
26200
"From the main boot menu there are some additional options to install Ubuntu "
26201
"Server Edition. You can install a basic Ubuntu Server, or install Ubuntu "
26202
"Server as part of a <emphasis>Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud</emphasis>. For more "
26203
"information on UEC see <xref linkend=\"uec\"/>. The rest of this section "
26204
"will cover the basic Ubuntu Server install."
26205
msgstr ""
26206
26207
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:172(para)
26208
msgid ""
26209
"The installer then discovers your hardware configuration, and configures the "
26210
"network settings using DHCP. If you do not wish to use DHCP at the next "
26211
"screen choose \"Go Back\", and you have the option to \"Configure the "
26212
"network manually\"."
26213
msgstr ""
26214
"Installeraren undersöker därefter din maskinvarukonfiguration och "
26215
"konfigurerar nätverksinställningarna med hjälp av DHCP. Om du inte vill "
26216
"använda DHCP väljer du vid nästa fönster att \"Gå tillbaka\" och du får nu "
26217
"möjlighet att \"Konfigurera nätverket manuellt\"."
26218
26219
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:179(para)
26220
msgid "Next, the installer asks for the system's hostname and Time Zone."
26221
msgstr ""
26222
"Härnäst frågar installationsprogrammet efter systemets värdnamn och tidszon."
26223
26224
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:184(para)
26225
msgid ""
26226
"You can then choose from several options to configure the hard drive layout. "
26227
"For advanced disk options see <xref linkend=\"advanced-installation\"/>."
26228
msgstr ""
26229
"Du kan välja mellan flera alternativ för att konfigurera din hårddisklayout. "
26230
"För avancerade diskalternativ, se <xref linkend=\"advanced-installation\"/>."
26231
26232
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:190(para)
26233
msgid "The Ubuntu base system is then installed."
26234
msgstr "Ubuntu:s grundsystem är nu installerat."
26235
26236
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:195(para)
26237
msgid ""
26238
"A new user is setup, this user will have <emphasis>root</emphasis> access "
26239
"through the <application>sudo</application> utility."
26240
msgstr ""
26241
"En ny användare är konfigurerad, den här användaren kommer att ha "
26242
"<emphasis>root</emphasis>-behörighet genom verktyget "
26243
"<application>sudo</application>."
26244
26245
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:201(para)
26246
msgid ""
26247
"After the user is setup, you will be asked to encrypt your <filename "
26248
"role=\"directory\">home</filename> directory."
26249
msgstr ""
26250
"Efter att användaren är konfigurerad, kommer du bli ombedd att kryptera din "
26251
"<filename role=\"directory\">hemmakatalog/filename>."
26252
26253
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:207(para)
26254
msgid ""
26255
"The next step in the installation process is to decide how you want to "
26256
"update the system. There are three options:"
26257
msgstr ""
26258
"Nästa steg i installationsprocessen är att bestämma hur du vill uppdatera "
26259
"systemet. Det finns tre alternativ"
26260
26261
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:213(para)
26262
msgid ""
26263
"<emphasis>No automatic updates</emphasis>: this requires an administrator to "
26264
"log into the machine and manually install updates."
26265
msgstr ""
26266
"<emphasis>No automatic updates</emphasis>: detta kräver att administratören "
26267
"loggar in på maskinen och installerar uppdateringar."
26268
26269
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:219(para)
26270
msgid ""
26271
"<emphasis>Install security updates Automatically</emphasis>: will install "
26272
"the <application>unattended-upgrades</application> package, which will "
26273
"install security updates without the intervention of an administrator. For "
26274
"more details see <xref linkend=\"automatic-updates\"/>."
26275
msgstr ""
26276
"<emphasis>Install security updates Automatically</emphasis>: kommer "
26277
"installera paketet <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, som "
26278
"kommer att installera säkerhetsuppdateringar utan något ingripande av någon "
26279
"administratör. För mer information se <xref linkend=\"automatic-updates\"/>."
26280
26281
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:226(para)
26282
msgid ""
26283
"<emphasis>Manage the system with Landscape</emphasis>: Landscape is a paid "
26284
"service provided by Canonical to help manage your Ubuntu machines. See the "
26285
"<ulink url=\"http://www.canonical.com/projects/landscape\">Landscape</ulink> "
26286
"site for details."
26287
msgstr ""
26288
"<emphasis>Hantera systemet med Landscape</emphasis>: Landscape är en betald "
26289
"tjänst som tillhandahålls av Canonical för att hjälpa till med hanteringen "
26290
"av dina Ubuntu-maskiner. Se webbplatsen för <ulink "
26291
"url=\"http://www.canonical.com/projects/landscape\">Landscape</ulink> för "
26292
"detaljer."
26293
26294
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:235(para)
26295
msgid ""
26296
"You now have the option to install, or not install, several package tasks. "
26297
"See <xref linkend=\"install-tasks\"/> for details. Also, there is an option "
26298
"to launch <application>aptitude</application> to choose specific packages to "
26299
"install. For more information see <xref linkend=\"aptitude\"/>."
26300
msgstr ""
26301
"Du har nu valmöjligheten att installera eller inte installera ytterligare "
26302
"paketfunktioner. För detaljer se <xref linkend=\"install-tasks\"/>. Dessutom "
26303
"finns det ett alternativ för att starta <application>aptitude</application> "
26304
"för att välja särskilda paket att installera. För mer information se <xref "
26305
"linkend=\"aptitude\"/>."
26306
26307
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:243(para)
26308
msgid "Finally, the last step before rebooting is to set the clock to UTC."
26309
msgstr "Det sista steget innan omstart är att ställa in klockan till UTC."
26310
26311
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:249(para)
26312
msgid ""
26313
"If at any point during installation you are not satisfied by the default "
26314
"setting, use the \"Go Back\" function at any prompt to be brought to a "
26315
"detailed installation menu that will allow you to modify the default "
26316
"settings."
26317
msgstr ""
26318
"Om du vid något tillfälle under installationen inte är nöjd med "
26319
"standardinställningen, använd funktionen \"Gå tillbaka\" vid någon prompt "
26320
"för att komma till en detaljerad installationsmeny, som tillåter dig att "
26321
"modifiera inställningarna."
26322
26323
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:254(para)
26324
msgid ""
26325
"At some point during the installation process you may want to read the help "
26326
"screen provided by the installation system. To do this, press F1."
26327
msgstr ""
26328
"Om du vid något tillfälle under installationen vill läsa hjälptexten som "
26329
"tillhandahålls av installtionssystemet. För att göra detta, tryck på F1."
26330
26331
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:259(para)
26332
msgid ""
26333
"Once again, for detailed instructions see the <ulink "
26334
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04/installation-guide/\"> Ubuntu "
26335
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
26336
msgstr ""
26337
26338
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:265(title)
26339
msgid "Package Tasks"
26340
msgstr "Paketuppgifter"
26341
26342
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:266(para)
26343
msgid ""
26344
"During the Server Edition installation you have the option of installing "
26345
"additional packages from the CD. The packages are grouped by the type of "
26346
"service they provide."
26347
msgstr ""
26348
"Under installationen av Server Edition kan du välja att installera "
26349
"ytterligare paket från CDn. Paketen är grupperade efter tjänsten de "
26350
"tillhandahåller."
26351
26352
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:272(para)
26353
msgid "Cloud computing: Walrus storage service"
26354
msgstr ""
26355
26356
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:277(para)
26357
msgid "Cloud computing: all-in-one cluster"
26358
msgstr ""
26359
26360
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:282(para)
26361
msgid "Cloud computing: Cluster controller"
26362
msgstr ""
26363
26364
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:287(para)
26365
msgid "Cloud computing: Node controller"
26366
msgstr ""
26367
26368
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:292(para)
26369
msgid "Cloud computing: Storage controller"
26370
msgstr ""
26371
26372
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:297(para)
26373
msgid "Cloud computing: top-level cloud controller"
26374
msgstr ""
26375
26376
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:302(para)
26377
msgid "DNS server: Selects the BIND DNS server and its documentation."
26378
msgstr "DNS-server: Väljer BIND DNS-server och dess dokumentation."
26379
26380
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:307(para)
26381
msgid "LAMP server: Selects a ready-made Linux/Apache/MySQL/PHP server."
26382
msgstr "LAMP-server: Välj en färdiggjord Linux/Apache/MySQL/PHP-server."
26383
26384
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:312(para)
26385
msgid ""
26386
"Mail server: This task selects a variety of package useful for a general "
26387
"purpose mail server system."
26388
msgstr ""
26389
"E-postserver: Det här alternativet har ett urval av paket som är användbara "
26390
"i ett generellt e-postserver system."
26391
26392
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:317(para)
26393
msgid "OpenSSH server: Selects packages needed for an OpenSSH server."
26394
msgstr ""
26395
"OpenSSH-server: Väljer paket som är nödvändigt för en OpenSSH-server."
26396
26397
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:322(para)
26398
msgid ""
26399
"PostgreSQL database: This task selects client and server packages for the "
26400
"PostgreSQL database."
26401
msgstr ""
26402
"Databasen PostgreSQL: Det här alternativet väljer klient och server-paket "
26403
"för databasen PostgreSQL."
26404
26405
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:327(para)
26406
msgid "Print server: This task sets up your system to be a print server."
26407
msgstr ""
26408
"Skrivarserver: Det här alternativet sätter upp ditt system till en "
26409
"skrivarserver."
26410
26411
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:332(para)
26412
msgid ""
26413
"Samba File server: This task sets up your system to be a Samba file server, "
26414
"which is especially suitable in networks with both Windows and Linux systems."
26415
msgstr ""
26416
"Samba-filserver: Det här alternativet sätter upp ditt system till en Samba "
26417
"filserver, vilket är speciellt användbart i nätverk med både Windows- och "
26418
"Linux-system."
26419
26420
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:338(para)
26421
msgid ""
26422
"Tomcat server: Installs the Apache Tomcat and needed dependencies Java, gcj, "
26423
"etc."
26424
msgstr ""
26425
"Tomcat server: Installerar Apache Tomcat och nödvändiga beroenden Java, gcj, "
26426
"etc."
26427
26428
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:343(para)
26429
msgid ""
26430
"Virtual machine host: Includes packages needed to run KVM virtual machines."
26431
msgstr ""
26432
"Virtual machine host: Inkluderar paket för att köra KVM:s virtuella maskiner."
26433
26434
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:348(para)
26435
msgid ""
26436
"Manually select packages: Executes <application>apptitude</application> "
26437
"allowing you to individually select packages."
26438
msgstr ""
26439
26440
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:353(para)
26441
msgid ""
26442
"Installing the package groups is accomplished using the "
26443
"<application>tasksel</application> utility. One of the important difference "
26444
"between Ubuntu (or Debian) and other GNU/Linux distribution is that, when "
26445
"installed, a package is also configured to reasonable defaults, eventually "
26446
"prompting you for additional required information. Likewise, when installing "
26447
"a task, the packages are not only installed, but also configured to provided "
26448
"a fully integrated service."
26449
msgstr ""
26450
"Installationen av paketgrupperna utförs med hjälp av verktyget "
26451
"<application>tasksel</application>. En av de viktiga skillnaderna mellan "
26452
"Ubuntu (eller Debian) och andra GNU/Linux-distributioner är att, när ett "
26453
"paket är installerat är det också konfigurerat med rimliga förval, "
26454
"eventuellt uppmanas du till att ange ytterligare information. Likväl vid "
26455
"installationen av en tjänst, installeras inte enbart paketet utan det "
26456
"konfigureras också till att tillhandahålla en fullt integrerad tjänst."
26457
26458
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:360(para)
26459
msgid ""
26460
"For more information on the <emphasis>Cloud Computing</emphasis> tasks see "
26461
"<xref linkend=\"uec\"/>."
26462
msgstr ""
26463
26464
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:363(para)
26465
msgid ""
26466
"Once the installation process has finished you can view a list of available "
26467
"tasks by entering the following from a terminal prompt:"
26468
msgstr ""
26469
"När installationsprocessen är klar kan du se en lista på tillgängliga "
26470
"tjänster genom att ange följande från en terminalprompt:"
26471
26472
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:368(command)
26473
msgid "tasksel --list-tasks"
26474
msgstr "tasksel --list-tasks"
26475
26476
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:371(para)
26477
msgid ""
26478
"The output will list tasks from other Ubuntu based distributions such as "
26479
"Kubuntu and Edubuntu. Note that you can also invoke the "
26480
"<command>tasksel</command> command by itself, which will bring up a menu of "
26481
"the different tasks available."
26482
msgstr ""
26483
"Resultatet kommer lista paketfunktioner från andra Ubuntu-baserade "
26484
"distributioner såsom Kubuntu och Xubuntu. Notera också att du själv kan "
26485
"anropa kommandot <command>tasksel</command>, vilket kommer visa en meny med "
26486
"de olika tjänster som är tillgängliga."
26487
26488
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:377(para)
26489
msgid ""
26490
"You can view a list of which packages are installed with each task using the "
26491
"<emphasis>--task-packages</emphasis> option. For example, to list the "
26492
"packages installed with the <emphasis>DNS Server</emphasis> task enter the "
26493
"following:"
26494
msgstr ""
26495
"Du kan visa en lista med vilka paket som installeras med varje tjänst genom "
26496
"att använda alternativet <emphasis>--task-packages</emphasis>. Till exempel, "
26497
"för att lista vilka paket som installerats med tjänsten <emphasis>DNS "
26498
"Server</emphasis> skriv följande:"
26499
26500
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:382(command)
26501
msgid "tasksel --task-packages dns-server"
26502
msgstr "tasksel --task-packages dns-server"
26503
26504
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:384(para)
26505
msgid "The output of the command should list:"
26506
msgstr "Utdatan från kommandot borde lista:"
26507
26508
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:387(programlisting)
26509
#, no-wrap
26510
msgid ""
26511
"\n"
26512
"bind9-doc \n"
26513
"bind9utils \n"
26514
"bind9\n"
26515
msgstr ""
26516
"\n"
26517
"bind9-doc \n"
26518
"bind9utils \n"
26519
"bind9\n"
26520
26521
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:392(para)
26522
msgid ""
26523
"Also, if you did not install one of the tasks during the installation "
26524
"process, but for example you decide to make your new LAMP server a DNS "
26525
"server as well. Simply insert the installation CD and from a terminal:"
26526
msgstr ""
26527
"Likaså, om du inte installerade en av tjänsterna under "
26528
"installationsprocessen, men om du till exempel bestämmer dig för att göra "
26529
"din nya LAMP-server också till en DNS-server. Sätt i installationsskivan och "
26530
"från en terminal:"
26531
26532
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:397(command)
26533
msgid "sudo tasksel install dns-server"
26534
msgstr "sudo tasksel install dns-server"
26535
26536
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:402(title)
26537
msgid "Upgrading"
26538
msgstr "Uppgradera"
26539
26540
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:403(para)
26541
msgid ""
26542
"There are several ways to upgrade from one Ubuntu release to another. This "
26543
"section gives an overview of the recommended upgrade method."
26544
msgstr ""
26545
"Det finns flera olika sätt att uppgradera en Ubuntu-version till en annan. "
26546
"Detta avsnitt tillhandahåller en översikt av rekommenderade "
26547
"uppgraderingsmetoder."
26548
26549
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:407(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:422(command)
26550
msgid "do-release-upgrade"
26551
msgstr "do-release-upgrade"
26552
26553
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:408(para)
26554
msgid ""
26555
"The recommended way to upgrade a Server Edition installation is to use the "
26556
"<application>do-release-upgrade</application> utility. Part of the "
26557
"<emphasis>update-manager-core</emphasis> package, it does not have any "
26558
"graphical dependencies and is installed by default."
26559
msgstr ""
26560
"Det rekommenderade sättet att uppgradera en installation av Server Edition "
26561
"är att använda verktyget <application>do-release-upgrade</application>, som "
26562
"är en del av paketet <emphasis>update-manager-core</emphasis>. Det har inga "
26563
"grafiska beroenden och är installerat som standard."
26564
26565
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:413(para)
26566
msgid ""
26567
"Debian based systems can also be upgraded by using <command>apt-get dist-"
26568
"upgrade</command>. However, using <application>do-release-"
26569
"upgrade</application> is recommended because it has the ability to handle "
26570
"system configuration changes sometimes needed between releases."
26571
msgstr ""
26572
"Debian-baserade system kan också uppgraderas genom att använda <command>apt-"
26573
"get dist-upgrade</command>. Däremot så rekomenderas det att använda "
26574
"<application>do-release-upgrade</application> eftersom det har förmågan att "
26575
"hantera ändringar i systemkonfigurationer som ibland är nödvändiga mellan "
26576
"versioner."
26577
26578
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:418(para)
26579
msgid "To upgrade to a newer release, from a terminal prompt enter:"
26580
msgstr ""
26581
"För att uppgradera till en nyare version, skriv från en terminalprompt:"
26582
26583
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:424(para)
26584
msgid ""
26585
"It is also possible to use <application>do-release-upgrade</application> to "
26586
"upgrade to a development version of Ubuntu. To accomplish this use the "
26587
"<emphasis>-d</emphasis> switch:"
26588
msgstr ""
26589
"Det är också möjligt att använda <application>do-release-"
26590
"upgrade</application> för att uppgradera till en utvecklingsversion av "
26591
"Ubuntu. För att åstadkomma detta använd flaggan <emphasis>-d</emphasis>:"
26592
26593
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:429(command)
26594
msgid "do-release-upgrade -d"
26595
msgstr "do-release-upgrade -d"
26596
26597
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:432(para)
26598
msgid ""
26599
"Upgrading to a development release is <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended "
26600
"for production environments."
26601
msgstr ""
26602
"Uppgradera till en utvecklingsversion är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> att "
26603
"rekommendera för produktionsmiljöer."
26604
26605
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:439(title)
26606
msgid "Advanced Installation"
26607
msgstr "Avancerad installation"
26608
26609
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:442(title)
26610
msgid "Software RAID"
26611
msgstr "Programvaru-RAID"
26612
26613
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:444(para)
26614
msgid ""
26615
"RAID is a method of configuring multiple hard drives to act as one, reducing "
26616
"the probability of catastrophic data loss in case of drive failure. RAID is "
26617
"implemented in either software (where the operating system knows about both "
26618
"drives and actively maintains both of them) or hardware (where a special "
26619
"controller makes the OS think there's only one drive and maintains the "
26620
"drives 'invisibly')."
26621
msgstr ""
26622
"RAID är en metod för att konfigurera flera hårddiskar till att fungera som "
26623
"en, vilket minskar sannolikheten för katastrofala förluster av data i "
26624
"händelse av diskfel. RAID implementeras antingen med programvara (där "
26625
"operativsystemet känner till båda enheterna och aktivt underhåller dem) "
26626
"eller hårdvara (där en särskild controller gör att operativsystemet tror att "
26627
"det bara finns en enhet och underhåller enheterna \"osynligt\")."
26628
26629
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:451(para)
26630
msgid ""
26631
"The RAID software included with current versions of Linux (and Ubuntu) is "
26632
"based on the <application>'mdadm'</application> driver and works very well, "
26633
"better even than many so-called 'hardware' RAID controllers. This section "
26634
"will guide you through installing Ubuntu Server Edition using two RAID1 "
26635
"partitions on two physical hard drives, one for <emphasis>/</emphasis> and "
26636
"another for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>."
26637
msgstr ""
26638
"RAID-mjukvaran som är inkluderad i nuvarande Linux versioner (och Ubuntu) är "
26639
"baserad på drivrutinen <application>'mdadm'</application> som fungerar "
26640
"väldigt bra, bättre än flera så kallade 'hårdvaru' RAID-controllers. Detta "
26641
"avsnitt kommer guida dig genom installationen av Ubuntu Server Edition gnom "
26642
"att använda två RAID1-partitioner på två fysiska hårddiskar, en för "
26643
"<emphasis>/</emphasis> och en annan för <emphasis>swap</emphasis>."
26644
26645
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:461(para) serverguide/C/installation.xml:975(para)
26646
msgid ""
26647
"Follow the installation steps until you get to the <emphasis>Partition "
26648
"disks</emphasis> step, then:"
26649
msgstr ""
26650
"Följ installationsstegen fram till du kommer till steget "
26651
"<emphasis>Partitionera hårddiskar</emphasis>, därefter:"
26652
26653
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:468(para)
26654
msgid "Select <emphasis>Manual</emphasis> as the partition method."
26655
msgstr "Välj <emphasis>Manuell</emphasis> partitioneringsmetod."
26656
26657
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:475(para)
26658
msgid ""
26659
"Select the first hard drive, and agree to <emphasis>\"Create a new empty "
26660
"partition table on this device?\"</emphasis>."
26661
msgstr ""
26662
"Välj den första hårddisken och sammtyck med att <emphasis>\"Skapa en ny och "
26663
"tom partitionstabell på den här enheten?\"</emphasis>."
26664
26665
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:479(para)
26666
msgid ""
26667
"Repeat this step for each drive you wish to be part of the RAID array."
26668
msgstr ""
26669
"Upprepa det här steget för varje enhet som du vill ha med i RAID-kedjan."
26670
26671
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:486(para)
26672
msgid ""
26673
"Select the <emphasis>\"FREE SPACE\"</emphasis> on the first drive then "
26674
"select <emphasis>\"Create a new partition\"</emphasis>."
26675
msgstr ""
26676
"Välj <emphasis>\"LEDIGT UTRYMME\"</emphasis> på den första enheten och välj "
26677
"därefter <emphasis>\"Skapa en ny partition\"</emphasis>."
26678
26679
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:493(para)
26680
msgid ""
26681
"Next, select the <emphasis>Size</emphasis> of the partition. This partition "
26682
"will be the <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition, and a general rule for swap "
26683
"size is twice that of RAM. Enter the partition size, then choose "
26684
"<emphasis>Primary</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Beginning</emphasis>."
26685
msgstr ""
26686
"Nästa steg, välj partitionens <emphasis>storlek</emphasis>. Denna partition "
26687
"kommer bli <emphasis>swap</emphasis>-partitionen och en generell regel för "
26688
"swap-storleken är att dess storlek är dubbelt mot RAM. Ange partitionens "
26689
"storlek, Välj därefter <emphasis>Primär</emphasis>, därefter "
26690
"<emphasis>Början</emphasis>."
26691
26692
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:502(para)
26693
msgid ""
26694
"Select the <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis> line at the top. By default this "
26695
"is <emphasis role=\"italic\">\"Ext4 journaling file system\"</emphasis>, "
26696
"change that to <emphasis>\"physical volume for RAID\"</emphasis> then "
26697
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
26698
msgstr ""
26699
"Välj raden <emphasis>\"Använd som:\"</emphasis> längst upp. Normalt är detta "
26700
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">\"Journalförande filsystemet Ext4\"</emphasis>, "
26701
"ändra detta till <emphasis>\"fysisk RAID-volym\"</emphasis> därefter "
26702
"<emphasis>\"Klar med partitionen\"</emphasis>."
26703
26704
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:511(para)
26705
msgid ""
26706
"For the <emphasis>/</emphasis> partition once again select <emphasis>\"Free "
26707
"Space\"</emphasis> on the first drive then <emphasis>\"Create a new "
26708
"partition\"</emphasis>."
26709
msgstr ""
26710
"För <emphasis>/</emphasis>-partitionen, välj åter igen <emphasis>\"Ledigt "
26711
"utrymme\"</emphasis> på den första enheten, därefter <emphasis>\"Skapa en ny "
26712
"partition\"</emphasis>."
26713
26714
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:519(para)
26715
msgid ""
26716
"Use the rest of the free space on the drive and choose "
26717
"<emphasis>Continue</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Primary</emphasis>."
26718
msgstr ""
26719
"Använd resterande ledigt utrymme på enheten och välj "
26720
"<emphasis>Fortsätt</emphasis>, därefter <emphasis>Primär</emphasis>."
26721
26722
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:526(para)
26723
msgid ""
26724
"As with the swap partition, select the <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis> line "
26725
"at the top, changing it to <emphasis>\"physical volume for "
26726
"RAID\"</emphasis>. Also select the <emphasis>\"Bootable flag:\"</emphasis> "
26727
"line to change the value to <emphasis>\"on\"</emphasis>. Then choose "
26728
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
26729
msgstr ""
26730
"På samma sätt som för SWAP-partitionen, välj raden <emphasis>\"Använd "
26731
"som:\"</emphasis> längst upp, ändra det till <emphasis>\"fysisk RAID-"
26732
"volym\"</emphasis>. Välj också raden för <emphasis>\"Startbar-"
26733
"flaggan:\"</emphasis> för att ändra värdet till <emphasis>\"på\"</emphasis>. "
26734
"Välj därefter <emphasis>\"Klar med partitionen\"</emphasis>."
26735
26736
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:536(para)
26737
msgid "Repeat steps three through eight for the other disk and partitions."
26738
msgstr ""
26739
"Repetera stegen tre till åtta för de andra enheterna och partitionerna."
26740
26741
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:545(title)
26742
msgid "RAID Configuration"
26743
msgstr "RAID konfiguration"
26744
26745
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:547(para)
26746
msgid "With the partitions setup the arrays are ready to be configured:"
26747
msgstr "Med partitionerna uppsatta är kedjan färdig för att konfigureras:"
26748
26749
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:554(para)
26750
msgid ""
26751
"Back in the main \"Partition Disks\" page, select <emphasis>\"Configure "
26752
"Software RAID\"</emphasis> at the top."
26753
msgstr ""
26754
"Tillbaka på huvudsidan \"Partitionera hårddiskar\", välj "
26755
"<emphasis>\"Konfigurera program-RAID\"</emphasis>."
26756
26757
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:561(para)
26758
msgid "Select <emphasis>\"yes\"</emphasis> to write the changes to disk."
26759
msgstr ""
26760
"Välj <emphasis>\"Ja\"</emphasis> för att skriva ändringarna till enheterna."
26761
26762
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:568(para)
26763
msgid "Choose <emphasis>\"Create MD device\"</emphasis>."
26764
msgstr "Välj <emphasis>\"Skapa MD enhet\"</emphasis>."
26765
26766
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:575(para)
26767
msgid ""
26768
"For this example, select <emphasis>\"RAID1\"</emphasis>, but if you are "
26769
"using a different setup choose the appropriate type (RAID0 RAID1 RAID5)."
26770
msgstr ""
26771
"För detta exempel, välj <emphasis>\"RAID1\"</emphasis>, men om du använder "
26772
"en annan konfiguration välj den typ som passar (RAID0 RAID1 RAID5)."
26773
26774
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:581(para)
26775
msgid ""
26776
"In order to use <emphasis>RAID5</emphasis> you need at least "
26777
"<emphasis>three</emphasis> drives. Using RAID0 or RAID1 only "
26778
"<emphasis>two</emphasis> drives are required."
26779
msgstr ""
26780
"För att kunna använda <emphasis>RAID5</emphasis> behöver du minst "
26781
"<emphasis>tre</emphasis> enheter. Vid användning av RAID0 eller RAID1 krävs "
26782
"det endast <emphasis>två</emphasis> enheter."
26783
26784
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:590(para)
26785
msgid ""
26786
"Enter the number of active devices <emphasis>\"2\"</emphasis>, or the amount "
26787
"of hard drives you have, for the array. Then select "
26788
"<emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
26789
msgstr ""
26790
"Ange antalet aktiva enheter <emphasis>\"2\"</emphasis>, eller mängden "
26791
"hårddiskar som du har till kedjan. Välj därefter "
26792
"<emphasis>\"Fortsätt\"</emphasis>."
26793
26794
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:598(para)
26795
msgid ""
26796
"Next, enter the number of spare devices <emphasis>\"0\"</emphasis> by "
26797
"default, then choose <emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
26798
msgstr ""
26799
"Nästa steg, ange antalet reservenheter <emphasis>\"0\"</emphasis> är "
26800
"standard, därefter välj <emphasis>\"Fortsätt\"</emphasis>."
26801
26802
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:605(para)
26803
msgid ""
26804
"Choose which partitions to use. Generally they will be sda1, sdb1, sdc1, "
26805
"etc. The numbers will usually match and the different letters correspond to "
26806
"different hard drives."
26807
msgstr ""
26808
"Välj vilka partitioner du skall använda. Vanligtvis är det sda1, sdb1, sdc1, "
26809
"etc. Siffrorna kommer normalt matcha varandra och de olika bokstäverna "
26810
"motsvarar de olika hårddiskarna."
26811
26812
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:610(para)
26813
msgid ""
26814
"For the <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition choose <emphasis>sda1</emphasis> "
26815
"and <emphasis>sdb1</emphasis>. Select <emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis> to "
26816
"go to the next step."
26817
msgstr ""
26818
"För <emphasis>swap</emphasis>-partitionen välj <emphasis>sda1</emphasis> och "
26819
"<emphasis>sdb1</emphasis>. välj <emphasis>\"Fortsätt\"</emphasis> för att "
26820
"fortsätta till nästa steg."
26821
26822
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:618(para)
26823
msgid ""
26824
"Repeat steps <emphasis>three</emphasis> through <emphasis>seven</emphasis> "
26825
"for the <emphasis>/</emphasis> partition choosing <emphasis>sda2</emphasis> "
26826
"and <emphasis>sdb2</emphasis>."
26827
msgstr ""
26828
"Upprepa stegen <emphasis>tre</emphasis> till och med "
26829
"<emphasis>sju</emphasis> för partitionen <emphasis>/</emphasis> välj "
26830
"<emphasis>sda2</emphasis> och <emphasis>sdb2</emphasis>."
26831
26832
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:626(para)
26833
msgid "Once done select <emphasis>\"Finish\"</emphasis>."
26834
msgstr "När det är klart välj <emphasis>\"Slutför\"</emphasis>."
26835
26836
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:636(title)
26837
msgid "Formatting"
26838
msgstr "Formatera"
26839
26840
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:638(para)
26841
msgid ""
26842
"There should now be a list of hard drives and RAID devices. The next step is "
26843
"to format and set the mount point for the RAID devices. Treat the RAID "
26844
"device as a local hard drive, format and mount accordingly."
26845
msgstr ""
26846
"Det skall nu finnas en lista över hårddiskar och RAID-enheter. Nästa steg är "
26847
"att formatera och ange monteringspunkten för RAID-enheterna. Behandla RAID-"
26848
"enheten som en lokal hårddisk, formatera och montera därefter."
26849
26850
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:646(para)
26851
msgid ""
26852
"Select <emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis> under the <emphasis>\"RAID1 device "
26853
"#0\"</emphasis> partition."
26854
msgstr ""
26855
"Välj <emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis> under partitionen <emphasis>\"RAID1 enhet "
26856
"#0\"</emphasis>."
26857
26858
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:653(para)
26859
msgid ""
26860
"Choose <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis>. Then select <emphasis>\"swap "
26861
"area\"</emphasis>, then <emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
26862
msgstr ""
26863
"Choose <emphasis>\"Använd som:\"</emphasis>. välj därefter "
26864
"<emphasis>\"växlingsutrymme\"</emphasis>, därefter <emphasis>\"Klar med "
26865
"partitionen\"</emphasis>."
26866
26867
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:661(para)
26868
msgid ""
26869
"Next, select <emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis> under the <emphasis>\"RAID1 device "
26870
"#1\"</emphasis> partition."
26871
msgstr ""
26872
"Nästa, välj <emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis> under partitionen <emphasis>\"RAID1 "
26873
"enhet #1\"</emphasis>."
26874
26875
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:668(para)
26876
msgid ""
26877
"Choose <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis>. Then select <emphasis>\"Ext4 "
26878
"journaling file system\"</emphasis>."
26879
msgstr ""
26880
"Välj <emphasis>\"Använd som:\"</emphasis>. Välj därefter <emphasis>\"Ext4 "
26881
"journalförande filsystem\"</emphasis>."
26882
26883
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:675(para)
26884
msgid ""
26885
"Then select the <emphasis>\"Mount point\"</emphasis> and choose "
26886
"<emphasis>\"/ - the root file system\"</emphasis>. Change any of the other "
26887
"options as appropriate, then select <emphasis>\"Done setting up "
26888
"partition\"</emphasis>."
26889
msgstr ""
26890
"Välj därefter<emphasis>\"Monteringspunkt\"</emphasis> och välj <emphasis>\"/ "
26891
"- rotfilsystemet\"</emphasis>. Ändra de andra alternativ efter dina behov, "
26892
"välj därefter <emphasis>\"Klar med partition\"</emphasis>."
26893
26894
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:683(para)
26895
msgid ""
26896
"Finally, select <emphasis>\"Finish partitioning and write changes to "
26897
"disk\"</emphasis>."
26898
msgstr ""
26899
"Slutligen, välj <emphasis>\"Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna "
26900
"till hårddisken\"</emphasis>."
26901
26902
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:690(para)
26903
msgid ""
26904
"If you choose to place the root partition on a RAID array, the installer "
26905
"will then ask if you would like to boot in a <emphasis>degraded</emphasis> "
26906
"state. See <xref linkend=\"raid-degraded\"/> for further details."
26907
msgstr ""
26908
"Om du väljer att placera root-partitionen på en RAID-kedja, kommer "
26909
"installeraren att fråga om du vill starta i ett "
26910
"<emphasis>degraderat</emphasis> läge. Se <xref linkend=\"raid-degraded\"/> "
26911
"för ytterligare detaljer."
26912
26913
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:695(para)
26914
msgid "The installation process will then continue normally."
26915
msgstr "Installationsprocessen fortsätter därefter som vanligt."
26916
26917
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:701(title)
26918
msgid "Degraded RAID"
26919
msgstr "Degraderad RAID"
26920
26921
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:703(para)
26922
msgid ""
26923
"At some point in the life of the computer a disk failure event may occur. "
26924
"When this happens, using Software RAID, the operating system will place the "
26925
"array into what is known as a <emphasis>degraded</emphasis> state."
26926
msgstr ""
26927
"Någon gång under datorns livstid kommer ett diskfel att inträffa. När det "
26928
"händer och du använder program-RAID, kommer operativsystemet att placera "
26929
"kedjan i ett vad som kallas för <emphasis>degraderat</emphasis> läge."
26930
26931
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:708(para)
26932
msgid ""
26933
"If the array has become degraded, due to the chance of data corruption, by "
26934
"default Ubuntu Server Edition will boot to <emphasis>initramfs</emphasis> "
26935
"after thirty seconds. Once the initramfs has booted there is a fifteen "
26936
"second prompt giving you the option to go ahead and boot the system, or "
26937
"attempt manual recover. Booting to the initramfs prompt may or may not be "
26938
"the desired behavior, especially if the machine is in a remote location. "
26939
"Booting to a degraded array can be configured several ways:"
26940
msgstr ""
26941
"Om kedjan har blivit degraderad på grund av risken för skadad data, kommer "
26942
"Ubuntu Server Edition att som standard efter trettio sekunder starta upp "
26943
"till <emphasis>initramfs</emphasis>. Så snart initramfs har startat syns det "
26944
"en prompt under femton sekunder som ger dig möjligheten att fortsätta starta "
26945
"systemet, eller att försöka med manuell återställning. Starta till initramfs-"
26946
"prompten kanske eller kanske inte är det önskade beteendet, särskilt om "
26947
"maskinen är på en avlägsen plats. Uppstart till en degraderad kedja kan "
26948
"konfigureras på flera sätt:"
26949
26950
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:719(para)
26951
msgid ""
26952
"The <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> utility can be used to "
26953
"configure the default behavior, and during the process you will be queried "
26954
"about additional settings related to the array. Such as monitoring, email "
26955
"alerts, etc. To reconfigure <application>mdadm</application> enter the "
26956
"following:"
26957
msgstr ""
26958
"Verktyget <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> kan användas till att "
26959
"konfigurera standardbeteendet och under processen kommer du att bli "
26960
"tillfrågad om ytterligare inställningar som är relaterade till kedjan. Så "
26961
"som övervakning, e-postmeddelanden, etc. För att omkonfigurera "
26962
"<application>mdadm</application> ange följande:"
26963
26964
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:726(command)
26965
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mdadm"
26966
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mdadm"
26967
26968
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:732(para)
26969
msgid ""
26970
"The <command>dpkg-reconfigure mdadm</command> process will change the "
26971
"<filename>/etc/initramfs-tools/conf.d/mdadm</filename> configuration file. "
26972
"The file has the advantage of being able to pre-configure the system's "
26973
"behavior, and can also be manually edited:"
26974
msgstr ""
26975
"processen <command>dpkg-reconfigure mdadm</command> kommer ändra "
26976
"konfigurationsfilen <filename>/etc/initramfs-tools/conf.d/mdadm</filename>. "
26977
"Filen har fördelen att kunna förkonfigurera systemets beteende, och den kan "
26978
"också redigeras manuellt:"
26979
26980
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:738(programlisting)
26981
#, no-wrap
26982
msgid ""
26983
"\n"
26984
"BOOT_DEGRADED=true\n"
26985
msgstr ""
26986
"\n"
26987
"BOOT_DEGRADED=true\n"
26988
26989
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:743(para)
26990
msgid "The configuration file can be overridden by using a Kernel argument."
26991
msgstr "Konfigurationsfilen kan bli överskriven av ett kärnargument."
26992
26993
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:751(para)
26994
msgid ""
26995
"Using a Kernel argument will allow the system to boot to a degraded array as "
26996
"well:"
26997
msgstr ""
26998
"Genom att använda ett kärnargument blir det möjligt för systemet att starta "
26999
"upp till en degraderad kedja:"
27000
27001
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:757(para)
27002
msgid ""
27003
"When the server is booting press <keycap>Shift</keycap> to open the "
27004
"<application>Grub</application> menu."
27005
msgstr ""
27006
27007
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:762(para)
27008
msgid "Press <keycap>e</keycap> to edit your kernel command options."
27009
msgstr ""
27010
27011
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:767(para)
27012
msgid "Press the <keycap>down</keycap> arrow to highlight the kernel line."
27013
msgstr ""
27014
27015
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:772(para)
27016
msgid ""
27017
"Add <emphasis>\"bootdegraded=true\"</emphasis> (without the quotes) to the "
27018
"end of the line."
27019
msgstr ""
27020
"Lägg till <emphasis>\"bootdegraded=true\"</emphasis> (utan citationstecken) "
27021
"i slutet av raden."
27022
27023
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:777(para)
27024
msgid ""
27025
"Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>x</keycap></keycombo> to boot "
27026
"the system."
27027
msgstr ""
27028
27029
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:786(para)
27030
msgid ""
27031
"Once the system has booted you can either repair the array see <xref "
27032
"linkend=\"raid-maintenance\"/> for details, or copy important data to "
27033
"another machine due to major hardware failure."
27034
msgstr ""
27035
"När systemet har startat kan du antingen reparera kedjan, för detaljer se "
27036
"<xref linkend=\"raid-maintenance\"/>, eller kopiera viktig data till en "
27037
"annan maskin på grund av stora hårdvarufel."
27038
27039
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:793(title)
27040
msgid "RAID Maintenance"
27041
msgstr "RAID underhåll"
27042
27043
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:795(para)
27044
msgid ""
27045
"The <application>mdadm</application> utility can be used to view the status "
27046
"of an array, add disks to an array, remove disks, etc:"
27047
msgstr ""
27048
"Verktyget <application>mdadm</application> kan användas till att se en "
27049
"kedjas status, lägga till en hårddisk i kedjan, ta bort hårddiskar, etc:"
27050
27051
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:802(para)
27052
msgid "To view the status of an array, from a terminal prompt enter:"
27053
msgstr "För att se kedjestatusen, skriv från en terminalprompt:"
27054
27055
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:806(command)
27056
msgid "sudo mdadm -D /dev/md0"
27057
msgstr "sudo mdadm -D /dev/md0"
27058
27059
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:809(para)
27060
msgid ""
27061
"The <emphasis>-D</emphasis> tells <application>mdadm</application> to "
27062
"display <emphasis>detailed</emphasis> information about the "
27063
"<filename>/dev/md0</filename> device. Replace <filename>/dev/md0</filename> "
27064
"with the appropriate RAID device."
27065
msgstr ""
27066
"<emphasis>-D</emphasis> talar om för <application>mdadm</application> att "
27067
"visa <emphasis>detaljerad</emphasis> information om enheten "
27068
"<filename>/dev/md0</filename>. Ersätt <filename>/dev/md0</filename> med "
27069
"lämplig RAID-enhet."
27070
27071
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:815(para)
27072
msgid "To view the status of a disk in an array:"
27073
msgstr "För att visa statusen för en hårddisk i en kedja:"
27074
27075
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:819(command)
27076
msgid "sudo mdadm -E /dev/sda1"
27077
msgstr "sudo mdadm -E /dev/sda1"
27078
27079
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:821(para)
27080
msgid ""
27081
"The output if very similar to the <command>mdadm -D</command> command, "
27082
"adjust <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> for each disk."
27083
msgstr ""
27084
"Utdatan är mycket likt kommandot <command>mdadm -D</command>, justera "
27085
"<filename>/dev/sda1</filename> för varje hårddisk."
27086
27087
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:826(para)
27088
msgid "If a disk fails and needs to be removed from an array enter:"
27089
msgstr "Om en hårddisk fallerar och behöver tas bort från en kedja, skriv:"
27090
27091
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:830(command)
27092
msgid "sudo mdadm --remove /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"
27093
msgstr "sudo mdadm --remove /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"
27094
27095
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:832(para)
27096
msgid ""
27097
"Change <filename>/dev/md0</filename> and <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> to "
27098
"the appropriate RAID device and disk."
27099
msgstr ""
27100
"Ändra <filename>/dev/md0</filename> och <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> till "
27101
"lämplig RAID-enhet och disk."
27102
27103
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:837(para)
27104
msgid "Similarly, to add a new disk:"
27105
msgstr "På samma sätt, för att lägga till en ny disk:"
27106
27107
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:841(command)
27108
msgid "sudo mdadm --add /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"
27109
msgstr "sudo mdadm --add /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"
27110
27111
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:846(para)
27112
msgid ""
27113
"Sometimes a disk can change to a <emphasis>faulty</emphasis> state even "
27114
"though there is nothing physically wrong with the drive. It is usually "
27115
"worthwhile to remove the drive from the array then re-add it. This will "
27116
"cause the drive to re-sync with the array. If the drive will not sync with "
27117
"the array, it is a good indication of hardware failure."
27118
msgstr ""
27119
"Ibland kan en hårddisk slå om till <emphasis>felaktigt</emphasis> läge även "
27120
"om det inte är något fysiskt fel på enheten. Det är oftast värt besväret att "
27121
"ta bort hårddisken från kedjan för att sedan återansluta den. Detta medför "
27122
"att hårddisken måste återsynkronisera med kedjan. Om hårddisken inte "
27123
"synkroniserar med kedjan är det en god indikation på ett hårdvarufel."
27124
27125
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:852(para)
27126
msgid ""
27127
"The <filename>/proc/mdstat</filename> file also contains useful information "
27128
"about the system's RAID devices:"
27129
msgstr ""
27130
"Filen <filename>/proc/mdstat</filename> innehåller också användbar "
27131
"information om systemets RAID-enheter:"
27132
27133
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:857(command)
27134
msgid "cat /proc/mdstat"
27135
msgstr "cat /proc/mdstat"
27136
27137
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:858(computeroutput)
27138
#, no-wrap
27139
msgid ""
27140
"Personalities : [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid1] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] "
27141
"[raid10] \n"
27142
"md0 : active raid1 sda1[0] sdb1[1]\n"
27143
" 10016384 blocks [2/2] [UU]\n"
27144
" \n"
27145
"unused devices: <none>"
27146
msgstr ""
27147
"Personalities : [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid1] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] "
27148
"[raid10] \n"
27149
"md0 : active raid1 sda1[0] sdb1[1]\n"
27150
" 10016384 blocks [2/2] [UU]\n"
27151
" \n"
27152
"unused devices: <none>"
27153
27154
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:865(para)
27155
msgid ""
27156
"The following command is great for watching the status of a syncing drive:"
27157
msgstr ""
27158
"Följande kommando är bra för att se statusen över en synkroniserande "
27159
"hårddisk:"
27160
27161
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:870(command)
27162
msgid "watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat"
27163
msgstr "watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat"
27164
27165
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:873(para)
27166
msgid ""
27167
"Press <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis> to stop the "
27168
"<application>watch</application> command."
27169
msgstr ""
27170
"Tryck <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis> för att stoppa kommandot "
27171
"<application>watch</application>."
27172
27173
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:877(para)
27174
msgid ""
27175
"If you do need to replace a faulty drive, after the drive has been replaced "
27176
"and synced, <application>grub</application> will need to be installed. To "
27177
"install <application>grub</application> on the new drive, enter the "
27178
"following:"
27179
msgstr ""
27180
"Om du behöver ersätta en felaktig hårddisk, efter att hårddisken är ersatt "
27181
"och synkroniserad måste <application>grub</application> installeras. För att "
27182
"installera <application>grub</application> på den nya hårddisken, skriv "
27183
"följande:"
27184
27185
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:883(command)
27186
msgid "sudo grub-install /dev/md0"
27187
msgstr "sudo grub-install /dev/md0"
27188
27189
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:886(para)
27190
msgid ""
27191
"Replace <filename>/dev/md0</filename> with the appropriate array device name."
27192
msgstr ""
27193
"Ersätt <filename>/dev/md0</filename> med lämpligt namn på kedje-enheten."
27194
27195
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:894(para)
27196
msgid ""
27197
"The topic of RAID arrays is a complex one due to the plethora of ways RAID "
27198
"can be configured. Please see the following links for more information:"
27199
msgstr ""
27200
"Ämnet RAID-kedjor är komplext på grund av de många sätt som RAID kan "
27201
"konfigureras. Klicka på länkarna nedan för mer information:"
27202
27203
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:901(para)
27204
msgid ""
27205
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation#raid\">Ubuntu "
27206
"Wiki Articles on RAID</ulink>."
27207
msgstr ""
27208
27209
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:907(ulink)
27210
msgid "Software RAID HOWTO"
27211
msgstr "Program-raid HOWTO"
27212
27213
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:912(ulink)
27214
msgid "Managing RAID on Linux"
27215
msgstr "Hantera raid på Linux"
27216
27217
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:919(title)
27218
msgid "Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
27219
msgstr "Logisk volymhanterare (LVM)"
27220
27221
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:921(para)
27222
msgid ""
27223
"Logical Volume Manger, or <emphasis>LVM</emphasis>, allows administrators to "
27224
"create <emphasis>logical</emphasis> volumes out of one or multiple physical "
27225
"hard disks. LVM volumes can be created on both software RAID partitions and "
27226
"standard partitions residing on a single disk. Volumes can also be extended, "
27227
"giving greater flexibility to systems as requirements change."
27228
msgstr ""
27229
"Logisk volymhantering eller <emphasis>LVM</emphasis>, möjliggör för "
27230
"administratörer att skapa <emphasis>logiska</emphasis> volymer från en eller "
27231
"flera fysiska hårddiskar. LVM-volymer kan skapas på både en program-RAID "
27232
"partition och standard partitioner som finns på en disk. Volymer kan också "
27233
"utökas, vilket ger större flexibilitet till system allt eftersom kraven "
27234
"förändras."
27235
27236
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:930(para)
27237
msgid ""
27238
"A side effect of LVM's power and flexibility is a greater degree of "
27239
"complication. Before diving into the LVM installation process, it is best to "
27240
"get familiar with some terms."
27241
msgstr ""
27242
"En sidoeffekt av kraften och flexibiliteten av LVM:er är en högre grad av "
27243
"komplikationer. innan vi dyker ner i installationsprocessen av LVM, är det "
27244
"bäst att bekanta sig med vissa termer."
27245
27246
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:937(para)
27247
msgid ""
27248
"<emphasis>Volume Group (VG):</emphasis> contains one or several Logical "
27249
"Volumes (LV)."
27250
msgstr ""
27251
"<emphasis>Volym grupp (VG):</emphasis> innehåller en eller flera logiska "
27252
"volymer (LV)."
27253
27254
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:942(para)
27255
msgid ""
27256
"<emphasis>Logical Volume (LV):</emphasis> is similar to a partition in a non-"
27257
"LVM system. Multiple Physical Volumes (PV) can make up one LV, on top of "
27258
"which resides the actual EXT3, XFS, JFS, etc filesystem."
27259
msgstr ""
27260
"<emphasis>Logisk volym (LV):</emphasis> liknar en partition i ett icke-LVM "
27261
"system. Multipla fysiska volymer (FV) kan utgöra en LV, ovanpå det verkliga "
27262
"EXT3, XFS, JFS, etc filsystemet."
27263
27264
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:948(para)
27265
msgid ""
27266
"<emphasis>Physical Volume (PV):</emphasis> physical hard disk or software "
27267
"RAID partition. The Volume Group can be extended by adding more PVs."
27268
msgstr ""
27269
"<emphasis>Fysisk volym (FV):</emphasis> fysisk hårddisk eller program-RAID "
27270
"partition. Volymgruppen kan utökas genom att lägga tillfler FV:s."
27271
27272
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:959(para)
27273
msgid ""
27274
"As an example this section covers installing Ubuntu Server Edition with "
27275
"<filename role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> mounted on a LVM volume. During "
27276
"the initial install only one Physical Volume (PV) will be part of the Volume "
27277
"Group (VG). Another PV will be added after install to demonstrate how a VG "
27278
"can be extended."
27279
msgstr ""
27280
"Som ett exempel innehåller det här avsnittet installationenen av Ubuntu "
27281
"Server Edition med <filename role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> monterad på "
27282
"en fysisk volym. Under den inledande installationen kommer endast en fysisk "
27283
"volym (FV) vara en del av volymgruppen (VG). En annan FV kommer läggas till "
27284
"efter installationen för att demonstrera hur en VG kan utökas."
27285
27286
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:965(para)
27287
msgid ""
27288
"There are several installation options for LVM, <emphasis>\"Guided - use the "
27289
"entire disk and setup LVM\"</emphasis> which will also allow you to assign a "
27290
"portion of the available space to LVM, <emphasis>\"Guided - use entire and "
27291
"setup encrypted LVM\"</emphasis>, or <emphasis>Manually</emphasis> setup the "
27292
"partitions and configure LVM. At this time the only way to configure a "
27293
"system with both LVM and standard partitions, during installation, is to use "
27294
"the Manual approach."
27295
msgstr ""
27296
"Det finns flera installationsalternativ för LVM, <emphasis>\"Guidad - använd "
27297
"hela disken med LVM\"</emphasis>, \t\r\n"
27298
"som också kommer att ge dig möjlighet att överlåta en del av det "
27299
"tillgängliga utrymmet till LVM, <emphasis>\"Guidad - använd hela disken med "
27300
"krypterad LVM\"</emphasis>, eller <emphasis>Manuell</emphasis> konfiguration "
27301
"av partitioner och LVM. Att använda den manuella metoden är vid denna "
27302
"tidpunkt det enda sättet att under installationen konfigurera ett system "
27303
"till att använda både LVM och standardpartitioner."
27304
27305
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:982(para)
27306
msgid ""
27307
"At the <emphasis>\"Partition Disks</emphasis> screen choose "
27308
"<emphasis>\"Manual\"</emphasis>."
27309
msgstr ""
27310
"I fönstret <emphasis>\"Partitionera hårddiskar</emphasis> välj "
27311
"<emphasis>\"Manuell\"</emphasis>."
27312
27313
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:989(para)
27314
msgid ""
27315
"Select the hard disk and on the next screen choose \"yes\" to "
27316
"<emphasis>\"Create a new empty partition table on this device\"</emphasis>."
27317
msgstr ""
27318
"Välj hårddisk och i nästa fönster välj \"Ja\" för att <emphasis>\"Skapa en "
27319
"ny och tom partitionstabell på den här enheten\"</emphasis>."
27320
27321
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:996(para)
27322
msgid ""
27323
"Next, create standard <emphasis>/boot</emphasis>, <emphasis>swap</emphasis>, "
27324
"and <emphasis>/</emphasis> partitions with whichever filesystem you prefer."
27325
msgstr ""
27326
"Nästa steg, skapa standardpartitionerna <emphasis>/boot</emphasis>, "
27327
"<emphasis>swap</emphasis>, och <emphasis>/</emphasis> med det filsystem som "
27328
"du föredrar."
27329
27330
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1004(para)
27331
msgid ""
27332
"For the LVM <emphasis>/srv</emphasis>, create a new "
27333
"<emphasis>Logical</emphasis> partition. Then change <emphasis>\"Use "
27334
"as\"</emphasis> to <emphasis>\"physical volume for LVM\"</emphasis> then "
27335
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up the partition\"</emphasis>."
27336
msgstr ""
27337
"För att skapa LVM <emphasis>/srv</emphasis>, skapa en ny "
27338
"<emphasis>Logisk</emphasis> partition. Ändra sedan <emphasis>\"Används "
27339
"som\"</emphasis> till <emphasis>\"fysisk volym för LVM\"</emphasis> därefter "
27340
"<emphasis>\"Klar med partitionen\"</emphasis>."
27341
27342
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1012(para)
27343
msgid ""
27344
"Now select <emphasis>\"Configure the Logical Volume Manager\"</emphasis> at "
27345
"the top, and choose <emphasis>\"Yes\"</emphasis> to write the changes to "
27346
"disk."
27347
msgstr ""
27348
"Välj nu <emphasis>\"Konfigurera den logiska volymhanteraren\"</emphasis> "
27349
"högst upp, och välj <emphasis>\"Ja\"</emphasis> för att skriva ändringarna "
27350
"till disken."
27351
27352
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1020(para)
27353
msgid ""
27354
"For the <emphasis>\"LVM configuration action\"</emphasis> on the next "
27355
"screen, choose <emphasis>\"Create volume group\"</emphasis>. Enter a name "
27356
"for the VG such as <emphasis>vg01</emphasis>, or something more descriptive. "
27357
"After entering a name, select the partition configured for LVM, and choose "
27358
"<emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
27359
msgstr ""
27360
"För <emphasis>\"Åtgärd på LVM-konfiguration\"</emphasis> i nästa fönster, "
27361
"välj <emphasis>\"Skapa volymgrupp\"</emphasis>. Ange ett namn för VG såsom "
27362
"<emphasis>vg01</emphasis>, eller ågot mer beskrivande. Efter att du skrivit "
27363
"namnet, välj partitionen som är konfigurerad för LVM, och välj "
27364
"<emphasis>\"Fortsätt\"</emphasis>."
27365
27366
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1029(para)
27367
msgid ""
27368
"Back at the <emphasis>\"LVM configuration action\"</emphasis> screen, select "
27369
"<emphasis>\"Create logical volume\"</emphasis>. Select the newly created "
27370
"volume group, and enter a name for the new LV, for example "
27371
"<emphasis>srv</emphasis> since that is the intended mount point. Then choose "
27372
"a size, which may be the full partition because it can always be extended "
27373
"later. Choose <emphasis>\"Finish\"</emphasis> and you should be back at the "
27374
"main <emphasis>\"Partition Disks\"</emphasis> screen."
27375
msgstr ""
27376
"Tillbaka i fönstret för <emphasis>\"Åtgärd på LVM-"
27377
"konfiguration\"</emphasis>, välj <emphasis>\"Skapa logisk "
27378
"volym\"</emphasis>. Välj den nyss skapade volymgruppen, och ange ett namn "
27379
"för den nya LV:n, till exempel <emphasis>srv</emphasis> eftersom det är den "
27380
"tänkta monteringspunkten. Välj därefter storlek, vilket kan vara hela "
27381
"partitionen eftersom den alltid går att utöka efteråt. Välj "
27382
"<emphasis>\"Slutför\"</emphasis> och du kommer tillbaka till huvudfönstret "
27383
"för <emphasis>\"Partitionera hårddiskar\"</emphasis>."
27384
27385
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1039(para)
27386
msgid ""
27387
"Now add a filesystem to the new LVM. Select the partition under "
27388
"<emphasis>\"LVM VG vg01, LV srv\"</emphasis>, or whatever name you have "
27389
"chosen, the choose <emphasis>Use as</emphasis>. Setup a file system as "
27390
"normal selecting <emphasis>/srv</emphasis> as the mount point. Once done, "
27391
"select <emphasis>\"Done setting up the partition\"</emphasis>."
27392
msgstr ""
27393
"Lägg nu till ett filsystem för den nya LVM:en. Välj partitionen under "
27394
"<emphasis>\"LVM VG vg01, LV srv\"</emphasis>, eller vilket namn som du valt, "
27395
"välj sedan <emphasis>Använd som</emphasis>. Sätt upp ett filsystem som "
27396
"vanligt och välj <emphasis>/srv</emphasis> som monteringspunkt. När det är "
27397
"klart, välj <emphasis>\"Klar med partitionen\"</emphasis>."
27398
27399
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1048(para)
27400
msgid ""
27401
"Finally, select <emphasis>\"Finish partitioning and write changes to "
27402
"disk\"</emphasis>. Then confirm the changes and continue with the rest of "
27403
"the installation."
27404
msgstr ""
27405
"Till sist, välj <emphasis>\"Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna "
27406
"till hårddisken\"</emphasis>. Bekräfta sedan ändringarna och fortsätt med "
27407
"resten av installationen."
27408
27409
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1056(para)
27410
msgid "There are some useful utilities to view information about LVM:"
27411
msgstr "Det finns några användbara verktyg för att visa information om LVM:"
27412
27413
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1061(para)
27414
msgid ""
27415
"<emphasis>vgdisplay:</emphasis> shows information about Volume Groups."
27416
msgstr "<emphasis>vgdisplay:</emphasis> visar information om volymgrupper."
27417
27418
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1062(para)
27419
msgid ""
27420
"<emphasis>lvdisplay:</emphasis> has information about Logical Volumes."
27421
msgstr "<emphasis>lvdisplay:</emphasis> har information om logiska volymer."
27422
27423
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1063(para)
27424
msgid ""
27425
"<emphasis>pvdisplay:</emphasis> similarly displays information about "
27426
"Physical Volumes."
27427
msgstr ""
27428
"<emphasis>pvdisplay:</emphasis> visar på liknande sätt information om "
27429
"fysiska volymer."
27430
27431
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1068(title)
27432
msgid "Extending Volume Groups"
27433
msgstr "Utöka volymgrupper"
27434
27435
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1070(para)
27436
msgid ""
27437
"Continuing with <emphasis>srv</emphasis> as an LVM volume example, this "
27438
"section covers adding a second hard disk, creating a Physical Volume (PV), "
27439
"adding it to the volume group (VG), extending the logical volume <filename "
27440
"role=\"directory\">srv</filename> and finally extending the filesystem. This "
27441
"example assumes a second hard disk has been added to the system. This hard "
27442
"disk will be named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> in our example. BEWARE: "
27443
"make sure you don't already have an existing <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> "
27444
"before issuing the commands below. You could lose some data if you issue "
27445
"those commands on a non-empty disk. In our example we will use the entire "
27446
"disk as a physical volume (you could choose to create partitions and use "
27447
"them as different physical volumes)"
27448
msgstr ""
27449
"Som fortsättning av exemplet med <emphasis>srv</emphasis> som en LVM-volym, "
27450
"avser detta avsnitt att lägga till en andra hårddisk, skapa en fysisk volym "
27451
"(FV), lägga till den i en volym grupp (VG), utöka den logiska volymen "
27452
"<filename role=\"directory\">srv</filename> och slutligen utöka filsystemet. "
27453
"Detta exempel förutsätter att en andra hårddisk har lagts till i systemet. "
27454
"Denna hårddisk kommer i vårat exempel få namnet "
27455
"<filename>/dev/sdb</filename>. Se upp: säkerställ att du inte redan har en "
27456
"<filename>/dev/sdb</filename> innan du utfärdar nedanstående kommandon. Du "
27457
"kan förlora data om du utför kommandona på en disk som inte är tom. I vårt "
27458
"exempel kommer vi använda hela disken som en fysisk volym (du kan välja att "
27459
"skapa partitioner och använda dem som olika fysiska volymer)"
27460
27461
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1082(para)
27462
msgid "First, create the physical volume, in a terminal execute:"
27463
msgstr "Skapa först den fysiska volymen, i en terminal kör:"
27464
27465
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1087(command)
27466
msgid "sudo pvcreate /dev/sdb"
27467
msgstr "sudo pvcreate /dev/sdb"
27468
27469
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1093(para)
27470
msgid "Now extend the Volume Group (VG):"
27471
msgstr "Utöka nu volymgruppen (VG):"
27472
27473
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1098(command)
27474
msgid "sudo vgextend vg01 /dev/sdb"
27475
msgstr "sudo vgextend vg01 /dev/sdb"
27476
27477
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1104(para)
27478
msgid ""
27479
"Use <application>vgdisplay</application> to find out the free physical "
27480
"extents - Free PE / size (the size you can allocate). We will assume a free "
27481
"size of 511 PE (equivalent to 2GB with a PE size of 4MB) and we will use the "
27482
"whole free space available. Use your own PE and/or free space."
27483
msgstr ""
27484
"Använd <application>vgdisplay</application> för att ta reda på det fria "
27485
"fysiska omfånget - Fritt PE / storlek (storleken du kan allokera). Vi "
27486
"förutsätter en fri storlek på 511 PE (motsvarar 2GB med en PE-storlek på "
27487
"4MB) och vi kommer använda hela det tillgängliga fria utrymmet. Använd din "
27488
"egna PE och/eller fria utrymme."
27489
27490
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1110(para)
27491
msgid ""
27492
"The Logical Volume (LV) can now be extended by different methods, we will "
27493
"only see how to use the PE to extend the LV:"
27494
msgstr ""
27495
"Den logiska volymen kan nu utökas genomolika metoder, vi kommer endast visa "
27496
"hur PE används för att utöka LV:"
27497
27498
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1115(command)
27499
msgid "sudo lvextend /dev/vg01/srv -l +511"
27500
msgstr "sudo lvextend /dev/vg01/srv -l +511"
27501
27502
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1118(para)
27503
msgid ""
27504
"The <emphasis>-l</emphasis> option allows the LV to be extended using PE. "
27505
"The <emphasis>-L</emphasis> option allows the LV to be extended using Meg, "
27506
"Gig, Tera, etc bytes."
27507
msgstr ""
27508
"Flaggan <emphasis>-I</emphasis> tillåter att LV utökas genom att använda PE. "
27509
"Flaggan <emphasis>-L</emphasis> tillåter att LV utökas genom att använda "
27510
"Meg, Gig, Tera, etc byte."
27511
27512
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1126(para)
27513
msgid ""
27514
"Even though you are supposed to be able to <emphasis>expand</emphasis> an "
27515
"ext3 or ext4 filesystem without unmounting it first, it may be a good "
27516
"practice to unmount it anyway and check the filesystem, so that you don't "
27517
"mess up the day you want to reduce a logical volume (in that case unmounting "
27518
"first is compulsory)."
27519
msgstr ""
27520
27521
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1132(para)
27522
msgid ""
27523
"The following commands are for an <emphasis>EXT3</emphasis> or "
27524
"<emphasis>EXT4</emphasis> filesystem. If you are using another filesystem "
27525
"there may be other utilities available."
27526
msgstr ""
27527
"Följande kommandon är för filsystemen <emphasis>EXT3</emphasis> eller "
27528
"<emphasis>EXT4</emphasis>. Om du använder ett annat filsystem så kan det "
27529
"finnas andra verktyg tillgängliga."
27530
27531
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1139(command)
27532
msgid "sudo e2fsck -f /dev/vg01/srv"
27533
msgstr "sudo e2fsck -f /dev/vg01/srv"
27534
27535
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1142(para)
27536
msgid ""
27537
"The <emphasis>-f</emphasis> option of <application>e2fsck</application> "
27538
"forces checking even if the system seems clean."
27539
msgstr ""
27540
"Flaggan <emphasis>-f</emphasis> för <application>e2fsck</application> "
27541
"tvingar kontroller även om systemet verkar vara rent."
27542
27543
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1149(para)
27544
msgid "Finally, resize the filesystem:"
27545
msgstr "Slutligen, ändra storlek på filsystemet:"
27546
27547
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1154(command)
27548
msgid "sudo resize2fs /dev/vg01/srv"
27549
msgstr "sudo resize2fs /dev/vg01/srv"
27550
27551
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1160(para)
27552
msgid "Now mount the partition and check its size."
27553
msgstr "Montera nu partionen och kontrollera dess storlek."
27554
27555
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1165(command)
27556
msgid "mount /dev/vg01/srv /srv && df -h /srv"
27557
msgstr "mount /dev/vg01/srv /srv && df -h /srv"
27558
27559
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1177(para)
27560
msgid ""
27561
"See the <ulink "
27562
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation#lvm\">Ubuntu Wiki LVM "
27563
"Articles</ulink>."
27564
msgstr ""
27565
27566
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1182(para)
27567
msgid ""
27568
"See the <ulink url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html\">LVM "
27569
"HOWTO</ulink> for more information."
27570
msgstr ""
27571
"Se <ulink url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html\">LVM "
27572
"HOWTO</ulink> för mer information."
27573
27574
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1187(para)
27575
msgid ""
27576
"Another good article is <ulink "
27577
"url=\"http://www.linuxdevcenter.com/pub/a/linux/2006/04/27/managing-disk-"
27578
"space-with-lvm.html\">Managing Disk Space with LVM</ulink> on O'Reilly's "
27579
"linuxdevcenter.com site."
27580
msgstr ""
27581
"En annan bra artikel är <ulink "
27582
"url=\"http://www.linuxdevcenter.com/pub/a/linux/2006/04/27/managing-disk-"
27583
"space-with-lvm.html\">Managing Disk Space with LVM</ulink> på webbplatsen "
27584
"O'Reilly's linuxdevcenter.com."
27585
27586
#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1194(para)
27587
msgid ""
27588
"For more information on <application>fdisk</application> see the <ulink "
27589
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man8/fdisk.8.html\">fdi"
27590
"sk man page</ulink>."
27591
msgstr ""
27592
27593
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:13(title)
27594
msgid "File Servers"
27595
msgstr "Filservrar"
27596
27597
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:15(para)
27598
msgid ""
27599
"If you have more than one computer on a single network. At some point you "
27600
"will probably need to share files between them. In this section we cover "
27601
"installing and configuring FTP, NFS, and CUPS."
27602
msgstr ""
27603
"Om du har fler än en dator på ett enskilt nätverk. Då kommer du antagligen "
27604
"behöva dela filer mellan dem. I detta avsnitt behandlar vi installation och "
27605
"konfigurering av FTP, NFS och CUPS."
27606
27607
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:22(title)
27608
msgid "FTP Server"
27609
msgstr "FTP-server"
27610
27611
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:24(para)
27612
msgid ""
27613
"File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a TCP protocol for uploading and downloading "
27614
"files between computers. FTP works on a client/server model. The server "
27615
"component is called an <emphasis>FTP daemon</emphasis>. It continuously "
27616
"listens for FTP requests from remote clients. When a request is received, it "
27617
"manages the login and sets up the connection. For the duration of the "
27618
"session it executes any of commands sent by the FTP client."
27619
msgstr ""
27620
"File Transfer Protocol (FTP) är ett TCP protokoll för att skicka och hämta "
27621
"filer mellan datorer. FTP fungerar enligt en klient/server modell. Server "
27622
"komponenten kallas för <emphasis>FTP-demon</emphasis>. Den lyssnar "
27623
"fortlöpande efter FTP-förfrågningar från klienter. När en förfrågan har "
27624
"mottagits, hanterar den inloggningen och etablerar förbindelsen. Under tiden "
27625
"sessionen är varaktig utför den kommandona som skickas från FTP-klienten."
27626
27627
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:33(para)
27628
msgid "Access to an FTP server can be managed in two ways:"
27629
msgstr "Det går att hantera tillgång till en FTP-server på två sätt:"
27630
27631
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:37(para)
27632
msgid "Anonymous"
27633
msgstr "Anonymt"
27634
27635
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:40(para)
27636
msgid "Authenticated"
27637
msgstr "Autentiserat"
27638
27639
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:43(para)
27640
msgid ""
27641
"In the Anonymous mode, remote clients can access the FTP server by using the "
27642
"default user account called \"anonymous\" or \"ftp\" and sending an email "
27643
"address as the password. In the Authenticated mode a user must have an "
27644
"account and a password. User access to the FTP server directories and files "
27645
"is dependent on the permissions defined for the account used at login. As a "
27646
"general rule, the FTP daemon will hide the root directory of the FTP server "
27647
"and change it to the FTP Home directory. This hides the rest of the file "
27648
"system from remote sessions."
27649
msgstr ""
27650
"I det anonyma läget kan fjärrvärdar få åtkomst till FTP-servern genom att "
27651
"använda standardkontot \"anonymous\" eller \"ftp\" och skicka en e-"
27652
"postadress som lösenord. I det identifierade läget måste en användare ha ett "
27653
"konto och ett lösenord. Vilka användare som får tillgång till FTP-serverns "
27654
"kataloger och filer beror på vilka rättigheter användaren som loggar in har. "
27655
"Som en allmän regel kommer FTP-demonen att dölja root-katalogen för FTP-"
27656
"servern och byta ut den mot hemkatalogen för FTP. Det här döljer resten av "
27657
"filsystemet från fjärrsessioner."
27658
27659
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:55(title)
27660
msgid "vsftpd - FTP Server Installation"
27661
msgstr "vsftpd - Installation av FTP-servern"
27662
27663
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:57(para)
27664
msgid ""
27665
"vsftpd is an FTP daemon available in Ubuntu. It is easy to install, set up, "
27666
"and maintain. To install <application>vsftpd</application> you can run the "
27667
"following command:"
27668
msgstr ""
27669
"vsftpd är en FTP demon som är tillgänglig i Ubuntu. Den är enkel att "
27670
"installera, konfigurera och underhålla. För att installera "
27671
"<application>vsftpd</application> kan du köra följande kommando:"
27672
27673
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:65(command)
27674
msgid "sudo apt-get install vsftpd"
27675
msgstr "sudo apt-get install vsftpd"
27676
27677
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:71(title)
27678
msgid "Anonymous FTP Configuration"
27679
msgstr "Anonym FTP-konfiguration"
27680
27681
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:73(para)
27682
msgid ""
27683
"By default <application>vsftpd</application> is configured to only allow "
27684
"anonymous download. During installation a <emphasis>ftp</emphasis> user is "
27685
"created with a home directory of <filename>/home/ftp</filename>. This is the "
27686
"default FTP directory."
27687
msgstr ""
27688
"Som standard är <application>vsftpd</application> konfigurerad för att "
27689
"endast tillåta anonyma nerladdningar. Under installationen skapas en "
27690
"<emphasis>ftp</emphasis>-användare med hemkatalogen "
27691
"<filename>/home/ftp</filename>. Detta är den normala FTP-katalogen."
27692
27693
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:80(para)
27694
msgid ""
27695
"If you wish to change this location, to <filename>/srv/ftp</filename> for "
27696
"example, simply create a directory in another location and change the "
27697
"<emphasis>ftp</emphasis> user's home directory:"
27698
msgstr ""
27699
"Om du vill ändra den här platsen, till exempel till "
27700
"<filename>/srv/ftp</filename>, skapar du helt enkelt en katalog på en annan "
27701
"plats och ändrar <emphasis>ftp</emphasis>-användarens hemkatalog:"
27702
27703
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:87(command)
27704
msgid "sudo mkdir /srv/ftp"
27705
msgstr "sudo mkdir /srv/ftp"
27706
27707
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:88(command)
27708
msgid "sudo usermod -d /srv/ftp ftp"
27709
msgstr "sudo usermod -d /srv/ftp ftp"
27710
27711
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:91(para)
27712
msgid "After making the change restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
27713
msgstr "Efter ändringen starta om <application>vsftpd</application>:"
27714
27715
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:96(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:124(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:189(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:237(command)
27716
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/vsftpd restart"
27717
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/vsftpd restart"
27718
27719
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:99(para)
27720
msgid ""
27721
"Finally, copy any files and directories you would like to make available "
27722
"through anonymous FTP to <filename>/srv/ftp</filename>."
27723
msgstr ""
27724
"Slutligen, kopiera de filer eller kataloger som du vill göra tillgängliga "
27725
"genom anonym FTP till <filename>/srv/ftp</filename>."
27726
27727
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:106(title)
27728
msgid "User Authenticated FTP Configuration"
27729
msgstr "Användarautentiserad FTP-konfiguration"
27730
27731
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:108(para)
27732
msgid ""
27733
"To configure <application>vsftpd</application> to authenticate system users "
27734
"and allow them to upload files edit <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename>:"
27735
msgstr ""
27736
"För at konfigurera <application>vsftpd</application> till autentisera "
27737
"systemanvändare och tillåta dem att skicka upp filer, redigera "
27738
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename>:"
27739
27740
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:114(programlisting)
27741
#, no-wrap
27742
msgid ""
27743
"\n"
27744
"local_enable=YES\n"
27745
"write_enable=YES\n"
27746
msgstr ""
27747
"\n"
27748
"local_enable=YES\n"
27749
"write_enable=YES\n"
27750
27751
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:119(para)
27752
msgid "Now restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
27753
msgstr "Starta nu om <application>vsftpd</application>:"
27754
27755
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:127(para)
27756
msgid ""
27757
"Now when system users login to FTP they will start in their "
27758
"<emphasis>home</emphasis> directories where they can download, upload, "
27759
"create directories, etc."
27760
msgstr ""
27761
"När nu systemanvändare loggar in till FTP:n kommer de starta i sina "
27762
"<emphasis>hem</emphasis>-kataloger där de kan ladda ner, ladda upp, skapa "
27763
"kataloger, etc."
27764
27765
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:133(para)
27766
msgid ""
27767
"Similarly, by default, the anonymous users are not allowed to upload files "
27768
"to FTP server. To change this setting, you should uncomment the following "
27769
"line, and restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
27770
msgstr ""
27771
"På samma sätt, kan normalt inte anonyma användare ladda upp filer till FTP-"
27772
"servern. För att ändra denna inställning, så skall du avkommentera följande "
27773
"rad och starta om <application>vsftpd</application>:"
27774
27775
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:140(programlisting)
27776
#, no-wrap
27777
msgid ""
27778
"\n"
27779
"anon_upload_enable=YES\n"
27780
msgstr ""
27781
"\n"
27782
"anon_upload_enable=YES\n"
27783
27784
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:145(para)
27785
msgid ""
27786
"Enabling anonymous FTP upload can be an extreme security risk. It is best to "
27787
"not enable anonymous upload on servers accessed directly from the Internet."
27788
msgstr ""
27789
"Att aktivera anonym FTP-uppladdning kan vara en extrem säkerhetsrisk. Det är "
27790
"bäst att inte aktivera anonym uppladdning på servrar som har direkt åtkomst "
27791
"från internet."
27792
27793
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:151(para)
27794
msgid ""
27795
"The configuration file consists of many configuration parameters. The "
27796
"information about each parameter is available in the configuration file. "
27797
"Alternatively, you can refer to the man page, <command>man 5 "
27798
"vsftpd.conf</command> for details of each parameter."
27799
msgstr ""
27800
"Konfigurationsfilen har många konfigurationsparametrar. Information om alla "
27801
"dessa finns i själva konfigurationsfilen. Du kan även läsa i manualsidan, "
27802
"<command>man 5 vsftpd.conf</command>, för detaljer kring alla parametrar."
27803
27804
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:162(title)
27805
msgid "Securing FTP"
27806
msgstr "Säkra FTP"
27807
27808
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:164(para)
27809
msgid ""
27810
"There are options in <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> to help make "
27811
"<application>vsftpd</application> more secure. For example users can be "
27812
"limited to their home directories by uncommenting:"
27813
msgstr ""
27814
"Det finns alternativ i <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> som hjälper "
27815
"till att göra <application>vsftpd</application> mer säker. Till exempel kan "
27816
"användare begränsas till sina egna hemkataloger genom att avkommentera:"
27817
27818
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:170(programlisting)
27819
#, no-wrap
27820
msgid ""
27821
"\n"
27822
"chroot_local_user=YES\n"
27823
msgstr ""
27824
"\n"
27825
"chroot_local_user=YES\n"
27826
27827
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:174(para)
27828
msgid ""
27829
"You can also limit a specific list of users to just their home directories:"
27830
msgstr ""
27831
"Du kan också begränsa enligt en specifik lista av användare till just deras "
27832
"hemkataloger:"
27833
27834
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:178(programlisting)
27835
#, no-wrap
27836
msgid ""
27837
"\n"
27838
"chroot_list_enable=YES\n"
27839
"chroot_list_file=/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list\n"
27840
msgstr ""
27841
"\n"
27842
"chroot_list_enable=YES\n"
27843
"chroot_list_file=/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list\n"
27844
27845
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:183(para)
27846
msgid ""
27847
"After uncommenting the above options, create a "
27848
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list</filename> containing a list of users one "
27849
"per line. Then restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
27850
msgstr ""
27851
"Efter att avkommenterat ovanstående alternativ, skapa en "
27852
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list</filename> som innehåller en lista över "
27853
"användare en per rad. Starta därefter om <application>vsftpd</application>:"
27854
27855
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:192(para)
27856
msgid ""
27857
"Also, the <filename>/etc/ftpusers</filename> file is a list of users that "
27858
"are <emphasis>disallowed</emphasis> FTP access. The default list includes "
27859
"root, daemon, nobody, etc. To disable FTP access for additional users simply "
27860
"add them to the list."
27861
msgstr ""
27862
"Dessutom, filen <filename>/etc/ftpusers</filename> är en lista över "
27863
"användare som har <emphasis>otillåten</emphasis> FTP-åtkomst. Standardlistan "
27864
"inkluderar, root, demoner, nobody, etc. För att avvisa FTP-åtkomst för "
27865
"ytterligare användare, läggs dessa helt enkelt till i listan."
27866
27867
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:199(para)
27868
msgid ""
27869
"FTP can also be encrypted using <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>. Different from "
27870
"<emphasis>SFTP</emphasis>, <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis> is FTP over Secure "
27871
"Socket Layer (SSL). <emphasis>SFTP</emphasis> is a FTP like session over an "
27872
"encrypted <emphasis>SSH</emphasis> connection. A major difference is that "
27873
"users of SFTP need to have a <emphasis>shell</emphasis> account on the "
27874
"system, instead of a <emphasis>nologin</emphasis> shell. Providing all users "
27875
"with a shell may not be ideal for some environments, such as a shared web "
27876
"host."
27877
msgstr ""
27878
"FTP kan också krypteras genom att använda <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>. Till "
27879
"skillnad från <emphasis>SFTP</emphasis>, är <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis> FTP "
27880
"över Secure Socket Layer (SSL). <emphasis>SFTP</emphasis> är en FTP-liknande "
27881
"session över en krypterad <emphasis>SSH</emphasis>-anslutning. En stor "
27882
"skillnad är att användare av SFTP behöver ha <emphasis>skal</emphasis>-konto "
27883
"på systemet, istället för ett <emphasis>nologin</emphasis>-skal. Att "
27884
"tillhandahålla ett skal för alla användare kanske inte är idealiskt för en "
27885
"del miljöer, såsom en delad webbvärd."
27886
27887
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:208(para)
27888
msgid ""
27889
"To configure <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>, edit "
27890
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> and at the bottom add:"
27891
msgstr ""
27892
"För att konfigurera <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>, redigera "
27893
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> och lägg till i slutet:"
27894
27895
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:212(programlisting)
27896
#, no-wrap
27897
msgid ""
27898
"\n"
27899
"ssl_enable=Yes\n"
27900
msgstr ""
27901
"\n"
27902
"ssl_enable=Yes\n"
27903
27904
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:216(para)
27905
msgid "Also, notice the certificate and key related options:"
27906
msgstr ""
27907
"Dessutom, notera de relaterade alternativen för certifikat och nyckel:"
27908
27909
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:220(programlisting)
27910
#, no-wrap
27911
msgid ""
27912
"\n"
27913
"rsa_cert_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
27914
"rsa_private_key_file=/etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"
27915
msgstr ""
27916
"\n"
27917
"rsa_cert_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
27918
"rsa_private_key_file=/etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"
27919
27920
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:225(para)
27921
msgid ""
27922
"By default these options are set the certificate and key provided by the "
27923
"<application>ssl-cert</application> package. In a production environment "
27924
"these should be replaced with a certificate and key generated for the "
27925
"specific host. For more information on certificates see <xref "
27926
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>."
27927
msgstr ""
27928
"Som standard för dessa alternativ tillhandahålls insällningarna för "
27929
"certifikat och nyckel av paketet <application>ssl-cert</application>. I en "
27930
"produktionsmiljö bör dessa ersättas av ett certifikat och nyckel som skapats "
27931
"för den specifika värden. För mer information om certifikat, se <xref "
27932
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>."
27933
27934
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:231(para)
27935
msgid ""
27936
"Now restart <application>vsftpd</application>, and non-anonymous users will "
27937
"be forced to use <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>:"
27938
msgstr ""
27939
"Starta nu om <application>vsftpd</application>, och icke-anonyma användare "
27940
"kommer tvingas att använda <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>:"
27941
27942
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:240(para)
27943
msgid ""
27944
"To allow users with a shell of <filename>/usr/sbin/nologin</filename> access "
27945
"to FTP, but have no shell access, edit <filename>/etc/shells</filename> "
27946
"adding the <emphasis>nologin</emphasis> shell:"
27947
msgstr ""
27948
"För att tillåta användare med ett skal av "
27949
"<filename>/usr/sbin/nologin</filename> att ansluta till FTP:n, men som "
27950
"saknar skal-åtkomst, redigera <filename>/etc/shells</filename> lägg till "
27951
"skalet <emphasis>nologin</emphasis>:"
27952
27953
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:245(programlisting)
27954
#, no-wrap
27955
msgid ""
27956
"\n"
27957
"# /etc/shells: valid login shells\n"
27958
"/bin/csh\n"
27959
"/bin/sh\n"
27960
"/usr/bin/es\n"
27961
"/usr/bin/ksh\n"
27962
"/bin/ksh\n"
27963
"/usr/bin/rc\n"
27964
"/usr/bin/tcsh\n"
27965
"/bin/tcsh\n"
27966
"/usr/bin/esh\n"
27967
"/bin/dash\n"
27968
"/bin/bash\n"
27969
"/bin/rbash\n"
27970
"/usr/bin/screen\n"
27971
"/usr/sbin/nologin\n"
27972
msgstr ""
27973
"\n"
27974
"# /etc/shells: valid login shells\n"
27975
"/bin/csh\n"
27976
"/bin/sh\n"
27977
"/usr/bin/es\n"
27978
"/usr/bin/ksh\n"
27979
"/bin/ksh\n"
27980
"/usr/bin/rc\n"
27981
"/usr/bin/tcsh\n"
27982
"/bin/tcsh\n"
27983
"/usr/bin/esh\n"
27984
"/bin/dash\n"
27985
"/bin/bash\n"
27986
"/bin/rbash\n"
27987
"/usr/bin/screen\n"
27988
"/usr/sbin/nologin\n"
27989
27990
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:263(para)
27991
msgid ""
27992
"This is necessary because, by default <application>vsftpd</application> uses "
27993
"PAM for authentication, and the <filename>/etc/pam.d/vsftpd</filename> "
27994
"configuration file contains:"
27995
msgstr ""
27996
"Detta är nödvändigt eftersom, <application>vsftpd</application> som standard "
27997
"använder PAM för autentisering och konfigurationsfilen "
27998
"<filename>/etc/pam.d/vsftpd</filename> innehåller:"
27999
28000
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:268(programlisting)
28001
#, no-wrap
28002
msgid ""
28003
"\n"
28004
"auth required pam_shells.so\n"
28005
msgstr ""
28006
"\n"
28007
"auth required pam_shells.so\n"
28008
28009
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:272(para)
28010
msgid ""
28011
"The <emphasis>shells</emphasis> PAM module restricts access to shells listed "
28012
"in the <filename>/etc/shells</filename> file."
28013
msgstr ""
28014
"PAM-modulen <emphasis>shells</emphasis> begränsar åtkomsten till skal som "
28015
"listas i filen <filename>/etc/shells</filename>."
28016
28017
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:277(para)
28018
msgid ""
28019
"Most popular FTP clients can be configured connect using FTPS. The "
28020
"<application>lftp</application> command line FTP client has the ability to "
28021
"use FTPS as well."
28022
msgstr ""
28023
"De flesta populära FTP-klineterna kan konfigureras till att ansluta genom "
28024
"att använda FTPS. FTP-klienten <application>lftp</application> för "
28025
"kommandoraden hat också förmågan att använda FTPS för att ansluta."
28026
28027
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:288(para)
28028
msgid ""
28029
"See the <ulink url=\"http://vsftpd.beasts.org/vsftpd_conf.html\">vsftpd "
28030
"website</ulink> for more information."
28031
msgstr ""
28032
"Se <ulink url=\"http://vsftpd.beasts.org/vsftpd_conf.html\">vsftpd "
28033
"website</ulink> för mer information."
28034
28035
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:293(para)
28036
msgid ""
28037
"For detailed <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
28038
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man5/vsftpd.conf.5.html"
28039
"\">vsftpd.conf man page</ulink>."
28040
msgstr ""
28041
28042
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:299(para)
28043
msgid ""
28044
"The CodeGurus article <ulink "
28045
"url=\"http://www.codeguru.com/csharp/.net/net_general/internet/article.php/c1"
28046
"4329\"> FTPS vs. SFTP: What to Choose</ulink> has useful information "
28047
"contrasting FTPS and SFTP."
28048
msgstr ""
28049
"Artikeln av CodeGurus <ulink "
28050
"url=\"http://www.codeguru.com/csharp/.net/net_general/internet/article.php/c1"
28051
"4329\"> FTPS vs. SFTP: What to Choose</ulink> har användbar information för "
28052
"jämförelse av FTPS och SFTP."
28053
28054
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:305(para)
28055
msgid ""
28056
"Also, for more information see the <ulink "
28057
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/vsftpd\">Ubuntu Wiki vsftpd</ulink> "
28058
"page."
28059
msgstr ""
28060
28061
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:315(title)
28062
msgid "Network File System (NFS)"
28063
msgstr "Nätverksfilsystem (NFS)"
28064
28065
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:316(para)
28066
msgid ""
28067
"NFS allows a system to share directories and files with others over a "
28068
"network. By using NFS, users and programs can access files on remote systems "
28069
"almost as if they were local files."
28070
msgstr ""
28071
"NFS låter en dator dela kataloger och filer med andra över ett nätverk. "
28072
"Genom att använda NFS kan användare och program nå filer från fjärrsystem "
28073
"nästan som om de var lokala filer."
28074
28075
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:322(para)
28076
msgid "Some of the most notable benefits that NFS can provide are:"
28077
msgstr "Några av de tydligaste fördelarna med NFS är:"
28078
28079
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:328(para)
28080
msgid ""
28081
"Local workstations use less disk space because commonly used data can be "
28082
"stored on a single machine and still remain accessible to others over the "
28083
"network."
28084
msgstr ""
28085
"Lokala arbetsstationer kan använda mindre hårddiskutrymme eftersom vanlig "
28086
"data kan lagras på en enda dator och fortfarande finnas tillgängligt för "
28087
"andra över nätverket."
28088
28089
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:333(para)
28090
msgid ""
28091
"There is no need for users to have separate home directories on every "
28092
"network machine. Home directories could be set up on the NFS server and made "
28093
"available throughout the network."
28094
msgstr ""
28095
"Användarna behöver inte ha olika hemkataloger på alla datorer i nätverket. "
28096
"Hemkatalogen går att lägga på NFS-servern och göras tillgänglig över "
28097
"nätverket."
28098
28099
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:339(para)
28100
msgid ""
28101
"Storage devices such as floppy disks, CDROM drives, and USB Thumb drives can "
28102
"be used by other machines on the network. This may reduce the number of "
28103
"removable media drives throughout the network."
28104
msgstr ""
28105
"Lagringsenheter som disketter, CDROM-enheter och USB-minnen kan användas av "
28106
"andra datorer på nätverket. Det här kan minska antalet flyttbara enheter på "
28107
"nätverket."
28108
28109
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:349(para)
28110
msgid ""
28111
"At a terminal prompt enter the following command to install the NFS Server:"
28112
msgstr ""
28113
"Från en terminalprompt skriv följande kommando för att installera NFS-"
28114
"servern:"
28115
28116
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:355(command)
28117
msgid "sudo apt-get install nfs-kernel-server"
28118
msgstr "sudo apt-get install nfs-kernel-server"
28119
28120
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:361(para)
28121
msgid ""
28122
"You can configure the directories to be exported by adding them to the "
28123
"<filename>/etc/exports</filename> file. For example:"
28124
msgstr ""
28125
"Du kan konfigurera vilka kataloger som skall exporteras genom att lägga till "
28126
"dem i filen <filename>/etc/exports</filename>. Till exempel:"
28127
28128
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:366(screen)
28129
#, no-wrap
28130
msgid ""
28131
"\n"
28132
"/ubuntu *(ro,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
28133
"/home *(rw,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
28134
msgstr ""
28135
"\n"
28136
"/ubuntu *(ro,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
28137
"/home *(rw,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
28138
28139
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:372(para)
28140
msgid ""
28141
"You can replace * with one of the hostname formats. Make the hostname "
28142
"declaration as specific as possible so unwanted systems cannot access the "
28143
"NFS mount."
28144
msgstr ""
28145
"Du kan ersätta * med en datorvärd i något format. Gör datorvärdsdefinitionen "
28146
"så specifik som möjligt så att inga andra datorer kommer åt NFS-utdelningen."
28147
28148
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:378(para)
28149
msgid ""
28150
"To start the NFS server, you can run the following command at a terminal "
28151
"prompt:"
28152
msgstr ""
28153
"För att starta NFS-servern kan du köra följande kommando från "
28154
"terminalprompten:"
28155
28156
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:383(command)
28157
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/nfs-kernel-server start"
28158
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/nfs-kernel-server start"
28159
28160
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:388(title)
28161
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
28162
msgstr "Klientkonfiguration för NFS"
28163
28164
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:389(para)
28165
msgid ""
28166
"Use the <application>mount</application> command to mount a shared NFS "
28167
"directory from another machine, by typing a command line similar to the "
28168
"following at a terminal prompt:"
28169
msgstr ""
28170
"Använd kommandot <application>mount</application> för att montera en utdelad "
28171
"NFS-katalog från en annan dator genom att skriva en kommandorad som liknar "
28172
"följande från en terminalprompt:"
28173
28174
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:395(command)
28175
msgid "sudo mount example.hostname.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu"
28176
msgstr "sudo mount exempel.värddator.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu"
28177
28178
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:399(para)
28179
msgid ""
28180
"The mount point directory <filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> must exist. "
28181
"There should be no files or subdirectories in the "
28182
"<filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> directory."
28183
msgstr ""
28184
"För att det skall fungera måste monteringspunkten "
28185
"<filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> finnas. Det bör inte finnas några filer "
28186
"eller underkataloger i katalogen <filename>/local/ubuntu</filename>."
28187
28188
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:406(para)
28189
msgid ""
28190
"An alternate way to mount an NFS share from another machine is to add a line "
28191
"to the <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file. The line must state the "
28192
"hostname of the NFS server, the directory on the server being exported, and "
28193
"the directory on the local machine where the NFS share is to be mounted."
28194
msgstr ""
28195
"Ett annat sätt att montera en NFS-utdelning från en annan dator är att lägga "
28196
"till en rad i filen <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. Raden måste berätta "
28197
"värdnamnet på NFS-servern, katalogen som exporteras, och katalogen på den "
28198
"lokala datorn som NFS-utdelningen skall monteras till."
28199
28200
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:414(para)
28201
msgid ""
28202
"The general syntax for the line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file is "
28203
"as follows:"
28204
msgstr ""
28205
"Den allmänna syntaxen för raden i filen <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> är "
28206
"som följer:"
28207
28208
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:420(programlisting)
28209
#, no-wrap
28210
msgid ""
28211
"\n"
28212
"example.hostname.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu nfs "
28213
"rsize=8192,wsize=8192,timeo=14,intr\n"
28214
msgstr ""
28215
"\n"
28216
"exempel.värddator.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu nfs "
28217
"rsize=8192,wsize=8192,timeo=14,intr\n"
28218
28219
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:424(para)
28220
msgid ""
28221
"If you have trouble mounting an NFS share, make sure the <application>nfs-"
28222
"common</application> package is installed on your client. To install "
28223
"<application>nfs-common</application> enter the following command at the "
28224
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
28225
"<command>sudo apt-get install nfs-common</command>\n"
28226
"</screen>"
28227
msgstr ""
28228
"Om du har problem med att montera en NFS-utdelning, kontrollera att paketet "
28229
"<application>nfs-common</application> är installerat på din klient. För att "
28230
"installera <application>nfs-common</application> kan du skriva följande "
28231
"kommando från terminalprompten: <screen>\n"
28232
"<command>sudo apt-get install nfs-common</command>\n"
28233
"</screen>"
28234
28235
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:437(ulink)
28236
msgid "Linux NFS faq"
28237
msgstr "Vanliga frågor om Linux NFS"
28238
28239
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:439(ulink)
28240
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki NFS Howto"
28241
msgstr ""
28242
28243
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:445(title)
28244
msgid "CUPS - Print Server"
28245
msgstr "CUPS - Skrivarserver"
28246
28247
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:446(para)
28248
msgid ""
28249
"The primary mechanism for Ubuntu printing and print services is the "
28250
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Common UNIX Printing System</emphasis> (CUPS). This "
28251
"printing system is a freely available, portable printing layer which has "
28252
"become the new standard for printing in most Linux distributions."
28253
msgstr ""
28254
"I Ubuntu är den primära mekanismen för utskrifter och skrivartjänster "
28255
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Common UNIX Printing System</emphasis> (CUPS). Det "
28256
"är ett fritt tillgängligt utskriftsystem, portabelt utskriftslager som har "
28257
"blivit den nya standarden för att skriva ut i de flesta Linuxdistributioner."
28258
28259
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:453(para)
28260
msgid ""
28261
"CUPS manages print jobs and queues and provides network printing using the "
28262
"standard Internet Printing Protocol (IPP), while offering support for a very "
28263
"large range of printers, from dot-matrix to laser and many in between. CUPS "
28264
"also supports PostScript Printer Description (PPD) and auto-detection of "
28265
"network printers, and features a simple web-based configuration and "
28266
"administration tool."
28267
msgstr ""
28268
"CUPS hanterar utskriftsjobb och utskriftsköer och erbjuder "
28269
"nätverksutskrifter med hjälp av standardprotokollet Internet Printing "
28270
"Protocol (IPP), samtidigt som det ger dig stöd för ett väldigt stort antal "
28271
"skrivare, från matris till laser och många däremellan. CUPS stöder även "
28272
"PostScript Printer Description (PPD) och automatisk detektering av "
28273
"nätverksskrivare, och har ett enkelt webbaserat konfigurations- och "
28274
"administrationsverktyg."
28275
28276
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:463(para)
28277
msgid ""
28278
"To install CUPS on your Ubuntu computer, simply use "
28279
"<application>sudo</application> with the <application>apt-get</application> "
28280
"command and give the packages to install as the first parameter. A complete "
28281
"CUPS install has many package dependencies, but they may all be specified on "
28282
"the same command line. Enter the following at a terminal prompt to install "
28283
"CUPS:"
28284
msgstr ""
28285
"För att installera CUPS på din Ubuntu dator, använd kommandot "
28286
"<application>sudo</application> tillsammans med <application>apt-"
28287
"get</application> och som första parameter paketnamnet på det som skall "
28288
"installeras. En komplett CUPS installation har många paketberoenden, men de "
28289
"kan anges på samma kommandorad. Skriv in följande från en terminalprompt för "
28290
"att installera CUPS:"
28291
28292
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:468(command)
28293
msgid "sudo apt-get install cups"
28294
msgstr "sudo apt-get install cups"
28295
28296
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:471(para)
28297
msgid ""
28298
"Upon authenticating with your user password, the packages should be "
28299
"downloaded and installed without error. Upon the conclusion of installation, "
28300
"the CUPS server will be started automatically."
28301
msgstr ""
28302
"När du har verifierat dig med ditt lösenord bör paketen laddas ner och "
28303
"installeras utan några felmeddelanden. När installationen avslutas kommer "
28304
"CUPS-servern att starta automatiskt."
28305
28306
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:476(para)
28307
msgid ""
28308
"For troubleshooting purposes, you can access CUPS server errors via the "
28309
"error log file at: <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>. If the "
28310
"error log does not show enough information to troubleshoot any problems you "
28311
"encounter, the verbosity of the CUPS log can be increased by changing the "
28312
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LogLevel</emphasis> directive in the configuration "
28313
"file (discussed below) to \"debug\" or even \"debug2\", which logs "
28314
"everything, from the default of \"info\". If you make this change, remember "
28315
"to change it back once you've solved your problem, to prevent the log file "
28316
"from becoming overly large."
28317
msgstr ""
28318
"Om du vill felsöka kan du komma åt CUPS-serverns felmeddelanden via "
28319
"loggfilen för fel: <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>. Om "
28320
"felmeddelandet inte visar tillräckligt med information för att felsöka "
28321
"problemet du stötte på kan du justera hur mycket CUPS skall logga genom att "
28322
"ändra på parametern <emphasis role=\"bold\">LogLevel</emphasis> i "
28323
"konfigurationsfilen (diskuteras nedan) till \"debug\" eller till och med "
28324
"\"debug2\" från standardvärdet \"info\", vilket kommer att logga allt. Om du "
28325
"gör den här ändringen, kom ihåg att ändra tillbaka den när du har löst "
28326
"problemet för att undvika att loggfilen blir onödigt stor."
28327
28328
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:489(para)
28329
msgid ""
28330
"The Common UNIX Printing System server's behavior is configured through the "
28331
"directives contained in the file <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename>. "
28332
"The CUPS configuration file follows the same syntax as the primary "
28333
"configuration file for the Apache HTTP server, so users familiar with "
28334
"editing Apache's configuration file should feel at ease when editing the "
28335
"CUPS configuration file. Some examples of settings you may wish to change "
28336
"initially will be presented here."
28337
msgstr ""
28338
"CUPS-serverns beteende konfigureras genom parametrarna i filen "
28339
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename>. CUPS konfigurationsfil följer "
28340
"samma syntax som HTTP-servern Apaches huvudsakliga konfigurationsfil, så de "
28341
"som är vana vid att ändra i Apaches konfiguration bör känna sig hemma när de "
28342
"ändrar i CUPS konfigurationsfil. Här följer några exempel på inställningar "
28343
"du kan vilja ändra."
28344
28345
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:499(para)
28346
msgid ""
28347
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
28348
"original file and protect it from writing, so you will have the original "
28349
"settings as a reference, and to reuse as necessary."
28350
msgstr ""
28351
"Innan du ändrar på konfigurationsfilen bör du göra en kopia av originalfilen "
28352
"och göra den skrivskyddad, så att du har kvar originalinställningarna som en "
28353
"referens, och så att du kan återanvända dem om det skulle krävas."
28354
28355
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:503(para)
28356
msgid ""
28357
"Copy the <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> file and protect it from "
28358
"writing with the following commands, issued at a terminal prompt:"
28359
msgstr ""
28360
"Kopiera filen <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> och gör den "
28361
"skrivskyddad med följande kommandon som du skriver från en terminalprompt:"
28362
28363
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:509(command)
28364
msgid "sudo cp /etc/cups/cupsd.conf /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"
28365
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/cups/cupsd.conf /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"
28366
28367
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:510(command)
28368
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"
28369
msgstr "sudo chmod a-w /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"
28370
28371
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:515(para)
28372
msgid ""
28373
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ServerAdmin</emphasis>: To configure the email "
28374
"address of the designated administrator of the CUPS server, simply edit the "
28375
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> configuration file with your "
28376
"preferred text editor, and add or modify the <emphasis "
28377
"role=\"italics\">ServerAdmin</emphasis> line accordingly. For example, if "
28378
"you are the Administrator for the CUPS server, and your e-mail address is "
28379
"'bjoy@somebigco.com', then you would modify the ServerAdmin line to appear "
28380
"as such:"
28381
msgstr ""
28382
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ServerAdmin</emphasis>: För att konfigurera vilken e-"
28383
"postadress administratören för CUPS-servern har, ändra konfigurationsfilen "
28384
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> med den textredigerare du tycker "
28385
"bäst om, och ändra på raden <emphasis "
28386
"role=\"italics\">ServerAdmin</emphasis> till det du vill skall stå där. Om "
28387
"du skulle vara administratör för CUPS-servern, och din e-postadress är "
28388
"'bjoy@somebigco.com' skulle du skriva om ServerAdmin-raden så att den ser ut "
28389
"såhär:"
28390
28391
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:526(screen)
28392
#, no-wrap
28393
msgid ""
28394
"\n"
28395
"ServerAdmin bjoy@somebigco.com\n"
28396
msgstr ""
28397
"\n"
28398
"ServerAdmin bjoy@somebigco.com\n"
28399
28400
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:532(para)
28401
msgid ""
28402
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listen</emphasis>: By default on Ubuntu, the CUPS "
28403
"server installation listens only on the loopback interface at IP address "
28404
"<emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis>. In order to instruct the CUPS server to "
28405
"listen on an actual network adapter's IP address, you must specify either a "
28406
"hostname, the IP address, or optionally, an IP address/port pairing via the "
28407
"addition of a Listen directive. For example, if your CUPS server resides on "
28408
"a local network at the IP address <emphasis "
28409
"role=\"italics\">192.168.10.250</emphasis> and you'd like to make it "
28410
"accessible to the other systems on this subnetwork, you would edit the "
28411
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> and add a Listen directive, as "
28412
"such:"
28413
msgstr ""
28414
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listen</emphasis>: Som standard lyssnar CUPS-servern "
28415
"i Ubuntu endast på loopback-gränssnittet på IP-adress "
28416
"<emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis>. För att instruera CUPS-servern att lyssna på "
28417
"en faktisk IP-adress på ett nätverkskort måste du antingen ange ett "
28418
"värdnamn, IP-adress eller valfritt en IP-adress/port via tilläggsdirektivet "
28419
"Listen. Om till exempel din CUPS-server finns på ett lokalt nätverk på IP-"
28420
"adressen <emphasis role=\"italics\">192.168.10.250</emphasis> och du vill "
28421
"göra den åtkomlig för andra system på detta delnätverk, skulle du redigera "
28422
"filen <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> och lägga till direktivet "
28423
"Listen, exempelvis:"
28424
28425
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:546(screen)
28426
#, no-wrap
28427
msgid ""
28428
"\n"
28429
"Listen 127.0.0.1:631 # existing loopback Listen\n"
28430
"Listen /var/run/cups/cups.sock # existing socket Listen\n"
28431
"Listen 192.168.10.250:631 # Listen on the LAN interface, Port 631 "
28432
"(IPP)\n"
28433
msgstr ""
28434
"\n"
28435
"Listen 127.0.0.1:631 # existing loopback Listen\n"
28436
"Listen /var/run/cups/cups.sock # existing socket Listen\n"
28437
"Listen 192.168.10.250:631 # Listen on the LAN interface, Port 631 (IPP)\n"
28438
28439
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:552(para)
28440
msgid ""
28441
"In the example above, you may comment out or remove the reference to the "
28442
"Loopback address (127.0.0.1) if you do not wish <application>cupsd "
28443
"</application> to listen on that interface, but would rather have it only "
28444
"listen on the Ethernet interfaces of the Local Area Network (LAN). To enable "
28445
"listening for all network interfaces for which a certain hostname is bound, "
28446
"including the Loopback, you could create a Listen entry for the hostname "
28447
"<emphasis>socrates</emphasis> as such:"
28448
msgstr ""
28449
"I ovanstående exempel vill du kanske kommentera ut eller ta bort raden för "
28450
"loopback-adressen (127.0.0.1) om du inte vill att "
28451
"<application>cupsd</application> skall lyssna på det gränssnittet, utan bara "
28452
"på ethernet-gränssnitt på det lokala nätverket (LAN). För att göra så att "
28453
"CUPS-servern lyssnar på alla nätverksgränssnitt som ett specifikt "
28454
"värddatornamn är bundet till, inklusive loopback, skulle du skriva en Listen-"
28455
"rad med det datornamnet (i det här exemplet använder vi "
28456
"<emphasis>socrates</emphasis>) såhär:"
28457
28458
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:562(screen)
28459
#, no-wrap
28460
msgid ""
28461
"\n"
28462
"Listen socrates:631 # Listen on all interfaces for the hostname 'socrates'\n"
28463
msgstr ""
28464
"\n"
28465
"Listen socrates:631 # Listen on all interfaces for the hostname 'socrates'\n"
28466
28467
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:566(para)
28468
msgid ""
28469
"or by omitting the Listen directive and using <emphasis>Port</emphasis> "
28470
"instead, as in:"
28471
msgstr ""
28472
"eller genom att ta bort alla Listen-rader och istället använda "
28473
"<emphasis>Port</emphasis>, såhär:"
28474
28475
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:568(screen)
28476
#, no-wrap
28477
msgid ""
28478
"\n"
28479
"Port 631 # Listen on port 631 on all interfaces\n"
28480
msgstr ""
28481
"\n"
28482
"Port 631 # Listen on port 631 on all interfaces\n"
28483
28484
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:575(para)
28485
msgid ""
28486
"For more examples of configuration directives in the CUPS server "
28487
"configuration file, view the associated system manual page by entering the "
28488
"following command at a terminal prompt:"
28489
msgstr ""
28490
"För fler exempel på konfigurationsmöjligheter i CUPS-serverns "
28491
"konfigurationsfil kan du läsa manualsidan för filen genom att skriva "
28492
"följande kommando från en terminalprompt:"
28493
28494
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:582(command)
28495
msgid "man cupsd.conf"
28496
msgstr "man cupsd.conf"
28497
28498
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:586(para)
28499
msgid ""
28500
"Whenever you make changes to the <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> "
28501
"configuration file, you'll need to restart the CUPS server by typing the "
28502
"following command at a terminal prompt:"
28503
msgstr ""
28504
"När du gör ändringar i konfigurationsfilen "
28505
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> måste du starta om CUPS-servern "
28506
"genom att skriva följande kommando från terminalprompten:"
28507
28508
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:592(command)
28509
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/cups restart"
28510
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/cups restart"
28511
28512
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:598(title)
28513
msgid "Web Interface"
28514
msgstr "Webbgränssnitt"
28515
28516
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:600(para)
28517
msgid ""
28518
"CUPS can be configured and monitored using a web interface, which by default "
28519
"is available at <ulink "
28520
"url=\"http://localhost:631/admin\">http://localhost:631/admin</ulink>. The "
28521
"web interface can be used to perform all printer management tasks."
28522
msgstr ""
28523
"CUPS kan konfigureras och övervakas genom att använda ett webbgränssnitt, "
28524
"som standard är tillgängligt på <ulink "
28525
"url=\"http://localhost:631/admin\">http://localhost:631/admin</ulink>. "
28526
"Webbgränssnittet går att använda till alla uppgifter för skrivarhantering."
28527
28528
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:604(para)
28529
msgid ""
28530
"In order to perform administrative tasks via the web interface, you must "
28531
"either have the root account enabled on your server, or authenticate as a "
28532
"user in the <emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis> group. For security "
28533
"reasons, CUPS won't authenticate a user that doesn't have a password."
28534
msgstr ""
28535
"För att kunna utföra administrativa uppgifter via webbgränssnittet, måste du "
28536
"ha root-kontot aktiverat på din server eller autentisera som en användare i "
28537
"gruppen <emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis>. Av säkerhets skäl, "
28538
"kommer CUPS inte att autentisera en användare som saknar lösenord."
28539
28540
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:607(para)
28541
msgid ""
28542
"To add a user to the <emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis> group, run "
28543
"at the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
28544
"<command>sudo usermod -aG lpadmin username</command>\n"
28545
"</screen>"
28546
msgstr ""
28547
"För att lägga till en användare i gruppen <emphasis "
28548
"role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis>, kör i terminalprompten: <screen>\n"
28549
"<command>sudo usermod -aG lpadmin username</command>\n"
28550
"</screen>"
28551
28552
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:613(para)
28553
msgid ""
28554
"Further documentation is available in the <emphasis "
28555
"role=\"italic\">Documentation/Help</emphasis> tab of the web interface."
28556
msgstr ""
28557
"Ytterligare dokumentation finns tillgängligt i webbgränssnittet under fliken "
28558
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">Dokumentation/Hjälp</emphasis>."
28559
28560
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:621(ulink)
28561
msgid "CUPS Website"
28562
msgstr "CUPS webbplats"
28563
28564
#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:624(ulink)
28565
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki CUPS page"
28566
msgstr ""
28567
28568
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:13(title)
28569
msgid "Domain Name Service (DNS)"
28570
msgstr "Domain Name Service (DNS)"
28571
28572
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:14(para)
28573
msgid ""
28574
"Domain Name Service (DNS) is an Internet service that maps IP addresses and "
28575
"fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to one another. In this way, DNS "
28576
"alleviates the need to remember IP addresses. Computers that run DNS are "
28577
"called <emphasis>name servers</emphasis>. Ubuntu ships with "
28578
"<application>BIND</application> (Berkley Internet Naming Daemon), the most "
28579
"common program used for maintaining a name server on Linux."
28580
msgstr ""
28581
"Domain Name Service (DNS) är en internettjänst som ansluter IP-adresser och "
28582
"kompletta domännamn (FQDN) med varandra. På det här sättet minskar DNS "
28583
"behovet av att komma ihåg IP-adresser. Datorer som kör DNS kallas för "
28584
"<emphasis>namnservrar</emphasis>. Ubuntu innehåller "
28585
"<application>BIND</application> (Berkley Internet Naming Daemon), det "
28586
"vanligaste programmet för att upprätthålla en namnserver på Linux."
28587
28588
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:24(para)
28589
msgid ""
28590
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
28591
"<application>dns</application>:"
28592
msgstr ""
28593
"Från en terminalprompt, skriv följande kommando för att installera "
28594
"<application>dns</application>:"
28595
28596
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:28(command)
28597
msgid "sudo apt-get install bind9"
28598
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bind9"
28599
28600
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:30(para)
28601
msgid ""
28602
"A very useful package for testing and troubleshooting DNS issues is the "
28603
"dnsutils package. To install <application>dnsutils</application> enter the "
28604
"following:"
28605
msgstr ""
28606
"Ett väldigt användbart paket för att testa och felsöka DNS-problem är "
28607
"paketet dnsutils. För att installera <application>dnsutils</application> "
28608
"skriv följande:"
28609
28610
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:35(command)
28611
msgid "sudo apt-get install dnsutils"
28612
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dnsutils"
28613
28614
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:40(para)
28615
msgid ""
28616
"There are many ways to configure <application>BIND9</application>. Some of "
28617
"the most common configurations are a caching nameserver, primary master, and "
28618
"as a secondary master."
28619
msgstr ""
28620
28621
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:46(para)
28622
msgid ""
28623
"When configured as a caching nameserver BIND9 will find the answer to name "
28624
"queries and remember the answer when the domain is queried again."
28625
msgstr ""
28626
"När BIND9 är konfigurerad som en cachande namnserver kommer den söka rätt på "
28627
"svaret vid namnförfrågningar och minns svaret när domänen tillfrågas igen."
28628
28629
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:52(para)
28630
msgid ""
28631
"As a primary master server BIND9 reads the data for a zone from a file on "
28632
"it's host and is authoritative for that zone."
28633
msgstr ""
28634
"Som en primär huvudserver läser BIND9 data för en zon från en fil på sin "
28635
"värd och är auktorativ för den zonen."
28636
28637
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:57(para)
28638
msgid ""
28639
"In a secondary master configuration BIND9 gets the zone data from another "
28640
"nameserver authoritative for the zone."
28641
msgstr ""
28642
"I en konfiguration där BIND9 är en sekundär huvudserver får den zondata från "
28643
"en annan namnserver som är auktorativ för den zonen."
28644
28645
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:65(para)
28646
msgid ""
28647
"The DNS configuration files are stored in the <filename>/etc/bind</filename> "
28648
"directory. The primary configuration file is "
28649
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf</filename>."
28650
msgstr ""
28651
"Konfigurationsfilerna för DNS sparas i katalogen "
28652
"<filename>/etc/bind</filename>. Den primära konfigurationsfilen är "
28653
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf</filename>."
28654
28655
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:72(para)
28656
msgid ""
28657
"The <emphasis>include</emphasis> line specifies the filename which contains "
28658
"the DNS options. The <emphasis>directory</emphasis> line in the "
28659
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename> file tells DNS where to "
28660
"look for files. All files BIND uses will be relative to this directory."
28661
msgstr ""
28662
"Raden <emphasis>include</emphasis> specificerar filnamnet som innehåller DNS-"
28663
"alternativen. Raden <emphasis>directory</emphasis> i filen "
28664
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename> talar om för DNS var den "
28665
"skall söka efter filer. Alla filer som BIND använder kommer relateras till "
28666
"den här katalogen."
28667
28668
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:80(para)
28669
msgid ""
28670
"The file named <filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> describes the root "
28671
"nameservers in the world. The servers change over time, so the "
28672
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> file must be maintained now and then. "
28673
"This is usually done as updates to the <application>bind9</application> "
28674
"package. The <emphasis>zone</emphasis> section defines a master server, and "
28675
"it is stored in a file mentioned in the <emphasis>file</emphasis> option."
28676
msgstr ""
28677
"Filen med namnet <filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> beskriver de "
28678
"rotnamnservrar som finns i världen. Servarna ändras över tiden, så filen "
28679
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> måste underhållas med jämna "
28680
"mellanrum. Detta utförs normalt som uppdateringar av paketet "
28681
"<application>bind9</application>. Sektionen <emphasis>zone</emphasis> "
28682
"definierar en huvudserver och det sparas i en fil som är omnämnd i "
28683
"alternativet <emphasis>file</emphasis>."
28684
28685
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:90(para)
28686
msgid ""
28687
"It is possible to configure the same server to be a caching name server, "
28688
"primary master, and secondary master. A server can be the Start of Authority "
28689
"(SOA) for one zone, while providing secondary service for another zone. All "
28690
"the while providing caching services for hosts on the local LAN."
28691
msgstr ""
28692
"Det är möjligt att konfigurera en server till att vara en cachande "
28693
"namnserver, primär huvudserver och en sekundär huvudserver. En server kan "
28694
"vara SOA (Start of Authority) för en zon, medan den tillhandahåller "
28695
"sekundära tjänster för en annan zon. Allt medan den tillhandahåller cachande "
28696
"tjänster för värdar på det lokala nätverket."
28697
28698
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:98(title)
28699
msgid "Caching Nameserver"
28700
msgstr "Cachande namnserver"
28701
28702
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:99(para)
28703
msgid ""
28704
"The default configuration is setup to act as a caching server. All that is "
28705
"required is simply adding the IP Addresses of your ISP's DNS servers. Simply "
28706
"uncomment and edit the following in "
28707
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename>:"
28708
msgstr ""
28709
"Standardkonfigurationen är uppbyggd för att agera som en cachande server. "
28710
"Allt som krävs är att lägga till IP-adresserna till din ISP:s DNS-servrar. "
28711
"Avkommentera och redigera följande i "
28712
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename>:"
28713
28714
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:103(programlisting)
28715
#, no-wrap
28716
msgid ""
28717
"\n"
28718
"forwarders {\n"
28719
" 1.2.3.4;\n"
28720
" 5.6.7.8;\n"
28721
" };\n"
28722
msgstr ""
28723
"\n"
28724
"forwarders {\n"
28725
" 1.2.3.4;\n"
28726
" 5.6.7.8;\n"
28727
" };\n"
28728
28729
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:110(para)
28730
msgid ""
28731
"Replace <emphasis>1.2.3.4</emphasis> and <emphasis>5.6.7.8</emphasis> with "
28732
"the IP Adresses of actual nameservers."
28733
msgstr ""
28734
"Ersätt <emphasis>1.2.3.4</emphasis> och <emphasis>5.6.7.8</emphasis> med IP-"
28735
"adressen för de verkliga namnservrarna."
28736
28737
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:114(para)
28738
msgid ""
28739
"Now restart the DNS server, to enable the new configuration. From a terminal "
28740
"prompt:"
28741
msgstr ""
28742
"Starta nu om DNS-servern för att aktivera den nya konfigurationen. Från en "
28743
"terminalprompt:"
28744
28745
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:118(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:194(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:253(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:312(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:561(command)
28746
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/bind9 restart"
28747
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/bind9 restart"
28748
28749
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:120(para)
28750
msgid ""
28751
"See <xref linkend=\"dns-testing-dig\"/> for information on testing a caching "
28752
"DNS server."
28753
msgstr ""
28754
"Se <xref linkend=\"dns-testing-dig\"/> för information om testning av en "
28755
"cachande DNS-server."
28756
28757
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:125(title)
28758
msgid "Primary Master"
28759
msgstr "Primär huvudserver"
28760
28761
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:126(para)
28762
msgid ""
28763
"In this section <application>BIND9</application> will be configured as the "
28764
"Primary Master for the domain <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>. Simply "
28765
"replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> with your FQDN "
28766
"(Fully Qualified Domain Name)."
28767
msgstr ""
28768
"I detta avsnitt kommer <application>BIND9</application> konfigureras som den "
28769
"primära huvudservern för domänen <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>. Ersätt "
28770
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> med din FQDN (Fully "
28771
"Qualified Domain Name)."
28772
28773
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:132(title)
28774
msgid "Forward Zone File"
28775
msgstr "Vidaresändande zonfil"
28776
28777
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:133(para)
28778
msgid ""
28779
"To add a DNS zone to BIND9, turning BIND9 into a Primary Master server, the "
28780
"first step is to edit <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"
28781
msgstr ""
28782
"För att lägga till en DNS-zon till BIND9, förändra BIND9 till en primär "
28783
"huvudserver, första steget är att redigera "
28784
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"
28785
28786
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:137(programlisting)
28787
#, no-wrap
28788
msgid ""
28789
"\n"
28790
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
28791
"\ttype master;\n"
28792
" file \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
28793
"};\n"
28794
msgstr ""
28795
"\n"
28796
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
28797
"\ttype master;\n"
28798
" file \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
28799
"};\n"
28800
28801
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:143(para)
28802
msgid ""
28803
"Now use an existing zone file as a template to create the "
28804
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> file:"
28805
msgstr ""
28806
"Använd nu en existerande zonfil som mall för att skapa filen "
28807
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename>:"
28808
28809
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:147(command)
28810
msgid "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.local /etc/bind/db.example.com"
28811
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.local /etc/bind/db.example.com"
28812
28813
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:149(para)
28814
msgid ""
28815
"Edit the new zone file <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> change "
28816
"<emphasis>localhost.</emphasis> to the FQDN of your server, leaving the "
28817
"additional \".\" at the end. Change <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> to the "
28818
"nameserver's IP Address and <emphasis>root.localhost</emphasis> to a valid "
28819
"email address, but with a \".\" instead of the usual \"@\" symbol, again "
28820
"leaving the \".\" at the end."
28821
msgstr ""
28822
"Redigera den nya zonfilen <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> "
28823
"ändra <emphasis>localhost.</emphasis> till din server-FQDN men lämna den "
28824
"extra \".\" i slutet. Ändra <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> till namnserverns "
28825
"IP-adress och <emphasis>root.localhost</emphasis> till en giltig e-"
28826
"postadress, men med en \".\" istället för den vanliga \"@\" symbolen, "
28827
"återigen lämna \".\" i slutet."
28828
28829
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:155(para)
28830
msgid ""
28831
"Also, create an <emphasis>A record</emphasis> for <emphasis "
28832
"role=\"italic\">ns.example.com</emphasis>. The name server in this example:"
28833
msgstr ""
28834
"Dessutom, skapa en <emphasis>A-post</emphasis> för <emphasis "
28835
"role=\"italic\">ns.example.com</emphasis>. Namnservern i detta exempel:"
28836
28837
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:159(programlisting)
28838
#, no-wrap
28839
msgid ""
28840
"\n"
28841
";\n"
28842
"; BIND data file for local loopback interface\n"
28843
";\n"
28844
"$TTL 604800\n"
28845
"@ IN SOA ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
28846
" 2 ; Serial\n"
28847
" 604800 ; Refresh\n"
28848
" 86400 ; Retry\n"
28849
" 2419200 ; Expire\n"
28850
" 604800 ) ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
28851
";\n"
28852
"@ IN NS ns.example.com.\n"
28853
"@ IN A 127.0.0.1\n"
28854
"@ IN AAAA ::1\n"
28855
"ns IN A 192.168.1.10\n"
28856
msgstr ""
28857
"\n"
28858
";\n"
28859
"; BIND data file for local loopback interface\n"
28860
";\n"
28861
"$TTL 604800\n"
28862
"@ IN SOA ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
28863
" 2 ; Serial\n"
28864
" 604800 ; Refresh\n"
28865
" 86400 ; Retry\n"
28866
" 2419200 ; Expire\n"
28867
" 604800 ) ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
28868
";\n"
28869
"@ IN NS ns.example.com.\n"
28870
"@ IN A 127.0.0.1\n"
28871
"@ IN AAAA ::1\n"
28872
"ns IN A 192.168.1.10\n"
28873
28874
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:176(para)
28875
msgid ""
28876
"You must increment the <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> every time you "
28877
"make changes to the zone file. If you make multiple changes before "
28878
"restarting BIND9, simply increment the Serial once."
28879
msgstr ""
28880
"Du måste öka <emphasis>serienumret</emphasis> varje gång du ändrar i "
28881
"zonfilen. Om du gör flera ändringar innan du startar om BIND9, öka "
28882
"serienumret en gång."
28883
28884
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:180(para)
28885
msgid ""
28886
"Now, you can add DNS records to the bottom of the zone file. See <xref "
28887
"linkend=\"dns-record-types\"/> for details."
28888
msgstr ""
28889
"Nu kan du lägga till DNS-poster i slutet av zonfilen. För detaljer se <xref "
28890
"linkend=\"dns-record-types\"/>."
28891
28892
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:184(para)
28893
msgid ""
28894
"Many admins like to use the last date edited as the serial of a zone, such "
28895
"as <emphasis>2007010100</emphasis> which is yyyymmddss (where "
28896
"<emphasis>ss</emphasis> is the Serial Number)"
28897
msgstr ""
28898
"Många administratörer föredrar att använda senaste redigeringsdatumet som "
28899
"serienummer för en zon, såsom <emphasis>2007010100</emphasis> vilket är "
28900
"yyyymmddss (där <emphasis>ss</emphasis> är serienumret)"
28901
28902
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:189(para)
28903
msgid ""
28904
"Once you have made a change to the zone file "
28905
"<application>BIND9</application> will need to be restarted for the changes "
28906
"to take effect:"
28907
msgstr ""
28908
"När du väl har gjort ändringarna till zonfilen så behöver "
28909
"<application>BIND9</application> startas om för att ändringarna ska börja "
28910
"gälla:"
28911
28912
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:198(title)
28913
msgid "Reverse Zone File"
28914
msgstr "Reverserande zonfil"
28915
28916
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:199(para)
28917
msgid ""
28918
"Now that the zone is setup and resolving names to IP Adresses a "
28919
"<emphasis>Reverse zone</emphasis> is also required. A Reverse zone allows "
28920
"DNS to resolve an address to a name."
28921
msgstr ""
28922
"Nu när zonen är uppsatt och översätter namn till IP-adresser så krävs också "
28923
"en <emphasis>reverserande zon</emphasis>. En reverserande zon medger att DNS "
28924
"översätter en adress till ett namn."
28925
28926
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:203(para)
28927
msgid "Edit /etc/bind/named.conf.local and add the following:"
28928
msgstr "Redigera /etc/bind/named.conf.local och lägg till följande:"
28929
28930
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:206(programlisting)
28931
#, no-wrap
28932
msgid ""
28933
"\n"
28934
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
28935
" type master;\n"
28936
" notify no;\n"
28937
" file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
28938
"};\n"
28939
msgstr ""
28940
"\n"
28941
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
28942
" type master;\n"
28943
" notify no;\n"
28944
" file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
28945
"};\n"
28946
28947
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:214(para)
28948
msgid ""
28949
"Replace <emphasis>1.168.192</emphasis> with the first three octets of "
28950
"whatever network you are using. Also, name the zone file "
28951
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> appropriately. It should match the "
28952
"first octet of your network."
28953
msgstr ""
28954
"Ersätt <emphasis>1.168.192</emphasis> med de första tre oktetterna som ditt "
28955
"nätverk använder. Dessutom, namna zonfilen till något giltigt "
28956
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>. Den skall passa ihop med den första "
28957
"oktetten i ditt nätverk."
28958
28959
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:219(para)
28960
msgid "Now create the <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> file:"
28961
msgstr "Skapa nu filen <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>:"
28962
28963
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:223(command)
28964
msgid "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.127 /etc/bind/db.192"
28965
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.127 /etc/bind/db.192"
28966
28967
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:225(para)
28968
msgid ""
28969
"Next edit <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> changing the basically the "
28970
"same options as <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename>:"
28971
msgstr ""
28972
"Nästa steg, redigera <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> genom att ändra i "
28973
"stort sätt samma alternativ som i "
28974
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename>:"
28975
28976
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:229(programlisting)
28977
#, no-wrap
28978
msgid ""
28979
"\n"
28980
";\n"
28981
"; BIND reverse data file for local loopback interface\n"
28982
";\n"
28983
"$TTL 604800\n"
28984
"@ IN SOA ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
28985
" 2 ; Serial\n"
28986
" 604800 ; Refresh\n"
28987
" 86400 ; Retry\n"
28988
" 2419200 ; Expire\n"
28989
" 604800 ) ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
28990
";\n"
28991
"@ IN NS ns.\n"
28992
"10 IN PTR ns.example.com.\n"
28993
msgstr ""
28994
"\n"
28995
";\n"
28996
"; BIND reverse data file for local loopback interface\n"
28997
";\n"
28998
"$TTL 604800\n"
28999
"@ IN SOA ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
29000
" 2 ; Serial\n"
29001
" 604800 ; Refresh\n"
29002
" 86400 ; Retry\n"
29003
" 2419200 ; Expire\n"
29004
" 604800 ) ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
29005
";\n"
29006
"@ IN NS ns.\n"
29007
"10 IN PTR ns.example.com.\n"
29008
29009
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:244(para)
29010
msgid ""
29011
"The <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> in the Reverse zone needs to be "
29012
"incremented on each change as well. For each <emphasis>A record</emphasis> "
29013
"you configure in <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> you need to "
29014
"create a <emphasis>PTR record</emphasis> in "
29015
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>."
29016
msgstr ""
29017
29018
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:249(para)
29019
msgid ""
29020
"After creating the reverse zone file restart "
29021
"<application>BIND9</application>:"
29022
msgstr ""
29023
"Efter du har skapat den reverserande zonfilen, starta om "
29024
"<application>BIND9</application>:"
29025
29026
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:258(title)
29027
msgid "Secondary Master"
29028
msgstr "Sekundär huvudserver"
29029
29030
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:259(para)
29031
msgid ""
29032
"Once a <emphasis>Primary Master</emphasis> has been configured a "
29033
"<emphasis>Secondary Master</emphasis> is needed in order to maintain the "
29034
"availability of the domain should the Primary become unavailable."
29035
msgstr ""
29036
"Så snart en <emphasis>primär huvudserver</emphasis> har konfigurerats behövs "
29037
"en <emphasis>sekundär huvudserver</emphasis> för att underhålla "
29038
"tillgängligheten av domänen ifall den primära huvudservern är otillgänglig."
29039
29040
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:263(para)
29041
msgid ""
29042
"First, on the Primary Master server, the zone transfer needs to be allowed. "
29043
"Add the <emphasis>allow-transfer</emphasis> option to the example Forward "
29044
"and Reverse zone definitions in "
29045
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"
29046
msgstr ""
29047
"Till att börja med, på den primära huvudservern måste zonöverföring "
29048
"tillåtas. lägg till alternativet <emphasis>allow-transfer</emphasis> till "
29049
"exempeldefinitionerna i vidaresändande och reverserande zonerna i "
29050
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"
29051
29052
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:267(programlisting)
29053
#, no-wrap
29054
msgid ""
29055
"\n"
29056
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
29057
" type master;\n"
29058
"\tfile \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
29059
" allow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
29060
"};\n"
29061
"\n"
29062
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
29063
" type master;\n"
29064
" notify no;\n"
29065
" file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
29066
"\tallow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
29067
"};\n"
29068
msgstr ""
29069
"\n"
29070
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
29071
" type master;\n"
29072
"\tfile \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
29073
" allow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
29074
"};\n"
29075
"\n"
29076
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
29077
" type master;\n"
29078
" notify no;\n"
29079
" file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
29080
"\tallow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
29081
"};\n"
29082
29083
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:282(para)
29084
msgid ""
29085
"Replace <emphasis>192.168.1.11</emphasis> with the IP Address of your "
29086
"Secondary nameserver."
29087
msgstr ""
29088
"Ersätt <emphasis>192.168.1.11</emphasis> med IP-adressen på din sekundära "
29089
"namnserver."
29090
29091
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:286(para)
29092
msgid ""
29093
"Next, on the Secondary Master, install the <application>bind9</application> "
29094
"package the same way as on the Primary. Then edit the "
29095
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> and add the following "
29096
"declarations for the Forward and Reverse zones:"
29097
msgstr ""
29098
"På den sekundära huvudservern, installera paketet "
29099
"<application>bind9</application> på samma sätt som på den primära. Redigera "
29100
"därefter <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> och lägg till "
29101
"följande deklarationer för de vidaresändande och reverserande zonerna:"
29102
29103
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:290(programlisting)
29104
#, no-wrap
29105
msgid ""
29106
"\n"
29107
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
29108
"\ttype slave;\n"
29109
" file \"/var/cache/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
29110
" masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
29111
"}; \n"
29112
" \n"
29113
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
29114
"\ttype slave;\n"
29115
" file \"/var/cache/bind/db.192\";\n"
29116
" masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
29117
"};\n"
29118
msgstr ""
29119
"\n"
29120
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
29121
"\ttype slave;\n"
29122
" file \"/var/cache/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
29123
" masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
29124
"}; \n"
29125
" \n"
29126
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
29127
"\ttype slave;\n"
29128
" file \"/var/cache/bind/db.192\";\n"
29129
" masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
29130
"};\n"
29131
29132
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:304(para)
29133
msgid ""
29134
"Replace <emphasis>192.168.1.10</emphasis> with the IP Address of your "
29135
"Primary nameserver."
29136
msgstr ""
29137
"Ersätt <emphasis>192.168.1.10</emphasis> med IP-adressen till din primära "
29138
"namnserver."
29139
29140
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:308(para)
29141
msgid "Restart <application>BIND9</application> on the Secondary Master:"
29142
msgstr ""
29143
"Starta om <application>BIND9</application> på den sekundära huvudservern:"
29144
29145
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:314(para)
29146
msgid ""
29147
"In <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> you should see something similar to:"
29148
msgstr "I <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> skall du se något som liknar:"
29149
29150
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:317(programlisting)
29151
#, no-wrap
29152
msgid ""
29153
"\n"
29154
"slave zone \"example.com\" (IN) loaded (serial 6)\n"
29155
"slave zone \"100.18.172.in-addr.arpa\" (IN) loaded (serial 3)\n"
29156
msgstr ""
29157
"\n"
29158
"slave zone \"example.com\" (IN) loaded (serial 6)\n"
29159
"slave zone \"100.18.172.in-addr.arpa\" (IN) loaded (serial 3)\n"
29160
29161
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:322(para)
29162
msgid ""
29163
"Note: A zone is only transferred if the <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> "
29164
"on the Primary is larger than the one on the Secondary."
29165
msgstr ""
29166
"Notera: En zon överförs endast om <emphasis>serienumret</emphasis> på den "
29167
"primära är större än på den sekundära."
29168
29169
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:328(para)
29170
msgid ""
29171
"The default directory for non-authoritative zone files is "
29172
"<filename>/var/cache/bind/</filename>. This directory is also configured in "
29173
"<application>AppArmor</application> to allow the "
29174
"<application>named</application> daemon to write to it. For more information "
29175
"on AppArmor see <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
29176
msgstr ""
29177
29178
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:339(para)
29179
msgid ""
29180
"This section covers ways to help determine the cause when problems happen "
29181
"with DNS and <application>BIND9</application>."
29182
msgstr ""
29183
"Detta avsnitt behandlar sätt för att få hjälp med att fastställa orsaken då "
29184
"ett problem uppstår med DNS och <application>BIND9</application>."
29185
29186
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:345(title)
29187
msgid "resolv.conf"
29188
msgstr "resolv.conf"
29189
29190
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:346(para)
29191
msgid ""
29192
"The first step in testing <application>BIND9</application> is to add the "
29193
"nameserver's IP Address to a hosts resolver. The Primary nameserver should "
29194
"be configured as well as another host to double check things. Simply edit "
29195
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> and add the following:"
29196
msgstr ""
29197
"Första steget i att testa <application>BIND9</application> är att lägga till "
29198
"namnserverns IP-adress till en värdöversättare. Den primära namnservern "
29199
"skall konfigureras liksom även en annan värd för att dubbelkontrollera "
29200
"saker. Redigera <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> och lägg till följande:"
29201
29202
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:351(programlisting)
29203
#, no-wrap
29204
msgid ""
29205
"\n"
29206
"nameserver\t192.168.1.10\n"
29207
"nameserver\t192.168.1.11\n"
29208
msgstr ""
29209
"\n"
29210
"nameserver\t192.168.1.10\n"
29211
"nameserver\t192.168.1.11\n"
29212
29213
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:356(para)
29214
msgid ""
29215
"You should also add the IP Address of the Secondary nameserver in case the "
29216
"Primary becomes unavailable."
29217
msgstr ""
29218
"Du skall också lägga till IP-adressen till den sekundära namnservern i fall "
29219
"att den primära blir otillgänglig."
29220
29221
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:362(title)
29222
msgid "dig"
29223
msgstr "dig"
29224
29225
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:363(para)
29226
msgid ""
29227
"If you installed the <application>dnsutils</application> package you can "
29228
"test your setup using the DNS lookup utility <application>dig</application>:"
29229
msgstr ""
29230
"Om du har installerat paketet <application>dnsutils</application> så kan du "
29231
"testa din konfiguration med DNS-verktyget <application>dig</application>:"
29232
29233
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:369(para)
29234
msgid ""
29235
"After installing <application>BIND9</application> use "
29236
"<application>dig</application> against the loopback interface to make sure "
29237
"it is listening on port 53. From a terminal prompt:"
29238
msgstr ""
29239
"Efter installationen av <application>BIND9</application> använd "
29240
"<application>dig</application> mot gränssnittet loopback för att säkerställa "
29241
"att den lyssnar på port 53. Från en terminalprompt:"
29242
29243
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:374(command)
29244
msgid "dig -x 127.0.0.1"
29245
msgstr "dig -x 127.0.0.1"
29246
29247
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:376(para)
29248
msgid "You should see lines similar to the following in the command output:"
29249
msgstr "Du skall se rader som liknar följande utdata:"
29250
29251
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:379(programlisting)
29252
#, no-wrap
29253
msgid ""
29254
"\n"
29255
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
29256
";; SERVER: 192.168.1.10#53(192.168.1.10)\n"
29257
msgstr ""
29258
"\n"
29259
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
29260
";; SERVER: 192.168.1.10#53(192.168.1.10)\n"
29261
29262
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:385(para)
29263
msgid ""
29264
"If you have configured <application>BIND9</application> as a "
29265
"<emphasis>Caching</emphasis> nameserver \"dig\" an outside domain to check "
29266
"the query time:"
29267
msgstr ""
29268
"Om du har konfigurerat <application>BIND9</application> som en "
29269
"<emphasis>cachande</emphasis> namnserver \"dig\" en domän på utsidan för att "
29270
"kontrollera tiden för en förfrågan:"
29271
29272
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:390(command)
29273
msgid "dig ubuntu.com"
29274
msgstr "dig ubuntu.com"
29275
29276
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:392(para)
29277
msgid "Note the query time toward the end of the command output:"
29278
msgstr ""
29279
"Notera tiden för förfrågan som finns i slutet av utdatan från kommandot:"
29280
29281
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:395(programlisting)
29282
#, no-wrap
29283
msgid ""
29284
"\n"
29285
";; Query time: 49 msec\n"
29286
msgstr ""
29287
"\n"
29288
";; Query time: 49 msec\n"
29289
29290
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:398(para)
29291
msgid "After a second dig there should be improvement:"
29292
msgstr "Efter en andra dig skall det bli en förbättring:"
29293
29294
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:401(programlisting)
29295
#, no-wrap
29296
msgid ""
29297
"\n"
29298
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
29299
msgstr ""
29300
"\n"
29301
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
29302
29303
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:408(title)
29304
msgid "ping"
29305
msgstr "ping"
29306
29307
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:410(para)
29308
msgid ""
29309
"Now to demonstrate how applications make use of DNS to resolve a host name "
29310
"use the <application>ping</application> utility to send an ICMP echo "
29311
"request. From a terminal prompt enter:"
29312
msgstr ""
29313
"För att nu demonstrera hur program använder DNS till att avgöra ett värdnamn "
29314
"använd verktyget <application>ping</application> till att skicka en ICMP eko-"
29315
"förfrågan. Från en terminalprompt skriv:"
29316
29317
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:416(command)
29318
msgid "ping example.com"
29319
msgstr "ping example.com"
29320
29321
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:418(para)
29322
msgid ""
29323
"This tests if the nameserver can resolve the name "
29324
"<emphasis>ns.example.com</emphasis> to an IP Address. The command output "
29325
"should resemble:"
29326
msgstr ""
29327
"Detta testar om namnservern kan översätta namnet "
29328
"<emphasis>ns.example.com</emphasis> till en IP-adress. kommandots utdata bör "
29329
"likna:"
29330
29331
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:422(programlisting)
29332
#, no-wrap
29333
msgid ""
29334
"\n"
29335
"PING ns.example.com (192.168.1.10) 56(84) bytes of data.\n"
29336
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.800 ms\n"
29337
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.813 ms\n"
29338
msgstr ""
29339
"\n"
29340
"PING ns.example.com (192.168.1.10) 56(84) bytes of data.\n"
29341
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.800 ms\n"
29342
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.813 ms\n"
29343
29344
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:429(title)
29345
msgid "named-checkzone"
29346
msgstr "named-checkzone"
29347
29348
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:430(para)
29349
msgid ""
29350
"A great way to test your zone files is by using the <application>named-"
29351
"checkzone</application> utility installed with the "
29352
"<application>bind9</application> package. This utility allows you to make "
29353
"sure the configuration is correct before restarting "
29354
"<application>BIND9</application> and making the changes live."
29355
msgstr ""
29356
"Ett bra sätt att testa dina zonfiler på är att använda verktyget "
29357
"<application>named-checkzone</application> som installeras med paketet "
29358
"<application>bind9</application>. Det här verktyget hjälper dig att "
29359
"säkerställa att konfigurationen är riktig innan du startar om "
29360
"<application>BIND9</application> och aktiverar ändringarna."
29361
29362
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:437(para)
29363
msgid ""
29364
"To test our example Forward zone file enter the following from a command "
29365
"prompt:"
29366
msgstr ""
29367
"För att testa vår exempel vidaresändande zonfil, skriv följande från en "
29368
"terminalprompt:"
29369
29370
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:441(command)
29371
msgid "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.example.com"
29372
msgstr "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.example.com"
29373
29374
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:443(para)
29375
msgid ""
29376
"If everything is configured correctly you should see output similar to:"
29377
msgstr "Om allt är rätt konfigurerat skall resultatet likna:"
29378
29379
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:446(programlisting)
29380
#, no-wrap
29381
msgid ""
29382
"\n"
29383
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 6\n"
29384
"OK\n"
29385
msgstr ""
29386
"\n"
29387
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 6\n"
29388
"OK\n"
29389
29390
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:452(para)
29391
msgid "Similarly, to test the Reverse zone file enter the following:"
29392
msgstr ""
29393
"På liknande sätt, för att testa din reverserande zonfil skriv följande:"
29394
29395
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:456(command)
29396
msgid "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.192"
29397
msgstr "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.192"
29398
29399
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:458(para)
29400
msgid "The output should be similar to:"
29401
msgstr "Utdatan skall likna:"
29402
29403
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:461(programlisting)
29404
#, no-wrap
29405
msgid ""
29406
"\n"
29407
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 3\n"
29408
"OK\n"
29409
msgstr ""
29410
"\n"
29411
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 3\n"
29412
"OK\n"
29413
29414
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:468(para)
29415
msgid ""
29416
"The <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> of your zone file will probably be "
29417
"different."
29418
msgstr ""
29419
"<emphasis>Serienumret</emphasis> på din zonfil kommer troligtvis vara en "
29420
"annan."
29421
29422
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:475(title)
29423
msgid "Logging"
29424
msgstr "Logga"
29425
29426
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:476(para)
29427
msgid ""
29428
"<application>BIND9</application> has a wide variety of logging configuration "
29429
"options available. There are two main options. The "
29430
"<emphasis>channel</emphasis> option configures where logs go, and the "
29431
"<emphasis>category</emphasis> option determines what information to log."
29432
msgstr ""
29433
"<application>BIND9</application> har flera olika tillgängliga alternativ för "
29434
"loggkonfiguration. Det finns två huvudalternativ. Alternativet "
29435
"<emphasis>channel</emphasis> konfigurerar var loggningen skall genomföras "
29436
"och alternativet <emphasis>category</emphasis> bestämmer vilken information "
29437
"som loggas."
29438
29439
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:480(para)
29440
msgid "If no logging option is configured the default option is:"
29441
msgstr "Om inget loggalternativ har konfigurerats är standardalternativet:"
29442
29443
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:483(programlisting)
29444
#, no-wrap
29445
msgid ""
29446
"\n"
29447
"logging {\n"
29448
" category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };\n"
29449
" category unmatched { null; };\n"
29450
"};\n"
29451
msgstr ""
29452
"\n"
29453
"logging {\n"
29454
" category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };\n"
29455
" category unmatched { null; };\n"
29456
"};\n"
29457
29458
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:489(para)
29459
msgid ""
29460
"This section covers configuring <application>BIND9</application> to send "
29461
"<emphasis>debug</emphasis> messages related to DNS queries to a separate "
29462
"file."
29463
msgstr ""
29464
"Detta avsnitt omfattar konfigurering av <application>BIND9</application> "
29465
"till att skicka <emphasis>debug</emphasis>-meddelanden som är relaterade "
29466
"till DNS-förfrågningar till en separat fil."
29467
29468
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:494(para)
29469
msgid ""
29470
"First, we need to configure a channel to specify which file to send the "
29471
"messages to. Edit <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> and add "
29472
"the following:"
29473
msgstr ""
29474
"Först behöver vi konfigurera en kanal till att specificera vilken fil som "
29475
"meddelandet skall skickas till. Redigera "
29476
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> och lägg till följande:"
29477
29478
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:498(programlisting)
29479
#, no-wrap
29480
msgid ""
29481
"\n"
29482
"logging {\n"
29483
" channel query.log { \n"
29484
" file \"/var/log/query.log\";\n"
29485
" severity debug 3; \n"
29486
" }; \n"
29487
"};\n"
29488
msgstr ""
29489
"\n"
29490
"logging {\n"
29491
" channel query.log { \n"
29492
" file \"/var/log/query.log\";\n"
29493
" severity debug 3; \n"
29494
" }; \n"
29495
"};\n"
29496
29497
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:508(para)
29498
msgid "Next, configure a category to send all DNS queries to the query file:"
29499
msgstr ""
29500
"Därefter, konfigurera en kategori som skickar alla DNS-förfrågningar till "
29501
"förfrågningsfilen:"
29502
29503
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:511(programlisting)
29504
#, no-wrap
29505
msgid ""
29506
"\n"
29507
"logging {\n"
29508
" channel query.log { \n"
29509
" file \"/var/log/query.log\"; \n"
29510
" severity debug 3; \n"
29511
" }; \n"
29512
" <emphasis>category queries { query.log; };</emphasis> \n"
29513
"};\n"
29514
msgstr ""
29515
"\n"
29516
"logging {\n"
29517
" channel query.log { \n"
29518
" file \"/var/log/query.log\"; \n"
29519
" severity debug 3; \n"
29520
" }; \n"
29521
" <emphasis>category queries { query.log; };</emphasis> \n"
29522
"};\n"
29523
29524
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:523(para)
29525
msgid ""
29526
"Note: the <emphasis>debug</emphasis> option can be set from 1 to 3. If a "
29527
"level isn't specified level 1 is the default."
29528
msgstr ""
29529
"Notera: Alternativet <emphasis>debug</emphasis> kan sättas från 1 till 3. Om "
29530
"en nivå inte är nivå 1 standard."
29531
29532
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:529(para)
29533
msgid ""
29534
"Since the <emphasis>named daemon</emphasis> runs as the "
29535
"<emphasis>bind</emphasis> user the <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> "
29536
"file must be created and the ownership changed:"
29537
msgstr ""
29538
"Eftersom <emphasis>namngiven demon</emphasis> körs körs som användare "
29539
"<emphasis>bind</emphasis> måste filen "
29540
"<filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> skapas och äganderätten ändras:"
29541
29542
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:534(command)
29543
msgid "sudo touch /var/log/query.log"
29544
msgstr "sudo touch /var/log/query.log"
29545
29546
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:535(command)
29547
msgid "sudo chown bind /var/log/query.log"
29548
msgstr "sudo chown bind /var/log/query.log"
29549
29550
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:539(para)
29551
msgid ""
29552
"Before <application>named</application> daemon can write to the new log file "
29553
"the <application>AppArmor</application> profile must be updated. First, edit "
29554
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named</filename> and add:"
29555
msgstr ""
29556
"Innan <application>named</application>-demonen kan skriva till den nya "
29557
"loggfilen måste först <application>AppArmor</application>-profilen "
29558
"uppdateras. Börja med att redigera "
29559
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named</filename> och lägg till:"
29560
29561
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:543(programlisting)
29562
#, no-wrap
29563
msgid ""
29564
"\n"
29565
"/var/log/query.log w,\n"
29566
msgstr ""
29567
"\n"
29568
"/var/log/query.log w,\n"
29569
29570
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:546(para)
29571
msgid "Next, reload the profile:"
29572
msgstr "Nästa, ladda om profilen:"
29573
29574
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:550(command)
29575
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
29576
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
29577
29578
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:552(para)
29579
msgid ""
29580
"For more information on <application>AppArmor</application> see <xref "
29581
"linkend=\"apparmor\"/>"
29582
msgstr ""
29583
"För mer information om <application>AppArmor</application>, se <xref "
29584
"linkend=\"apparmor\"/>"
29585
29586
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:557(para)
29587
msgid ""
29588
"Now restart <application>BIND9</application> for the changes to take effect:"
29589
msgstr ""
29590
"Starta nu om <application>BIND9</application> för att ändringarna ska börja "
29591
"gälla:"
29592
29593
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:565(para)
29594
msgid ""
29595
"You should see the file <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> fill with "
29596
"query information. This is a simple example of the "
29597
"<application>BIND9</application> logging options. For coverage of advanced "
29598
"options see <xref linkend=\"dns-more-info\"/>."
29599
msgstr ""
29600
"Du bör se filen <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> fylld med "
29601
"information om förfrågningar. Det här är ett exempel på loggalternativen i "
29602
"<application>BIND9</application>. För information om avancerade alternativ, "
29603
"se <xref linkend=\"dns-more-info\"/>."
29604
29605
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:574(title)
29606
msgid "Common Record Types"
29607
msgstr "Vanliga post sorter"
29608
29609
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:575(para)
29610
msgid "This section covers some of the most common DNS record types."
29611
msgstr ""
29612
"Det är avsnittet behandlar några av de vanligaste sorterna av DNS-poster."
29613
29614
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:580(para)
29615
msgid ""
29616
"<emphasis>A</emphasis> record: This record maps an IP Address to a hostname."
29617
msgstr ""
29618
"Posten <emphasis>A</emphasis>: Den här posten avbildar en IP-adress till ett "
29619
"värdnamn."
29620
29621
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:583(programlisting)
29622
#, no-wrap
29623
msgid ""
29624
"\n"
29625
"www IN A 192.168.1.12\n"
29626
msgstr ""
29627
"\n"
29628
"www IN A 192.168.1.12\n"
29629
29630
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:588(para)
29631
msgid ""
29632
"<emphasis>CNAME</emphasis> record: Used to create an alias to an existing A "
29633
"record. You cannot create a CNAME record pointing to another CNAME record."
29634
msgstr ""
29635
"Posten <emphasis>CNAME</emphasis>: Används för att skapa en alias till en "
29636
"existerande A-post. Du kan inte skapa en CNAME post som pekar på en annan "
29637
"CNAME post."
29638
29639
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:591(programlisting)
29640
#, no-wrap
29641
msgid ""
29642
"\n"
29643
"web IN CNAME www\n"
29644
msgstr ""
29645
"\n"
29646
"web IN CNAME www\n"
29647
29648
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:596(para)
29649
msgid ""
29650
"<emphasis>MX</emphasis> record: Used to define where email should be sent "
29651
"to. Must point to an A record, not a CNAME."
29652
msgstr ""
29653
"Posten <emphasis>MX</emphasis>: Används för att definiera var e-post skall "
29654
"sändas till. Måste peka på en A-post och inte på CNAME."
29655
29656
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:599(programlisting)
29657
#, no-wrap
29658
msgid ""
29659
"\n"
29660
" IN MX 1 mail.example.com.\n"
29661
"mail IN A 192.168.1.13\n"
29662
msgstr ""
29663
"\n"
29664
" IN MX 1 mail.example.com.\n"
29665
"mail IN A 192.168.1.13\n"
29666
29667
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:605(para)
29668
msgid ""
29669
"<emphasis>NS</emphasis> record: Used to define which servers serve copies of "
29670
"a zone. It must point to an A record, not a CNAME. This is where Primary and "
29671
"Secondary servers are defined."
29672
msgstr ""
29673
"Posten <emphasis>NS</emphasis>: Används för att definiera vilken server som "
29674
"delgiver kopior av en zon. Den måste peka på en A-post och inte en CNAME. "
29675
"Det är här som primära och sekundära servrar definieras."
29676
29677
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:609(programlisting)
29678
#, no-wrap
29679
msgid ""
29680
"\n"
29681
" IN NS ns.example.com.\n"
29682
"\tIN NS ns2.example.com.\n"
29683
"ns IN A 192.168.1.10\n"
29684
"ns2\tIN A\t 192.168.1.11\n"
29685
msgstr ""
29686
"\n"
29687
" IN NS ns.example.com.\n"
29688
"\tIN NS ns2.example.com.\n"
29689
"ns IN A 192.168.1.10\n"
29690
"ns2\tIN A\t 192.168.1.11\n"
29691
29692
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:622(para)
29693
msgid ""
29694
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DNS-HOWTO.html\">DNS "
29695
"HOWTO</ulink> explains more advanced options for configuring BIND9."
29696
msgstr ""
29697
"På <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DNS-HOWTO.html\">DNS HOWTO</ulink> "
29698
"finns förklaringar på mer avancerade alternativ för konfigureringen av BIND9."
29699
29700
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:627(para)
29701
msgid ""
29702
"For in depth coverage of <emphasis>DNS</emphasis> and "
29703
"<application>BIND9</application> see <ulink "
29704
"url=\"http://www.bind9.net/\">Bind9.net</ulink>."
29705
msgstr ""
29706
"För heltäckande detaljer om <emphasis>DNS</emphasis> och "
29707
"<application>BIND9</application> se <ulink "
29708
"url=\"http://www.bind9.net/\">Bind9.net</ulink>."
29709
29710
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:632(para)
29711
msgid ""
29712
"<ulink url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/dns5/index.html\">DNS and "
29713
"BIND</ulink> is a popular book now in it's fifth edition."
29714
msgstr ""
29715
"<ulink url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/dns5/index.html\">DNS and "
29716
"BIND</ulink> är en populär bok som, nu i sin femte utgåva."
29717
29718
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:637(para)
29719
msgid ""
29720
"A great place to ask for <application>BIND9</application> assistance, and "
29721
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
29722
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
29723
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
29724
msgstr ""
29725
"En bra plats att fråga efter <application>BIND9</application> assistans och "
29726
"bli delaktig i Ubuntu Server gemenskapen, är på IRC-kanalen "
29727
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> på <ulink "
29728
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
29729
29730
#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:643(para)
29731
msgid ""
29732
"Also, see the <ulink "
29733
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BIND9ServerHowto\">BIND9 Server "
29734
"HOWTO</ulink> in the Ubuntu Wiki."
29735
msgstr ""
29736
29737
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:13(title)
29738
msgid "Databases"
29739
msgstr "Databaser"
29740
29741
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:14(para)
29742
msgid "Ubuntu provides two popular database servers. They are:"
29743
msgstr "Ubuntu erbjuder två populära databasservrar. De är:"
29744
29745
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:22(application) serverguide/C/databases.xml:157(title)
29746
msgid "PostgreSQL"
29747
msgstr "PostgreSQL"
29748
29749
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:25(para)
29750
msgid ""
29751
"They are available in the main repository. This section explains how to "
29752
"install and configure these database servers."
29753
msgstr ""
29754
"De finns tillgängliga i main-förrådet. Detta avsnitt förklarar hur du "
29755
"installerar och konfigurerar dessa databasservrar."
29756
29757
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:32(para)
29758
msgid ""
29759
"MySQL is a fast, multi-threaded, multi-user, and robust SQL database server. "
29760
"It is intended for mission-critical, heavy-load production systems as well "
29761
"as for embedding into mass-deployed software."
29762
msgstr ""
29763
"MySQL är en SQL-databasserver som är snabb, multitrådad, och stöder flera "
29764
"användare. Den är avsedd för uppdragskritiska, hårt lastade "
29765
"produktionssystem så väl som för att bygga in i massinstallerad mjukvara."
29766
29767
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:41(para)
29768
msgid "To install MySQL, run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
29769
msgstr ""
29770
"För att installera MySQL, kör följande kommando från en terminalprompt:"
29771
29772
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:46(command)
29773
msgid "sudo apt-get install mysql-server"
29774
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mysql-server"
29775
29776
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:48(para)
29777
msgid ""
29778
"During the installation process you will be prompted to enter a password for "
29779
"the <application>MySQL</application> root user."
29780
msgstr ""
29781
"Under installationsprocessen kommer du ombedd att ange ett lösenord för "
29782
"<application>MySQL</application>:s root-användare."
29783
29784
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:53(para)
29785
msgid ""
29786
"Once the installation is complete, the MySQL server should be started "
29787
"automatically. You can run the following command from a terminal prompt to "
29788
"check whether the MySQL server is running:"
29789
msgstr ""
29790
"När installationen är färdig bör MySQL-servern startas automatiskt. Du kan "
29791
"köra följande kommando från en terminalprompt för att avgöra om MySQL-"
29792
"servern körs:"
29793
29794
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:61(command)
29795
msgid "sudo netstat -tap | grep mysql"
29796
msgstr "sudo netstat -tap | grep mysql"
29797
29798
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:70(programlisting)
29799
#, no-wrap
29800
msgid ""
29801
"\n"
29802
"tcp 0 0 localhost:mysql *:* LISTEN "
29803
" 2556/mysqld\n"
29804
msgstr ""
29805
"\n"
29806
"tcp 0 0 localhost:mysql *:* LISTEN "
29807
" 2556/mysqld\n"
29808
29809
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:74(para)
29810
msgid ""
29811
"If the server is not running correctly, you can type the following command "
29812
"to start it:"
29813
msgstr ""
29814
"Om servern inte körs kan du skriva följande kommando för att starta den:"
29815
29816
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:79(command) serverguide/C/databases.xml:104(command)
29817
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/mysql restart"
29818
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/mysql restart"
29819
29820
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:85(para)
29821
msgid ""
29822
"You can edit the <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> file to configure "
29823
"the basic settings -- log file, port number, etc. For example, to configure "
29824
"<application>MySQL</application> to listen for connections from network "
29825
"hosts, change the <emphasis>bind-address</emphasis> directive to the "
29826
"server's IP address:"
29827
msgstr ""
29828
29829
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:91(programlisting)
29830
#, no-wrap
29831
msgid ""
29832
"\n"
29833
"bind-address = 192.168.0.5\n"
29834
msgstr ""
29835
"\n"
29836
"bind-address = 192.168.0.5\n"
29837
29838
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:95(para)
29839
msgid "Replace 192.168.0.5 with the appropriate address."
29840
msgstr "Ersätt 192.168.0.5 med en lämplig adress."
29841
29842
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:99(para)
29843
msgid ""
29844
"After making a change to <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> the "
29845
"<application>mysql</application> daemon will need to be restarted:"
29846
msgstr ""
29847
"Efter utförda ändringar i <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> måste "
29848
"demonen <application>mysql</application> startas om:"
29849
29850
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:107(para)
29851
msgid ""
29852
"If you would like to change the "
29853
"<application>MySQL</application><emphasis>root</emphasis> password, in a "
29854
"terminal enter:"
29855
msgstr ""
29856
"om du vill ändra lösenordet för "
29857
"<application>MySQL</application><emphasis>root</emphasis>, skriv i en "
29858
"terminal:"
29859
29860
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:113(command)
29861
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.1"
29862
msgstr ""
29863
29864
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:116(para)
29865
msgid ""
29866
"The <application>mysql</application> daemon will be stopped, and you will be "
29867
"prompted to enter a new password."
29868
msgstr ""
29869
"Demonen <application>mysql</application> kommer stoppas och du blir ombedd "
29870
"att ange ett nytt lösenord."
29871
29872
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:125(para)
29873
msgid ""
29874
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.mysql.com/\">MySQL Home Page</ulink> for "
29875
"more information."
29876
msgstr ""
29877
"För mer information, se webbplatsen för <ulink "
29878
"url=\"http://www.mysql.com/\">MySQL</ulink>."
29879
29880
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:130(para)
29881
msgid ""
29882
"The <emphasis>MySQL Handbook</emphasis> is also available in the "
29883
"<application>mysql-doc-5.0</application> package. To install the package "
29884
"enter the following in a terminal:"
29885
msgstr ""
29886
"<emphasis>MySQL Handbook</emphasis> är också tillgänglig i paketet "
29887
"<application>mysql-doc-5.0</application>. För att installera paketet skriv "
29888
"följande i en terminal:"
29889
29890
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:135(command)
29891
msgid "sudo apt-get install mysql-doc-5.0"
29892
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mysql-doc-5.0"
29893
29894
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:137(para)
29895
msgid ""
29896
"The documentation is in HTML format, to view them enter "
29897
"<command>file:///usr/share/doc/mysql-doc-5.0/refman-5.0-en.html-"
29898
"chapter/index.html</command> in your browser's address bar."
29899
msgstr ""
29900
"Dokumentationen är i HTML-format, för att läsa den skriv följande i din "
29901
"webbläsares adressfält <command>file:///usr/share/doc/mysql-doc-5.0/refman-"
29902
"5.0-en.html-chapter/index.html</command>."
29903
29904
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:143(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:290(para)
29905
msgid ""
29906
"For general SQL information see <ulink "
29907
"url=\"http://www.informit.com/store/product.aspx?isbn=0768664128\">Using SQL "
29908
"Special Edition</ulink> by Rafe Colburn."
29909
msgstr ""
29910
"För allmän information om SQL, se <ulink "
29911
"url=\"http://www.informit.com/store/product.aspx?isbn=0768664128\">Using SQL "
29912
"Special Edition</ulink> av Rafe Colburn."
29913
29914
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:149(para)
29915
msgid ""
29916
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache "
29917
"MySQL PHP Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page also has useful information."
29918
msgstr ""
29919
29920
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:158(para)
29921
msgid ""
29922
"PostgreSQL is an object-relational database system that has the features of "
29923
"traditional commercial database systems with enhancements to be found in "
29924
"next-generation DBMS systems."
29925
msgstr ""
29926
"PostgreSQL är ett objekt-relationellt databassystem som har de funktioner "
29927
"traditionella kommersiella databassystem har med tillägg som du kommer hitta "
29928
"i nästa generations DBMS-system."
29929
29930
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:165(para)
29931
msgid ""
29932
"To install PostgreSQL, run the following command in the command prompt:"
29933
msgstr ""
29934
"För att installera PostgreSQL, kör följande kommando från en terminalprompt:"
29935
29936
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:172(command)
29937
msgid "sudo apt-get install postgresql"
29938
msgstr "sudo apt-get install postgresql"
29939
29940
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:176(para)
29941
msgid ""
29942
"Once the installation is complete, you should configure the PostgreSQL "
29943
"server based on your needs, although the default configuration is viable."
29944
msgstr ""
29945
"Så fort installationen är avslutad bör du konfigurera PostgreSQL-servern "
29946
"baserat på dina behov, men standardkonfigurationen är ganska bra."
29947
29948
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:184(para)
29949
msgid ""
29950
"By default, connection via TCP/IP is disabled. PostgreSQL supports multiple "
29951
"client authentication methods. By default, IDENT authentication method is "
29952
"used for <application>postgres</application> and local users. Please refer "
29953
"<ulink url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\"> the "
29954
"PostgreSQL Administrator's Guide</ulink>."
29955
msgstr ""
29956
"Som standard är anslutning via TCP/IP inaktiverat. PostgreSQL stöder flera "
29957
"metoder för klientautentisering. Som standard används autentiseringsmetoden "
29958
"IDENT för <application>postgres</application> och lokala användare. Referera "
29959
"till <ulink url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\"> "
29960
"Administratörshandboken för PostgreSQL</ulink>."
29961
29962
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:191(para)
29963
msgid ""
29964
"The following discussion assumes that you wish to enable TCP/IP connections "
29965
"and use the MD5 method for client authentication. PostgreSQL configuration "
29966
"files are stored in the "
29967
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/<version>/main</filename> directory. For "
29968
"example, if you install PostgreSQL 8.4, the configuration files are stored "
29969
"in the <filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main</filename> directory."
29970
msgstr ""
29971
"Följande diskussion förutsätter att du vill aktivera TCP/IP-anslutningar och "
29972
"använda MD5-metoden för klientautentisering. Konfigurationsfilerna för "
29973
"PostgreSQL sparas i katalogen "
29974
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/<version>/main</filename>. Till exempel, om "
29975
"du installerar PostgreSQL 8.4, sparas konfigurationsfilerna i katalogen "
29976
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main</filename>."
29977
29978
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:201(para)
29979
msgid ""
29980
"To configure <emphasis>ident</emphasis> authentication, add entries to the "
29981
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/pg_ident.conf</filename> file."
29982
msgstr ""
29983
"För att konfigurera <emphasis>ident</emphasis>-autentisering, lägg till "
29984
"poster i filen <filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/pg_ident.conf</filename>."
29985
29986
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:208(para)
29987
msgid ""
29988
"To enable TCP/IP connections, edit the file "
29989
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/postgresql.conf</filename>"
29990
msgstr ""
29991
"För att aktivera TCP/IP-anslutningar, redigera filen "
29992
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/postgresql.conf</filename>"
29993
29994
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:210(para)
29995
msgid ""
29996
"Locate the line <emphasis>#listen_addresses = 'localhost'</emphasis> and "
29997
"change it to:"
29998
msgstr ""
29999
"Lokalisera raden <emphasis>#listen_addresses = 'localhost'</emphasis> och "
30000
"ändra den till:"
30001
30002
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:213(programlisting)
30003
#, no-wrap
30004
msgid ""
30005
"\n"
30006
"listen_addresses = 'localhost'\n"
30007
msgstr ""
30008
"\n"
30009
"listen_addresses = 'localhost'\n"
30010
30011
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:217(para)
30012
msgid ""
30013
"To allow other computers to connect to your "
30014
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> server replace 'localhost' with the "
30015
"<emphasis>IP Address</emphasis> of your server."
30016
msgstr ""
30017
"För att tillåta en annan dator att ansluta till din "
30018
"<application>PostgreSQL</application>-server ersätt 'localhost' med din "
30019
"servers <emphasis>IP-adress</emphasis>."
30020
30021
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:222(para)
30022
msgid ""
30023
"You may also edit all other parameters, if you know what you are doing! For "
30024
"details, refer to the configuration file or to the PostgreSQL documentation."
30025
msgstr ""
30026
"Om du vet vad du gör! Kan du också redigera alla andra parametrar. För "
30027
"detaljer, se konfigurationsfilen eller dokumentationen för PostgreSQL."
30028
30029
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:227(para)
30030
msgid ""
30031
"Now that we can connect to our <application>PostgreSQL</application> server, "
30032
"the next step is to set a password for the <emphasis>postgres</emphasis> "
30033
"user. Run the following command at a terminal prompt to connect to the "
30034
"default PostgreSQL template database:"
30035
msgstr ""
30036
"Nu när vi kan ansluta till vår <application>PostgreSQL</application>-server, "
30037
"är nästa steg att ange ett lösenord för användaren "
30038
"<emphasis>postgres</emphasis>. Kör följande kommando från terminalprompten "
30039
"för att ansluta till PostgreSQL databasmall:"
30040
30041
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:234(command)
30042
msgid "sudo -u postgres psql template1"
30043
msgstr "sudo -u postgres psql template1"
30044
30045
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:236(para)
30046
msgid ""
30047
"The above command connects to PostgreSQL database "
30048
"<emphasis>template1</emphasis> as user <emphasis>postgres</emphasis>. Once "
30049
"you connect to the PostgreSQL server, you will be at a SQL prompt. You can "
30050
"run the following SQL command at the <application>psql</application> prompt "
30051
"to configure the password for the user <emphasis "
30052
"role=\"italics\">postgres</emphasis>."
30053
msgstr ""
30054
"Ovanstående kommando ansluter till PostgreSQL-databasen "
30055
"<emphasis>template1</emphasis> som användaren <emphasis>postgres</emphasis>. "
30056
"När du anslutit till PostgreSQL-servern kommer du att mötas av en SQL-"
30057
"prompt. Du kan köra följande SQL-kommandon vid inmatningsmarkören till "
30058
"<application>psql</application> för att konfigurera lösenordet för "
30059
"användaren <emphasis role=\"italics\">postgres</emphasis>."
30060
30061
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:244(command)
30062
msgid "ALTER USER postgres with encrypted password 'your_password';"
30063
msgstr "ALTER USER postgres with encrypted password 'ditt_lösenord';"
30064
30065
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:246(para)
30066
msgid ""
30067
"After configuring the password, edit the file "
30068
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/pg_hba.conf</filename> to use "
30069
"<emphasis>MD5</emphasis> authentication with the "
30070
"<emphasis>postgres</emphasis> user:"
30071
msgstr ""
30072
"Efter konfigureringen av lösenordet, redigera filen "
30073
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/pg_hba.conf</filename> till att använda "
30074
"<emphasis>MD5</emphasis>-autentisering med <emphasis>postgres</emphasis>-"
30075
"användaren:"
30076
30077
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:252(programlisting)
30078
#, no-wrap
30079
msgid ""
30080
"\n"
30081
"local all postgres md5\n"
30082
msgstr ""
30083
"\n"
30084
"local all postgres md5\n"
30085
30086
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:256(para)
30087
msgid ""
30088
"Finally, you should restart the <application>PostgreSQL</application> "
30089
"service to initialize the new configuration. From a terminal prompt enter "
30090
"the following to restart <application>PostgreSQL</application>:"
30091
msgstr ""
30092
"Avslutningsvis, måste du starta om tjänsten "
30093
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> för att initiera den nya "
30094
"konfigurationen. Skriv följande från terminalprompten för att starta om "
30095
"<application>PostgreSQL</application>:"
30096
30097
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:262(command)
30098
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/postgresql-8.4 restart"
30099
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/postgresql-8.4 restart"
30100
30101
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:265(para)
30102
msgid ""
30103
"The above configuration is not complete by any means. Please refer <ulink "
30104
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\"> the PostgreSQL "
30105
"Administrator's Guide</ulink> to configure more parameters."
30106
msgstr ""
30107
"Ovanstående konfiguration är inte på något sätt komplett. Du hänvisas till "
30108
"<ulink url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\"> "
30109
"administratörshandboken för PostgreSQL</ulink> för att konfigurera "
30110
"ytterligare parametrar."
30111
30112
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:276(para)
30113
msgid ""
30114
"As mentioned above the <ulink "
30115
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\">Administrator's "
30116
"Guide</ulink> is an excellent resource. The guide is also available in the "
30117
"<application>postgresql-doc-8.4</application> package. Execute the following "
30118
"in a terminal to install the package:"
30119
msgstr ""
30120
"Som påpekats ovan är <ulink "
30121
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\">administratörsha"
30122
"ndboken</ulink> en utmärkt källa. Handboken finns också tillgänglig i "
30123
"paketet <application>postgresql-doc-8.4</application>. Utför följande i en "
30124
"terminal för att installera paketet:"
30125
30126
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:282(command)
30127
msgid "sudo apt-get install postgresql-doc-8.4"
30128
msgstr "sudo apt-get install postgresql-doc-8.4"
30129
30130
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:284(para)
30131
msgid ""
30132
"To view the guide enter <command>file:///usr/share/doc/postgresql-doc-"
30133
"8.4/html/index.html</command> into the address bar of your browser."
30134
msgstr ""
30135
"För att se guiden, ange <command>file:///usr/share/doc/postgresql-doc-"
30136
"8.4/html/index.html</command> i adressfältet i din webbläsare."
30137
30138
#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:296(para)
30139
msgid ""
30140
"Also, see the <ulink "
30141
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/PostgreSQL\">PostgreSQL Ubuntu "
30142
"Wiki</ulink> page for more information."
30143
msgstr ""
30144
30145
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:13(title)
30146
msgid "Clustering"
30147
msgstr "Kluster"
30148
30149
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:16(title)
30150
msgid "DRBD"
30151
msgstr "DRBD"
30152
30153
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:18(para)
30154
msgid ""
30155
"Distributed Replicated Block Device (DRBD) mirrors block devices between "
30156
"multiple hosts. The replication is transparent to other applications on the "
30157
"host systems. Any block device hard disks, partitions, RAID devices, logical "
30158
"volumes, etc can be mirrored."
30159
msgstr ""
30160
"Distributed Replicated Block Device (DRBD) speglar block-enheter mellan "
30161
"multipla värdar. Replikeringen är transparent till andra program på "
30162
"värdsystemet. vilka blockenheter som helst, hårddiskar, partitioner, RAID-"
30163
"enheter, logiska volymer, etc kan speglas."
30164
30165
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:24(para)
30166
msgid ""
30167
"To get started using <application>drbd</application>, first install the "
30168
"necessary packages. From a terminal enter:"
30169
msgstr ""
30170
"För att börja använda <application>drbd</application>, installera först "
30171
"nödvändiga paket. Skriv från en terminal:"
30172
30173
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:29(command)
30174
msgid "sudo apt-get install drbd8-utils"
30175
msgstr "sudo apt-get install drbd8-utils"
30176
30177
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:33(para)
30178
msgid ""
30179
"If you are using the <emphasis>virtual kernel</emphasis> as part of a "
30180
"virtual machine you will need to manually compile the "
30181
"<application>drbd</application> module. It may be easier to install the "
30182
"<application>linux-server</application> package inside the virtual machine."
30183
msgstr ""
30184
"Om du använder den <emphasis>virtuella kärnan</emphasis> som en del av en "
30185
"virtuell maskin, behöver du manuellt kompilera modulen "
30186
"<application>drbd</application>. Det är kanske enklare att installera "
30187
"paketet <application>linux-server</application> inuti den virtuella maskinen."
30188
30189
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:40(para)
30190
msgid ""
30191
"This section covers setting up a <application>drbd</application> to "
30192
"replicate a separate <filename>/srv</filename> partition, with an "
30193
"<application>ext3</application> filesystem between two hosts. The partition "
30194
"size is not particularly relevant, but both partitions need to be the same "
30195
"size."
30196
msgstr ""
30197
"Detta avsnitt omfattar konfigurationen av <application>drbd</application> "
30198
"till att replikera en separat <filename>/srv</filename> partition, med ett "
30199
"<application>ext3</application>-filsystem mellan två värdar. "
30200
"Partitionsstorleken är inte särskilt relevant, men båda partitionerna "
30201
"behöver ha samma storlek."
30202
30203
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:49(para)
30204
msgid ""
30205
"The two hosts in this example will be called <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis> and "
30206
"<emphasis>drbd02</emphasis>. They will need to have name resolution "
30207
"configured either through DNS or the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file. "
30208
"See <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> for details."
30209
msgstr ""
30210
"De två värdarna kommer i detta exempel kallas för "
30211
"<emphasis>drbd01</emphasis> och <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis>. De behöver ha "
30212
"konfigurerat sin namnmatchning genom DNS eller filen "
30213
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Se <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> för detaljer."
30214
30215
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:57(para)
30216
msgid ""
30217
"To configure <application>drbd</application>, on the first host edit "
30218
"<filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>:"
30219
msgstr ""
30220
"För att konfigurera <application>drbd</application>, på den första värden, "
30221
"redigera <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>:"
30222
30223
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:61(programlisting)
30224
#, no-wrap
30225
msgid ""
30226
"\n"
30227
"global { usage-count no; }\n"
30228
"common { syncer { rate 100M; } }\n"
30229
"resource r0 {\n"
30230
" protocol C;\n"
30231
" startup {\n"
30232
" wfc-timeout 15;\n"
30233
" degr-wfc-timeout 60;\n"
30234
" }\n"
30235
" net {\n"
30236
" cram-hmac-alg sha1;\n"
30237
" shared-secret \"secret\";\n"
30238
" }\n"
30239
" on drbd01 {\n"
30240
" device /dev/drbd0;\n"
30241
" disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
30242
" address 192.168.0.1:7788;\n"
30243
" meta-disk internal;\n"
30244
" }\n"
30245
" on drbd02 {\n"
30246
" device /dev/drbd0;\n"
30247
" disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
30248
" address 192.168.0.2:7788;\n"
30249
" meta-disk internal;\n"
30250
" }\n"
30251
"} \n"
30252
msgstr ""
30253
"\n"
30254
"global { usage-count no; }\n"
30255
"common { syncer { rate 100M; } }\n"
30256
"resource r0 {\n"
30257
" protocol C;\n"
30258
" startup {\n"
30259
" wfc-timeout 15;\n"
30260
" degr-wfc-timeout 60;\n"
30261
" }\n"
30262
" net {\n"
30263
" cram-hmac-alg sha1;\n"
30264
" shared-secret \"secret\";\n"
30265
" }\n"
30266
" on drbd01 {\n"
30267
" device /dev/drbd0;\n"
30268
" disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
30269
" address 192.168.0.1:7788;\n"
30270
" meta-disk internal;\n"
30271
" }\n"
30272
" on drbd02 {\n"
30273
" device /dev/drbd0;\n"
30274
" disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
30275
" address 192.168.0.2:7788;\n"
30276
" meta-disk internal;\n"
30277
" }\n"
30278
"} \n"
30279
30280
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:90(para)
30281
msgid ""
30282
"There are many other options in <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>, but for "
30283
"this example their default values are fine."
30284
msgstr ""
30285
"Det finns många fler alternativ i <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>, men "
30286
"för detta exempel är deras standardvärden bra."
30287
30288
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:98(para)
30289
msgid "Now copy <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename> to the second host:"
30290
msgstr ""
30291
"kopiera nu <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename> till den andra värden:"
30292
30293
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:103(command)
30294
msgid "scp /etc/drbd.conf drbd02:~"
30295
msgstr "scp /etc/drbd.conf drbd02:~"
30296
30297
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:109(para)
30298
msgid ""
30299
"And, on <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> move the file to "
30300
"<filename>/etc</filename>:"
30301
msgstr ""
30302
"Och, på <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> flytta filen till "
30303
"<filename>/etc</filename>:"
30304
30305
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:114(command)
30306
msgid "sudo mv drbd.conf /etc/"
30307
msgstr "sudo mv drbd.conf /etc/"
30308
30309
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:120(para)
30310
msgid ""
30311
"Next, on both hosts, start the <application>drbd</application> daemon:"
30312
msgstr ""
30313
"Nästa steg, på båda värdarna, starta demonen <application>drbd</application>:"
30314
30315
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:125(command)
30316
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/drbd start"
30317
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/drbd start"
30318
30319
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:131(para)
30320
msgid ""
30321
"Now using the <application>drbdadm</application> utility initialize the meta "
30322
"data storage. On each server execute:"
30323
msgstr ""
30324
"Använd nu verktyget <application>drbdadm</application> initiera metadata "
30325
"lagringen. På varje server kör:"
30326
30327
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:137(command)
30328
msgid "sudo drbdadm create-md r0"
30329
msgstr "sudo drbdadm create-md r0"
30330
30331
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:143(para)
30332
msgid ""
30333
"On the <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, or whichever host you wish to be the "
30334
"primary, enter the following:"
30335
msgstr ""
30336
"På <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, eller på den server som skall vara den "
30337
"primära, skriv följande:"
30338
30339
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:148(command)
30340
msgid "sudo drbdadm -- --overwrite-data-of-peer primary all"
30341
msgstr "sudo drbdadm -- --overwrite-data-of-peer primary all"
30342
30343
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:154(para)
30344
msgid ""
30345
"After executing the above command, the data will start syncing with the "
30346
"secondary host. To watch the progress, on <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> enter "
30347
"the following:"
30348
msgstr ""
30349
30350
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:160(command)
30351
msgid "watch -n1 cat /proc/drbd"
30352
msgstr "watch -n1 cat /proc/drbd"
30353
30354
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:163(para)
30355
msgid "To stop watching the output press <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis>."
30356
msgstr "För att sluta visa utdatan, tryck <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis>."
30357
30358
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:170(para)
30359
msgid ""
30360
"Finally, add a filesystem to <filename>/dev/drbd0</filename> and mount it:"
30361
msgstr ""
30362
"Slutligen, lägg till ett filsystem på <filename>/dev/drbd0</filename> och "
30363
"montera det:"
30364
30365
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:175(command)
30366
msgid "sudo mkfs.ext3 /dev/drbd0"
30367
msgstr "sudo mkfs.ext3 /dev/drbd0"
30368
30369
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:176(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:224(command)
30370
msgid "sudo mount /dev/drbd0 /srv"
30371
msgstr "sudo mount /dev/drbd0 /srv"
30372
30373
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:186(para)
30374
msgid ""
30375
"To test that the data is actually syncing between the hosts copy some files "
30376
"on the <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, the primary, to "
30377
"<filename>/srv</filename>:"
30378
msgstr ""
30379
"För att testa så att datan verkligen synkroniseras mellan värdarna kopiera "
30380
"några filer på den primära <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, till "
30381
"<filename>/srv</filename>:"
30382
30383
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:195(para)
30384
msgid "Next, unmount <filename>/srv</filename>:"
30385
msgstr "Nästa steg, avmontera <filename>/srv</filename>:"
30386
30387
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:203(para)
30388
msgid ""
30389
"<emphasis>Demote</emphasis> the <emphasis>primary</emphasis> server to the "
30390
"<emphasis>secondary</emphasis> role:"
30391
msgstr ""
30392
"<emphasis>Degradera</emphasis> den <emphasis>primära</emphasis> servern "
30393
"till en <emphasis>sekundär</emphasis> roll:"
30394
30395
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:208(command)
30396
msgid "sudo drbdadm secondary r0"
30397
msgstr "sudo drbdadm secondary r0"
30398
30399
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:211(para)
30400
msgid ""
30401
"Now on the <emphasis>secondary</emphasis> server "
30402
"<emphasis>promote</emphasis> it to the <emphasis>primary</emphasis> role:"
30403
msgstr ""
30404
"Nu på den <emphasis>sekundära</emphasis> servern <emphasis>upphöj</emphasis> "
30405
"den till rollen <emphasis>primär</emphasis>:"
30406
30407
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:216(command)
30408
msgid "sudo drbdadm primary r0"
30409
msgstr "sudo drbdadm primary r0"
30410
30411
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:219(para)
30412
msgid "Lastly, mount the partition:"
30413
msgstr "Slutligen, montera partitionen:"
30414
30415
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:227(para)
30416
msgid ""
30417
"Using <emphasis>ls</emphasis> you should see "
30418
"<filename>/srv/default</filename> copied from the former "
30419
"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> host <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>."
30420
msgstr ""
30421
"Genom att använda <emphasis>ls</emphasis> skall du nu se att "
30422
"<filename>/srv/default</filename> kopieras från den tidigare "
30423
"<emphasis>primära</emphasis> värden <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>."
30424
30425
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:238(para)
30426
msgid ""
30427
"For more information on <application>DRBD</application> see the <ulink "
30428
"url=\"http://www.drbd.org/\">DRBD web site</ulink>."
30429
msgstr ""
30430
"För ytterligare information om <application>DRBD</application> se "
30431
"webbplatsen för <ulink url=\"http://www.drbd.org/\">DRBD</ulink>."
30432
30433
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:243(para)
30434
msgid ""
30435
"The <ulink "
30436
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man5/drbd.conf.5.html\""
30437
">drbd.conf man page</ulink> contains details on the options not covered in "
30438
"this guide."
30439
msgstr ""
30440
30441
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:249(para)
30442
msgid ""
30443
"Also, see the <ulink "
30444
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/maverick/en/man8/drbdadm.8.html\">d"
30445
"rbdadm man page</ulink>."
30446
msgstr ""
30447
30448
#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:254(para)
30449
msgid ""
30450
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/DRBD\">DRBD Ubuntu "
30451
"Wiki</ulink> page also has more information."
30452
msgstr ""
30453
30454
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:13(title)
30455
msgid "Chat Applications"
30456
msgstr "Chatt program"
30457
30458
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:19(para)
30459
msgid ""
30460
"In this section, we will discuss how to install and configure a IRC server, "
30461
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>. We will also discuss how to install "
30462
"and configure Jabber, an instance messaging server."
30463
msgstr ""
30464
"I detta avsnittet kommer vi diskutera installation och konfiguration av IRC-"
30465
"servern <application>ircd-irc2</application>. Vi kommer också diskutera "
30466
"installationen och konfigurationen av Jabber, en direktmeddelande server."
30467
30468
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:28(title)
30469
msgid "IRC Server"
30470
msgstr "IRC-server"
30471
30472
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:30(para)
30473
msgid ""
30474
"The Ubuntu repository has many Internet Relay Chat servers. This section "
30475
"explains how to install and configure the original IRC server "
30476
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>."
30477
msgstr ""
30478
"Ubuntu förråden innehåller många Internet Relay Chat serverar. Detta avsnitt "
30479
"förklarar installation och konfiguration av den ursprungliga IRC-servern "
30480
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>."
30481
30482
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:39(para)
30483
msgid ""
30484
"To install <application>ircd-irc2</application>, run the following command "
30485
"in the command prompt:"
30486
msgstr ""
30487
"För att installera <application>ircd-irc2</application>, kör följande "
30488
"kommando i kommandoprompten:"
30489
30490
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:45(command)
30491
msgid "sudo apt-get install ircd-irc2"
30492
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ircd-irc2"
30493
30494
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:48(para)
30495
msgid ""
30496
"The configuration files are stored in <filename>/etc/ircd</filename> "
30497
"directory. The documents are available in <filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-"
30498
"irc2</filename> directory."
30499
msgstr ""
30500
"Konfigurationsfilerna sparas i katalogen <filename>/etc/ircd</filename>. "
30501
"Dokumentationen finns tillgänglig i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-"
30502
"irc2</filename>."
30503
30504
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:59(para)
30505
msgid ""
30506
"The IRC settings can be done in the configuration file "
30507
"<filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.conf</filename>. You can set the IRC host name in "
30508
"this file by editing the following line:"
30509
msgstr ""
30510
"IRC-inställningarna kan göras i konfigurationsfilen "
30511
"<filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.conf</filename>. Du kan ange värdnamnet för din IRC "
30512
"i den här filen genom att redigera följande rad:"
30513
30514
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:64(programlisting)
30515
#, no-wrap
30516
msgid ""
30517
"\n"
30518
"M:irc.localhost::Debian ircd default configuration::000A\n"
30519
msgstr ""
30520
"\n"
30521
"M:irc.localhost::Debian ircd default configuration::000A\n"
30522
30523
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:68(para)
30524
msgid ""
30525
"Please make sure you add DNS aliases for the IRC host name. For instance, if "
30526
"you set irc.livecipher.com as IRC host name, please make sure "
30527
"irc.livecipher.com is resolvable in your Domain Name Server. The IRC host "
30528
"name should not be same as the host name."
30529
msgstr ""
30530
"Säkerställ att du lägger till DNS-alias för din IRC:s värdnamn. Till "
30531
"exempel, om du anger irc.livecipher.com som värdnamn för din IRC, säkerställ "
30532
"att irc.livecipher.com är lösbart i din domännamn server. IRC-värdnamnet får "
30533
"inte vara samma som värdnamnet."
30534
30535
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:75(para)
30536
msgid ""
30537
"The IRC admin details can be configured by editing the following line:"
30538
msgstr ""
30539
30540
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:80(programlisting)
30541
#, no-wrap
30542
msgid ""
30543
"\n"
30544
"A:Organization, IRC dept.:Daemon <ircd@example.irc.org>:Client "
30545
"Server::IRCnet:\n"
30546
msgstr ""
30547
"\n"
30548
"A:Organization, IRC dept.:Daemon <ircd@example.irc.org>:Client "
30549
"Server::IRCnet:\n"
30550
30551
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:84(para)
30552
msgid ""
30553
"You should add specific lines to configure the list of IRC ports to listen "
30554
"on, to configure Operator credentials, to configure client authentication, "
30555
"etc. For details, please refer to the example configuration file "
30556
"<filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-irc2/ircd.conf.example.gz</filename>."
30557
msgstr ""
30558
"Du måste lägga till särskilda rader för konfigurationen av portar IRC skall "
30559
"lyssna på, för att konfigurera operatörsreferenser, konfigurera klient "
30560
"autentisering, mm. För detaljer, hänvisas du till exempel "
30561
"konfigurationsfilen <filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-"
30562
"irc2/ircd.conf.example.gz</filename>."
30563
30564
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:92(para)
30565
msgid ""
30566
"The IRC banner to be displayed in the IRC client, when the user connects to "
30567
"the server can be set in <filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.motd</filename> file."
30568
msgstr ""
30569
"IRC bannern skall visas i IRC-klienten när användaren ansluter till servern, "
30570
"kan konfigureras i filen <filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.motd</filename>."
30571
30572
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:97(para)
30573
msgid ""
30574
"After making necessary changes to the configuration file, you can restart "
30575
"the IRC server using following command:"
30576
msgstr ""
30577
"Efter att nödvändiga ändringar är klara konfigurationsfilen, kan du starta "
30578
"om IRC-servern genom att använda följande kommando:"
30579
30580
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:101(programlisting)
30581
#, no-wrap
30582
msgid ""
30583
"\n"
30584
"sudo /etc/init.d/ircd-irc2 restart\n"
30585
msgstr ""
30586
"\n"
30587
"sudo /etc/init.d/ircd-irc2 restart\n"
30588
30589
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:109(para)
30590
msgid ""
30591
"You may also be interested to take a look at other IRC servers available in "
30592
"Ubuntu Repository. It includes, <application>ircd-ircu</application> and "
30593
"<application>ircd-hybrid</application>."
30594
msgstr ""
30595
"Du kanske också är intresserad av att titta på andra IRC-serverar som finns "
30596
"tillgängliga i Ubuntu förråden. Det inkluderar, <application>ircd-"
30597
"ircu</application> och <application>ircd-hybrid</application>."
30598
30599
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:117(para)
30600
msgid ""
30601
"Refer to <ulink url=\"http://www.irc.org/tech_docs/ircnet/faq.html\">IRCD "
30602
"FAQ</ulink> for more details about the IRC Server."
30603
msgstr ""
30604
"För ytterligare detaljer om IRC-server, hänvisas du till <ulink "
30605
"url=\"http://www.irc.org/tech_docs/ircnet/faq.html\">IRCD FAQ</ulink>."
30606
30607
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:124(para)
30608
msgid ""
30609
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ircd\">Ubuntu Wiki "
30610
"IRCD</ulink> page has more information."
30611
msgstr ""
30612
30613
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:132(title)
30614
msgid "Jabber Instant Messaging Server"
30615
msgstr "Jabber direktmeddelande server"
30616
30617
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:134(para)
30618
msgid ""
30619
"<emphasis>Jabber</emphasis> a popular instant message protocol is based on "
30620
"XMPP, an open standard for instant messaging, and used by many popular "
30621
"applications. This section covers setting up a <emphasis>Jabberd "
30622
"2</emphasis> server on a local LAN. This configuration can also be adapted "
30623
"to providing messaging services to users over the Internet."
30624
msgstr ""
30625
"<emphasis>Jabber</emphasis> är ett populärt protokoll för direktmeddelanden "
30626
"som är baserat på XMPP, en öppen standard för direktmeddelanden och som "
30627
"används av många populära program. Detta avsnitt behandlar konfigurationen "
30628
"av servern <emphasis>Jabberd 2</emphasis> på ett lokalt LAN. Den här "
30629
"konfigurationen kan också användas för att tillhandahålla meddelandetjänster "
30630
"till användare över internet."
30631
30632
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:143(para)
30633
msgid "To install <application>jabberd2</application>, in a terminal enter:"
30634
msgstr ""
30635
"För att installera <application>jabberd2</application>, skriv i en terminal:"
30636
30637
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:148(command)
30638
msgid "sudo apt-get install jabberd2"
30639
msgstr "sudo apt-get install jabberd2"
30640
30641
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:155(para)
30642
msgid ""
30643
"A couple of XML configuration files will be used to configure "
30644
"<application>jabberd2</application> for <emphasis>Berkely DB</emphasis> user "
30645
"authentication. This is a very simple form of authentication. However, "
30646
"<application>jabberd2</application> can be configured to use LDAP, MySQL, "
30647
"Postgresql, etc for for user authentication."
30648
msgstr ""
30649
"Ett antal XML-konfigurationsfiler kommer användas för att konfigurera "
30650
"<application>jabberd2</application> för autentisering av användare med "
30651
"<emphasis>Berkely DB</emphasis>. Detta är en enkel form av autentisering. "
30652
"Emellertid, <application>jabberd2</application> kan konfigureras till att "
30653
"använda LDAP, MySQL, Postgresql, etc för autentisering av användare."
30654
30655
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:162(para)
30656
msgid "First, edit <filename>/etc/jabberd2/sm.xml</filename> changing:"
30657
msgstr ""
30658
"Börja med att redigera <filename>/etc/jabberd2/sm.xml</filename> genom att "
30659
"ändra:"
30660
30661
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:166(programlisting)
30662
#, no-wrap
30663
msgid ""
30664
"\n"
30665
" <id>jabber.example.com</id>\n"
30666
msgstr ""
30667
"\n"
30668
" <id>jabber.example.com</id>\n"
30669
30670
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:171(para)
30671
msgid ""
30672
"Replace <emphasis>jabber.example.com</emphasis> with the hostname, or other "
30673
"id, of your server."
30674
msgstr ""
30675
"Ersätt <emphasis>jabber.example.com</emphasis> med värdnamnet eller annan "
30676
"identitet för din server."
30677
30678
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:176(para)
30679
msgid "Now in the <storage> section change the <driver> to:"
30680
msgstr "Nu i avsnittet <storage> ändra <driver> till:"
30681
30682
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:180(programlisting)
30683
#, no-wrap
30684
msgid ""
30685
"\n"
30686
" <driver>db</driver>\n"
30687
msgstr ""
30688
"\n"
30689
" <driver>db</driver>\n"
30690
30691
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:184(para)
30692
msgid ""
30693
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/jabberd2/c2s.xml</filename> in the "
30694
"<emphasis><local></emphasis> section change:"
30695
msgstr ""
30696
"Nästa steg, redigera <filename>/etc/jabberd2/c2s.xml</filename> i avsnittet "
30697
"<emphasis><local></emphasis> ändra:"
30698
30699
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:188(programlisting)
30700
#, no-wrap
30701
msgid ""
30702
"\n"
30703
" <id>jabber.example.com</id>\n"
30704
msgstr ""
30705
"\n"
30706
" <id>jabber.example.com</id>\n"
30707
30708
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:192(para)
30709
msgid ""
30710
"And in the <authreg> section adjust the <module> section to:"
30711
msgstr ""
30712
"Och i avsnittet <authreg> justera avsnittet <module> till:"
30713
30714
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:196(programlisting)
30715
#, no-wrap
30716
msgid ""
30717
"\n"
30718
" <module>db</module>\n"
30719
msgstr ""
30720
"\n"
30721
" <module>db</module>\n"
30722
30723
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:200(para)
30724
msgid ""
30725
"Finally, restart <application>jabberd2</application> to enable the new "
30726
"settings:"
30727
msgstr ""
30728
"Slutligen, starta om <application>jabberd2</application>för att aktivera de "
30729
"nya inställningarna:"
30730
30731
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:205(command)
30732
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/jabberd2 restart"
30733
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/jabberd2 restart"
30734
30735
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:208(para)
30736
msgid ""
30737
"You should now be able to connect to the server using a Jabber client like "
30738
"<application>Pidgin</application> for example."
30739
msgstr ""
30740
"Du skall nu kunna ansluta till serven genom att använda en jabber-klient, "
30741
"till exempel <application>Pidgin</application>."
30742
30743
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:213(para)
30744
msgid ""
30745
"The advantage of using Berkeley DB for user data is that after being "
30746
"configured no additional maintenance is required. If you need more control "
30747
"over user accounts and credentials another authentication method is "
30748
"recommended."
30749
msgstr ""
30750
"Fördelen med att använda Berkeley DB för användardata är att efter den har "
30751
"konfigurerats krävs inget ytterligare underhåll. Om du behöver mer kontroll "
30752
"över användarkonton och referenser rekommenderas en annan "
30753
"autentiseringsmetod."
30754
30755
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:225(para)
30756
msgid ""
30757
"The <ulink url=\"http://codex.xiaoka.com/wiki/jabberd2:start\">Jabberd2 Web "
30758
"Site</ulink> contains more details on configuring "
30759
"<application>Jabberd2</application>."
30760
msgstr ""
30761
"<ulink url=\"http://codex.xiaoka.com/wiki/jabberd2:start\">Webbplatsen "
30762
"Jabberd2</ulink> innehåller mer information om konfigureringen av "
30763
"<application>Jabberd2</application>."
30764
30765
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:231(para)
30766
msgid ""
30767
"For more authentication options see the <ulink "
30768
"url=\"http://jabberd2.xiaoka.com/wiki/InstallGuide\">Jabberd2 Install "
30769
"Guide</ulink>."
30770
msgstr ""
30771
"För fler autentiseringsalternativ se <ulink "
30772
"url=\"http://jabberd2.xiaoka.com/wiki/InstallGuide\">Jabberd2 Install "
30773
"Guide</ulink>."
30774
30775
#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:236(para)
30776
msgid ""
30777
"Also, the <ulink "
30778
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SettingUpJabberServer\">Setting Up "
30779
"Jabber Server Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more information."
30780
msgstr ""
30781
30782
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:13(title)
30783
msgid "Backups"
30784
msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering"
30785
30786
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:14(para)
30787
msgid ""
30788
"There are many ways to backup an Ubuntu installation. The most important "
30789
"thing about backups is to develop a <emphasis>backup plan</emphasis> "
30790
"consisting of what to backup, where to back it up to, and how to restore it."
30791
msgstr ""
30792
"Det finns flera sätt att säkerhetskopiera en Ubuntu installation. Det "
30793
"viktigaste med säkerhetskopiering är att upprätta en "
30794
"<emphasis>säkerhetskopieringsplan</emphasis> som innehåller vad som skall "
30795
"säkerhetskopieras, var det skall säkerhetskopieras till och hur det skall "
30796
"arkiveras."
30797
30798
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:18(para)
30799
msgid ""
30800
"The following sections discuss various ways of accomplishing these tasks."
30801
msgstr "Följande avsnitt diskuterar olika sätt att utföra dessa uppgifter."
30802
30803
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:22(title)
30804
msgid "Shell Scripts"
30805
msgstr "Shell-skript"
30806
30807
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:23(para)
30808
msgid ""
30809
"One of the simplest ways to backup a system is using a <emphasis>shell "
30810
"script</emphasis>. For example, a script can be used to configure which "
30811
"directories to backup, and use those directories as arguments to the "
30812
"<application>tar</application> utility creating an archive file. The archive "
30813
"file can then be moved or copied to another location. The archive can also "
30814
"be created on a remote file system such as an <emphasis>NFS</emphasis> mount."
30815
msgstr ""
30816
"Ett av de enklaste sätten att säkerhetskopiera ett system är att använda ett "
30817
"<emphasis>shell-skript</emphasis>. Till exempel ett skript kan användas för "
30818
"att konfigurera vilka kataloger som skall säkerhetskopieras och använda "
30819
"dessa kataloger som argument till verktyget <application>tar</application> "
30820
"som skapar en arkivfil. Arkivfilen kan därefter flyttas eller kopieras till "
30821
"en annan plats. Arkivet kan också skapas på ett fjärrsystem såsom en "
30822
"monterad <emphasis>NFS</emphasis>."
30823
30824
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:29(para)
30825
msgid ""
30826
"The <application>tar</application> utility creates one archive file out of "
30827
"many files or directories. <application>tar</application> can also filter "
30828
"the files through compression utilities reducing the size of the archive "
30829
"file."
30830
msgstr ""
30831
"Verktyget <application>tar</application> skapar en arkivfil utifrån flera "
30832
"filer eller kataloger. <application>tar</application> kan också filtrera "
30833
"filer genomolika komprimeringsverktyg för att reducera storleken på "
30834
"arkivfilen."
30835
30836
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:35(title)
30837
msgid "Simple Shell Script"
30838
msgstr "Enkla shell-skript"
30839
30840
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:36(para)
30841
msgid ""
30842
"The following shell script uses <application>tar</application> to create an "
30843
"archive file on a remotely mounted NFS file system. The archive filename is "
30844
"determined using additional command line utilities."
30845
msgstr ""
30846
"Följande shell-skript använder <application>tar</application> för att skapa "
30847
"en arkivfil på fjärranslutet NFS-filsystem. Arkivets filnamn fastställs "
30848
"genom att använda extra kommandoradsverktyg"
30849
30850
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:40(programlisting)
30851
#, no-wrap
30852
msgid ""
30853
"\n"
30854
"#!/bin/sh\n"
30855
"####################################\n"
30856
"#\n"
30857
"# Backup to NFS mount script.\n"
30858
"#\n"
30859
"####################################\n"
30860
"\n"
30861
"# What to backup. \n"
30862
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
30863
"\n"
30864
"# Where to backup to.\n"
30865
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
30866
"\n"
30867
"# Create archive filename.\n"
30868
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
30869
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
30870
"archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
30871
"\n"
30872
"# Print start status message.\n"
30873
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
30874
"date\n"
30875
"echo\n"
30876
"\n"
30877
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
30878
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
30879
"\n"
30880
"# Print end status message.\n"
30881
"echo\n"
30882
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
30883
"date\n"
30884
"\n"
30885
"# Long listing of files in $dest to check file sizes.\n"
30886
"ls -lh $dest\n"
30887
msgstr ""
30888
"\n"
30889
"#!/bin/sh\n"
30890
"####################################\n"
30891
"#\n"
30892
"# Backup to NFS mount script.\n"
30893
"#\n"
30894
"####################################\n"
30895
"\n"
30896
"# What to backup. \n"
30897
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
30898
"\n"
30899
"# Where to backup to.\n"
30900
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
30901
"\n"
30902
"# Create archive filename.\n"
30903
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
30904
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
30905
"archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
30906
"\n"
30907
"# Print start status message.\n"
30908
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
30909
"date\n"
30910
"echo\n"
30911
"\n"
30912
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
30913
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
30914
"\n"
30915
"# Print end status message.\n"
30916
"echo\n"
30917
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
30918
"date\n"
30919
"\n"
30920
"# Long listing of files in $dest to check file sizes.\n"
30921
"ls -lh $dest\n"
30922
30923
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:77(para)
30924
msgid ""
30925
"<emphasis>$backup_files:</emphasis> a variable listing which directories you "
30926
"would like to backup. The list should be customized to fit your needs."
30927
msgstr ""
30928
"<emphasis>$backup_files:</emphasis> en variabel som listar vilka kataloger "
30929
"du vill säkerhetskopiera. Lista skall skräddarsys för att passa dina behov."
30930
30931
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:83(para)
30932
msgid ""
30933
"<emphasis>$day:</emphasis> a variable holding the day of the week (Monday, "
30934
"Tuesday, Wednesday, etc). This is used to create an archive file for each "
30935
"day of the week, giving a backup history of seven days. There are other ways "
30936
"to accomplish this including other ways using the "
30937
"<application>date</application> utility."
30938
msgstr ""
30939
"<emphasis>$day:</emphasis> en variabel för veckodagar (Monday, Tuesday, "
30940
"Wednesday, etc). Den används för att skapa en arkivfil för varje veckodag, "
30941
"vilket ger en backuphistorik på sju dagar. Det finns andra sätt för att "
30942
"åstadkomma detta inklusive andra sätt att använda verktyget "
30943
"<application>date</application>."
30944
30945
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:90(para)
30946
msgid ""
30947
"<emphasis>$hostname:</emphasis> variable containing the "
30948
"<emphasis>short</emphasis> hostname of the system. Using the hostname in the "
30949
"archive filename gives you the option of placing daily archive files from "
30950
"multiple systems in the same directory."
30951
msgstr ""
30952
"<emphasis>$hostname:</emphasis> variabel som innehåller ett "
30953
"<emphasis>kort</emphasis> värdnamn av systemet. Genom att använda värdnamnet "
30954
"i benämningen av arkivfilen ger det dig möjlighet att placera dagliga arkiv "
30955
"från flera system i samma katalog."
30956
30957
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:97(para)
30958
msgid "<emphasis>$archive_file:</emphasis> the full archive filename."
30959
msgstr "<emphasis>$archive_file:</emphasis> hela arkivfilnamnet."
30960
30961
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:102(para)
30962
msgid ""
30963
"<emphasis>$dest:</emphasis> destination of the archive file. The directory "
30964
"needs to be created and in this case <emphasis>mounted</emphasis> before "
30965
"executing the backup script. See <xref linkend=\"network-file-system\"/> for "
30966
"details using <emphasis>NFS</emphasis>."
30967
msgstr ""
30968
"<emphasis>$dest:</emphasis> arkivfilens destination. Katalogen måste skapas "
30969
"och i det här fallet <emphasis>monteras</emphasis> innan säkerhetskriptet "
30970
"körs. Se <xref linkend=\"network-file-system\"/> för detaljer om användandet "
30971
"av <emphasis>NFS</emphasis>."
30972
30973
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:109(para)
30974
msgid ""
30975
"<emphasis>status messages:</emphasis> optional messages printed to the "
30976
"console using the <application>echo</application> utility."
30977
msgstr ""
30978
"<emphasis>status messages:</emphasis> valfria meddelanden utskrivna i "
30979
"konsolen genom att använda verktyget <application>echo</application>."
30980
30981
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:115(para)
30982
msgid ""
30983
"<emphasis>tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files:</emphasis> the "
30984
"<application>tar</application> command used to create the archive file."
30985
msgstr ""
30986
"<emphasis>tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files:</emphasis> använder "
30987
"kommandot <application>tar</application> för att skapa arkivfilen."
30988
30989
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:121(para)
30990
msgid "<emphasis>c:</emphasis> creates an archive."
30991
msgstr "<emphasis>c:</emphasis> skapar ett arkiv."
30992
30993
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:126(para)
30994
msgid ""
30995
"<emphasis>z:</emphasis> filter the archive through the "
30996
"<application>gzip</application> utility compressing the archive."
30997
msgstr ""
30998
"<emphasis>z:</emphasis> filtrera arkivet genom verktyget "
30999
"<application>gzip</application> för att komprimera arkivet."
31000
31001
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:131(para)
31002
msgid ""
31003
"<emphasis>f:</emphasis> use archive file. Otherwise the "
31004
"<application>tar</application> output will be sent to STDOUT."
31005
msgstr ""
31006
"<emphasis>f:</emphasis> använd arkivfil. Annars kommer utdatan från "
31007
"<application>tar</application> skickas till STDOUT."
31008
31009
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:138(para)
31010
msgid ""
31011
"<emphasis>ls -lh $dest:</emphasis> optional statement prints a <emphasis>-"
31012
"l</emphasis> long listing in <emphasis>-h</emphasis> human readable format "
31013
"of the destination directory. This is useful for a quick file size check of "
31014
"the archive file. This check should not replace testing the archive file."
31015
msgstr ""
31016
"<emphasis>ls -lh $dest:</emphasis> valfri uppgift skriver en <emphasis>-"
31017
"l</emphasis> lång lista i <emphasis>-h</emphasis> läsbart format av "
31018
"målkatalogen. Detta är användbart för en snabb kontroll av arkivfilens "
31019
"filstorlek. Den här kontrollen skall inte ersätta testning av arkivfilen."
31020
31021
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:145(para)
31022
msgid ""
31023
"This is a simple example of a backup shell script. There are large amount of "
31024
"options that can be included in a backup script. See <xref linkend=\"backup-"
31025
"shellscript-references\"/> for links to resources providing more in depth "
31026
"shell scripting information."
31027
msgstr ""
31028
"Det här är ett enkelt exempel på ett säkerhetskopieringskript. Det finns "
31029
"mängder av alternativ som kan läggas till i säkerhetskopieringsskriptet. Se "
31030
"<xref linkend=\"backup-shellscript-references\"/> för länkar till källor som "
31031
"tillhandahåller detaljerad information om shell-skript."
31032
31033
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:152(title)
31034
msgid "Executing the Script"
31035
msgstr "Verkställande av skript"
31036
31037
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:154(title)
31038
msgid "Executing from a Terminal"
31039
msgstr "Verkställa skript från en terminal"
31040
31041
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:155(para)
31042
msgid ""
31043
"The simplest way of executing the above backup script is to copy and paste "
31044
"the contents into a file. <filename>backup.sh</filename> for example. Then "
31045
"from a terminal prompt:"
31046
msgstr ""
31047
"Det enklaste sättet att köra ovanstående skript är att kopiera innehållet "
31048
"till en fil, till exempel <filename>backup.sh</filename>. Därefter från "
31049
"terminalprompten:"
31050
31051
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:160(command)
31052
msgid "sudo bash backup.sh"
31053
msgstr "sudo bash backup.sh"
31054
31055
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:162(para)
31056
msgid ""
31057
"This is a great way to test the script to make sure everything works as "
31058
"expected."
31059
msgstr ""
31060
"Detta är ett bra sätt att testa skript för att säkerställa att allt fungerar "
31061
"som det var tänkt."
31062
31063
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:167(title)
31064
msgid "Executing with cron"
31065
msgstr "Verkställa med cron"
31066
31067
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:168(para)
31068
msgid ""
31069
"The <application>cron</application> utility can be used to automate the "
31070
"script execution. The <application>cron</application> daemon allows the "
31071
"execution of scripts, or commands, at a specified time and date."
31072
msgstr ""
31073
"Verktyget <application>cron</application> kan användas för automatiskt köra "
31074
"skript. Demonen <application>cron</application> tillåter verkställande av "
31075
"skript eller kommandon vid en specifierad tid eller datum."
31076
31077
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:172(para)
31078
msgid ""
31079
"<application>cron</application> is configured through entries in a "
31080
"<filename>crontab</filename> file. <filename>crontab</filename> files are "
31081
"separated into fields:"
31082
msgstr ""
31083
"<application>cron</application> är konfigurerad genom poster i filen "
31084
"<filename>crontab</filename>. <filename>crontab</filename>-filer är "
31085
"separerade i fält:"
31086
31087
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:176(programlisting)
31088
#, no-wrap
31089
msgid ""
31090
"\n"
31091
"# m h dom mon dow command\n"
31092
msgstr ""
31093
"\n"
31094
"# m h dom mon dow command\n"
31095
31096
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:181(para)
31097
msgid ""
31098
"<emphasis>m:</emphasis> minute the command executes on between 0 and 59."
31099
msgstr ""
31100
"<emphasis>m:</emphasis> minuter som kommandot verkställer på mellan 0 and 59."
31101
31102
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:186(para)
31103
msgid ""
31104
"<emphasis>h:</emphasis> hour the command executes on between 0 and 23."
31105
msgstr ""
31106
"<emphasis>h:</emphasis> timmar som kommandot verkställer på mellan 0 and 23."
31107
31108
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:191(para)
31109
msgid "<emphasis>dom:</emphasis> day of month the command executes on."
31110
msgstr "<emphasis>dom:</emphasis> dag i månad som kommandot verkställer på."
31111
31112
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:196(para)
31113
msgid ""
31114
"<emphasis>mon:</emphasis> the month the command executes on between 1 and 12."
31115
msgstr ""
31116
"<emphasis>mon:</emphasis> månaden som kommandot verkställs på mellan 1 och "
31117
"12."
31118
31119
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:201(para)
31120
msgid ""
31121
"<emphasis>dow:</emphasis> the day of the week the command executes on "
31122
"between 0 and 7. Sunday may be specified by using 0 or 7, both values are "
31123
"valid."
31124
msgstr ""
31125
"<emphasis>dow:</emphasis> den veckodag som kommandot verkställs på mellan 0 "
31126
"och 7. Söndagar kan anges med 0 eller 7, bägge värdena är giltiga."
31127
31128
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:206(para)
31129
msgid "<emphasis>command:</emphasis> the command to execute."
31130
msgstr "<emphasis>command:</emphasis> kommando som skall verkställas."
31131
31132
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:211(para)
31133
msgid ""
31134
"To add or change entries in a <filename>crontab</filename> file the "
31135
"<application>crontab -e</application> command should be used. Also, the "
31136
"contents of a <filename>crontab</filename> file can be viewed using the "
31137
"<application>crontab -l</application> command."
31138
msgstr ""
31139
"För att lägga till eller ändra rader i en <filename>crontab</filename>-fil "
31140
"skall kommandot <application>crontab -e</application> användas. Dessutom, "
31141
"innehållet i en <filename>crontab</filename>-fil kan visas genom att använda "
31142
"kommandot <application>crontab -l</application>."
31143
31144
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:215(para)
31145
msgid ""
31146
"To execute the <application>backup.sh</application> script listed above "
31147
"using <application>cron</application>. Enter the following from a terminal "
31148
"prompt:"
31149
msgstr ""
31150
"För att köra det tidigare inskrivna skriptet "
31151
"<application>backup.sh</application> genom att använda "
31152
"<application>cron</application>. Skriv följande från en terminalprompt:"
31153
31154
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:220(command)
31155
msgid "sudo crontab -e"
31156
msgstr "sudo crontab -e"
31157
31158
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:223(para)
31159
msgid ""
31160
"Using <application>sudo</application> with the <application>crontab -"
31161
"e</application> command edits the <emphasis>root</emphasis> user's crontab. "
31162
"This is necessary if you are backing up directories only the root user has "
31163
"access to."
31164
msgstr ""
31165
"Använd <application>sudo</application> tillsammans med kommandot "
31166
"<application>crontab -e</application> redigerar crontab för användaren "
31167
"<emphasis>root</emphasis>. Detta är nödvändigt om du säkerhetskopierar "
31168
"kataloger som bara användaren root har behörighet till."
31169
31170
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:228(para)
31171
msgid "Add the following entry to the <filename>crontab</filename> file:"
31172
msgstr "Lägg till följande rader i filen <filename>crontab</filename>:"
31173
31174
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:231(programlisting)
31175
#, no-wrap
31176
msgid ""
31177
"\n"
31178
"# m h dom mon dow command\n"
31179
"0 0 * * * bash /usr/local/bin/backup.sh\n"
31180
msgstr ""
31181
"\n"
31182
"# m h dom mon dow command\n"
31183
"0 0 * * * bash /usr/local/bin/backup.sh\n"
31184
31185
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:235(para)
31186
msgid ""
31187
"The <application>backup.sh</application> script will now be executed every "
31188
"day at 12:00 am."
31189
msgstr ""
31190
"Skriptet <application>backup.sh</application> kommer verkställas varje dag "
31191
"klockan 12:00."
31192
31193
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:239(para)
31194
msgid ""
31195
"The <application>backup.sh</application> script will need to be copied to "
31196
"the <filename>/usr/local/bin/</filename> directory in order for this entry "
31197
"to execute properly. The script can reside anywhere on the file system "
31198
"simply change the script path appropriately."
31199
msgstr ""
31200
"Skriptet <application>backup.sh</application> måste kopieras till katalogen "
31201
"<filename>/usr/local/bin/</filename> för att skriptet skall verkställas "
31202
"korrekt. Skriptet kan finnas var som helst i filsystemet se bara till att "
31203
"ändra skriptets sökväg."
31204
31205
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:244(para)
31206
msgid ""
31207
"For more in depth <application>crontab</application> options see <xref "
31208
"linkend=\"backup-shellscript-references\"/>."
31209
msgstr ""
31210
"För mer detaljerade alternativ för <application>crontab</application> se "
31211
"<xref linkend=\"backup-shellscript-references\"/>."
31212
31213
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:250(title)
31214
msgid "Restoring from the Archive"
31215
msgstr "Återställa från arkivet"
31216
31217
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:251(para)
31218
msgid ""
31219
"Once an archive has been created it is important to test the archive. The "
31220
"archive can be tested by listing the files it contains, but the best test is "
31221
"to <emphasis>restore</emphasis> a file from the archive."
31222
msgstr ""
31223
"När ett arkivhar skapats är det viktigt att testa arkivet. Ett arkiv kan "
31224
"testas genom att lista filerna som arkivet innehåller, men det bästa testet "
31225
"är att <emphasis>återställa</emphasis> en fil från arkivet."
31226
31227
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:257(para)
31228
msgid "To see a listing of the archive contents. From a terminal prompt:"
31229
msgstr "För att se en lista över arkivets innehåll. Från en terminalprompt:"
31230
31231
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:261(command)
31232
msgid "tar -tzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"
31233
msgstr "tar -tzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"
31234
31235
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:265(para)
31236
msgid "To restore a file from the archive to a different directory enter:"
31237
msgstr "För att återställa en fil från arkivet till en annan katalog, skriv:"
31238
31239
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:269(command)
31240
msgid "tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz -C /tmp etc/hosts"
31241
msgstr "tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz -C /tmp etc/hosts"
31242
31243
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:271(para)
31244
msgid ""
31245
"The <emphasis>-C</emphasis> option to <application>tar</application> "
31246
"redirects the extracted files to the specified directory. The above example "
31247
"will extract the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file to "
31248
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>. <application>tar</application> "
31249
"recreates the directory structure that it contains."
31250
msgstr ""
31251
"Alternativet <emphasis>-C</emphasis> till <application>tar</application> "
31252
"vidarebefordrar den extraherade filen till den specificerade katalogen. "
31253
"Ovanstående exempel kommer extrahera filen <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> "
31254
"till <filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>. <application>tar</application> "
31255
"återskapar katalogstrukturen som den innehåller."
31256
31257
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:276(para)
31258
msgid ""
31259
"Also, notice the leading <emphasis>\"/\"</emphasis> is left off the path of "
31260
"the file to restore."
31261
msgstr ""
31262
"Dessutom, notera att den inledande <emphasis>\"/\"</emphasis> inte är med i "
31263
"sökvägen för filen som återskapas."
31264
31265
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:281(para)
31266
msgid "To restore all files in the archive enter the following:"
31267
msgstr "För att återskapa alla filer i arkivet, skriv följande:"
31268
31269
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:285(command)
31270
msgid "cd /"
31271
msgstr "cd /"
31272
31273
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:286(command)
31274
msgid "sudo tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"
31275
msgstr "sudo tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"
31276
31277
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:291(para)
31278
msgid "This will overwrite the files currently on the file system."
31279
msgstr "Detta kommer skriva över de nuvarande filerna i filsystemet."
31280
31281
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:300(para)
31282
msgid ""
31283
"For more information on shell scripting see the <ulink "
31284
"url=\"http://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/\">Advanced Bash-Scripting Guide</ulink>"
31285
msgstr ""
31286
"För mer information om shell-skriptning, se <ulink "
31287
"url=\"http://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/\">Advanced Bash-Scripting Guide</ulink>"
31288
31289
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:305(para)
31290
msgid ""
31291
"The book <ulink url=\"http://safari.samspublishing.com/0672323583\">Teach "
31292
"Yourself Shell Programming in 24 Hours</ulink> is available online and a "
31293
"great resource for shell scripting."
31294
msgstr ""
31295
"Boken <ulink url=\"http://safari.samspublishing.com/0672323583\">Teach "
31296
"Yourself Shell Programming in 24 Hours</ulink> finns tillgänglig på nätet "
31297
"och är en bra resurs för shell-skriptning."
31298
31299
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:311(para)
31300
msgid ""
31301
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CronHowto\">CronHowto "
31302
"Wiki Page</ulink> contains details on advanced "
31303
"<application>cron</application> options."
31304
msgstr ""
31305
"Wikisidan <ulink "
31306
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CronHowto\">CronHowto</ulink> "
31307
"innehåller detaljer om avancerade <application>cron</application>-alternativ."
31308
31309
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:318(para)
31310
msgid ""
31311
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/index.html\">GNU "
31312
"tar Manual</ulink> for more <application>tar</application> options."
31313
msgstr ""
31314
"Se <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/index.html\">GNU tar "
31315
"Manual</ulink> för fler <application>tar</application>-alternativ."
31316
31317
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:324(para)
31318
msgid ""
31319
"The Wikipedia <ulink "
31320
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Backup_rotation_scheme\">Backup Rotation "
31321
"Scheme</ulink> article contains information on other backup rotation schemes."
31322
msgstr ""
31323
"På Wikipedian <ulink "
31324
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Backup_rotation_scheme\">Backup Rotation "
31325
"Scheme</ulink> innehåller information om andra roterande "
31326
"säkerhetskopieringsscheman."
31327
31328
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:330(para)
31329
msgid ""
31330
"The shell script uses <application>tar</application> to create the archive, "
31331
"but there many other command line utilities that can be used. For example:"
31332
msgstr ""
31333
"Shell-skriptet använder <application>tar</application> för att skapa "
31334
"arkivet, men det flera andra kommandoradverktyg som kan användas. Exempelvis:"
31335
31336
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:336(para)
31337
msgid ""
31338
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/cpio/\">cpio</ulink>: used to copy "
31339
"files to and from archives."
31340
msgstr ""
31341
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/cpio/\">cpio</ulink>: Används för "
31342
"att kopiera filer till eller från ett arkiv."
31343
31344
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:341(para)
31345
msgid ""
31346
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/\">dd</ulink>: part of "
31347
"the <application>coreutils</application> package. A low level utility that "
31348
"can copy data from one format to another"
31349
msgstr ""
31350
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/\">dd</ulink>: är en del "
31351
"av paketet <application>coreutils</application>. Ett lågnivåverktyg som kan "
31352
"kopiera data från ett format till ett annat"
31353
31354
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:347(para)
31355
msgid ""
31356
"<ulink url=\"http://www.rsnapshot.org/\">rsnapshot</ulink>: a file system "
31357
"snap shot utility used to create copies of an entire file system."
31358
msgstr ""
31359
"<ulink url=\"http://www.rsnapshot.org/\">rsnapshot</ulink>: Ett snapshot-"
31360
"verktyg för filsystem som används till att skapa kopior av hela filsystem."
31361
31362
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:358(title)
31363
msgid "Archive Rotation"
31364
msgstr "Arkivrotering"
31365
31366
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:359(para)
31367
msgid ""
31368
"The shell script in section <xref linkend=\"backup-shellscripts\"/> only "
31369
"allows for seven different archives. For a server whose data doesn't change "
31370
"often this may be enough. If the server has a large amount of data a more "
31371
"robust rotation scheme should be used."
31372
msgstr ""
31373
"Shell-skriptet i avsnittet <xref linkend=\"backup-shellscripts\"/> tillåter "
31374
"endast sju olika arkiv. För en server där datan inte ändras ofta så kan det "
31375
"vara tillräckligt. Om servern har en stor mängd data skall man använda ett "
31376
"mer robust roterande schema."
31377
31378
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:365(title)
31379
msgid "Rotating NFS Archives"
31380
msgstr "Roterande NFS arkiv"
31381
31382
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:366(para)
31383
msgid ""
31384
"In this section the shell script will be slightly modified to implement a "
31385
"grandfather-father-son rotation scheme (monthly-weekly-daily):"
31386
msgstr ""
31387
"I detta avsnitt kommer shell-skriptet att modifieras till att implementera "
31388
"ett rotationsshema enligt principen farfar-far-son (månad-vecka-dag):"
31389
31390
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:372(para)
31391
msgid ""
31392
"The rotation will do a <emphasis>daily</emphasis> backup Sunday through "
31393
"Friday."
31394
msgstr ""
31395
"Roteringen kommer utföra en <emphasis>daglig</emphasis> säkerhetskopiering "
31396
"söndag till fredag."
31397
31398
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:377(para)
31399
msgid ""
31400
"On Saturday a <emphasis>weekly</emphasis> backup is done giving you four "
31401
"weekly backups a month."
31402
msgstr ""
31403
"På lördag en utförs säkerhetskopiering <emphasis>per vecka</emphasis> vilket "
31404
"ger dig fyra säkerhetskopieringar per månad."
31405
31406
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:382(para)
31407
msgid ""
31408
"The <emphasis>monthly</emphasis> backup is done on the first of the month "
31409
"rotating two monthly backups based on if the month is odd or even."
31410
msgstr ""
31411
"Säkerhetskopiering utförs <emphasis>per månad</emphasis> den förste varje "
31412
"månad roterar två månadsvisa säkerhetskopior baserade på jämn och ojämn "
31413
"månad."
31414
31415
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:388(para)
31416
msgid "Here is the new script:"
31417
msgstr "Här är det nya skriptet:"
31418
31419
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:391(programlisting)
31420
#, no-wrap
31421
msgid ""
31422
"\n"
31423
"#!/bin/bash\n"
31424
"####################################\n"
31425
"#\n"
31426
"# Backup to NFS mount script with\n"
31427
"# grandfather-father-son rotation.\n"
31428
"#\n"
31429
"####################################\n"
31430
"\n"
31431
"# What to backup. \n"
31432
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
31433
"\n"
31434
"# Where to backup to.\n"
31435
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
31436
"\n"
31437
"# Setup variables for the archive filename.\n"
31438
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
31439
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
31440
"\n"
31441
"# Find which week of the month 1-4 it is.\n"
31442
"day_num=$(date +%d)\n"
31443
"if (( $day_num <= 7 )); then\n"
31444
" week_file=\"$hostname-week1.tgz\"\n"
31445
"elif (( $day_num > 7 && $day_num <= 14 )); then\n"
31446
" week_file=\"$hostname-week2.tgz\"\n"
31447
"elif (( $day_num > 14 && $day_num <= 21 )); then\n"
31448
" week_file=\"$hostname-week3.tgz\"\n"
31449
"elif (( $day_num > 21 && $day_num < 32 )); then\n"
31450
" week_file=\"$hostname-week4.tgz\"\n"
31451
"fi\n"
31452
"\n"
31453
"# Find if the Month is odd or even.\n"
31454
"month_num=$(date +%m)\n"
31455
"month=$(expr $month_num % 2)\n"
31456
"if [ $month -eq 0 ]; then\n"
31457
" month_file=\"$hostname-month2.tgz\"\n"
31458
"else\n"
31459
" month_file=\"$hostname-month1.tgz\"\n"
31460
"fi\n"
31461
"\n"
31462
"# Create archive filename.\n"
31463
"if [ $day_num == 1 ]; then\n"
31464
"\tarchive_file=$month_file\n"
31465
"elif [ $day != \"Saturday\" ]; then\n"
31466
" archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
31467
"else \n"
31468
"\tarchive_file=$week_file\n"
31469
"fi\n"
31470
"\n"
31471
"# Print start status message.\n"
31472
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
31473
"date\n"
31474
"echo\n"
31475
"\n"
31476
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
31477
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
31478
"\n"
31479
"# Print end status message.\n"
31480
"echo\n"
31481
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
31482
"date\n"
31483
"\n"
31484
"# Long listing of files in $dest to check file sizes.\n"
31485
"ls -lh $dest/\n"
31486
msgstr ""
31487
"\n"
31488
"#!/bin/bash\n"
31489
"####################################\n"
31490
"#\n"
31491
"# Backup to NFS mount script with\n"
31492
"# grandfather-father-son rotation.\n"
31493
"#\n"
31494
"####################################\n"
31495
"\n"
31496
"# What to backup. \n"
31497
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
31498
"\n"
31499
"# Where to backup to.\n"
31500
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
31501
"\n"
31502
"# Setup variables for the archive filename.\n"
31503
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
31504
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
31505
"\n"
31506
"# Find which week of the month 1-4 it is.\n"
31507
"day_num=$(date +%d)\n"
31508
"if (( $day_num <= 7 )); then\n"
31509
" week_file=\"$hostname-week1.tgz\"\n"
31510
"elif (( $day_num > 7 && $day_num <= 14 )); then\n"
31511
" week_file=\"$hostname-week2.tgz\"\n"
31512
"elif (( $day_num > 14 && $day_num <= 21 )); then\n"
31513
" week_file=\"$hostname-week3.tgz\"\n"
31514
"elif (( $day_num > 21 && $day_num < 32 )); then\n"
31515
" week_file=\"$hostname-week4.tgz\"\n"
31516
"fi\n"
31517
"\n"
31518
"# Find if the Month is odd or even.\n"
31519
"month_num=$(date +%m)\n"
31520
"month=$(expr $month_num % 2)\n"
31521
"if [ $month -eq 0 ]; then\n"
31522
" month_file=\"$hostname-month2.tgz\"\n"
31523
"else\n"
31524
" month_file=\"$hostname-month1.tgz\"\n"
31525
"fi\n"
31526
"\n"
31527
"# Create archive filename.\n"
31528
"if [ $day_num == 1 ]; then\n"
31529
"\tarchive_file=$month_file\n"
31530
"elif [ $day != \"Saturday\" ]; then\n"
31531
" archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
31532
"else \n"
31533
"\tarchive_file=$week_file\n"
31534
"fi\n"
31535
"\n"
31536
"# Print start status message.\n"
31537
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
31538
"date\n"
31539
"echo\n"
31540
"\n"
31541
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
31542
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
31543
"\n"
31544
"# Print end status message.\n"
31545
"echo\n"
31546
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
31547
"date\n"
31548
"\n"
31549
"# Long listing of files in $dest to check file sizes.\n"
31550
"ls -lh $dest/\n"
31551
31552
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:456(para)
31553
msgid ""
31554
"The script can be executed using the same methods as in <xref "
31555
"linkend=\"backup-executing-shellscript\"/>."
31556
msgstr ""
31557
"Skriptet kan verkställas med samma metod som i <xref linkend=\"backup-"
31558
"executing-shellscript\"/>."
31559
31560
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:459(para)
31561
msgid ""
31562
"It is good practice to take backup media off site in case of a disaster. In "
31563
"the shell script example the backup media is another server providing an NFS "
31564
"share. In all likelihood taking the NFS server to another location would not "
31565
"be practical. Depending upon connection speeds it may be an option to copy "
31566
"the archive file over a WAN link to a server in another location."
31567
msgstr ""
31568
"Det är en bra vana att förvara säkerhetskopiorna i andra lokaler ifall det "
31569
"händer en olycka. I exempel shell-skriptet är säkerhetskopieringsmediat en "
31570
"NFS-utdelning. Med all sannolikhet är det inte praktiskt möjligt att flytta "
31571
"NFS-servern. Beroende på uppkopplingshastighet kan det vara ett alternativ "
31572
"att kopiera arkivet över ett WAN-nät till en server på annan plats."
31573
31574
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:465(para)
31575
msgid ""
31576
"Another option is to copy the archive file to an external hard drive which "
31577
"can then be taken off site. Since the price of external hard drives continue "
31578
"to decrease it may be cost-effective to use two drives for each archive "
31579
"level. This would allow you to have one external drive attached to the "
31580
"backup server and one in another location."
31581
msgstr ""
31582
31583
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:472(title)
31584
msgid "Tape Drives"
31585
msgstr "Bandenheter"
31586
31587
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:473(para)
31588
msgid ""
31589
"A tape drive attached to the server can be used instead of a NFS share. "
31590
"Using a tape drive simplifies archive rotation, and taking the media off "
31591
"site as well."
31592
msgstr ""
31593
"En bandenhet som är ansluten till en server kan användas istället för en NFS-"
31594
"utdelning. genom att använda en bandenhet underlättas arkivrotering och "
31595
"möjligheten att ta med mediat utanför lokalerna."
31596
31597
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:477(para)
31598
msgid ""
31599
"When using a tape drive the filename portions of the script aren't needed "
31600
"because the date is sent directly to the tape device. Some commands to "
31601
"manipulate the tape are needed. This is accomplished using "
31602
"<application>mt</application>, a magnetic tape control utility part of the "
31603
"<application>cpio</application> package."
31604
msgstr ""
31605
"Vis användande av bandenhet är behövs inte delen med filnamnet i skriptet "
31606
"eftersom datan skickas direkt till bandenheten. Några kommandon för att "
31607
"hantera bandet är nödvändigt. Detta utförs genom att använda "
31608
"<application>mt</application>, som är ett kontrollverktyg för magnetiska "
31609
"band som ingår i paketet <application>cpio</application>."
31610
31611
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:482(para)
31612
msgid "Here is the shell script modified to use a tape drive:"
31613
msgstr ""
31614
"Här är ett shell-skript som är modifierat till att använda en bandenhet:"
31615
31616
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:485(programlisting)
31617
#, no-wrap
31618
msgid ""
31619
"\n"
31620
"#!/bin/bash\n"
31621
"####################################\n"
31622
"#\n"
31623
"# Backup to tape drive script.\n"
31624
"#\n"
31625
"####################################\n"
31626
"\n"
31627
"# What to backup. \n"
31628
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
31629
"\n"
31630
"# Where to backup to.\n"
31631
"dest=\"/dev/st0\"\n"
31632
"\n"
31633
"# Print start status message.\n"
31634
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest\"\n"
31635
"date\n"
31636
"echo\n"
31637
"\n"
31638
"# Make sure the tape is rewound.\n"
31639
"mt -f $dest rewind\n"
31640
"\n"
31641
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
31642
"tar czf $dest $backup_files\n"
31643
"\n"
31644
"# Rewind and eject the tape.\n"
31645
"mt -f $dest rewoffl\n"
31646
"\n"
31647
"# Print end status message.\n"
31648
"echo\n"
31649
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
31650
"date\n"
31651
msgstr ""
31652
"\n"
31653
"#!/bin/bash\n"
31654
"####################################\n"
31655
"#\n"
31656
"# Backup to tape drive script.\n"
31657
"#\n"
31658
"####################################\n"
31659
"\n"
31660
"# What to backup. \n"
31661
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
31662
"\n"
31663
"# Where to backup to.\n"
31664
"dest=\"/dev/st0\"\n"
31665
"\n"
31666
"# Print start status message.\n"
31667
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest\"\n"
31668
"date\n"
31669
"echo\n"
31670
"\n"
31671
"# Make sure the tape is rewound.\n"
31672
"mt -f $dest rewind\n"
31673
"\n"
31674
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
31675
"tar czf $dest $backup_files\n"
31676
"\n"
31677
"# Rewind and eject the tape.\n"
31678
"mt -f $dest rewoffl\n"
31679
"\n"
31680
"# Print end status message.\n"
31681
"echo\n"
31682
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
31683
"date\n"
31684
31685
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:519(para)
31686
msgid ""
31687
"The default device name for a SCSI tape drive is "
31688
"<filename>/dev/st0</filename>. Use the appropriate device path for your "
31689
"system."
31690
msgstr ""
31691
"Enhetsnamnet som är standard för en SCSI-bandenhet är "
31692
"<filename>/dev/st0</filename>. Använd passande sökväg till enheten för ditt "
31693
"system."
31694
31695
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:524(para)
31696
msgid ""
31697
"Restoring from a tape drive is basically the same as restoring from a file. "
31698
"Simply rewind the tape and use the device path instead of a file path. For "
31699
"example to restore the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file to "
31700
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>:"
31701
msgstr ""
31702
"Återskapa från en bandenhet är i grund och botten samma som för en fil. "
31703
"Spola tillbaka bandet och använd sökvägen till enheten istället för sökvägen "
31704
"till filen. Ett exempel på att återställa filen "
31705
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> till <filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>:"
31706
31707
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:529(command)
31708
msgid "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind"
31709
msgstr "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind"
31710
31711
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:530(command)
31712
msgid "tar -xzf /dev/st0 -C /tmp etc/hosts"
31713
msgstr "tar -xzf /dev/st0 -C /tmp etc/hosts"
31714
31715
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:535(title)
31716
msgid "Bacula"
31717
msgstr "Bacula"
31718
31719
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:536(para)
31720
msgid ""
31721
"<application>Bacula</application> is a backup program enabling you to "
31722
"backup, restore, and verify data across your network. There are Bacula "
31723
"clients for Linux, Windows, and Mac OS X. Making it a cross platform network "
31724
"wide solution."
31725
msgstr ""
31726
31727
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:542(para)
31728
msgid ""
31729
"<application>Bacula</application> is made up of several components and "
31730
"services used to manage which files to backup and where to back them up to:"
31731
msgstr ""
31732
"<application>Bacula</application> är uppbyggt av flera komponenter och "
31733
"tjänster för att administrera vilka filer som skall säkerhetskopieras och "
31734
"vart de skall säkerhetskopieras:"
31735
31736
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:548(para)
31737
msgid ""
31738
"<application>Bacula Director:</application> a service that controls all "
31739
"backup, restore, verify, and archive operations."
31740
msgstr ""
31741
"<application>Bacula Director:</application> en tjänst som kontrollerar all "
31742
"säkerhetskopiering, återställning, autentisering och arkiv funktioner."
31743
31744
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:553(para)
31745
msgid ""
31746
"<application>Bacula Console:</application> an application allowing "
31747
"communication with the Director. There are three versions of the Console:"
31748
msgstr ""
31749
"<application>Bacula Console:</application> är ett program som tillåter "
31750
"kommunikation med Director. Det finns tre versioner av Console:"
31751
31752
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:558(para)
31753
msgid "Text based command line version."
31754
msgstr "Textbaserad kommandoradsversion."
31755
31756
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:559(para)
31757
msgid "Gnome based GTK+ Graphical User Interface (GUI) interface."
31758
msgstr "Gnome-baserat GTK+-gränssnitt."
31759
31760
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:560(para)
31761
msgid "wxWidgets GUI interface."
31762
msgstr "wxWidgets-gränssnitt."
31763
31764
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:564(para)
31765
msgid ""
31766
"<application>Bacula File:</application> also known as the "
31767
"<application>Bacula Client</application> program. This application is "
31768
"installed on machines to be backed up, and is responsible for the data "
31769
"requested by the Director."
31770
msgstr ""
31771
"<application>Bacula File:</application> också känt som programmet "
31772
"<application>Bacula Client</application>. Det här programmet installeras på "
31773
"maskiner som skall säkerhetskopieras och ansvarar för datan som efterfrågas "
31774
"av Director."
31775
31776
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:570(para)
31777
msgid ""
31778
"<application>Bacula Storage:</application> the programs that perform the "
31779
"storage and recovery of data to the physical media."
31780
msgstr ""
31781
"<application>Bacula Storage:</application> programmen som utför lagring och "
31782
"återställning av data till fysisk media."
31783
31784
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:575(para)
31785
msgid ""
31786
"<application>Bacula Catalog:</application> is responsible for maintaining "
31787
"the file indexes and volume databases for all files backed up, enabling "
31788
"quick location and restoration of archived files. The Catalog supports three "
31789
"different databases MySQL, PostgreSQL, and SQLite."
31790
msgstr ""
31791
"<application>Bacula Catalog:</application> ansvarar för underhållet av index "
31792
"och volymdatabaser för alla säkerhetskopierade filer. Catalog stöder tre "
31793
"olika databaser MySQL, PostgreSQL och SQLite."
31794
31795
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:581(para)
31796
msgid ""
31797
"<application>Bacula Monitor:</application> allows the monitoring of the "
31798
"Director, File daemons, and Storage daemons. Currently the Monitor is only "
31799
"available as a GTK+ GUI application."
31800
msgstr ""
31801
"<application>Bacula Monitor:</application> medger övervakning av Director, "
31802
"File-demonen och Storage-demonen. För närvarande finns Monitor enbart som en "
31803
"GTK+ GUI-program."
31804
31805
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:587(para)
31806
msgid ""
31807
"These services and applications can be run on multiple servers and clients, "
31808
"or they can be installed on one machine if backing up a single disk or "
31809
"volume."
31810
msgstr ""
31811
"Dessa tjänster och program kan köras på multipla servrar och klienter eller "
31812
"så kan de installeras på en maskin för att säkerhetskopiera en ensam disk "
31813
"eller volym."
31814
31815
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:594(para)
31816
msgid ""
31817
"There are multiple packages containing the different "
31818
"<application>Bacula</application> components. To install Bacula, from a "
31819
"terminal prompt enter:"
31820
msgstr ""
31821
"Det finns flera paket som innehåller olika komponenter till "
31822
"<application>Bacula</application>. För att installera Bacula, skriv från en "
31823
"terminalprompt:"
31824
31825
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:599(command)
31826
msgid "sudo apt-get install bacula"
31827
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bacula"
31828
31829
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:601(para)
31830
msgid ""
31831
"By default installing the <application>bacula</application> package will use "
31832
"a <application>MySQL</application> database for the Catalog. If you want to "
31833
"use SQLite or PostgreSQL, for the Catalog, install <application>bacula-"
31834
"director-sqlite3</application> or <application>bacula-director-"
31835
"pgsql</application> respectively."
31836
msgstr ""
31837
"Vid installationen av paketet <application>bacula</application> är "
31838
"förhandsvalet att använda databasen <application>MySQL</application> för "
31839
"Catalog. Om du vill använda SQLite eller PostgreSQL för Catalog, installera "
31840
"respektive <application>bacula-director-sqlite3</application> eller "
31841
"<application>bacula-director-pgsql</application>."
31842
31843
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:607(para)
31844
msgid ""
31845
"During the install process you will be asked to supply credentials for the "
31846
"database <emphasis>administrator</emphasis> and the "
31847
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> database <emphasis>owner</emphasis>. The "
31848
"database administrator will need to have the appropriate rights to create a "
31849
"database, see <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> for more information."
31850
msgstr ""
31851
"Under installationsprocessen kommer du tillfrågas om tillhandahålla "
31852
"identiteter för databas <emphasis>administratören</emphasis> och "
31853
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> databas <emphasis>ägaren</emphasis>. "
31854
"Databasadministratören behöver ha tillräckliga rättigheter för att skapa en "
31855
"databas, se <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> för mer information."
31856
31857
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:617(para)
31858
msgid ""
31859
"<application>Bacula</application> configuration files are formatted based on "
31860
"<emphasis>resources</emphasis> comprising of <emphasis>directives</emphasis> "
31861
"surrounded by <quote>{}</quote> braces. Each Bacula component has an "
31862
"individual file in the <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/bacula</filename> "
31863
"directory."
31864
msgstr ""
31865
"Konfigurationsfilformatet till <application>Bacula</application> är baserat "
31866
"på <emphasis>resurser</emphasis> som omfattas av "
31867
"<emphasis>direktiv</emphasis> omvärvda av <quote>{}</quote>-klammrar. Varje "
31868
"Bacula komponent har individuella filer i katalogen <filename "
31869
"role=\"directory\">/etc/bacula</filename>."
31870
31871
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:622(para)
31872
msgid ""
31873
"The various <application>Bacula</application> components must authorize "
31874
"themselves to each other. This is accomplished using the "
31875
"<emphasis>password</emphasis> directive. For example, the "
31876
"<emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource password in the "
31877
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> file must match the "
31878
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> resource password in "
31879
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."
31880
msgstr ""
31881
"De olika <application>Bacula</application> komponenterna måste verifiera sig "
31882
"mot varandra. Detta utförs med direktivet <emphasis>password</emphasis>. "
31883
"Till exempel, lösenordet för resursen <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> i filen "
31884
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> måste passa ihop med "
31885
"lösenordet för direktivet <emphasis>Director</emphasis> i filen "
31886
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."
31887
31888
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:628(para)
31889
msgid ""
31890
"By default the backup job named <emphasis>Client1</emphasis> is configured "
31891
"to archive the <application>Bacula</application> Catalog. If you plan on "
31892
"using the server to backup more than one client you should change the name "
31893
"of this job to something more descriptive. To change the name edit "
31894
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename>:"
31895
msgstr ""
31896
"Som standard är säkerhetskopieringsjobbet med namnet "
31897
"<emphasis>Client1</emphasis> konfigurerad till att arkivera "
31898
"<application>Bacula</application> Catalog. Om du planerar att använda "
31899
"servern till att säkerhetskopiera mer än en klient så bör du byta namn för "
31900
"jobbet till något mer beskrivande. För att ändra namnet redigera filen "
31901
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename>:"
31902
31903
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:633(programlisting)
31904
#, no-wrap
31905
msgid ""
31906
"\n"
31907
"#\n"
31908
"# Define the main nightly save backup job\n"
31909
"# By default, this job will back up to disk in \n"
31910
"Job {\n"
31911
" Name = \"BackupServer\"\n"
31912
" JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
31913
" Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/Client1.bsr\"\n"
31914
"}\n"
31915
msgstr ""
31916
"\n"
31917
"#\n"
31918
"# Define the main nightly save backup job\n"
31919
"# By default, this job will back up to disk in \n"
31920
"Job {\n"
31921
" Name = \"BackupServer\"\n"
31922
" JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
31923
" Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/Client1.bsr\"\n"
31924
"}\n"
31925
31926
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:644(para)
31927
msgid ""
31928
"The example above changes the job name to <emphasis>BackupServer</emphasis> "
31929
"matching the machine's host name. Replace <quote>BackupServer</quote> with "
31930
"your appropriate hostname, or other descriptive name."
31931
msgstr ""
31932
"I exemplet ovan ändras jobbnamnet till <emphasis>BackupServer</emphasis> som "
31933
"matchar maskinens värdnamn. Ersätt <quote>BackupServer</quote> med ditt "
31934
"riktiga värddatornamn eller ett annat beskrivande namn."
31935
31936
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:649(para)
31937
msgid ""
31938
"The <emphasis>Console</emphasis> can be used to query the "
31939
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> about jobs, but to use the Console with a "
31940
"<emphasis>non-root</emphasis> user, the user needs to be in the "
31941
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> group. To add a user to the bacula group enter "
31942
"the following from a terminal:"
31943
msgstr ""
31944
"<emphasis>Console</emphasis> kan användas till att fråga "
31945
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> om jobb, men för att använda Console med en "
31946
"<emphasis>icke-root</emphasis> användare, måste användaren tillhöra gruppen "
31947
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis>. För att lägga till en användare i gruppen "
31948
"bacula skriv följande kommando i en terminal:"
31949
31950
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:655(command)
31951
msgid "sudo adduser $username bacula"
31952
msgstr "sudo adduser $username bacula"
31953
31954
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:658(para)
31955
msgid ""
31956
"Replace <emphasis>$username</emphasis> with the actual username. Also, if "
31957
"you are adding the current user to the group you should log out and back in "
31958
"for the new permissions to take effect."
31959
msgstr ""
31960
"Ersätt <emphasis>$username</emphasis> med det verkliga användarnamnet. "
31961
"Dessutom, Om du lägger till den nuvarande användaren i gruppen måste du "
31962
"logga ut och in igen för att ändringen skall få effekt."
31963
31964
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:665(title)
31965
msgid "Localhost Backup"
31966
msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera localhost"
31967
31968
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:666(para)
31969
msgid ""
31970
"This section describes how to backup specified directories on a single host "
31971
"to a local tape drive."
31972
msgstr ""
31973
"Detta avsnitt beskriver hur man utför en säkerhetskopiering av angivna "
31974
"kataloger på en enskild värd till en lokal bandenhet."
31975
31976
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:671(para)
31977
msgid ""
31978
"First, the <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> device needs to be configured. Edit "
31979
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename> add:"
31980
msgstr ""
31981
"Börja med att konfigurera enheten <emphasis>Storage</emphasis>. Redigera "
31982
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename> och lägg till:"
31983
31984
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:674(programlisting)
31985
#, no-wrap
31986
msgid ""
31987
"\n"
31988
"Device {\n"
31989
" Name = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
31990
" Device Type = tape\n"
31991
" Media Type = DDS-4\n"
31992
" Archive Device = /dev/st0\n"
31993
" Hardware end of medium = No;\n"
31994
" AutomaticMount = yes; # when device opened, read it\n"
31995
" AlwaysOpen = Yes;\n"
31996
" RemovableMedia = yes;\n"
31997
" RandomAccess = no;\n"
31998
" Alert Command = \"sh -c 'tapeinfo -f %c | grep TapeAlert'\"\n"
31999
"}\n"
32000
msgstr ""
32001
"\n"
32002
"Device {\n"
32003
" Name = \"Bandenhet\"\n"
32004
" Device Type = tape\n"
32005
" Media Type = DDS-4\n"
32006
" Archive Device = /dev/st0\n"
32007
" Hardware end of medium = No;\n"
32008
" AutomaticMount = yes; # when device opened, read it\n"
32009
" AlwaysOpen = Yes;\n"
32010
" RemovableMedia = yes;\n"
32011
" RandomAccess = no;\n"
32012
" Alert Command = \"sh -c 'tapeinfo -f %c | grep TapeAlert'\"\n"
32013
"}\n"
32014
32015
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:688(para)
32016
msgid ""
32017
"The example is for a <emphasis>DDS-4</emphasis> tape drive. Adjust the Media "
32018
"Type and Archive Device to match your hardware."
32019
msgstr ""
32020
"Detta exempel är för en <emphasis>DDS-4</emphasis>-bandenhet. Anpassa "
32021
"mediatypen och arkivenheten till att matcha din hårdvara."
32022
32023
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:691(para)
32024
msgid "You could also uncomment one of the other examples in the file."
32025
msgstr "Du kan också avkommentera en av de andra exemplen i filen."
32026
32027
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:696(para)
32028
msgid ""
32029
"After editing <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename> the "
32030
"<application>Storage</application> daemon will need to be restarted:"
32031
msgstr ""
32032
"Efter redigeringen av <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename> måste "
32033
"demonen <application>Storage</application> startas om:"
32034
32035
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:701(command)
32036
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/bacula-sd restart"
32037
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/bacula-sd restart"
32038
32039
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:705(para)
32040
msgid ""
32041
"Now add a <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource in "
32042
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> to use the new Device:"
32043
msgstr ""
32044
"Lägg nu till en <emphasis>Storage</emphasis>-resurs i "
32045
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> för att använda den nya "
32046
"enheten:"
32047
32048
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:708(programlisting)
32049
#, no-wrap
32050
msgid ""
32051
"\n"
32052
"# Definition of \"Tape Drive\" storage device\n"
32053
"Storage {\n"
32054
" Name = TapeDrive\n"
32055
" # Do not use \"localhost\" here \n"
32056
" Address = backupserver # N.B. Use a fully qualified name "
32057
"here\n"
32058
" SDPort = 9103\n"
32059
" Password = \"Cv70F6pf1t6pBopT4vQOnigDrR0v3LT3Cgkiyj\"\n"
32060
" Device = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
32061
" Media Type = tape\n"
32062
"}\n"
32063
msgstr ""
32064
"\n"
32065
"# Definition of \"Bandenhet\" storage device\n"
32066
"Storage {\n"
32067
" Name = TapeDrive\n"
32068
" # Do not use \"localhost\" here \n"
32069
" Address = backupserver # N.B. Use a fully qualified name "
32070
"here\n"
32071
" SDPort = 9103\n"
32072
" Password = \"Cv70F6pf1t6pBopT4vQOnigDrR0v3LT3Cgkiyj\"\n"
32073
" Device = \"Bandenhet\"\n"
32074
" Media Type = tape\n"
32075
"}\n"
32076
32077
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:720(para)
32078
msgid ""
32079
"The <emphasis>Address</emphasis> directive needs to be the Fully Qualified "
32080
"Domain Name (FQDN) of the server. Change <emphasis>backupserver</emphasis> "
32081
"to the actual host name."
32082
msgstr ""
32083
"Direktivet <emphasis>Address</emphasis> måste vara serverns kompletta "
32084
"domännamn (FQDN). Ändra <emphasis>backupserver</emphasis> till det riktiga "
32085
"värddatornamnet."
32086
32087
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:724(para)
32088
msgid ""
32089
"Also, make sure the <emphasis>Password</emphasis> directive matches the "
32090
"password string in <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."
32091
msgstr ""
32092
"Dessutom, säkerställ att direktivet <emphasis>Password</emphasis> matchar "
32093
"lösenordsträngen i <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."
32094
32095
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:730(para)
32096
msgid ""
32097
"Create a new <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis>, which will determine what "
32098
"directories to backup, by adding:"
32099
msgstr ""
32100
"Skapa ett nytt <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis>, som kommer att fastställa vilka "
32101
"kataloger som skall säkerhetskopieras, genom att lägga till:"
32102
32103
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:733(programlisting)
32104
#, no-wrap
32105
msgid ""
32106
"\n"
32107
"# LocalhostBacup FileSet.\n"
32108
"FileSet {\n"
32109
" Name = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
32110
" Include {\n"
32111
" Options {\n"
32112
" signature = MD5\n"
32113
" compression=GZIP\n"
32114
" }\n"
32115
" File = /etc\n"
32116
" File = /home\n"
32117
" }\n"
32118
"}\n"
32119
msgstr ""
32120
"\n"
32121
"# LocalhostBacup FileSet.\n"
32122
"FileSet {\n"
32123
" Name = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
32124
" Include {\n"
32125
" Options {\n"
32126
" signature = MD5\n"
32127
" compression=GZIP\n"
32128
" }\n"
32129
" File = /etc\n"
32130
" File = /home\n"
32131
" }\n"
32132
"}\n"
32133
32134
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:747(para)
32135
msgid ""
32136
"This <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis> will backup the <filename "
32137
"role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> and <filename "
32138
"role=\"directory\">/home</filename> directories. The "
32139
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> resource directives configure the FileSet to "
32140
"create a MD5 signature for each file backed up, and to compress the files "
32141
"using GZIP."
32142
msgstr ""
32143
"Detta <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis> kommer säkerhetskopiera katalogerna "
32144
"<filename role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> and <filename "
32145
"role=\"directory\">/home</filename>. Resursdirektivet "
32146
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> konfigurerar FileSet till att skapa en MD5-"
32147
"signatur för varje fil som säkerhetskopieras och komprimerar filerna genom "
32148
"att använda GZIP."
32149
32150
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:754(para)
32151
msgid "Next, create a new <emphasis>Schedule</emphasis> for the backup job:"
32152
msgstr ""
32153
"Nästa, skapa ett nytt <emphasis>Schedule</emphasis> för "
32154
"säkerhetskopieringsjobbet:"
32155
32156
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:757(programlisting)
32157
#, no-wrap
32158
msgid ""
32159
"\n"
32160
"# LocalhostBackup Schedule -- Daily.\n"
32161
"Schedule {\n"
32162
" Name = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
32163
" Run = Full daily at 00:01\n"
32164
"}\n"
32165
msgstr ""
32166
"\n"
32167
"# LocalhostBackup Schedule -- Daily.\n"
32168
"Schedule {\n"
32169
" Name = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
32170
" Run = Full daily at 00:01\n"
32171
"}\n"
32172
32173
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:764(para)
32174
msgid ""
32175
"The job will run every day at 00:01 or 12:01 am. There are many other "
32176
"scheduling options available."
32177
msgstr ""
32178
"Jobbet kommer utföras varje dag 00:01 eller 12:01. Det finns många andra "
32179
"tillgängliga schema alternativ."
32180
32181
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:769(para)
32182
msgid "Finally create the <emphasis>Job</emphasis>:"
32183
msgstr "Till sist, skapa ett <emphasis>jobb</emphasis>:"
32184
32185
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:772(programlisting)
32186
#, no-wrap
32187
msgid ""
32188
"\n"
32189
"# Localhost backup.\n"
32190
"Job {\n"
32191
" Name = \"LocalhostBackup\"\n"
32192
" JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
32193
" Enabled = yes\n"
32194
" Level = Full\n"
32195
" FileSet = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
32196
" Schedule = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
32197
" Storage = TapeDrive\n"
32198
" Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/LocalhostBackup.bsr\"\n"
32199
"} \n"
32200
msgstr ""
32201
"\n"
32202
"# Localhost backup.\n"
32203
"Job {\n"
32204
" Name = \"LocalhostBackup\"\n"
32205
" JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
32206
" Enabled = yes\n"
32207
" Level = Full\n"
32208
" FileSet = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
32209
" Schedule = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
32210
" Storage = Bandenhet\n"
32211
" Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/LocalhostBackup.bsr\"\n"
32212
"} \n"
32213
32214
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:785(para)
32215
msgid ""
32216
"The job will do a <emphasis>Full</emphasis> backup every day to the tape "
32217
"drive."
32218
msgstr ""
32219
"Jobbet kommer utföra en <emphasis>komplett</emphasis> säkerhetskopiering "
32220
"varje dag till bandenheten."
32221
32222
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:790(para)
32223
msgid ""
32224
"Each tape used will need to have a <emphasis>Label</emphasis>. If the "
32225
"current tape does not have a label <application>Bacula</application> will "
32226
"send an email letting you know. To label a tape using the "
32227
"<application>Console</application> enter the following from a terminal:"
32228
msgstr ""
32229
"Varje band som används måste ha en <emphasis>etikett</emphasis>. Om det "
32230
"nuvarande bandet saknar en etikett kommer <application>Bacula</application> "
32231
"skicka e-postmeddelande till dig. För att ge bandet en etikett genom att "
32232
"använda <application>Console</application> skriv följande från en terminal:"
32233
32234
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:796(command)
32235
msgid "bconsole"
32236
msgstr "bconsole"
32237
32238
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:800(para)
32239
msgid "At the Bacula Console prompt enter:"
32240
msgstr "Vid Baculas konsolprompt ange:"
32241
32242
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:804(command)
32243
msgid "label"
32244
msgstr "label"
32245
32246
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:808(para)
32247
msgid ""
32248
"You will then be prompted for the <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource:"
32249
msgstr ""
32250
"Du kommer sedan tillfrågas efter en <emphasis>Storage</emphasis>-resurs:"
32251
32252
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:818(userinput)
32253
#, no-wrap
32254
msgid "2"
32255
msgstr "2"
32256
32257
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:812(computeroutput)
32258
#, no-wrap
32259
msgid ""
32260
"\n"
32261
"Automatically selected Catalog: MyCatalog\n"
32262
"Using Catalog \"MyCatalog\"\n"
32263
"The defined Storage resources are:\n"
32264
" 1: File\n"
32265
" 2: TapeDrive\n"
32266
"Select Storage resource (1-2):<placeholder-1/>\n"
32267
msgstr ""
32268
"\n"
32269
"Automatically selected Catalog: MyCatalog\n"
32270
"Using Catalog \"MyCatalog\"\n"
32271
"The defined Storage resources are:\n"
32272
" 1: File\n"
32273
" 2: Bandenhet\n"
32274
"Select Storage resource (1-2):<placeholder-1/>\n"
32275
32276
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:823(para)
32277
msgid "Enter the new <emphasis>Volume</emphasis> name:"
32278
msgstr "Ange det nya <emphasis>Volume</emphasis>-namnet:"
32279
32280
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:828(userinput)
32281
#, no-wrap
32282
msgid "Sunday"
32283
msgstr "Sunday"
32284
32285
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:827(computeroutput)
32286
#, no-wrap
32287
msgid ""
32288
"\n"
32289
"Enter new Volume name: <placeholder-1/>\n"
32290
"Defined Pools:\n"
32291
" 1: Default\n"
32292
" 2: Scratch"
32293
msgstr ""
32294
"\n"
32295
"Enter new Volume name: <placeholder-1/>\n"
32296
"Defined Pools:\n"
32297
" 1: Default\n"
32298
" 2: Scratch"
32299
32300
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:833(para)
32301
msgid "Replace <emphasis>Sunday</emphasis> with the desired label."
32302
msgstr "Ersätt <emphasis>Sunday</emphasis> med önskad etikett."
32303
32304
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:838(para)
32305
msgid "Now, select the <emphasis>Pool</emphasis>:"
32306
msgstr "Välj nu <emphasis>Pool</emphasis>:"
32307
32308
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:843(userinput)
32309
#, no-wrap
32310
msgid "1"
32311
msgstr "1"
32312
32313
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:842(computeroutput)
32314
#, no-wrap
32315
msgid ""
32316
"\n"
32317
"Select the Pool (1-2): <placeholder-1/>\n"
32318
"Connecting to Storage daemon TapeDrive at backupserver:9103 ...\n"
32319
"Sending label command for Volume \"Sunday\" Slot 0 ...\n"
32320
msgstr ""
32321
"\n"
32322
"Select the Pool (1-2): <placeholder-1/>\n"
32323
"Connecting to Storage daemon TapeDrive at backupserver:9103 ...\n"
32324
"Sending label command for Volume \"Sunday\" Slot 0 ...\n"
32325
32326
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:850(para)
32327
msgid ""
32328
"Congratulations, you have now configured <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> to "
32329
"backup the localhost to an attached tape drive."
32330
msgstr ""
32331
"Gratulerar, du har nu konfigurerat <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> till att "
32332
"säkerhetskopiera localhost till en ansluten bandenhet."
32333
32334
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:858(para)
32335
msgid ""
32336
"For more <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> configuration options refer to the "
32337
"<ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/en/rel-manual/index.html\">Bacula User's "
32338
"Manual</ulink>"
32339
msgstr ""
32340
"För fler konfigurationsalternativ för <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis>, referera "
32341
"till <ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/en/rel-manual/index.html\">Baculas "
32342
"användarmanual</ulink>"
32343
32344
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:864(para)
32345
msgid ""
32346
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/\">Bacula Home Page</ulink> contains "
32347
"the latest Bacula news and developments."
32348
msgstr ""
32349
"Webbplatsen <ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/\">Bacula</ulink> innehåller "
32350
"de senaste nyheterna om Bacula och dess utveckling."
32351
32352
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:869(para)
32353
msgid ""
32354
"Also, see the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Bacula\">Bacula "
32355
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page."
32356
msgstr ""
32357
32358
#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
32359
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:0(None)
32360
msgid "translator-credits"
32361
msgstr ""
32362
"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
32363
" Andreas Olsson https://launchpad.net/~andol\n"
32364
" Clement Durand https://launchpad.net/~clement-durand\n"
32365
" Daniel Nylander https://launchpad.net/~yeager\n"
32366
" Håkan Hagman https://launchpad.net/~sagabusan\n"
32367
" Johan \"Louie\" Haals https://launchpad.net/~johan-haals\n"
32368
" Magnus Malmsten https://launchpad.net/~magnus-malmsten\n"
32369
" Matthew East https://launchpad.net/~mdke\n"
32370
" Pontus Öhman https://launchpad.net/~pontus-ohman\n"
32371
" Robin Sonefors https://launchpad.net/~ozamosi"
32372
32373
#~ msgid ""
32374
#~ "<emphasis>'./@example.com' => 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: adds addresses "
32375
#~ "that have a valid signature from \"example.com\". This is usually used for "
32376
#~ "discussion groups that sign thier messages."
32377
#~ msgstr ""
32378
#~ "<emphasis>'./@example.com' => 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: lägger till "
32379
#~ "adresser som har en giltig signatur från \"example.com\". Detta används "
32380
#~ "normalt av diskussionsgrupper som signerar sina meddelanden."
32381
32382
#~ msgid ""
32383
#~ "sudo cp /etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template.sample "
32384
#~ "/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template"
32385
#~ msgstr ""
32386
#~ "sudo cp /etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template.sample "
32387
#~ "/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template"
32388
32389
#, no-wrap
32390
#~ msgid ""
32391
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
32392
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
32393
#~ "olcAccess: {0}to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by "
32394
#~ "dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
32395
#~ " e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
32396
#~ "olcAccess: {1}to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
32397
#~ "olcAccess: {2}to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
32398
#~ msgstr ""
32399
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
32400
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
32401
#~ "olcAccess: {0}to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by "
32402
#~ "dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
32403
#~ " e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
32404
#~ "olcAccess: {1}to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
32405
#~ "olcAccess: {2}to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
32406
32407
#~ msgid ""
32408
#~ "ldapsearch -xLLL -b cn=config -D cn=admin,cn=config -W olcDatabase=hdb "
32409
#~ "olcAccess"
32410
#~ msgstr ""
32411
#~ "ldapsearch -xLLL -b cn=config -D cn=admin,cn=config -W olcDatabase=hdb "
32412
#~ "olcAccess"
32413
32414
#~ msgid ""
32415
#~ "There should now be a new file, "
32416
#~ "<filename>/etc/ssl/newcerts/01.pem</filename>, containing the same output. "
32417
#~ "Copy and paste everything between the <emphasis>-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----"
32418
#~ "</emphasis> and <emphasis>----END CERTIFICATE-----</emphasis> lines to a "
32419
#~ "file named after the hostname of the server where the certificate will be "
32420
#~ "installed. For example <filename>mail.example.com.crt</filename>, is a nice "
32421
#~ "descriptive name."
32422
#~ msgstr ""
32423
#~ "Det skall nu finnas en ny fil, "
32424
#~ "<filename>/etc/ssl/newcerts/01.pem</filename>, som innehåller samma utdata. "
32425
#~ "Kopiera och klistra in allt mellan raderna <emphasis>-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE--"
32426
#~ "---</emphasis> och <emphasis>----END CERTIFICATE-----</emphasis> till en fil "
32427
#~ "med samma namn som värdnamnet för den server där certifikatet kommer "
32428
#~ "installeras. Till exempel <filename>mail.example.com.crt</filename>, är ett "
32429
#~ "bra beskrivande namn."
32430
32431
#~ msgid "sudo mv keytab.kdc01 /etc/kr5b.keytab"
32432
#~ msgstr "sudo mv keytab.kdc01 /etc/kr5b.keytab"
32433
32434
#~ msgid ""
32435
#~ "Another good site is <ulink url=\"http://www.iallanis.info/smbldap-"
32436
#~ "tools/docs/samba-ldap-howto/\">Samba OpenLDAP HOWTO</ulink>."
32437
#~ msgstr ""
32438
#~ "En annan bra plats är <ulink url=\"http://www.iallanis.info/smbldap-"
32439
#~ "tools/docs/samba-ldap-howto/\">Samba OpenLDAP HOWTO</ulink>."
32440
32441
#~ msgid "2008"
32442
#~ msgstr "2008"
32443
32444
#~ msgid ""
32445
#~ "The <varname>max=8</varname> variable does not represent the maximum length "
32446
#~ "of a password. It only means that complexity requirements will not be "
32447
#~ "checked on passwords over 8 characters. You may want to look at the "
32448
#~ "<application>libpam-cracklib</application> package for additional password "
32449
#~ "entropy assistance."
32450
#~ msgstr ""
32451
#~ "Variabeln <varname>max=8</varname> betyder inte maximalt antal tecken i ett "
32452
#~ "lösenord. Det betyder att ett lösenord över 8 tecken inte kommer "
32453
#~ "kontrolleras för komplexitetskraven. Du kan kanske vill titta på paketet "
32454
#~ "<application>libpam-cracklib</application> för ytterligare "
32455
#~ "lösenordsassistans."
32456
32457
#~ msgid "Default Modules"
32458
#~ msgstr "Standardmoduler"
32459
32460
#~ msgid "eBox"
32461
#~ msgstr "eBox"
32462
32463
#~ msgid ""
32464
#~ "<emphasis>Jabber:</emphasis> before enabling this dispatcher you must first "
32465
#~ "configure it by clicking on the <quote>Configure</quote> icon."
32466
#~ msgstr ""
32467
#~ "<emphasis>Jabber:</emphasis> innan du aktiverar förmedlaren måste den först "
32468
#~ "konfigureras genom att klicka på ikonen <quote>Konfigurera</quote>."
32469
32470
#~ msgid ""
32471
#~ "<emphasis>Log:</emphasis> this dispatcher will send event messages to the "
32472
#~ "<application>eBox</application> log file "
32473
#~ "<filename>/var/log/ebox/ebox.log</filename>."
32474
#~ msgstr ""
32475
#~ "<emphasis>Logg:</emphasis> den här förmedlaren skickar ett "
32476
#~ "händelsemeddelande till <application>eBox</application> loggfil "
32477
#~ "<filename>/var/log/ebox/ebox.log</filename>."
32478
32479
#~ msgid ""
32480
#~ "<emphasis>DHCP:</emphasis> provides an interface for configuring a DHCP "
32481
#~ "server."
32482
#~ msgstr ""
32483
#~ "<emphasis>DHCP:</emphasis> tillhandahåller ett gränssnitt för att "
32484
#~ "konfigurera en DHCP-server."
32485
32486
#~ msgid ""
32487
#~ "<emphasis>CA:</emphasis> configures a Certificate Authority for the server."
32488
#~ msgstr ""
32489
#~ "<emphasis>CA:</emphasis> konfigurerar en Certificate Authority för en server."
32490
32491
#~ msgid "apt-cache rdepends ebox | uniq"
32492
#~ msgstr "apt-cache rdepends ebox | uniq"
32493
32494
#~ msgid ""
32495
#~ "<emphasis>Bug Report:</emphasis> creates a file containing details helpful "
32496
#~ "when reporting bugs to the eBox developers."
32497
#~ msgstr ""
32498
#~ "<emphasis>Felrapport:</emphasis> skapar en fil som innehåller detaljer som "
32499
#~ "är till hjälp för eBox-utvecklarna vid felrapportering."
32500
32501
#, no-wrap
32502
#~ msgid ""
32503
#~ "\n"
32504
#~ "password required pam_unix.so nullok obscure min=6 max=8 md5\n"
32505
#~ msgstr ""
32506
#~ "\n"
32507
#~ "password required pam_unix.so nullok obscure min=6 max=8 md5\n"
32508
32509
#~ msgid ""
32510
#~ "<emphasis>Events:</emphasis> this module has the ability to send alerts "
32511
#~ "through rss, jabber, and log file."
32512
#~ msgstr ""
32513
#~ "<emphasis>Händelser:</emphasis> den här modulen kan skicka varningar genom "
32514
#~ "rss, jabber och loggfiler."
32515
32516
#~ msgid ""
32517
#~ "<emphasis>State:</emphasis> alerts on the state of "
32518
#~ "<application>eBox</application>, either up or down."
32519
#~ msgstr ""
32520
#~ "<emphasis>State:</emphasis> varnar om tillståndet för "
32521
#~ "<application>eBox</application>, går upp eller ner."
32522
32523
#~ msgid ""
32524
#~ "<emphasis>Network:</emphasis> allows configuration of the server's network "
32525
#~ "options through eBox."
32526
#~ msgstr ""
32527
#~ "<emphasis>Network:</emphasis> tillåter konfiguration av serverns "
32528
#~ "nätverksalternativ genom eBox."
32529
32530
#~ msgid "<emphasis>Printers:</emphasis> allows the configuration of printers."
32531
#~ msgstr "<emphasis>Printers:</emphasis> möjliggör konfiguration av skrivare:"
32532
32533
#~ msgid ""
32534
#~ "<emphasis>Backup:</emphasis> is used to backup "
32535
#~ "<application>eBox</application> configuration information, and the "
32536
#~ "<emphasis>Full Backup</emphasis> option allows you to save all eBox "
32537
#~ "information not included in the <emphasis>Configuration</emphasis> option "
32538
#~ "such as log files."
32539
#~ msgstr ""
32540
#~ "<emphasis>Säkerhetskopiering:</emphasis> används till säkerhetskopiera "
32541
#~ "<application>eBox</application> konfigurationsinformation och alternativet "
32542
#~ "<emphasis>Komplett säkerhetskopiering</emphasis> tillåter att du kan spara "
32543
#~ "all eBox-information som inte inkluderas i alternativet "
32544
#~ "<emphasis>konfiguration</emphasis> så som loggfiler."
32545
32546
#~ msgid ""
32547
#~ "<emphasis>Disk Usage:</emphasis> displays a graph detailing information "
32548
#~ "about disk usage."
32549
#~ msgstr ""
32550
#~ "<emphasis>Diskanvändning:</emphasis> visar en graf med detaljerad "
32551
#~ "information om diskanvändning."
32552
32553
#~ msgid ""
32554
#~ "<emphasis>General:</emphasis> allows you to set the language, port number, "
32555
#~ "and contains a change password form."
32556
#~ msgstr ""
32557
#~ "<emphasis>Allmänt:</emphasis> möjliggör att du kan välja språk, portnummer "
32558
#~ "och innehåller ett formulär för att ändra lösenord."
32559
32560
#~ msgid ""
32561
#~ "<emphasis>System:</emphasis> contains options allowing configuration of "
32562
#~ "general eBox items."
32563
#~ msgstr ""
32564
#~ "<emphasis>System:</emphasis> innehåller alternativ som möjliggör "
32565
#~ "konfiguration av eBox-poster."
32566
32567
#~ msgid ""
32568
#~ "<emphasis>RSS:</emphasis> once this dispatcher is configured you can "
32569
#~ "subscribe to the link in order to view event alerts."
32570
#~ msgstr ""
32571
#~ "<emphasis>RSS:</emphasis> När den här förmedlaren är konfigurerad kan du "
32572
#~ "abonnera via länken för att se händelsemeddelanden."
32573
32574
#~ msgid ""
32575
#~ "<application>dkim-filter</application> implements a Sendmail Mail Filter "
32576
#~ "(Milter) for the DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) standard."
32577
#~ msgstr ""
32578
#~ "<application>dkim-filter</application> implementerar en Sendmail Mail Filter "
32579
#~ "(Milter) för standarden DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM)."
32580
32581
#~ msgid ""
32582
#~ "The different <application>eBox</application> modules are split into "
32583
#~ "different packages, allowing you to only install those necessary. One way to "
32584
#~ "view the available packages is to enter the following from a terminal:"
32585
#~ msgstr ""
32586
#~ "De olika <application>eBox</application>-modulerna är splittrade i olika "
32587
#~ "paket, vilket möjliggör att du bara installerar de paket som är nödvändiga. "
32588
#~ "Ett sätt att se vilka tillgängliga paket som finns är att skriva följande i "
32589
#~ "en terminal:"
32590
32591
#~ msgid ""
32592
#~ "<application>Bacula</application> is a backup program enabling you to "
32593
#~ "backup, restore, and verify data across your network. There are Bacula "
32594
#~ "clients for Linux, Windows, and Mac OSX. Making it a cross platform network "
32595
#~ "wide solution."
32596
#~ msgstr ""
32597
#~ "<application>Bacula</application> är ett säkerhetskopieringsprogram som "
32598
#~ "möjliggör säkerhetskopiering, återställning och autentisering av data över "
32599
#~ "ditt nätverk. Det finns Bacula-klienter för Linux, Windows och Mac OSX. "
32600
#~ "Vilket gör den till en plattformsoberoende nätverkslösning."
32601
32602
#~ msgid ""
32603
#~ "<emphasis>Firewall:</emphasis> configures firewall options for the eBox host."
32604
#~ msgstr ""
32605
#~ "<emphasis>Firewall:</emphasis> konfigurerar brandväggsalterntiv för eBox-"
32606
#~ "värden."
32607
32608
#~ msgid ""
32609
#~ "The message is passed through any external filters <application>dkim-"
32610
#~ "filter</application> and <application>python-policyd-spf</application> in "
32611
#~ "this case."
32612
#~ msgstr ""
32613
#~ "Meddelandet skickas genom några externa filter, i det här fallet "
32614
#~ "<application>dkim-filter</application> och <application>python-policyd-"
32615
#~ "spf</application>."
32616
32617
#~ msgid ""
32618
#~ "<emphasis>Objects:</emphasis> allow configuration of eBox <emphasis>Network "
32619
#~ "Objects</emphasis>, which allow you to assign a name to an IP address or "
32620
#~ "group of IPs."
32621
#~ msgstr ""
32622
#~ "<emphasis>Objects:</emphasis> tillåter konfiguration av eBox "
32623
#~ "<emphasis>Nätverksobjekt</emphasis>, vilket tillåter att du anger ett namn "
32624
#~ "till en IP-adress eller grupp av IP-adresser."
32625
32626
#~ msgid ""
32627
#~ "<emphasis>Halt/Reboot:</emphasis> will shutdown the system or reboot it."
32628
#~ msgstr ""
32629
#~ "<emphasis>Stäng av/Starta om:</emphasis> kommer avsluta eller starta om den."
32630
32631
#~ msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/samba restart"
32632
#~ msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/samba restart"
32633
32634
#~ msgid ""
32635
#~ "<emphasis>Service:</emphasis> sends alerts if a service restarts multiple "
32636
#~ "times in a short time period."
32637
#~ msgstr ""
32638
#~ "<emphasis>Service:</emphasis> skickar en varning om en tjänst startas om "
32639
#~ "flera gånger under en kort tidsperiod."
32640
32641
#~ msgid "<emphasis>NTP:</emphasis> set Network Time Protocol options."
32642
#~ msgstr "<emphasis>NTP:</emphasis> tilldela Network Time Protocol alternativ."
32643
32644
#~ msgid "sudo apt-get install dkim-filter python-policyd-spf"
32645
#~ msgstr "sudo apt-get install dkim-filter python-policyd-spf"
32646
32647
#~ msgid "Available Events:"
32648
#~ msgstr "Tillgängliga händelser:"
32649
32650
#~ msgid "<emphasis>Samba:</emphasis> configuration options for Samba."
32651
#~ msgstr "<emphasis>Samba:</emphasis> konfigurationsalternativ för Samba."
32652
32653
#~ msgid "eBox Modules"
32654
#~ msgstr "Moduler i eBox"
32655
32656
#~ msgid ""
32657
#~ "<emphasis>Services:</emphasis> displays configuration information for "
32658
#~ "services that are available to the network."
32659
#~ msgstr ""
32660
#~ "<emphasis>Services:</emphasis> visar konfigurationsinformation för tjänster "
32661
#~ "som är tillgängliga på nätverket"
32662
32663
#~ msgid ""
32664
#~ "<emphasis>DNS:</emphasis> provides <application>BIND9</application> DNS "
32665
#~ "server configuration options."
32666
#~ msgstr ""
32667
#~ "<emphasis>DNS:</emphasis> tillhandahåller konfigurationsalternativ för en "
32668
#~ "<application>BIND9</application> DNS-server."
32669
32670
#~ msgid ""
32671
#~ "Here is a quick description of other available "
32672
#~ "<application>eBox</application> modules:"
32673
#~ msgstr ""
32674
#~ "Här är en kortfattad genomgång av andra tillgängliga "
32675
#~ "<application>eBox</application>-moduler:"
32676
32677
#~ msgid ""
32678
#~ "<emphasis>RAID:</emphasis> will monitor the RAID system and send alerts if "
32679
#~ "any issues arise."
32680
#~ msgstr ""
32681
#~ "<emphasis>RAID:</emphasis> övervakar ett RAID-system och skickar varningar "
32682
#~ "om något problem dyker upp."
32683
32684
#~ msgid "sudo apt-get install ebox"
32685
#~ msgstr "sudo apt-get install ebox"
32686
32687
#, no-wrap
32688
#~ msgid ""
32689
#~ "\n"
32690
#~ "password required pam_unix.so nullok obscure min=4 max=8 md5\n"
32691
#~ msgstr ""
32692
#~ "\n"
32693
#~ "password required pam_unix.so nullok obscure min=4 max=8 md5\n"
32694
32695
#~ msgid ""
32696
#~ "<emphasis>Squid:</emphasis> configuration options for the "
32697
#~ "<application>Squid</application> proxy server."
32698
#~ msgstr ""
32699
#~ "<emphasis>Squid:</emphasis> konfigurationsalternativ för proxy-servern "
32700
#~ "<application>Squid</application>."
32701
32702
#~ msgid ""
32703
#~ "<emphasis>Logs:</emphasis> allows <application>eBox</application> logs to be "
32704
#~ "queried depending on the purge time configured."
32705
#~ msgstr ""
32706
#~ "<emphasis>Loggar:</emphasis> tillåter frågor till "
32707
#~ "<application>eBox</application>-loggar beroende på konfigurerad rensnigstid."
32708
32709
#~ msgid "Dispatchers:"
32710
#~ msgstr "Förmedlare:"
32711
32712
#~ msgid "Additional Modules"
32713
#~ msgstr "Ytterligare moduler"
32714
32715
#~ msgid ""
32716
#~ "By default, Ubuntu requires a minimum password length of 4 characters, as "
32717
#~ "well as some basic entropy checks. These values are controlled in the file "
32718
#~ "<filename>/etc/pam.d/common-password</filename>, which is outlined below."
32719
#~ msgstr ""
32720
#~ "Som standard kräver Ubuntu att lösenordet består av minst 4 tecken och "
32721
#~ "grundläggande entropi kontroller. Dess värden kontrolleras i filen "
32722
#~ "<filename>/etc/pam.d/common-password</filename>, som sammanfattas nedan."
32723
32724
#~ msgid ""
32725
#~ "There a many ways to configure <application>BIND9</application>. Some of the "
32726
#~ "most common configurations are a caching nameserver, primary master, and a "
32727
#~ "as a secondary master."
32728
#~ msgstr ""
32729
#~ "Det finns flera sätt att konfigurera <application>BIND9</application>. Några "
32730
#~ "av de vanligaste konfigurationerna är en cachande namnserver, primär "
32731
#~ "huvudserver och som en sekundär huvudserver."
32732
32733
#~ msgid ""
32734
#~ "<emphasis>UsersandGroups:</emphasis> this module will manage users and "
32735
#~ "groups contained in an <application>OpenLDAP</application> LDAP directory."
32736
#~ msgstr ""
32737
#~ "<emphasis>UsersandGroups:</emphasis> den här modulen kan administrera "
32738
#~ "användare och grupper som ingår i en <application>OpenLDAP</application> "
32739
#~ "LDAP-katalog."
32740
32741
#~ msgid ""
32742
#~ "Another option is to copy the archive file to an external hard drive which "
32743
#~ "can then be taken off site. Since the price of external hard drives continue "
32744
#~ "to decrease it may be cost affective to use two drives for each archive "
32745
#~ "level. This would allow you to have one external drive attached to the "
32746
#~ "backup server and one in another location."
32747
#~ msgstr ""
32748
#~ "Ett annat alternativ är att kopiera arkivet till en extern diskenhet som "
32749
#~ "sedan kan flyttas till en annan plats. Eftersom priset på externa "
32750
#~ "diskenheter fortsätter att sjunka så kan det vara kostnadseffektivt att "
32751
#~ "använda två enheter för varje arkivnivå. Det kan möjliggöra att du har en "
32752
#~ "extern enhet ansluten till arkivservern och en på en annan plats."
32753
32754
#~ msgid ""
32755
#~ "If you would like to adjust the minimum length to 6 characters, change the "
32756
#~ "appropriate variable to min=6. The modification is outlined below."
32757
#~ msgstr ""
32758
#~ "Om du vill ändra minimumlängden till 6 tecken, ändra lämplig variabel till "
32759
#~ "min=6. Ändringen sammanfattas nedan."
32760
32761
#~ msgid ""
32762
#~ "There are many ways to remotely administer a Linux server. This chapter will "
32763
#~ "cover one of the most popular <application>SSH</application> as well as "
32764
#~ "<application>eBox</application>, a web based administration framework."
32765
#~ msgstr ""
32766
#~ "Det finns flera sätt att fjärradministrera en Linux-server. Detta avsnitt "
32767
#~ "kommer omfatta en av de populäraste <application>SSH</application>, liksom "
32768
#~ "även <application>eBox</application> som är ett webbaserat "
32769
#~ "administrationsramverk."
32770
32771
#~ msgid ""
32772
#~ "To install the <application>ebox</application> package, which contains the "
32773
#~ "default modules, enter the following:"
32774
#~ msgstr ""
32775
#~ "För att installera paketet <application>ebox</application> som innehåller "
32776
#~ "standardmodulerna, skriv följande:"
32777
32778
#~ msgid ""
32779
#~ "During the installation you will be asked to supply a password for the ebox "
32780
#~ "user. After installing eBox the web interface can be accessed from: "
32781
#~ "<emphasis>https://yourserver/ebox</emphasis>."
32782
#~ msgstr ""
32783
#~ "Under installationen kommer du ombedd att ange ett lösenord för ebox-"
32784
#~ "användaren. Efter installationen av eBox kommer du åt webbgränssnittet från: "
32785
#~ "<emphasis>https://dinserver/ebox</emphasis>."
32786
32787
#~ msgid ""
32788
#~ "An important thing to remember when using <application>eBox</application> is "
32789
#~ "that when configuring most modules there is a <emphasis>Change</emphasis> "
32790
#~ "button that implements the new configuration. After clicking the Change "
32791
#~ "button most, but not all, modules will then need to be "
32792
#~ "<emphasis>Saved</emphasis>. To save the new configuration click on the "
32793
#~ "<quote>Save changes</quote> link in the top right hand corner."
32794
#~ msgstr ""
32795
#~ "En viktig sak att komma ihåg när du använder <application>eBox</application> "
32796
#~ "är att när du konfigurerar de flesta modulerna så finns det en "
32797
#~ "<emphasis>Ändra</emphasis>-knapp som implementerar den nya konfigurationen. "
32798
#~ "Efter du klickat på ändraknappen, behöver de flesta men inte alla moduler "
32799
#~ "<emphasis>sparas</emphasis>. För att spara den nya konfigurationen klicka på "
32800
#~ "länken <quote>Spara ändringar</quote> i det övre högra hörnan."
32801
32802
#~ msgid ""
32803
#~ "Once you make a change that requires a Save, the link will change from green "
32804
#~ "to red."
32805
#~ msgstr ""
32806
#~ "Efter en ändring som kräver att du sparar, så kommer länken att byta färg "
32807
#~ "från grön till röd."
32808
32809
#~ msgid ""
32810
#~ "This section provides a quick summary of the default "
32811
#~ "<application>eBox</application> modules."
32812
#~ msgstr ""
32813
#~ "Detta avsnitt är en kort summering av standardmodulerna i "
32814
#~ "<application>eBox</application>."
32815
32816
#~ msgid ""
32817
#~ "Notice the <emphasis><ask></emphasis> option used for the "
32818
#~ "<emphasis>cn</emphasis> value. Using <ask> will configure "
32819
#~ "<application>ldapadduser</application> to prompt you for the attribute value "
32820
#~ "during user creation."
32821
#~ msgstr ""
32822
#~ "Notera flaggan <emphasis><ask></emphasis> som används för värdet "
32823
#~ "<emphasis>cn</emphasis>. Att använda <ask> kommer konfigurera "
32824
#~ "<application>ldapadduser</application> till att fråga efter attributvärdet "
32825
#~ "när användaren skapas."
32826
32827
#~ msgid ""
32828
#~ "The <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> in the Reverse zone needs to be "
32829
#~ "incremented on each changes as well. For each <emphasis>A record</emphasis> "
32830
#~ "you configure in <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> you need to "
32831
#~ "create a <emphasis>PTR record</emphasis> in "
32832
#~ "<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>."
32833
#~ msgstr ""
32834
#~ "<emphasis>Serienumret</emphasis> i den reverserande zonen måste också ökas "
32835
#~ "vid varje förändring. För varje <emphasis>A-post</emphasis> du konfigurerar "
32836
#~ "i <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> måste du skapa en "
32837
#~ "<emphasis>PTR-post</emphasis> i <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>."
32838
32839
#~ msgid ""
32840
#~ "<emphasis>Free Storage Space:</emphasis> will send alert if free disk space "
32841
#~ "drops below a configured percentage, 10% by default."
32842
#~ msgstr ""
32843
#~ "<emphasis>Free Storage Space:</emphasis> skickar en varning om fritt "
32844
#~ "diskutrymme sjunker under en konfigurerad nivå, normalt är 10%."
32845
32846
#~ msgid ""
32847
#~ "To enable a disabled module click on the <emphasis>Module status</emphasis> "
32848
#~ "link in the left hand menu. Then <emphasis role=\"italic\">check</emphasis> "
32849
#~ "which modules you would like to enable and click the <quote>Save</quote> "
32850
#~ "link."
32851
#~ msgstr ""
32852
#~ "För att aktivera en inaktiverad modul klicka på länken "
32853
#~ "<emphasis>Modulstatus</emphasis> i menyn till vänster. <emphasis "
32854
#~ "role=\"italic\">Markera</emphasis> därefter vilka moduler du vill aktivera "
32855
#~ "och klicka på länken <quote>Spara</quote>."
32856
32857
#~ msgid ""
32858
#~ "By default all eBox <emphasis>Modules</emphasis> are not enabled, and when a "
32859
#~ "new module is installed it will not be automatically enabled."
32860
#~ msgstr ""
32861
#~ "Som standard är alla eBox-<emphasis>moduler</emphasis> inaktiverade och när "
32862
#~ "en ny modul installeras blir den inte automatiskt aktiverad."
32863
32864
#~ msgid ""
32865
#~ "Depending on where the source was extracted, configure a web browser to "
32866
#~ "serve the files."
32867
#~ msgstr ""
32868
#~ "Beroende på var källkoden blev extraherad, konfigurera en webbläsare till "
32869
#~ "att försörja filerna."
32870
32871
#~ msgid ""
32872
#~ "The default directory for non-authoritative zone files is "
32873
#~ "<filename>/var/cache/bind/</filename>. This directory is also configured in "
32874
#~ "<application>AppArmor</application> to allow the "
32875
#~ "<application>named</application> daemon to write to. For more information on "
32876
#~ "AppArmor see <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
32877
#~ msgstr ""
32878
#~ "Standardkatalogen för icke-auktoritativa zonfiler är "
32879
#~ "<filename>/var/cache/bind/</filename>. Denna katalog är också konfigurerad i "
32880
#~ "<application>AppArmor</application> till att tillåta den "
32881
#~ "<application>nämda</application> demonen att skriva till. FFör mer "
32882
#~ "information om AppArmor, se <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
32883
32884
#~ msgid ""
32885
#~ "After executing the above command, the data will start syncing with the "
32886
#~ "secondary host. To watch the progresss, on <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> enter "
32887
#~ "the following:"
32888
#~ msgstr ""
32889
#~ "Efter att du kört ovanstående kommando, kommer datan att synkroniseras med "
32890
#~ "den sekundära värden. För att se processen, på <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> "
32891
#~ "skriv följande:"
32892
32893
#~ msgid ""
32894
#~ "To view the Access Control List (ACL), use the "
32895
#~ "<application>ldapsearch</application> utility:"
32896
#~ msgstr ""
32897
#~ "Om du vill visa åtkomstlistorna (ACL), använd verktyget "
32898
#~ "<application>ldapsearch</application>:"
32899
32900
#~ msgid "sudo chage -E 01/31/2008 -m 5 -M 90 -I 30 -W 14 username"
32901
#~ msgstr "sudo chage -E 01/31/2008 -m 5 -M 90 -I 30 -W 14 användarnamn"
32902
32903
#~ msgid "sudo apt-get install opennebula-node"
32904
#~ msgstr "sudo apt-get install opennebula-node"
32905
32906
#~ msgid "sudo apt-get install opennebula"
32907
#~ msgstr "sudo apt-get install opennebula"
32908
32909
#~ msgid ""
32910
#~ "sudo scp /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
32911
#~ "oneadmin@node01:/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys"
32912
#~ msgstr ""
32913
#~ "sudo scp /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
32914
#~ "oneadmin@node01:/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys"
32915
32916
#~ msgid "sudo mkdir /var/lib/one/images"
32917
#~ msgstr "sudo mkdir /var/lib/one/images"
32918
32919
#~ msgid ""
32920
#~ "sudo sh -c \"ssh-keygen -f .ssh/known_hosts -F node02 1>> "
32921
#~ "/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\""
32922
#~ msgstr ""
32923
#~ "sudo sh -c \"ssh-keygen -f .ssh/known_hosts -F node02 1>> "
32924
#~ "/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\""
32925
32926
#~ msgid ""
32927
#~ "sudo sh -c \"ssh-keygen -f .ssh/known_hosts -F node01 1>> "
32928
#~ "/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\""
32929
#~ msgstr ""
32930
#~ "sudo sh -c \"ssh-keygen -f .ssh/known_hosts -F node01 1>> "
32931
#~ "/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\""
32932
32933
#~ msgid ""
32934
#~ "sudo sh -c \"cat /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub >> "
32935
#~ "/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys\""
32936
#~ msgstr ""
32937
#~ "sudo sh -c \"cat /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub >> "
32938
#~ "/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys\""
32939
32940
#~ msgid ""
32941
#~ "sudo scp /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
32942
#~ "oneadmin@node02:/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys"
32943
#~ msgstr ""
32944
#~ "sudo scp /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
32945
#~ "oneadmin@node02:/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys"
32946
32947
#, no-wrap
32948
#~ msgid ""
32949
#~ "\n"
32950
#~ "NAME = \"LAN\"\n"
32951
#~ "TYPE = RANGED\n"
32952
#~ "BRIDGE = br0\n"
32953
#~ "NETWORK_SIZE = C\n"
32954
#~ "NETWORK_ADDRESS = 192.168.0.0\n"
32955
#~ msgstr ""
32956
#~ "\n"
32957
#~ "NAME = \"LAN\"\n"
32958
#~ "TYPE = RANGED\n"
32959
#~ "BRIDGE = br0\n"
32960
#~ "NETWORK_SIZE = C\n"
32961
#~ "NETWORK_ADDRESS = 192.168.0.0\n"
32962
32963
#, no-wrap
32964
#~ msgid ""
32965
#~ "\n"
32966
#~ "NAME = vm01\n"
32967
#~ "CPU = 0.5\n"
32968
#~ "MEMORY = 512\n"
32969
#~ "\n"
32970
#~ "OS = [ BOOT = hd ]\n"
32971
#~ "\n"
32972
#~ "DISK = [\n"
32973
#~ " source = \"/var/lib/one/images/vm01.qcow2\",\n"
32974
#~ " target = \"hda\",\n"
32975
#~ " readonly = \"no\" ]\n"
32976
#~ "\n"
32977
#~ "NIC = [ NETWORK=\"LAN\" ]\n"
32978
#~ "\n"
32979
#~ "GRAPHICS = [type=\"vnc\",listen=\"127.0.0.1\",port=\"-1\"]\n"
32980
#~ msgstr ""
32981
#~ "\n"
32982
#~ "NAME = vm01\n"
32983
#~ "CPU = 0.5\n"
32984
#~ "MEMORY = 512\n"
32985
#~ "\n"
32986
#~ "OS = [ BOOT = hd ]\n"
32987
#~ "\n"
32988
#~ "DISK = [\n"
32989
#~ " source = \"/var/lib/one/images/vm01.qcow2\",\n"
32990
#~ " target = \"hda\",\n"
32991
#~ " readonly = \"no\" ]\n"
32992
#~ "\n"
32993
#~ "NIC = [ NETWORK=\"LAN\" ]\n"
32994
#~ "\n"
32995
#~ "GRAPHICS = [type=\"vnc\",listen=\"127.0.0.1\",port=\"-1\"]\n"
32996
32997
#~ msgid ""
32998
#~ "<application>OpenNebula</application> allows virtual machines to be placed "
32999
#~ "and re-placed dynamically on a pool of physical resources. This allows a "
33000
#~ "virtual machine to be hosted from any location available."
33001
#~ msgstr ""
33002
#~ "<application>OpenNebula</application> låter virtuella maskiner placeras och "
33003
#~ "omplaceras dynamiskt i en pool utav fysiska resurser. Det här låter en "
33004
#~ "virtuell maskin serveras från valfri tillgänglig plats."
33005
33006
#~ msgid "OpenNebula"
33007
#~ msgstr "OpenNebula"
33008
33009
#~ msgid "sudo passwd oneadmin"
33010
#~ msgstr "sudo passwd oneadmin"
33011
33012
#~ msgid ""
33013
#~ "In order to copy SSH keys, the <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> user will need "
33014
#~ "to have a password. On each machine execute:"
33015
#~ msgstr ""
33016
#~ "För att kunna kopiera SSH-nycklar så behöver användaren "
33017
#~ "<emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> ett lösenord. På var maskin, kör:"
33018
33019
#~ msgid "On each Compute Node install:"
33020
#~ msgstr "På var beräkningsnod, installera:"
33021
33022
#~ msgid ""
33023
#~ "Replace <emphasis>node01</emphasis> and <emphasis>node02</emphasis> with the "
33024
#~ "appropriate host names."
33025
#~ msgstr ""
33026
#~ "Ersätt <emphasis>node01</emphasis> och <emphasis>node02</emphasis> med de "
33027
#~ "passande värdnamnen."
33028
33029
#~ msgid "From a terminal prompt enter:"
33030
#~ msgstr "Från en terminalpromt, skriv:"
33031
33032
#~ msgid "sudo chown oneadmin /var/lib/one/images/"
33033
#~ msgstr "sudo chown oneadmin /var/lib/one/images/"
33034
33035
#~ msgid ""
33036
#~ "Next, copy the <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> user's SSH key to the Compute "
33037
#~ "Nodes, and to the Front-End's <filename>authorized_keys</filename> file:"
33038
#~ msgstr ""
33039
#~ "Därefter, kopiera användaren <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis>:s SSH-nyckel till "
33040
#~ "beräkningsnoderna, och till Framändens <filename>authorized_keys</filename>- "
33041
#~ "fil."
33042
33043
#~ msgid "onehost create node01 im_kvm vmm_kvm tm_ssh"
33044
#~ msgstr "onehost create node01 im_kvm vmm_kvm tm_ssh"
33045
33046
#~ msgid "onevnet create vnet01.template"
33047
#~ msgstr "onevnet create vnet01.template"
33048
33049
#~ msgid "onehost create node02 im_kvm vmm_kvm tm_ssh"
33050
#~ msgstr "onehost create node02 im_kvm vmm_kvm tm_ssh"
33051
33052
#~ msgid ""
33053
#~ "Be sure to change <emphasis>192.168.0.0</emphasis> to your local network."
33054
#~ msgstr ""
33055
#~ "Kom ihåg att byta ut <emphasis>192.168.0.0</emphasis> till ditt lokala "
33056
#~ "nätverk."
33057
33058
#~ msgid "onevm submit vm01.template"
33059
#~ msgstr "onevm submit vm01.template"
33060
33061
#~ msgid ""
33062
#~ "See the <ulink "
33063
#~ "url=\"http://www.opennebula.org/doku.php?id=start\">OpenNebula website</ulink"
33064
#~ "> for more information."
33065
#~ msgstr ""
33066
#~ "Se <ulink url=\"http://www.opennebula.org/doku.php?id=start\">OpenNebulas "
33067
#~ "webbplats</ulink> för mer information."
33068
33069
#~ msgid ""
33070
#~ "You can also find help in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> and "
33071
#~ "<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> IRC channels on <ulink "
33072
#~ "url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>."
33073
#~ msgstr ""
33074
#~ "Du kan också finna hjälp i IRC-kanalerna <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> "
33075
#~ "och <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> på <ulink "
33076
#~ "url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>."
33077
33078
#~ msgid "First, from a terminal on the Front-End enter:"
33079
#~ msgstr "Först, från en terminal på framänden, skriv:"
33080
33081
#~ msgid ""
33082
#~ "The SSH key for the Compute Nodes needs to be added to the "
33083
#~ "<filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</filename> file on the Front-End host. To "
33084
#~ "accomplish this <application>ssh</application> to each Compute Node as a "
33085
#~ "user other than <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis>. Then exit from the SSH "
33086
#~ "session, and execute the following to copy the SSH key from "
33087
#~ "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> to "
33088
#~ "<filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</filename>:"
33089
#~ msgstr ""
33090
#~ "SSH-nyckeln för beräkningsnoderna behöver läggas till i filen "
33091
#~ "<filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</filename> på framänden. För att "
33092
#~ "åstadkomma detta, <application>ssh</application>:a till var beräkningsnod "
33093
#~ "som en användare annan än <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis>. Avsluta därefter "
33094
#~ "SSH-sessionen och kör följande för att kopiera SSH-nyckeln från "
33095
#~ "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> till "
33096
#~ "<filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</filename>:"
33097
33098
#~ msgid ""
33099
#~ "This section will detail configuring an OpenNebula cluster using three "
33100
#~ "machines: one <emphasis>Front-End</emphasis> host, and two <emphasis>Compute "
33101
#~ "Nodes</emphasis> used to run the virtual machines. The Compute Nodes will "
33102
#~ "also need a bridge configured to allow the virtual machines access to the "
33103
#~ "local network. For details see <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
33104
#~ msgstr ""
33105
#~ "Detta avsnitt kommer i detalj redogöra för konfigurationen av ett OpenNebula "
33106
#~ "kluster genom att använda tre maskiner: en <emphasis>framände</emphasis>-"
33107
#~ "värd, och två <emphasis>beräkningsnoder</emphasis> som används till att köra "
33108
#~ "de virtuella maskinerna. Beräkningsnoderna kommer också behöva en "
33109
#~ "konfigurerad brygga som tillåter de virtuella maskinerna att få åtkomst till "
33110
#~ "det lokala nätverket. För detaljer se <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
33111
33112
#~ msgid ""
33113
#~ "Even though you are supposed to be able to <emphasis>expand</emphasis> an "
33114
#~ "ext3 or ext4 filesystem without unmounting it first, it may be a good "
33115
#~ "pratice to unmount it anyway and check the filesystem, so that you don't "
33116
#~ "mess up the day you want to reduce a logical volume (in that case unmounting "
33117
#~ "first is compulsory)."
33118
#~ msgstr ""
33119
#~ "Även om du skall kunna <emphasis>expandera</emphasis> ett ext3 eller ext4 "
33120
#~ "filsystem utan att först avmontera det, kan det vara en god praxis att ändå "
33121
#~ "avmontera det och kontrollera filsystemet, så att du inte förstör något den "
33122
#~ "dag du vill minska en logisk volym (i detta fall är det obligatoriskt att "
33123
#~ "först avmontera)."
33124
33125
#~ msgid ""
33126
#~ "Finally, copy a virtual machine disk file into "
33127
#~ "<filename>/var/lib/one/images</filename>. You can create an Ubuntu virtual "
33128
#~ "machine using <application>vmbuilder</application>, see <xref linkend=\"jeos-"
33129
#~ "and-vmbuilder\"/> for details."
33130
#~ msgstr ""
33131
#~ "Slutligen, kopiera en virtuell maskins diskfil till "
33132
#~ "<filename>/var/lib/one/images</filename>. Du kan skapa en virtuell Ubuntu-"
33133
#~ "maskin genom att använda <application>vmbuilder</application>, för detaljer, "
33134
#~ "se <xref linkend=\"jeos-and-vmbuilder\"/>."
33135
33136
#~ msgid "Start the virtual machine using <application>onevm</application>:"
33137
#~ msgstr ""
33138
#~ "Starta den virtuella maskinen genom att använda "
33139
#~ "<application>onevm</application>:"
33140
33141
#~ msgid ""
33142
#~ "Use the <application>onevm list</application> option to view information "
33143
#~ "about virtual machines. Also, the <application>onevm show vm01</application> "
33144
#~ "option will display more details about a specific virtual machine."
33145
#~ msgstr ""
33146
#~ "Använd alternativet <application>onevm list</application> för att visa "
33147
#~ "information om virtuella maskiner. Dessutom, alternativet <application>onevm "
33148
#~ "show vm01</application> kommer visa fler detaljer om en specifik virtuell "
33149
#~ "maskin."
33150
33151
#~ msgid ""
33152
#~ "Now create a <emphasis>VM Template</emphasis> file named "
33153
#~ "<filename>vm01.template</filename>:"
33154
#~ msgstr ""
33155
#~ "Skapa nu en <emphasis>VM mallfil</emphasis> med namnet "
33156
#~ "<filename>vm01.template</filename>:"
33157
33158
#~ msgid ""
33159
#~ "The <emphasis>OpenNebula Cluster</emphasis> is now ready to be configured, "
33160
#~ "and virtual machines added to the cluster."
33161
#~ msgstr ""
33162
#~ "<emphasis>OpenNebula Cluster</emphasis> är nu klart för att konfigureras och "
33163
#~ "att i klustret lägga till virtuella maskiner."
33164
33165
#~ msgid ""
33166
#~ "This section will cover integrating <application>Amavisd-new</application>, "
33167
#~ "<application>Spamassassin</application>, and "
33168
#~ "<application>ClamAV</application> with the "
33169
#~ "<application>Postfix</application> Mail Transport Agent (MTA). "
33170
#~ "<application>Postfix</application> can also check email validity by passing "
33171
#~ "it through external content filters. These filters can sometimes determine "
33172
#~ "if a message is spam without needing to process it with more resource "
33173
#~ "intensive applications. Two common filters are <application>dkim-"
33174
#~ "filter</application> and <application>python-policyd-spf</application>."
33175
#~ msgstr ""
33176
#~ "Detta avsnitt omfattar integreringen av <application>Amavisd-"
33177
#~ "new</application>, <application>Spamassassin</application> och "
33178
#~ "<application>ClamAV</application> med <application>Postfix</application> "
33179
#~ "Mail Transport Agent (MTA). <application>Postfix</application> kan också "
33180
#~ "kontrollera giltigheten i e-posten genom att låta den passera ett externt "
33181
#~ "innehållsfilter. Dessa filter kan ibland upptäcka om ett meddelande är spam "
33182
#~ "utan behovet av att processa meddelandet genom mer resurskrävande program. "
33183
#~ "Två vanliga filter är <application>dkim-filter</application> och "
33184
#~ "<application>python-policyd-spf</application>."
33185
33186
#~ msgid ""
33187
#~ "<application>eBox</application> is a web framework used to manage server "
33188
#~ "application configuration. The modular design of eBox allows you to pick and "
33189
#~ "choose which services you want to configure using eBox."
33190
#~ msgstr ""
33191
#~ "<application>eBox</application> är ett webbramverk som används för att "
33192
#~ "hantera konfigurationen av serverprogram. Den modulära designen av eBox "
33193
#~ "möjliggör att du kan välja vilka tjänster du vill konfigurera med hjälp av "
33194
#~ "eBox."
33195
33196
#~ msgid ""
33197
#~ "<emphasis>OpenVPN:</emphasis> setup options for OpenVPN Virtual Private "
33198
#~ "Network application."
33199
#~ msgstr ""
33200
#~ "<emphasis>OpenVPN:</emphasis> konfigurationsalternativ för programmet "
33201
#~ "OpenVPN Virtual Private Network."
33202
33203
#~ msgid ""
33204
#~ "On the Front-End create a directory to store the VM images, giving the "
33205
#~ "<emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> user access to the directory:"
33206
#~ msgstr ""
33207
#~ "Skapa en katalog på framänden för att lagra avbildningar för virtuella "
33208
#~ "maskiner och ge användaren <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> åtkomst till "
33209
#~ "katalogen:"
33210
33211
#~ msgid ""
33212
#~ "This allows the <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> to use "
33213
#~ "<application>scp</application>, without a password or manual intervention, "
33214
#~ "to deploy an image to the Compute Nodes."
33215
#~ msgstr ""
33216
#~ "Detta tillåter att <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> använder "
33217
#~ "<application>scp</application>, utan ett lösenord eller manuellt ingripande, "
33218
#~ "för att rulla ut en instans till beräkningsnoderna."
33219
33220
#~ msgid ""
33221
#~ "Next, create a <emphasis>Virtual Network</emphasis> template file named "
33222
#~ "<filename>vnet01.template</filename>:"
33223
#~ msgstr ""
33224
#~ "Skapa sedan en mallfil för <emphasis>Virtual Network</emphasis> med namnet "
33225
#~ "<filename>vnet01.template</filename>:"
33226
33227
#~ msgid ""
33228
#~ "Using the <application>onevnet</application> utility, add the virtual "
33229
#~ "network to OpenNebula:"
33230
#~ msgstr ""
33231
#~ "Använd verktyget <application>onevnet</application> och lägg till det "
33232
#~ "virtuella nätverket till OpenNebula:"
33233
33234
#~ msgid ""
33235
#~ "The IRC admin details can be configured by editting the following line:"
33236
#~ msgstr ""
33237
#~ "IRC administratörens detaljer kan konfigureras genom att redigera följande "
33238
#~ "rad:"
33239
33240
#~ msgid ""
33241
#~ "A <emphasis>mysqsl-servers</emphasis> hostgroup now needs to be defined. "
33242
#~ "Edit <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/hostgroups_nagios2.cfg</filename> adding:"
33243
#~ msgstr ""
33244
#~ "En <emphasis>mysqsl-servers</emphasis> värdgrupp behöver nu definieras. "
33245
#~ "Redigera <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/hostgroups_nagios2.cfg</filename> "
33246
#~ "lägg till:"
33247
33248
#~ msgid ""
33249
#~ "To see all kernel configuration options you can look through "
33250
#~ "<filename>/boot/config-2.6.31-server</filename>. Also, <ulink "
33251
#~ "url=\"http://www.kroah.com/lkn/\">Linux Kernel in a Nutshell</ulink> is a "
33252
#~ "great resource on the options available."
33253
#~ msgstr ""
33254
#~ "För att se alla konfigurationsalternativ för kärnan kan du läsa "
33255
#~ "<filename>/boot/config-2.6.31-server</filename>. Dessutom är <ulink "
33256
#~ "url=\"http://www.kroah.com/lkn/\">Linux Kernel in a Nutshell</ulink> en bra "
33257
#~ "resurs över tillgängliga alternativ."
33258
33259
#~ msgid ""
33260
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
33261
#~ "libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100"
33262
#~ msgstr ""
33263
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
33264
#~ "libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100"
33265
33266
#~ msgid ""
33267
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
33268
#~ "libvirt qemu:///system"
33269
#~ msgstr ""
33270
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
33271
#~ "libvirt qemu:///system"
33272
33273
#~ msgid ""
33274
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o -"
33275
#~ "-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition"
33276
#~ msgstr ""
33277
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o -"
33278
#~ "-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition"
33279
33280
#, no-wrap
33281
#~ msgid ""
33282
#~ "\n"
33283
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main restricted universe "
33284
#~ "multiverse \n"
33285
#~ "/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main restricted universe "
33286
#~ "multiverse\n"
33287
#~ "\n"
33288
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-updates main restricted universe "
33289
#~ "multiverse \n"
33290
#~ "/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-updates main restricted "
33291
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
33292
#~ "\n"
33293
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-backports main restricted "
33294
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
33295
#~ "/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-backports main restricted "
33296
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
33297
#~ "\n"
33298
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security main restricted "
33299
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
33300
#~ "/deb-i386 http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security main restricted "
33301
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
33302
#~ "\n"
33303
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main/debian-installer "
33304
#~ "restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
33305
#~ "installer \n"
33306
#~ "/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main/debian-installer "
33307
#~ "restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
33308
#~ "installer \n"
33309
#~ msgstr ""
33310
#~ "\n"
33311
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main restricted universe "
33312
#~ "multiverse \n"
33313
#~ "/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main restricted universe "
33314
#~ "multiverse\n"
33315
#~ "\n"
33316
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-updates main restricted universe "
33317
#~ "multiverse \n"
33318
#~ "/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-updates main restricted "
33319
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
33320
#~ "\n"
33321
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-backports main restricted "
33322
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
33323
#~ "/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-backports main restricted "
33324
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
33325
#~ "\n"
33326
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security main restricted "
33327
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
33328
#~ "/deb-i386 http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security main restricted "
33329
#~ "universe multiverse \n"
33330
#~ "\n"
33331
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main/debian-installer "
33332
#~ "restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
33333
#~ "installer \n"
33334
#~ "/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main/debian-installer "
33335
#~ "restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
33336
#~ "installer \n"
33337
33338
#, no-wrap
33339
#~ msgid ""
33340
#~ "\n"
33341
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
33342
#~ "deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
33343
#~ "\n"
33344
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
33345
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
33346
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
33347
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
33348
#~ "\n"
33349
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
33350
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
33351
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
33352
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
33353
#~ "\n"
33354
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
33355
#~ "deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
33356
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"
33357
#~ "deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"
33358
#~ msgstr ""
33359
#~ "\n"
33360
#~ "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
33361
#~ "deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
33362
#~ "\n"
33363
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
33364
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
33365
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
33366
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
33367
#~ "\n"
33368
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
33369
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
33370
#~ "deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
33371
#~ "deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
33372
#~ "\n"
33373
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
33374
#~ "deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
33375
#~ "deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"
33376
#~ "deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"
33377
33378
#, no-wrap
33379
#~ msgid ""
33380
#~ "\n"
33381
#~ "# no more prompting for CD-ROM please\n"
33382
#~ "# deb cdrom:[Ubuntu 10.04_Lucid_Lynx - Release i386 (20070419.1)]/ lucid "
33383
#~ "main restricted\n"
33384
#~ msgstr ""
33385
#~ "\n"
33386
#~ "# no more prompting for CD-ROM please\n"
33387
#~ "# deb cdrom:[Ubuntu 10.04_Lucid_Lynx - Release i386 (20070419.1)]/ lucid "
33388
#~ "main restricted\n"
33389
33390
#~ msgid ""
33391
#~ "The <ulink "
33392
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/interfaces.5.html\">i"
33393
#~ "nterfaces man page</ulink> has details on more options for "
33394
#~ "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
33395
#~ msgstr ""
33396
#~ "Gränssnittets <ulink "
33397
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/interfaces.5.html\">m"
33398
#~ "an-sida</ulink> har detaljer på ytterligare alternativ för "
33399
#~ "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
33400
33401
#, no-wrap
33402
#~ msgid ""
33403
#~ "\n"
33404
#~ "Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {\n"
33405
#~ " \"Ubuntu lucid-security\";\n"
33406
#~ "// \"Ubuntu lucid-updates\";\n"
33407
#~ "};\n"
33408
#~ msgstr ""
33409
#~ "\n"
33410
#~ "Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {\n"
33411
#~ " \"Ubuntu lucid-security\";\n"
33412
#~ "// \"Ubuntu lucid-updates\";\n"
33413
#~ "};\n"
33414
33415
#~ msgid ""
33416
#~ "<emphasis>Log Observer:</emphasis> sends an alert when a configured logger "
33417
#~ "has logged something."
33418
#~ msgstr ""
33419
#~ "<emphasis>Log Observer:</emphasis> skickar ett larm när en konfigurerad "
33420
#~ "logger har loggat något."
33421
33422
#~ msgid ""
33423
#~ "There are several ways to automate the Ubuntu installation process, for "
33424
#~ "example using preseeds, kickstart, etc. Refer to the <ulink "
33425
#~ "url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
33426
#~ "Installation Guide</ulink> for details."
33427
#~ msgstr ""
33428
#~ "Det finns flera sätt att automatisera Ubuntus installationsprocess, till "
33429
#~ "exempel genom att använda preseeds, kickstart, etc. För detaljer hänvisas du "
33430
#~ "till <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-"
33431
#~ "guide/\">Ubuntu installationsguide</ulink>."
33432
33433
#~ msgid ""
33434
#~ "Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition supports two (2) major architectures: Intel "
33435
#~ "x86 and AMD64. The table below lists recommended hardware specifications. "
33436
#~ "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than this. However, most "
33437
#~ "users risk being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions."
33438
#~ msgstr ""
33439
#~ "Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition stöder två (2) större arkitekturer: Intel "
33440
#~ "x86 och AMD64. I tabellen nedan visas rekommenderade "
33441
#~ "hårdvaruspecifikationer. Beroende på dina behov, kan du klara dig med mindre "
33442
#~ "än detta. Däremot riskerar de flesta användarna att bli frustrerade om de "
33443
#~ "ignorerar de här förslagen."
33444
33445
#~ msgid ""
33446
#~ "This chapter provides a quick overview of installing Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server "
33447
#~ "Edition. For more detailed instructions, please refer to the <ulink "
33448
#~ "url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
33449
#~ "Installation Guide</ulink>."
33450
#~ msgstr ""
33451
#~ "Detta avsnitt tillhandahåller en kortfattad överblick av installationen av "
33452
#~ "Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition. För mer detaljerade instruktioner, hänvisar "
33453
#~ "vi till <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-"
33454
#~ "guide/\">Ubuntu installationsguide</ulink>."
33455
33456
#~ msgid ""
33457
#~ "Once again, for detailed instructions see the <ulink "
33458
#~ "url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\"> Ubuntu "
33459
#~ "Installation Guide</ulink>."
33460
#~ msgstr ""
33461
#~ "Åter igen, för detaljerade instruktioner läs <ulink "
33462
#~ "url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
33463
#~ "installationsguide</ulink>."
33464
33465
#~ msgid ""
33466
#~ "As this example is based on <application>KVM</application> and Ubuntu 10.04 "
33467
#~ "LTS (Lucid Lynx), and we are likely to rebuild the same virtual machine "
33468
#~ "multiple time, we'll invoke vmbuilder with the following first parameters:"
33469
#~ msgstr ""
33470
#~ "Eftersom det här exemplet är baseras på <application>KVM</application> och "
33471
#~ "Ubuntu 10.04 LTS (Lucid Lynx), och det är troligt att vi kommer att bygga om "
33472
#~ "samma virtuella maskin flera gånger, anropar vi vmbuilder med följande "
33473
#~ "första parametrar:"
33474
33475
#~ msgid ""
33476
#~ "This chapter provides an overview of security related topics as they pertain "
33477
#~ "to Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition, and outlines simple measures you may use "
33478
#~ "to protect your server and network from any number of potential security "
33479
#~ "threats."
33480
#~ msgstr ""
33481
#~ "Detta kapitel ger en översikt av säkerhetsrelaterade frågor som avser Ubuntu "
33482
#~ "10.04 LTS Server Edition och beskriver enkla åtgärder som du kan använda för "
33483
#~ "att skydda din server och nätverk från ett obegränsat antal potentiella "
33484
#~ "säkerhetshot."
33485
33486
#~ msgid ""
33487
#~ "This guide assumes you have a basic understanding of your Ubuntu system. "
33488
#~ "Some installation details are covered in <xref linkend=\"installation\"/>, "
33489
#~ "but if you need detailed instructions installing Ubuntu please refer to the "
33490
#~ "<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
33491
#~ "Installation Guide</ulink>."
33492
#~ msgstr ""
33493
#~ "Den här guiden förutsätter att du har en grundläggande förståelse för ditt "
33494
#~ "Ubuntu-system. Vissa installationsdetaljer täcks in i <xref "
33495
#~ "linkend=\"installation\"/>, men om du behöver detaljerade instruktioner för "
33496
#~ "installationen av Ubuntu hänvisar vi till <ulink "
33497
#~ "url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
33498
#~ "installationsguide</ulink>."
33499
33500
#~ msgid ""
33501
#~ "Adding additional <emphasis>schemas</emphasis> to "
33502
#~ "<application>slapd</application> requires the schema to be converted to LDIF "
33503
#~ "format. The <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ldap/schema</filename> "
33504
#~ "directory contains some schema files already converted to LDIF format as "
33505
#~ "demonstrated in the previous section. Fortunately, the "
33506
#~ "<application>slapd</application> program can be used to automate the "
33507
#~ "conversion. The following example will add the "
33508
#~ "<emphasis>dyngoup.schema</emphasis>:"
33509
#~ msgstr ""
33510
#~ "För att lägga till ytterligare <emphasis>scheman</emphasis> till "
33511
#~ "<application>slapd</application> krävs att schemat konverteras till formatet "
33512
#~ "LDIF. katalogen <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ldap/schema</filename> "
33513
#~ "innehåller några schemafiler som redan har konverterats till LDIF-formatet "
33514
#~ "som visades i föregående avsnitt. Lyckligtvis, kan programmet "
33515
#~ "<application>slapd</application> användas till att automatisera "
33516
#~ "konverteringen. Följande exempel kommer att lägga till "
33517
#~ "emphasis>dyngoup.schema</emphasis>:"
33518
33519
#~ msgid ""
33520
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o -"
33521
#~ "-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition \\ --"
33522
#~ "user user --name user --pass default"
33523
#~ msgstr ""
33524
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o -"
33525
#~ "-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition \\ --"
33526
#~ "user user --name user --pass default"
33527
33528
#~ msgid ""
33529
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o \\ -"
33530
#~ "-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition --user "
33531
#~ "user \\ --name user --pass default --addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-mpm-"
33532
#~ "prefork \\ --addpkg apache2-utils --addpkg apache2.2-common --addpkg "
33533
#~ "dbconfig-common \\ --addpkg libapache2-mod-php5 --addpkg mysql-client --"
33534
#~ "addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --"
33535
#~ "addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-server --addpkg unattended-"
33536
#~ "upgrades --addpkg acpid --ppa nijaba \\ --mirror "
33537
#~ "http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu --tmpfs - --firstboot boot.sh \\ --"
33538
#~ "firstlogin login.sh es"
33539
#~ msgstr ""
33540
#~ "sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o \\ -"
33541
#~ "-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition --user "
33542
#~ "user \\ --name user --pass default --addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-mpm-"
33543
#~ "prefork \\ --addpkg apache2-utils --addpkg apache2.2-common --addpkg "
33544
#~ "dbconfig-common \\ --addpkg libapache2-mod-php5 --addpkg mysql-client --"
33545
#~ "addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --"
33546
#~ "addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-server --addpkg unattended-"
33547
#~ "upgrades --addpkg acpid --ppa nijaba \\ --mirror "
33548
#~ "http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu --tmpfs - --firstboot boot.sh \\ --"
33549
#~ "firstlogin login.sh es"
33550
33551
#~ msgid "512 MB"
33552
#~ msgstr "512 MB"
33553
33554
#~ msgid "sudo euca_conf --no-rsync --discover-nodes"
33555
#~ msgstr "sudo euca_conf --no-rsync --discover-nodes"
33556
33557
#~ msgid ""
33558
#~ "echo \"[ -r ~/.euca/eucarc ] && . ~/.euca/eucarc\" >> ~/.bashrc"
33559
#~ msgstr ""
33560
#~ "echo \"[ -r ~/.euca/eucarc ] && . ~/.euca/eucarc\" >> ~/.bashrc"
33561
33562
#, no-wrap
33563
#~ msgid ""
33564
#~ "\n"
33565
#~ "if [ ! -e ~/.euca/mykey.priv ]; then\n"
33566
#~ " touch ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
33567
#~ " chmod 0600 ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
33568
#~ " euca-add-keypair mykey > ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
33569
#~ "fi\n"
33570
#~ msgstr ""
33571
#~ "\n"
33572
#~ "if [ ! -e ~/.euca/mykey.priv ]; then\n"
33573
#~ " touch ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
33574
#~ " chmod 0600 ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
33575
#~ " euca-add-keypair mykey > ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
33576
#~ "fi\n"
33577
33578
#~ msgid "euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t c1.medium"
33579
#~ msgstr "euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t c1.medium"
Loggerhead is a web-based interface for Breezy
Version: 2.0.1